Professional Documents
Culture Documents
The Collected Works of Edward Sapir - Volume 1 - Edward Sapir
The Collected Works of Edward Sapir - Volume 1 - Edward Sapir
Collected
Works
of
Board
Editorial
Philip
Bright
William
Darnell
Regna
Golla
Victor
Richard
Judith
Sapir
Chief
Editor-in-
Eric
Edward
P.
Hamp
Handler
Irvine
Sapir
The
Collected
Works
of
Edward
Sapir
VI
American
Indian
Languages
Volume
Victor
Editor
Golla
1991
deGruyter
Mouton
Berlin
"
New
York
?
The
Hague)
de Gruyter (formerly Moulon.
Division of Waller de Gruyter " Co., Berlin.
Mouton
is
537
Printed
ANSI
acid-free paper
on
to ensure
permanence
which
and
durability.
Data
Indian
languages.
Sapir : 5 6)
(The Collected works of Edward
Vol. 1 edited by William Bright.
Vol. 2 edited by Victor Golla.
Includes bibliographical
references and index.
of North
America
1. Indians
Languages. I. Bright,
II. Golla, Victor. III. Sapir,Edward,
William. 1928"
"
1884-1939.
Works.
PM108.S26
1990
1990
89-13233
497
ISBN
0-89925-654-6
(v. 1)
ISBN
0-89925-713-5
(v.2)
Deutsche
; 5-6.
Sapir,Edward:
(The collected works]
The
collected works
ed.-in-chief.
of Edward
Berlin
"
...
ISBN
3-11-010104-1
ISBN
0-89925-138-2
NE:
Sapir.Edward:
6. American
Indian
; New
Sapir / ed.
York
board
Mouton
PhilipSapir
de Gruyter.
(Berlin)
(New York)
[Sammlung]
languages.
"
2. Vol.
ed.
Victor
Golla.
"
1991
ISBN
(f)Copyright
All
3-11-012572-2
1991
by
Walter
de Gruyter "
Co.. Berlin
30.
Edward
University
of
Sapir,
Michigan, Ann
taken
by Kenneth
1937
Arbor,
Pike
Michigan,
of
the
classic
His
in
papers
of
The
be
ignored
which
Harris).
culture
basis
He
music,
as
and
for
and
his
been
in
is
and
(Franklin
and
linguistics,
and
his
"The
of
development
the
including
non-literary
of
many
Language"
The
as
languages,
tion
adopmarily
pri-
was
Native
on
American
They
and
of
are
has
languages
includes
descriptive,
continuing
and
importance
in
studies
is
he
as
of
"masterpieces
recognized
as
and
Semitic,
Indo-European,
forefather
African
brilliant
of
tion"
associa-
ethnolinguistic
studies.
contributed
of
and
of
criticism.
poet,
as
and
and
the
humanistic
contributed
statement
Boas
on
in
(1916).
for
proponent
society
today
known
Franz
Culture"
American
pioneer
classic
the
school
American
the
addition,
social
out
characterized
Further,
personality,
what
was,
Boas)
use,
in
"monumental"
studies.
Aboriginal
in
was
in
classics.
as
of
study
the
still
Patterns
also
brilliant
most
scholarship"
is
structural
and
Sapir
of
methodology
Perspective
"Sound
the
(Franz
country"
our
(1921),
carried
he
are
anthropology
however,
work
have
sociolinguistic
In
in
of
"one
scholars.
today's
(Zellig
and
of
as
humanistic
stand
school
comparative
and
to
of
body
to
Not
as
Phonemes,"
"ground-breaking"
languages,
in
American
such
to
him.
large
historical,
referred
Language
principles
to
called
relevance
of
descriptive
phonemic
due
been
book,
Reality
American
the
in
linguistics,
general
Psychological
been
anthropology
figures
greatest
Edgerton).
has
and
linguistics
in
scholars
"one
(1884-1939)
Sapir
Edward
his
His
studies
individual,
on
the
"Time
monograph,
major
the
providing
and
theory
contribution,
interrelation
the
theoretical
anthropology.
papers
on
aesthetics,
literature,
of
Note
newly
the
of
his
possible,
work,
the
around
brackets
The
page
corrected
form.
pagination
original
the
page
Editorial
contains
work
an
not
are
notes
citations
all
of
to
works
will
the
be
discontinuous
archives
to
and
noted
the
tographically
pho-
where
the
to
editorial
is
publication's
point
conform
notes
them
the
works
original
in
in
any
by
is
to
reprint
editorial
that
appended
volume,
given
single
Sapir
have
the
existing
those
are
been
the
the
cited,
in
appears
References.
list
these
throughout
matter
appropriate,
here.
work
the
as
each
for
endnote
where
and,
here
appear
first
letters
references.
volume's
to
The
publication
the
bibliography
master
cited
publications
endnotes.
as
permission
within
materials
holding
of
Sapir's
of
conform
unpublished
and
original
the
appear
citation
the
acknowledgment
All
in
appeared
which
Footnotes
footnotes.
confusion
introductions
the
the
publications.
original
the
in
in
original
at
into
this
retained
text
personal
Where
error,
the
the
within
avoid
To
cited
numbers
endnotes.
are
been
additions
and
the
material,
reset
numbers
bracketed
occurred.
break
page
literature,
of
as
appears
in
material;
reproduced
has
Sapir's
corrections
publication
original
the
from
in
proofreading
material
typographical
obvious
an
of
numbers
his
acknowledged
are
and
other
worked
have
incorporating
corrected
have
themselves
editors
All
whose
publications
typesetting
new
editors
the
those
Sapir,
made
reproduced.
emendations
Such
text.
reset
by
When
published
typeset.
copies
Edward
of
have
photographically
been
have
difficult
would
complexity
typographic
Works
Collected
The
Throughout
Reader
the
to
Volume
the
XVI;
following
In
of
items
umes
volsince
volumes
cited
the
dates
where
and
the
Contents
Edward
Frontispiece:
Sapir
Preface
13
Introduction
Section
Volumes
to
and
Six: Athabaskan
VI
15
Na-Dene
and
Languages
Introduction
Notes
21
Chasta
on
Costa
Na-dene
The
Sino-Dene
Languages,
Tone
letter to A. L.
Phonetics
Pitch Accent
The
of Haida
in Sarcee,
of Berard
of 1927
an
Problems
in
Puns
151
Athabaskan
and
Indian
Haile, Manual
Language (1925)
Languages (1925)
of Navaho
Grammar
the
among
(1926)
169
191
193
Hupa,
195
(1928)
Concept of Phonetic
Bloomfield
by Leonard
Navaho
143
(1923)
The
Two
133
Kroeber] (1921)
(1923)
Summary
Summer
105
141
Relative
Similarityof Chinese
Review
95
(1922)
Type of Athabaskan
The
the
27
Hypothesis
[excerptsfrom
Athabaskan
and
(1914)
Law
as
Tested
in Primitive
[excerpt](1931)
(1932)
Athapaskan Linguistics
Languages
199
203
205
10
Contents
of A. G. Morice, The
Review
Internal
Carrier
Language (1935)
of
Evidence Suggestive
Linguistic
Navaho
of
the
(1936)
Origin
207
the
Northern
209
221
Cornelius
Section
Seven: Penutian
Languages
Introduction
225
231
Boas, Chinook
[contributions
by Sapir](1911):
in Wishram
Consonantism
Augmentative
in Wishram
Post-positions
Text and Analysis
Wishram
Franz
Diminutive
Modal
and
243
Elements
Characteristic Penutian
Chinookan
Phonetic
Form
Law
of Stem
275
(1926)
L. S. Freeland, The
[withnotes
(with Morris
263
(1921)
Relationshipof Mixe
by Sapir](1930)
to the Penutian
Family
283
Swadesh) Coos-Takelma-Penutian
Comparisons (1953)
Eight: Wakashan
and
299
Salishan
Languages
Introduction
The
Some
The
Hunt
Aspectsof
Abnormal
Noun
319
by George
291
....
Story Recorded
323
(1906)
Nootka
(1911)
Language and Culture [excerpt]
Types of Speech in
Reduplicationin Comox
Rival Whalers,
Nitinat
Nootka
(1915)
(1915)
Story(1924)
353
357
381
435
1 1
Contents
Words
Nootka
Baby
Morris
Swadesh
Other
American
Review
of
Bibolotti,
B.
Comparison
467
(1949)
Languages
471
(1913)
Vocabulary
Tutelo
Salish-Wakashan
(ed.),
Nine:
Section
465
(1929)
and
Vocabulary
Moseteno
Treatises
(1918)
475
Appendix
A.
G.
G.
G.
E.
Sapir,
Phonetic
and
of
the
and
Corrigenda
Key
to
Costa
481
485
(1915)
Addenda
Publications
of
Dene
Corrigenda
Would-be
to
Edward
Takelma
Sapir
Morphology:
(1917)
Texts
(1914)
499
513
515
525
References
Index
Chasta
Concerning
Sapir's
Dr.
on
on
the
North
Misconceptions
Morice,
Remarks
Notes
(1915)
Costa
Languages
Dene
A.
Chasta
Morice,
Sapir,
Morphology
and
Phonology
A.
of
Review
Morice,
to
Volumes
and
VI
543
Preface
Volumes
and
shorter
works
including
VI
of
The
Collected
American
on
Works
Indian
previously unpublished
some
Bright, contains
of
papers
general
of Edward
languages
followed
family, and
relationship of Algonkian,
edited
Victor
by
written
papers
index
combined
The
editors
be
the
within
for
which
one
the
the
Pottery (with
Comox:
Legend
1913b,
The
Social
of the
des
Southern
realite
Kutchin
Girls'
G.
Paiute:
Takelma:
1907b,
des
Notes
ologically
chron-
of articles
in
languages appear
listed
are
below,
nized
orga-
is to
paper
be
in brackets.
Sarcee
Painting
it
making
La
sonal
Per-
realite
psychologique
[IV]; 1936e, Hupa
on
[IV]; 1930, A Note
Blanket
Terms
Sandoval) [IV].
Dance
of the
West
of Vancouver
Mask
(editedby
the
among
Coast
Tribes
Island
Leslie
Nootka
Spier)[IV].
[IV];
Indians
[IV]; 1919e,
[IV]; 1933c,
La
Flood
realite
chologique
psy-
[I].
1910d, Song
psychologique
One
adopted
them
number
in which
[IV]; 1933c,
Sand
Puberty Ceremony
Indians
phonemes
These
Relationship
Organization
Nootka
volumes,
numeral
on
entire
proximity.
Indian
volume
roman
Note
the other,
believe, of
we
the
considered.
arranges
in close
Works.
two
tain
con-
by Sapir. A
planning
were
advantage,
The
Indians
Navaho
1939e, SongsforaComox
Nootka:
1915h,
in
then
two
plus
latter.
material
and
guages,
lan-
volumes
in papers
together
papers
group.
Sarcee
Albert
the
Collected
1923c,
in the
VI,
Na-Dene
in both
discussed
in these
appropriate
[I];1935b,
Salishan
and
Volume
families,
the
William
Uto-Aztecan
and
specificAmerican
language
by
among
phonemes
has
the
Yurok.
considering topic;
related
The
Languages:
Names
des
This
and
and
topical divisions
more
of
or
is indicated
Athabaskan
or
IV
through
by language
found
worked
to
discuss
I
appears
without
consult
to
VI
by
Athabaskan
were
have
America),
V, edited
Appendices
organizing
into
division.
reader
the
In addition
Volumes
of
ways
articles
each
which
and
purely chronological,
here, separates
easier
authors
to
typology, classification,
Wiyot,
on
groups.
devoted
are
North
languages, on
Wakashan
volumes
two
possible
articles
of other
Volumes
to
Hokan
on
the
on
other
by
of these
Two
sequence.
would
and
languages
on
papers
by
contains
Golla,
Penutian,
on
short
the
of
Volume
on
phonetic notation,
on
work
material.
nature
Sapir
(mainly
Recitative
phonemes
on
Ideas
the
Mythology
[IV]; 1933c,
La
[I].
Takelma
of the
in Paiute
Takelma
Indians
Indians
of Southwestern
of Southwestern
Oregon
Oregon
14
VI
Tsimshian:
Indians
[IVj;
Kinship
Term
Luck-Stones
Three
Indian
American
language
in
languages
in
as
each
the
Relationship
1923m,
Unconscious
of
Nass
River
1921c,
Terms
of
Haida
tionship
Rela-
[IV];
Text
Patterning
American
editor
by
in
article
also
Jane
chief
of
also
inventories
are
should
of
1922d,
Analyses
of
Behavior
in
index
volume
Philosophical
the
McGary
and
Mouton
de
Volume
Andrew
the
in
W.
of
part
the
contributions
help
Gruyter.
II)
Time
of
American
all
each
that
spective
Per-
which
Indian
references
to
individual
cites
is
guages
lan-
specific
volume,
as
XVI.
Society,
the
acknowledges
that
of
(Volume
one-third
of
noted
indices
supported
was
and
be
Note
monograph,
IV),
dozens
closely
analyses.
Speech
1916
(Volume
the
in
of
his
on
scope
shorter,
some
textual
Study
cites
monographic
include
and
also
in
of
and
the
linguistics,"
listed
work
cultures,
Culture
It
groups.
this
Sapir's
to
American
from
BNS-8609411),
no.
volume
editor
1916g,
of
[IX];
Yana
The
[IV];
Terms
languages,
comprehensive
the
Preparation
of
lexical
Indian
"evidence
to
or
The
Yana
Introduction
An
American
Aboriginal
in
devoted
(grant
Yana
Northern
and
containing
Language:
thirty
Fund
[IV];
Relationship
the
contain
languages
articles
related
well
the
[IV].
1928j,
which
VII-XV,
Volumes
some
of
[III].
Society
Sapir
[IX];
Dialects
Yana
Organization
of
1918j,
of
Elements
Fundamental
The
[IV];
Languages
Social
among
Levirate
the
and
the
Terms
Tsimshian
the
among
1908a,
Yana:
River
Nass
1920c,
of
Sketch
1915g,
Indian
American
Dr.
by
National
Mellon
from
grants
Science
the
Phillips
Foundation
Foundation.
to
Marie-Louise
the
preparation
Liebe-Harkort,
of
this
Introduction
America,
in North
linguistics
research
his
American
on
as
career
Indian
student
century in both
languages
in which
did
he
became
particularthe
surely Edward
the most
influential
the
Consider
fields
diversityof
did
initiator of serious
Sapir,who
and
began
of the twentieth
scholar
American
the Native
Yana,
"
Algonkian, Athabaskan,
of anthropological
Chinook,
Takelma,
originalresearch
and
the
or
others;
Sarcee, Navajo,
language
Sapir
Paiute, Nootka,
Southern
But
which
on
and in
VI
the father
is to be considered
languages.
of Boas,
these
Boas
and
Volumes
to
Penutian;
or
Hokan,
"
families
Uto-Aztecan,
he carried
out
"
be
now
descriptive,historical, comparative, ethnolinguistic,and what would
achievements
his
Even
before
called sociolinguistic.
untimely death, Sapir's
Americanist
after 1939, his stature
as an
only grew, as many
monumental;
were
and
in
edited
of the materials he left
published by his students.
manuscript were
of these Collected
in subsequent volumes
His stature
Works,
grows yet more
of
collections
texts
of several major
with the publication
(Sarcee,Kutchin, and
edited by students of his
Hupa) and other important longer manuscripts, now
students.
of
about the overall course
general comments
possibleto attempt some
is
in
the
Indian
languages as it reflected
Sapir'swork on North American
ent
presthe
from
1906-1910
volumes.
Publications
are
of
period
primarily
pair
kelma,
TaChinook,
including the first results of field work on Wishram
descriptive,
in
"The
Problem
of
and Yana.
In 1911, typological interest
emerges
bly
Noun
Languages" (1911c)and is pursued most notaIncorporation in American
guistic
of
works
Uhlenbeck.
in the two reviews
Comparative lin(1917k, 19171)
by
remote
relationships
research, aimed at establishingrelatively
linguistic
the fore in
to
and
of
both
the
basis
lexical
comes
on
grammatical comparisons,
Paiute and Nahuatl, a Study in Uto-Aztekan"
1913 with "Southern
(19131,19151)
of
California"
and "Wiyot and Yurok,
(1913h).During
Algonkian Languages
tionships
relaenthusiasm
for
remoter
the following half dozen
tracing
Sapir's
years,
"The
"The
Na-Dene
is manifest in such papers
as
Languages" (1915d),
It is
Hokan
and
its culmination
formulated
Coahuiltecan
Penutian
Form
in
by
John
based
on
of S-tem"
drastic
(1921b,
written
reduce
proposal
to
Powell
1891) to
in
in
in
1915), and
1918). This
58 North
"A
interest
reached
"stocks"
American
teristic
Charac-
"
This
(as
fication,
classi-
Wesley
spondences,
grammatical and typologicalrather than lexical correwhich
for
in
1920
in
lecture
notes
at Chicago
(the
a
was
presented
are
Relating to Sapir'sClassification of North
published here in "Materials
for
the core
With
little change, this formed
American
Indian
Languages").
North
and
"Central
article on
Sapir'sinfluential Encyclopaedia Britannica
American
VI
15
Indian
Languages 2
itconstituted,
sixfold classificationand the methodologysupporting
Sapir's
ican
duringhis lifetime,the most controversial part of his work on North Amerlanguages(itwas never accepted,for instance,by his onetime teacher
Boas). It should be remarked, however, that what Campbell and Mithun
not
"
and
it refers
to
support
to
only briefly
or
the
to
largerHokan-Siouan
groupingintroduced
in
with
the
17
Introduction
dence
for
completed.
never
in
with
deal
of
but
working
to
and
culture;
from
turn
the
names
Li
teacher,
context
of
is
has
inves-
major
and
XIII).
published
humously,
post-
Sapir planned
be
never
and
prepared
was
Volume
see
been
which
Na-Dene,
his
significantlyrepresented
(Li 1930,
illness)will
and
in 1927;
published study
Navajo
Yale
he
of it
other
from
until
"
"
field
written.
Sino-Dene,
an
of
of
He
All
enthusiasm
(and
Of
his
have
we
to
remained,
of
his
Hoijer,
Benjamin
these
for
research.
Morris
L.
American
the
study
We
will
figure
pre-eminent
the
study
progeny
up
do
no
F.
Trager,
their
linguistics, but,
language
and
Voegelin,
to
within
the
own
even
est
broad-
understanding.
William
Victor
of
here
more
George
transmitted
Indian
of
he
scholarly
Charles
have
of
when
central
took
their
to
end
and
Swadesh,
Whorf,
scholars
to
and
his interests
psychology
an
in status
students
important
them,
to
in American
1925
the
nonetheless,
Boas
to
teaching
exclusively
came
During
years.
Ottawa
almost
virtually
left to
Sapir's commitment
human
33
or
study, particularly
only
all his
was
Harry
Haas.
1938,
from
move
engaged
research
facets
many
to
descriptive linguistics.After
in 1931.
It
1905
his
was
types
Fang-Kuei,
Mary
only
not
important,
of
last
period
Nearly
the
Stanley Newman,
students
work
by Sapir
extended
bulk
languages.
continue
mention
own
to
influence.
Indian
to
his
linguistics,second
Indian
American
in turn,
the
linguistic
Chicago
in intellectual
more
was
phonetics (1923d),
involving four
major
grammar
Chicago
toward
his
in American
Haida
Fang-Kuei
collected
career
of
research,
began
Li
Athabaskan,
of this
University
the
Indian
our
Sino-Tibetan
an
notes.
research
decades
first two
at
into
into
Sarcee
the
student
during
insights
the
here
material
even
Sapir's active
than
that
suspect
and
Only
definitive
the
only fragmentary
moved
and
of such
necessity
to
extraordinarily ambitious,
was
Athabaskan,
to
even
his
the
on
comparative
post
the
came
Na-Dene
foray
Kutchin
1922;
Sapir's bibliography;
good
for
Except
principally in 1929.
in collaboration
the
he
1920,
between
entirely devoted
was
Navajo,
was
about
feeling
field research
Na-Dene
tigafions:Sarcee,
His
around
possibility.
field work
in
when,
connection
genetic
Sapir's plan
was
his critics.
stronger
even
intercontinental
distinct
it
convince
to
necessary
became
work
Bright
Golla
Section
Athabaskan
and
Six:
Na-Dene
Languages
Introduction
with Hokan
and Penutian
Sapir began his involvement
languages as a
field linguist,
studies only after completing
turning to comparative and classificatory
several major descriptiveworks, with Athabaskan
the reverse
the
was
case.
unsystematic notes on Chasta Costa collected during his
Except for some
Takelma
in 1906 (publishedas 1914c; see
field work
below), Sapir had had no
first-hand experience with Athabaskan
what came
languages when he launched
of
his
historical
the
to be the most
absorbing
hypotheses:
geneticrelationshipof
of this "Na-Dene"
Athabaskan,
Tlingit,and Haida, and the deep connection
stock.
the
Sino-Tibetan
to
family
Neither
the Na-Dene
of connections
with Asiatic
hypothesis nor the possibility
the
to
of
discussion
speaking, original Sapir (see
languages were, strictly
earlier speculation in Krauss
1973),but there is little doubt that Sapir was the
first to explore these questions in the lightof modern
comparative linguistics.
from
The evidence
Sapir'scorrespondence and manuscripts is that he probably
late in 1912 or early in 1913, shortly after completing a
took
up this work
detailed study of Uto-Aztecan
1912, in GoUa
(Sapirto Kroeber, 23 December
1984: 71).In the ensuing months
he apparently read through all the extant
rial
mateand on Tlingitand Haida.
both on comparative Athabaskan
In the spring of
Lowie
1913 we find him complaining in a letter to Robert
that Pliny Earle Godover-cautious:
was
dard, a leading student of comparative Athabaskan,
While
He
does
not
.
the
the
to
seem
parallelgrooves.
The
this time
to a
remotely,to
serious
consideration
Athabascan.
Three
A
to
me
unifyingreconstructive
later he
months
propos
I have
of
been
collected
may
timid
lacking,on
with Athabascan
to
seem
A.
It seems
have
sketches
secondary
to
me
cast
features
in
and
felt irresistably
drawn
and
in these
wrote
the whole.
he would
of
by
related, though
Tlingitas possibly
genetically
eventuallyas far-fetched as itdoes now. But I am
of Haida
not
elimination
matters.
(Sapirto Lowie,
March
1913.)
L. Kroeber:
in favor justnow,
to be somewhat
I may say that
units,which seem
largerlinguistic
Tlingit,and Haida, and that I have
occupying myself of late with Athabaskan,
enough
evidence
(Sapirto Kroeber,
It was
This
is rather
be
to
beyond descriptiveAthabascan
the
spirit,
30
to
convince
May 1913, in
myself at
Golla
1984:
least of the
of
geneticrelationship
these three
.
104)
during this period that he went back to his Chasta Costa notes and worked
them up into a short monograph with a distinctly
comparative emphasis. Notes on
Chasta
Costa Phonology and Morphology
(1914c).The publicationof this work
of
immediately brought him into the small circle of serious Athabaskanists,
whom
the most
established
and productive was
the French-Canadian
Oblate
reviewed
Father
Morice
priest,A. G. Morice.
Sapir s Chasta Costa monograph
in glowing terms
but
followed
his review
with a more
critical
(Morice 1915a),
V7
22
American
Indian
Languages 2
with
the concrete
details of several
Canadian
Athabaskan
dialects and
As
the nature
com-
of his
from
tive,
comparative to descripof
Athabaskan
extensive
ture
strucof
Morice's
s
knowledge
Sapir appreciation
of
review
ice's
but
his
short
(1935c) Morappreciative
by
grew, as is evidenced
and dictionaryof Carrier (1932).
massive grammar
and
1915
1913
Between
Sapircontinued to devote much of his research time to
of Northern,
the Na-Dene
project,combing the published documentation
material
for
Athabaskan
to be compared
Pacific Coast, and Southwestern
languages
and Tlingit.By 1915 he had
with Swanton's
descriptions of Haida
300 lexical comparisons and had begun writinga "systematic
about
amassed
of the material (Sapirto Radin, 17 July 1918, quoted in Krauss
presentation"
1986: 156; see Dallaire 1984: 169, letter no. 263).At this point,at Goddard's
guages,
Lanrequest, he prepared the shorter paper reprintedhere, "The Na-Dene
pologist.
AnthroAmerican
iox pub\\cdi\\on'mi\\Q
a PreliminaryReport" (1915d),
been
has
of
full
the
lost,
The manuscript
although
unfortunately
study
lexical comparisons have survived
the ledgersin which
Sapir entered his Na-Dene
American
and
vols.
B63c
4,
497.3
3,
Na20a.3,
1,
ical
Philosoph(manuscript
SocietyLibrary).
remained
evidence
Boas and Goddard
after the publicationof Sapir's
Even
methods
in
a heated
skepticalabout Na-Dene, and Boas challenged Sapir's
AnthropologicalAssociation
exchange at the annual meeting of the American
of
Boas's
The
the followingDecember.
strength
opposition(which reached
print in 1920 in a scathing attack on the misuse of genetic classification),
of Boas's own
study of Tlingit(Boas
descriptive
togetherwith the appearance
He
out of Sapir's
sails,at least temporarily.
to have taken the wind
1917),seems
1916
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
from
time
devoted
1920,
or
to
through
hardly any
which was
in generala periodduring which he was
more
occupied with literary
research.
than with linguistic
and artistic matters
Late in 1920, as he was
completing his generalbook Language (1921d),Sapir
Athabaskan
work
shifted
in the 1920s
and
1930s
of
recrudescence
experiencedwhat he described to Kroeber as a "considerable
On
work.
in
interest in linguistics"
(Golla 1984: 347), particularly classificatory
scheme
the one
hand, this led to Sapir's
working out of a generalclassificatory
six
into
of
them
for all North
American
most
"great
languages, grouping
Athabaskan
Six:
Stocks"
and
(1921a).But
to
Na-Dene
23
Languages
reconsider
Na-Dene.
As
he
put it
to
Kroeber:
I am
interested in another
now
just
carried the
germinalidea
with
me
American
I tremble
biglinguistic
possibility.
to
speakof it,thoughI've
languages.I feel it as
Eskimo-Wakashan-Algonkin continuity In short, do not think me an ass ifI am seriously
offshoot into N.W.
America.
I have
entertainingthe notion of an old Indo-Chinese
and Foucaux) and find in
alreadycarefullygone over two Tibetan grammars
(Jiischke
Tibetan pretty much
the kind of base from which a generalized
Na-dene
could have developed,
also some
(Sapirto Kroeber, 4
very tempting material points of resemblance.
October
1984: 350; reprinted
in volume
V: 81-83).
1920, in GoUa
...
guistics,
ensuingmonths Sapirdelved deeplyinto Chinese and Sino-Tibetan linunder the guidanceof the anthropologist
extent
and
working to some
of 1921 Sapirhad developed
orientalistBerthold Laufer. By the end of the summer
In the
lengthin
1,1921,and
October
(a copy
here
almost
printed
of this and
The
completetext
(1984:374-384).
More
than
pressing
side of the
and
hypothesis,
letter to Kroeber
the need
he discussed
was
in itsentirety
as "The
short
the matter
also sent
to
letter can
follow-up
the need
Sapirfelt for
at some
Laufer),dated
esis."
Hypoth-
Sino-Dene
be found
himself thoroughlywith
acquaint
to
however,
relationship,
of which
in Golla
the Asiatic
completeand
documentation
of Athabaskan, Tlingit,
and Haida. Seeing them now
accurate
clear
it
that
Sino-Dene
a
to
lens,
was
through
Sapir
importantaspects of Namany
had been missed by previous
Dene phonology and grammar
Late in
investigators.
1921, he drew togetherextensive comparativeevidence on the morphophonology
This paper, "A Type of Athabaskan
of relativization in Athabaskan.
Relative"
attention
c
alls
the
distinctive
clause-like
Athabaskan
of
to
nature
(1923n),
polystructure
far
for
and, as Sapirwrote to Kroeber, "insidiously
synthetic
prepares
its
than
theme"
November
ostensible
24
t
o
biggerthings
1921,in
(Sapir Kroeber,
Golla 1984: 386).
information on the presence of
accurate
importantin Sapir's
Especially
eyes was
tonal systems, which
the Sino-Dene
throughoutNa-Dene.
was
connection
had
made
been
him
more
certain
was
tal
fundamen-
reportedfor
pitch
Tlingit
by Boas
with a speakerof Haida in March
and Sapirhimself,workingbriefly
(1917),
1920,
had noted tonal and other phenomena of potential
historical importancein Haida,
later described in "The Phonetics of Haida" (1923d).
Tone had not, however, been
and
in
sight.
definitely
Sapirwas certain that this was an overreported Athabaskan,
had
To his delight,
the firstAthabaskan
he
the
work
t
o
language
opportunity
out
to have a well developed system of pitchaccent.
In an
on, Sarcee, turned
immediate
in the American
announcement
"Athabaskan
Tone"
Anthropologist,
he flatly
of his Sarcee observations "it is well nigh
stated that in the light
(1922a),
inconceivable
This
view
Athabaskan
theoryof
was
that
accent
[tone]should
reiterated
be absent
in any
other
Athabaskan
dialect."
"Pitch Accent
in Sarcee, an
Sapirs full analysis,
w
hich
is
less
than
a
a general
descriptive
Language" (19251),
study
Athabaskan
tone
in
data. The
paper,
moreover.
VI
24
ends
with
from
the
listof
Languages 2
that Sapirfeltcould
questions
standpointof Na-Dene
His wife's
Indian
American
declininghealth
be answered
satisfactorily
only
(1925f:204-205).
forced
the
1936), and
from
was
the students'
able to
postponement
notes
much
of
of that year
summer
spend
Hupa
field work with two young Alaskan
Athabaskans, speakersof
doing productive
who
in Pennsylvania.
In
at
and
were
a
Kutchin,
working
camp
Ingalik(Anvik)
the turmoil followinghis wife's death earlyin 1924, and his subsequentmove
work during
from Ottawa
to Chicago in 1925, Sapircarried out littleAthabaskan
the next two years. That the Sino-Dene
hypothesisstillstronglyattracted
he
shown
interview
is
him, however,
by an
gave to Science shortlyafter arriving
of Chicago,printedunder the title"The Similarity
of Chinese
at the University
and Indian Languages" (1925o).
the beginningof his teachingat Chicago until his death 14 years later,
From
other involvements.
research had to vie for time with his many
Sapir'sSino-Dene
of his manuscriptsis that he did littlefurther with the
The evidence
largerhistorical questions,althoughhe continued the serious studyof Tibetan
after 1925 show
littledirect concern
and Chinese. Certainlyhis publications
with Na-Dene,
with the Sino-Dene
or
even
relationship,
except insofar as the
classification
of
Central
and North American
in
his
stock was
represented
general
languages(1929a).The major area in which he continued his comparative
the
Athabaskan.
"A Summary
research was
Report of Field Work
among
and the Athabaskan
of 1927" (1928i)
portionsof "The Concept
Hupa, Summer
Primitive
Tested
in
Bloomfield"
of Phonetic
Law
as
Languages by Leonard
(1931b)give brief glimpses of Sapir'sprogress in working out the intricate
details of comparative Athabaskan
phonology in the late 1920s. (In the latter
work with Bloomfield's
paper, written in 1928-29, Sapirequates his Athabaskan
Algonquian in a methodological discussion.)Even here, however, his work
in Comparative
slowed
considerablyin the followingdecade. He offered a course
Athabaskan
twice during his teachingat Yale (in1931-32 and againin
in 1923, but he
that survive
of the
there
is little evidence
that
in
Sapir'sviews had evolved much after 1930. A short survey of "Problems
from
found
Sapir's
Athapaskan Linguistics"
papers, apparentlydating
among
about 1932 and publishedhere for the firsttime, contains littlenot found in his
earlier publishedwork. The statement
of "Linguistic
Classification within the
Northern
which SapirprovidedCornelius Osgood
Athapaskan Area" (1936i),
for inclusion in his ethnographicsurvey of the Northern
Athabaskan
Indians, is
also unremarkable.
brief
Athabaskan
Six:
The
and
Na-Dene
25
Languages
materials from
Volume
IV.
Kutchin
materials, collected from John Fredson at Camp Red Cloud,
Sapir's
of 1923, are much
more
Pennsylvania,
duringthe summer
poorlyrepresentedin
his publishedwork. Sapirextracted the kinshipterms
for inclusion in Cornelius
Osgood'sEthnography of the Kutchin (Sapir1936h, printedin Volume
IV), but
otherwise publishednothingof his Kutchin data. As with Sarcee, he had begun
preparinga volume of Kutchin texts while stillat Ottawa, and duringthe 1930s
worked
list.In 1961-62
on
stem
a Kutchin
Mary Haas, as his research assistant,
Victor Golla completed a preliminarystem
listbut did not publishit.The texts
and a stem listare being publishedin Volume
XIII of The Collected Works.
The Anvik
that
obtained
from Thomas
notes
(Ingalik)
Sapir
Reed, also at
Camp
Red
Cloud
in 1923,
Essentiallya wordlist, of
material
was
are
no
utilized
never
than
great descriptive
or
by Sapir and
is not
his Kutchin
materials.
comparative interest,the
published in The Collected
Works.
Sapircollected
tripin the summer
and Chimariko.
who
carried
out
extensive
Hupa
data
during a
of 1927, duringwhich
He
his
was
own
northwestern
he also worked
California field
Yurok
on
briefly
accompanied by his Chicago student, Fang-Kuei Li,
work
Mattole
and Wailaki.
on
(For Sapir'slively
more
"
COSTA
CHASTA
ON
NOTES
PHONOLOGY
MORPHOLOGY.
AND
INTRODUCTION.
In
large
in
territory
of
covered
embraced
river) ;
Smith
Umpqua
J\kwa})
the
known
of
of
dialects
of
Athabascan.
fragmentar}'least
'
Outside
found
*
My
The
writer
with
Orton
was
Mr.
and
few
to
way
^
denotes
material
at
work
Wolverton
the
writer
the
points
been
yet
the
these
dialects
southeastern
and
is the
only
of
following
in
southern
and
Chetco)
Creek
and
While
the
Klamath
been
branch
way.^
this
and
published
California
preliminary
Canal)
river, Portland
their
of
of
one
creek
have
Kato,
and
made
linguistics, practically
as
that
hoped
on
in
value
some
of Copper
notes
has
Oregon-
the
is
It
and
coast^
interior.
south
spoken
American
linguistic interest
nothing
the
of
students
to
the
these
Umpqua
Galice
as
to
Hupa
tory
terri-
Pacific
Tolowa
as
(such
dialects
of
Chetco
river,
confined
The
(Upper
east
(such
others
particularly
California,
well
tribes
were
Athabascan
strip
Rogue
people,
coast
or
of
some
the
the
to
lower
of
some
strictly
were
interior
the
rivers,
Coquille
Upper
in
of
number
villages speaking
considerable
contiguous
dialects.
of
groups
or
only
not
much
also
but
tribes
by
and
spoken
were
Athabascan
distinct
quite
Oregon
CaUfornia
northwestern
apparently
dialects
southwestern
of
part
region in
of
any
Pacific
imperfect
may
Alaska
which
on
of
prove
(Cook
and
Inlet,
Athabascan
at
mouth
tribes
have
Pacific.
nasalization.
for
on
these
notes
Orton,
whiled
was
in
Takelma
a
away
the
latter
full-blood
the
in
secured
part
Chasta
time
with
(273)
very
of
Costa
Chasta
the
incidental
summer
Indian.
Costa.
While
manner.
of
At
1906,
odd
he
was
moments
the
living
Mr.
VI
28
Languages 2
Indian
American
274
of
occupied part
coast
identical
Takelma.''
Among
speech
the
dA/ne
of
of
tribes") or,
"lower
Indians
coast
tribes
with
Chetco.
are
"salt
thus
probably
was
less distinct,
or
more
intelligiblewithout
dialects
of
speakers
Costa
It has
there
already
is
villagesabove
III, p. 228).
On
be
least
been
but
these
"drawn
three
other
have
purposes
Athabascan
and
to
seem
mutually
Upper
dialect
coast
out"
to
Athabascan
differed
partly understood,
are
of these
Umpqua,
much
so
if at
all^
Upper
Creek.
believe
those
p. 234
to
pointed
been
to
reason
At
latter;
the
Galice
Coquille, and
that
as
and
difficulty,the
region, however,
Costa
Chasta
from
by
of this
have
to
seem
Jargon
dialect
Coast
the
by
Chinook
the
and
"strange"
Costa.
Chasta
of
they
much
very
somewhat
sounding merely
speaker
Costa
Chasta
While
called
all intents
to
formed
people {d/yds/ta
people;
Du/Vil
All these
commonly
identical
Tee' /me
river, the
coast
Indians,
coast"
water,
unrelated
people, the
Rogue
the
now
are
Chuck"
Siletz, "Sol
of
meaning
term
they
as
the
quite identical
or
GwA/sd.
the
with
contrasted
as
the
were
Creek
mouth
the
east
nearly
Euchre
YiV^/gwl or
and
villages of practically
or
of
them
between
the
to
tribes
these
"Joshuas"
or
them
above
speech,
were
tribes
Athabascan
now
Oregon, formerly
western
river;
Rogue
lower
other
were
in
Reservation
Siletz
in
gathered
Costa
Chasta
The
of the
out
that
J.
Takelma
Dorsey gives a
in
Costa
Journal
of American
villages.
note
2)
Chasta
Folk-Lore,
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
Languages
29
PHONOLOGY.
Vowels.
vowels
The
met),
0,
of
(like u
variant
of
Vocalic
not
whole,
long
much
and
syllable
of
one
in
Sohn),
I, and
German
velars
cezkhehkhe
dren").
"chil-
in
Chasta
phonetically.
interchange
On
consonants
to
of
thus
this
the
"he
when
the
the
are:
won't
fly" (cf.
fly")
won't
sitting
"we
in
makes
with
varying
fly;" do/ydt/tla
vowel
vowel
the
ical
mechan-
regular
on
voll)
after
occurs
importance
as
lish
Eng-
{sxo/ld "five,"
Carrier^
shorten
won't
is
German
as
of
hat)
considerable
Examples
"he
open
regularly
more
dd/yd/t!a
as
in
as
or
"I
in
variant
cf.
(open
a,
(generally open),
and
English
vowels
vowel
long
closed.
/da
u,
etymologically
open
do/ydc/tla
dad
is of
as
in
a,
(close
(short
(as
short
principles;
suffixing
o),
{tsxci/xe"child,"
so
with
are
o
velars
quantity
Costa,
vowel)
hut)\
tcwo/la),
Hupa^
of
after
occurs
variant
Costa
open),
and
EngHsh
sometimes
as
Chasta
(long
(apparently
cf.
of
down"
(cf. da/
6 Ad
/da
"I
sitting
am
down")
tcIdsL/se "he
cries;"
tc!a/ydsL/se "they
'
Hupa
Language,"
*
Carrier
of
"I
examples
Univ.
the
"I shall
cry" (cf.tcla/Bil/se
cry")
"you
nac/tlb
tcldch/se/Ve
of
examples
Canadian
swim"
are
Cal.
are
taken
Publ.
taken
cry"
(cf. tc!a/yd/6il/se
from
Amer.
from
P.
E.
Arch,
Rev.
Institute, I, pp.
Goddar^l,
and
A.
G.
170-212.
(275)
Ethn.,
Morice,
"The
"we
cry")
bathe")
Morphology
of
the
Hupa
3.
"The
D^n^
Languages,"
actions
Trans-
^f
30
Indian
American
Languages
276
of
example
An
shortened
"I
7ies/ts!Al/l
preceded by
and
lose
may
their
is
seen")
quantity
in
even
general, however,
Costa."
Chasta
in
said
be
cannot
accent
stress
marked
particularly well
{na/dit/t!d is phonetically
ld\ contrast
7id/dit/t!d/Ve
bathe;"
bathe")
will
"you
Such
seen"
strongly accented
to
or
"we
are
ne/7id/ts!Al/l
Id na/dit/t!d "don't
enclitic
an
in:
7ie-
tc!a/ya/dil/se"we
In
(cf.lie'/ts!Al/l"he
followed
immediately
they are
syllable with relatively strong accent.
tela-,na-,
are
is:
seen"
am
open
to
Each
to
be
syllable
is
fairlywell-defined
syllable).
second
on
tc!a/Bll/sewith
and
nd/dU/t!d
written
be
It does
not
seem
that
secondary
every
accent
in
vowel
an
open
"they make
Short
thus
from
dulled
"I
VAc/yAc/Ve
Hupa
'
goes
Weak
so
far
stress
as
to
becomes
doubtless
syllablesis
closed
originalshort
a;
of
of
should
sound"
/i
originala
shall
go"
in
be
ya-.
from
long
regularly reduced
closed syllable. Examples
a
are:
(cf.t't/dic/ya"I
go;"
-yAc
-yauw)
accent
say,
"there
characteristic
seems
is
no
accent
of
in Den^"
Athabascan
generally.
Father
Moric6
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
31
Languages
277
nd/xAn/do
"eight,
less"
two
{;nd/xA-
Kato'^
nqk/ka"
"two")
do/na/yAct/xwl
"I
VAl/dAc
"he
runs"
jAn/na/'Ac
"he
{-dAc=
will
Ve/A7i/yit/lAl"we
be
determined
(such
by
by
borrowed
drown;"
is
by
reason
other,
or
after
verb
c,
with
signs I,
this
may
value
I)
t,
immediately
consonant,
mologically
ety-
syllable
etymological
class
if it is
or,
begin
words
This
of
is not
must
other
it.
consonant
vowel
in
inorganic,
inorganic
definitely
preceding syllable,it
singular
definite
this
followed
not
-vowel
a
syllable beginning
-aiiw)
with
some
an
by
first person
followed
the
takes
.completed
as
is
to
meaningless,
be
confused
yet, for
and
syllable and
either
Hupa
sinking" (cf.Ve/nit/lat'"we
consonant
vowel
own
bring" {-'ac
are
phonetically appended
its
-dauw)
Hupa
etymologically
Whenever
A.
(cf. na/yd/dAdt/xwf
Hupa
to
vomit"
not
vomit")
"I
Not
do
never
followed
is
consonant
to
doubled
the
complete
significance.
and
in
rapid speech
such
completed
mechanical
and
of
dialects
definite
Amer.
Hupa
These
Kato
and
are
Ethn.,
-a-
may
be
with
taken
from
5, 65-238;
P.
and
tendency
these
E.
-a-.
limit
characteristic
Goddard,
"Elements
other
to
"Kato
of the
Mr.
Orton
with
Chasta
doubtless
of
Texts,"
Kato
7-.
is not
inorganic
The
the
and
only
before
consonant
syllables with
not
mologic
ety-
no
consonant
syllabifying words
1-176.
'
inorganic
is of
as
Kato
syllables explain
examples
Arch,
however,
and
syllablesand
closed
yet
in
characteristic
are
well.
as
cases,
generally, this
regularity.
also
to
some
first half
the
inorganic syllables
consonant
but
In
distinctly heard;
always
of which
results
consonant
vowel
Costa
Athabascan
to
speak
short
in
vowels
Athabascan
Univ.
Language,"
Cal.
Publ.
ibid., II,
32
VI
Languages 2
Indian
American
278
Creek,
identical
(probably
(s
x/V/lal;
third
X-,
by
-/'-
with
combining
from
by / borrowed
followed
Chasta
not
needs
turn
Other
alone
-/'-,while
of
capable
syllabifying a
examples
of
without
and
A, with
Galice
in
stand
Ve-, therefore
-lal.
or
etymologically equivalent
from
in
xaV-)
into
x-
from
il
w,
e
/ borrowed
and
well
as
Carrier.
in
plural prefix,cannot
person
followed
is therefore
and
voiceless
a)
varies
Kato
apparently
our
is
in
a{u)
or
Hupa,
sleep"
xAt/VAl/lal "they
Costa
it is
with
vowel
inorganic
voiced
in
post-palatal^-sounds)
before
to
{u before
Costa,
Chasta
in
as
the
dialects;
Athabascan
different
for
of
quality
The
developments.
inorganic
are:
from
V- reduced
Ve-)
VAc/yAc/Ve "I shall go" {t"Ax-)
dd/ya/xAt/t!a "they won't fly" {xAtx/d-, d- reduced
{xAt/dAnd/xAt/dAl/nic "they work"
=
de-)
from
"they
dd/xAn/uAt/VAc
considered
In
a
all such
not
been
-yAc
has
-Vac
contains
shown
from
-Ve, and
suffix
Inorganic
i have
s
and
is not
this
been
6)
and
found
5
a,
as
it
fuller
some
elements.
where
with
at
last
element
analysis
Thus,
vowel.
seems
bascan
Atha-
other
organic
an
must
while
an
shown
-V, reduced
is doubtless
-Vac
-c).
available
material
place.
takes
before
derived
palatalized
becomes
sometimes
enough
change
of
(ultimately
lie down"
"to
of a;
plausible that
represent
primary
-tuw
when
to
form
consider
to
vowel
a-
unanalyzable
by comparison
it remains
form
reduced
and
least
reduced
best
seems
syllable,though
it is but
x/n-)
y-)
consonant
at
or
shown
as
dialects, it
there
is
cases
vowel,
primary
in the
final
radical
as
{xAn/nAt-
sinking" (jaI-
syllables with
Many
be
is
"he
t'e/An/yAl/Ul
bed"
to
go
from
(but
tc
to
(but
of
before
not
not
before
i, though
it certain
make
Examples
to
this
its
just
secondary
developments
original5
or
its
Six:
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
33
tankages
279
7,
itself
when
development)
tends
however,
preceded by m,
a). Examples
preserve
to
are:
first person
and
7z-
(preceding
or
n,
singularc)
nic/dac "I dance"
drown"
"I
t'e/nic/lat
vowel
without
(cf.c/ycd/l "he
him"
saw
and
6-
prone
minal
c;
6)
after
eat"
tclAy/ye/6ic/ya "I
ye/ die /I
durative
me")
saw
(both from
-OaO-
was
it
"I
sneezed"),
for
yd/yAc/tla.
"I go
in these
"she
bed"
to
forms
goes
of -nic-.
{-yAc
"to
"I'll
yic
shall
into
to
seems
Besides
dard, "Kato
-nAc-
is
bed")
go")
not
found
further
-yic
"he
probably
be
ihis-t'Ac Kato
Texts," Univ.
probable that
tcin/ne/tuw
with
a,
has
in
-ni-
one
case
directly preceding
t'A-
go.^^
ai
has
Examples
(cf.Kato
it is
dd/nAc/t'Ac
(cf.Hupa
from
with
contracts
won't
with:
palatalized to i: do /Vac/
go!" (cf.t'Ac/yAc/t'e"I
"don't
go," Id/n/yic
misheard
was
directly comparable
not
itself reduced
A,
form
is met
ne-
example
-yAd- in yAd/Az
and
this
of
isolated
an
stop him;"
form
thus
and
been
"I
An
reduced
Unaccented
strikingagreement.
-nic- also
-nA-
l/gl "white"
Should
that
nd/nAc/
go"); this
-Vac:
do/ Vac
''With
possible
and
Original Athabascan
monophthongized to i.
'"
is
in
in
Chasta
Costa
become
are:
i/gai)
miskH'.
Puhl.
Amer.
Arch,
and
anywhcrt'
Ethn., 5, No.
I went"
3,
p.
182,
(P. E. God1.
17) is in
35
Languages
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
Six:
281
nel/l "you
cf. Kato
It
-in'
closed
I, i is
inorganic
oil
"
regularly developed to I
often seems
thus
as
though
-'?*,
Lzw,
Carrier
palatal
i in
open,
Costa
in second
instance
equivalence,
to
an
77,
as
person
has
just
Examples
Chasta
Athabascan
are
in
of
due
"
acquired
have
to
seems
syllables. It
the morphologic equivalent, for
shown,
been
-I
/'m,
i then
this
singular forms,
*n^l- ;
loe^'n}^)
//,old form
Nasalized
{nel-
//'/w, Loucheux
I'in, Hare
Montagnais
(originalAthabascan
"dog"
coloring i\
are
him"
looking at
"to see")
are
from
{yat-
na/yd/dit/xwl "you
in
*yq-
vomit!"
"don't
id/na/yat/xwl
dance"
"you
; cf.
Hupa
*W4-;
cf.
*S4-
{ni-
na/sin/ya "you
Hupa
nin/yauw
"go!")
3'w/u'wf/x/wi"you
"run!"
"come
{di*
from
assimilated
cf.
"you
take
stem
-si
verb
'^
to
are
that of Chasta
taken
'*
are
from
Costa.
R.
P.
k^l is "fortis"
E.
na/kin/-
ye/win/ya "you
Hupa
Vi/lal"you
/din/ La
eat!")
da
/din/ La
da
cf. Hupa
{tcli-^'^'kylA-'}^
swim"
na/tcll/ilo"you
yun
whistle"
along")
"to
make"
210.
Carrier
All northern
Petitot,
"
has
evidently undergone
forms
Athabascan
Dictionnaire
palatal k, Hupa
-tcwiii)
(cf.Hupa
^1, Morice's
de
la
q.
except
development parallel
(and Chipewyan)
Carrier
langue Dcnc-Dindji^."
36
VI
Indian
American
Languages 2
282
in closed
Examples,
of i"i"4
syllables,
tc!d/Bil/se"you
sil/en/^''
are
{9il- *s4-l-;
cry"
cf.
na/dil/we/-
Hupa
{yil- *y4-l-;
cf.
third
person
third
person
t'Al/xwAd)
ne/cli/l"look
Hupa
-;7
-?z, but
dialects indicates
Thus,
{cil- *c4-l-)
=
Costa
Chasta
me!"
at
that
rj)seems
with
comparison
in such
times
at
cases
we
to
correspond
northern
Athabascan
dealing with
are
as
Loucheux
original
Loucheux
by
la/cAn
tan;
del-zen; similarly,dAn
despite Hupa
din
Chasta
*dl).
Costa
and
Kato
"black"
"in, at"
dAn/tdi
original
from
n),
corresponds
have
must
to
original-n
given
would
(original*d4
dun
have
to
?iAn
evidenced
to
have
Consonants.
The
consonantal
Athabascan
though
system
of
dialects, is characterized
is common;
b has
Chasta
been
by
found
from
words
Costa
are:
dental
nasal
"
Costa
In
is
Hupa
the
7t;
labi'al nasal
the back
the
m;
stops
g,
transparent
normal
than
in
not.
The
of labial
bo/di "cat,"
to
stops,
word
loan-
in
occur
native
of Chasta
consonants
dental
stops
etymologically more
-A-, whereas
Hupa -t- is the
lack
of most
Hupa
inorganic vowel.
syllables.
insofar
as
In
-i- is
such
a
forms
reflex
of
Chasta
original
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
Languages
37
283
(as in German
Wagen)
Bach)
labiahzed
the
(sometimes
weakened
ship),6 (as
in
between
ative
back
laterals /, I
spiranty (as in
the
sibilants
z
in
North
German
q!w, and
hw)
to
palatalconsonants
consonants
voiced
Enghsh thin),and
English z, heard
and
and
,
spirant xw
(as in EngUsh
s,
(voicelesslenis, intermediate
"to sneeze"); the affric-az
tcl; the
affricative
dental
(voiceless spirantal/,
with
affricative
alveolar
tdl; the
consonant
l,
dorsal
followed
occurrence);
lenis, intermediate
sonants^^
ql,td, ts!,td!,and
words, they
but
and
q!, gw,
velar
taken
q!w {g has
k' in
does
acoustic
weak
of
g.
It
d and
variant
that
one
been
not
lack
of
to
is
occur,
y
dj
of
as
j) ; //,
in other
of
glottis
q\
likely exists)
its place being
found,
syllabicallyfinal / and
very
^^
been
not
and
and
glottal chords.
but
found,
surds
closure
the
less
voice-
are
consonants,
simultaneous
release
considered
their
labialized
the
k! has
frequently
not
with
"fortis"
be
may
equivalent to
or
before
by g/.^" Of
/' and
are
consonants;
k, which
so-called
pronounced
released
are
are
are
l!
and
g, gw,
acoustically between
between
English ch
is intermediate
{dj
(b),d,
voiceless
stops differingfrom
after
y'^, in which
constantly
after
o-vowels;-^
in
both
doubt
and
y
as
to
o-vowels
elements
whether
y
are
he
comes
beso
hears
of releass.
at their moment
possiblethat these "intermediate"
stops are sonant
misheard
for k!.
as
seems
possible,k of mis/ki "gull" was
^"
forcible a sound
as
as
ql corresponds to Hupa kz, g is Hupa k-z. q! is by no means
illusive
about
Chinookan
There
is
it; the velar stop
is, e. g.,
something decidedly
q!.
element
is very
the glottal catch
to a minimum,
element
to be reduced
seems
strongly
velar
weak
times
the
and
to
(e.
x
seems
at
a
marked,
precede
stop
g., '^qld/xAO"arrow").
in pronouncing Chasta
q!,I did not often succeed
Despite my familiaritywith Chinookan
'"
It is
"
Unless,
Costa
ql so
talized
"'
In
as
to
satisfyMr.
Orton's
car.
It may
Hupa
has
become
in every
case.
well
be
that
ql is really"fortis"
or
glot-
38
VI
Languages 2
Indian
Atnerican
284
or
what
w
do/y'^e-,dd/'^we-\ similarly,
as
do/wa- may
really be do/y'^a-). However,
in
sa'
"sandhill
also
crane;" wAs/xe "good."
/wAs/ts!e
is only in part a faithful
consonant
system
sentative
repre-
occurs
This
of
of
the
original Athabascan
have
become
kept
distinct
but
have
Chasta
y,
to
these
with
merged
articulation.
in
seem
k\
been
t\ d, tl,
practicallyevery
nants
conso-
consonants
regard
n,
case
place
g, q! (kl), q!w,
to correspond
to
sounds.
also
as
in
become
has
Hupa,
in
Chasta
xd'/tc'ii
"goose"-^ (cf.Hupa
tc'u; Kato
k'a')
nd/xi "two"
(cf.Hupa nax;
(cf.Carrier
ts!d/xe"woman"
tsxd/xe "child"
Analogously
k'w
other
in
changed
m,
Some
system.
others, while
Costa
Athabascan
same
Athabascan
Costa
becomes
heard
was
have
do/ ye-
(thus
This
sound
Costa
this
to
become
has
is
with
hwd
change
preserved
original k\
however,
"I
k'wAs/Vd/7ie "six"
Etymologically
Chasta
and
Hupa
hw) in Chasta
Kato
have
k'w
Costa, from
and
Costa.
Chasta
together in
other
are:
ne-khe;
khu
Loucheux
"vomiting")
in:
xos/tan)
(cf.Hupa
not
{k'w)
fallen
(cf. Carrier
vomit"
but
as
phonetically distinct,
these
secondary x and
both
xw
is
-Ic
"
See
"
Petitot's
**
Father
to
original Athabascan
x,
kwe*"; Carrier
persist as
to
to
in
such
Examples
(cf. Kato
cekpe)
na/yd/dAdt/xwi
k'
heard
generally
seems
"foot"
It seems,
as
Montagnais nak'e^^)
tsekhe-'")
cezkhehkhe)
of
(sometimes
xw
(yXw),but
dialects
(cf.Carrier
k'q'/-
augmentative.
Texts,"
Goddard, "Kato
'
represents
Morice
note
32.
aspiration.
represents
"fortis"
stops
by
means
of
points belovv
characters.
in
are
39
Languages
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
Six:
285
originalAthabascan
and
of the
good example
xw.
latter
is:
cough"
"to
-xwAd
have
sounds)
has
Original s
Costa.
regularly become
noun)
as
{ts and
affricatives
modifications
various
undergone
"cough,"
xwces
sibilant
and
sibilants
Athabascan
tc
(cf. Carrier
in
Chasta
6:
bear")
Ba/^aI "grizzly bear" (cf.Carrier sces-e^oel "brown
"I
going away")
am
t'e/dic/ya"I go" (cf.Hupa te/se/ya/te
VeB/ya "he goes" (cf.Hupa tes/ya/te"it is about to come")
Before
cough"
"to
-xwaB
-k2s)
(cf.Hupa
xwces)
(cf.Carrier
l), however,
is
ts!a/sASL/se^^"I
"they
regularly retained:
cries;"
tc!a/ydsL/se
tc!d/Bil/se
contrast
"you cry")
na/yesL/sl "he tells" (contrast nd/BU/sl "you tell")
(contrast Bid /si "I let him")
cAsl/sl"he lets me"
(contrast Bid /Veil"I kicked him")
cAsl/Val "he kicks me"
qlwAi/dasL/na
"it
Athabascan
would,
develop
found
into
is
IB
(as in
have
B
been
seems
to
expected
be
to
regularly
of
of
following -5-
*-sacl-,
(before l) of
Petitot's th is td.
kfw, perhaps
to
''
Petitot's tch is
**
Petitot's
Montagnais
-sV
"head"
in Kato
that
head;"
-tchir^. Kato
together.
head"
(cf. Montagnais
from
is assimilated
i. e., -tei.
"your
ts fell
and
Ba/^^cl"hair
-SASL-
n-tsi
-kjwi\ Loucheux
indicate
to
seems
writes
analogy,
Chipewyan), but
by
(cf. Carrier
"head"
-ihif Hare
"
it"
instead:
Bi
^*
lying on
was
is 7.
be
our
understood
Ic.
-s-
being
here
ethi-pa^^)
prevented from
becoming
-6-
cause
be-
syllable.
same
In
Hare
as
/5
Petitot
Languages 2
Indian
American
VI
40
286
"blue")'
L-tso
In
se
have
(cf.Kato
"stone"
become
Hupa
se\
s:
Montagnais
tse;
tchi; Carrier
Loucheux
kfwe;
As
to
ts seems
cases
some
the; Hare
tse)
regularlybecome
ts! has
td! in Chasta
dd/de/dil/tB!i"we
i. e., -tsle,"they
na/ya/del/tse,
are
lived
teiAd/dd"story"
Athabascan
However,
is
normally preserved
it is assimilated
to
before
such
as
and
(e.g.,
ct
"I").
tsl:
will
Assimilation
of *sac to
bring it
taken
has
sas
to
place
to
OaB, unless,
cry")
to
die:
eat"
after
being
as
have
we
shall
regularly developed
Original *sac,
in:
"I
tclAy/ye/eic/ya "I
(c-"me")
me"
assimilated
seen,
it
was
to
protected by immediately
following I:
sitting"(from *dd/sAc/da)
Ve/BAB/lal "I have been sleeping" (from *re/sAc/lal)
for tcIe/dAd/tfo)
across"
"I swim
tcfed/t.'d
(probably misheard
Original
s,
assimilate;
immediately
when
ss,
am
which
thus
following
results, is then
c,
also
"I
threw"
it
regularly shifted
66:
yd/yA6/6el
causes
(from '^yd/yAc/sel)
to
to
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
Languages
41
287
Athabascan
Costa, but
(sometimes /cw?)
regularly as s:
tc
appears
in Chasta
retained
is not
Chasta
is found
sx
sxo/ld "five"
(cf.Hupa
Athabascan
to ts!
in:
sa/so/la/yai^)
tcwo/la; Chipewyan
tc! remains,
tc! often
:
(or 5'22)
prefix "across
tele- verb
td.e-,"down
-ts!An
the
to
Chipewyan
tce-\
water"
beach,
ts'e- "to
to"
"toward,
the
out
a
of
body
the
of
e.,
Kato
house;"
water")
(cf. Hupa
-tc'uiV; Chipewyan
tee-, i.
(cf.Hupa
-ts'un)
ts!i/de"sickness"
-s'at' "to
to
There
be
become
is still another
go back
which
rule, with
Chasta
*"
dialects,
affricative
become
Petitot's tss is
our
become
from
Petitot
are
referred
It is quite likelythat
between
and
in
Costa,
Chasta
c).
however,
these
Costa,
te-
have
fallingtogether,
In
consonants.
become
tc!
(this te!
tsl.
Chasta
original Athabascan
k^ has
Costa,
in
as
sibilants,without,
the
"
taken
sibilants
sick,
originalpalatalized(anteriorpalatal)^-sounds
In
Kato,
Navaho,
Apache, Chipewyan, and
Athabascan
other
of
set
be
to
as
In
to
as
tcl and
Kato
tc'
,
E.
Lake
Dialect,
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
43
Languages
289
suffix
augmentative
-tc'u
Examples
(e.
Kato
-kyo;
back
going
g.,
-ted)
Athabascan
to
k^I
are:
cries"
"he
prefix indicating
k-, ky-, i.
k^!-; Kato
e.,
indefinite
possessed sonant
{dz,dj). Of these sounds
as
"to
-Az
shall
we
in
see
dj.
in Kato
sneeze;"
dz has
and
Hupa,
ia/cAn
"black"
been
not
has
Costa
eats;"
found
dj
results
"to
-ya
lateral
appears
as
in these
forms, but,
back
go
it may
to
bascan
Atha-
exist.
Kato
7,
as
i/cmi^;
del/zun;
(unaspirated) plus
y:
"whereon
one
eat")
ashamed"
"I
Costa.
{"*ya/da/yit/ya;
ashamed")
am
(/,I,
only three
Original dl
did
may
heard
was
and
lI) have
have
rather
cf.
been
served
pre-
pirated)
(unas-
as
Id:
several
{"*qIwAt/tc!At/ya
Athabascan
also, but
-/-
in Chasta
Ll/jin; Chipewyan
from
consonants,
in Chasta
plus
in
found
Lu/hwin"*-cin;
Nav.
are
ya/da/yit/dja "we
yAc in ya/dAcl/yAc
been
not
been
sibilant
c:
(cf. Hupa
qlwAt/tc/At/dja "table"
the
has
and
del-zen)
Loucheux
Of
(2,j)
found, though
become
Jicarilla Ll/zl;
Chasta
does
moment,
sibilants
is illustrated
dj
tc'-)
Athabascan
Costa
cried,
k^Ia-)
verb
affricatives
kya/teL/tcwii "it
(cf. Hupa
probably
-Id.
After
third
c
and
modal
s,
-/-
I becomes
while
-did
/:
(cf.nd/dAl/nic
nd/dAcl/nic "I work"
nd/xwAcl/ye "I play" (cf.nd/xwAl/ye
qlwAt/dasi/nd "it was
lying on it"
"he
"he
laugh")
works")
plays")
really
VI
44
Languages 2
Indian
American
MORPHOLOGY.
Pronouns.
personal
Independent
ci
pronouns:
"I"
"we"
ne
(probably
nAn
"you"
yu
"he, that
ne/he)
Hupa
one"
possessive pronouns
of
those"
(reallydemonstrative)
(reallydemonstrative)
Examples
cf.
*ne/he;
from
contracted
are:
with
cic/la "my
your-hand")
"you
n-,
{hi is demonstrative)
hand"
hi la "his
hand"
/la "your
nAn
c/na/yd "my
eyes"
s/tsH/de "my
sickness, I
n/ts!l/de "you
are
sick"
sickness,
nd/ts!l/de "our
sick"
am
no/tsll/de/ha "your
are
we
sick"
(pi.) sickness?
are
(pi.) sick?"
you
{-ha is interrogative)
xd/ts!l/de"their
Many
suffix -e,
as
nAn/mAne
noun
as
dAne'
by
are
Thus,
from
pronouns,
"house:"
mAn
house"
"your
followed
sick"
preceding possessive
regularly in Athabascan.
cic/mAne "my
limited
when
nouns,
sickness, they
house"
by another
genitively related
to
with
it.
suffixed
Examples
-e
is to
be
stood
under-
are:
{ll/tde from
ll
"dog,"
with
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
Languages
45
291
"dog," xo/lin/ke,
voicing of /- to /-; cf. Hupa Lin
i. e., xo/lirj/kyfe
"his dog")
"bow's
tAkAc^'^ hlci^/le
"bowstring" (literally,
string;" cf.
"rope," possessed form Vu/le)
Chipewyan Vul
ga/yu ts!i/de"baby's sickness, baby is sick"
As
reflexive
possessive is
Carrier
:
cedced-)
a/d- ;
Hupa
xd/dAt/lt/tc!e"his
demonstrative
Of
used
own
pronouns
there
have
been
found:
hi*
de
de
This
Hupa
used
be
to
seems
as
ucL/Ve "what
element
is
de in ded
and
relative in:
I want"
perhaps demonstrative
"this," hai/de "this."
in force
and
related
to
are:
Nouns.
Primitive
are
as
non-descriptivenouns,
relativelyfrequent in Chasta
nouns
are:
Body
Parts.
la "hand"
**
Probably
to
-/a; Kato
(cf.Hupa
be
understood
as
lAk/gAc.
in all Athabascan
Costa.
-/a*)
lects,
dia-
Monosyllabic
yi
46
Languages 2
Indian
American
292
(cf.Kato
61 "head"
(in
"hair"
-ya
Chipewyan
cf.
"head-hair;"
-ca,
-61, -t6i)
Chipewyan
-si';
6 Ay
-ke)
-kwe*; Chipewyan
(cf.Kato
"foot"
hwd
i. e.,
Kato
-ga' "hair;"
-ya)
Animals.
"bird"
tdac
ll
Objects.
Natural
(cf.Hupa
"stone"
se
"sun"
cd
lAt "smoke"
tse; Kato
se)
Objects.
Culture
"fire-drill")
L'eL
"bulbs")
Primitive,
one
kos
(cf.Hupa
gd6 "camass"
L'ilL
"hut")
"fire-drill;"cf. Chipewyan
(originallydoubtless
Llel "matches"
LloH-e
min-tc
diminutive
(cf.Hupa
"house"
mAn
than
Ll)
Lin; Chipewyan
"dog" (cf.Hupa
Lol
"strap;" Chipewyan
"rope")
at
rate
any
easily analyzed,
not
nouns
of
more
syllableare:
Persons.
man"
(cf.Carrier
oe'zkhehkhe; Kato
skl-k
"boys,
children")
(perhaps
kel/'e "boy"
k'il/lek"boy")
misheard
for
k!el/'e; cf.
Kato
gd/yu "baby"
Body
Part.
-na;
Kato
-7ia*\
Chipewyan
-na/ca,
Six:
Athabaskan
47
Languages
Na-Dene
and
293
Animals.
sces-e^cel "brown
(cf.Carrier
or
cross
bear")
biitc/k'ai')
mis/ki!)i{')"gull" (cf.Kato
"fawn"
dis/dac
nd'/qH'')
ml/tc'd/tsUl/fil"deer"
Ve/q!d/lec/re"mink"
crane"
"ruffled
tclal/tchis/dje
grouse,
'
tcd'/-
"
'pheasant'
6d/gi "kingfisher"
flicker"
dAs/nAl "red-shafted
teiAB/nd/yal/tetde'hummingbird'
0c Iid
Creek
(cf. Applegate
sd'/wAs/ts!e "sandhill
wdc/tc{!)e)
'
"bluejay"
lark"
nd/ts!d/le"horned
so's/ga/ga "robin"
ts!d/ts!uk"wren"
kAsis
"barn
swallow"
ga/lal/'e"crow"
of
Many
follow,
these
are
animal
well
as
names,
as
some
forms
of
that
those
have
that
become
stereotyped.
Plants.
tcA/pd/yii "flower"'"
mt/tlal/tdAd"arrow- wood"
(probably compounded
do'/de "tar- weed"
do'
"grass;" cf. Hupa Lo/da-itc
"sunflower
(?)"
tc!Al/yat/ts!s
"This
word
exhibiting some
'*
This
form
"
This
word
is
was
used
humorously
similarityin
obtained
is remarkable
to
refer
to
Democrats,
with
"an
Democrat
bascan
Atha-
herb")
and
dA/mel' /ke
sound.
independently.
as
containing p,
sound
that
is
normally
absent
in Athabascan.
American
^f
48
Indian
Languages 2
294
(cf. Hupa
berries;"
"manzanita
Galice
din/nuw;
Creek
Kato
from
-tclk
tun/nuc
de/rec)
mAt/tcfi "cat-tail"
cAc/dd' "oak"
Objects.
Culture
"canoe"
xAnAd
at/tea "pipe"
arrow-shaft
scraper"
tclA/BA/gAl"sandstone
(probably VAk/gAc\ cf. Kato
tA/kAc "bow"
gqc
"yew")
*q!d/xA6 "arrow"
det/t!e"arrow-point"
Abstract.
tdlAd/dd "story"
yA/wls "whistling"
noun)
(used with
tsli/de"sickness"
"to
be
(cf. Carrier
ytiyuz
"whistling,"
possessive pronouns
to
as
cate
indi-
sick")
ending in -tc'u,
designated by words
animal
and
an
augmentative suffix, "big" (cf. Hupa and Kato
in -kyo and
-ted respectively). Such
are:
plant names
Several
animals
are
ii*/te'u"horse"
Lln/teo)
xd'/te'ii"goose"
words
are
dog;"
(literally,"big
(cf. Applegate
formed
from
ka')
"goose;" Kato
dAe/te'u, des/te'ti "grouse"
"grouse")
Vet/mo/tc'u "pigeon"
eu/dc'/tc'u "bald eagle"
Creek
Athabascan
cf.
Chipewyan
k'q'/te'u.
These
xa:
Chipewyan
due
/ted, dus/ted
xa
BAe/dA/li/tc'u"owl"
H/tcIe/tc'u"red-headed
"raven"
ga/sd'/te'ii
(cf. Kato
woodpecker"
Six:
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
49
Languages
295
in -til
ending
Nouns
or
-ne
in many
is found
-n
"person."
related
enough,
so."
-tllni denote
or
Examples
to
who
"one
of
-ne
and
so
dAn/ne "person;"
dialects
Athabascan
has
suffix denoting
as
-t!i{ni)are:
of
U/t!l/ni"dog-owner"
"not-wife-havdo Iailtill
ni, do Jat I ill "bachelor"
(literally,
ing-person." do- "not;" at-, i. e., ail "wife," cf.
Hupa ui "wife," Kato aV "sister")
noun
compounds
"head-hair"
(shortened
of
Examples
stems
of
two
noun
are:
6a
/yd
"hair."
Cf.
ga/lal gwd/yu
of
example
61
"head"
and
-ya
blackbird"
"crow('s)
(literally,
With
this cf. Chipewyan
da/tsa/crow,"
literally,"crow
younger-
"red-winged
from
6l/Ga)
Chipewyan
brother-in-law."
compound
consisting of
noun
verb
and
is:
noun
aI/Az dAn/ne
An
example
adjective is:
iclac
A
been
listed
verb
"he-sneezes
(literally,
compound
l/66/e "bluebird"
characteristic
refer
has
of
"sneezer"
type
noun
consisting of
"bird
(literally,
of
noun
noun
and
blue")
in Athabascan
is formed
by
above
forms.
as
unanalyzable
are
Quite clearlyverbal
doubtless, strictlyspeaking,
in form
are:
person")
which, while
verbs
to
consisting
Goddard,
op. cit.,p.
1 10.
lies
or
is thrown
Athabaskan
Six:
Na-Dene
and
51
Languages
297
(cf. Hupa
l/gi "white"
-L/kai;
la Ic An
(cf. Hupa
l/sAk "red"
-L/tso "blue")
"White," "black," "red,"
Athabascan
lit/tsd "green;"
(cf. Hupa
other
del/zun)
-h/tclk)
(cf.Kato
"yellow, green"
and
is
by prefixed I {a)-,which
Kato
-h/gai)
Kato
-L/cun^\ Chipewyan
(cf. Kato
"black"
-kya/o "large;"
common
as
Kato
characterized
are
in
dialects.
Adverbs.
Adverbs
xun
of
place
"there"
third
(cf.Hupa
xiin
hV
txun/la
are:
t'e/Bi/ya"there
xiin
(i^y^/ge
"up"
"where
do-
is
goes"
md'^/dAn
of time
"then"
kicked
is
(-dAn
edge"
*mq-"*marj-;
-dit-
in
him
up"
hai/dai/dit/din
/eg^):
(cf.Hare
"on
going?"
you
negative)
postposition "at;"
side")
"each
ntL/man
Hupa
md^-K
are:
(cf. Hupa
xat
"quickly" (cf.Hupa
xun/de
go"
are
(cf. Hupa
"nowhere"
"where;"
xd
he
xon?):
pronoun
"where?":
do/dAt
xat
you
"there
Ved/ya
txun/la VejBi/ya
Adverbs
personal
"tomorrow"
xa
"yet, right")
"yet")
(cf. Hupa
xun/de do/wa/yAc/l
xun/de
ycu
xun/de
td/Ad/dd
nAl
yis/xiln/de "tomorrow"):
"I'll
him
see
ndcl/si
tomorrow"
"tomorrow
I-shall-tell"
t'Ac/yAc "tomorrow
I'll
go")
story
to-
52
VI
Languages 2
Indian
American
298
"all-at"):
t'wt/dAn "always" (literally,
Vwi/dAti t'Al/dAc "he always runs"
t'wt/dAn As/se
"this
xAi/tsH/dAn
-dAn
is
"I
always cry"
evening" (doubtless
"at."
postposition
Cf.
for xal!-',
misheard
Hupa
"in
xu/Le
the
night"):
xAL/tsH/dAn
"I'll
do/wan/yAc/l
see
this
you
evening"
adverbs
Modal
do
are:
do) :
do/t'Ac "he
won't
do/rAc/yic
"I'll not
do/yd/t/a
dd/As/se
"he
"I'm
dd/yAc/l
do/ned/l
"I'm
"I'm
didn't
dd/ucL/t'e "I
do
not
working"
him"
see
looking
not
do/na/yAct/xwl
la
fly"
crying"
not
"I
go"
won't
do/nd/dACL/nic
go"
want"
not
"I
him"
at
do
vomit"
not
prohibitive:
Id "don't!"
Id/n/yic
"don't
la/yi/i "don't
Id/nd/xwil/ye
go!"
see
him!"
"don't
ld/na/dit/t!d"don't
Id/na/yat/xwi
doldd/qle
dol LAn
do
"don't
play!"
bathe!"
vomit!"
"unable"
much"
"not
I wi I la "of
(cf.Hupa
course"
Lan
(cf. Hupa
"much,"
do/ian "little")
ddii
is," he I don
"it
"at
least")
do
lid emphatic
cf.
Hupa
with
"to
leave, desist") :
do
inform,
see
me"
cease;"
"to
quit,
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
53
Languages
299
cAl/q!we
"to
be
nil/hwdn/^x "properly"?)
accustomed
to":
"to
BAk/gwe
ho
future
to
bathing"
on:"
keep
tlV/xun ne/cAl/l "he
"in
keeps looking
me"
at
fragments"
"I'll
hd/tc!AsL/se "he
fly"
wants
to
cry"
ho
do/wa
used
future
me"
"I'll
coloring):
dubitative
sick"
get
(Hterally,
"my-sickness will-become")
do/wa/ncL/yan/nAl "he will upset them"
will go
dd/wa/it'dt/nTii"they
pieces"
to
Postpositions.
Athabascan
of
use
force.
numeral,
-dAn
or
they
case
examples
characterized,
considerable
chiefly local
which
is
number
They
to
nouns
less often
stems;
subordinating
to
force.
of
elements
or
verb
inal,
pronom-
forms,
Chasta
in
Costa
are:
"at"
(cf.Hupa
-din):
xAL{!)/tsH/dAn
Vwi/dAn
md^/dAti
"this
"on
tell-him
in
Hupa
-miL
(hterally,"all-at")
(cf.la- "one")
edge"
al/dAc/ni/dAn "when
"Similarly
evening"
"everywhere"
Idt/dAn "once"
"mi-
postpositional
appended
are
adverbial
have
of
features, by the
other
among
tell him"
(hterally, "I-
at")*"
"when,"
as
verb
suffix, is doubtless
simply pronominal
VI
54
Languages 2
Indian
American
300
"with, to"
(cf.Hupa
-l):
Kato
-l;
"canoe(literally,
I-paddle")
tdlAd/dd riAl ndcl/sl "I
with
story" (literally,
tell you
"he
na/yesL/si
caI
td/Ad/dd
story"
me
he-makes")
"story me-with
(literally,
"wherewith
it-is-smoked,
mAl/Ve/tc!At/ts!Al/lec
for smoking"
{mA-l- "therewith;"
This
a-
-I is
same
(used in verbs
"toward"
prefix
(cf. Hupa
ah/-
to")
talked
"toward;"
-tcin
(cf. Hupa
verbal
to
I tell him"
al/dAc/ni/dAfi "when
tcit/den/ne"he
-tslAn
attached
found
probably also
of saying):
cf.
"with, in")
mil
it;" Hupa
"with
buL
Kato
terials
ma-
Kato
-tc'un*
"to, toward"):
"to-me
s/tslAn/na/'Ac
"in"
-me
(cf.Hupa
"in
mAn/me
-me/q!e "in,
cf.
"in;"
-me
house"
of
(compounded
in"
around
he-will-bring-it"
-hV "in"):
Kato
-q!e\
and
-me
"on"):
Chipewyan
in house"
mAn/me/q!e "around
la/me/q!e/ca "all in one time" (cf.la, Wjca
-k'e
"one")
Verbs.
As
Costa
in
verb
be
may
"class"
are
ends
then
the
elements
of
in
first modal
person
one
order
prefix, a
second
modal
sign; these,
followed
verb
typical Chasta
adverbial
more
or
prefixes,which
ment,
by a deictic or third personal eledialects, the
Athabascan
consists
followed
second
other
not
by
form, but
of modal
or
all of which
the
may
Terb
be
third
of
need
stem
followed
syntactic force.
element,
itself.
by
The
one
modal
course
The
or
verb
first
element
be
stem
more
form
or
or
present,
often
enclitic
is fre-
Six:
55
Languages
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
301
quently preceded by
considered
best
close
rather
if present,
comes
B-,
-6-, second
a
third
it.
elements:
seven
yd-,
second
of
element
Vd-,
an
adverbial
durative
verbial
adment;
ele-
significance;
-/-,
plural subjective pronominal element;
in force; -nd,
element, probably intransitive
drink;" and -hd, an enclitic interrogativeelement.
modal
stem
The
various
up
person
verb
taken
modal
second
verb, forms
pronominal object,
adverbial
after an
prefix but before a first
form
Vd/yd/Bot/nd/hd "do
Thus, the verb
with
unit
of
consists
(plur.)drink?"
prefixreferringto water;
you
while
postposition which,
or
syntactic
element.
modal
as
adverb
an
"to
in the
order
and
go
make
to
up
verb
forms
will be
verbs
of saying,
indicated.
Prefixes,
Adverbial
doing,
that
elements
a-,
a-,
and
'a- used
Kato
with
a-):
a-
is
yd-, ya-
It is not
clear what
is
significance
ya/dAcl/yAc "I am
ya/da/yit/dja "we
to
be
ya-\
attached
ashamed"
are
ashamed"
ya^-):
Kato
to
ya-
in:
56
VI
Languages 2
Indian
American
302
enclosed
"into
ye-
ye-]
(including mouth)"
space
(cf. Hupa
ye'-, yV-)
Kato
ye/ydt/ne/la "he
bit it"
da-, da-
above
"sitting or lying on
something
and
Kato
da-) :
(cf Hupa
sitting down"
da/ 6 Ad /da "I am
ground"
"we
dd/de/dil/tB!i
dd/nAc/Vac "I go to
q!wAt/dadt/gAc "it
i.
e.
"in
bed"
lies
"it
water"
sinking in
and
Vd/yAct/nd
"across
ta-):
Kato
"out
tc'e-
"I drink"
stream"
of;"
(cf. Hupa
Chipewyan
An-
tee-
"out
"used
ts'e-
of;"
of
Kato
approach
of
water") :
body
"I swim
tcle/Bii/tlo
implies disappearance
to
water"
the
tde-
top,"
/e'-):
ie-; Kato
Ve/nic/lat"I drown"
(cf Hupa
referringto water
Vd-
on
it"
lying on
was
(cf.Hupa
Ve/An/yAc/lAl "I am
the
down
thrown
"table-cloth")
qlwAt/dash/nd
Ve-
sittingdown"
are
across"
or
undoing
(cf. Chipewyan
"desertion
or
abandonment"):
"away," implies
water"
"I
in
the
am
sinking
Ve/An/yAc/lAl
do/wd/ An/nd/yan/nAl "he will upset them"
*a-, an-
"back,
an-
hither"
(cf. Chipewyan
home"):
an/yi/al "come
'5-
\in-,
ai-
"back,
toward
here!"
:
significance(cf Hupa kya-"^^)
tcld/sAsh/se "I cry" (cf.Hupa kya/teh/tcwe "she
heard
it cry")
.
cries"
tddsi/se "he
se'- used
with
verb
of
smiling:
^'
Goddard
however,
to
lists forms
keep
them
in
smiles"
apart.
(cf.yAt/ld
ky-;
see
"he
op. cit.,p.
90.
laughs")
It
seems
better
57
Languages
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
Six:
303
:
significance(cf Hupa kyo-^^)
"he pointed with his finger"
tcfo/yit/siL/la
ne/tc!uc/lec"I'll bet you""
unknown
significance(cf.Hupa verbs in o-**)
tclo- of unknown
of
u-
dd/ucL/t'e "I do
de/ucL/t'e"what
nd-,
indefinite
na-
water;
want"
not
I want"
movement
and
horizontality (cf.Hupa
fiAn/ndd/yd/la "he
around
went
ground
of
surface
on
na-):
Kato
it"
me"
"I
or
portant
im-
play"
"I work"
nd/dAch/nic
do/wa/nd/yan/nAl
"he
will upset
them"
"I write"
ndcl Lib
xatiaBU ndc/xe
nac/t!d "I swim,
paddle canoe"
"I
bathe"
na/tc!il/de"you wash"
myself"
nd/dAcl/de "I washed
nd/dAt/t!d/Ve
"he'll bathe"
nd/xAt/dAl/el "they'llbathe"
tdlAd/dd caI nd/Bil/sl "story
to-me
"you-told,
caused"
"back
na-
third
again" (cf.Hupa
modal
lists forms
in
compounded
of k^l- and
o-.
"'
M-;
This
see
tclii- is
note
"Goddard,
by
probably
"I vomit"
significance(cf. Hupa
of uncertain
Goddard
*^
is
na-), followed
Kato
-/-:
na/yd/dAdt/xwi
yAn-
and
kyo,
better
86.
i. e.,
kyjo-,under
explained
as
ky-;
sec
"to
wun-
op. cit.,
p.
90.
pursue
Perhaps
k^lo
by future imperative
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
59
Languages
305
quasi-pronominal
of
number
which
these
regularly
head
elements
of
after
come
They
present.
are
this
Under
Prefixes.
Deictic
cannot
from
Of
deictic
there
elements
lack
td- denotes
as
or
"I
tdAy/ye/dic/ya
of
"it
win/yan
eat"
na
I k^ lis I hi on
"we
Allltd
na/kis/Lon,
baskets")
(cf.Kato
te'/na/tc'ih/deG
ourselves"
wash
"it
heated
was
doubtful,
sucks"
(cf.Hupa
but
it
id-
as
wa/-
through")
"wherewith
prefix Ve-\
"he
made
bathe"
td
specific
yik/kyu/-
it")
washed
modal
Hupa
(cf. Hupa
wash"
kin/nin/seL
mAl
):
without
e.
verb
eats, table"
"she
swim,
na/tcHl/de "you
tdAt/Vit/dAl
between.
of transitive
cf.
one
write"
nd/tc!l/t!d"you
"he
second
or
ate")
na/tc!il/L!d "you
e.
of
quite distinct
come
tc'-
(i.
q!wAt/tc!At/dja"whereon
i.
object
being designated;
object
is
position
k^!-\ Kato
e.
first
ence
refer-
if any
found:
indefiniteness
^-, ky-, i.
(cf. Hupa
prefixes,
prefixes may
been
have
small
personal
with
grouped
their
modal
second
first and
adverbial
be
grouped
are
third
here
note
see
(cf.Kato
is
smoked"
follows
first
77)
tc'lh/Vot"[make]
it
suck")
It
is
possible
in
that
plausible
available,
however,
case,
so
of
example
td-;
third
in
is third
personal
tc'-,ts'-, 5'-),as
Kato
its lack
td-
of td-
personal
Chasta
prefix.
subjective
Costa
must
gested
sug-
other
No
td-
be
is
sidered
con-
yet.
as
third
by the
e.
with
its existence
that
doubtful
Generally
suck"
"I
last
tc-, i.
this
person
lack
of any
singular subjective
pronominal
forms
prefix,but
are
tinguished
dis-
in certain
^^
60
Indian Languages 2
American
306
deictic elements
cases
in
(subjective)
are
These
value.
which
found
clearlythird personal
are
are:
(cf.Hupa
ye-, ya-
y-, yl-
referringto
to
seems
with
Were
it not
subjects,one
below)
Among
prefixesthat
have
no
third
person
that
-t!d "to
might
across"
swims
tcIe/xAd/tfo"he
Bit/t!d"you
X-
than
adult
Hupa;
yl-):
uaI na/yei/si "to-you he-tells"
(contrast ndcl/sl
"I tell")
he-tells"
caI
(with second
na/yesi/sl "to-me
modal
nd/dU/sl "you
prefix s-, 6-; contrast
tell")
eats"
"he
(contrast tclAy/ye/6ic/ya
ya/qled/ya'^^
"I eat")
Kato
This
other
swim
(contrast tcfe/-
across")
of
nected
con-
Kato?).
only of singular
nc-'is really plural xA(see
bathe"
that
surmise
(is it
is Used
deictic
serve
elements
to
are
indicate
further
either
to
(cf Hupa
.
ims
qlc-was
very
such
certain
or
more
are:
ya^-):
whistle"
ya/dil/ni "we
dAcl/ni "I whistle")
ya- ; Kato
yu/wis
"
reckored
pluralityas
be
likelymisheard
for
te-.
(contrast yil/-
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
Languages
61
307
(contrastyn/wls
ya-
ya-,
tc!a/yd/dil/se "we
cry"
(contrast tcfd/sAsL/se
"I
cry")
tcIa/ydsL/se "they
"he cries")
are
tc!d/ydl/se/t'e
"you (pi.)will cry" (contrastIcldl/se/t'e"you (sing.)will cry")
third
XA-
Hupa
person
plural (apparently
Kato;
but
cf., without
found
not
in
either
doubt,
Chipewyan
plural of verbs in third person"):
yd/xAy/yi/tIa "they fly" {yd/yi/tia "it flies")
dd/yd/xAt/t!a "they won't
fly" {do/yd/tfa "he
won't fly")
or
he- "used
for dual
or
XAs/se/re/ha
"will
he
cry?")
do/xAs/se "they're
crying")
nd/xAt/dAl/nic "they
{do/As/se "he's
crying"
not
not
works")
c/xA/yee/l "they
work"
me"
saw
{nd/dAl/nic
{c/yeS/l "he
"he
me")
saw
bathing"
sink
in
the
water"
bed")
/VAI/xwaB'' they cough.''{VAI/xwaB''he coughs')
xa/AI/az "they sneeze"
(aI/Az ''he sneezes")
x
First
a
small
regularly
come
but
to
At
Modal
number
went
Prefixes.
of rather
after
precede
Under
this term
frequently occurring
both
another
adverbial
set
of
are
elements
prefixes and
modal
comprised
elements
which
deictic
ments,
ele-
(second
VI
62
Languages 2
Indian
American
308
modal
which
prefixes)
is rather
in
peculiarity
tense
or
W-) and
t'e-
are
thus
as
Their
have
second
no
reduced
this
modal
in indefinite
prefixes: d-,
single consonants.
to
ing
mean-
that
common,
shortly.
up
their
Besides
colorless.
(such
forms
taken
be
to
are
They
y-,
are:
to indicate
(definitetenses), t'- (indefinitetenses) seems
te-, t-):
te-; Kato
durative activity(cf.Hupa
do/rAc/yic "I'll
re/dic/ya "I go;" indefinite:
not
go"
"you must
go;" t'l/yAc/t'e
run"
"I
(indefinite)
VAci/dAc
nite)
yourselves" (indefitclAt/Vo/dAl"you (pi.)wash
note
(indefinite;but
around"
looks
t'/yi/l "he
see
69)
"I've
Ve/BAd/lal/la
sleeping;"
been
indefinite:
sleeping"
cough" (indefinite)
VAc/lal "I'm
VAcl/xwAd "I
"wherewith
mAl/t'e/tc!At/ts!Al/lec
is deictic, it is
modal;
de-
note
see
da-
(definitetenses;
meaning
here
Ve-
smoked"
is
more
prefix, not
adverbial
is
likely
first
77).
before
(cf.Hupa
unknown
it
7-), d-
(indefinitetenses)
d-, du-\
Kato
de-, d-)\
I tell him"
(indefinite)
al/dAc/ni/dAn "when
(indefinite)
yu/wis dAcl/ni "I whistle"
c/na/yd
di'/s'aV "my-eyes
hurt"
(definite; cf.
du
dil/el"we'll bathe"
(indefinite)
nd/dAci/nic "I work"
washed
"I
myself" (indefinite)
na/dAcl/de
ashamed"
"I
am
(indefinite)
ya/dAcl/yAc
ashamed"
"we
are
(definite)
ya/da/yil/dja
down"
"
we
(definite)
are
sitting
dd/de/dil/lB!i
Athabaskan
Six:
Na-Dene
and
63
Languages
309
ye-
for
ye-)
indefinite: do/wa/yl/i/him;"
IBill "you saw
him"
Ve "you'llsee
into
breaks
laughter;" indefinite:
yedt/lo "he
yAt/lo "he laughs"
ye
an/yi/al
This
ye-,
should
y-
on!"
"come
with
confused
be
not
second
modal
7-,
first modal
Two
presently.
prefixes
that
"he
looks
is not
around;"
7-) occur
V/yi/l
7modal
here is indicated
second
by paralleldefinite forms with
form
V- of first prefix
(see ye/di/l above), further by weak
ye(definitetenses require t'eY"^
will
which
taken
be
up
in
(/'-and
tenses)meaning unknown
tenses),n- (indefinite
(definite
(cf.Hupa ne-, n-; Kato ne-, n-; Chipewyan we-, nil-):
xwAn/ne/dii/ya "you win" (cf.Kato kun/ne/sli/-
ne-
"you win")
(indefinite;cf. Hupa
dd/nAc/VAc "I go to bed"
definite: tcin/nes/ten''hQlSiy')
yan
n-
ne-,
is not
only in definite
occurs
Second
Modal
elements
definite
*'
7-.
to
Moreover,
Yet
-I-
te-
of yl-
or
second
modal
n-,
which
tenses.
s-\
which
7-;
have
in definite tenses
causes
with
confused
Prefixes.
{Band
tenses
be
seems
difficulty;
see
note
These
and
comprise
71-)which
reference,
as
regularly followed
69.
used
are
far
by
three
as
any
second
nantal
conso-
only
in
definite
modal
6-, not
64
yf
Languages 2
Indian
American
310
significanceis ascertainable
or
of activity, but
span
is durative
forms)
point
with
contrasted
of
clearly not
durative
in
so
such.
as
in
force
practice their
or
third
by
in
is
ceived
con-
use
seems
and
n-
by
modal
-i-
cases,
some
it seems,
are,
the
subjective pronominal
marking
activity which
They
is cessative,
w-
range
6- {s- in certain
momentaneous
or
others/^
In
elements.
exclusive
be termed
may
tense
continuative
or
end
the
as
as
to
of
end
not
is
t'e-,which
the
all,to what
at
mutually
mined
largely deteralways begin
y( " *-ir}-)
or
by
which
elements,
are
Exrmples
t'e/dic/ya "I
reO/ya "he
went
away")
eat;"
eats"
"he
yik/kyil/win/yan
"he
across"
swim
"it
ate"
(contrast na/da/-
bathe")
yit/tfo "you
"he
ya/q!ed/ya
w-)
"you
tcfe/dit/tfo
/da
(cf. Hupa
goes"
it"
around
went
(contrast Hupa
dad
are:
go;"
te/se/yai "I
nAfi/ndd/yd/la "he
tdAy/ye/dic/ya "I
with
I, l)
sitting down"
is
sit/dai
(cf. Hupa
lived")
are
(cf. Hupa
dd/de/6il/td!i"we
sitting down"
will
stay")
de/soh/tse/te"you
tc!d/6U/se "you (sing.)cry" (contrast Hupa winjtcwu
"you have cried")
'^
Goddard
Kate
its cognate
Goddard
ascribes
extcnilcd
of the
most
doubtfully
somewhat
g-
seems
continuative
comparative
value
to
g-.
difficult but
at
the
same
time
in
It would
modal
certain
be
worth
to
its
verbs;
while
Hupa
while
in
making
prefixesof Athabascan,
important chapters
cognate
of its grammar.
w-;
in
Chipcwyan
a
which
somewhat
form
one
Six:
65
Languages
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
311
ye
/die/I "I
going
him"
saw
te/suw/ifi "I
(cf. Hupa
am
look")
to
ye/tcu/-
him"
(contrast Hupa
Bid/ Veil "I kicked
with
w-)
wii/taL "they landed"
was
one
^e/'d
Chipewyan
table-cloth"
q!wAt/dasL/nd
Examples
"it
"you
"I
win")
illustratingn-
nic/ya
are
illustratingy-
"he
had
"he
settle
"I
nuc/dac
Kato
(cf. Kato
came")
"I
will
tc'n/mil flat
tc'/gtm/dac/kwaii
(cf. Kato
climb"
(cf. Hupa
ya/wii/kas
up")
threw
yd/yi/tfa
nei/yai
danced")
"I
yd/yAd/gAd
kun/ne/-
Kato
are:
dances"
"he
lay")
there")
"it floated
yt/dac
(cf.
drown"
Ve/ni/lat "you
Examples
(cf.
(cf. Hupa
dance"
nic/dac "I
dance")
top,
it"
on
win"
on
cf.
come"
"I
"it
wes/kas
lying
was
down
thrown
(cf.Hupa
xwAn/ne/diL/ya
slL/yan
"was
lies
"it
q!wAt/dadt/gAc
plus d/'d/la;
there")
"one"
Ld
"it flies"
(cf. Hupa
na/win/tau
"it will
down")
nd/da/yAct/t!d
na/da/yil/el
"I
"we
bathe"
are
ni/i/oinL/ilL "take
bathing"
through
(cf. Chipewyan
the
water")
67
Languages
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
Six:
313
ya/yAcl/gAd
"I
VAcL/dAc
run"
"I
climb"
bathe"
In
definite
due,
Before
back
before
and
-S-,
the
velar
dental
first modal
with
/eAd /da
"I
modal
above;
Bicl/t'dl
to
Sid/ si
OaO-, is found,
"I
into
secondarily changed
from
-c-
to
came
assimilated
was
it assumed
the
form
to
a
laughter"
"I vomit"
been
to
seems
make").
however,
When
sitting"
am
-1-,die-
-c-\
6 Ad-:
Ve/dAd/lal/la "I've
third
plus
-s-:
{d, t, /),it
Before
to
preceding
na/ya/BAdt/xwi
n-
da/nAc/VAc.
*sac-.
or
regularly became
da
modal
second
is
crying" {"'^Aclse)
not
vowel
prefix.
with
consonant
inorganic
the
dealing
are
we
indefinite
"I'm
of
position
a,
required,
original *sic-
to
*sAs- then
this
IAS Ise
tenses
inorganic vowel,
is assimilated
-c-
definite
if
not
-c-,
dently
is evi-
this
connecting vowel,
nAc-
with
nic/ya
sibilants
s-
do
stand
plus
n-,
In
-c-.
normal
the
to
have
we
to
of the
vowel
inorganic
regularly i\
is
-c-
the
the
tenses
definite
Sic- goes
with
doubt,
no
prefix the
as
n-
or
palatal quality
Where
a.
contrast
6-
elements
the
reduced
ne-,
with
indefinite
always
"I
prefix, however,
as
the
sneeze"
to
is found,
In
acl/Az
these
due
7-
suck"
tenses
connecting
with
Acl/t!6"I
be
modal
(cf.
regularly retained
Secondary
1{l) when
before
third
sleeping"
sas-,
this
not
shifted
element
is
-/-:
tc!d/sAsL/se"I cry"
That
sasl-
here
tc!d/6il/se "you
eicl/Val"I
kicked
is
equivalent
cry;"
him."
contrast
to
*sasI-"*sacI-
Bil/t'cd"you
is indicated
kicked
by
him,"
Languages 2
Indian
American
VI
68
314
Costa
is in Chasta
is
There
.^.
trace
no
(-e-),Kato
definite
forms
carefully noted
be
It is to
-t-,
was
extended
Second
Person
-W-;
found
in both
of
element
an
-c-
definite
and
quite probable
that
the
-c-
in
of the
-$-)
tenses.
the
to
found
are
-s-,
indefinite
corresponding
-1-, which
Chipewyan
It is
tenses.
that
Hupa
forms
of
indefinite
by analogy.
Singular
Chipewyan
(cf.Hupa
i-
n-,
nasalization
or
ne-,
-77-, i.
e.
-r)-\
Kato
of vowel:
ashamed"
told"
all these
{-1-,-/-, or
-/-
beginning
its
own
cough"
"you
-i- connects
the
cases
win"
"you
-/-) with
preceding prefix.
ment
ele-
Examples
of
syllableare:
closes
is
no
its
third
modal
element,
the
syllable:
dd/ni/t'Ac "go
t'i/lal"you
to
sleeping"
are
dd/Bi/dd "you
sitting"
are
yd/yi/t!a "you
do/l/se "you
bed!"
do
fly"
not
cry"
-i-, lengthened
to
close
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
69
Languages
315
This
The
subjective element.
(cf. Hupa). which
remained
the
as
of
reflex
there
nothing
was
vowel
on
i- timbre
other
was
alone
nite
indefi-
in many
than
inorganic
an
-77-:
fly"
him!"
at
preceding
timbre
/-
-17-
of
nasalized, took
left of the
nei/l "look
doubtless
was
disappeared, the
original-rj-. Where,
tense
one,
nasalization
when
Finally,
singular
person
nasalization
to
when
inorganic vowel,
the
vowels;
original element
reduced
was
second
(cf.ned/i
"I'm
looking
at
him")
In
such
third,
the
cases
First
won't
(i)t-*^
(cf.Hupa
Plural
Person
Chipewyan
/nit/Vac
ye/dit/l"we
da
"we
went
it has
to
a
fly"
are
are
not
sinking in
crying"
water"
the
Kato
"
/ is here
'"
In Father
-i- seems,
bed"
often, the
regularly, and in Chipewyan
plural subjective pronominal prefix begins its
its syllable,unless
Costa
it regularly ends
Chasta
and
person
to
him"
Ve/An/yit/lAl "we
dd/it/se"we
ourselves"
wash
saw
ya/yit/t!a"we
syllable; in
as
d-;
drown"
first
Kato
sleeping"
are
"we
tclAt/Vit/dAl
Hupa
it/d-,-d-\
the
:
-/-, -d-^'^)
Vit/lal"we
In
person
"he
dd/yd/t!a
in
as
second
at
the
unaspirated, and
is thus
Legoff'sMontagnais
in Chasta
Costa,
to
be
etymologically
paradigms
organic.
-id-
or
identical
with
tutes
it constiis independent
d.
regularly,appeals;
^f
70
Languages 2
Indian
American
316
If
a
This
-i-
the
vowel,
does
not
do/ydt/tla "we
won't
however,
that
mean,
modal
by third
and
is the
as
in
case
fly"
combine
into
prefix is the
single -/-,
-i- :
(contrast t'd/yddt/nd
drink"
"we
considered
be
Hupa
pronominal
t'd/yd/dit/nd
-/- is to
this
-/- elements
-/-, both
is left of the
all that
in
ends
element
pronominal
disappears:
inorganic vowel,
an
the
prefix preceding
the
"they drink")
is
changed
/- verbs
-f-
is
dul-.
stem
of
Hupa
-/-, but
d-
is
not
second
for
change
are
nd/xwil/ye
latter
course,
Examples
plural.
first
and
and
Costa
person
that
that
there
the
of /-verbs
verb
are:
de/dll/d'l
"you cough")
play" (cf. nd/xwil/ye "you play")
(cf.tl/Az "you sneeze")
"let
us
sneeze"
"we
are
of /- verbs
bathing;"
nd/drl/el "we'll
bathe"
tc!a/ya/dil/se"we
yu/wls
For
(cf.VU/xwaB
cough"
na/da/yil/el
Examples
the
of
Costa,
Chasta
work"
"we
t'il/xwAd "we
il/Az "we
provided,
Hupa
Chasta
sitting")
are
nd/dil/nic
the
hence
in
singular
modal
third
Kato
as
and
I- verbs
of
preserved;
disappears.
person
is identical,
dd/de/Bil/td!i "we
"we
-/-
and
however,
prefix of plurality in
deictic
does
In
-/-,but
/- verbs
plural
alike.
Chipewyan,
the
that
means
plural
no
In
only becomes
-/- not
this
becomes
-l-
or
first person
the
always formed
regularly
is -I-
element
-/-; thus
to
dil-, Kato
is
modal
third
If the
are:
ya/dil/nl
"we
whistle"
(cf. third
person
plural:
ya/dAl/nl)
na/tclil/Ud
"we
write"
(cf.na/tdil/dd
"you write")
Six:
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
71
Languages
317
If, in
an
indefinite
by
third
modal
there
is
tense
prefixending
-I-
nothing
and
-i- and
to
is preceded
is,besides, followed
-/- have
pronominal
change of -/-
element
pronominal
vowel
left of the
of /- verbs, the
case
in
-/-, both
or
the
form,
by
and
disappear
to
except, in the
element
-/-;
Plural
Person
Chipewyan
{ci-Ylupa.o'-; Katoo'-;
0-
sleeping"
been
have
drown"
due
seem
after
and
in
heard
aspiration was
o-,
Chasta
person
under
whereas,
change
Costa
similar
-/- to
I- verbs
plural 6-.
Chasta
in
faulty perception,
to
Chipewyan
after
-I-
of
o-
/- verbs
circumstances,
change
Examples
as
{o'-l-becomes
their
before
-I- to
/- verbs
keep
Hupa,
does
their
-/-
Kato,
ol-). Indeed,
-/- after
second
are:
will bathe"
sneeze"
of -/-
becoming
ya/ddl/7il"ye utter,
ya/dAl/nl)
ne/xd/ol/l "ye
him")
This
Costa.
look
at
him"
are:
sound"
(cf.third person
plural
at
72
VI
Indian
American
Languages 2
318
When,
in
ending
in a,
remains
indefinite
an
and
long
contract
to
in closed
even
form,
tense
is
o-
long
preceded
(which,
by
prefix
it would
seem,
:
syllables)
do/yd/ t!a "ye won't fly" {"*yad'-; cf. third person singular
do/yd/tla with originalyd- ; and second person singular
dd/yd/t!a" *yq- " *yarj)
tc!d/ydl/se/t'e"ye will cry" (cf. definite:
tcIa/yd/Odl/se
and
"we'll
contrast
"ye cry;"
tcld/ydl/se
cry" with
-a-)
short
Third
As
Person.
already noted,
prefixes,is marked
from
possible deictic
If the
pronominal element.
consists
prefix or the stem
its
modal
is closed
the
by
of
Examples
prefixare:
stem.
modal
ya/dAl/yAc
"he
third
from
persons
the
of any
absence
third
the
modal
begin
must
the
two;
if
the
stem
syllablepreceding
borrowed
consonant
the
between
apart
person,
which
consonant
is found
syllable, an
third
third
by the
preceding
element
of
the
of
first consonant
with
-a-
before
third
is ashamed"
drinks"
third
persons
Vd/yAt/nd
Examples
of
consonant
are:
dd/nAt/VAc
second
"he
person
cf.
First
modal
n-,
been
found
without
-A-
followed
(-/-is not
singular dd/ni/VAc)
went
to
bed"
by
third
an
inorganic
reduced
is
from
ne-,
however,
following inorganic
has
vowel
in several
and
cf.
modal;
(-/-is not
sinking in the water"
second
singularVe/An/yl/lAl)
person
Ve/Ati/yAl/lAl"he
modal;
with
third
cases
consonant.
Six:
Athabaskan
73
Languages
Na-Dene
and
319
In
such
it closes
cases
belong
word.
another
to
preceding syllable,which
Examples are:
the
even
may
qn/t'e
(cf. Kato
there-is"
gone")
"all
cic/mAnen/dd'
without
prefix
that
consonant
the
of
depends
for
is
stem
kind,
"he
As/se/Ve
inorganic
an
its form
third
on
alone,
stem
by
completed
a-
of
first consonant
the
person:
cry" ("*j^//V;
must
(cf.
sat")
"she
any
is"
my-house
form
verb
"I
n/da')
c/mAne
ne/da
Chipewyan
If the
ci
"I'm
dd/As/se
cf.
not
crying" "*Ac/se)
do
/ wa /aI /W
third
no
him
/I-
when
have
begins
aI/Az
"he
sneezes"
third
to
n-
like
Hupa
third
third
personal
the
stem;
of
definite
also
appears
element:
modal
differs
form
from
As/se
with
need
which
Kato,
Kato
compare
cried."
the
third
person
prefix this
modal
nasalized
-At]-).
Costa
Chasta
nothing preceding
In
or
with
verb
tee' "he
7-
of
beginning
respect
forms
by
become")
the
this
In
the
at
-/- is here
That
proper.
is shown
element
modal
o/le "let
This
of verb
influencing form
not
is adverb
do/wa
("*/^;
become"
will
"he
is followed
element
This
prefix present.
-i-
This
personal forms
or
nasal
-A-,
in
turn
element,
(except such
as
with
tenses
by -I, in
goes
reduced
back,
have
case
there
without
is
no
doubt,
from
characteristic
modal
second
of
6-, Athabascan
definite
s-, as
third
second
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
75
Languages
321
in
become
definite
Father
Third
-/-,and
the
Modal
we
have
There
at
or,
plural. Examples
of
suggested also by
three
of
verbs
which
first and
-/- in the
you-told,made"
will
dd/wa/l/t'dt/fiAl"they
proclitic)
mind
{do/wa
is
in -/or
directed
sometimes
apparent.
appears
merely
states
are
not
always
broken"
important"
contained,
it
be
whistle"'^
of
persons
are:
-1-{-l-)
If
Verbs
-/-,
either
are
second
is
these:
syllableimmediately before
l/tH "he
in their
seen,
is
verbs
rate,
any
however,
cases,
certain
are
of many
-I- is characteristic
transitive
some
Prefixes.
-t-\
stem.
in
g.
as
outwards.
After
-/-.
first person
Hence
the
reflexive
meaning
subjective
first person
self-
as
-c-
is
(s-)
singular,the
'-
yA/wis
This
verb
di/nt
is
"you
irregular,inasmuch
whistle."
as
-/- does
not
occur
in the
second
person
singular:
76
VI
Indian
American
Languages 2
322
as
infallible criterion
an
class
or
of
Examples
/- class.
ya/dAl/yAc
verb
belongs
VAl/dAc
yd/yAl/gAd
the
l-
is ashamed"
expect?"
you
runs"
climbs"
"he
"he
washed
himself"
to
are:
"he
nd/dAl/de
of -/-
"he
"1
xwAcl/1
whether
"he
"he
bathing"
are
plays"
works"
in -/-
also intransitive.
are
Examples
are:
finger"
down
on
top,
table-cloth"
however,
be
may
-did "to
iterative
passive significancein
Chasta
Stems.
Costa
it is eaten,
The
stems
"I vomit"
that
have
been
determined
for
are:
-'d,-'a "to
table"
na-:
na/yd/6Adt/xwl
Verb
laugh")
ashamed"
"whereon
q/wAt/tclAt/dja
With
represent
have
-ai,
-a;
Kato
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
77
Languages
323
round
will
-uii,
-an,
Kato
objects";
bring
to
(perhaps
halt, stop"
-Az
-ai
"to
come"
"we
"to
-'I
are
move
-I
(cf. Hupa
at"
-ya,
eat"
not
win"
(cf.Hupa
"to
-yAc
listed
-yan,
be
ya/dAl/yAc
"we
-ye
"to
"I
are
"I
-*ln'
"to
to
act, to
deport
(laughing)"
stop
"I
do,
believe"
(cf.Hupa
-yun,
-yai, -ya,
"I
-yauw;
t'Ac/yAc/t'e
go;"
Kato
-yauw;
-yan^
-ytl*):
qIwAt/tcfAt/dja("-t/ya)
eat;"
in
"he
of
"Elements
"you
is
Texts,"
the
Kato
p.
146, 1. 13;
Language"):
win"
"to
-yan
will upset
ashamed"
"he
"Kato
-yan,
upset" (cf.Kato
"to
-in "to
xwAcl/i
(cf.Kato
nd/yan/nAl
-ya,
na/da/yil/el
eats, table"
one
xwAn/ne/dii/ya
-yan
-el, -eL,
go"
"whereon
"to
travel,
on!"
Kato
-in;
-yac): Ve/6ic/ya
tclAy/ye/Oic/ya
-ya
"come
water"):
-en,
-en,
come"
go,
-yai, -ya,
"I must
"to
"to
-yic
Kato
-ya
(cf.Hupa
self"?): hd/yAch/i
-yAc,
"to
him"
saw
believe, expect":
"to
of
of
bathing"
stop, cease"
one's
surface
the
on
form
look
see,
"he
him!"
only"?) an/yi/'al
persons
bathe
"to
-uL
another
(cf. Chipewyan
of two
transport
-^qc): yAn/na/'Ac
-*qn,
"to
-auw
it"
bring
"to
-'An
(cf. Hupa
bring"
"to
-'AC
clear
off"?): do/wd/An/-
them"
(cf.Kato
ya/da/yit/dja {"-t/ya)
ashamed;"
ashamed"
play" (cf.Hupa
-ye
"to
dance"):
nd/xwAl/ye
"he
plays"
-lal "to
lal/la"he's
-IaI "to
sink
in
been
-lal,-lai; Kato
-lal,-Iqi): t'cd/-
sleeping"
water;"
-lat "to
drown"
(cf. Hupa
-lat,
78
VI
Indian
American
Languages
324
-la "to
nic/lat"I
drown"
(of. Hupa
become"
-le "to
sinking;" fe/-
am
-lin%
bet":
wager,
smoke":
-lee "to
it is
smoked"
-Id "to
laugh, smile"
(cf.Chipewyan
"laugh!"
"to
-lIo
write"
baskets,
(cf.Hupa
twine
to
-na
drink"
-na
"it
"to
make
Kato
-Loi,
writes"
-nan,
-7iqn): Vd/-
Kato
-nun-,
ndLjiin/na''"were
with
left"?): qlwAt/
it"
lying on
was
bite, seize
"to
basket-making;"
(cf. Hupa
(cf.Kato
lie"
dasL/nd
-ne
-Loi
"I drink"
yAct/nd
"to
in
-Ld, -Lon):
"to
one's
teeth":
ye/ydt/ne/la
"he
bit it"
make
"to
sound,
to
say" (cf.Hupa
"to
-nl,
-71
-nic
Kato
sound;"
a
-nl, -ne, -n, -nee, -nlL):
speak, to make
yu/wls dAl/ni "he whistles;" a/dJAn "he says"
"to work":
nd/dAl/nic "he works"
(cf.Montagnais
be
-sUl,
"to
-suL
warm;"
become
to
or
mains"^^
des
(plur.subject)" (cf.Hupa
oneself
wash
be
-n
-ne,
warm"):
Kato
-sel, -scl
-sll "to
steam,"
"we
tc/At/t'it/dAl
wash
ourselves"
-del "to
-se
"to
throw":
cry" (cf.Hupa
-tcec,
-61
"to
yd/yi/del "you
-tcwu,
-tcwe
-tee'):tcIdsL/se "he
(cf.Hupa
cause"
arrange,
to
threw"
"to
cry,
to
Kato
Kato
cries"
cause;"
weep;"
"to
make,
to
"I cause"
"sil "to
point with
with
"
Father
L.
his
one's
"he pointed
finger": tc!d/yit/siL/la
finger"
Legoff, "Grammaire
de
la
Langue Montagnaise,"
p.
139.
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
79
Languages
32.5
to
-dac
run"
"to
(cf.Hupa
sit, stay"
go,
come;"
"he
runs"
"to
dance"
-da, -dai):
sitting"
are
(cf. Hupa
to
(cf.Kato
-dac
-dac
"to
"to
"to
along,
pass
travel"): VAl/dAc
dance"):
nt/dac "you
dance"
-de
wash
"to
dAl/de
-t'Ac
-Vat
"to
(cf. Hupa
Kato
kick;"
Kato
"to
go
(cf.Hupa
dd/ucL/t'e "I
-t'J "to
be, make
him
-tie "to
valuable"
treatest
"he
brags"
fly"
be
(that) sort"
/tie "there
'An
"to
swim,
is not
bathe
will be
after"?):
makest
important"):
-t'ac,
(cf. Hupa
I want"
til/thi"thou
as
Kato
bed"
broken"
de/uci/t'e "what
him
"to
for, to search
(cf.Carrier
-tau;
won't
of
look
want;"
not
fly" (cf.Hupa
"I
-t!d
do
-te "to
valuable,
yAn/na/'d
-t.'a "to
pieces" (cf.Chipewyan
to
to
him"
dd/wa/l/t'dt/uAl "they
want"
"to
step,
bed"
to
go
lie down;"
break,
"I kicked
-tal\ -tqL): dicl/t'dl
lie down,
break"):
-Ve
himself"
washed
kick"
-t'di "to
l/Vi
-t'a'):do/ydc/tla
-te; Kato
-t'e): do/dAt
swim,
bathe"
-t!d
"to
suck"
-tdfi "to
(cf. Kato
sucks"
sit
-tshit "to
hurt,
sick,
-7"
"to
to
go
about;"
-xe
"to
of
become
ill"):di*/s'at'
"(my
about,
Kato
paddle"
-teat,
(cf. Hupa
plural objects;"
Kato
-xen,
-xuw
-ke' "to
"to
be
to
go
eyes) hurt"
live"
-ga,
-tea
"to
bathe
"to
go,
about, lives"
float, used
only
(plural only);"
80
VI
Languages 2
Indian
American
326
Chipewyan
-kl "to
paddle
by canoe") :
to travel
canoe,
-xwl
climb"
-gAd "to
-gAC
"he
climbs"
"to
throw"?
(cf.Hupa
-kas
(cf.Hupa
-kas
It will be
in their
use
that
regards
as
trait is characteristic
down
on
several
number
of
of Athabascan,
Carrier
noun):
as
throw"): yd/yAl/gAd
"to
throw"): qfwAt/dadt/-
"to
top, table-cloth"
verb
stems
restricted
are
also of other
This
American
stocks.
linguistic
Definite
Chasta
Costa
is not
of
idea
absolute
that
to
whether
definite
as
for
time
time
to
acts,
and
contrast
full
Tenses.
enough
its tense-mode
to
enable
system.
My
me
to
material
give
on
factory
satis-
It is clear, however,
Indefinite
occurrence.
general statements
time, for
out
Indefinite
and
forms
are
apt
to
be
used
that
between
definite
and
indefinite
present
forms
comes
in:
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
Languages
81
327
xAt/Ve/lal/la "they
[definite:
have
been
sleeping" (may
be said of them
of waking up)
at moment
\
[indefinite:
xAt/VAl/lal"they sleep"
Futures,
as
often
used
shall
explicitlyrendered
by suffixing
-Ve to present (generallyindefinite)
forms; but simple indefinite
forms, particularlywith adverbs
pointing to future time, may
be
Examples
we
see,
futures
as
are
in contrast
to
definite present
forms.
are:
to-you
you-told"
"tomorrow
story
I-tell"
definite:
is
by
do
futures
are
are:
definite:
tdac
see
me"
[definite:
Ve/Bic/ya "I go;" VcBjya
indefinite:
I
dd/VAc/yic
go" {"*VAlyAc)
"I'll not
"he
goes"
go;" do/VAc
"he
won't
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
83
Languages
329
tela- in
definite
dil/se/ha "do
here
often
has
of
likely also
but
have
-el:
true
but
to
different
considerable
na/da/yil/el
indefinite
characterizes
definite
"we
"don't
yic
f definite
but
the
the
third
out
after
adverbial
in
they
"I
stress
be
point.
Id/t'l/-
go;"
objects
deictic
Thus,
form
the
well
cannot
as
be
are,
on
the
2.
n-,
as
I cannot
importance
apart
They
noun.
ne-
such.
subjective
whole, identical
"
of fundamental
not
designated.
not
Plural
c-
first modal
while
considered
the
regularly
are
and
prefixes.
verb
ashamed"
are
ashamed"
am
before
come
the
elements
1.
accent
"we
singular object is
person
objective
to
"I'll not
Pronominal
They
3.
Hardly
this
on
-yic: d5/VAc/yic
verb.
immersed
Singular
"
of Chasta
extent
bathe"
will turn
modes.
"I
Objects.
elements,
form
and
tenses
stems
bathing"
are
in
ya/dAcl/yAc
-yAc:
the
thoroughly
verb
go!"
Pronominal
elements,
that
bearing
ya/da/yit/dja{"-t/ya)
-ya:
indefinite
The
quantitative
go"
indefinite
negative
it.
dealing
are
-yAc:
must
prefixed to
forms
Ve/Bic/ya
-ya:
indefinite
tcld/-
in:
we
shown
for
little material
is found
quantitative change
jdefinite
-c
cry;"
syllabic and
exhaustively
forms
different
is very
Costa,
A
Goddard
Hupa
assume
This
likely that
considerations
with
"I
balance.^*
or
In
tcId/sAsL/se
It is very
cry?"
you
primarily
rhythm
singular forms:
help feelingthat
for Athabascan
1.
nominal
pro-
from
In
with
are:
7i6-
2.
no-
3.
xo-
such
as
rhythmic
generally.
phenomena
84
VI
Languages 2
Indian
American
330
"He
c-
them"
"
and
before
inorganic a-
no
The
definite
Sing.
of
and
first person
expressed by
of
means
yed/l "he
object
him"
saw
xl-.
take
combined
with
are:
singularobject:
c/ye/di/l"you
2.
is
the
at
them
forms
pronominal subject
With
them"
"
standing
when
n-,
"they
or
Plural
saw
2.
c/ye/do/l
3.
c/xA/yed/i
me
c/yed/t
3.
With
Sing.
second
1.
n/ ye/Sic/1
3.
you"
n/ yed/l
With
Sing.
singularobject:
person
"I
first person
Plural
saw
n/ye/dit/l
3.
u/xa/ yed/l
2.
no/ye/do/l
3.
no
plural object:
no/ye/dd/l "you
2.
1.
Plural
saw
us"
3.
no
/yed/l
/xa/ yed/l
would
have
us" one
expected *""?/no/ye/dd/l "you saw
extended
in its
us" has been
that "ye saw
ye/dl/l. It seems
indeed
us."
It may
also "you (sing.)saw
to embrace
usage
be that my
this point rest on
data on
a
misunderstanding, but
"You
there seems
to be something
(sing.)
analogous in Hupa.
are
picking us up" would be expected in Hupa to be *yun/nd/For
hil/luw
{Ml- assimilated
however,
Goddard
with
seems,
but
influenced
With
Sing.
regards
by ymi/nd/ho/luw
second
1.
no
3.
no
"Goddard,
lists
hin-).
yun/no/hol/luw,
from
as
person
186.
"ye
are
of
which
is not
6-
vowel,
picking us
to
this
Plural
form,
identical
have
up."^^
plural object:
its second
Instead
1.
no/ye/dit/l
3.
no
/xa/ yed/l/la
been
Six:
Athabaskan
85
Languages
and Na-Dene
331
With
Sing.
2.
7^/^^cA
ye /Si/I
3.
ye6/l
1.
With
Sing.
third person
1.
third
"I
singularobject:
him"
saw
Plural
1.
2.
3.
plural object:
person
x6/ye/die/1
"I
Plural
saw
1.
xo/ye/dit/l(heard
also as xo/we-)
2.
xo/ye/Bo/l
xi/yeB/i/la
them"
2.
3.
1
/Bit/
ye/66 /I
xi/yeB/i
ye
/Bo/I
xl/dA/yeB/l
ye
3.
would
have
again, one
expected *x6/ye/Bi/l for "you
them."
As it is, "you (pi.)saw
him"
to be
seems
(sing.)saw
used also for "you (sing.)saw
them," both forms being logically
third
second
a
parallelin that both involve
person
person
of
the
two
relation, only one
however, being plural.
persons,
forms
of
of
verb are:
this
indefinite
tenses
Objective
Here
"
With
first person
singularobject:
me"
do/wa/c/yl/i^/Ve "you'llsee
dd/ld,/c/yi/i
"you didn't see
c/yi/l "see me!"
c/ya/i*/Ve "he'll see me"
With
second
singularobject:
person
do/wa/n/yAc/l
With
third
person
me"
"I'll
see
you"
singularobject:
of indefinite
first person
tenses
of ne-l-'l "to
singularobject:
look
at"
are:
VI
86
American
Indian
Languages 2
332
With
third
singular object:
person
neci/l "I'm
looking at
him"
not
do/ned/l
looking at him"
nel/i "you're looking at him;" "look
nel/l "let's look at him!"
"I'm
ne
This
for
last
"you
Other
form
(plur.)look
forms
with
them"
at
"he
cAsl/t'dl
second
kicked
"I'll
ne/tc!ilc/lec
verbs
As
objective in
are
nes/ts!Ai/i"I
ne' Iis!AllI "he
preceded
to"
you"
Hupa,
pronominal
form.
From
ne-l-'l
subjects of
are
are
these
deictic
by
"man
sieht
forms,
tslmich."
probably
seen"
seen"
are
nelxblislAlll "they
in
passive
formed:
ne/no/tslAl/t"we
ne/no/tslAl/l"ye
seen"
appears
logical subject:
with
bet
is seen"
IsIaI-, which
-I-
are
m.e
are:
me"
seen"
am
nen/tslAl/l "you
modal
in
mistranslated
singularobject:
person
Passives.
singular object
causes
me,
been
(of.xd/ye/Bo/l above).
first person
With
him"
at
may,
him!"
at
are
seen"
contains
third
of
implying indefiniteness
Apparently connected
it is smoked,
smoking
utensils"
Verbal
or
to
verb
Suffixes.
modal
forms.
-t'e future
number
significanceare
These,
so
far
as
of enclitic elements
found
rather
illustrated
in
loosely suffixed
our
at
"I won't
him"
see
him"
of temporal
material,
-tei,
are:
-telle):
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
87
Languages
333
imply obligationto
to
seems
is shown
futurity,as
cases
extent,
some
its translation
by
work"
as
as
well
as
"must"
in
simple
some
As/se/t'e"he must
cry"
"I
must
rAc/yAc/re
go"
must
t'l/yAc/t'e
"you
go"
All forms
none
has
-nAl
suffixed
with
been
found
to
seems
be
that
-t'e,it will be
noticed,
are
indefinite;
is definite.
for future
used
acts:
go
to
seems
to
both
precede
and
ha/xwil/i/ha
-/a
"do
follow
you
in
expect?"
88
VI
Languages 2
Indian
American
334
Probably also
do
-la
also
seems
"of
I wi I la
used
simple
inferential
force:
tc!d/yit/siL/la"he
ye/ydt/ne/la
"he
no/xA/yeB/i/la
do
"he
in the
found
his
in past
time, with
finger"
saw
you
"they
saw
(cf.xi/yeB/l "they
them"
the
"he
us")
saw
you
in
contrasts
pairs of
last three
it"
around
went
whether
know
not
with
pointed
us")
"they saw
xl/yeB/l/la "they saw
I
narrative
bit it"
"he
nAn/ndd/yd/la
no/yeB/l/la
course"
of
be
to
if any,
weak,
very
in
forms
number
and
person
real
are
him")
saw
only apparent.
or
-le of unknown
significance
nd/xol/ye/le "you (plur.)play"
Combination
Syntactic
combine
second
verb
depending
syntactically,one
is subordinate
dd/ucL/Ve
don't
the
to
to
ha/xwil/i/ha yAn/na/Ac
that
personal form,
the
as
other.
I-play,"
i.
e.
i.
sort
times
some-
The
i.
"I
e.
stop laughing"
"stop laughing!"
first verb,
of
"I
e.
"do-you-expect
the
sometimes
acts
the
play"
hd/il/lyit/lo"stop laugh!"
seems
forms
first in:
It
verb
on
"I-do-not-want
nd/xwACL/ye
want
Two
Verbs.
of
he-will
bring?"
is then
which
third
infinitive
complementary
to
second:
I-make-him,"
i.
e.
"I
e.
"he
let
him
fly"
ya/yi/t!a cAsl/sl "he-flies
he
makes-me,"
i.
lets
me
fly"
l/t'iyAn/na/'d
brags about
"he-is-important he-has-for(?)," i.
him"
e.
"he
him
moves
is
following, which
happened
and
**7/in-
naii/a/te
"he
refer
to
"
third
personal
form
Possessed
*"
Hupa
"
do, negative
"
'a-,
probably
modal
element,
element.
Observe
"dog."
nd-,
found":
Kato
(quoted
general
"
or
is
"there
Cf.
stem.
from
him
as
is
statement
cf.
have,"
"to
Hupa
important,"
i. e.,
and
not
general
does
reflexive
I- to
of
element.
possessive
suffixing
/-, and
of
Cf.
-tele.
element.
with
"(there
verb
-ya,
like
anywhere."
him
of
Analysis
Cf.
Navaho
Dialect,
Lake
Cold
"is
na/wa
Hupa
i. e.,
na/oa,
is;"
living,
"they
is
"he
na/ya,
first
-n-,
wyan
Chipe-
general.
i. e.,
about,"
"Moves
stem.
"it
qn/^'e
is
statement
is
It
being.
(kind)."
is of) that
is;" Kato
"there
because
tense,
and
saying, doing,
of
verbs
Mn//c
Hupa
Indefinite
walked;"
had
Goddard,
ye-,
prefix;
"
makest
"thou
is to
were
about"
going
Indefinite
Chipewyan).
be
there;"
tense;
statement.
perhaps
prefix
(dog)
no
"he
valuable,
-d/dAt,
demonstrative:
indefinite
prefix,
na/ga/kwqn
na/'atreated
change
-dAl, postpositive
-//e,verb
adverbial
least
at
Ltn/k'e.
will
Orton,
tU/thi
For
because
tense,
to
The
that
construction.
Carrier
stem.
made
dog
it
from
equivalent
has
pronominal
of
adverb.
reduced
Mr.
by
texts.
periodical
myth
popular
sentence
Cf.
stem.
his
Indefinite
Chipewyan
-lin/k{yi)e;
Costa
and
Costa
from
!i"6
thing
time.
of
point
one
any
X-,
order
-'o, verb
prefixes,
dog."
his
about
brags
taken
Chasta
into
word
-/'t,verb
"He
have."
will
"you
regular Chasta
any
that
I want
important."
as
adverbial
na-,
"What
anecdote
joke
Costa
element,
him
know
to
hi/t
de/ucL/t'e"
says.
translated
and
of Chasta
modal
treatest
not
English
an
about
idea
some
third
"^,
valuable,
merely
lying
be
to
give
to
serve
claimed
Orton
Wolverton
**
he
about,"
d6/dAt"i
'Nowhere
dog.
own
a/dJAn."^
na/ya"
'An/t!e"2
is like
his
has
he
important
li/tcle.^"
xa/dAt^"
yAn/na/'a^**
l/t'l"
Make
DOG.^^
GOOD
THE
TEXT:
89
Languages
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
Six:
dJA-n,
verb
cf. Hupa
with
*dyA-,
de, apparently
saying;
from
third
definite
relative
-L-,
of
Probably
stem.
present
subjective element.
verb
reduced
force,
in
third
modal
first modal
definite
in
singular
u-,
dj-,
62.
note
see
*dye-,
personal
third
and
it shows
though
tense,
d-
no
deictic
prefix;
person
deictic
second
modal
/den.
prefix,
adverbial
prefix,
third
prefix
-t'e,verb
stem.
-c-,
first
person
Indefinite
singular
general
tense;
statement.
""
ht, demonstrative
ht/tii is assimilated
out
one
of
several
stem,
from
persons
-tli, suffix
"hx/tla;
or
for
it would
applying,
-tla,
cf.
Chipewyan
things characterized
(335)
by
t!a
seem,
"that;
to
things.
often
descriptive phrase
or
used
Perhaps
to
clause."
point
Six:
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
91
Languages
337
bachelor.
rich
was
"Table
dJAn/la"3H/t!i/ni. d6/LAn"^
"Not
dog-owner.
said
xwacl/P"
much
s/tslAn/na/Ac
xa
he'll
quickly
I believe
bring
da/at/t !i/n!.
djAn/la
bachelor.
said
it,"
me,"
to
you."
"I'll bet
/siL/la""
here!"
said
!wAt/tc !at/dja
bit it
he
nAn/na^/ya/la'^
he
once
ye/yat/ne/la^^ma^/dAn.^^
xat
Then
around.
went
d6/at/t!i/ni
djAn/la
la
"Don't!"
edge.
at
pointed
he
dog-owner,
lat/dAn'"
table
finger. Dog
his
with
"Come
right!"
bachelor,
said
he
"everything
"Of
upset."
^^txAs/xe, adjective
"rich;"
stem
he
course,"
related
perhaps
to
"table
said,
-la, verb
"good."
wAs/xe
^*
**
at! "wife."
prefix,
verb
bet with
*'
*'
you!"
is
-t-,
connecting
of
person
suffix.
^
verb
definite
verb
is difficult
for yAt-;
7-
second
modal
ma*^-,noun
dd/wa, procliticadverb
stem
prefix,
-yan,
me
be
good."
of
as
deictic
element
significance,
modal
modal
subjective
person
nominal
pro-
imperative.
(object pointed
tcl-
of third
elements, characteristic
prefix.
modal
second
y-,
-la, verb
stem,
-dAn, postposition.
to
modal
second
adverbial
to
prefix, -yd,
verb
stem.
prefix.
modal
-/-, third
containing inferential
-la.
-nAl, verb
stem,
-la,
in narrative.
indicating futurity,probably
future in meaning.
Adverb
"let
in narrative.
According
verb
-lee,
85.
note
suffix.
not
prefix,
with
Indefinite
in
misheard
as
absolute
-ne,
in tense,
is indefinite
be considered
More
plausibly, yat- may
prefix. In that case, it is definite past.
-dAn, postposition.
"edge."
"
"
in
as
-c-,
understand.
to
^^
adverbial
-ya-,
"to
tense, used
suffix.
-la, verb
stem,
which
prefix,
of specifiedobject,
-con
third
and
prefix;
tclu-,adverbial
-/-, third
7-.
point
refers
stem.
swim."
me
of unknown
6-
of la "one."
past;
ye-, adverbial
or
Indefinite
second
adverbial
Definite
imperative,
future
first modal
7-,
marks
element.
-I, verb
98).
element,
future
Kato
"good;"
stem.
with
tenses
past;
na-,
of
tus/be "let
first modal
adverb
and
suffix.
because
between
(cf. note
-c-
element
Definite
HAn-
verb
-aL,
specified)and
Numeral
"
prefix.
tclo-,adverbial
out
preceding
element
denoting
il-
-hwon
an-,
not
6-,
present,
adverbial
of
preceding.
of deictic
Cf. Chipewyan
element.
*^
modal
Indefinite
With
"One
person
person
and
wager)
stem.
first
-c-,
-/-,because
namely
has."
who
"much."
adverb
negative adverb
^ne-, second
very
denoting "one
suffix.
-la, verb
64.
lah,
prefix; from
present,
suffix
-t!i,noun
"bachelor."
e.,
adverbial
XW-,
third modal
Indefinite
na-,
at
wife," i.
no
dJAn, as in note
do, negative,
*^
-/.-,
do, negative,
has
who
certainty.
tense,
because
VI
92
Indian Languages 2
American
338
will
bring
to
Do
me.
all in
Good
time?
one
H/tlT/ni
dog-owner,
t'wi
"all
will
he
**
in note
As
do/wa
'*
ha, interrogativeadverb,
and
Indefinite
A-,
future
""
'"'
^^
""*
second
-I, verb
stem,
jective
singular sub-
person
-ha, interrogative
significance.
prefix common
L-,
to
several
adjectives, -tcd/yi,
adverbial
prefixes,
-ac,
verb
stem.
Indefinite
tense, because
ing
point-
"one."
stem
-me/q!e, compound
postposition,
-ca,
found
also with
Id'^/ca"one."
no.-,
n-,
Indefinite
As
xtf
in note
/in-,
person
stem.
prefix,
first modal
n-,
person
singularsubjective
Imperative mode.
do-.
Perhaps -qleis postposition (cf.-me/qle).
containing negative
102.
in
and
singular subjective pronominal
note
as
-c-, first person
-ah,
element.
Adverb
element.
"*
na-,
nd-, adverbial
pronominal
103
prefix.
modal
time.
ia, numeral
la alone:
prefix, -i-,second
adverbial
-/-,third
"big."
and
^'"^yAttto
94.
prefix,ah-, is present.
verb stem.
prefix. -I'at,
in tense.
present
unknown
of
adjective stem
i-,third modal
xw-,
element.
pronominal
"
in note
-tiaI,as
adverbial
another
that
94, except
bachelor
said
win,"
"You
here."
bring
"
suffix.
verb
here
said
said
him,"
I stop
"Unable
bachelor.
bring
djAn/la
djAn/la
na/nAc/An'o"
d6/da/q!e"03
d6/at/t!i/ni.
will
he
stop him!"
"Stop him,
dog."
fragments
yAn/na/Ac'""
na/nl/An
na/ni/An'"'
If.
}a/me/q!e/ca.'"' wAs/xe
0Ak/gwe
in
pieces,
big thing
expect
you
to
AL/tca/yi""
ha/xwil/i/ha^^
s/tslAn/na/Ac.
he
will go
everything
will upset,
he
do/wa/1/t'at/nAl"
t'wi/de
do/wa/An/na/yan/nAl9"
-An,
verb
stem.
in tense, because
of
preceding negative
100.
adverbial
prefix,
we-,
first modal
present
in tense.
because
adverb.
idea
prefix. 6-,
element.
-L-,
of
explicit.
futurityis more
modal
prefix, -i-,
second
third
modal
prefix,
-ya,
Six:
93
Languages
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
APPENDIX.
dialects
Athabascan
two
indicates
found
as
with
occur
')
in Chinook
These
of
Athabascan
k'
and
and
and
c;
n;
k'w
are
xw.
Creek.
said
called
be
to
bdnax
b4yu
or
Jargon
tcla/ba/d/k'wa's
"brush
"tar- weed"
L!d'/ddi
Jack.
between
occur,
Costa
Chasta
(sp.?);"
"seeds
to
seems
Punzie,
practically identical.
reflexes
as
Galice
ya'/k'ds
River
Rogue
probably
are
(indicated by
contrasted
from
Mrs.
from
acoustically midway
something
nasalization
obtained
were
words
Creek
Applegate
few
words
Creek
Galice
few
for medicinal
used
Costa
Chasta
(cf.
(sp.?)"
purposes
ild'/de;
Hupa
Lo/daitc)
yel/yat/ts!ai/yt"sunflower"
giis
"camass"
ddl/si "pine"
Id
I lH
del res
(cf.Chasta
Costa
(cf.Chasta
Costa
(cf.
"manzanita"
din/nuw;
md'/ts!i
Kato
sds/da' "oak"
"black
tc IAl/y at
kos
/ts/e)
"bulbs")
dul/tclk)
Kato
nd/de)
Costa
dAJnAc;
Hupa
tun/nuc)
(cf.Chasta
i/dd/ge "acorn"
dAl/si;
Chasta
Costa
(cf.Chasta
"cat-tail"
god; Hupa
Costa
(cf.Chasta
"pine-nut"
Costa,
(cf.Chasta
Costa
mAt/tdi)
cAc/dd')
misunderstood;
(perhaps
cf.
i/taG
Kato
oaks")
Creek.
Applegate
k'q'/tc'u"goose"
dAc/tc'u "grouse"
(cf.Chasta
(cf. Chasta
tco)
(339)
Costa
Costa
xd'/tc'u;
Kato
dAc/tc'u;
ka')
Kato
dAcf-
y^
94
Indian
American
Languages 2
340
do/s'An/tsfa/ya"screech-owl"
si licklies "kingfisher"
woodpecker"
tddlkeldi "red-headed
"sandhill
crane"
(cf.Chasta
tea lwdcltc{!)e
Costa
sd'lwAsl-
tsle)
Editorial
Note
lications
Originally published in University of Pennsylvania, Anthropological Pub2(2), 271-340
(1914). Reprinted by permission of the University
Museum,
University of Pennsylvania.
which
Athabaskan
are
now
The
(1989)
Oregon
languages of southwestern
constitute
a distinctive
relationshipto the
subgroup whose
virtuallyextinct
the two
is
California
are
distant,
northwestern
although
surprisingly
subgroup
(Hoijer 1960). The
usually classified together as "Pacific Coast Athabaskan"
"
"
to have
comprised four distinct, though closely related,
Oregon group seems
and
Lower
Galice-Applegate, Chetco-Tolowa,
languages: Upper Umpqua,
the
best
known
of
local
in
The
last
River.
dialects,
a variety
was
spoken
Rogue
Chasta
Costa
of which
are
(on Rogue River about 30 miles upstream from the
Creek
of the river).Euchre
(along the coast to
mouth), Tututni (near the mouth
farther
north, in the
of the river mouth), and
the north
Upper Coquille (still
of these or
exists
full
behind
No
inland
area
grammatical study
Coquille Bay).
Athabaskan
of any Oregon
Sapir's descriptionof Chasta
language. Besides
of
of
documentations
are
Costa, the fullest published
Oregon Athabaskan
Galice
(Bright 1964; Bom(Golla 1976), and Tolowa
(Hoijer 1966), Tututni
also exists, particdocumentation
ularly
manuscript
melyn et al. 1989). Considerable
Rogue
(by Melville Jacobs; see Seaburg 1982) and of Lower
of
Mills 1981: 69-76). Some
P. Harrington; see
Harrington s Lower
disk recordings) was
of aluminum
material
(including a number
of Galice
River
(by
Rogue
obtained
J.
River
from
Wolverton
Orton,
Sapir'sChasta
Costa
consultant.
Corrigenda
Father
to
Dene
view
In
Costa
Chasta
it may
seem
slips
misunderstandings
or
Costa
and
lie in the
sketchy
hope
phonetics
"
I.
exactly
light
have
already
Dr.
that
Sapir's
of
sound
corresponds
though
"
See
in
words
American
often
is
the
is
to
to
to
Father
he
given
us
minimize
the
on
the
presentation
either
my
help
to
phonology
to
seems
paper
admirable
of
which
I
mastery.
with
the
Carrier
language,
of
intricacies
the
to
but
language,
content
I
of
value
importance
Athabaskan
an
be
not
on
Chasta
on
paper
Carrier
has
will
be
to
me
Morice's
the
on
the
friendly spirit
linguistics,
of
Notes
my
If, nevertheless,
overweening
of
shown
complete
any
it throws
hitherto
has
desire
problems
Morice
Father
published
dialects.
an
value
to
seem
Athabaskan
the
of
grammatical
Costa
Chasta
to
further
publish
and
of
attach
to
or
chief
he
recently
reviewed
evidently
so
what
out
Athabaskan
The
that
papers
eventually
his
contribution
papers
earnestly
in
because
not
paper
morphology.
to
point
understanding
our
previous
in
so,
scanty
very
advance
and
it is
Morice's
Father
me
do
to
northern
more
to
venture
own
churlish
bit
has
in
Morphology
and
Phonology
Morice
Father
that
fact
and
Costa
North."'
of the
Languages
the
of
"Chasta
Morice's
rather
will
but
of
its
structure.
French
be
almost
as,
my
^e,
Carrier
a,
phonetically
Anthropologist,
te, le"
pronounced
N.
S.,
not
like
(b.
reduced
17,
sound
the
1915,
of
in
'
of- German
My
from
pp.
Mann
is another
original
559-572.
but,'
My
and
vowel
a.
more
of
thus
gether,
alto-
It is prac-
Languages
Indian
American
VI
96
766
2.
Carrier
not
'
bird
it
fact
with
broder,
servant
be
"
3.
accretion
my
tse.
1.
"
not
say.
Ath.
Morice's
"
td\Ad
as
Ath.
(his) pet
in,
e.
"
character
was
*lc!ac
analysis.
as
written
"
birds
Dr.
"
se-llin-e
it
has
Goddard
possible prototype
seeking.
my
kindly
corresponds
and
still
-ts\e
Costa
Chasta
ts\e
and
"dog"
tsekhk, Montagnais
and
"
ttse-ndjo,
Costa
Chasta
called
more
to
ive
possessI
arose
can
Perhaps
archaic.
lik), Loucheux
exactly
goes
palatal
peculiar
dog ")
my
probably
as
"
she-dog!
own
this
How
-g-, -k of Ath.
(Chapman;
which
equivalent of
glottalized anterior
*-k^le with
with
Costa
-tele of -li-tcle,however,
C.
stamps
hlik
Anvik
or
in Chasta
but
Kato,
(read- k^le).
g..
nothing
*tc\ac}
Hare
one's
dog,
li
Carrier
in
found
C.
is connected
*-liiiki'\e
this
of
compounded
woman."
to
can
stem
smack
have
-tele of my
with
Carrier, Montagnais,
"
his
is of
literally
verb
to
tele, the
somebody's
not
imply
"down."
(very likely
for
*k^\ac
"),
ts'os
perhaps
tc\ac
writes
he
quandary
(Ath. *tc\e)is
-e
Its isolated
(read k^lauW)
klyawM
Carrier,
simply
*-tcle,but
-liii-ke
cf.
parallelto *ltrj;
Since
forms
*ts\os
all connected
at
C.
Ath.
to
which
(i.e., tsle-k'e),Hare
(cf. normal
-jfe"!-of Ath.
"
is
ts\e
Ath.
not
*tc\e-k'e
Ath.
to
is
C. ts\dxe.
tc'ek, C.
not
go
Morice's
li-ts\e
ttsh-kwi, ttse-k'^
back,
in
C.
back
-lUc\e
suffix
means
form
This
to
These
kissing-Iike noise,
"plume
Navaho
humming-bird,"
noun).
as
must
of
Father
3).
woman."
point
"
but
sort
litse
Carrier
Kato
"
is
duvet
td\aw),
Costa
Chasta
in
"
for
make
to
whistle
OS
of
of his Carrier
one.
"
possessive [C. C.
Now
(p. 561,
"
-tsots, -tsos
This
the
(my
feather."
"down
td\Ad-nd-yal-td\od
this tdlAd,
with
orthography)
my
In
form
feathers,"
"soft
-dUd)
my
means
evident.
so
Carrier
fiy-about-making-a-humming-sound";
beets'
Nav.
not
Morice's
tthaw
appear
sibilants
as
language
(possibly mistranslated
"
(reduced
to
is
This
15).
Father
(Goddard;
-d'Hd
/5!o5)
my
*ts\ez
in
found
cf. Hupa
do
to
1.
Loucheux
k^\ew),
letter
in that
z],which
and
(p. 560,
plume
expected
"soft-feathers
lips,"
cote
Athabaskan
would
"tdlod
in
the
than
cally
respectively; they correspond histori-
impossible.
de
Fathers;
(Franciscan
actually
Ath,
"
Chipewyan
(my
kkwew
original
j,
other
none
him
by
Montagnais,
This
t? "
phonologically
is
and
'feather-down'
but
clearly cognate
Hare
c,
o^.
evidently
is
described
are
and
Chipewyan^and
to
'
and
and
corresponds phonetically,
doubtless
and
Carrier
'bird']
tclac
[Morice's
between
midway
C.
[C.
tscrz
of but
genetically, to
also
largely
"This
with
in sound
ticallyidentical
my
Ath.
attention
*k''!ac.
effectively disposes
is
egce-tsellce
to
This
of
Hupa
nates
elimiFather
Six:
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
97
Languages
767
"
"
petit chien
(i.e., legA-).
(Incidentally, Petitot
I'intse, Loucheux
Montagnais
Ventsi.
Are
forms
these
"
for
gives
"
chienne
-ttsi,
for
errors
-ttsi})
"
The-
4.
water,'
water
"
"
water
he
when
his
"
only
is
in
terminative
"
denotes
sink
to
"
assumed
to
regularly corresponds
archaic,
*/'a-
Ath.
do
Father
orthography);
Ve-,
*Vei. e.,
that
tqa-); see
below.
/'e-,does
worked
I have
be
significance
for
in
in
be
by
Athabaskan
(Chapman's
Loucheux
In
i. e., tcH-
(Loucheux
laws
phonetic
Loucheux
Ath.
txe-)
my
Navaho
water."
to
such
by
likely to
are
te-, tH-
as
the
to
also
qualification,even
without
apply
*/'e-, but
Ath.
to
out,
itself
northern
*t^e- appears
the
to
tchi-dhitlle
*t'a-)\note
k flot."
"gtre
"
5.
really
*Ca-
is
which
Tha.
that
found
its sway
to
at
evidence
in force, that
to
more
local
'
the
to
it
meaning
that
is, in fact,
wide-spread
is
the
Ath.
*Ca-
an
old
*/'o
"
impossible,
noun
water
for
']
water
it
also
parallel Ath.
Ath.
"
locally ("
indeed
apparently
of
expense
show
in
referring
as
employed
dialects;
extent
some
'
gives
signification [i.e.,
undoubtedly
Navaho,
he
all Athabaskan
of
in
correspond, according
not
forms
ferring
re-
necessarily
tqe-
Even
to
as
quite
by
implied
Navaho
she
ogy)
terminol-
if Ce-
entirely superseded
Ath.
"
seems
of
the
back,"
"
even
(Petitot's orthography),
tchi-
as
appears
the
in
/'e-
Hupa
range
assign
teyldoutel "floating
note
the
"'e'- verb
-tlat
it is
Navaho
remark
Anvik
In
of
Kato
"
Goddard's
use
wider
horse";
almost
Morice's
the
"
floated
its surface
water,"
been
for Carrier.
if correct
Ath.
has
(Navaho
find
not
*Ce-
Ath.
as
and
of
*Ce-.
Ath.
to
Hupa
t^e-n-
that
the
to
cf. Kato
(to
-n-
would
tqe-li "water
as
in
water."
precipitately brought
art
so
the
reference
she
water
under
thou
water."
the
bottom
translated
definition
of
Morice
Father
forms
Navaho
in
mean
*t^e- than
Ath.
as
are
water),"
modal
bottom
t^ethe
and
function,
the
to
in
the
water
second
mean
in
of Goddard's
with
"
"
necessary
Goddard's
"
'
the
at
defined
several
by
thentltlat
sinkest,"
thou
bottom,
no
verbs
into
Carrier
In
adequate.
motion
to
was
has
(i.e.,
Evidently
them."
washed
in it
hand
it hints
t^e-
tumble,"
to
'
merely
not
it
Hupa
about
put
but
.
C.
is showji
some
it seemed
water
it
C.
25).
"
Thus,
examples.
have
1.
Athabaskan,
Pacific
of the
bottom
north, does
(p. 561,
in
That,
the
would
Sapir
as
'
in
least
at
.
is
(p. 561,
in
the
in
seems
*t^e-.
1.
27).
")
")
("
that
instance,
water,
has
in
wave,
become
the
numerous
tically
prac-
(e. g.,
plenty
is, however,
There
Ath.
extended
have
frequently substantival,
stem
in
dialects
to
has
water
water
some
Chipewyan)
'
the
to
not
local,
sea," parallel
a
verb
prefix.
verbs
of
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
99
Languages
769
bathe
"
have
primarily
I find
"
*t\os
"
8.
The
and
verbal
-lal
stem
'
of
sense
sleep,' has
to
complement).
his
Might
questioner
think
we
Hupa
-lal, -laL
can
for
t'e-
Hupa
quoted
{ln-)te-d-Lal he
"
meaning
to
"
he
'^
.
in
all
he
Kato
also
"
(e.
v.
in
g.,
dormir
m'endors
"),
Montagnais
with
its
prefixed
remarkably
he
went
Hupa
Kato
by
"
u-na-s-laL
to
sleep,"
to
and
regularly preceded
dreamed,"
incomplete.
'
double
as
the
to
For
understood
without
-se,
be
-lal,
(e. g.
7ia-
he
dreamed
its /.
way
writing
"
little inaccuracy
I wish
in
(a) That,
true
thou
verb
art
would
stem
on
Chasta
is
be
this
of
be
'
familiar
cut
the
up:
stems
laugh,'
with
are
(Carrier -tso)\
-tse
would
have
and
footnote
i).
There
the
commence
his verb
to
he
language,
i
the
be
cannot
been
Dengs'
labic
syl-
spared
this
several
are
ments
com-
passage.
Costa,
I'o-lal
absolutely
should
currence
oc-
syllables
-tlal but
not
quite unmistakably
sleeping,"
(cf.,for phonetic
1.
he
frequent
The
should
several
cry,'
Were
.
own
(p. 563,
make
to
their
Hence
'to
of
wrongly
are
syllable
Sapir's
by
seen
are
groups.
(Carrier -tsi);-lo,
-tsi
.
of
plural
penultimate
instance,
cause,' should
to
ts
indivisible
many
first person
the
be
may
tl and
consonants
form
in
attributes
As
...
and
verbs
-tlal.
-tlal,-tsoel,-tlat,-thcec,etc.
one:
there
In
asleep."
seems
rather
or
The
Dene
Sapir's
which
-lal,
t'Ulal.
rendering:
"
s.
je
stem
{n-)te-s-laL
to
"
"
sleeping,"
(e. g,
northern
sleep
in-t'es-l'al
another
"
In
to
put
"
"
dream
i).
given
are
Turning
to
").
9.
-si,
is
1.
sleep
to
-6-, corresponds
Kato
"
"
also
in-'tes-la'l
been
the
(with
(p. 563,
(Montagnais)
gives quite
'
misunderstood
meanings
asleep,
forms)
of
misunderstanding.
sleep ").
Legoff's
above,
of
Petitot's
asleep";
definite
(in
kin-na-is-lal
about
last
is
"
but
Chipewyan
t'e-d-lal-{la)he's
and
Chipewyan
-lal, when
he
Ath.
attributes
dream
to
have
Both
let him
fall
'
him?
dream,"
"
C.
-te-sil-lal-
misled
hypothesis
to
author
our
of
informant
sleep ").
"
sleep,
Petitot
rever
which
value
to
"endormir";
"
C.
in
to
"
s.v.
"
elements
of
"
es-l'al
Hare.
Hupa
"
to
go
that
means
hi-teL-lal
debout,"
and
would
find
we
Goddard's
and
this
only
not
you
to
the
unwittingly
without
means
suggests,
from
verb
dialectically.
Sapir's
regularly
while
thus
"
Athabaskan,
-lal
Dr.
not
manage
nit-te-sil-lal-le
for Kato
and
Carrier
in
Morice
(denominative
its force
changed
Father
as
may,
"
paddle
to
meant
paddle ")
"
It
parallels.
exact
no
no
comparison,
"
ye
reason
-lal is to
evidenced
sleep."
for
its
t'd-yit-nd
"
Were
by
-/-
considered
be
such
forms
part
disappearance
thou
drinkest,"
of
as
as
t'l-lal
the
stem,
in these
forms
I'd-yd-dot-nd
100
VI
Indian
American
Languages
770
"
drink," in which
ye
C. -lat, not
C.
and
Hupa
(6)
as
also
Kato,
There
is
Morice
Chasta
Costa
has
in
"
we
Morice
in
"
been
for
Ten'a
milk
found
are
equivalent
witta
"
deux
nous
equivalent
round
(equivalent
such
1
Dene
with
and
cognate
tce-xauW
so"
1891,
with
"he
of
Hupa
is
193)
p.
Carrierna;-/5a5-/"7
it may
perhaps,
instead
to
"
U-,
.ve
"we
have
do
so
and
i. e., tc!-, of
catching,"
that
so."
e.,
inclined
restored
by
"
we
are
both
does
ts\A-,'^
not
seem
Father
has
Jette
understood
be
to
faisons");
"nous
survivals
carrying
"they
of
we
carry
old
the
the
into
over
-d-
stem
nl-tlas,morphologically
Hare
together");
two
(Ath. *zi-tlas),morphologically
da^-dt-t'a^
ba^-n-U-nil),l-gye
marries
There
").
by
Father
be
cf.
nas-tsi-ya
to
customary
indefinite
personal
"one
forms
Carrier
himself
catches").
in
tsceto
in
phonetic resul-
of
"people
applying
put
talk
no
(see
(in
is
"The
meaning,
For
walks."
"one
say
marry"
two
we
Morice
put
two
we
"
can
only
but
-gye
"we
"
originally perhaps
plural
of third
am
{ch'cB-de-i-kd
i. e.,
This
Father
"
"
walk
walk";
third
(I
been
perhaps
walk,"
this
become
-di-
nd-i-ta
{ya-issi
its
indicated
is indeed
as
"let
Loucheux
bd^-ni-'nil
da^-d-it-'a'),
to
he
na-ddl-yic
by analogy
though
out
suspect,
Languages,"
of modesty,
"
-d-
"),
cases
*z-id-'as); Navaho
(Ath.
Hupa
first person
Ath.
these
"
un-tla
e.,
(equivalent
stems
1 strongly
begin with;
so
"
on
to
of
cases
i.
(equivalent
on
things
of
(cf. noe-hce-'as
allons,"
"
object
several
saw
Carrier
g..
milk
two
we
g.,
it
g.,
that
apparently misled
meaning,
allowed
nt-tas
w-it-'a
to
in
faisons
"
with
(e.
element
organic
an
(e.
we
dialects, however,
as
cases
like
carry
these
n-U-'as
to
claim
-d-
element,
of
two
we
in
such
hardly
is that
has
-d-
deux
"
g.. Carrier
syllable,e.
forms
"nous
Even
in
would
regularly disappeared
Athabaskan
ts-
i-ssi
").
out
-/-
ch'i-ne-i-ka
Navaho
Kato
plural subjective
dialects, perhaps
-d-
-tlal.
stem
-/- and
"
has
Costa
ts\-); Hare
as
and
widespread
recorded
Chasta
in several
where
Hupa
first
(Carrier
be
to
in
that
analogy),
of
has
*-{i)d{e-)-/- verbs
Kato
(not t'ltlal,
modal
by comparison
What
").
t'it-lal
of
to
with
analysis.
own
my
C.
-t- is indeed
amenons
analysis
-I- and
think
sick
nous
his
(and dual)
modal
to
-it-,-d-
"
this
is shown
painting "),
are
"), Chipewyan
rest
us
That
also
Comparison
first person
Morice
personal
apply
evidence
as
third
Father
stem).
C.
"
as
before
it.
confirms
quoting
appears
where
remarks
have
sleeping
are
plural prefix
na-dtL-Le
would
in
Chipewyan,
true
first person
g.,
we
preserved between
These
abundantly
"
him,"
saw
-'i,is the
the
(e.
we
Morice
whatever
it)
in
as
n).
Chipewyan,
point
no
"
-t'i,not
Father
is
prefix -t-
consonant
-{i)t-regularly
prefix, except,
ye-dit-'i
modal
stem
-tlat,as
Father
In
third
element
ta
reasons
general) do
quite possibly
adult
Hupa
(e. g.,
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
101
Languages
771
of
tants
first person
-d-
plural
plus
stems
-as,
(Ath.
-ye
*-7e).
(c)
As
Father
Morice.
{-d-) of
-/-
have
do
just
It is
the
This
seen.
how
see
of Chasta
Orton
never
tH-tlal, t'e-nit-lat
(Father
for
Chasta
and
As
does
*-dlo
C.
-Id
"
(d) As
is
Morice
for
in
has
and
been
denies, derived
ID.
-tc'ac
-se
If Dr.
in
these
quantity
-Cl-tdAl)I
for
occur
cannot
Chasta
in
affricative
C.
as
-Id.
stem
"
il, dl,
pointed
and
nor
out
Navaho)
Ath.
For
cold," Kato
Kato
to
6.
to
directly representative
as
e-llu
//
its
completing
Carrier, Chipewyan,
correspond
As
to
"
to
from
Latin
Sapir
will allow
[probably misprint
and,
Chasta
correct
"
he
I, cf.
dl:
Id
"
-Id
"
frost."
"
deceive
to
French
cause,"
to
these
in
stated
stems
are
"
C.
to
C.
chef
tc'w, in
labialized
as
to
-se
to
plete
incom"
as
is
as
*kep because,
(p.
such
Hupa),
tc^"ts"s;
(Ath.
-tse
Father
Notes
my
Costa
"
"
-si
says
already
Kato,
"
correct
when
ts is reflex
in
simplified
and
cry
have
Carrier
Hence
"
to
far
too
Jicarilla Apache,
be
in
graphy
ortho-
vocalic
uncertain,
am
-t- and
well
C.
to
tc\At-Ci-tBAl
to
regularly developed
understood
Montagnais
"
C.
-ist.
ts"td"d).
"
C.
tc\ of which
always
it would
":
might
going altogether
Navaho,
Ath.
"
g.,
modal
cold
of
I
vision
di-
"
(affricatives)as
td\ also
have
to
tically
prac-
another
dealing
we
both
and
was
syllabic
I, because
to
laugh at"?).
".to
-tse
e.
were
groups
td
informant
corrected
simply
misheard
seems
be
to
"
their
perception
where
be
to
Kato),
or
third
be
to
regards
Ath.
287),
"
laugh
to
(primarily
Hupa
this is
into
that
example
no
(as preserved,
*-dlo,*-dli
C.
have
whether
analyzable
as
Ath.
in
as
not
lengthened
deny
my
to
-thcec is
out
words
not
fact,
yi-tlo, tclAt-t'it-dAl
to
consistently
these
(I
occur
Notes,"
Ath.
or
to
seem
"
in my
in
I do
its
syllabifying and
consonantal
appear
I have
C.-t-lo
C.
to
it
such
affricatives, though Id
true
as
in
Morice's
point
may
with
That
Naturally
Costa
i would
syllabic division
admit.
as
forms
syllable.
and
of
-t'^Ac.
of
we
nor
writing
in
ear
my
matter
the
Costa,
of
syllabic way
t'ii-lal is
Hence
Chasta
for
in
-tscel). Father
tS, preceding
own
As
t'e-ni-tlat,yit-lo
to
my
Costa
Carriers'
the
dialects
following syllable,as
materially helped
placed.
Morice's
the
with
disagree
Athabaskan
many
to
particularly careful
doubt,
be
to
was
in
combinations.
was
in
that
nothing, however,
have
sound
emphatically
must
plural belongs
proves
would
Costa
Wolverton
clear
familiarity with
language
own
quite
first person
cf.
justifiable
as
no
one
caput.
for
me,
I will also
-t^Ac],which
he
observe
gives
that
as
the desinence
distinct
verbal
102
VI
Indian
American
Languages 2
772
element,
is
'
bed
to
"
else
nothing
(p. 563,
1.
"
regularly
bed,"
to
goes
"
with
"
*-t'i (Hupa
*-t^in, *-t^er},
Carrier
-thi; Montagnais
*-i'e
*-t^el is used
forms
-c
C.
C.
in general
are
-t^Ac is
from
"
"
and
Carrier
-'ezh,-tsh
Morice
to
act
dualic
"
Unless
'
of
'
by
see
phonetic
these
force
Father
with
I take
not
think
now
lack
or
goes
back
'
present
use
that
and
it is
imperative,
of
of
past
modal
Father
German
"
valent
equi-
simply:
thee,' etc."
(p. 563"
In
fact
appears
mich.'
sieht
mann
deictic
by
preceded
'
merely
he
tslAl-,which
sieht
man
the
as
really means
-I-
logical subject:
modifying
in
is identical
mich
is
which
forms
as
"indefinite"
and
all
other
analysis of
my
C.
to
deictic
C.
C.
preserved
nes-ts\Al-'i
in
others
Goddard's
are
forms).
as
such
C.
one
sense.
"indefinite"
sees
denotes
verbs;
in
"
me,
I do
ts\A-.
tc\-,which
subject, of transitive
object,not
definite,
eventual,
adduces
see
(p. 332):
third
comparable
H!(e)-,
and
-'esh,
voit.
me
opportunity
"definite"
definite
he
is seen,' etc.,
out
contains
knows
such
Jicarilla
-iec;
"; Navaho
clearly that
my
of
Ath.
*-t^ec,
Ath.
morphologically distinct,
volt), people
me
indefiniteness
indefiniteness
to
he
already pointed
that
reduced
is
in all forms,
stem
go
see
what
mistaken,
Morice
(Ath. *tc\-)of
ts\-
is, in
on
now
of
convergence
seen,
on
probably
French
this
We
").
two
'
(French:
Morice
forms,
are
you
"
-thces,but
-thces
found
-/'ez;Navaho
-'ac
Athabaskan.
Carrier
"
"
Indefinite
forms.
much
very
I had
implying
Surely
am
seen,
me
what
repeats
^5!-
am
Father
22).
in
'
people
1.
dual
(cf.Ath.
-c
with
animals
two
-5
This
dialects
"
Pacific
-tetc; Montagnais
upon
misled
was
of
-tin;
tagnais
-te; Mon-
imperative
future
proximate
words
indefinite."
-kec) contains
"
"
contrasted
as
-tqel).
she
*-t'ec is
Ath.
Athabaskan
-tqe, future
characteristic
apparently
This
forms
(Hupa
Apache
forms
present
-thes; in other
present
definite
"
indefinite
-Ve; Navaho
morphologically.
not
"
"
in
"
tcin-ne-tiiW
-tqi);in most
-Vi; Navaho
ments
state-
material
(which corresponds
"
indefinite
C.
singular subjects.
to
-tiiW
again ").
"
of
These
Costa
lie down
go
C.
compare
Chasta
my
Hupa
-tUc
Athabaskan
Ath.
eventual
Kato
lie down,
to
to
on
goes
-t^Ac applies
with
"
'
(plural stem).
from
") that
na-nHn-tilc
in Pacific
definite
or
bed
-t^Ac)and
Kato
characteristic
then
is evident
to
[Carrier] verb
same
effectivelymeans
Morice
by comparison
C.
C.
to
of the
It
I go
is confirmed
plural stem
Father
Carrier
(e. g. dd-nAc-t^Ac
the
nthcesthih
7).
misleading.
are
This
than
derivative
nanisthi, whose
Hupa.
I
"Definite"
am
this
C.
tc\C.
seen,"
tenses
(including present
are
definite,
in-
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
103
Languages
773
is
however,
clearly
corresponds
Chipewyan
ts'-
impersonal
");
him
Costa,
is
(in
his
(see
indeed
do
as
by
Reprinted
This
reply
to
in
permission
of
Petitot's
he
original
review
of
(Morice
Sapir's
case,
how
*/c!-"
of
Kato
have
with
s'-;
C.
these
C.
ts!-;
Loucheux
and
Hare,
Chasta
and
is\e-
misinterpreted
E.
Sapir
Note
Anthropologist
monograph,
Dialect,
Lake
Kato
ts\-,
with
ts'-
reconcile
to
tc\-,
throughout
American
1917).
caught
one
e.,
tse-?
of
Carrier
and
"
Cold
in
as
Montagnais,
American
the
criticism
Morice's
rejoinder
prompted
volume.
published
that
Goddard's
Chipewyan
Analysis
know
not
Editorial
Originally
"
in
(Ath.
Could
Use-)
orthography
ts\-)
forms.
tse-
133
i.
of
probably
very
Costa
caught,"
was
his
should
forms
Chipewyan
of
and
above.
Chasta
comparison
p.
we
tc\-.
expected
he
Goddard's
this
force
see
with
"
ts'e-Lu
g.,
impersonal
^5!-;
indefinite
and
ts{oe-),
identical
that
incorrect
"),
have
Carrier
(e.
in
impersonal
and
indefinite
probably
means
Chipewyan
subjective
is
prefix
this
^(^!)-
Hupa
subjective
Carrier
to
17,
Anthropological
Chasta
Sapir's
of
Both
are
Morice's
reprinted
765-773
(1915).
Association.
Costa
work
papers,
in
the
(Morice
1915b)
together
with
appendix
to
his
this
NA-DENE
THE
LANGUAGES,
problem
attacked
1"^HE
relationship
of
Haida
also
has
Boas
in
somewhat
the
Haida,
Athabaskan,
of
of
memoir
is
does
not
believe
that
of
the
merely
Tlingit,
and
complete
given
probable.
designate
to
at
the
will
of
disposal.
of
the
of
this
thesis
"Na-dene,"
in
the
as
of
of
Dr
P.
the
leading
fact
that
While,
it
however,
I
thesis,
my
beyond
the
which
has
of Athabaskan,
prototype
explained
on
Survey
request
some
my
term
paper
preparation
the
at
that
atives
represent-
Geological
emphasize
hypothetical
be
the
remove
doubt,
extensive
to
The
full presentation
divergent
an
but
morphological
demonstration
to
blances
resem-
and
of
abstract
evidence
is here
of
languages.
reasonable
but
prepared
expressly
the
enough
chosen
Haida,
wish
all the
these
Haida-Tlingit,
course
Series
rapid
constitute
not
been
present
it does
realm
merely
involved.
points
now
and
though
assume,
point.
in
given
in
sketch,
present
Goddard,
this
all
Boas
by
fundamental
at
indeed
are
is
Anthropological
The
Canada.
Tlingit
Languages"
the
to
and
beyond
prototype
Na-dene
"The
and
common
show,
genetic
Important
out
between
on
lexical, resemblances
them
hinted
the
Tlingit.
lexical, phonological,
to
serves
led
given
of
pointed
Athabaskan
been
comparative
that
evidence
has
and
been
relationship
between
evidence
of
long
vaguely
that
also
extent
have
genetic
REPORT
is
paper
Haida,
have
which
structure
concrete
this
less
Tlingit
hesitatingly,
rather
E.
to
resemblances
Swanton,
no
and
in
PRELIMINARY
Athabaskan,
morphological,
between
latter
part
of
the
paper.
Morphological
I.
Stem
and
Word
primary
is
the
Read
Form.
type
monosyllabic
in
substance
of
The
"
stem
the
typical
most
form
found
consisting
stem
before
Features
of
Anthropological
534
in
the
and
Na-dene
at
torically
his-
languages
plus vowel;
consonant
Association
doubtless
Philadelphia.
in
Six:
Athabaskan
107
Languages
Na-Dene
and
536
according
respond
sometimes
consonant;
against the
as
one
of these
dial
Ath.
point
to
Ath.
*-lad
are
tdek, Tl.
H.
tlan
hook,"
Tl.
Tl.
*-t!o
"to
shoot,"
make
it
fairlyobvious
that
reducible
vocalic
to
That
element.
cannot
improbable.
The
symbolized by
by
is
didi
stem
is not
sort
stem
languages
Nootka,
and
plays
an
only
been
able
about
which
conspicuous
word-forming
possible widespread
to
strative
find is the demon-
di.
With
probably reduplicated
Haida
"what?"
with
contrasted
languages
to
the
most
word
cases
cluster
elements
elements
that
of
as
gains
in
of
number
of which
cv),
number
of subsidiary
word,
the
cation
redupli-
part.
of form
be
this
Kwakiutl-
in all of which
south,
is built up
may
weight when
Tsimshian,
the
of
feature
negative
indicative, but
extremely important
(in
various
The
is
as
be
thus
developments.
that
neither
all
at
seem
may
further
process
the
compare
typical Na-dene
grammatical
The
are
Salish
elements
stem,
to
itself very
in
I have
that
gu'gu-s
Na-dene
The
device.
stem
are
cv-c
not
of
are
this it is interesting
interrogative
and
It is found
its absence.
exception
Athabaskan
grammatical
grammatical
purely
nor
of which
sort
ultimately
are
consonants
it does
Na-dene
characteristic
cv,
final
but
demonstrated,
this
of
originally a suffixed
was
with
stems
eat;" Ath.
final consonants
with
stems
by what
followed
stems
"mountain,"
Examples
be
Reduplication
in Na-dene
shoot."
H.
with
catch
t'a "to
H.
eat,"
of the
many
all Na-dene
origin
such
"to
passes,"
*xes
seize;" Ath.
"to
"to
t!uk
that
yielded by
are
cat
*-t'an
Ath.
"mountain;"
ca
Tl.
djd "bait,"
H.
*ts!a-);
Na-dene
*-ca,*-cal "to
Ath.
get dark;"
tde-
Louch.
*-yel "night
Ath.
"end;"
Chipewyan
and
Tl. sla-, to
in
ples
Exam-
other.
"year;"
d!a-
(Chip.
slate
agree
is found
stem
in the
Tl. Z'o"^
points, with
simple vocalic
"year,"
final
the
languages
Na-dene
three
for
except
final consonant
H./'a7
*ts!a-,which
"end,"
the
the
by
Louch.
"moss,"
often
extended
cases
of
two
other;
but
two,
or
to
one
termed
aside
from
of
bic
monosyllais the
main
etymological and
prefixesand
suffixes.
certain
that
ones
are
up
108
yi
Indian
American
Languages
537
in
to
Indo-germanic
in
of the
elements
many
can,
of independent
and
three
t^o'
close
"water,"
Montagnais
other.
think
of it
as
to
be
be
about,"
to
coiled (cf.//a-da
'Another
quoting
are
from
quoted
Swanton.
from
primary
with
the
t!a- which
prefix
order
verb
"
to
for
Petitot,
Goddard
wear
an
Chipewyan.
"Chipewyan"
and
The
use
tl-
Franciscan
Fathers;
ed
accustom-
and
all
"to
of
stem
All
go
Tlingit.
her
son)
around,
activity
touch"),
the
"Montagnais"
either
may
denoting
tl
stem
defines
Goddard.
to
"to
-Igii'l-
original Haida
from
relatively
(it)(on
of
of easily analyzed
put
prefix
elements
all four
more
are
in Haida
stem
or
of
"sentence"
(we
we
also
illustrated
hortatory
and
composed
instrumental
an
(identical
name
from
word
as
hands
belonging
knit
element
first three
sentence-word
or,
Kato
definitely expressed)
old
an
the
na-n,
sentence
abundantly
classifying nominal
as
o'
like
an
they-shall-drink."
water-
independence
of
type
consisting of
wrapped
ya'
/'a-,
forms
o'-,
rigidly prescribed
closelyknit
example
the
with
to
relativelyloosely
blanket,"
as
t^a
absolute
same
very
can
Haida
their
down
This
as
elements)
lost
settled
each
do,
element:
constituents,
have
have
to
modal
or
not
and
this
with
prefixes are
implied (but
"
prefixes,
as
demonstrative
Caya^o'tia-qfeels decidedly
monosyallabic
which
"billow"),
pluralityof the
imperative"
which
t^a
four
drink"
"to
(cf. independent
water
"word"
of
to
^
into
apart
-narj
the
like
word
themselves
among
Most
ized
special-
or
described
be
morphological unit;
reference
having
with
falls
stem
may
fusing either
far from
are
into
element
that
Indian
Athabaskan
an
main
tomed
accus-
are
Paiute).
origin
readily
the
subsidiary elements
which
stem
drink"
we
gether
to-
of individuality, while
in
identical
welding
manyAmerican
share
Thus,
elements:
distinct
perfectly
but
them
t^aya'o'nat] "let
as
Southern
Yana,
stems.
units
also in
considerable
to be
far from
are
form
found
Eskimo,
preserve
such
are
indeed, be shown
forms
Kato
or
(e.g., Kwakiutl,
languages
of
suggestive
manner
unit, but
morphological
enough
coherent
to
other
Haida
as
crossing
or
*^^a "blanket"
indicate
that
Athabaskan
and
am
forms
Tlingit forms,
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
109
Languages
538
becomes
a
causative
and
probable
very
suffix
auxiliary verb
or
temporal-modal
two
suffix -aj]
others.
word
(upon the
modal
(itseems
mouth"
element
found
be
to
the
personal subject),
momentaneously
(?)
"
of the
One
that, while
of
all
cases
many
perfectly definite
of
range
can
good
the
run
do'
Noun
and
want
Verb.
"
are
expressed
by
the
Thus,
ma{k)-k!ai
to
(go home)."
stream-large
an
open
involved;
of
in
certain
fairly wide
always evidently
not
purely
etymological
"not-it-after
na-si-ri-a
in
the values
for
stem
of the
Athabaskan,
usage
possession"
over
conveys
idea conveyed
verb
cylindrical objects-remove
"
(olachens)
the sea."
The
relation
languages.
betwen
While
and
noun
verbal
of
verb
and
in various
in
is
cases
content
or
toward
time
of structure
it is customary
no
stream
be
value
idiomatic
as
(a place)-toward
in
of
is that
elements.
k^wa-lgi'-sta-sga-"in
from
deal
ground-continuously-thou-have
not
rfi- of
in past
is in most
is, equally
of
didst
"thou
to
Hupa
notion
third
suffix
"
its parts
analysis of
as
mouth
with
by merely summing
There
say
idea
applicable prefixed
surface
into
be obtained
elements.
we
forms
of this type
consequences
Tlingit,a great
Haida, and
q!a
stem
noun
blow.
cannot
analyzed
the
instrumental
"aspect"
or
the
at
comes
an
the
by
Athabaskan
significanceis unknown
force:
the
whole
as
modal
own
enced
experi-
the
temporal
past
is afforded
elements,
exact
momentaneous
"
incidental
easily undertaken,
word
active
another
apparently inceptive or
three
whose
0-
one's
on
blow,"
(identical with
only in
and
"to
sa
in
as,
-y-
made
As
"
have
to
about-cause-d-as
raft)."
by
"blanket"),
cause,
is not
stem,
it is preceded
to
perfective
wrapped
of the
end
*tfe
q!a-o-dt-sa"(he) blew
example
"
-da
statement
hand-blanket-be
Ath.
to
stem
elements,
authority:
by
reference
on
may
word
is quite
substantival
tivized
be substanmay
often
110
VI
American
Indian
Languages
539
indifferently used
be
the
Haida
stem
is used
either
"to
last."
be
call;"
"song;
CL
particularly
-k/ar]'"to
common
"ice,"
Kato
-t^arf"to
steam."
which
languages
have
H.
"fire," Ath.
H.
in
to
in
their
dal
"to
Ath.
go
"to
carry
"to
handle
based
or
found,
kill
move
upon
club;"
t'an
Kato
-si'l
Examples
Tl.
position;"
qia'n
*tc'el "steam,"
Ath.
"to
*-das
burn,
to
sq.'ao"to
H.
-'a
but
corresponding
Still
lead
animate
an
or
hair.
Hupa
is in
several;"
-yen
position,"
characteristic
round
"
(by
-\c
a
thing;"
handle
"to
rope)
such
are
here
"to
-'e/^'
are
fan
Hupa
-t'an
move
thing
any-
(by
rope)
single animal;"
or
lead
verbs
interesting psychologically to
classifications
kill
"to
go;"
more
go
(one person),"
go
tUda
"to
gu
are
of objects.
Tl.
e.g.,
"to
object
flexible;" Navaho
-los "to
it is
object;
q'a
they
applying specifically
verbs
"several
position."
number
or
person,"
"one
is that
stems
hay, wool,
one
or
H.
*-del
the shape
is flat and
act
as
"to
in
are
pair of animals,"
"to
go
(plur.);
on
by
(plur.);"
that
is formed
goes,"
person
objects
distinctions
be
"to
at
verb
plural subject
or
(sing.),"-ya
objects
are
of the Na-dene
particular class
of these
(plur.);"tHa
"several
-tW
sort
perfectly natural
one
coals," Ath.
Na-dene
to
range
*-ya "one
stand
use
in another.
has
"liquid
"live
many
singular, dual,
(one person),"
of
simplest type
a
in
verbs
name,
Chipewyan
it is
fire,to burn;"
das
as
peculiarity
limited
The
*-k^a
"to
"steam,"
si'l
nouns
this
k!ari' "withes,"
baskets;"
as
to
of
dish."
-xal
only
used
build
H.
"club,"
less
apparently
name;
verbs
circumstances
Ath.
"to
"voice,
Navaho
specialized
steam;"
singe;" Ath.
put
become
*-k!an
"to
sgal
found
are
is
usage
e.g.,
dwell," go't
adjectival verb
an
Kato
make
cold;"
these
"liquid,"
xao
xal
"to
be
Under
that stems
(e.g., sa
Athabaskan,
-tUo
or
Thus,
stem.
"to
and
Denominative
Chipewyan
"grass,"
tlfo
are:
in
"house"
elasticityof
occur
sing").
to
twist;"
Hupa
"to
examples
though
marked,
this
Tlingit
denominating
"buttocks"
meaning
noun
In
both
indicates
na
as
predicating or
as
act
do
such
upon
not
observe
expressed by another
to
seem
that
means,
Six:
Athabaskan
111
Languages
Na-Dene
and
540
by the
namely
"cubic
/c/1,5-
e.g.,
of
use
objects, such
paddles,"
sticks and
Structure.
Verb
In
fixed
have
verb
and
Athabaskan
analyzed
not
element
demonstrative
form, be missing;
exemplified in
modal"
two
of the
pronominal
temporal-
enclitic
as
in
may,
of elements
order
"first
lar
particu-
general type
same
do
prefix
stem
the stem
more
The
which
best considered
are
but
or
verb
of
stems
verb
element^
elements
single form.
subject of
element^
of these
particles). Any
be
may
elements
other
to
syntacticsuffix (these
sufifix +
modal
verb
objective pronominal
referring
modal"
"third
subject
certain
"second
element
modal"
the
other;
connections'*) +
other
in
occur
Athabaskan
typical
and
that
classes
postpositions,^petrified demonstrative
local
stems,
certain
adverbial
consisting of:
as
The
of
consists
relatively to each
the end
Tlingit.
verb
the
grouped into
complex
gravitatestowards
stem
prefixes;
languages
be
may
the
in
position
boxes,
as
all Na-dene
"
"flat objects."
ga-
"
of classifying nominal
series
long
as
may
given
be
above
Quite similar
given
be
analysis may
E.
g.,
Hupa
t'a- "water,"
E.
g.,
Hupa
ye-
'
E.
g.,
"same
E.
na-
in
other
stems
be
identical
may
'These
as
signifi-
"after."
xa-
indefinite
with
object
as
reference
to
indefiniteness
These
origin.
*na-
At
da-
With
"two"
of
verbs
saying
doing,
and
xa-
least
"modal"
elements
certain
"aspects,"
sets
notions
such
of
alongside
may
"to
sit
of absolute
be
indefinite
independent
(sing, subject)";
*nak'e, in,
e.g.,
not
are
i. e.,
define.
to
easy
defining
as
inception, continuation,
range
distribution,
They
of
are
activity
cessation,
best
with
and
object.
"modal"
is to
as
these
*-da
verb
of. Ath.
(found,
of
denoting
na'-
rest,"
to
some
men").
"two
na-nin
"coming
no'-
of
elements,
significance
on,"
"again."
na-
indicating
two
considered
"
"to,"
wa-
as
with
na-diT) "twice,"
Hupa
modal"
surface,
over
or
prefix of instrumental
nominal
"resting
da-
Hupa
g..
movement
verb
used
The
sa'- "mouth."
"into,"
a-
Tlingit.
in
forms
before."
as
*
Hupa
of Athabaskan
structure
as:
form)
procliticto verb
the
of corresponding
is that
forms
verb
to
also
elements
are
largely
define
bound
voice, i.
e.,
are
difficult
up
in usage
such
notions
to
with
as
define
and,
idiomatic
transitive,
like
"first"
factors.
intransitive,
and
Their
and
"second
primary
passive.
112
VI
Indian
American
Languages
541
object
not
are
Athabaskan
elements
follows:
as
However,
merely
The
Haida
used
(several of which,
element
-f-main
verb
independent
verb, adjective,
noun,
in
real.
There
is
represented
scheme
in
be
may
origin
originally
mental
instru-
subject +
and
noun
verb
stems
-j- classifyingnominal
old
stems)
noun
originwhich
have
prefix
prefixed
-f-auxiliaryverb
stem
less
(doubt-
stem
become
specialized
element
adverb
or
of
elements
verbal
adverbial
quasi-suffixes)+
as
than
proper,
of
all, are
stems
form
of degree of coalescence
are
verb
independent
corresponding
independently)
perhaps
''
in
as
mined
definitelydeter-
verb
apparent
verb
subject and
as
occupy
the
of
framework
considered
pronominal
capable of being
verbal
the
more
difference
the
before
adverbial
quasi-
pattern
pronominal
they
as
from
is
Tlingit
elements.
distinct
stem
the
best
are
difference
and
here
into
immediately
structural
involved
and
Tlingit
speech.
Athabaskan
Haida
closely welded
as
positions
their
verb
Athabaskan
the
In
of Haida.
and
of
prefix' +
widely from
more
is that
structure
"second
subject +
syntactic suffix.
temporal suffix +
Differing
pronominal
modal"
"third
prefix +
modal"
prefix ^ +
modal"
"first
cance*
stems)* +
locative
suffix
poral-modal
tem-
suffix.
This
as
analysis of
"
E.
These
g.,
the
lu- "nose,
qfa- "mouth,"
elements
causation,
do
partly
Athabaskan,
form
not
voice,
aspect,
Haida
to
is not
It should
complete.
point."
well-defined
class.
indefiniteness
and
tense,
certain
verb
adverbial
of
subject.
prefixes, partly
in
correspond,
They
perhaps
notions
such
embrace
They
"first
to
modal"
elements.
'These
two
of
sets
"modal"
(perfective, progressive,
They
find
no
"
class.
instrumental
in
Two
far
to
as
"first
known,
modal"
define
and
Athabaskan
various
aspects
tional).
transi-
momentaneous,
particularly
more
modal"
"third
to
elements
Tlingit.
of which
elements,
It does
As
primarily
seem
inceptive, repetitive,
Athabaskan
to
elements.
counterpart
These
position."
of this
correspond
modjil"
"second
prefixes
completive,
not
of
the
Swan
to
seem
me
elements
ton
that
are
prefix, the
other
as
classifies
these
into
verb
lists four,
there
best
regarded
real
necessity
in initial
"stems
for
setting up
the
classifiers,one
nominal
as
regularly
stem
by him
termed
are
is any
compounded
with
other
as
an
stems
(see below).
'
this
Swanton
sub-classification,
even
if
three
groups
justified, is of
no
of "stems
in
terminal
particular consequence
position,"
here.
but
Six:
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
113
Languages
542
be
accordance
latter
(e. g.,
q'a-dl-da
canoe-cause").
preposed
suffix
into
If
elements
stems,
all
we
nothing
may
reduce
modal
Naturally, in
contains
form
subject +
instrumental
verb
-+- locative
and
Athabaskan
languages
Na-dene
"
in
common.
I do
not,
prefixes are
always
older,
operates
forms
verb
to
course,
as
suffix
prefix +
-f- temporal-
"
of type:
verb
stem
comparatively small
based
than
several
verb
form
Haida
form.
ized
largely a specialNa-dene
on
generally
I.
filled.
in its older
processes.
form
must
This
the
nearly resembles
more
the
prefix +
element.
temporal-modal
-f
have
analyses given,
we
traits
important
given.
first
one
find
of verb
that
the
logy
morpho-
are:
to
that
imply
elements,
type
"
inal
pronom-
classifying nominal
prefix +
verbal
verbal
feed
"
to:
as:
,
three
mean
adverbial
for complexes
whole
peculiar features,
These
of
Tlingit schemes
the
Comparing
than
more
suffixed
is doubtless
verb
typical Haida
its
suffixes
originally independent
only
the
probably
though
despite
the
of the
member
makes
and
stand
"
form
verb
stem
stems
temporal-modal
I. -f- II. +
"
in its present
the
verb
suffix).
scheme,
"
stem
predominant
reason
go-into
to
prefixesor
evidence
stems
of
development,
the
to
together by
Each
the
this
Haida
I., II.,
given
any
composition
For
suffixed
analysis of
the above
continuative
sufifix +
of
the
instrumental
number
is held
compounded
but
which
in
element,
locative
which
pronominal subject +
object +
"
independent
complex.
verb
auxiliary
are
literally
by derivative
internal
as
assume,
that
probable,
of the
end
logicallyapply
not
certain
we
verb
by auxiliary
followed
are
more
or
itself attended
be
may
(including even
verb
the
(or suffixes)at
-gar]-).
two
aboard,"
pronoun
compound
does
take
to
compound
and
in
fluctuates
elements
each
to
stem
element
"
Secondly,
combine
may
locative
if the
stems,
of
order
suffixes
verb
the
already
than
all instrumental
all "stems
in existence.
of
terminal
and
classifying nominal
position."
Analogy
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
115
Languages
544
usitative
in
-y-
in
-tc
Waida.
of
nature
Tlingit u-q^ox-tc"he
enclitic
that!"
say
series
In
ways.
also in
"to
the
to the main
be
may
i.
form
-Cuw-tsle
eat-be,"
he-was9. A
to
the
will
More
i. e., "to
may
but,
be
as
e.
of
will be
one
or
the
Haida
termed
is much
sentence
form
to
such
food,"
give much
to
or
is suffixed
ing
hear"), indicat-
otherwise
of verb
type
perceived
composition
independent
is
forms
verb
Haida
compounds
Hupa. tc/i[n]-nLrj-ya
t^a'-ga "to
as
"he-came
wt-n-tfe
always came."
in all Na-dene
languages
is
to
indicate
to
again
its
logicalsubject.
in connexion
with
of the specificfeatures
any
in which
are
stem
of two
verb,
important than
of
presence
eat"), and
referred
manner
verb
*-ts!e "to
is heard
(cf. such
i. e., "he
verb-complex
positions
post-
type
is the similar
up
it in
are
wish," however,
verb
Athabaskan
cry"
(thus),"
to
stem
to, the
logicalunit;
nature
feature
another
to
verb
hear
say").
one
of subjective
use
is
-sir} "to
the Haida
"to
Tlingit and
"you
e.,
the
prefixed
of the main
psychologicallysimilar
to
form
veloped
luxuriantly de-
lacking of the
not
Athabaskan.
stem
Nearer
hear
in
is most
gi'da-yu'an-SLtj-gato wish
auxiliary verb
stem.
-ni-d'e "to
shall see,
we
as
stems
are
in *-tsfe (cf.independent
use
"let
gLti-gat-dja-q
subordinate
to
"
as
the
na-at-de
the verb
to
cases,
compounds
in which
of verb
Tlingit and
desire"
its desiderative
verbs
most
elements,
indications
Haida,
process
Haida
these
part
compounding
in
CL
do' a-du-
Hupa
Tlingit
the
origin.
8. While
stem
looselysuffixed,in
more
in
the
in
hortatory -dja-qin
various
in
in
ni.ore
[you]!").
adorn
7. Still
a
are
-ht
-de
imperative
said"), others
"don't
win-ne-he
"had
-da-y-agam
su'
in;" perfective
kept coming
the various
linked
in
together.
miniature,
case
elements
The
not
in America,
the
we
This
pronouns.
have
going
resulting
named
to
make
structure
only psychologically,
also
morphologically.
1 16
VI
Indian
American
Languages
545
Structure.
Noun
which
stems,
noun
often
as
does
stems
noun
suffixing of
is the
-w,
-71,
H.
-wu;
this element
other
clauses
Tlingit
"plate
due
are
in form
with
of the
body
discussed
in Athabaskan
are
(e.
above
snowshoes").
used
with
g.,
"his
du-tla
-a
to
mother"
but
two
being used
wife,"
Masset
Derivative
sparingly used
are
with
Na-dene
in
verbs.
some
affixes
the
cases,
omitted
husband,"
(aside from
Na-dene.
whole
the
"his
nominalized
diminutive
identical
but
nouns
relative
particle
be-'ay-e
but
is regularly
suffix
case
of
part
nouns
analogous
suffixes
(e. g.,
Haida
those
to
and
-ga
of
terms
dream").
"his
in others
sing."
are
head"
the
in
gay-e
indicating parts
relative
relative
Masset
and
td!ai
Most
the
by
Tlingit the
languages,
/ tla'l "her
in
be-di'
du-tc^u'n-i
on
relative
can
they
consistently, body
not
that
into
who
nouns;
possessive constructions
other
in
Similarly
xo'ya
observe
cf. Montagnais
followed
Chipewyan
the
used
to
in Athabaskan
forms
at-ci'-yt"those
prefixed
are
pronouns
H.
town;"
terms
Tl.
Tl.
with
(e.g., Chipewyan
the
phonetic factors) ;
which-is-white"
Possessive
"his
to
-i,
first, in
the
turned
or
(its different
element
(better relative)
to it
It is important
Tlingit by
and
in Athabaskan
of Na-dene
governs
"moss
nominalized
be
may
Another
of the compound;
noun
a'n-i
beans").
canoe,
forms
verb
second
slate
to
seems
-a
noun).
member
genitivelyrelated
Tl.
"goose-lake;"
tlu'-ga "raven's
finite
the
or
-i
the second
to
that
compounds
particularlycharacteristic
is
-a)
-l,
indicates
words
k^a-t'uwe
-ga,
machine;"
(in such
found
of the second
possessive element
regularly
qualifying noun
blood," possessive
with
contracted
cvc.
the
be often
to
seem
'ai "chief's
i'tHadas
Masset
have
not
Na-dene
In
monosyllabic
all three
"grass-knife,mowing
tUo-bec
of
and
cv
composition,
into
enter
of type
both
are
in
absolutely,
used
of
large number
are
be
may
These
languages.
They
There
"
of
-i,
"his
verb
suffix
forms)
is found
are
quite
in both
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
117
Languages
546
Athabaskan
Tl. a'-^/"
-q!)
"little lake").
often
not
are
beings
Tl.
"boys,"
ga-lar)"elder
of
prefixeswith
there
the
Kato
g.,
H.
kfwai-
series
two
differences
least in part,
at
is found
of the
rather
been
with
Tlingit
have
seen,
complex;
noun
considered
as
pendent
inde-
third
Tlingit; these
and
have
with
Athabaskan
enough
are
are
influence
no
to
cases
were
at
denoting
the
spread of
it clear
make
time
one
verbs
by
elements
objective pronominal
Tlingit
and
in
not
integralparts
of the
pronouns
in
obscured
verbs
of Haida
such,
as
we
are
which, however,
objective
there
impersonal
possessive
procliticelements.
as
may
noun.
or
of
as
objective and
Tlingit, as
be
may
Athabaskan
terms,
verb
employment
in
the
elements
the
(which
distinct
between
(in
verbs
verbs), and
are
and
elements
pronominal
Na-dene.
pronouns
verbs
neuter
objective pronominal
or,
in
subjects of active
Athabaskan
(e.
etymologically unrelated;
minor
denominative
the form
has
there
pronouns
independent
states
the
are
In both
series of pronouns
The
the
as
of
objects of impersonal
two
or
words
on
collective
for terms
brothers-in-law,"
subjects of
While
subjective and
Haida
"his
and
generally); objective
verbs,
nouns.
one
of the verb
in
used
verbs
most
possessiveseries.
the
here
classes
two
respective forms
are
found
are
are
pronouns
interpreted as
all the
Tl.
are
objects of transitive
be
storage-basket,"
du-k^a'ni-yen
There
"
Athabaskan
best
"small
(/je/o'-Zc
brothers").
Pronouns.
Subjective
Noun
formed,
human
denoting
skH'-k'^
and
better
that
acteristic
char-
represented
also in Athabaskan.
The
pronominal
will cook
between
contrast
subject
ha-k"-gu-wa-t!a "we
element
''I got
off"
"us":
subjective and
g.,
will
be
warm"
"it will be
warm
"
"it
am
truly
full"
is truly full
to
by
Tl.
objective
gu-x-t^u-si't"we
element
t^u-
"we")
and
skfistl-djdi'-gaI
di' "me":
exemplified, e.
with
it"
ha-
is
forms
verb
us"); by
element
H.
I
q^a-t!al-gan
"I")
and
di'
and
by
Hupa
o-r]-xai"thou
118
VI
Indian
American
Languages
547
ni[k]-^!-o-u"ar}"go
and
element
"
sleep
Tl.
as
tire
tl-gaxa-gd-ga "you
ni-l-t\r]"he
The
up."
by
follow
the
of
set
be
origin)can
corresponding
more
These
facts
back,
aside
or
to
origin, the
in
nouns
an
-laye "on
top
with
the
Kato
that
t!a
preceding
compare
"behind,"
same
show
noun
less
No
local
and
verb
be
to
with
cognate
Out
elements.
at
of
least fifteen
both.
or
reach
of Na-dene
into
the
that
it is impossible
that
postpositions
Haida
noun
"edge"
t!al
and
Hupa
element;
for
stem
stem
to
may
in
top"
for "end,
back
of,"
-t!a-ze "back"
cases
Hence
have
pounded
com-
-bQ. "around,"
With
"behind,
some
are
-lai,Chipewy-
Kato
Chipewyan
-^'a "surface."
Navaho
stem
logical
morpho-
noun
respectivelyChipewyan
-/.''a
"tail," and
the
of
simply the
similarly employed
Tlingit
"on"
the
is
nLfi-tcht]
developments,
dialectic
Thus,
noun.
of"
st'al-ai st'a
evidence.
complex
originally a compound
regularly
Tlingit, Haida,
in
it is possible to
cases
some
Atha-
probability postpositions
linguistichistory
by comparative
at
eggs;"
Hupa
by Goddard,
listed
nominal
pro-
uncle."
languages.
Haida-Tlingit
or
later
certain
from
"our
H.
that
objective
which
"
dala-q
yafn]-
Tlingit, and
(e. g.,
nominal
pro-
tive
transi-
Hupa
of
postpositions
elements
similar
and
use
three
in all
forms
di'
offer remarkable
in the
are
postpositions
show
H.
Tlingit,
Haida,
related
be
to
seem
shall see,
w^e
twenty-five Hupa
us;"
them
postpositions
These
as
cured
evening-towards
thirty-five Athabaskan
prefixes (which,
in
"
etymological analogies
about
than
such
elements
limits
that
xa'na-de
"ground-toward").
and
with
ha'-q'aha'gu
relational
and
pronoun
Tl.
cliff from;"
"the
local
or
noun
them
of Haida,
"
is
verb
nL[t]-t''ai
"thy paternal
the
handling;"
Tl.
pronominal
impersonals with
possessive
Hupa
daughter";
gi'da "my
have
your
is illustrated
elements
di'
with
me
thee
picks
indeed
are
"they
ha-u-si-ne'x
That
thee!").
to
"thou")
-77-
objective
clear by comparing
is made
object
forms
H.
it
with
(with
sleep!"
to
"let
"thee":
I-
element
subjective pronominal
(with
buying"
art
and
Tl.
k'a
(body-part),
it is
intelligible
developed
inde-
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
119
Languages
548
g., Ath.
postposition,
nominal
the
wan
"edge"
to"
as
"close
fact that
they
mi-ye
di'
demonstrate
the
Whether
the
of"
the
/'o* does
not
relational
verb
the
is evidently
us."
can
In
hardly
"he
-dtn-nt
verb,
which
Thus,
the
cases
told
doubtless
"to,"
identical
Ath.
when
in
*-d, *-de,
we
bear
with
yi'
Tl.
de-n
in mind
verb
to-him-spoke"
with
have
after
form,
that
the
indirect
"look
for it!"
"after
no'-xa
elements
e.
which
L[t\a-ya-l-tc!
g.,
"it"
a-
as
in verbs
like
or
merely
in
immersed
"to"
These
local
already
are
in
-xa
postpositive
"to, at").
"in
firmly attached
appears
da-
"down
t^a'-k
as
ways,
We
objective
Tl.
parative
com-
*-/'a "among,"
xa-n-t^e
comes
-I "with"
parallel is
origin
*
Ath.
in two
in
xa-
the
indefinite
da-ya-dii-q^a "thus
g., ye
Tl.
somewhat
identical
from
the
demands
ments
ele-
only by
with
suffixes.
become
Hupa
(here
them"
(or more)
among").
forms
postposition
disconnected
be
prefix; morphologically
e.
have
etymologically
some
H.
of the
complex.
two
-me'-qU
"on-at;"
"
contains
"down
verb
is
In
Costa
analyzed
particularly
syntactic
as
and
with
and
be
can
originally meant
several
that
indicated
that
alone; comparison
combine
prefixes
Chasta
the
t^a'yi "under"
"with,"
have
Postpositions
Tl.
occur
of," t\-n
fa'yi to
unit
(e. g.,
middle
shows
into
grown
others
to
of this view.
themselves.
-k'a-q! "on"
in
di'
like
actually
correctness
g.,
anchor;"
postpositions
among
(e.
Tl.
"in-from");
"
evidence
but
in,"
(originally
able
Na-dene
of the
is evident
"therein-at;"
of"
all
compounded
occur
analysis
"
have
origin of
be
like
bottom")
vicinity")
ever
by
pronouns:
them"
"my
shall
we
be littledoubt
can
Postpositions often
gei-st^a"out
"its
The
probable
very
"after
hasdu-q^a'nax
nominal
"inside
made
(originallyperhaps
father."
cases
is further
(originally perhaps
Tl.
me"
go'ri-ga "my
some
Tlingit element.
"to
ga
it"
face;"
"their
perhaps
Athabaskan
as
are
"under
mL[n]-nLr] "its
languages;
Na-dene
"around"
means
corresponding
origin of postpositions
Hupa
H.
Tl.
*man,
in different
Ath.
-de
facts
constant
of saying,
a-l-, which
"to,"
are
object,
the
Masset
not
nominal
is
da
prising
sur-
or
120
VI
Indian
American
Languages
549
(e.
Hupa
g.,
they-drifted;"
remains
the
bring
Hupa
example
the removal
form
like
xa-n-tU
the
postposition
to
be
as
well
if
find
we
Such
of;"
for
classifier
hoop,"
and
in
postpositive
nominalizes
-t!a
and
developments
to
This
two
by
have
taken
extent
extent
for
Athabaskan
is not
prising
sur-
positions,
post-
as
postpositive
from,
in the
even
other
out
st'a-
H.
have
to"
"to, at").
Tl.
of verb
forms
(cf.
"he
as
to
subordinate
"with
Such
in the
the
-ya
it is put
both
and
go
-",
a-ga-ca'-n
syntactical
guages,
lan-
Na-dene
dialects.
even
where
postposition for
same
is different
which
it")
("he-was-
Athabaskan
back
it.
angry,"
was
he-tla
angry"
was
various
nominalized
he
angry").
employed
order
and
use
of
Tl. -/ "in
*-de
the
serves
place independently
which
purposes,
out
that
tsa-bg.'s"ceremonial
of"
of his being
to
syntactic
clauses
less
Haida
to
conceived
hi-l-tde
subordinates
languages
*-da
to
in
st': Ath.
account
on
is indicated, among
"if"
seem
observe
we
form
"with,
some
Na-dene
H.
postposition which
because-of," "because
angry
the
"into"
yt-
*tse-, *tsi-r}"away
is sometimes
such
as
Chipewyan
"ring").
form
is followed
Thus,
not
longer used
prefixes, no
(for
prefix
prefixes,it
verb
objects: Navaho
ring-shaped
yo-s-tsa
verb
after"
st'a "from,
H.
to
gei la q^a'-tdi-
g.,
again
tendency
is Ath.
example
an
e.
coalesce
etymologically
corresponding
elements.
Here
to
the
of such
cases
last
of
use
does
object
verb
Hupa
to
specializedas
become
postpositions to
of
view
In
Athabaskan.
than
the
elements
distinct
allowed
has
Haida
In
Tlingit this
In
"in").
postposition-ye
(cf.Chipewyan
removal
postposition
verb.
the
in Haida,
last
etymologically, parallel
as
the
from
unexpressed
the
a-da
abound
In
he went-in."
"into
gan
with
Tl.
the
only
needs
with
quoted.
first
examples
but
common,
touch
of the
prefix
verb
as
It
understood)
closer
into
latter
postposition
H.
began-to-chop-up").
he
"it-into
its
by
thou-wilt-look;"
"him-for
t^(-r]-\n-t'e
xo'-xa
a-o-H-t'aq! "it-around
i-as
is followed
and
verb
the
pronominal, precedes
to
make
"when
(e.g.,
Na-dene
Ath.
positive
post-
subordinate
they marry;"
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
121
Languages
550
a-t^e'-x-ya "when
"in
-ya
of
means
the
followed
suffixed
by
the-to").
The
degree
Summary.
has
It
"
points of
In
three.
not
than
thoroughly alive
few
in
that
present
compounded
(or
by
died
place-
and
verb
significant
illustrated
are
in
merely
Haida
sporadic
as
are
as
vivals
sur-
distributive
as
in Tlingit
lingers on
nouns,
of
in all
processes) which
even
and
(e. g.,
occur
differences
languages linger on
after numerals
-na-x
formed
and
unimportant
not
suffix with
then
morphologies of
numerous
freely used
-xa,
being
Athabaskan.
the
characteristics
of the
one
by
postposition
Tlingit and
elements
(e. g.,
in another
in
Despite
cases
forms
{g)ai also
of
evident
fundamental
same
In
died," literally"he
coalescence
become
comparison.
detail, the
he
positive
post-
"with, at."^
clauses
preceding
Athabaskan
-n
Subordinate
"after
less in Haida
and
with
dliC.
of
identical
by nominalizing verb
demonstrative
postpositive
again much
as
formed
are
/ k!ota'l-an sd-e-t
Masset
of"
neighbourhood
of postpositions without
means
doubtless
slept"), are
temporal clauses
Haida
is
she
plural
noun
Haida
to
the development
are
a
classifiers,
great exuberance
of
development
the
in
looseness
which,
e.
the
degree
of
employment
in Haida,
and
than
"
My
diffeis from
however,
gone
the
of
in
the
of
distinction
static verbs
with
tions.
postposi-
changes
active
objective
in
Athabaskan
a
and, it would
with
pronouns
great
seem,
differences.
tense
verbs
unite
of purely
elements,
for
in
Tlingit).
number
with
shares
pronominal
between
greater
often
this
to
the smallest
stem
and
element
the
stems,
farthest in Athabaskan,
analogies
It
nominal
verb, and
elements
for.
allowed
large class of
"modal"
have
to
seems
independence
of verb
development
pronouns
suffixes
morphologic features.
distinctive
As
whole,
of
of pronominal
are,
be
course,
composition of verb
g.,
Tlingit,on
the
local
treatment
inextricably (there
lesser
of
set
of
The
of
specialization must,
subjective
is better
served
pre-
in Athabaskan.
interpretation of
Swanton's,
at
Tl.
least
-/, -ya,
as
far
and
as
-n
as
expressed
in his
grammatical
sketch.
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
Languages
123
552
Athabaskan
23.
24.
-ye,
-yel "to
-ywo
"tooth"
fight"
kill, to
hai
26.
he-,
gail "to
fight"
hao
"
"
that
"they"
hu
27.
X0-,
28.
-^'a
29.
30.
-k^a "on"
31.
-^'e
32.
k'ene
33.
kla "arrow"
q!a' "harpoon'
34.
kleri "withes"
qian "grass"
35.
-klan
36.
-k!e
37.
fish with
xao
"liquid"
xao
"to
"
this
has
him"
he-
"he,
"
he
"they"
xe-
"tooth"
ux
"that"
25.
Tlingit
Haida
"he"
fish"
net"
-k'a "on"
personal
plural
noun
-xa
distributive
suffix
distributive
-na-x
eral
num-
suffix
"friend"
q!a "point"
burn"
"to
q!a'n "fire"
-q! "at"
"on"
tie"
k^u "to
38. 4 "with"
tie"
al "with"
39.
1-, la negative
40.
la "one"
41.
-la "to
I
ila'- "the
tla' "to
jump"
negative
tie'- "one"
first'
dive"
tlan "end"
42.
-lad "end"
43.
lo',lok' "fish"
44.
-///a "butt;
45.
me-
"he, it"
46.
man
"edge"
47.
mes
48.
-n,
49.
-na
50.
-nan
51.
-ne,
tUu'k!
local
"cohoes"
-dlga "after"
behind"
wa-
"that"
"that"
we
"edge"
wan
"cheek"
-77
"friend"
xo'n
"cheek"
wac
postposition
-n,
general
-rj
position
post-
"with,"
-n
also
local
postposition
52.
"person, people"
-n
-neg,
-leg "to
53.
-ne
54.
-ni
"to
one's
no
ntal, nil
drink"
"to
"to
55.
die"
"to
play"
touch,
na
"to
do
na
"people"
nik
nar]
to
"to
dit.
live; house"
relate"
with
die"
na
"to
tell"
dit.
ni
put"
"to
hands"
"place
of
retreat,
brother"
land"
is-
mi
"fort"
hu7ix
"man's
older
brother"
57.
5-
durative
verb
prefix
s-
modal
prefix
124
VI
American
Indian
Languages
553
Athabaskan
58.
-sen
59.
sil
60.
-/'a
Haida
Tlingit
hide"
"to
"to
hide"
sil "to
steam"
si't "to
cook"
t^a-oan
"alongside of"
-Ca'-k^
"in
Sin
"steam,"
-sil
"to
steam"
"among"
the
middle
of"
61.
/'a "wave"
62.
-t'an "to
/'a- verb
referring to
prefix
water
eat"
look
"sea-water"
t^a'ria
fa
dit.
/'a'g/"to
tiln
chew"
"to
see"
look"
be
/'a/ "cold"
/'at,/'t "to
t^a'dj"cold"
lie"
/'at
"to
sleep"
66.
i^ez
67.
-tla "because
68.
tla
"night"
/'c*/ "night"
of"
"feather,"
-tla dit.
-t!a "to
fly"
tiagun
"
69. -tla
"tail,"
70.
-ties "to
71.
-tlo "to
72.
-tlod "to
73.
tsa
74.
tslai "dish"
wards"
tIa-Tj "back-
step"
"feather,"
feather-like
-tial "back
tla "to
tlao-
object
"
of
tia-wu
"feather"
'
"tla "behind"
step"
shoot"
tluk
rub"
"to
tlus "to
"ring-like object"
st^a-
"ring-shaped
sqlao
"to
put
shoot'
rub"
ject"
ob-
in
shql "dish"
dish"
75.
-tslen "bone"
76.
tsli
77.
-/c't "grandfather"
sla'q "bone"
"again"
tslu
"
tela "hat"
80.
81.
-ifa
"for"
82.
xa-
"up,
tc\n
"
djo'n dit.
tc^a'n dit.
sja'x" "hat"
tcju "cedar"
"to"
-xa-n
of"
out
k'wagi
xaha
84.
xao-
"quickly"
xa-T)
"again"
dit.
"above"
k^e
"upward"
"mallard"
"to
do
thing
quickly"
85.
-xan,
86.
xin
87. -ya
88.
-yan
"to
-yan
"old
xan
grow
up,"
"to
"old
ci'
"song"
person"
age"
"song"
"to
can
stand
eat"
'
(plur.)
ga
"to
stand"
ya'n
"
to
eat"
Six:
125
Languages
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
554
III.
phonetic
The
despite
of similarity.
of
systems
differences
Three
types
of detail, present
of stops
phonetic
feature
in
found
not
(b and
Na-dene
to
m,
Haida
while
the
Na-dene
lost
as
In
in
held
anterior
in
such
the
sounds
to
of the
rare
Haida-Tlingit
lost the
old
and
p!
existed
dialects,is not
w), while
lent
equivacertainly
was
series of stops
velar
preserved them;
in
palatals,best preserved
such,
as
other
the
on
Na-
clearly
were
sounds),
Haida
b in certain
whence
developed.
by the three
common
and
Haida,
hand,
have
been
Tlingit.
elaborate
more
their
is
evidence
to
has
/"'are
Tlingit have
and
preparation,
more
but
Athabaskan
found.
m,
intermediate
well
are
dene
of
laterals
affricatives,k-spirants, and
remarkable
points
glottalized(fortis). Sibilants
Tlingit,
important
in each
found
are
and
Haida,
Athabaskan,
many
good
Phonology
the
paper
historical
Na-dene
Here
worked
and
out
it will suffice
of
Haida
on
to
languages in
the Na-dene
relationship
prototypes
systematically
available.
on
for illustrative
the
point
the
Athabaskan
the
and
Tlingit
basis
out
course
of
some
numbered
examples.
spondents
corre-
all the
of the
entries
VI
126
Languages 2
Indian
American
555
Stopped
1.
d,
H.
d:
Ath.
-t:
/': H.
3. Ath.
//: H.
H.
g:
5. Ath.
/fe":Tl. k'
(no. 30)
/fe":H.
Tl. y
Ath.
g:
x:
x:
8. Ath.
k': H.
fe'
(no. 37)
(nos. 17, 87)
3/,(^):
H.^
10.
Ath.
ife/pH.
g/PTl.g/
11.
Ath.
': H.
12.
Ath.
13.
Ath.
Ath.
7:
H.
y:
H.
21)
H.
7. Ath.
9.
12,
4. Ath.
6.
11,
Ath.
2.
Consonants
Tl.
g:
98)
97,
23)
22,
(no. 93)
g, 7
Continuants
14.
Ath.
m:
15.
Ath.
n,
H.
Tl.
w:
-7)-. H.
-77:
n,
Tl.
(nos. 3, 8,
14,
52, 53- 54. 55- 56, 58, 63, 78, 85, 88, 98)
16.
Ath.
/, I: H.
17.
Ath.
s:
18.
Ath.
19.
Ath.
20.
Ath.
y:
21.
Ath.
22.
Ath.
x:
23.
Ath.
h,
24.
Ath.
7:
H.
/, I: Tl. I (nos. 4, 7,
(j): H.
x{"
5,
X,
H.
H.
(nos. 3,
11,
4,
dialects):Tl.
H.
vowel):
(before front
x:
10,
22,
23,
47)
(nos. 85, 86)
g:
H.
dj: Tl.
in most
H.
Tl.
dj:
s,
Tl.
h:
Tl.
g:
7,
(g): Tl.
(nos. 90,
91, 92,
93,
94)
x:
26, 27)
(nos. 19,
-x
20,
56)
24,
Affticatives
25.
Ath.
26.
Ath.
dj:
H.
14)
13,
27.
Ath.
/c': H.
28.
Ath.
tcl: H.
/c/: Tl. s!
29.
Ath.
ts!: Tl.
30.
Ath.
tsl: H.
"to
Consonant
main
Haida
Clusters.
"
stems
or
is
above
An
Tl. tllel
*-/5.'e"penis":
dit.; Ath.
*-tsIi
tl!a-{o-)
dit.)
sibilants
study of Na-dene
and
(17, 18,
elements
a
The
involved
developments.
first element
sit [plur.sub].]": H.
given
summary
/i/,5/
is rather
affricatives
the
I: H.
presents
beginning
lateral (I,tl!,dl)
group
with
or
sibilant
several difficulties.
important
and
30)
of
consonant
sibilant
cases
exhibits
some
is afforded
clusters
The
of
by
whose
(5). Swanton,
in
127
Languages
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
Six:
556
commenting
due
the
to
There
these
on
prefixing of
is,however,
other
clusters, surmised
I have
hand,
at
whatever
which
point clearly to
the
found
in Na-dene
correspond
in Athabaskan
and
to
inference
that
to
the
examples
clusters
were
affricatives
sibilant
followingrelations
The
Tlingit.
such
Haida
lateral and
On
this.
support
these
perhaps
were
of twenty
disposalupwards
my
and
they
an
evidence
no
that
lished
be estab-
can
A.
31.
H.lg-: Ath.
///-
32.
H.lq'-: Ath.
tU-
33.
H.
34.
H.
It'-: Ath.
/c'-
H.'x-: Ath.
tcl-
36.
H.
tUd-:
fsl-
37.
H.
sg-:
35. H.
B.
(?)
38. H.
Ath.
Ath.
(cf.30.)
(?)
Is-
sq!-: Ath.
(?)
39.
sg-,
40.
H.
41.
H.St'-:
42.
H.
St'-: Ath.
tc'-
43.
H.
St!-: Ath.
id-
Vowels.
"
Ath.
ts-
its!-):Tl. t'-
The
intelligible;
a
remain.
In
(no. 74)
H.
certain
comparing
it is necessary
of
Tlingit with
Haida
in
bear
to
number
mind
that,
a-xe'-x
seven";
is
to
be
directlycompared
evidence
*t'e'- "in
with
assumed
for the
Na-dene
a;
such
the
less
"two":
de'x
presented by Ath.
comparison
what
Tl.
Athabaskan
Ath.
ate";
(doubtless open
in
with
(e.
Tl.
g.,
e.
Ath.
It is
Haida
and
Tlingit, that
earliest Athabaskan
frequently Ath.
*-i^a
Ath.
back
to
I believe
to
phonology.
be
or
one
of
become
the
most
is not
"to
clear
important
has
from
more,
has
for the
i.
from
Under
remained
present.
problems
be
must
developed
Na-dene
a
for";
look
(which
internal
from
and, still
period)
goes
is not
quality),which
*-t^e and
five,
plus
lem
important prob-
more
clear,both
eat":
"to
xa
"two
daxa-ducu
/V-5.'"stones").
e
undetermined
yet
as
forms,
Athabaskan.
and
still
problems
unsolved
under
to
is perfectly
correspondences
as
This
of Na-dene
128
VI
Languages
Indian
American
557
of the
Some
Ath.
44.
H.
a:
Tl.
a:
a,
74,
Ath.
45.
10,
46. Ath.
Ath.
47.
21,
20,
H.
i, t,
0:
H.
M,
or
not
Whether
for the
make
is
All this,however,
main
quite
conclusion
review
of
intimate
so
features
morphological
no
represents
In
no
comparable
continuum
these
are
compared
evidently passed
from
linguisticisolation
the
present
of the
conservatism
that
however,
original
of
state
sound
'
This
weak
frequently a).
vowel
Carrier
a,
Athabaskan
some
a).
Na-dene
"
that
of the
and
is,however,
distinctive
and
prototype.
said
form
to
when
dialects
language has
Na-dene
in
dogmatize
to
I would
the
but
in
different
on
on
rash,
to
faithful
the
preserved
dialects;
e.
in
relative
the
venture
most
that,
best
are
be
It would
languages.
Na-dene,
".
It
Athabaskan
Each
are
of words
be
Athabaskan
remained
colored
correspondences
question.
languages.
features
Tlingit
and
Haida,
Na-dene
knowledge,
has
passed in
have
we
form
the
logical,
morpho-
selected
the
very
very
is differently
Navaho
remarks
few
Tlingit vocalism
languages is
of
its sister
Haida
original morphological
decided
un-
the case,
borrowing
themselves.
of
in
and
The
of the
that
to
Na-dene
system
be
to
from
mutual
of these
our
and
Tlingit
Athabaskan,
out
through
remain
must
d, Ath.
derived
that
seems
among
98)
86,
yet.
can
accent
this prove
highly differentiated
sense
be
to
each
that
less obvious
5,
Conclusion
character
in
genetically related.
considered
be
must
(g) (nos.
a,
possible existence
as
believe, obvious.
is,
a,
a,
12,
Na-dene
vague
Tl.
":
a,
phonological evidence
lexical,and
18, 19,
14,
in Athabaskan
"
IV.
The
(nos.
Should
solved
be
its
to
as
phonological difficulties
of the
a,
Its presence
improbable.
this not
may
Legoff
49,
possessed pitch
Na-dene
present.
and
Morice
by
(nos. 16,
Tl. m, ""
0':
46,
Tl. t", ,
ei:
i,
3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 13,
i, 2,
44,
e^)'-H.
to
22,
i:
42,
are:
reduced
(sometimes
{e) (nos.
a,
79,
a',
a,
correspondences
vocalic
important
more
gest,
sug-
to
the
whole,
the
in
g.,
Tlingit.
Hupa
(less
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
129
Languages
558
Several
a
facts
much
too
The
should
reference
in
"Dene,"
term
for
forms
part
I have
that
name
justified by
or
Haida
"person,
of it is
compound
people";
the
old
the
of the
is
of the
old
*-ne
people"
Tl.
and
term
the
The
of
means
is
It
sense.
native
besides
concerned,
for
suffix
as
"people."
na
designates by
Dene
which,
that
in
languages
three
of the
Athabaskan
wide-spread
be
may
vocabulary.
comparative
element
thus
Na-dene,
stock,
the
dwell; house"
"Na-dene"
use
the
Athabaskan
in
used
differentiated,
become
for "person,
stem
"to
speakers
of
forms,
an
na
term
the
stems
H.
for
51
no.
had
had
have
may
of this.
made
dialectic
various
with
cognate
tinuing
con-
branch
Athabaskan
stock.
An
ethnological
important
is that
demonstration
of the
is at
Athabaskan-speaking
counted
for
reason
having
spread
seriously
is
languages
adjacent
Alaska,
clearly
should
the
region
be
long after
other.
traits
in
interior
in
was
the
consider
to
of the
Tlingit Indians,
languages
developed.
formed
Tlingit had
dialects
Athabaskan
is
Haida
may
is
Yukon
the
and
Haida
of
coast
and
southern
most
likely
Athabaskan
The
relativelyundifferentiated
differentiated
become
have
perfectly evident
They
Na-dene
southern
as
not
can-
Alaska
southern
the
present
the
of
and
as
tribes
great
it
in
branches
Under
of gravity
was
conclusive
no
Southern
Columbia
British
and
as
Athabaskan
as
group.
northwest,
undoubtedly
offshoot, just
long
and
center
inclined
common.
provenience
northern
there
northern
the
the
that
common
long history
in
home
Haida
The
So
The
the Na-dene
of the stock
branch
to
present
in which
peoples.
linguisticresults
our
drift of Athabaskan-speaking
of northern
Owing
Tlingit,
of the
the
doubted.
be
parts
Territory.
from
southern
last given
out
circumstances
of
consequence
linguistic stock,
separate
priori
each
after
chosen
to
prefix, is frequently
unit
and
be
not
Athabaskan
Tlingit
Hnguistic history
common
Imt
that
suggest
be
so
distinctive
many
have
they
considered
specialized island
from
had
specialized
offshoot.
Six:
genetic,
and
(Pinnow
1985a,
Sapir's
published
has
of
German)
Athabaskan
b,c,
considerable
1986a,
b,
corrigenda
ms.
from
his
on
545,
1.
32
p.
546,
1.
p.
553,
entry
p.
553,
p.
553,
p.
553,
bracketed
the
last
Sapir
Read:
-ga
63
t'i!n
t'in
entry
79
sja-x"
s!a-x"
entry
80
tcju
tc!u
entry
87
ga
ga
the
the
of
the
from
text
mark
question
sentence
by
with
note
"the
Sapir.
the
..."
consonant
On
word
p.
"revise!"
the
questions
Sapir
On
"Chipewyan-/7fl.
statement
547,
On
last
33
50;
and
Vocabulary,
the
and
Haida
33,
Clusters"]
paragraph,
in
the
30,
nos.
"Consonant
text
forms
recalculates
questions
Sapir
Sapir
60,
38
89,
74,
total
and
questions
example
an
and
entries
in
should
the
be
questions
from
list
and
eliminated.
the
the
95;
Tlingit
adds
98
Tlingit
95.
to
that
states
Swanton
"This
is
"Should
sentence
na
On
end
entries
'to
drink'
p.
558,
Sapir
notes,
beside
the
first
three
lines,
"More
first
In
22
to
the
paragraph
entry
[headed
On
557,
p.
Na-dene
prove
certain
and
Sapir
555-556,
pp.
^/)." On
of
in
right."
this
paragraph,
'ring')."
.
forms
is
indicated
549,
p.
Comparative
(Tl.)."
3, Sapir
p.
*man)/'
"Such
sentence
"Tlingit
to
footnote
541,
paragraph,
1976).
"a-laer)
1-3,
(in
follows:
as
-ga
questions
history
ga-laer)
lines
with
relationship
(Pinnow
1976
are
the
For:
p.
535,
p.
for
comprehensive
as
through
offprint
own
Original
On
1798
evidence
well
as
131
Languages
lexical
1990),
1988,
research
Na-Dene
Na-Dene
and
now."
first
Sino-Dene
The
[excerpt from
long wanted
I have
write
to
accumulates
evidence
so
Hypothesis
letter
L.
Nadene
about
you
A.
to
and
sit down
to
Kroeber]
but
Indo-Chinese,
and
give an
idea.
my
Let
me
which
I find on
say this for the present. If the morphological and lexical accord
is "accidental," then every analand Indo-Chinese
ogy
between
Nadene
every hand
on
God's
earth
that when
you
is
an
accident.
tumble
to
chief
would
which
Nadene
Now
can
1. Failure
belongs. It
longer
do
way
of
to realize
the
very
is
it and
lot of others
that it no
in the
stumbling-blocks
be:
no
powerfully cumulative
so
point a
one
to the idea
thoroughly accustomed
so
It is all
and
longer startles
me.
For
am
grated
intenow
while
so.
a
reallyquite alone
America,
and
so
far
as
can
see.
is tremendous.
Algonkin
languages are not one-third as syntheticas
they look. Go at analysishalf-way decently and get into a critical perusal of
down
into a
realize that the complex verb breaks
and you soon
connected
text
has a syntacticor positionalvalue,
cluster of very live elements, each of which
Haida
in particular,I find, is
not
merely as "affix" but as radical element.
and
"suffixes"
knows
It
at all except for certain
no
"prefixes"
extremely analytic.
does
mention
not
even
(e.g.causative and
important survivals that Swanton
club'
"
in
s-kit
kit
denominative
'handle
to
to
a club,
'club', cf. Tlingitsl-,
sAthabaskan
"3d modal"
/-,
Tlingitittransitivizing
prefix;also Haida /calls
affixes
all
What
Swanton
also primarily transitivizing).
are
independent
is no "tense
suffix"
little verbs. There
stems
entering into composition, or even
demonstrative
of
in Haida, merely a series of enclitic phrases consisting
+
'that-is
is
His
verb
"continuative"
of
simply
being.
-gAn,
particle
e.g.,
future"
is really -'a-sa-i}'this-will-be
-asan
(duratively)',his "imminent
I think the
and so on.
It all crumbles
to pieces at the least touch.
(durative)',
the integration is
of Athabaskan-Tlingit, though here
will prove
true
same
more
thorough. But I no longer seriouslybelieve we have the rightto consider
modal"
elements
(Ath. 7-, n-, and v-)as part of
anything preceding the "second
and the subjective
these
elements
the verb and am
doubt
if
to
even
beginning
than likelythat
pronominal "prefixes"are part of the true verb. I think it more
ad
hoc\
taken
theoretic
form
Not to be missuch an Ath. form
as
*yasectk'os(purely
for genuine Ath.) 'I picked up a flexible object'is to be analyzed as *ya se
*l-k'os is the verb; the rest is a
c l-k'os 'up it-is (that)I handlc-a-flexible-object'.
that follow
in a definite
reduced
series of somewhat
independent elements
of Indo-Chinese
is the nature
itself.
order. 3. The third prejudice to overcome
The
between
contrast
2. Failure
to
Eskimo,
Wakashan,
134
VI
Indian Languages 2
American
Modern
"
(e.g.du-
'to be
"
2. Chinese
3. Old
fan
Chinese
Chinese
4. Old
5. Nadene
'charcoal':
ti 'this':Ath.
s-fan
k'u 'hole'
k'u 'hole'
'charcoal'
di 'this' (Ath. di
Ath.
ti 'pheasant':
Indo-Chinese
Haida
di
(TI.k'u-q'"'hole',t'a- tu-k'^
a
ti)
reallymeans
'partridge'
'cave'
'rock-interior=
'canyon'):
'hole', Karen
/:'w-r)
k'u,
(dozens
with falling
tone, 'to dig a hole').
These
are
only a drop in the bucket. Naturallyit is a bigproblem and there
are
going to be hundreds of knottypointsto unravel. But I do not despair.My
parative
compresent plan is to proceed as follows. First,to prepare part 1 of a Nadene
study,to consist of my present lexical material (about300 comparable
radical elements, to which I add constantly).
In this I would
givereconstructed
Athabaskan
but also actual Ath. dialectic forms. Before publishing
parts 2 and
and
which
need
much
3, on morphology
phonology,
preliminarywork, I intend
to publishspecial
papers on selected portionsof Nadene
grammar,
e.g., certain
demonstrative
of
archaic post-positions;
or
stems; or generalpoints syntax. In
this way I shall be keeping the problem live and accumulatingexperiencefor
the definitive Nadene
I shall have to do Ath., Haida, and
study.Of course
of purelylexical
to gathera largeamount
Tlingitin the field. I want particularly
material. People do not realize how scanty is our material, and for my purpose,
which is comparative,I need stacks of it.What
Goddard
givesus is a miserable
and
Did
pittance
wretchedlyanalyzedor not analyzed.
you read his attack on
It is the
You can
have no idea of the laughableerrors
he commits.
my Nadene?
"
Six:
work
of
utter
an
think of
groundlingthat
who
a man
Athabaskan
and
does
not
to unravel
expects you
list of
alphabetical
Na-Dene
know
the
135
Languages
his
material.
do you
phonology of Nadene
by
own
complex
What
Tlingit''stems" and
an
which
phonetics,
resist the
P.S. I cannot
remarkable
Chinese.
an
interest you
may
way
I have
in which
of
you
see
temptation to give a
lexical elements
cards
some
when
along,so
of my
some
are
somewhat
interwoven
don't need
entries
it.
by
livelier idea
in Nadene
of the
and
Indo-
I shall give
to memory.
with
a
dealing
group of related
to trust
words.
In Ath.
or
have
we
stem
*fu, post-vocalic
*-Iu,which
may
-lo 'to catch with
to
loop';e.g.
-lo' 'to
Nav.
net
be rendered
a
or
as
'coiP
rope',Jic. Apache
noose'.
So
far, so
welded
were
there
That
was
we
an
are
with
verb
old alternation
on
the
and
stems
is
in nominal
derivatives;that
remains
to
significance
another
confirmed
common
by
/."'/whose
righttrack
appear
be discovered.
Ath.
stem
^^
136
is
formation
whose
Fortunately we
Petitot
are
American
and
Loucheux
Hence
'tourbillon','tourner','se tourner').
au
cabestan', 'cylindrique',
*r-7e-/ is 'what
keeps turningitself,
of Dr. Goddard's
that many
It shows
highlysuggestive.
course,
'virer
This
revolves drill-like'.
what
*-/e (-d-le,
-t-le,
-l-le)
there is a verb
involvingit are:
(words
'to revolve'
meaning
Languages 2
'fire-drill'.
to that of *t'to-i.This is *t'iei
preciselyparallel
Goddard's
material alone. From
here not dependent on
we
Indian
radicals. And
that Ath.
"stems"
may
not
fl fails to
correspond to
It is a secondarydevelopment in probably all
Tlingitfl for a reason.
in cognate words throughout;not so fl
/'
3 groups. Such a sound as
appears
which fact alone casts a reflex lighton our
analysis.
related Ath. *-lui 'to wrap around':
-lu
is
To Ath. *hi,
Let us proceed.
clearly
Hupa -loi 'to tie,to wrap around', Kato -//''to tie up' (oldAth. form possibly
allowed Ath. t'{to analyzeitselfinto
And
causative *-'lui).
further,havingonce
medio-passivet- (d-) + '/,we do not feel we are doing anythingungodly to
This analysis
into *t-'lu''what iswound
(inbasketry)'.
analyzeAth. *fVw' 'grass'
Ath. verbs,e.g. Hupa t'h-n,-t'lo,
of 'grass'
is helpedby denominative
-t'lo-W,
-t'lo-l'to
Nav. -t'lo,
-t'lo-i'to make baskets,to twine in basket-making';
-t'lg-,
father-Adam
be pure
Haida and
we
see
"
caught in
"
in
comes
Tibetan
noose'
noose'
"
(denominativevb.:
'grass'
'to twine
in
basketry;to
hair')
*t-'lo--l'what
Now
follows:
around'
"
as
"
all this
summarize
may
Ath.
'rope,strap'
lu
as
follows:
the shoulder
or
round
carrying
things'
Miao
/o-r)'bridle' (closeo)
Six:
Athabaskan
and Na-Dene
137
Languages
lud
a- vowel);lo^-^ 'lines in the palm' "
{ais a dark-timbred
connected'
character
also read lei^^^'series,
?lei'^^'to creep, clingto', same
ludil.
These
nese
Chi"
refer
to
ludi-,
vines)
primarily creeping
(words evidently
*-lui
above):
lu, lud forms are paralleled
by another set in lui- (cf.Ath.
melonor
lei^^^'to bind' " lywie- (" *lwie-);lei''''"
pea)'(notsure
'acreeper(asof
in character suggests initial lu or lywi);
of reconstruction, but phoneticelement
'silken thread, a hank' " lyhi/.And
lii^^^^
'foolish,
metaphoricallywe have luj}^'^^
'deceitful' " /"'h'/o\ (i.e.
lii^'^^
ing
to impose on' " lu[o]r\\;
'windingabout, ensnars-lu above).
with blandishments'; cf. Tibetan
causative h-lub)'to
Tibetan words are: Ihub (i.e.
Other probably connected
the
k
-lub
'to
fasten
ornaments
to
cover
bind, tie,
ear)';
(e.g.the body with
(e.g.
ornaments)';Iwa-ba 'a woolen blanket'.
with the numerous
Tib. and Chinese
Observe how well the Ath. forms integrate
connected
with Ath. *-lu is Ath.
forms. But we are not done. Very likely
ing
*-lu-s 'to drag an animal by a rope':Nav. -Ids,-lo-z,-Ids classifier verb "denotanimal as an object:the inference is that the animal is led by a rope"
a single
Fathers);Hupa -los 'to drag,to pullalong'.With these forms I feel
(Franciscan
Chinese
lo^^"tsz"^^
inclined to compare
hesitant)
(though here I feel far more
lu
"
also
often
used
make
is
to
'mule' {tsz"-^^
nouns) lud-;
'donkey'
merely 'son',
screw'
spiral,
"
lud-
"
Ath.
between
parallelism
lywio-. The
than
Chinese
and
would
be
convergence
etymologicalparallel.
specific
far from finished. Perhaps related to Ath. *-lu is an important
But we
are
classifierverb *-/e,*-la\ Nav. -/e,-la,-let'to handle a long,flexible object,as a
Parallel to this is a set of
leather,hide, etc' (FranciscanFathers).
rope, quirt,
to a; justhow related I do
Indo-Chinese forms in *la, *le (Ath. e is often parallel
a: [a):
not yet understand, possiblyreflex of old alternation
braid the hair, to make
a
Tib. causative s-le,Ihe (" h-le) 'to twist, plait,
flat
basket'
'a
s-le-bo
'a
s-le
to
coarse
s
-le-ba,
basket';s-le-po,
knit';
basket,
Iha-s,Ihe-s " h-la-s,h-le-s 'braid, wicker-work,
{-po,-ba, -bo are "articles");
plaiting'
texture; twisted cake or bun'; Ihe-s-ma " h-le-s- 'the act of twisting,
lan-ts'ar
is diminutive);
tress of hair' (-/?"
/a"-/?w 'braid,plait,
(-mais "article");
of
le-na
in
the
'ornaments
woven
fabrics';
worn
hair';le-brgan'diapereddesign
'the soft downy wool of goats below the long hair;fine woolen-cloth'; Ida-ldi 'a
" Idof silk or cotton, a fringeor tassel' " d-la- {dl-regularly
kind of ornament
in Tib.; very easy to illustrate);
Idan-mgo 'the yarn-beam of a loom' " d-lahIdeb- " dd-lem
"
'flexible,supple,elastic, pliant';
{mgo 'head');Idem-Idem
from
round
or
of this last,which
back,
bringsus
to turn
into
'turning,
turningback', which
sake, not
prefer,for brevity's
Now
with
Chinese.
handle'
Idk, same
rein in, to
"
We
have two
may
round,
also read
"
strangle'
ld-\lo"^)'shallow
open
hk
down'.
well be related to
to go into justnow.
series: *la and *//.Based
Id-. Based
on
*la
are:
so
certain
referringto
"
up';lei^'Kalso
on
*// are:
lan'-" 'basket
h^-^^'joined,
to tic
"
not
lo-
present
our
(perhapsbcttcrto /fv-scries
basket'
1 am
in la- and
largeset of forms
character
to double
read
"
h"'---'^"
'to
'net,sieve'
above); /o'^'^
li"~"'ornamented
"
girdle'
Six:
Sapir's
lexical
(manuscript
497.3
date
the
with
is
B63c
from
idea
(see
the
than
also
in
Na20a.3,
the
2;
and
it
speculations
in
including
the
vol.
1920s,
later
of
Library
contained
this
1982:
28).
that
Sapir
went
this
letter.
Of
in
volume)
Krauss
hundred
Philosophical
Kendall
clear
than
more
American
cf.
is
139
Languages
"dictionary,"
the
early
1925o,
Na-Dene
and
Sino-Dene
manuscript
comparisons,
entries
Athabaskan
has
Society
all
Nearly
little
these
written:
the
further
tions
specula-
"Sapir
was
.
far
carried
the
idea"
beyond
(Krauss
The
connection
1957),
authoritative
that
proposed
both
physically
While
in
15
made
his
this
with
on
viewing
"Almosan-Keresiouan"
World
with
any
families
's
Na-Dene
as
and
phylum).
own
the
New
from
world
World
Robert
his
the
7,000
all
other
(1987:
believes
between
languages
ago,
of
and
American
be
Pinnow
good
World
(especially
ulations.
pop-
Na-Dene
it to
332-337).
it is
berg,
Green-
link
considering
Old
atic
Asi-
that
hypothesis,
that
have
an
Indian
not
on
sidered
con-
(1986)
Zegura
language
does
nor
be
cannot
years
Sino-Dene
group,
Shafer,
files
work
and
and
hypothesis
Sino-Dene
data,
ment.
assess-
linguistic
on
for
this
Sino-Dene
s
classification,
evidence,
intermediate
the
Sapir
about
linguistic
in
of
Turner
Sapir's
linguistic
other
both
represents
linguistically,
Greenberg
Sino-Tibetan)
Haida)
New
consistent
linguistic
mainly
(especially
is
or
fundamental
for
Greenberg,
the
and
Na-Dene
or
world-wide
recent
Sino-Tibetan
relying
entered
on
of
attention.
support
neither
(including
that
population
distinct,
based
statement.
Na-Dene
in
papers
enthusiasm
accuracy
one,
attract
to
his
by
the
plausible
it continues
being
conclusions
challenge
a
Athabaskan
comparative
an
would
however,
two
but,
justifiable
Few
and
published
1952,
extensive
is,
grounds,
Sino-Tibetanist,
with
963).
1973:
anthropological
(Shafer
objectively
any
one
of
(1990),
case
can
languages
Greenbergs
be
Athabaskan
Tone
of 1922 was
Reserve,
spent by the writer at Sarcee
part of the summer
Alberta, in studying the language of the Sarcee Indians. A series of texts was
A
as
well
as
singlepoint that
Some
years
ago P. E. Goddard
second
person
based
results obtained.
person
study
on
the
So
fundamental
that
nigh inconceivable
that it is well
differences
tonal
third
singular and
noted
it should
between
otherwise
tical
iden-
of
dialect.
Athabaskan
Editorial
Note
(1922).
Anthropologist 24, 390-391
Originally published in American
Anthropological Association.
Reprinted by permission of the American
work
Boas
earlier
to
references
to
are
(1917) for Tlingit,to Legoff
Sapir's
(1907) for Hupa "Rousselotgraphs."
(1889) for Chipewyan, and to Goddard
Carrier
Morice
later commented
tone
on
more
extensivelyin his full treatment
of the
language (1932).
of Sapir s Sarcee
work, tone systems had
and
Asian
African
languages but only rarely noted
own
descriptionof a pitch accent
languages (Sapir's
At
these
been
the time
instances;
feature
lowland
South
see
1912h, Volume
in the
America.
Americas,
VIII). We
now
in Takelma
know
comparative
Ironically,
evidence
indicates
not
that
being
to
tone
North
be
America
one
of
spread
wideand
in
in Athabaskan
(and
proto-lanin all)
means
in the
was
Athabaskan-Eyak) now
present
Athabaskan
several
but
in
(but by no
subgroups
developed
guage
lost
consonants
as
were
(Krauss and
simplifiedor
syllable-final
tone
Indian
American
among
particularlyin eastern
for many
described
Golla
1981:
142
Vf
69-70).
Sapir,
in
tonal
without
had
reports,
and
to
gone
Sapir
he
the
was
letter
field
with
clearly
to
Anvik
systems,
Hupa.
expectation
every
nonplused
Kroeber,
and
28
(see
June
Languages
encountered
fieldwork,
later
Indian
American
Sapir
1927,
of
at
least
In
the
two
latter
confirming
1928i,
quoted
reprinted
in
Krauss
Athabaskan
case,
guages
lanwhere
Goddard
in
1986:
Sapir
s
this
earlier
volume,
163).
TYPE
ATHABASKAN
OF
by students of Athabaskan
the Athabaskan adjective
is in form
linguistics,
the simplest,
or
a verb. Even
non-pronominal
contains either
form regularly
third-personal,
firstmodal
de- ^, d;
a
prefix (generally
As is well known
"
"
t'- ;
ne-, n-; t'e-,
ie-,
a
i-),
or
"
third modal
"
second modal
RELATIVE
di-l-ba
the
: bay-z
(to be)gray
:
(to be)white
dz-l-gai
gay-z
: du-z
m(d)-du-i(to be)short
dz-yzl
(tobe)squat : yzl-s the
dz-l-zzn
(to be)
bao
black
gray
one
the
white
the
short
round
one
black
:^zn the
one
one
squat
the
one
one
"
shaggy
one
: yo'
the
prefix
rally dz-yo'
(gene(to be) shaggy
dz-l-Bo'(to be)yellow
yellow
one.
: Oo' the
(orsecond)modal
Such forms as bg^,;(en,yo' and 60' look for
third modal prefix
(forms
all the world like unmodified stems, but there
It is unnecesin de-l-,
sary
ne-l-,nl-i- are typical).
relative
be
is every reason
to believe that theyare
to give exampleshere, as
they may
either
and
that
have
like
the
dialectic
from
forms,
yel-z,
special
readilysupplied
gay-z
differ
fallen
with
in
that
Mosome
pect
resor
together
monographs (see,
e.g., Goddard, Legoff,
forms found in the
from the parallel
stem
rice,Petitot),
the phoneticrecord
Father Legoff,
Possibly
however, in his Grammaire de adjective-verbs.
calls
la Langue Montagnaise
^.
defective
attention
is
to
an
\
derivatives
class of adjectival
Legoffsays of these forms : This kind of
interesting
which
in
formed
(" nouns
")
from'adjectives
"
{se-,
s-),a
prefix
-/- or -i-),or
followed by a
prefix
first
"
the
elements
prefixed
are
in the relative ^
appears
examplesare
stem
of
Some
form.
phoneticlaws. Frequentlythe
his
then
apt
leave
to
consonant,
trace
is dropped but is
e
voicingof the preceding
e,
in the
now
relative form
of
"
often be shown
e
*'
or
be
to
reduced
form
of
older Athabaskan
an
with
Legoffuse
"
Montagnais in
'"
4.
when
or
clauses. The
is
probably-e,
forms
are
of the Franciscan
/.
often
fundamental
-e
Athabaskan
relative suffix
Fathers
current
6. Goddard
so
as
Americanist
to
bring them
be
to
di-l-{7.ti
writes
relative form
of -inn ? The
Navaho -/t"black
corresponding
vowel. The
formation
been
Lake
mony
har-
tia^iizDialed,
that -iin
is -/"",with
lengthened
studied.
properly
problemsof the language.
never
but
black,
K0.\
of Cold
(Textsand Analysis
^an'BLACK
X, 1 10). Does this mean
apamnh,
Chipewyan,
is the
into
usage.
It is one
has
of the fundamental
144
VI
American
Indian Languages 2
137
hardlyused except
giveone another or as
sobriquetsthe
substantive is
as
which
names
men
giveto
people
And
them.
the word
animals,in order
then
means
are
e
connections,
d--k\oTO
ONE,
BE
t^i-k'zitTHE
Mont,
BALD-HEADED
(Pet.)
(Pet.): t'an'-xurz
ice
(Leg.)
two
examplesdifferin an important
SLIPPERY
be
slippery
t'ixn'-:(tm
verb
"
on
find. A few
we
TO
one,
MELT
".
stems
examples
grease
easy
(Leg.)
to
: ts'ay-e.
cry
the
-ti'a^
grumbler
(Pet.)
habitually
lie
needs
scarcely
melt,
"
"
k'^t-tliar
It is
beingunexpressed.
like
t^i-k'tlt
the
compounds
to
whimpering
(Pet.)
pointedout that
simplyqualifying
be
to
melted
to
grease
Hare -k'^ito
It
to
be
ds.-l--(j
dlts '(in-z
meltable
-Y?
(Pet.):
BALD-HEADED
'" to
(h)o-rt-iur
These
g.
BALD
may
what
exactly
and
one
Mont.
in other
of fact,the type is illustrated
matter
gray
be based
ice
distinguishThis is
little". As
the
bays,
type
slippery
always followed by
they are
ya:(^t, which
to
which
referred'
noun
not
bald-headed
and dUs
meltable
grease
-^in-e.
bald
forms, say, as k'toe.the
to
such
one
clipped
and
-(ins.
not
to
of the
such
form
as
is relative
far
As
as
difference whether
the
is
noun
qualified
ween
not.
or
expressed
Obviouslythe difference betand thi-k'zleis analogous
to
t'oin'-iure.
difference between red breast
the English
and
Whether
there is a pro(robin)redbreast.
sodic difference(oneof stressor
between
pitch)
no
as
I shall show
hope also
to
CRY
TO
-ts'a-(
from
and
Navaho
evidence. But I
show
tears
ts'a-;
is
purelya
matter
of intrinsic Athabaskan
of translation,not
form.
In Navaho
there
are
radical
qualifying
used with
They are freely
or
prefixless
great many
in relative form.
terms
without
preceding
nal
", nomiadjectival
the two
Athabaskan
does
verbal
not
stems.
", or
They all denote
types
appear
but it is possible
from the evidence,
that they permanent or characteristicattributesand easily
identical.
not
take on the character of sobriquets
are
formally
or
regular
As there is no genuine line of demarcation
clan or personal
names.
tival
adjecExamplesof
^
in Athabaskan
between
:
are
adjective and
origin
and
nouns
are
"
based
or
"
"
on
"
"
"
"
"
may
"
both of
8.
-r-
and
7. Petitot writes 0- for /;o- (see Goddard
is a postvocalic
form ol d- in Chipewyaii.
Legon).
My
Navaho
examplesare
Fathers
(2 vols.,
Six:
Athabaskan
and Na-Dene
145
Languages
138
to
be
form); "i-/p"
(relative
NICE
n-jun-i
gocd
jun-iNICE
some
n-nt'i TO
n-t't'lro
BE
WIDE
h-ts'o to
BE
YELLOW
LONG
BE
nts,
t'd
WIDE
BE
DECAYED
YELLOW
EARTH
yo'
J
be
-t'so's)ts'i' t'so's-ihead-slim,
the
(man'sname)
TOOTH
wHicH-is-MissiNG
c-gi'j-i
slim-
MISSING
gi'j-i
second modal
"
TOOTH
ca'c
KNOT
lated
(c-assimi"
ts'i'tc'o'c-i
stubby-haired
(man's
name)
SHORT
(Pet.): ga
a-gud-i
; Montagnardi-gor-z
ARMLESS
SHORTgu'd-i
ARM-SHORT,
; k\ gud-i
WORM
the
be
white
ga'ts'ogai'rabbit-large-
JACK-RABBIT
verbal" origin
are
*'
-t'ioito
-t'lo,
-t'ig',
weavers,
HAS
burden
the
ye'l-i
IS
SLIGHTLY
one
BACKED
HUNCH-
-wormy,
weave
Hog-i
grass-
to
t'o WATER
low
hol-
t'o'hwul
rapid
easilyaccessible. To it belongsprobably
said to mean
Tucson (Arizonaplace-name),
the
Navaho
BAD-SMELLING
WATER
(orApache)
;
form is probablysomethinglike to tc'a (cf.
Nav. -tc'iUy
to
-tc'a,
tc'ji
smell).
Examples in which the related word is a
The reference is not
noun
are
quitenumerous.
concrete
person
content
or
conceived
of the
noun
as
such
THAT
WATER
formal
that
is connected
AT
THE
WATER,
INDIANS
cdc-i ennemy
: na'
HANO
as
-y
resemblance
that
is
bear,
bear
INDIANS
like t'cah.-i
bear
to
similarity
is
relative form
(placename)
WATER
DANGEROUS
(?), ENEMIES
WATER
BEAR
cac
t'o'-hoenemy
: na'
WITH
in -ed and
run
t'o yf
BEINGS,
Relative forms
9
not
such
bearded
than
apparent
more
of the
noun
an
obvious
Englishderivatives
and knotty.
But the
is not
a true
"
real. The
"
adjectival
by
set
conventionally
stems
on
"
adjectivalor
relation between
g.
MY
HER
"
verbal ".
these
The
Athabaskan
down
are
as
genetic
relative
forms and
the
one
the
:
grows
up
or implied, verb (e.g.Mont,
expressed
i^-yt one
object,
{s--yeh= GROWTH,
we
afraid
: ns","in
are
as
m-^^-i-l-dyd
as the possessor of or
who
afraid
we
are
[Leg.]
t-l-dyed-i
; Hupa
-lal
9. Or
(man'sname)
CANE
WHO
BEING
SUPERNATURAL
ENEMIES,
IS
(man's
hat
(place
name)
SIA INDIANS
hwud, -hwul
-y^'d,
that
THE
he
yiiSUPERNATURAL
ONE
WHITE
Examplesof
to a
bead
beads,
the
hwo' fco'c-itooth
ISLETA
WHITE,
but
CLAN
(man'snick-name)
fcoc
FOOTED
the
have
with
his
bi-yf'l
burden,
: hwo'
prefix)
bo-hwo'' gi'j
his-tooth
(relative
form) :
head-stubby,
to
who
(orare
have
WILLOW
TOOTH
di-tc'oc-istubby
WATER
who
knotty
ca'j-i
WITH
MISSING
to
ia-gai
those
yo-0
xvi burden,
ONE
from S-,
fca' HAT
: hwo' ji'n-i
: t'cah-i he
tooth-black,
black
LOUSE
ji''n
ya''
name)
slim
-t'sos-i,
HE WITH
: gic-i
(also-t'sgs,
gic CANE
BLACK
haired
BEAD
k'a''-ithose
WITH)WILLOWS,
CONNECTED
h ts'o-i
thingdefined by the
CLAN
TOOTH
to
a-i-i'sg's-i
hwo'
Examples
:
the
to
are
k'ai WILLOW
nf^-ilong
(place
name)
TO
ii-jin
related
way
noun.
to t'io' grass?
directly
TO
FLOAT
floating;
continuously
Nav. di-c-Jnuuci
yell
na-na-t-lnl-Bit
:
d\.-la-hwuc-i
Six:
Athabaskan
and Na-Dene
147
Languages
140
of initialspivoicing
rantssion into precisely
equivalentEnglish(or
not
rely
meintrinsically,
French)form'"*.
connected with the relative
For the present I shall content
mechanically,
myselfwith a
function. Hence such detached forms as "^^eUefew random examples
the mobility
suggesting
and
WITH
THE
BURDEN
essential
ONE
""
A
of the verb stem.
'^),"jUH-e
(Nav.yel-i
concreteness
The Hupa verb stem
the
black
ONE
THE
GOOD
for
(Nav.jun-i),
*jen-e
is -Un,
to flow
because of
It is probably
ONE
-hr" which has numerous
(Mont. :(enn).
cognates in other
of
the intrinsically
relative
dialects.Forms like t'cewishnt'tit will
significance
flow
begin OUT and nzdhn it always
do not seem
adjectivestems that these regularly
flows
if the initialconsonant
is to suggest the possibility
with a voiced spirant
of combining
the bare
stem
with
other
a spirant.
elements.
freely
I
concrete
and Navaho
have found no examplesin Hupa of -/sn or
Such forms as Hare ^'^'e-eliar
-hr,
t'^'IWIDE
so
used,thoughtheymay 'ofcourse exist.But
bringhome to us the highlyimportant
radical elements
this stem
fact that the actual
(Athabaskan*-lin,*-leri)
is clearly
forms are
verb and adjective
related to Athabaskan *-//(e.g.
of Athabaskan
'Mont, -^a-i-d-li,
lieve Hare yi-d-li
isolated than one mightat firstbemore
couler
a terre
freely
[Pet.]),
probably
A careful studyof all the
also to Athabaskan *-lej
to be possible.
flow
(tears)
(e.g.
that
available material would tend to show
Mont, dc-l-hz,
Hare dt-l-W [Pet.]).
kan
Athabasthese radicalelements have a considerable mo*-liappears in Hupa as -k (reduced
bility,
to -/)
;
that theyare not far removed from the
it is found, without formal prefixes
of any
status of independent
monosyllabic words ", kind, in certain compounds : no-U dam, waterfall
and that the complex word
baskan
of our Athadown-flow
(lit.
or
halt-flow),iz-lfeels a great deal
texts and paradigms
d'.r,
together-flow-place
milarly,
(village
name). Silike a closely
knit phraseor sentence
more
indefinite"form of-.vd
-xa{u)W,an
than has yet been suspected
has
liquid
or, at any rate,
position, is directly
compounded
demonstrated.
I
show
in
to
explicitly
hope
can
be
no
be feltas
to
came
"
''
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
prefixes and
morphologyof the
true
"
suffixes
Athabaskan
14.
of the various
nature
so
complex
in appearance. It will
appear that each and
Very much
as
who
one
like Qu'est-ce
a ?
qu'il
EnglishWhat
proper
has he ? would
of the
form-feeling
15. In
ry
eve-
triesto
largenumber
in
see
French
equivalentof
exact
an
find it difficultto
of Athabaskan
cution
loour
get the
qu\
forms it is
verb
"
or
Much
an
of the
function that we
element.
predicating
actually
"
"
elements is simplyan
carry
to
index of
the Athabaskan
over
of
vagueness
feelto attach
meaning
our
or
of these
many
to
inability
manner
of expres-
form. It does
by the
we
e,
to
before
"
"
tely
defini-
clearly
ded
apprehen-
native
"
justas
a.
has not
stem
its own,
stem
only before
that the
of
significance
All that we
have a right
form-feeling..
inherent in
summing of significances
the theoretically
independentelements of the complex
does not seem
naturallyto lead to the preciseidea that
to
from
follow
not
concrete
the notion
had
vague
to
of
"
element
out
falling
"
fall
is
true
not
in such
difficulty
that the
unacquaintedwith
one
"
The
cases
sentence
inapplicable,
Englishidiom
as
The
friends
A a matter
of fact,
lieve
I beinapplicable.
that there are few languages
in America
that feel
their
stems
",.and elements generally,
and
as
definitely
as concretely
as
and Haida.
Athabaskan,Tlingit,
a
"
148
American
VI
Languages 2
Indian
141
with
MOUTH
sa
BEEN
PUT
H^ liqjjid
sa-xa(u)
IN
live)may
in
element
(e.g.
fied
unmodi-
an
as
compound
In Na-
live
to
-ua
stem
be used
has
which
SOUP.
ACORN
MOUTH,
THE
k'a'-na''-ni
(e.g.
*-'a" TO
HANDLE
ROUND
OBJECT
HANDLE
to
take up this
that in a verb form it is
that is the
stem
*-^'oj
CLOTH-LIKE
show
"
I hope later
object).
fundamental
and to
question
TO
not
the
"
verb
verbal element
distinctively
"
element;
(clan but,where found,the" third modal
verb stems
in fact nouns
could be multiplied
not
siderably. that all
conare
name).Such examples
but in actual usage ;
only in theoretical origin
and that verbs translated according
to the forms
If the monosyllabicverb stem
may thus
and
less
fall
iuto
TO
TO
BE
TO
KILL
be isolated in practice
or
as a more
freely
DIE,
SEEN,
patterns
rendered by death
of conveying
movable element,capable
more
a definite
accurately
is, sight
and TO MAKE
but conIf this
clude
TAKES
notion in its own
SLAUGHTER.
cannot
we
PLACE,
right,
is
is correct, an element like -an
formal difference between
that the purely
interpretation
comes not properly
beverb stem
and noun
verb (andadjective)
stem
stem
some
a
indicating
kind of activity
is to prevent us
with reference to a
What
state
a tenuous
or
one.
round
which
b
ut
the -h of Hupa no-lz as a
from interpreting
is
a noun
single
object
actually
and
no-h
or originally
or
noun
meant, a round
meaning flowing
means,
current,
object. The
down-flowing
(nota three classesof verbal usage listedabove would
it-l-d\.rj
meaningproperly
aominalized form of an inherentlyfallinto a single
to allother
secondarily
category applicable
verbal to
verb forms as well. Indeed, it will appear that
rent-locality
down-flow) and reciprocal-cur? Might not
k'a'- this theory
the Navaho
of the,essentially
nominal character
of all
and
verb
na'-ni be justas well interpreted
arrow-lifestems
adjective
fies
simpliI
?
As
kan
of
that
the
whole
people
hex., cannot
a matter
see
enormously
aspect of Athabasof such
stands in the way
anythingseriously
(andTlingit)
morphology.
and its adoption
would at once
to
an explanation,
Meanwhile,whether or not we are willing
make clearer a number of morphological
in
far
of
the
our
so
knowledge
stage
liarities.
pecupresent
go
of verb radicals,
: 1.the
are
as to accept the nominal theory
Among such peculiarities
evident nouns
with which a great many
it is clear enough that the Athabaskan
relative
ease
transformed
verb
If
into
pa
Hudiscussed
in
this
forms
are
stems
(e.g.
paper belongtogether.
-k'a
is
form like Ccah-i
DRESS
TO
wear
to be interpreted
^'fl
:
a dress
; Kato djit]a Navaho
with
: -djvr^
DAY
TO
BE
one
HAVING
as THE
WITH)A HAT,
(otCONNECTED
day); 2. the frequency
tive
verb stems
which
with aclearly
defined verbal
venture
to
a verbal derivawe
interpret
may
PEOPLE
LIVING-ARROW
ARROW-LIVE-PEOPLE,
"
"
"
*'
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
lorce,
if we
when
isolated,
an abstract or
life
TO
LAUGH
BE
CAUGHT
to
*xan
old
age,
IN
NOOSE
a
number
of verb
to
pass
; *-dlo'
snare,
but
specific
activity
6. Voiceless
*-yanto
maturity
*-lo to
stems
class of
to
LOOP);
jun-i as
the
having
one
derivative
adjectival
an
the
one
goodness.
having
hood,
false-
like Navaho
There
is
morphologythat
no
certainly
serious
pointof
would
such
impossible.
interpretation
make
an
it is,it is sometimes
matter
an
arbitrary
assigna given relative form to an
In Navaho
to
or
a nominal
source.
objects adjectival
refer
voiced spirants
in postinitially,
spirants
vocalic,or originally
postvocalic,
position,
accordingto
the typical
Athabaskan
rule.
1
take on,
nominal
concrete
Athabaskan
*dlo' laughter
all appearances,
trust
may
significance
(e. g.
THROUGH
"
"
As
whether
ga
we
k\s-i one-armed,
armless,
k\s-i short,
be looked upon as
crippled,
may
f
ormation
an
adjectival
(or verbal)
(cf.gnd-i
DEPRIVED
OF
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
149
Languages
142
Identical,
above).
which
Anvik
Ten'a
however,
not
makes
OFF(cf.
CUT
WITH
little
SHORT
OF
HAS
verbally
Navaho
knife),
AN
or
AN
as
the
verb
or
ARM-PIECE,
form,
bare
whether
one
the
as
AN
-k\
as
to
Originally
published
the
cut
International
THE
ONE
one
(a
carry
-yr,
A
verbally
-xi-i,
burden),
carry
or
HAS
(a
yil-i
the
as
on
nominally
who
Navaho
one's
as
has
of
-xe
to
back,
the
one
Linguistics
wont
or
-xd,
handle
who
BURDEN.
American
for
is
Note
Journal
Or
tears,
sobriquet
one
(c(.
bally
ver-
CRYING
(always)
who
burden)
TO
(aLWAYS)
IS
one
matter
ts'ay-t
Montagnais
Navaho
or
indifferent
an
WHO
the
as
seems
interpret
we
hunchback)
TO
is
it
way,
as
In
ARM-SEVERANCE.
in
same
WEEPING
is
who
Editorial
136-142(1923).
the
whether
nominally
lyze
ana-
arm
one
nominally
from
we
whose
-k'z, -ki'\
is
*k'es).
difference,
no
adjectivally
ARM,
k\s,
Navaho
its
standpoint,
k'ls-i
ga
in
(oF)(Athabaslian
piece
Athabaskan
the
with
found
k'xf)
it
Clearly
WHO
have
2,
ways)
(al-
PHONETICS
THE
OF
HAIDA
OF
CONTENTS
"
"
the Canadian
occupied
to
In
Government
give me
more
the
and
my
gainedinto Haida
insight
to
givean
was
than
notes
too
few
much
hours.
believe the
consensus
division into
of
loin' groups
opinion would
:
Haida
as
an
be
easy
I believe
is sufficient
phonetics
VI
152
Indian Languages2
American
"
144
but none
pleasant,
first;Mohawk as a fairly
close,second ; Tsimshian,Nass River,and
too
third ;
uneuphonious
moderately
and
crable
exeRiver
an
as
Shuswap
Thompson
Danish
and
as
last.These remarks
value,but
that the
"
tific
great scien-
no
theymay
be of
serving
bringhome
the fact
of certain West
Coast
the less as
none
of
are
to
harshness
"
interest
some
printed
page rather
than from theiractual articulation.
course
sible
posform. At
rate, I
any
series as
the diflfrence
between
sensitiveon
resultsfrom the
languages
k- and
word
The
^-series.
for eyebrows
was
the
at
firstrecorded
in
I.
spiteof
The
Consonants.
"
correct
Consonant
Swanton
recognized
in
distinct
consonants
organically
28
system.
"
respects
of sounds which
includingnumber
not
two
but does
as
recognizes
existing
he
consider
not
of the
language
; and in
of certain sounds
gx
TO
As
"
to
An
-W"-
not
hear.
not
no
"
felt as
mightbe
be
to
I do
of
in
one
added
not
that in such
hears
think
lam
to
referring
not
glottal
stop,
of
velar
Skidegate
itself.
Masset
^, but to
(misheard
-^i/-
through
two
p'sdi'r,
eating,
blanket-like
[read
if this is
and velars,
labializedgutturals
writes
sometimes
Here
we
form
as
xdi
have the
a
rightto
modisecondarily
glottal
stop,
if it is
the
look upon
must
no
sonable
rea-
the labial
(whetherwritten lu, u, or 0 in
as
a constituent element
material)
element
Swanton's
of
primarylabialized^-sound. Countingthe
consonants,
Haida.
p.
an
two
sets
of labializedk-
and
glottal
They
145).
glottalized
have 47 primary
consonants
be arranged
as follows
may
we
slight
z-glide
(x'di), Of these consonants,
we
the
to
according
think there is
againI
doubt that
to
sometimes
not
be
one.
remarks, nsvr^
close
know
the
regards
Swanton
characterized
so
not
"ate
the
a set
ci.It is true
but I do
1.
t'a'gr'gx
as
anterior palatals,
the
not, but I think there can
reasonable doubt that the anterior palaand
the
new
tals sounds,
are
ARM
and
semivowels.
followed by
only palatals
"J vowel.
true
or
originally
be
'
front
"
BURN,
TO
confidence.
glottal
stop
TO
starting
that he did
series
anterior palatal
seem
BE
for -^J-?);
trusted,
record is to be
sound pattern
to take account
neglecting
as
ifmy
believe,
to
reason
Thk
I did
(see
myselfobtain
not
exampleof aspirated
p but
in
set
it in the
form
have
djA'pAtto
which I interpret
SINK
as dju'p'at.
SUDDENLY,
It may, however, be really
(i.e.
djxp'at
djxp-\\t; cf. X3.T,\'
eye),in which case p' would
to
be
removed
from
Six:
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
153
Languages
145
Glottal-
AspiraIntermediate
Surd
Stop
Voice-
ized
ted
Stop
Surd
Glottalized
Stop
Nasal
Nasal
Glottalized
Voiced
less
Voiced
X
X
xw
y
yw
i
h
from
and
which
'w,
which
are
and
common,
labials
final,
syllabic
study Mandarin
recent
tunity
oppor-
Chinese
phonetics
American
in Haida. Most,ifnot all, has made
it clear that these typical
are
very uncommon
identical with
examplesof initialm and 'w may be suspected intermediates" are absolutely
of occurring
in Tsimshian
loan-words. Besides
the unaspirated
surds of Chinese,which sound
softer "than the surds of French or
the 47 primary
that 1 have tabulated,
consonants
distinctly
that the Haida intermediates
be noted : syl- Italian.It is possible
three secondary
must
ones
but
of
final
and
which
surds
but
the
at
moment
true
sonant
are
release,
are
labically p
/,
is
and
and
i
f
velar
their
/
tainly
cereffect,
are
heard,
carefully
unaspirated, spirantal y ; p
general
that of sonants.
not
times
secondaryforms of b and d, while 7 is someThey are here written
m,
is not
rare
as
to
"
"
between
as
guttural
q and
velar
r,,
but I did
not
INTERMEDIATES.
"
By
"
"
to
as
surds.
typical
unaspirated
would
while Frenchmen
than surds,
be almost certain
are
identical with
to set
The
the
them
down
Haida intermediates
circumstances.
the d
as
to
First three
laterals
are
affricative.
secondary
under priate
approof giu and giv
them
iv
are
to
me
that
be detected
faint
as
vowel.
glidebetween the g and a following
Examplesof intermediates are :
a''bx
TO
CHEW
FOOD
FOR
SPLIT
UP
THOU
FOUR
sdx'lISvr,
k'u'dx
I.
The
harder"
and the / o( dl
corresponding dxr,
"
keep p,
intermediates"
sonants
unaspiratedvoiceless lenes, conof
with
the
voicelessness
pronounced
surds
French
but
with
the
ser
les/, k)
typical
(/?,
sonants
{b.d,g).To the ears
energy of our
of English-speaking
apt
persons they are more
"
meant
are
t, ^ for the
forms that may result from
to.
LIP
djr'djW TO
BE
CHILD
Six:
and Na-Dene
Athabaskan
155
Languages
M7
q wa'i
t'a'gun
ROPE
tia'S
t'a''r,OLl
BRANCH
TO
BE
tc'a'tidju'gx
d and
st'a'i
FAT
really
[i.e. /']and dj and tc [i.e. Ic']
I
sounds
do
not
recognizedlys
eparate
"
existas
'
there
can
classifierfor cleft
objects(likehands),and
as perfectly
distinctas g and k' or g and q\ (Swanton
He either did not
does not listdji'as classifier.
element
classifying
or
cedar
^'d'llleg
DEER
k'w'dx
LIP
k'wd'i
TO
WAIT
q'a'riHEMLOCK
two
q'e'sdir,
he confused
in
going
seal-stomach
k'i''dji
k'a't
classifier
for blown-upobjects
tc'i'-,
',are
isolateit as
red
qoLuCcdoLcheek
to
be
q'a't'car,
see
FOOT
/Vw
"
Swanton
feather
TONGUE
spherical-like
objects
it with tc'i'-.
Examplesof its use, besides dji''- qWCl'Tt TO BURST
fia''doLn gorge
djw alreadyquoted,are sila'i dji'-sgwa''nsir,
stki'i
C'tll WE
hand
cleft-one],
[literally,
front in its
I may note that/V tends to move
TWO
lips.
TWO
dj'.-sdi'r,
hands, k'u'dx dji'-sd\r,
doubt that there are
There
is no
plentyof position either to that of an nnterior palatal
examplesof dji'-in his material. Note, for c- sound (/V)or even to that of an .f- sound (e.
dla''msdir,
two
gigantic
people
of
fallen
roots
;
instance,dji'wAl[Ma.sset]
g. i''knCsui3.
t^adx
Does
but
also
cheeks.
pond
corresq'y.'nt'c:dx
trees).
's -djit
to Swanton
(op.cit.,p. 260)?
ONE
'
hand
"
The
stops
glottalized
These
"
are
The VOICELESS
catives
stops and affrisimultaneous glottalno special
comment,
pronouncedwith
and oral closure and with
the
upon
"
Some
affricatives.
and
ing
releasefollowglottal
bringthese
speakers
quiteas smoothlyas
Their essential nature
them
out
very
says,
with considerable
other
becomes
be
"
These require
pronouncedlike ch
"
is
Swanton
remarks, s often
dj^,which does
final.Swanton
syllabic
dj before
dj and s occur
: isdxr,
TO
BE
vowels
most
between
both
to
consonants.
is
as
ich. As
with
interchanges
forcibly,occur
Kellypronouncedthem
any
of German
spirants.
BE
CAUSING
"
TO
that
". Inasmuch
vowels
would
-asi,
-as'.\
participial
normally
not
states
"
as
(e.g. i'dji'
;
but also
it not
be better
BE
certainly
as due to
explained
urgingmore breath against to say that -dj- becomes -s justas -b- and -dWe would then have one
the articulating
become -p and -/ .''
pass
organs than can at once
distinct intervocalic
two
fortis series final (-j)
representing
through ". If there is a true
and
in Haida and Athabaskan, it is the aspiratedconsonants
-dj-).
(sof voiceless spirants
:
are
surds,which are indeed pronouncedwith an
Examples"
to
not
"
excess
"
"
EIGHT
sdw'nsOLT^Xy.
of breath.
Examplesof
surds
glottalized
are
a'k'oSU
xdi
THING
THIS
ARM
1.
Op. cit.,p.
2.
Op. cit.,p.
210.
4. See p. 152
3.
Op. cit.,p.
210.
5.
210.
/- sounds.
regardingsyllabic
Op. cit.,
pp.
214,
215.
VI
156
American
Indian Languages 2
h8
TO
BE
t'a-'xidlgJ.
ABOUT
TO
EAT
I would
sunlight
xa-'ya
xwi'
Xa'
to
there
cold
be
DOG
element
common
like rounded,
X7Lr,\'eye
xd
doubtless other,
are
xiua-'igcr
thing
la\ ia,il
that
-;//-
around.
contains
indicating
something
This view is strongly
sifiers
supported
by the factthat several of the m- clasrelated to other classifiers
are
clearly
neck
a
all
members,
is loose
without
-m
or
with
final -p.Thus,
correspondt'a-
to
t'am-
and
(Swanton)
corresponds
flexible; to ga'm- evidently
ga'Of the
The nasals
FLAT
one
spirants.
flat
and
voiced
(e.g.pr -(a'sgiva-'nsir,
ear);
related to p'- canoe, blanketthree nasals,
like
n and c may
occur
as either syllabic
^dm- is clearly
and
final.In such a word as
initialor syllabic
one
canoe
(e.g.tin' p'sgiua'fiS'.T,
the guttural
nasal q must
be
tiw
two
:
THEIRS
blankets
grsdi'r,
'l(i''(ar,a
^d''at
^d'mdjus
in
considered as belonging
to the finalsyllable,
two
A large
canoe, tiw gd-'mdxh sdvr^
large,
m'' ul gamdoiJa
such a word as xoc'r^'c
to the first,
SPREADY
two
eye
gi'sdir,
CANOES,
m, as we
have already
initialbut not
large
as an
blankets); igxm- probablybelongsto
seen, is rare
as
a final.
uncommon
k'xm-,as
iga- (Swanton)branching
objects,
Swanton
himself pointsout, is derived from
Examplesof final m are :
k'x- SMALL
slla'm- belongswith sthpTHIN
AND
ROUNDED
t^'mdjtrTO BE something
; and
fy-m lice (Mr. Kellyconsidered this word
slim.
(Swanton)
igiinnl THREE
may
coiled
"
as
be
onlya
folk
Parallel
to
the
series
-m-
is
-p- series
(fo^p-,
[Swanton],t'ioip
[Swanton],
doip-,
stixpOf
[Swanton] probablysk'oip-^.
audita/)as we
ga''mdju-TO be a wide thing
these,tap- may go with t\m- ; stiap-,
t^ixp-,
judgingfrom
^d'mdjirTO be a large (canoe,blanket) have seen, with slia'iii-;
Several Haida syllables
in
refers to the
Swanton's
which
one
ending m seem to
example,
of
classifiers
to
set
surface
of
the moon,
:
belong a
goes well with his L!t'xm- THIN
this must
and
rounded
thin
and
FLAT
(asI shall show later,
dlambe interpreted
form of /'fa-,
a reduced
gigantic, corpulent
as t'il-,
(?)
wide
and
rounded
and skap-,
which in his one
ga'mt'ia-);
example
reference
large
refers
curled
and
the
tailof
to
to
(in
canoes
a
^iimdog, may go with
sk'a'- roundish
blankets)
of
(used
eyes, water-drops,
igum- (Swanton)large
The meaning of the -p- series is more
and
roundish
(e. berries).
forms ; possibly
obscure than that of the -mg. rattles)
Fa;//- (Swanton)small
and
roundish
the case. Ond" surstubly
protruding
mises
covers
around
that the completeset of Haida classifiers
js,'rt'm-(Swanton)large
(?)
dla'm-,ga'm-, and gam- are not listed by is a more
than Swanton's data
complex subject
etymology,however.)
to
dld''nidjn'
Swanton.
same
as
My
be
ga'm-,
his ga-w-
gigantic
person
however,
may
I
(op.cit.,p. 235);
ear.
zs
-(am-,
e.
g. ^w
be the
am
tain
cer-
also
Six:
NOS.
and Na-Dene
Athabaskan
3-4
whole
of
subject
Examplesof
needs
classifiers
Haida
and intensive
of
wed
rene-
study.
and
r, are
in the
numerous
so
not
the one
on
glottalized
stops and affricatives
hand and the glottalized
nasals and semivowels
need
on
it seems
to me, that the native phonetic
clearly,
of Nootka finds the essentialpeculiarity
feeling
of the
fortes in their glottalization
and not
culation
in their supposedly increased stress of arti"
"
y, and /.are :
ha-Wit
HURRY
'*
t'sCWx'gaTO BE A
ancestors
yd-'goLlari
ga''yir sea
"
CEDAR-BOARD
for in such
seems
round
A
sk'a''s'oI%r,
in
thing
with
The
"
nasals
sounds
Kwakiutl,Nootka,
shian. I have
not
voiced
and
coming under
are
be
no
as
increase of
'tn
stress.
the
glottalized
stops and affricatives
lasts duringthe whole
closingof the glottis
oral articulationof the consonant
and beyond.
In the glottalized
ced
nasals,semivowels,and voiis
closed
taneously
simulthe
lateral,
however, glottis
NECK
glottalized
to
sounds
In the
WE
t'a'lx'rj
The
Nootka
went
q'a'fcaya''g"xn
xd
the
in
157
Languages
this heading
of such
effect,
therefore,
sounds
corresponding
nearlyof
heard the
Kwakiutl
the oral
contact
but released
reupon
the voiced continuant thethereafter,
instantly
becomingfullyaudible. The acoustic
rants.
spi-
sounds
not
sound
as
is very
glottal
stop followed by ni-, yet
for
conscious
compoundingof '-|quite, a
a
''
"
"
! of his
own
accord where
was
in the habit
not
the
remotest
itshould
VI
158
American
Languages 2
Indian
no
in Haida
in
They
unexpected.
was
and
Tlingit
baskan
also
seem
with
"
not
are
In
interesting
exception.
one
there of an
correspondent
regular
t
n.
etymological-\nasals and voiced
Examplesof glottalized
are
:
spirants
of pain)
'ma' (exclamation
'madjx OCHRE
(Probablyborrowed from
ans
Cf. Tsimshian
Boas'
; perhaps
OCHRE
'tt'aJi*THAT
is
m'Es-
'W3tj-.)
ga''na bucket
to
vie
with
W,a'g3,'r,ga'r,
'wa'ngx TO LOOK for food
wE5-
reddish,
niES-
be read
to
at
There
important
with a
to begin,
or
seem
begin,
These
vowel unpreceded
are
by a glottal
stop.
the demonstrative u, o (w o') and the verb
i''dii\i''dj'.,
a.
Examplesof the demonstrative
,
are
v'dji
di' sk'ddj
u'
it
eyebrows
is my
ia'o-
house
my
see
gd'gxr,,
gia'gAfi)
wites
'la'o'
tide
THING
he
I
"C
'la o'
"iiao'
'WXSI' 0
THAT
gO'Xxgl'lgTr,
TO
STARTING
IS
burn
GOOD
la', 'h, 7/
na''gai
yf
HE
a'k'osu
The
are,
elements that
BIG
'yu'"oin
'la'
ga'xa. i'hri"x
either mishear-
MEN,
are
speaker.
who
another
ebb
from
one
two
t*7tr,/"iu/a
5iii-/;
CHILD-MALE,
recorded
";/.It is the
Tsimshian.
e.g.
ed,
found
be absent in Atha-
to
Navaho
sounds
of these
The finding
';y7r''an.
have been
laryngeal
consonants.
ia
i go
q'a'tcar,
into
this
those
sd:r,0 fs'.'zvx'gx
'ivx'sga.i
Everystem that
vowel really
begins,
house
thing"
two
are
bet;inswith a
BOARDS.
CEDAR
apparently
in all probability,
with either a glottal
for this absence of the glottal
The reason
stop or
with /;. Examplesol glottal
indicated
has
been
by Swanton. The general
stops beginning stop
is haii(S"vanton's
of
reference
demonstrative
are
:
syllables
WITH
PREPARED
SOAPBERRIES
'a'dja SMEARED
hao),often contracted to ir u, 0. The vocalic
hiatus without glottal
'fl'7/PADDLE
logical
stop is thus the etymoof an old h.
'a'uga .MOTHER
equivalent
HERE
:
'a''tlgxu
'.5are
(Swanton writes d'LgAn,
Examplesof the verb i''dj\.,
,
my
'(tllod-'a
dl. This
be
may
tx
tllgU".''
U
OURS
PUT
MAN
'l-7'.Y]
HE
IS
7 'i''i:r,x
ifc'dju'gi
'a in the
-77
house
na'g"'i
STOUT
MAN
u,
few
house
IT TO
BE
AWAY,
0.
The
tive
demonstra-
be
glottal
due
to
an
suggest that
is is a
i'dj\,
ten
thing
I.
in
AWAY
as
interpreted
I
would
disappeared.
to
si.K
sk'a's'olxT,
A round
In
CAUSE
be explained
as
stop in this verb may possibly
but I think it more
a slurring,
likelythat it is
yif'txnBIG
iH-fu'nui
IT
isdxr, I
{gu'nuf three
tia'"ai
ring
mishea-
part.)
cases
the ^lottalston
was
not
record-
a-
slurred
correspondingto
from
'a-, the
';tw- that.
demonstrative
stem
this
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
159
Languages
151
laterform of
keeper,
his,and that this verb is to
'hfai"';asomething-eat
ga-t'a-'
hi'dj'.,
tives
demonstraof
eater
a
as
composed
d jc'go''.;7i seven
!
hi- (cf.
stem
come
here
hi'-,
hi''-dll-goLl
and
Swanton's
hi
nan
one
-(%'sgu"a''nsvr^
(flat)ear
hi-t!A-gA'nthen,
gw
Swanton's
/;/rock
q'o''-(a
only).Justasthis
/;fl-(cf.
parallels
and unvoiced after
hx-n LIKE, AS FOLLOWS
demonstrative
Less often g is spirantized
; general
initial/ :
article"*hai,
hao^if
10 gai,in
parallel
u,o;
hat house-the
e. g. *na
"
so
*hi-dji, ixa' stone (foriga')
na'i),
ilation
*hi-s TO BE parallels
Before s, t\,n, and i there issometimes assimas
old *ha-s,preserved
an
Such
of
Swanton's
a
to
n
:
participial
-as, -is,-es.
r,
TWO-TWO
who
was
one
four
"C *sd7:r,-sd".r,
sdx'nsir,
phraseas Swanton's nxn gaxd'gas
it seems
r'hnfsuix dla''msdvr,
is to be interpreted,
people
as
to me,
two
gigantic
A child
child-be
a-s one
(cf.i-'hT,aman)
it-is, contracted
"ar( gaxa-'-g
dxn II I THEE.
from an older gaxa'-gahas. Such endingsas
(Iromdxr,iV)
-^-5?(Swanton)are probably
house
to be interpretedgd'gxn na'i my
which occurs
-ils\"Z -l-y-S';
But this rule is not invariable : -y; is preserved,
as
as phoneti-asi,
ic
below
/See
on
syllables.
parallel.
e.g., in :
in
fsda. dx'psdir,
MEN
STUBBY
TWO
droppedout
'r'/i-/;
Though /;has demonstrably
in intervocalic position,
it is a
On the other hand, n does not assimilate to
certain cases
articulated consonant
when preserved,
clearly
r, before g :
grandfather
:
tc'i'nga
e.g.
!
cousin
COME
here
'llgx'nga
hv'dllgy.1
be understood
"
"
"
haw't
HURRY
Initial
Secondary
Final
processes.
consonantal
-t
instead of/)'
and
A few
.
cases
noted,however,
of breath
in absolutely
beginswith
syllable
of
two
consonants,
preceded,it
element
or
would
of the
one
listed in the
consonants
Every Haida
clusters."
consonant
forty-seven
with
or
table,
with
vowel
cluster
(originally
by /;).The first
always i- or s-. The
seem,
of the cluster is
or
second element is an intermediate,
aspirated,
two
5)a //,never, I believe,
t'c'-sdir,
houses) glottalized
(butna
stop or (after
or a spirant
; ix- is merely
a sibilantaffricative
go'gx'(it)is on fire
of
:
form
are
sets
fire
to
/^^-.
E
xamples
a
secondary
go'dxgy.'
roundish
for
is the spirantal
of
objects)
Rather frequent
fairly
big,
(classifier
voicing g
igi'velar y between vowels :
iga' STONE
yours
igu'nid three
dx'r,^d^a
Ik'a'i chin
theirs
'la''(a'r^a
^d-ra
for
at
look
food
GO
down
to
sdir, TWO
TO
'zua'n-^oi.
finalposition
:
na''
to
house
sget
ebbtide
da
la
'(O'da
na''gai
yc
you
into
start
house
the
fire!
ONE
sgiva''ns:r^
st'v'wai
Op. cit.,p.
254.
THE
sea-egg
sk'a'I.
red
160
VI
American
Indian
Languages 2
152
St
vocalic
FOOT
sq'a-
N'lFEROUS
exampleof i before
no
I suspcct
TREE.
llr-,as it would be an
(ors) -\-nasal. Swanton
initialsd- from
j/'-.He
PLACE
HAND
with
related,
ton's
L-, p.
Swanton's
/'/do
IN
glottalized
needle
co-
of
to
touch
certain
''
or
DIRECTION.
sL
These
to
ments
ele-
are
vocalic groups
"
but
is his group sL !-. It may exist,
error
and
his instrumental sL!- with
the
fikgers
sL!di
"
givesIk'.A'mAl
stop; Swanton
"
"
for longobjects)
(classifier
I obtained
like
stems
and stia'i,
stllprobably
really
touch
to ///to
(Swan^-prefix,
226).
are
word
by
/-vowel. In
an
no
"
mid-mixed
"
ed
follow-
consonant
other
words,
there is
at all,
not
syllable
even
The
d.
"
importantto understand
its
from the
of
or
an
5-
or
/-cluster of
two
Aside
structure.
secondaryloss of h and
',every syllable
beginswith
the
a
slurring
consonant
h
tix
il
til
fix
t'il
It
consonants.
as
Swanton
dll and /'//.
speaksof
non-
heard,though he did
not
/record,
explicitly
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
161
Languages
1)3
by such
is shown
syllables
accentuations
I'-andL!'-.
/'-,
as
Z,'-,
:
are
Examplesof /-syllables
k^all LEG
da''llRAIN
dal
possible
by Swanton,
as
(recorded
This
Mr. Kelly's
ear.
satisfy
word is not
but the
disyllabic,
only clearly
accented vowel is higherin pitchthan the /Cf. Swanton's ddla-ge'ii-si
rain
syllable.
fell,
1.
BBAE
:
8.)
12,
29
which
failed
'a'll
to
PADDLE
ed
qui'' FOREHEAD
(shouldhave been recordor qui')
q'u'Il
COUSIN
'IJgx'nga
keeper
'h;a'i'^';a
dx'n U
YOU
I.
(notto be confused with
dxnl swelling)
TO
CRY
Sge-'il
.
titil
tlc'll
TO
one's
RUB
go
hi'dllgalcome
tilga'earth
tilgWV'AWAY
til^u'nuiSIX
"
"
Thus,
we
may
surmise
that the
two
forms
beinga
reduced
basic forms
form of
would
then
The
*\''-t\xya.
be fa and
true
'c-fa,-la
and -Ix-r,
elements.
beingpluralizing
hand
against
five
q'w'dllto
to telloffhand whethersuch
ies
orthographand ga'lxuarepresent igc'daJ
igeda-i
or
or go'lhwa. It is hardly
ilge'da.i,
ga''lxu'a
conceivable that the morphologyof Haida can
be adequately
understood
without an
exact
of
its
the
Haida
for
knowledge
syllabification,
word
is essentially
of significant
a group
is likely
The recognition
of /-syllables
syllables.
of grammar
in a new
to put many
points
light.
as
aboard
canoe
here!
Syllabic
It is
quitepossible
of type
syllables
and
n
on
syllabic
alternating
phonetic
q,
of type w. and r,a. The
groundswith syllables
alternation of-r;(-n)and -/;" in cases like i"7.-/;
fsdx sdvr,
two
men
(ori''i:.n)
that
we
nasals.
should
"
also
recognize
and
one
i''hr,x
sgiua''nsiri
man
should
alternation
as an
perhapsbe interpreted
of i"'/iy;y;
and i'7tr,a.
{'.''hnn
by assimilation)
This consideration may
explainthe constant
in Swanton's material of forms like
interchange
(a dry salmom)
ours
'i''t'ilgd-fa
When
an
beginningwith /, 7,
/-syllable
dl is pronouncedwith very weak stress,
or
-gAn and -gAni,-agAriand -agAni,-gin nnd
the length
of the / is of course
reduced,though -gtni,in which -/ (i.e., -i)can hardlybe a
We
character.
loses its syllabic
it never
perfectiveelement, as Swanton assumes.
may
Haida
then write simply/, '/,dl. The syl'able
-ilr, For the present, I cannot
say whether
heard as -ir,,
final -n and -r, from -n and syllafrom -/ay;)
with sylwas
bic
(reduced
labicdistinguishes
I
is
tia'"al
feel
that
that
in
All
I
e.
can
lia'^ait,
(i.
avj)
s
gu'a''ris:T,
strongly
say
-Y).
q,
the
Haida
reduces
of
while
one
it-is
nine.
ten
quantities syllables
missing,
gou
the phonetics
of Swanton's
In interpreting
(e.g., in such a gamut as 7^/','la,7a,
freely
it resiststhe extinction of syllables,
and
ambiguity '//,
'/).
texts, there is no genuine syllabic
that if syllables
in the case of initialL-, L-, L!-, and /- before
ar.^ actually
lost,
theyare lost
and of final -L and -L/, which
not
consonants
phoneticallybut
psychologically.
It is different,
necessarily
represent /-syllables.
before
with
/
initial
consonants
unfortunately,
HI.
Vowels.
soak
to
t'il'^d'
"
"
"
may
laterals.It
or
non-syllabic
syllabic
sent
repreis im-
am
able
to
idea
giveonly a preliminary
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
163
Languages
1)5
gi-gd'-d-
due to
clearly
largely
a
nd
of
secondarylengthenings
shortenings
with
the
hence
fundamental
vowel.
""
Thus, as already
gdui-(closed
syllable,
^a'-mshortened vowel)
be shortened to 7a,
pointed
out, 'la he
may
be
'/or lengthned
:
ear
can
to 'la' The determinants of
'II,
Again, g'rw-aithe
^w ear
best explained
from an old ''gaw-, this quantitative
as
variation are probablyphopalatalized
netic
change
final -an o{*gaii
This interrather than morphological,
but I doubt
to gw
contracting
of -/'tf- : -w
take placealso
is the onlyor even
to
ifstress accent
the decisive
seems
after s, e. g. Skidegate
:
sfi (Swanton)to
say
factor,as both the long and the short vowel
Masset sdw-^.A basic sawsiw-As (contrast
in an
accented or unaccented syllable.
may occur
best explains
nation
alterthe alternations. Another
I suspect that the distribution of quantities
of similar form is that of tin' canoe
:
is the resultant partly
of inherent quantitative
tilw-a'ithe
distinctions (e.g. longa' in yd''gxhr,
canoe
(Swanton alwayswrites
This againis doubtless the reflexof an
in k\'dju'
ANCESTORS
: short a,
Lu-a'i).
to
be short),
old tlaii: tlaiu-.
of
establish
a
rhythmic
a
to
partly
tendency
heard as
For the /-vowel,/, i, and e were
This
to depend
seems
equilibrium. equilibrium
variant timbres. The t-timbre is quite
chief among
which are the
frequent,on several factors,
of the syllable
tends
perhapsnormal, for the long/- vowel, e. g. : nature
(a closed syllable
be short,an open one long),the place
OURS
of
to
'c'til^dya
he accent, and the groupingof the syllables
A-a'r/fEYE
in phrases.
It is impossible
AWAY
tilglUf'
to
giverules at
the
SEVEN
is
subject
djr'gO'-(OL
evidently
complex.At
present ;
'."ilTfT.
MAN
time I do not feel that the quantities
the same
^-timbre are :
distributed ad libitum,rather that they
Examplesof the less common
are
^a-
"
ga-d-
variations
are
titative
""
c'dji-qIS
remain
(cf.xd neck).
xei
REGION
The
characteristictimbre
OF
THE
NECK
of the u-vowel
is
to
be discovered.
Haida type of
somewhat
similar to
The
variation
quantitative
that of
is
Athabaskan,if
responding I am
mistaken. Presumablythe Tlingit
(asin English
not
put),here written u. The corvowel
heard
as
o'
for
was
long
partly
feeling quantityis analogousto that of
TO
START
A
the quanHaida. Boas merelyremarks that
(e.g. go'dx
eire),partlyas w
titative
The latter seems
to occur
value of Tlingit
(asin English
vowels varies considerably
fool).
'. In the body of his grammar
chieflyafter sibilants and anterior palatals
he unfortunately
attention
(e.g. -dju-TO BE so AND SO, gU' EAR, 'y/r"Qt"
the
of
to
no
subject
pays
The
big).
of
the
peculiarities
quantity. quantitative
A glidea was
noted in 'lyai^-^a
keeper.
Nadene
contrast
to
languagesare in striking
In ^d''at
the longa vowel,modified
those of the neighboring
In Eskimo,
BLANKET,
languages.
its proper quality
to d after g, reasserts
before
in Tsimshian
Wakashan, and,I believe,
u
"
"
as
broken vowel.
as
value of a
well, the inherent quantitative
is clearly
feltand, on the whole, rigidly
vowel
Vocalic
matter
quantity.
"
in Haida. It is
cult
In
Quantityis a diffipreserved.
that there are
likely
but it
distinctions,
etymological
quantitative
is impossible
the actual quanto be certain,
as
I.
F.
these
Tliu^itIndians,Univ.
no.
vocalic quantity
languages
1, 191 7, p.
; I.
of
Pa.
on
the
Anthr.
of llie
Laiu:;iiaQy
Publ.,vol. VIII,
VI
164
Indian Languages 2
American
156
is
much
as
found
are
be well
Haida would
in
by
Phonetic
of the word.
of vowels
quantity
variations in the
The
is the
etymologyas
of
matter
consonantal framework
such
uncontracted
when
as
appendedto
and
thinkable
nighun-
stem
gai,e.g.
St'i''iuai THE
in Xootka.
"; *hai),
(probably
sonant,
endingin a con-
SEA-EGG
alternations are :
into
a house
na''gai
y".'o
Examplesof quantitative
ai
CHILD
Accordingto Swanton ', the Skidegate
i''i':r,x
:
CHILD
a
ga'Xx
g^i'-y^''
in Masset as e', but Mr. Kelly,
gate
a Skidegirl
child
female,
appears
.ija'dx
MAi.K, boy;
gaxx
Haida, pronounceda number of fl/-forms
w
v'dji'
: di' sk'ddj
EYEBROWS
s^'d''dji'
"
IS MY
IT
with
EYEBROWS
^"-vowe!,
e.g.
roundish things
(cf.
large
in the
na-' house;
q!ai-,
p. 232)
"^ yd''
house
yd''ge'PARENT
gai (cf.
T^\\iv.yd''gxlxr
I'e' 'sgwa'nsvr,
one
na
t'e'- classifierfor bulky lyingobjects
one
(cf.
OYiE ; q'a-'dji
q'e'sgwa-'nsir,
sgwa''nsi.T,
Swanton's t'ai-,
k'nn
k'un
one
227)
p.
nose;
dji'sgwa-'iisir,
head;
POINT
q'e'tSPRUCE (cf.
Swanton's^flf/TREE,
LITTLE
p. 271)
ONE
NOSE,
; ou'
k'xsgwa-'uy.r,
cf. tlx,
c
ontains
iiaFIVE
tic'il
(probably
:
ear
;
ONE
(flat)
gir -'amsgwa'n''^d-sgwa-'ns\r,
tils-tla
TO
k'
LITTLE
hand)
ONE
touch,
BIG
EAR
S'.r, ONE
;^M' x'sgwanS:r,
the Masset-like g'-forms are gaining
Possibly
one
blanket, shawl
E\R;m-'dai^rsgwa'nsir,
the younger
head
: q'a'djicurrency
i
of
peopleat the
among
head, hair
; q'a''dji
is going
he
expense of the older az-forms. The contracted
7/ ; la-'onw'gaivt- q'a't'car,
eight
sda-'nsar,xj.
sdy.'ns'.r,
four
na'ga'i
yfl 'a
house
he
a't'car,
is
classifierfor
qe'Swanton
"
"
INTO
house
GOING
na''i
'la q
vi
SPLIT
TO
BE
dji-'djir
one
band
djisgwa-'ns'.r,
CUT
up,
UP
TO
e''djirt
BE,
ia' '.sdxr,
I CAUSE
TO
BE,
(duratively)
;
BE
PUT
TO
BE SMALL
AND
ROUNDISH
sk'a''dju'
is
LONG
AND
(it)
MASSIVE, SPREADY;
^i'dju-'gx
u
is large
tilwa'i
gdmdju'gxn the canoe
xd k'lf'dJHneck
IS
very
dx'pdjti
short;
//
"
litr
godxgx
PUT
{(l'a''gxI
HIS
two
and
an.
heard
lattertype
to
e'
; an,
two
ou^and
simplyas ^Z;
seems
to
a'k'os
-f-ai, e.g.
"C na-(h)ai
trumental
st'a-{h)ai
(cf.Swanton's inssl!a- by kicking)
dia'i auiETNESS
" dla-(h)ai
to e'
so
Just as the primaryai may contract
it is likely
that a'i may contract
to ai. Thus,
is
that ^d''da.i
it seems
blanket
the
probable
THE
sCa'i
house
foot
"C
to
as
be understood
not
contracted from
as
the
; q\r'-(ai
^d'da-{hyn
rock-|(h)ai.
q'o'''(a
xdi arm
"" xd'i " old *xa-(h)ai
Similarly,
; *xa
itselfpassed
to xi (Swanton's
xi^)as *^apassed
ROCK,
as
contracted from
The
short
is
^/"-diphthong
short
(a/,
a.i,
long(a'/,
"
e'
r.
diphtongs to^^r'.
of these exists in
distinct forms
quantitatively
sometimes
BURN
are
Each
FIRE
0 gO'Xx; '"lVx!s\'
TO
There
"
often contracted
The
ON
THIS
IS STARTING
Diphthongs.
Haida, (7/
EATING
AM
THAT
g'.'lgxr,
HOUSE
canoe
gaiiid/usa large
na'i
di'sk'ddjwMY eyebrows; ia''o'la'gd^'a
short;
to
stia'idjisdir,
two
not
is merelya variant of
na'i
/"V/V"TO
in
is,of course,
The
stia'i
HANDS
e'
which
HOUSE
the
into
a'o\ a'o,
ao').
resultfrom contraction.
1.
2.
Ot).cii.,p. 213.
Op. cit.,p. 226.
3. See
page
155.
written
ao
by
Six:
and
Athabaskan
165
Languages
Na-Dene
f$7
I heard it
Swanton.
did
not
as
an
ordinarya -\-u
and
ered
low-
was
Examplesare :
o-position.
'a'ugaMOTHER
aoga^
(Swanton's
GROUSE
(Swanton's
s
qao)
sq'au
to
It seemed
tended
to
to
me
become
that it was
rather the
stress
the
be
purelyrhythmicphenomena for
part, but I doubt if theyare entirely
may
most
so.
Functional
alternations
seem
be illustrated
to
SEA
smoke
: ga'yw'
g(i''yu'
The
HEAD
: q'a'djx
HAIRY.
in
HAIR
a
that
OF
PROVIDED
nia'doL
(intia-"air,also
WITH
HAVING
is fouud
in
q'a''(ij\
same
'madja
mountain-sheep,
ochre
but
we
-a'
and
find
smeared
with
soapberries.
to
be wanting
u
'a''dja
The question
of stress is complicated
almost 'o''ga,
as
by that
sgwa''
ns'.Tt
gJu nine)and 'o''tiga,
of pitch.
in pitch
The stressed syllable
is higher
This tendencyo( au to convariant of'a'uga.
tract
of the word. At the
to a
monophthong is carried through, than the other syllables
titne it seemed to me
that a low-pitched
same
sea
(cf.Swanton's gayao,
e.g., in ga''yu'
well
and
bear
in
stress
ear
a secondary
syllable
might
*gau,
w, 0', u,
very
(*^aw,
p. 272),^tf
the
to
as
so
0 as reduced form of demonstrative hau.
w
hether,
bringup
question
strong
in
and ao', is after all,what I have been making stress
The longa'o, also heard as wo'
is
of
this
distinct
fromshort
It
matter
not
to
a
seems
au.
relatively
primarily
markedly
paper
of stress.
result alwaysfrom the contraction of a -|-(/?) high pitch,
one
only secondarily
Though I should not like to commit myself
au, e.g. :
that pitch
form ; "" 'la-[h\aii)
'la'o HE (emphatic
at present, I consider it very likely
'la'O',
lao' I (emphaticform; "C la-\h\au)
alternations are a primaryfactor in the dynamics
ia'o',
of Haida,thoughit is perfectly
clear that
is not uniformly
a givensyllable
high-pitched
The actual musical effect ot
or
low-pitched.
IV.
Stress and
Pitch.
of the
Haida is so marked and the sonority
so great that the
more
weaklystressed syllables
of a pitchprinciple
is to he looked
sions
I was not able to arrive at definite concluoperation
I
succeeded
in finding
that
and
for. Yet I cannot
in regardto Haida stress and pitch
say
their interrelations. It is clear that a given one beyonddoubt.
will have to do for the
accented on a certain syllable. A few sentences
word is regularly
alternations of pitch
illustratethe
the
this
is
to
first,
Generally
present
man,
e.g. r7'.v;a
is
A
observed.
to
be large
highpitch indicated by an acute
'yw'djir
(it)is flaming,
go''xxgxr,
;
does not need to be
the vowel (a),a low one
but the accented syllable
accent
over
by a
tone
the first,
ha'tv'.'t
hurry!
child,
e.g. ga'xa''
grave accent over the vowel {a).A fiilling
of
Further,it is evident that the stressed syllable(^) was observed onlyin 'nid'(exclamation
alternations
it
its
reduces
I
f
there
lose
its
as
are
significant
pitch
stress,
pain).
quantity,
may
of the simple
in the sentence
in Haida,theyare probably
in a givensetting
the
or when
Tlingit
ing
observed
addition of one or more
the
by Boas. In the followsyllables
high-low
changes
type
un^iarked
its
the
of
beside
following
Thus,
syllables
e\amples,
syllables.
rhythmicpattern
did not impressthe ear
hive go'xxgx'r,i^oi.
we
a high-pitched
syllable
(rr)is burning,
go''xoLgxr,
so
as the one
to
bukn
; beside
as
low-pitched
(n) is starting
beingas definitely
go-yxgilgx
after
of unmarked
marked. The pitch
and a'k'osti it t'a-'xidigxn
EAT
i was
TO
syllables
/'fl"'^a
is low. A stressed syllable
have i'l ga t'a'g'r'gyji
i
a low-pitched
ABOUT
TO
THIS
EAT
we
syllable
wliosc tone
These alternations of
not
was
HAVE
EATING.
FINISHED
markedlyhigh or low is
; thus,I heard gm
"
VI
166
Languages
Indian
American
n8
inaicatcd
by
'la
tia-i ge
la\i^ii'';a
nd'gai ^'Z
he
(]'(rt\:ayn-'gy.ii
went
HIS
HOUSE
()")" go'g^-'
iia-i
}:agan
on
is
house
my
nd-iyi
puts
he
hro-
go-drgx'
la-gd'(a na't
put
house
his
house
dd
in
";d-dx
IT
girxxgrrigx
it
gi'rxxgilgy.
'vjxsi
id ga
t'd'gd
u
go-xxgUgxr,
is
that
house
into
GO
house
into
going
is
he
going
is
the
into
ly. isdxTt
this
eating
am
put
it
away
it
t'sVwigx
are
two
those
BOARDS
X'.'l
to
starting
eating
am
t'd-gd
tlVwdi
burn
to
starting
yf
a'k'os
cedar
BURNING
IS
is
in
i
q'd'fcxr,
sdir,o
'lUTiSga.i
fire!
the
start
you
am
q'd'fcar, he
'Ja
tilgiuiu
FIRE
ON
qa't'car,
HOUSE
my
riRE
ON
la
HOUSE
FIRE
'la-0- gligxiina-igo-dxgx'
na-'gai
'Id-Q
INTO
-.-a c'djir^
ido- nd'i
("7').
accent
acute
an
djl'-qgxr,THE
IS
CANOE
(long
sq'd'sdir,TWO
LONG
narrow)
and
NECKS
BURN
iid-gdi'(d \i
house
the
IN
Editorial
143-158
of
Islands,
Haida,
highly divergent
two,
are
group
closely
related
particularly
a
dialect
informant
more
spoken
in
and
attested
been
best
which
the
slashed
in
of
from
to
or
and
Southern
(see
his
copy
underlined
the
member
the
of
subject
of
Linguistics 2,
American
focus
extensive
northern
Leer
Krauss
as
1977;
1979:
follows
g):
of Alaska;
is
by
and
Southern
Skidegate. Sapir's
s
Enrico
Charlotte
Oueen
of Swanton
work
Haida,
Northern
of which
Haida,
are
Haida:
adjacent parts
was
(Lawrence
consonants
corrigenda
Sapir's
areas
Masset,
phonology
pharyngealized
dialect
the
dialects
different
g for
dialects
Skidegate,
recently
Sapir's ms.
at
chain,
spoke
Masset-Alaskan
two
Journal
(1923).
There
has
International
in
Originally published
Notes
study (1911)
Levine
1986)
(1977).
have
including phonemic
and
The
edly
mark-
tone
and
the
acter
char-
839-840).
(note
that
we
use
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
Languages
167
PITCH
ACCENT
IN
ATHABASKAN
AN
SARCEE,
LANGUAGE,
Introductory
In
the
of the
study
Canada.
Athabaskan
assimilated
Blackfoot
Like
of Blackfoot,
is
guagjes
its
dialectic
the
w^as
that
in
interest
is tone
good
some
far transcends
and
explicitinformation
not
As
I propose
to
the
literature
been
has
given
grammatical, lexical,
Athabaskan
of
the
is
1. See
is
F.
2. See
E.
and
language
in
Grammatical
Museum,
of
on
this
tone
by
in
Sapir,
The
on
in
the
material
the
far
the
Language
Languages,
of
Publications,
a
the
of Sareee
baskan
Athahave
we
little
very
baskan
of Atha-
published.
language
VIII,
n"
That
because
interest
so
or
mental
funda-
other
to
which
'-.
Tlingit Indians
vol.
the
study
so
large body
so
from
pitch accent
moment,
great comparative
Anthropological
Na-dene
distinctive
point, though
Notes
tem,
sound-sys-
itself,for
shared
show
on
text
is of
be
lan-
summer's
the
Sareee
is
Chipewyan.
Boas,
Pennsylvania
tone
of tone
existence
Athabaskan
of
from
ber
num-
these
appreciably
and
tically
prac-
Sareee
morphological understanding
it should
in
evidence
emerged
that
well.
as
that
it
Carrier
Hupa,
by
developed
remove
three
The
in
of
Kiowa
the
stock.
in its
well-developed system
phonetic
it is inconceivable
dialects
of
Sareee
the
not
of Navaho,
of this fact
to
do
Both
shows
loanwords
It has
vocabulary.
these
Sareee
Athabaskan
and
the
with
exerted
the
were
Plains
"
way,
of alien
near
area.
neighbors
formal
influence
thoroughly
interestingfact
most
presence
The
tone.
its
and
linguisticcompanionship
the
is
that
languages,
morphological
but
peculiarities,
Perhaps
reserve
Great
of
culture
field
Apache
the
into
less
at
Kiowa
Stoney (Assiniboine)
Sareee
morphology,
in
Athabaskan
or
the
entirelynil.
the
neighboring languages
Gree,
practicallynil, while
located
powerful
more
undertook
paper
now
descended
Sareee,
other
from
influence
no
with
the
Kiowa,
tribes.
that
and
buffalo-hunting
affiliated
the
this
Indians,
Sareee
The
distinctive
were
with
Apache
Sareee
(Dene) tribes
the
tribes
these
of
author
the
of the
language
Calgary, Alberta,
only
1922
of
summer
(University
I, 1917).
PreliminaryReport (American
Anthro-
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
171
Languages
187
deserves.
it
as
it
As
made
or
Father
G.
A.
unaware
all
not
vocal
or
of
"
the
higher tone.
combined
with
suggests
kshan
from
the
which
Carrier
attempt
others, are
among
The
the
of these
tones
have
close Sarcee
is also
whose
present
wnth
also among
intonations
are
vocal
to
As
Father
are
no
high
:
doubt
form
"imperfective"
Morice
in 1921
even
This
C.
is
sage
pasther
fur-
givesno
among
M.
Bar-
the Git-
linguistic
Hagwelgate. Mr. Bar-
secure
some
Carrier
of
amount
the
too
of
'
".
colleagueMr.
my
small
note
analogues.Sarcee
or
some
inflection which
them
peculiarto
Indians
followingforms
forms
meaning by
"obtains
another
tone, I asked
made
was
entirely
means
'sky'in almost
ya which
Southern
Carrier when
pronounced
neighboringCarrier
the
not
only. Thus
Carriers have
me
guage.
lan-
tone
of
Change
"
looked
over-
probably comes
is indeed
of these
in tone.
variability
kindly furnished
beau
day
researches
carrying on ethnological
near
Hazelton, B. C, to try to
was
Indians
material
problem.
", he remarks,
on
either
have
it
authorityfor Carrier, is
our
'louse' to
Northern
information
beau, who
tribes
late
Athabaskan
tribes. Some
Dene
dialectic
of Athabaskan
that at this
of the tone
inflection
proper to fractions
all the dialects becomes
a
it,so
Morice,
of
in
recorders
that
linguists
most
of the existence
intonation
"
lightof
surprise to
other
is, most
material
in
Very suggestive.
tones.
accurate
has
in the
large number
of verb
stems
is high-toned,
low-toned
perfective
(FatherLegofT's
Chipewyan -k'io : -k'ki and Mr. Barbeau's Carrier -'af :
-'d'l correspond to the Sarcee pattern -ts^os : -ts'o':( to handle
a
cloth-like object ; -^ii
warm"
be
I
"to
: :(lto be cold
; k^as: -ka-^
weather
-la:-la
"to
hold
"to
-Ic'o
do";
-tc'o
:
;
take, get
of").Again,
the
the high tone
first syllableof "you are
on
is
eating" undoubtedly
"
'"
"
"
well,
as
high
the
tone
i. A.
on
G.
second
the
Morice,
2.
final
'
shall see,
we
singularof
person
syllable
precedingthe
The
Dene
170-212;
glottal stop,
high tone;
as
'
as
low
and
in other
the
verb
Athabaskan
frequentlydemands
182). In Sarcee,
p.
in Northern
tone
"=:
Carrier.
long
stem.
Languages (Transactions of
see
dialects
vowel.
"
louse
the
"
Canadian
[ya]
has
Institute,
the low
tone
^f
172
Languages
Indian
American
im
fundamental
and
extensive
P. E. Goddard's
Dr.
in Athabas-
researches
kan
cee,
person
; mtndxt
out"
has
person
"you
vaho,
but
not
It
word.
given
of Dr.
us
about
is said
they
third
has
gone
"he
or
has
Goddard's
second
than
the
ly
apparent-
in
tone
careful
are
their
dictionaryof Naintroductorygrammatical
mark
the
excellent
an
to
main
that many,
likely
perhaps most,
reallyhigh-toned (theEnglish and German
seems
very
w^ith
greater stress
It
primary factor).
the
is stressed
stem
word
However,
syllabesare
associates
have
Fathers
a
notes.
each
out"
and
is
"he
important observation
This
Franciscan
3
the
on
second
publishedbefore.
been
The
for the
finishing'~) the
.syllable
precedingthe verb stem
finishing"or
are
highertone
tliird person.
not
when
ago,
upwards
Hupa words,
of
tracings
in
that
found
of
that
however,
me,
working on Rousselot
apparentlyhomonymous forms
"you have gone
.(e.g. fczn:r,yai
singular
of lifteen years
he
recently informed
has
Goddard
'. Dr.
tone
Sar-
and
higher tone
is remarkable
in
that
present, unstressed
in the
tends
a
of these
great
ed
stress-
speech habit
consider
to
er
the formverbs
many
These
perfective.
in the
of
stress
the
stress
are
^''
in
bearinga
1. For
P.
K.
dilTers from
singular sometimes
person
stress
passing
Goddard,
the American
2. See
reference
E.
The
third
person
syllableprecedingthe
vol.
History,
Morphologyof
in American
verb
Lake
of Natural
Goddanl,
Publications
the
Cold
homonymous
the
high tone)on
to
Analysisof
Museum
P.
(i.e.
the
Archaeology
see
of
the
Hiit"a
and
of
fornia
Cali-
3, 1905),pp.
117,
Language (University
Klhnology
vol.
,
ir.o.
3.
The
Franciscan
Michaels, Arizona,
4.
the
Fathers,
indicative
of
Vocabularyof
the
Navaho
Language,
vols., Saint
1912.
Fatiiers
give
to
stress; wlien
my
"
and
own.
placed
"
In
on
lake
my
the
".
have
orthography
vowel,
of tone.
adapted
accents
orthography of
followingvowels are
the
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
173
Languages
189
stem,
e.
g.
"he
txa'digis
yourself":
I shall
is
"he
marries;"
himself"
washes
proceedto a brief
impossiblein a brief compass
now
wash
txadi'gis
"you
*.
discussion
of the
Sarcee
system. It
tone
do
is
justiceto the subject,which
diflicult and involved.
Sarcee
tone
ed
cannot, properlyspeaking,be discussIt
and
isolated
of
the
each
as
an
chapter
phonology.
interpenetrates
aspect of Sarcee morphology.None of the elements of the language,
every
whether
be accuratelyunderstood
out
withcan
or
radical,prefixed,
suflixed,
of its tone and of the tone shifts which
consideration
it undergoes
a
combination
in
other
with
of
study
Athabaskan
Sarcee
of this
the
main,
elements.
designed to
preliminarytreatment,
of an
peculiarities
in
tone
discuss
All that
give
here
attempt
can
insightinto
some
is
tonal
the
language.My
list and
to
the
at
series
time
present
will
be,
in
of
apparentlyhomonymous sets of
will probably convey
inductive method
forms. This informal and
more
to a public necessarilybut little acquaintedwith
Athabaskan
logy
morphothan a more
It will be
compact and generalizedstyleof treatment.
to
convenient
times
at
form
of
but
given
here
event,
the Athabaskan
refer to
to
word.
Aly
be
must
rather
Bantu
the
reserved
is
reconstructed
reconstructions
kan
Athabas-
hardly be
can
for later
not
comparableto
of
than
general or
for the
reasons
dialects do
degreeof ditTerentiation
or
that
of
Romance,
Germanic, Indo-Iranian,
tic,
Semi-
Slavic,
Hamitic.
or
Phonetics.
few
Sarcee
well
preliminaryremarks
system does
sound
as
do
those
of
not
on
Athabaskan
reflect the
Chipewyan, Hupa,
The
phoneticsare required.
Athabaskan
original
system as
and
Navaho.
been
1.
2. In
my
dialects
and
Loucheux
Ten'a
authorities
(Petitot); Beaver
of
central
Alaska
but
^
not
of
levelings
have
the
have
combined
of
main,
3.
My
is
Lepsius's.
certain
into
anterior
Chipewyan
researclics
have
used
chiefly
(Petitot,Logoff, Goddard);
(Goddard);
(Jetle^; Ten'a
Sarcee
of
Anvik,
the
Hare
following
(Petitot)
((ioddard,Sapir); Kulchin
hjwer
Yukon
(Sapir)
((-liapnian,Sapir)
Costa
(Morice) ; Hupa (Goddard) ; Kato
(Goddard) ; Chasta
(Sapir);
(Franciscan Fathers) ; and Jicarilla Apache and Apache proper (Goddard).
Carrier
only
14.
Athabaskan
comparative
There
Navaho
yf
174
American
Languages
Indian
190
distinguished
only before original
palatalorigin; Athabaskan
y and y are
old
the
have
become
i
and
pepet vowel,
i,
a) and vowels (e. g.
of certain syllabically
final
orleveled to i); weakenings
disappearances
consonants
(e.g. -n drops if preceded by a short vowel, which was
bably
proweakened
time ; -g and -d are
to -',the glottal
nasalized at one
of lost,or weakened, and retained consonant
interchange
stop),with resulting
-a':
-ee-
may
that
Ath.
all
changes
; Alh.*
now
this dialect is
-ai-,
-e'e-,-e'a-,-fe-,
below). Once
the
out, however,
regular,if somewhat
perfectly
phonetic
it is
disturbed,
seen
represen
of its prototype.
tative
Sarcee sounds
The
I. Vowels
{o)
: a'
a'
i", o' {w)
Long (or half-long)
:
rearticulations)
Over-long(withglide-like
o-"
'.""",
(""")
a-", a-',
vowel
-|-y, -7):
Diphthongs ("original
a{-)i,
u[-)i
a{-)i,
Short:
a.
b.
c.
d.
(a),fl, i,
AfFricatives
Intermediates
Glottalized
Surds
d, g, d^, dj
(veryrarely),
AspiratedSurds
Stops and
II. CoiNsoNANTs
a.
are
t',
:
:
k\ is\
tc'
/',k\ t's,t'c,
Spirants:
Voiced:
i, y, i, 7-, y, T^
c.
Laterals:
d.
Nasals
(-')
(t"')
s, c., x, x, x, ^w, h
Voiceless:
"^
/,/,dl,ti,fi
: m,
pronouncedvery much
after
with 7^-glide
dark-timbred
a
like u of English but ; a is a velarized,
(asidefrom'),aflricatives (includingJ/,
precedingstopped consonants
ll, H), and sibilant spirants(5,:(.'c,
j)\ is open, as in English it; u,
in English put, varying with close 0 (Frencheau).Of the two
aas
open
and
certain
in
difficult
which
to
sounds,
are
only
positions
distinguish
to
in
be clearly
which
must
a
corresponds
theory,
generally
kept apart
Ath.
(open)and to Ath. a in certain cases, g. nearlyalways to Ath. a
Of the vowels,
is a duller
form
of short
and
is
Athabaskan
Six:
Na-Dene
and
175
Languages
191
(e.g.
-^'fl"
Sarcee
so""Ath.
be
to
Sarcee
-/'e,
fa'
feather,wing
"
"
in open
common
syllables
particularly
brother or sister
and results either from contraction (e.g. sa"'thk'a
my
it
final
-/- (e. g. xa-'^m
from short vowel
or
-(-syllabically
"isi-ati:k'a)
tastes
"i xa-l-ni,cf. Nav. ha-l-ni).
mediate
The
intermediate
stops [b,d, g) and the stoppedpart of the intervoiced
afTricatives [d^,
voiceless,or
only at
dj,dl)are essentially
of release,unaspirated,and of lesser stress than the normal
the moment
Slavic ; they probably correspond to the
voiceless stops of French
or
dialects.
The aspiratedsurds
of many
are
German
tonlose
Medien
of
The
the
voiceless
than
glottamore
English.
stops
stronglyaspirated
and lateral (/',
lized surds, afTricatives,
k\ fsyfc, ^7)are pronouncedwith
closure and with a sudden oral
(orepiglottal)
synchronous oral and glottal
of time the release of
moment
release which
precedesby a perceptible
and aspiratedsurds seem
intermediates
in the larynx.The
the closure
and aspirated
surds (/',
identical to the surds {t,-k,
k\
ts, tc,)
respectively
known
of Chinese; the glottalized
consonants
(sometimes
/5', tc'),
among
fortes
to
Americanists
as
languagesof
aboriginal
") are peculiar many
fax). Vocalic
"Ath.*
series
c.
is
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
America,
this system
In
sibilants
of French
affricatives
X,
'zv
and
choix
of
the
are
used
to indicate
the
voiceless
and, correspondingly,the
voiced
ing
correspondspirantsx-, x,
series
voiced
y [y),
y, y, w/ [y^) are
in
German
x
ich)and y (close
(as
{Eng\is\shoe)
dj,tc\ /V
andjoie;
series. The
and
voiceless
series
are
the
of
precedingvowel,
it is more
identical with it before i, where
English y, yet
strictly
than English ; I have written y, however, as there is
definitely
spirantal
y
before i,
before a; x and y (midof confusion)
occur
no
possibility
y also
before a ; x and
before a; 'w
occur
gutturalspirants)
(velarspirants)
(approximatelylike Englishwh inwhen as pronouncedin America, but with
: ^w, almost
more
nearly spirantal
xtv) and tv (properly,labialized y :
before
i
u.
(and after)
represents a voiceless spirantal/, much
Y"'or yw)
conditioned
by
the
not
to
like Welsh
//.
"
"
iuk'agits'a'
theycease
'"
to cry
", ^i-
and
the stem
-ts'a'
are
more
strong-
yi
176
Languages
Indian
American
192
k'a-
than
off ""
''
ly
stressed
be
slurred over).Variations
"
to
cease
do
of stress
not
to
seem
be
must
coordinated
not
with
differences of tone.
of five types :
are
syllables
a.
ending in a short vowel (e.g. wi, t'a).
Open syllables
short vowel
followed
with
h. Closed syllables
by a voiceless consonant
far more
(e. g. nd, Va\ the
rarely,by two voiceless consonants
or,
finals
allowed
-tc'
-', -s, -c, -x,-\ -i, -st\ -ctc\ -lie'\
are
-t\ -is',
only
a
nd
-k\
-t's,
more
-ft).
rarely
vowel
w^ith long, or half-long,
followed
c.
by a voiced
Heavy syllables
finals
allowed
consonant
are
(e.g. ni'l,t''a'^\the only
-:(, -/,-/, -" ;
in
Ath.
^"
*-r7,*-i"y,
historically
*-^y]"
speaking,syllables -r ["C
*-""',
-0'
("C Ath. *-o'y),and in -a'i,-a'i,-wz [" Ath. e' a', o -\ y or
-y,Jalso belong here)
resulting
d. Heavy open
syllableswith over-longvow-el (e. g. ""."',/'d"")
from
of vowels
of
/.
reduction
contraction
or
type a -(with
vowel
followed
ant
e. Heavy syllables
over-long
b}^a voiceless consonof type a -|- type b.
(e.g. m''s, fa'^s)resultingfrom contraction
old Athabaskan
The first three types of syllables
are
types, the last
of
dialectic
two
are
largely
origin.
The
of
of a non-final,open
division
point syllabic
syllable,particularly
if the
vowel
is short, lies /// the
following consonant, which
Sarcee
"
therebv
to be
becomes
intermediate
A
shall
g). We
final
origin,is
-kg-,i.
absorbed
he
has
in
said
an
k'""'Js^a''
jjiven
above
is
unaspiratedyoiceless^releasingin
purely mechanical
old Athabaskan
tions.
gemina-
element
or
of Sarcee
the
to
other
are
e.
indicate these
not
glottalstop, whether
a"'sdiy'.nC
There
a'^sd'-j'-U'd'a.
neglecthere.
"
forrh
the
greminated. Thus,
k'xg' \.fs''
a'' {-g'zzz
read
e.
following geminated consonant,
g.
becomes
inferential
particlela
-jof
rules
sandhi
which
must
we
important
him"
Tone
The
in
"
system followed
tone
Anlhropos
a
indicates
"
and
by
high
pitch.The
intlections
represents
in this paper
Westermann
tone,
indicated
is that used
and
low
by
other
tone, and
combinations
by
Father
In this system
Africanists.
a
tone
Schmidt
of intermediate
of these
symbols : a
from high to low, a falling
from
falling
highto middle,
from
middle
low
to low, a risingfrom
to high, a risingfrom
a
falling
low
middle
to middle, a risingfrom
In
to high.
writing Sarcee I have
found it convenient
to leave the middle
unmarked
tone
a
"i)
[a
; my
are
tone
177
Languages
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
Six:
193
therefore
does
not
that is
mean
indeterminate
an
between
and
a
midway
Athabaskan
tone
primary
but
alone, possiblyrecognizing
however, it
and
tone
was
system
grades, high
two
middle
The
betw^een
tone
on
w^hich
on
"
of
e.
g.
the
radical
there
-tia in dstla
''
middle
not
which
nounced
pro-
verbs
many
be
pronounced
in which
the
-ya
drop to
the
"
to
low
". With
done
1 have
are
netic
pho-
it be
that
element
",
gone
other
but does
precedinghighsyllable
the
like
syllable
aspects
dlsi'ya I have
Sarcee,
In
as
originated
of
one
principles,
be,
may
the
in certain
"
tone,
falls from
go
tone.
requirethat
middle
tone
that
low.
register
have
may
two
However
and
of
one
also
to distinguish
tone
conflicting
compromise
receive a high tone,
that the syllable
demanded
low
be
to
prove
may
absolutelynecessary
inflected tones.
one
a.
The
found
lone, but
unknown
or
trast
discyaconhigh
definitely
(cf.di'yd he
"
1 shall go
"
"C
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"',ts'Vl
water
"
"
"
", ^di
snowdrift
"
"
''
"'
"
"
", Id
saliva
", -dd'l
"
sore
"
"
ral
seve-
one
(perf.),
goes
-yd
ndto act
-i
again, repeatedly", k'u(imperf.),
(imperfective),
inside,into ", and d- (demonstrative
prefixwith verbs of doing, being,
coal
becoming, and saying)have a fixed high tone ; t'cis powdered charsmoke
fire ", th
", mas
", {sl-:{ a boil ", tlifs clay ", k'ii
louse
war-raid ",did' gum
",
", wa'
hoop ", did' laughter", ya"
several
-ddl
ordure
md
snare
star ", ts'a
",
(imperf.),
",
so
go
ing
indicatd^nd.
dato
act
-Cas
two
-In
(prefix
(perf.),
(imperf.),
go
of verb)have a fixed low tone ; and -la (inferentdistributive subject
ial
of
absence
of
relative
clause
subject),-ya
-V' (suffix
implying
sufTix),
like
throw
to
call
-k\'
a clothto
to go
(continuative),
(perf.),
-^t.
fixed
have
and -w.
a
the hand
to use
(imperf.)
object (perf.),
but
of their own,
inherent
have
tone
middle
adopt
tone. Other syllables
no
of
contrast
with
rules
certain
form
in
accordance
in a particular
a tone
have
no
of
assignabletone as such, but
or
morphology. These syllables
"
(perfective),
-t^d'^
go
two
"
go
"
"
"
""
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
the
that
mean
Thus, such
the
''
they do
not
of
possess
elements
as
"
my,
This
optionally.
defined tone
with
syllables
in
variable
given word.
is
tone
always easy
perfective
perfective-durative
yt-, and
governingtheir
rules
s\-
not
"
"
but
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
tone
ar"
not
.ri-,
me
",
vary
is illustrated
their tones
by
from
word
:
to
tant,
impor-
to define.
possessive-objective
but
word,
Six:
179
Languages
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
195
a
high level),
-\-a becomes a' (half- falling(fuU-fallingrfrom
from
becomes
middle
from middle
a'
a -\-a
level),
(half-rising
level),
lo^v level,a -\-a becomes
from
a'
a'
(half(full-rising
a
-\-d becomes
have
the
vowels
If
tone
the
from
'.
same
low
contracting
level)
rising
of level tone
vowel
results a long (over-long)
there
((i",a' ", or a");
of the same
phonetictype result also from vowel
long level-toned vowels
rules :
needed
few
to illustrate these tonal
examples are
-|-/. Only a
blanket I-wear
/Wi
"" t'sidi'sfsix^
isfscx,
becomes
d'
I handle
again-it(indef.)-I-keep-handling-one-object,
objecttime and again " nd'cqlc
nd-\-c-atc
certain
sickness"" sd':(i'ma
Si-l^una my
I-seize-it"" da'ctc^o
thus-I-do" giva'stid
gu-d-s-tid
it (indef.)
\-nl-i-n'.-i
-he-admires-the,the one v^ho admires^ Inl'nl:
k^u dstid fire(wood)I-do, I make
a
rire"" k'wa'stid (notedisappearance
-'
in crasis)
of
dnd
he-becomes, he stoops^
nisgd^(iu\sa"nd
n'.sgdywlsl' downward
I shall-heat
iss'dhis-water
mit'uwa
"
mit'-iava-ss'd
he is in mourning"- f'^i^a'^yu't
grief-thus-him-treats,
t'd:(d-d-yi-s-\
fsd'ssi
crow""
t's4-i-s-sl
noise-he-is-sounding,
he gets water
water-in-it (indef.)
-he-handles-one-object,
t^u-^{w\-\-a
The
of
of
I know
that
in Sarcee
inflected tone
an
tone,
simple tones is the low falling
suckle
first person
we
e.
pluralsubjective,
g. gumca'Cd'j
-a'-, of the
would
moist
".
Full
historical knowledge
we
bly
probathem", nxsa'io'
get
from
elements
is contracted
two
indicate that this element
simpler
low
and
of middle
tone
tone
respectively.
which
be
cannot
analyzed into
two
"
"
It goes
fixation.
absolute
The
without
saying
Nor
low
high and
between
low
1. These
vowel
is
2.
As
formulae
dependent
word
words
("
"
under
do
on
nol
a
of these
several
"
the
may
(a
crasis
somewhat
").
varies
under
articulation. What
high to
they
high and
are
between
interval
the
that
middle
be
vocalic
factors, which
to the
the
concept
rules
in
quality
of
from
contracted
here.
of contraction
but
in
or
half fall.
the
us
concern
Athabaskan)
low
movement
than
more
no
not
no
other.
emphasis of
or
care
constitutes
do
each
and
middle
between
quality.The
to
levels have
low
and
to
relatively
equivalentto
of
examples show,
elusive
or
circumstances
others
refer
fixed
definitely
widely according
some
number
high, middle,
sandhi
within
between
180
VI
Indian Languages
American
196
be
felt in the
judged or intuitively
of the most
of the precedingand following
racteristic
chatones. Now
one
context
of the most
and also one
puzzlingthings about the Sarcee tone
is the tendency, within
a
phoneticphrase or breath
systtMU in practice
the
This means
lower
absolute
that a high
to gradually
register.
group,
middle
that is itself preceded by a high
tone
tone followingon
a low
or
tends
than the first high tone and to be perceived
to be a littlelower
tone
level and
Each
the
by
ear
recorded
as
in
singleword
as
call
the
last
this word
or
I feel that
tone,
syllable,
yet, unless
is not
identical
it is
''
diszuuga'
with
sentences
"
"
within
even
the
recorded
dnda,
as
form
with
theoretically
requiredhigh tone,
deceives
of
cadence
tone
dit'ibdja'it is flabby",
"
it is
tiny ",
(cf.with
falls
the
me,
like
that of words
I have
that
tones
or
middle
often
ear
my
not
normal
of the
instead
"
''middle
the}'are
secondarymiddle
on
in
but
"
do
you
text
them.
tones
"
of the
Many
tone.
specimen
reallypseudo-middletones
are
middle
true
dn\ld
middle
running
might
we
inflection must
each
in which
ive
the diminut-
the middle
another
tone
tone
on
cadence,
regularly
it is lightin weight ", S'.sowa'
it is a little sour
nidot'ia'
").In other
words, the
dropped high reallyfalls between the high and the true
middle
level. Where
there
is an
immediatelyadjacentmiddle tone to
standard of comparison,this difference can
be directly
serve
a
as
frequently
who
the one
perceived.In the phoneticgroup ayd t^unihi
wrings
the cadence
of the second
word
out water
is not adequatelysuggested
by the orthography.In making the record I noted that the group t^umhi
was
reallyt'linihion a high register
(i.e., not equivalentin cadence to
forms
like dnlla with
is a
In fiimhi,in other w^ords, the -m
true low
-n\).
middle
and the -hi a
true
dropped high ". The analysisis not difficult
because
have an immediatelypreceding-|*awith a clearly
ed
markhere,
we
-a'
"
"
"
"
^'
"
"
low
tone
related
to
forms
serve
as
gauge
in middle-tone
forms in -L
participial)
A good example of
k'iyldji.
ytca
'*
than
tone
tones
normal
correct
form
are
are
recorded
and
of hundreds
the
of
of other
analogy
analogousrelative (or
tone
of the
fixed
a
are
by
is
sentence
in it. Neither
and
{-dji
the second
of the sentence
also
low
quitealike
high ",
the
-m
have
we
sentence
in-I-go,I put
the
was
tones
coat
; moreover,
tically
precedingwnrd. The theorek\yidji
y\cd,but actually no two
the
of the
is
-c'(i)
triflelower
true
than
middle
"
middle,
but
"
the
in
tones
and
curve.
parallel
the
the
as
merely
first. Thus,
graduated downward,
graduated downward
lower
"
tence
sen-
dropped
high
the three
two
Functional
low
tones
register
Six:
181
Languages
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
197
are
change.
compounded, in other words, with a rhetorical register
chang-es
Just as there is a
ed
droppdropped high tone, there ia also not rarelya
middle
raised
secondary
middle
further
or
a
(or
low) tone,
secondaryhigh tone. These niceties can hardlybe properlystudied with
the unaided
ear.
They requirethe assistance of mechanical devices^. In
"
"
"
"
any
"
"
be
great mistake
lay
to
much
too
stress
of tone
It is probably no
in Sarcee.
more
disturbinga
variability
factor in the understanding
of the basic tone theory of the language than
laws
in Chinese
or
any other tone language,each of which has its special
on
of tone
tendencies
or
differences
Tone
shall devote
We
of
shall
Sarcee
also in
vocalic
tone
dilfer
cumulative
left
was
One
forms.
made
of this
paper
rest
which
in otherwise
to
in
only
identical
brief
words.
analysisof
respects. In this
tonal
number
we
way
gain
Thus
the
forms
of
cases
sandhi.
with
of
homonyms,
keeping apart
and
of makinsr
other
the
words
which
error,
is
languages that
tone
commonlv
so
near-
numerous
possess
differences arose
such
distinction between
as
beware
must
Chinese
of the
idea
forthe purposeoi
As a
indistinguishable.
of fact,perfectly
matter
analogoustone distinctions prevailin groups of
as
a gran^matinon-homonymous forms, w^here tone is not
necessary
cal device. F'urthermore, there are
in
of true
Sarcee
examples
many
w^ords
gories
which
homonyms, of two or more
belong to distinct form catebut are identical in all phoneticrespects,tone included.
which
would
be
otherwise
"
"
a.
b.
Form
1.
he
-^a'^dd'l
we
-^a'dd'l
a.
hope
to
secu
out
have
back
goes
be able to work
has eaten
to
2. These
if
we
are
Athabaskan
certain
of the
that
*^alddl,in
article
formulae
for
such
it is
forms
a
problems
such
hardly
phonetic
the dialectic
the
material
early
form.
forms.
dialects,so
-with
necessary
in
were
''
in
*ys.-l-di'l,
terms
of ottier Athabaskan
written
was
precisely such
had
Athabaskan
elusive tone
more
reconstructions,
Athabaskan
practically
the berries
eaten
phonograpliicsamples
some
the berries
The
to
use,
help
has
been
say,
do
but
of
as
to
strictly
secured
not
merely
reconstructions
imply
that,
are
Languages
Indian
American
y^f
182
198
in
Form
b. g-oes back
to *'(a'ldd'l,
*yc-ye'.
-l-dd'l is
terms
Ath.
(perhapscontracted from *'^e-\-l-di'l).
*-(-"'-l-di'l
In form a. *^a-"i*ytto eat berries".
-l-dal
of imperfective
perfective
and perfective
consists of third person
prefix*--^e*ye-(Sar.y\.-)
objective
without
forms
subjective
pronominalprefix
specific
; as usual,
(Sar.-yi-)
In
form
forms.
b.
d
definite
3
used
as
are
personal
-^-a'- consists of perfective
Transitive
verbs
with
and
first
rt"-.
subjective
plural
y(^)person
is
*)'"-
which
from
contracted
"
first
second
or
clearlyimplied,third
but
expressed.All
be
must
between
difference
before
2.
b.
c.
a.
in
go
the
leapingto
no
phonetic
than
more
many
tone,
semi-
in
Ath. *k'iuen-'e-c-i-dki,
k'ulsdai,
: in
literally
from
is contracted
in
(e.g. buffalo)
coming
in
k'ii'sdaihe has many
coming
k'u'^sdai you have many
coming in
one
a certain
[orcertain ones, 'e-,indefinite object)
{i-)
is
1.
-dai
-dd'l perfec1,ive
imperfective,
[-dki).
; cf. no.
cause
(k^wen-)
l{c-)
Form
interval,perhaps
slig^ht
verb stem.
toned
high-
k^u'sdal I have
a.
Form
by
forms, but
marked
of the
in Sarcee
and *'(eildi'l
is the
*ye-(eldi'l
Ath.
sinks
the voice
form
expressed,
no
as
remains
that
subjecthave
objectin many
as
person
personaldefinite
third person
definite
with
verbs
to
indefinite
or
person
group
*k^iuen-e-i-dzi. In Old
to Ath.
b. reconstructs
Sarcee,the
older form
of the tribe,
and women
languagestill spoken by the oldest men
forms
and b. are
still distinguished
k'H'idai (contracted
SiS k^u'sddi and
a.
form
In the former
of these forms
the element
-irespectively.
k'uddal)
in
dialects
Navaho
the
after
Ath.
out
so
sibilant,as
dropped
(e.g.
many
of the
c-
c-i-\Ghasta
for theoretical
of the
because
by
analogyof
chief informant
my
-I- has
shifted
to
-s-
and
b.
in form
a.
-s-
New^
Sarcee,
represents
-s-
been
ed
restor-
spoken
final
Indians,syllabically
of the other
most
have
-I- may
forms).In
the other
; hence
Costa
older
c.
as
Sarcee
goes
back
-s-
to
*k'wen-e-n-l-dii.
final -nSyllabically
(here"thou")has disappearedafter a short vowel
doubtless
of the precedingvowel, oldest Sarcee
nasalization
(therewas
*-i-, as in Chipewyan, before all trace of the old -nwas
lost)and, as
in
a.
and
b., m +
or
high
the
because
high
3.
tone
a.
b.
c.
m-^i he
older
tone.
will
Objective
of the
grow
will grow
he
has
niYa
grown
ni-^i.
you
contracted
^has
-i-
second
up
up
up
to
is variable
person
an
over-longM-vowel.
in tone; in
c.
it takes
singularsubject(cf.p. 194).
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
1 83
Languages
199
Forms
b.
and
respectively;
*ne-yiand *ne-n-yi
cf. nic^(7. I shall grow
".
Form
is
in
c.
a
perfective -i-, cf. nl^iY^^
up
from 5 u:- ')
have grown
1 have
assimilated
nlcu:vi (-^icyou
up,
-vi of c. has lost a final -n
ni-^in-i
(contrast
grown
up ". Moreover,
"the
w^ho
has
with
the
who
will
one
n'.-yoL-hl one
up"
up").
grown
grow
Hence
Perfective *-yin,
modified
reconstructs
is
to *ne-z-yin.
c.
however,
from the normal
Ath. *-ydn by the analogy of imperfective
*-yi(cf.Chithe
older *-ydnis preservedin
imperfective
-yan);
pewyan
-yt : perfective
Sarcee in the causative
to
to grow
cause
: -c-ca
"^*-i-ydn
up, to raise "'.
Note that imperfective
-yi, perfective
-yi (n-)belongs to the type of verb
with fixed tone in all aspects ; cf. also continuative
stem
"/di. The
prefix
of
is
lower
than
variable
the
in
stem
tone,
ni-, however,
only one step
the imperfectiveforms, but two
steps lower in the perfectiveforms
with
nic^fi I shall grow up
nlcic^^i I have grown
(contrast
up '"l.In
a.
Ath.
correspondto
'^
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
other
words,
where
even
in the verb
the
complex are
varyingaspects. It
in the
between
of
and
a.
tends
{*se-*ye-)
m-
adopt
is invariable
stem
necessarilytreated
not
m-
"
is
of
the
in tone, other
in
quiteprobablethat
c.
uniform
the
originally
purely mechanical.
was
middle
and,
elements
tonal
The
if the stem
manner
difference
aspect prefix
is
high-toned,
a
aspect prefixgenerally
takes the low^ tone (thecadence nlcic-^fi
is very typical).
It is likely,
fore,
therethat form c. is reduced
old trisyllabic
from an
Ath. form of type
while a. goes back to a disyllabic
form *ne-yi.
Now, in Sarcee,
*ne-se-ydn,
forms a. and c. have
where
to have
the same
come
syllabicstructure,
the difference of tonal approach to the stem
reflects the old difference in
phoneticbuild.
prefixof
4.
a.
b.
5.
a.
b.
6.
a.
b.
In
these
In
by
Chasla
tone
precedes the
awl)
forms
is used
stem
occur
Costa,
the momentaneous
aspectiveprefixmthat the
forms, so
imperfective
perfective
the
of which
which
tone
perfectiveand
1.
to
variable
by
or
in most
the
in which
forms
-c-
the
element
of the
is used
the
-/-,Ath.
dialects,but
by analogy
the
"
is directlyfollowed
I
subject
regularlyreplaced by *-i-, reflexes
"
-c-
is
in
certain
with
between
only dilference
pronominal
*
in both
the
dialects, such
as
imperfectiveforms.
Sarcee
and
VI
184
syllable
the
of the
each
aspects, for
two
or
/ after the
4 the
i, in
element
-w.
reduced
"
it,indefinite locality
"
6 the
i"
after
out
to
these
syllables,
is due
forms
and
loss of
the
to
without
^told
an
The
leavinga
eventuallydisappeared.
in 6 and
-"-
"
trace.
reconstruct
Ath.
to
*de-ne-c-l-ts*ed
a
.
dropped
from
of
syllables
{-yd- hole,
has
fixed high
a
precedingo,
go-
5 and
themselves).In
accommodate
Aside
elements
variable
the
tone, to which
tonal treatment
first three
of
because
-y'^d-
to
is in the
persons,
following the
syllables
'', labialized
through
three
Languages
Indian
American
b.
*de-nt-c-l-is''ed
*de-ne-n-l-ts'ed
*de-ne-n-l-ts^ed
b
.
6.
a.
*de-n-l-ts'ed
b.
*de-n-l-ts'ed
In 4 the
in
low
a.,
second
b. In 5 the
in
tone
step below
keeps one
prefix-ne
needs
-ne-
person
the
the
verb
high
-d from
in
denominative
is evidence
There
primary form
other
verb
the
and
stem
secondary
are
be
remarked
identical
either
are
7.
Form
form
noun
hide
b.
idinis'ihe
himself
the
,
stems
iditi'jlI shall
hid
reconstructed
person
correspondingto
in
forms
are
a.
prefix[di- as
well
verb
from
clearlyderived
*ts'i. It
with
tone
Athabaskan
all
stems
them.
myself
*ede-ne-c-l-\n and
is idin'/'\ "C
or
of the
the
b. The
"
hole
accident,in
no
uses
reappears
punch
hole
is identical
large number
imperfective,
Sarcee,
It is therefore
formations.
a.
a.
b.
that
with
to
'). It is probably a
*ts'i (Sarceets'd)
'".
stem
stone
the
more
imperfective
aspect uses
forms
that the stem
appearing in
that imperfective
*-ts"ed
probability,
should
"
means
the
will
of the
"
noun
that
show^
to
of the
aspects
the
in
who
"
"
-'
to
tone
because
tone
", is *-ts^ed in
*-ts^ed in the
middle
which
stem,
pointedobject(likean awl)
(thefinal -d, reduced
perfective
the one
in certain
forms, e. g. goy'^'dd'c'ts'idi.
who
has punched a
the one
g(yf"ddi''ts''idi
handle
hence
stem,
as
with
-l,
-s-
*ede-ne-l-ln ; the
Hence
an
third
of
a.
aspectiveprefix.With
stem
perfective
and
first person
-s-
the
in both
*ede-ne-s-l-'hi.The
*ede-ne-se-c-l-'
iji
b. is
to hide
"
{ contrasts
is
the
the
Six:
and
Athabaskan
185
Languages
Na-Dene
201
-nl- of b. In
low-toned
the
between
8.
middle
In
in tone.
high
forms,based
tone
"
has
he
a.
yi/'ii*;^
you
Form
a.
1 have
middle
mal)
ani-
or
person
has
which
been
"
person
:(i-sinks
the
*-'(in,
Ath.
the
to
singularsubject.In
to
low
tone
prototypes of
a,
and
b.
perfective
(e.g. yi;(U^t
:
are
?)
have
it
worn
of the stem,
the
on
it
"
worn
on
the
form
continuative
is -fsist\e.
imperfective
The
tone.
he
yifsist'
one
tone
stem, in b. it is raised
the
form
perfective
it ",yVyi/Vf;(he has worn
is based
b. is based
Form
to kill
he is wearing it
yi/'5i';(
-b.
"
than
second
").The
*:(e-c-i-^i
(or -^"
"{e-n-i-'{i
"
"
Ath.
b.
9.
of the
on-^i ";
killed him
--rd
on
step lower
one
because
based
"
and
killing
it is
a.
transition
as
organically high
high tone of :{{-(cf.also s\.-{i5^(akill me ! ")
death.
to
It is variable
probablyreferring
the
depressed
of
tone
-'i.
imperfective
in b. is
tone
to accentuate
in verbs
middle
forms
imperfective
are
". The
used
low-toned
the
kill him
b. :(is^(a
These
takes
-m-
kill him
I shall
:i^is^(d
a.
the
a.
will
wear
it ". In
yi- is
a.
(cf.yisfs\'7
-/Vi*:(
").
of the
stem,
with
-t'si':(,
g. Ist'sist^ I shall
it
"
wear
aspective prefix;
an
",
old
the
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
10.
a.
b.
Form
a.
"
"
"
"
"
the one
nayi:(idi
he will
nayi:(id'.
is
'
relative
who
stand
stood
later
on
in
(orparticipial)
-t
formed
from
the
perfective
Six:
Athabaskan
and Na-Dene
Languages
187
203
verb
The
is-dla
stem
in the
-dig.'
imperfective,
{-dlgd-)
fixed low tone. Form
b., having a second
a
higher tone on the perfective
prefix-yt-
has a
out
xaperfective,
has
person singularsubject,
"
than
form
a.,
in which
the
{dlad) in
'"
-yi- takes
the middle
13.
prefixand
the
nxdiT^i
you will disappear
b
nadlifhe will disappear
c.
nidlX}he disappeared
d. nodi:(C
he will appear
(e. nadi:(C
you will appear)
a.
I have
put form
because
I have no actual record of it
parentheses
under my
hand
but the general analogy of numerous
at the moment,
other
forms
makes
it a safe enough form to accept. The stem,
come
to beis
in
forms
the
middle", high-toned{-:(i)
imperfective
(b. d.,e.),
in the perfective
is remarkable.
toned {-:(}')
cf.
10.
Forma,
It is
no.
(c.);
to b.
to have
middle tone on
the
a
an
imperfective
parallel
yet it seems
verb stem, as in form c, where
middle
tone
is
The
is
a
justified. reason
with fixed
a secondarydevelopment oi n6di:(l.\
simple.The form nid".:(iis
and with a high tone on
high tones on na(cf.no. 11) and -:(C
away
the prefix-di- because of the second person
ments
singularsubject.Certain elewith
fixed high tone, like our
the
a
followingsyllables
"a-, depress
l
ower
that
to a
s
o
an
slightly
register,
immediately following high
tone
takes what
to be a middle
seems
(A similar effect is often
position.
demonstrative
I am
thus
produced by the common
i-, e. g. dsfa
prefix
theoretical
I
that
the
of
in
is
not
""
a true
dsfd). stronglysuspect
-di:(i a.
middle position
but is midway between
and
middle
t
he
high
(cf.
ed
dropphigh" tones, discussed on p. 196, which arise in another way) ;
while I often noted tones
that fell between
high and middle or low and
middle, I did not fullyrealize in the field the theoretical importanceof
these secondary
raised
tones. Thus, the syllable
dropped" and
-;(i'
of these five forms probablyoccurs
three registers high,
on
dropped
high ", and middle, hut not low. The element noc- of forms d. and e. is
distinct prefix
from the ni- of a.
a totally
b.,and c. In b^ and c. variable
e.
in
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
-di-
has
12a.),in
contrastive
a.
and
e.
tone, in d.
it has
forms
personal perfective
it has transitional
functional
in
-s-
tone. Forme,
in which
is
tone
one
this element
(cadenceas
in
disappeared
VI
Indian Languages 2
American
204
b
.
c
.
e.
in other
Athabaskan
dialects. The
are
*nd-dt-n-7^d
"nd-de-^ed
forms
Ath,
reconstructed
found
are
*nd-de-ied
*na-de-x^d
*na-dt-n-/^M
be
have selected
examples which we
in any way
of such homonymous sets
are
for
is
in
has
tone
homonymous except
legion Sarcee and our difficulty
rather
than to find examples in the recorded
been to reject
material. But
has
indicate
the
cee.
the
been
of
tone
nature
enough
problem in Sargiven to
Tone
is not a matter
entirelyof the inherent pitchof a given word
of grammatical symbolism. Both
is it entirely
matter
element nor
or
a
interwoven
in Sarcee in a system
types of tone function are inextricably
of considerable
Phonetically
complexity,from a morphological
standpoint.
the complexityis only moderate.
It must
the
imagined that
exceptionalThe
not
number
"
"
What
is
the fundamental
be
still to
nature
assurance,
gathered from
of this tone
? It is much
system
too
of secondary
reasonablycertain that the inflected tones of Sarcee are
Athabaskan
originand cannot be credtied to the original
tongue. In other
is in all probability
a tone
words, Athabaskan
ters
languageof varyingregisand
and
low;
low),
(high,middle,
fundamentallyhigh
or, possibly,
of inflections. The
not
to
take
with
account
variable
fixed tone
and
or
proclitic
ultimate
theory of
Athabaskan
did
would
enclitic
elements, lose
their tone
and
take
on
tones
new
did tone
come
accordingto certain rules of tone sandhi? 2. How
grammatical function (e.g. the high tone, or relatively
hightone,
found
have
of three
tone
tone
to
have
so
often
forms ;
syllable
precedingthe stem in second person singular
the high tone
the objectivepronominal elements
in certain contion
niiative paradigms)? Are these functional uses
of merely
the consequence
mechanical
and not directly
tone
principles
symbolicin origin? 3. How
the
characteristic changes of tone in the verbal aspects?
explain
Why do
on
certain
the
verbs
in the
allow
of
no
tone
changes in
the
stem,
while
others
have
another
in the perfective
continuative ? May
or
imperfective,
that
verb
we
had
inherent
stem
a
tone,
originally
suppose
only one
in
the
loped
deveand
the
that
other
preserved say
imperfective
stem,
aspects
tones
certain
mechanical
on
secondary
principles,
say the amalgaone
Six:
Athabaskan
and
Na-Dene
189
Languages
S08
mationofthe
have
stem
with
other
elements
in tone
that have
as
disappeared
such but
alterations ?
from the
likelythat all of these questionscan be answered
alone. The same
of Athabaskan
1 and 3.,
standpoint
questions,
paiticulary
it
the
arise in Tlingit
follows
ultimate
that
whence
as
well,
explanation
of Athabaskan
will be given by the comparative study of Athabaskan
tone
and Tlingit,
Haida.
also
of
it
Should
that
Tlinpossibly
appear
git-Athabaskantone originallydepended entirelyon the inherent
should
tone value of independently
still have to
we
significant
syllables,
It is not
ask what
far from
were
the determinants
havingarrived at the
of these
tone
pointwhere
values.
such
But
we
questionis
are
very
profitable.
Editorial Note
de Paris 17,
Originallypublished in Journal, Societe des Americanistes
of
the
des
Societe
Americanistes.
(1925).Reprinted by permission
The Sarcee tone system is more
complex than that of most tonal Athabaskan
which
have
languages,
normally
only two tones (highand low).The Sarcee mid
tone
apparently results from the partiallowering of an originalhigh tone in
certain phonologicalcircumstances, a fact that may
be historically
connected
with a similar lowering(from high to low) in Navajo and the other Apachean
languages (Krauss and Golla 1981: 85-85).The most recent work on Sarcee is
that of Eung-Do Cook, who
has carried out extensive
field work. He has published
of the Sarcee
tonal system (Cook 1971, 1984),but does not
a reanalysis
of Sapir's
challengethe essential correctness
description.
Sapir'sms. corrigenda in his copy are as follows:
185-205
The
Similarity of Chinese
and
Indian
Languages
Edward
both
on
The
found
sides
of the
Pacific Ocean.
American
Indian
are
speaking the language of the Nadine
groups
group
from northern
in all parts of the North
American
continent
Mexico
to the
other
Indian
tribes
boundary of Alaska, widely distributed
among
whose
are
entirelydifferent.
language and customs
minor
the
With
Navajo of New Mexico
speaks the language of the
changes
in Alberta,
and the linguistic
stock
of the Tlingit,just south
of the
Sarcee
in Alaska, is much
the same
that of the Hupa in California.
Eskimos
as
It is probable, according to Dr. Sapir,that the migration of Asiatics speaking
Tibetian
took
time in the past, and that
or
primitiveChinese
place at some
moved
these
settled
the
mountains
and
or
over
plains, some
immigrants
Canada
the Tlingits,
and others moving
to become
remaining in northwestern
southern
out
to
and
the Queen
still others
From
Charlotte
the modern
simple, students
Islands
Chinese, which
of
linguistics
can
coast
to
form
the Haida
group,
of the Southwest.
in academic
reconstruct
circles is considered
primitiveChinese
relatively
which
is far
to the Mongolian
more
layman of
complex than any of the dialects known
Indians
of
the
Nadine
that
the
not
today. Dr. Sapir has discovered
only
groups
ing
speak with a tonal accent, raisingor lowering of the voice to give certain meanof the earlyChinese,
similar to the tonal peculiarities
to words, in a manner
but also that the meanings of certain words
closed
identical. Further, he has disarc
the fact that the Indians
certain prefixesand suffixes that
have retained
cernible
long ago have disappeared from the Chinese
speech, but which are clearlydisin the early forms.
Indian
American
VI
192
Editorial
(1925).
This
have
in
Chicago
tian,"
Science
formal
progress.
the
have
must
text
and
based
been
and
other
Supplement
announcement
fall
been
Note
(1607),
copyright
of
supplement
by
the
American
16
xii
October,
for
Association
Science.
of
anonymous,
62
permission;
by
Advancement
the
to
Reprinted
Science
in
published
Originally
Languages
on
of
shoddy,
somewhat
brief
interview
Certain
1925.
gaffes).
from
The
section
article
of
of
with
phrases
reconstituted
the
of
Sapir
sound
hasty
in
but
journalism
shortly
after
Sapir
s,
(hence
notes
indicating
results,
scientific
like
appeared
journal,
scientific
piece
the
that
rather
but
was
as
not
news
to
move
of
most
the
"Tibe-
"Nadine,"
separately
it
seems
his
paginated
intended
of
work
as
in
Review
Haile:
Berard
Manual
A
of
of
is
This
the
to
from
in
number
of
of
author's
of
view
is
the
word,
This
point.
and
Chipewyan,
is
it
of
the
though
corroborates
E.
field
Sapir's
and
Navaho
in
should
data
Reprinted
by
Sapir's
(1889).
in
American
permission
of
the
references
Father
grammar
1950-51),
published
both
are
in
Haile
later
of
Navajo
reflecting
(Haile
Sapir's
book
is
the
Father
various
all
if
the
parative
com-
Berard
syllables
fragmentary
remarks
Kutchin
at
is
point
standthat
not
extremely
and
It
and
from
and
the
Legoffs
Sarcee
on
the
owe
"manual,"
that
of
pitch
and
emanating
remembered
observe
Father
on
pitch
on
of
in
pitch.
Note
Journal
Franciscan
published
the
Navaho
we
correct
descriptive,
to
the
University
the
to
Santa
Vocabulary.
be
always
and
of
whom
this
doubtfully
Editorial
Originally
O.F.M.,
Mexico:
student
to
treats
noting
record
statement
Haile,
New
linguistics,
Berard
interesting
necessity
practical
Navaho
dialectic
very
Fe,
Athabaskan
seem
distinctly
It
recognizes
Navaho
of
Father
linguist,
Berard
Santa
missionaries
formulations
or
historical.
or
explicitly
language
the
to
Franciscan
that
comparative
point
both
Dictionary
statements
the
of
Grammar
Father
by
Baptist.
comparative
band
Navaho
$6.00.
324.
useful
interested
Ethnological
the
John
xi +
Pp.
of
Arranged
St.
work,
enthusiastic
difficult
cruelly
the
1926.
Co.,
scientist
excellent
this
of
invaluable
an
the
Grammar.
Province
PubHshing
Fe
Manual
Navaho
Cincinnati
the
of
of
of Sociology
(1910,
considerably
1941-48)
influence.
and
511
(1926).
Press.
Chicago
Fathers
32,
more
stem
1912)
and
to
sophisticated
dictionary
Legoff
ductory
intro-
(Haile
Summary
of Field
Report
Summer
Dr.
Work
of
the
among
Hupa,
1927
Sapir spent the end of June, July,August, and the beginning of September,
of
the
1927, in a linguistic
who
investigation
a
Hupa Indians,
occupy
E.
reservation
California.
This
valleyof the Trinityriver in northwestern
the auspices of the [360]Department
of Sociology and
of good informants
Anthropology of the University of Chicago. A number
was
chief
them
Sam
who
served
the
secured,
Brown,
most
being
as
among
tant
imporof material
and as interpreterof everything obtained
from
him and
source
others. The
information
in character
but a large
gathered was chieflylinguistic
body of ethnologicalmaterial was also obtained, partlyin the form of texts and
in English.
partly as notes directlycommunicated
The
material
was
for the
as
linguistic
chieflyobtained
part of a programme
and
reconstruction
of the Athabaskan
comparative study
languages. A careful
of the grammatical structure
of Hupa, which
offers many
culties,
diffistudy was made
and a reasonably complete vocabulary was
obtained.
The
texts, which
number
about
chosen
little
to
so
were
as
as
as
seventy-five,
duplicate
possible
the valuable
material
already published by Dr. P. E. Goddard.
They are prevailingly
ethnological in content.
work
Some
the
The
under
of the main
mentioned
much
in the
done
was
here.
results secured
The
complex
more
sound
than
typicalAthabaskan
old Athabaskan
from
the
patterns worked
out
for Sarcee,
Kutchin,
and
Navaho.
k-series
diminutive
only
the
old
Athabaskan
form
of the
Athabaskan
c-series
The
prepalatalset.
s-sibilants
(in Hupa
but
sounds
also
voiceless
the
s,
diminutive
form
not
of the
"Ic).Vocalic
quantity
phology.
importance
understanding
Hupa morThis is true also of the use
of the glottalstop and of final aspirations.
arc
Many final consonants
glottalizedand there is a characteristic and probably
archaic difference
between
and consonants
which
non-syllabicfinal consonants
have
v
alue.
This
difference
is
for
the
half-syllabic
responsible
parallelismof
which
had already been
worked
a distinction
"light"and "heavy" syllables,
out
proved
to
for other
The
from
old
be
terms:
of fundamental
w,
tew,
for the
of
dialects.
Athabaskan
strikingresemblances
tone
system,
in the tone
which
can
be
reconstructed
patterning of Sarcee,
in
Kutchin,
large part
Navaho,
196
and
VI
no
doubt
American
Indian Languages 2
and [361]
southern
dialects as well, no
other northern
many
the
loss of tone
for
same
in Hupa. Mr. Li s researches
prove
by
longer appears
investigation
may disclose the fact that the absence
characteristics
of the Pacific (or perhapsonly
of tone is one
distinguishing
dialects. There are, however, interesting
southern
Pacific)
group of Athabaskan
forms
of Hupa verbs which
relative
most
in
the
are
cadences
easily
tone
such
explainedas survivals of older forms with a high tone on the final syllable,
Navaho.
and
find
in
Sarcee
as we
actually
The morphology was
Owing to a faultyphonology
completely overhauled.
had not been fully
fundamentals
of
of
the
the details and some
Hupa structure
grasped in former works on Hupa. The relative forms of the verb, which are as
importanthere as elsewhere in Athabaskan, had not been properlykept apart
verbal system needs
from the non-relative forms. Owing to this fact the whole
definite"
is merely a special
The so-called "past
to be presentedin a new
light.
and is
of the relative form of the perfective
s
use
(Goddard "present definite")
paralleledby analogous relative forms based on the imperfective("present
The aspect system of Hupa needs to be
and on the continuative.
indefinite")
of the continuative
revised also in other respects. The formation
(aspart prefix
in
dialects.
tinct
its
formation
other
A disis
to
and stem
form) entirelyanalogous
permissiveparadigm must be recognizednot only for the third person but
discovered.
There
also
also for the first. A distinct potentialmode
was
are
of
In none
specialmodal forms for the verbal abstract and for the prohibitive.
certain
suffixed
had
the
of
these cases
is reference
to
use
prefixedor
merely
of verbs distinguish
durative and momenAs in Navaho,
a number
particles.
forms of the imperfective.
taneous
stem
first written, P. E. Goddard
has published a paper
Since this report was
in Hupa
entitled. Pitch Accent
(Univ. of Calif. Publ. Amer. Arch. Ethn.,
fails to show
23:333-338, 1928),in which itis shown that a studyof Hupa tracings
that Hupa syllables
have inherently
in accord
high or low tones. This is entirely
record
for
with Sapir's
and
his
to
auditory
Hupa
quiteopposed
auditoryrecord
for certain other languages of the Athabaskan
Sarcee,
particularly
groups,
A small amount
of independent material obtained
Kutchin, and Navaho.
on
Anvik
(Chapman's "Ten'a," also known as Ingalik)indicates that here too tone
is lacking.
Mattole
and
Wailaki.
Later
of the
Editorial
Originally published in
Reprinted by permission of
References
to
Goddard's
American
the American
earlier work
Note
Six:
Sapir's
Hupa
notebooks
Philosophical
1927
for
Golla's
Golla's
and
The
texts,
with
in
Volume
publication
Volume
Hupa
own
Hupa
to
Na-Dene
and
lexical
files
(manuscript
Society
"expedition"
(1927b,
by
4369).
item
56,
edited
Athabaskan
are
497.3
XIV.
northwestern
now
in
B63c
and
linguistic
The
197
Languages
the
cf.
Na20a.4;
ethnographic
are
described
the
can
Ameri-
Kendall
notes,
of
circumstances
California
of
Library
1982:
have
been
and
Sapir's
informally
by
Li's
Sapir
IV).
(1970)
grammar
field
dictionary
was
Sapir's
work.
now
being
based
lexical
on
data
prepared
Sapir's
are
by
materials,
incorporated
the
Hupa
supplemented
into
tribe.
hensive
compre-
Excerpt
The
Bloomfield's
to
my
Languages
experience
with
own
of Phonetic
Concept
in Primitive
from
with
by
Law
Leonard
the Central
Algonkian
languages. These
the Athabaskan
as
Tested
Bloomfield
dialects
constitute
is
entirelyparallel
important
an
stock which
is irregularly
distributed
in North
America.
The
linguistic
ern
northall
the
vast
from
a
the
occupies
territory
stretching
near
west
group
way
of
Hudson
into
the
interior
of Alaska.
coast
To it belong such languages
Bay west
Anvik
as
(inAlaska), Carrier (inBritish Columbia), Chipewyan, Hare,
Loucheux,
as
Kutchin,
representativesof
Athabaskan
consists
Beaver, and
this group.
of
Sarcee.
The
number
We
shall take
Chipewyan
geographically isolated
and
Sarcee
Pacific division
of
of
languages in southwestern
Oregon and
The
southern
as
Hupa
representative.
division of Athabaskan
is in New
Mexico
and Arizona
and adjoining regions,
and is represented by Navaho,
and
We
shall take Navaho
Apache,
Lipan.
as
representativeof the group. In spiteof the tremendous
geographical distances
that separate the Athabaskan
languages from each other, it is perfectlypossible
definite phonetic laws which
to set up
them
connect
according to consistent
and
phonetic patterns. Navaho, Hupa,
Chipewyan are spoken by Indians who
belong to entirelydistinct culture horizons, yet the languages themselves
are
as
derivable
from
the
basis
of regularphonetic law as
a common
source
on
easily
northwestern
are
German,
California.
We
Dutch, and
Swedish.
shall take
II.
Ill
5.
ky'
ky'
tc'
ts'
tc'
^f
200
VI shows
Table
American
the distribution
the
Athabaskan
developments
in four
initial consonants
and
Sarcee
three initialconsonantal
words,
in
Languages 2
Indian
selected
of fifteen
of
In other
distinct
originally
dialects. Each
of the entries
ples.^
applyingto a whole class of examof its many
table merits study because
The
implications.It will be
Athabaskan
dialect exactlyreproducesthe reconstructed
observed
that no one
Series I is preserved intact in Navaho
and
forms given in the first column.
shifted
in
but
has
been
another
series
in
to
and
so
Sarcee
Hupa,
very nearly
Chipewyan. Series II is preserved intact in Navaho, but has been shifted in
with the series that correspondsto original
I, while Hupa has
Sarcee to identity
dialectic developments and Chipewyan has shifted
introduced several peculiar
intact but nearly
of
Series
III is nowhere
form
I.
it to the original
kept entirely
it has moved
form
to the original
so in Hupa, while in Chipewyan and in Sarcee
which
is
identical
with
the
and
the
form
to a
of Series II, in Navaho
original
Navaho
form of Series Litis clear from the table that a Sarcee s is ambiguous as
Athabaskan
the
for it may go back either to Athabaskan
s or
c. On
to origin,
be
must
other hand, a Sarcee s which is supportedby either Navaho
or
s
Hupa
Athabaskan
tc is,in the main, unamof an original
s. Sarcee
biguous
representative
Athabaskan
it
the
for
to
to
as
ky. It is
original
corresponds
origin,
curious and instructive to note
that, of the four languagesgiven in the table,
that most
the
and
two
nearlycorrespond as to pattern but
Chipewyan are
Hupa
instance of y (III,
to actual sound
never
as
2).
except in the one
of
the table. If we
the
basis
of
take
Let us
a practical
predictionon
example
form
with ts, and a
with tc, a corresponding Navaho
form
have a Sarcee
Chipewyan form with tc, what ought to be the Hupa correspondent?According
to the table it ought to be ky.
be considered
must
as
statement
summary
TABLE
Ath.
Hupa
*kyan
...
VII
Chipewyan*
Navaho*
tcq
n-t-tsq
'rain'
'there
*q represents nasalized
developed from
Table
VII shows
on
in French
an
4. The
the wh
of
is a
peculiara
I first constructed
initial ky, in
spiteof
rainfall'
with velar resonance,
larly
regu-
sounds
the Athabaskan
were
sound
ky
totype,
pro-
in
Hupa,
ts nor
tc could
original
actuallyillustrated in
taneous
articulation, characterized by simulapostrophe symbolizes a peculiartype of consonantal
of the glottis
and point of contact
in the mouth,
with glottal
release preceding oral
is the French/ of yowr, djh they of Englishyu^/.x is the c/j of German
/c/i;Wis approximately
English what; e is the th of English thick;8 is the th of English then.
closure
release. 7
in
Sarcee
be assumed
an.
tea
s
a.
the distribution
a. as
Athabaskan
Sarcee*
Six:
known
because
and
Na-Dene
201
Languages
dialects,whereas
ky was not. The Hupa column had to remain empty
the cognate word, if stillpreserved,was
not available in the material
that had
recorded
been
In the
Hupa
Athabaskan
summer
and
by
P. E. Goddard.
of 1927, however,
secured
the form
of the
I carried
on
independent researches on
ment
kyax^-kyoh,^
meaning 'hailstorm'. The second eleand
the
firstis
'big'
obviouslythe missingHupa
compound means
word
for 'rain'. In other words, an
correspondingto the old Athabaskan
has taken on the specialmeaning of 'hailold compound meaning 'rain-big'
storm'
in Hupa. The
form
of
the
old
word
for
'rain'
is
what
it
Hupa
exactly
should be accordingto the correspondencesthat had been worked
out, and the
reconstruction
of the primitiveAthabaskan
form on the basis of the existing
forms was
therefore justified
by the event.
term
TABLE
Dialectic
VIII
Forms
'Rain'
for
Anvik
(Alaska)
Carrier (B.C.)
Chipewyan
rcoA^*
tcan
tcq
Hare
tcq
Loucheux
tcien
Kutchin
tscin
Beaver
tcq
Sarcee
tcq
Navaho
n-t-tsq
*D represents open
Table
VIII
o,
in German
as
givesthe
of the Athabaskan
the
due
sound
original
ky
voll;q is nasalized
word
which
must
dialects,some
of which
is voiceless
ky
preserved in
as
and
Hupa
available
were
n.
that not
for the
one
of these
sounds
and
small
struction
recon-
has
This
is
shifted in most
number
of other
from
spoken at a great remove
Hupa. In other
reconstructions
be
must
we
linguistic
guided not merely
statistical evidence
but by the way in which the available material is
words, in working
by the overt
patterned.
were
that
be assumed
o.
are
out
Editorial Note
in Social Science: A
Originallypublishedin Rice, Stuart A. (ed.).Methods
Case
Book, pp. 297-306.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press (1931).
of
Reprintedby permission the Universityof Chicago Press. Only pp. 302-306
in the original.
are
are
as
reprintedhere; footnote and table numbers
5. r) is the ng of
Englishsing.
Two
Navaho
Puns
stressed
Indians
do
by Boas, that the American
few
not go
exceptions have been found serve
If
riddles
and
the
rule.
add puns, as it seems
to
to
we
emphasize
proverbs
only
it
that
the
have a rightto do,
American
Indian
has a
we
begins to appear likely
in
verbal
There
lack
of
interest
is
of
light
fancy.
generalized
plenty
metaphor in
ad
hoc
in his legends, and his
his rituals, there is considerable
etymologizing
the
in
is
but
iar
zest
famous,
quick,
irresponsible
reinterpretationof familoratory
of the pleasure that we
words
or
phrases which lies at the bottom
experience
in the tellingof riddles, proverbs, and puns
ever
whatun-Indian,
seems
strangely
It is
fact, often
well known
in for riddles
be
may
Yet
They
puns
council
proverbs. What
reason.
entirelyabsent,
not
collected
were
In
the
are
and
in the
held
followingNavaho
at Crystal,New
of 1929
summer
time
the two
as
the
leader
of
examples
show.
Mexico.
of the
contending
'You
people decide on one
partiessaid,^ xdct'e ndhdnd^'d-'
thing!'A cripple
who
near
was
by, ndcidi-'d-' 'Pick me up!' The latter,
present whispered to one
asked,
catching on at once, picked up the crippleand, holding him in his arms,
him
down?'
xd-dic ndhdnc'd-'
'Where
I
This
is
to put
am
Everybody laughed.
the Navaho
said to be a favorite anecdote
and depends for its point on
among
nd-hd-nidouble
of
the
verb
either 'to
the
'""',which
mean
meaning
may
a
some
ago
decide
A
the
on
close
surface
matter'
analysisof
abstract
hd-ni-
shows
.-
down'.
that it is
more
subtle
than
appears
on
the
enter
is very
sense
-t'd-' (
that to
this pun
put him
two
less
to no
fullyinto its humor
requires sensitiveness
than
three
is simple and
changes of linguisticfront. The fundamental
pun
itself
raise
would
be
This
is the use of
to
a
one
enough
laugh,
hardly
by
suspects.
the verb stem
-a'
'to handle
the "round"
of 'to
sense
object'in the transferred
handle
the affair,words, plan, date, decision'. The secondary use
oi-'d' (-'d)in
an
and
'to
or
one
date
ni.
.
plans',
-
d-nd-hd-
is
in the anecdote
being set for one'. The tinglingmoment
with
addition
the
the
in
to
for,
comes
cripple'swhispered [218]request;
point that
very general transfer of meaning already noted, there is the added
does
nd-di'""'
it
the
verb
'to
not
relative
one
pick
normally use
up' (and its cor'""' 'to put it down') of an
animate
ni-nibeing, but only of such
inanimate
'round'
rock. In other
watch,
or
objects as a potato, or apple, or
classifies
words, the wily cripple,turning his helplessnessto humorous
account,
his hunched
ndcidisubstitutes
ndcidi-ftxi-'
'round
a'
for
object',
up body as a
and xd-dic ndhohc'd-'
ndhdhctxi'
for xddic
the
substitutes
'to handle
{-t-txi-'
animate
normal
health
made
Had
little
of
the
a
being').
physical
boy
request,
=
'a
-d-'d-')
in Navaho,
decision';nd-hd-.
common
the
1. Grave
accent
.-
.-
tone,
acute
(a) high
tone,
circumflex
(a) fallingtone.
yf
204
the
of
lifted
as
into
up
something
like
of
in
hich
the
first
the
These
two
usage
has
of the
first element
second
itself; the
is
of
it is
who
down?',
'the
the
-hd-,
'this
to
one'.
Briefly, then,
the
by
the
third
business
great
it
Finally,
stance',
affair, circum-
it were,
as
kindles
people.
referring
cripple;
'the
and
pun
reinterprets
like
pronoun
contributed,
equates
the
in Athabaskan.
distinct
thought
quick understanding
important
something
masochistic
of
be
easily
not
The
language
is the
hand'
at
the
echoing
with
'this
chap'.
poor
second
The
'So
it
give
so
is
'he
a-
1 '\
to
order
to
hogans
The
direct
leveling
tempting
of
of
often
that
the
hired
spaces
laws,
meanings
colorless
in
for
elements
from
themselves,
the
and
its
the
as
above)
xwdjdd-txal,
the
from
come
between
the
"chant"'
jco/xfl/
on
from
joke
yictxat
ritual
based
changes
of
dote.
anec-
an
verb
perform
verb
flavor
to
than
for?'
semelfactive
will
Originally published
in
Linguistic Society
in
if
'a
sonal
imper-
an
one
bers
remem-
distances
great
scattered
assembling
to
due
Navaho,
peculiarly
combine
in
Navaho
largely
to
the
intricate
structure,
which
of elements
that
alized
gener-
make
Navaho
are
peculiarly
punster.
Editorial
the
the
to
homonymous
phonetic
definite
language
and
of
denominative
-hd-
rather
'What
says.
(future
(=
xwdIt adds
are
rituals
joke
indeed.
influence
and
the
again
number
quite
derives
one
kick'
"chant"',
application.
curing
wide
great
medicine-men
Navaho
are
one
as
(the medicine-man)
'he
perform
personal
that
give
to
Here
"chant"').
ritual
there',
over
gone
going
kick'), actually
oi xatx
{{uiwTt
has
It is told
simpler.
is much
pun
and
apparently
of
of
personal
of
him
put
impersonally
creation
friend,
his
doings
meaning
historically
are
pun
I to
am
the
second
is the
understanding
'I
'Where
could
of -'a-' socializes
use
he
object.
ponderous
of the
pun,
of -hd-
uses
cripple
of the
for
inanimate
an
Languages
far-fetched,
bit
like
satire
the
in
while
down
put
punster
climax
the
seemed
have
and
second
the
by
would
pun
Indian
American
Language
of
America.
Note
8, 217-218
(1932). Reprinted
by permission
Problems
in
Athapaskan
Linguistics
The
than
we
have
yet had
in order
understand
to
the group
as
whole
and
to
it
division
are
paratively
comadequately. The dialects of the Southern
well known,
less
has
been
about
these
dialects than
though
published
divisions.
about
the chief languages of the other
Even
here, however, much
to be done.
important dialectic work remains
Manuscript materials on Navaho,
Mescalero
dant
Apache, Chiricahua
Apache, Jicarilla and Lipan are probably abunbe
called
and accurate
Further
work
remains
to be
enough to
satisfactory.
Kiowa
done
dialects.
on
Apache and on San Carlos and other Western
Apache
the manuscript and published record
In the Pacific area
is probably adequate
for Hupa, Mattole
and Wailaki.
The
which
need
careful
languages in this area
Creek, and Upper Umpqua.
Costa, Galice
study are Kato, Lassik, Chasta
and
which
have
to
Tlatskanai,
seem
Kwalhioqua
belonged to the Pacific group,
if there are
are
probably extinct. It is particularlyimportant to try to determine
survivals
of
the
in
the
of
the Pacific
tone
earlyAthapaskan
languages
system
any
That
there was
such an early archaic
system follows from a comparison
group.
of the Southern
with
of
the
most
So
languages
languages of the Northern
group.
far,however, no Pacific dialect has been found with a tonemic
system, though
there is an interestingsurvival of such a system in certain grammatical forms
of
Hupa.
The greatest complexity prevailsin the north. Carrier, Chipewyan, Hare
and
Kutchin
well known
are
relatively
though only a part of the material which has
been obtained
is in print.Kutchin, however, probably needs
ing
overhaula careful
in the field because
of its great complexity and the necessityof gettingfuller
of dialects is one
of the most
grammatical material. The Kutchin
group
cialized
spereconstruct
needs
and
well
known
because
of the
have
careful
attention.
of Father
Carrier
published material
to
unsatisfactory and needs
some
dialects
which
are
Chilcotin, Tahltan,
Slave
and
Owing
the
the
either
Morice's
of
group
not
Tanaina,
Carrier
may
be
monumental
languages
Beaver
considered
work
still remain
and
but
the
to
be
worked
Ingalik
but
it is
reasonably
tonal
liarities
pecu-
out.
We
altogether
completely
Athapaskan
known
at all or
only fragmentarily include:
Tanana,
Han, Copper River, Koyukukhotana,
on
be
overhauled.
The
Dogrib.
to
the many
intricate
problems
of
phonology
set
by
the task of
structing
recon-
206
^f
have
Sarcee,
likely,
it
to
the
in
final
is
absolute
or
word.
following
dialectic
much
as
important
An
in
is
basic
in
meaning
dialects,
afford
cannot
we
recoverable
and
dialects
different
as
the
typescript
Sapir
for
research
Philosophical
Sapir
of
bearing
the
this
short
date
no
American
funding.
manuscript
Philosophical
original
but
with
Library,
American
The
certain
whether
to
by
ately
immedi-
an
importance
of
ting
get-
partial
survival
the
the
of
of
recovery
Because
of
many
of
testimony
the
entire
differentiations
words
in
all
most
or
of
scattered
of
the
dialects.
Society
the
is
whole.
Editorial
From
the
more
complication
according
suggest
without
do
to
tonal
protected
or
Athapaskan
stock
the
differs
hand,
one
is
like
or,
In
system.
there
word
others,
archaic
possible.
as
comparative
to
be
two-register
differentiations
these
material
task
which
vocabulary
of
the
on
either
Kutchin,
structure
position
All
and
still
system;
may
earlier
an
Hare
as
tonemic
the
that
tact
of
such
languages,
which
system,
development
secondary
two-register
possess
three-register
Athapaskan
due
Navaho
and
Chipewyan
like
Languages
Indian
American
Society
revisions,
ms.
497.3
B63c
in
now
American
the
Published
Na.l.
ical
Philosophby
permission
of
Society.
is
statement
or
other
Council
Morris
Note
of
Swadesh
Library
in
indication
Learned
donated
1946.
short
typescript,
of
its
Societies
the
edited
origin.
or
typescript
It
and
perhaps
was
similar
to
signed
the
source
American
by
pared
preof
Review
A.
The
Carrier
of
Morice, The
G.
Carrier
Language
Grammar
and
Dictionary Combined.
II: 691 pp. RM
A. G. Morice.
80. Anthropos
LinBand.
IX
X
bei
Wien:
der
InternaBibliothek,
u.
guistische
Modling
Verlag
tionalen
Zeitschrift
"Anthropos," 1932.)
This
magnificent work,
also a dictionary,the
but
with
its page
indicates, is
not
an
ordinary grammar
being skilfully
disposed under appropriate
"Vocabulary" at the end of the second volume,
lexical materials
rubrics.
grammatical
its sub-title
as
The
helps
references,
the
student
to
find
his way
in these
is
no
confusion, only a mutually fertilizing
treatment
Not
grammatical forms of the language and its lexical content.
of
and
allowable
for
Carrier
interweaving
dictionary
grammar
There
materials.
of the
only
and
complex
is such
an
its cognate
is
at least if the grammatical survey
languages, it is in many
respects necessary,
definite.
and
In all the Athapaskan
to be complete
languages many
cated
complirules
"words"
small
to
of
words.
to
sets
or
grammatical
apply only
single
One
intimate
therefore, give as adequate a notion of the more
structure
cannot,
of Carrier
Kutchin
or
is
categories as
or
Navaho
possible in
with
schematic
such
or
languages as Yokuts
mastered,
once
grammatical principles,
word
to the words
or
high degree of confidence
Arabic
in which
with
course,
the
question
rank
of
handling
as
attacked
in
single attack
different
The
First,
the
to
grammar
to
as
body
of the relative
complexity
grammar
originala
so
dual
of the
work
on
its
vocabulary
manner
nor
of
with
problem seems
grammatical contours
consists
as
not
are
a
formal
so
sure
as
to
those
preliminary
of
of the relation
of
never
instinct.
an
the
applied
It is not,
I know,
as
and
eria),
(in Lib-
be
Language"
unity has
unsuited
from
far
Jabo
[501]can
"Carrier
So
or
elements.
of the grammar
real contribution
and
of processes
statement
the
deserves
problem
before
been
Incidentally,this
genius of English,
of Carrier.
treatment
of Phonetics;
Part
"The
Parts
of Speech"
normally non-verbal
(subdivided into "The
"The
"The
Pronouns,"
Adjectives,"
Postpositions,Conjunctions
and
Interjections,"and "The Adverbs"); Part II, "The Verb morphologically
considered"
(subdivided into "The Verbal Stems," "The Verbal Prefixes," and
"The
Verb
Incorporating Verbs"); Part III, "The
grammatically considered"
Noun,"
"The
(subdivided
"Grammatical
into
"General
Notions,"
"The
Divisions,"
"Personal
Divisions,"
Divisions,"
chief
of
irregularities
"Modal
Verbs,"
the
Verbs,"
Divisions,"
"Divisions
phological
"Mor-
based
on
"Temporally incomplete
Endings," and "Verbs with number-indicating Endings"); Part IV, "Syntax and
and
Linguistic Peculiarities"
(subdivided into "Syntactic Notes"
"Linguistic
Part V, "Texts" (fivetexts with interlinear
and free translations);
Peculiarities");
VI
208
and
will
give
to
serve
of
idea
some
the
list).This
check
English
(an
"Vocabulary"
VI,
Part
of
scope
Languages
Indian
American
the
list of
the
Details
work.
main
headings
in
hardly
are
place
here.
It should
redefine
and
detail
grateful
of
is
single
phoneme,
phonemic
d.th
and
would
phonetic
data
is
realization
There
are
as
powerful
in
the
as
of
remarks
and
first
be
Originally
by
published
in
American
permission
of
the
is to
symbolism
ideal
is
is
is
stop
and
the
to
Either
interpret
rarely
economy
ear
method
to
linguists
that
the
obviously
fortis
vaguely
that
tice
prac-
the
true
realized
the
of
mass
simple,
as
attained,
yet
as
its
themselves.
implications
called
to
the
scattered
list of
in
the
ethnological
book.
ences
refer-
volume.
Editorial
Reprinted
only
It is time
facts
in
varying
t:t\
or
be
from
is
to
lenis,
stop)
corresponds
This
what
the
One
mastery.
aspirated
voiceless
phonemic
should
for
of
always
drawback
advantage
problems
phonetic
the
used
aspirated
possible.
will
systematized
with
asa
d:t:th
of
attention
xxix-xxxv
he
in
sis.
analy-
much
obvious
an
corresponding
fundamental
terms
but
important
an
are
uneconomical.
but
most
and
strongly
whereas
ethnological
many
pages
in
implicit
anthropologist's
on
and
not
the
configurative
outlines
has
lies
grammar
reassemble
to
he
phonemes,
ultimate
sufficiently
(defining
t as
better
be
and
d:t
t, and
Morice's
want
which
not
both
while
these
adequate,
first
economical,
is
stop,
write
and
their
of
one
purely
The
of
facts,
Thus,
either
accuracy,
justifiable
that
lenis
might
French
between
facts;
view.
One
th.
written
is
of
point
phonemic
its
may
is, however,
"
Father
fundamental
orthography
the
that
"
in
much
so
the
which
work
the
not
the
for
of
strength
Athapaskan
of
some
Morice
Father
to
weakness
of
student
comparative
the
detail,
descriptive
of
its wealth
that
remembered
be
American
Note
Anthropologist
Anthropological
37,
500-501
Association.
(1935).
Internal
Linguistic Evidence
TNTERNAL
-*"
linguistic evidence
is not
and
in much
this
tricky
for two
their
closeness
little
be
can
light
that
as
their
increases,
it for
and
possibilities
which
in
linguistic evidence
has
of
need
the
culture,
secondary
such
the
their
distribution
theory
origin
of
than
present
Athapaskan
internal, linguistic
might
rayed
tribes
present
recency
in
Walapai
more
a
late
the
and
archaic
Pueblo
neighborhood.
Athapaskan
the
the
Navaho
other
of
Southwestern
veneer,
to
It is true
dialects
cultural
of
influence
that
is such
the
and
development
which
of the
this
the
of
the
224
dialectic
that
the
historical
than
that
the
and
Southwest
One
migration.
various
Apache
because
of their
relative
but
because,
elaborate
linguistic homogeneity
the
early
rather
aside
cleavages
cultures
of
in
like
simpler
proved impervious,
more
an
"
in
ture,
cul-
ment
environ-
plausible,
degree,
not
to
justice
waves
the
itself for
Navaho
point
culture,
the
greater
of
make
to
indefinitely.
is external,
massed
they do,
aspect
tribes
Yuman
to
to
if not
successive
return
northern
with
as
distribution
in
and,
Pueblo
and
ference
in-
American-
Navaho
to
more
of
conceivable
the
case
in
seems
a
is such
originally
the
elements
"
kinds
scanty
evidence
is conceivable,
north
non-Pueblo
area
languages
were
the
to
said
be
in
expected
un-
think
languages
other
that
be
to
with
an
to
reason
theoretically
but
evidence
people
may
is
of unwritten
of
tangible
dialectic
It
tribes
out
that
argue
but
evidence.
Athapaskan-speaking
gradually
It
There
what
Nevertheless,
throw
may
and
yielded
such
these
one.
inference.
fundamental
that
of
certain,
as
is
there
and
pitfalls,
to
controlled,
continue
second
proportion
It is natural
yet
the
In
to
ship
relation-
of
out
knowledge
not
may
difficult
phonologic
reconstructions
as
words
it is often
diffusion.
perspectives.
apparently
culture
of the
good
as
that
of
agriculture,
as
association
show
to
try
this
it,for
generally,
full of
cultural
is elimination
istic field
I shall
is often
importance.
historian
but
that
properly
cultural
among
grow
handle,
comparative
for
value
will
"
from
time,
present
if not
early linguistic
on
to
antecedents
the
at
often,
gathered
cultural
tangible
cultural
remote
least
not
"
knowledge
from
descriptive
our
is
rests
attending
linguistic evidence,
on
be
can
is difficult
of
obtained
best
anthropologists
of nomenclature
evidence
cultural
to
as
community
requiring
its
nature
linguistic borrowing
on
place linguistic
at
factual
inferences
linguistic evidence
Such
meanings
tell whether
or
of
for
cultural
among
reasons.
what
to
as
change
favor
the
the
the
and
from
in their
Southern
nothern
Six:
Na-Dene
and
Athabaskan
211
Languages
226
that
Navaho
'a-de'
for
have
words,
we
of type
possessives
general
that
with
(3) any
obvious
no
Stage
of horn
into
Navaho
to
we
absolute
*de
indefinite
both
of the
have,
high
-de,
Navaho
tone
Chipewyan
e-d^e,
early
k^a
and
horn
is
'a-de'
Loucheux
(Petitot), whence
and
which
and
must
Hupa
ede-k*a
referred
to
to
the
the
preter
inter-
My
same
find
the
that
form
found
are
Navaho
to
in
de
we
ing
correspond-
(Li) (Chipewyan
-de
low
tone). Hare
-da', Hupa
-de', Kato
correspondent
exact
Batard
c'i-^i',
animal's
"an
inferred
"cuiller
Southern
Navaho
beginning
"corne
mind
of
horn's
(Petitot:
come"
en
The
horn."
for
^ide-^in', literally"a
(esbatahot'ine)ede-ka
Obviously,
be
horn"
an
be
be
the
among
," and
e-|i, Kutchin
only
can
in
in Hare
Indian
Sheep
"spoon."
"gourd"
has
word
felt to
now
(in compounds);
spoons,
"spoon,"
animal's
Apache, Sarsi,Kutchin]
Navaho
5,
ladle."
of
-de', Sarsi
and
identically the
Corresponding
-de-
ing
mean-
the
dialects,we
-de, Chipewyan
spread
wide-
of
Inasmuch
of spoons.
|i', Beaver
e-de,
'ade'' is
*-de"' "horn
Hupa
and
of
it is tabooed
that
are
and
the
on
transfer
"gourd, gourd
areas.
linguisticallyreflected
whence
of
[Navaho,
Hupa
for
"plate, bowl")
meaning
and
based
as
making
"an
ladles
Northern
meanings
Athapaskan
Carrier
have
'i-dk,Hare
of
handle,"
we
-de'; while
Loucheux
use
the
and
Athapaskan
of which
development.
surprise
possessed
-|i, Kutchin
Mattole
Athapaskan,
for
deer
history
of horn;
made
that
so
the
ment
instru-
semantic
ladle
of horn;
the
so
more
Southern
the
Athapaskan
the
horn"
|i "horn"
-de'
Loucheux
-de', and
in
Kutchin
e.g.,
to
"a
than
made
brass
The
Athapaskan
Navaho,
horn,"
instrument,
dialectic
Apache)
also
in
volunteered
once
"horn,"
two
horn.
longer
no
of the
other
to
with
"ladle"
animal's
now
gourd, Cucurhita,
were
words,
both
meant
turn
is
horn; (2)
Southern
validity
horn
Sandoval
word
If
the
the
use
Albert
Navaho
has
unrelated
and
"an
musical
2,
decoration)."
originallymeant
our
Athapaskan;
3,
spoons
disconnected
two
distinct
the
bird's)
(i.e.,
"his
hair
that
longer
no
in
blowing,
animal's
specificNavaho
group
pro
as
for
animal's
an
an
to-
for spoons;
fact
the
to
stage
be
would
presumably
use
due
two
to
(1)
be:
would, then,
Pacific,and
as
relation
ladle"
much
used
double
of
"his-one's-feather,"i.e.,
originally meant
very
horn"
made.
spoon,"
bi-t'a'
(used
plume
unrelated
are
Athapaskan
be-'et'a'
"gourd
in turn
ladle"
"gourd
Southern
'ade*'
Navaho
"ram's
"horn," originally a
'ade''
'ade'
in
feather, his
this word
"horn
as
and
(bird's)feather," but
that
reinterpreted
of
examples
(secondarily owned)
"his
in
horn"
other
"his-one's
'a-t'a' "a
feather,"
"one's
aplatie"
'ade'
in
things, for
its
the
212
VI
Indian
American
Languages
227
in ritual
is used
term
(though
meaning
horse
for
long
too
not
the
the
horse
historical
that
interest:
Navaho
culture,
Southwest.
and
gourd
if
Even
the
and
one
the
of these
"the
is
bag);
verbs
in the
the
it
as
"
it is
beginning
and
in
either
-t-yas.The
such
or
"
An
'
See,
=
ts.
at
of
Southern
is useful
the
remoter
least,
of the
a
of
theory
into
the
of
the
absence
by
for
early
to
(or east)
the
brought
of
culture
analysis
close
reconstruction
the
of the Pueblos
influence
things
of
with
north
infer
is -sas,
lies in
the Navaho
on
for
(after vowels)
verb
Vocabulary,
sub
pp.
as
here
based
erally,
gen-
lies." A
"I
responding
cor-
scatter
or
go
cases
of
(in sowing)."
apparently
noun.
back
fabric
these
denominative
that
all verb
of
"classifier"
to
either
*si-l-yas is analogous
"the
for
dialects, and
of
dialectic
products
must
-sas
silcoz*
on
351, 353.
"broadcast
more
cognate
no
Athapaskan
phonology
contracted
*si-}-zas
neuter
neuter
but,
merely
not
Athapaskan
Navaho
words,
in other
perfective
are
can
have
of verbs
from
clear
lies"
find
other
analogous
set
seed
e.g.,
original meaning
The
instance,
from
me
probably
we
row."
mass
to
in
perfective neuter,
means,
let the
often
so
y;
lies"
specifically"the
nasas,
Ethnologic Dictionary,
e.g..
four
the
two
to
the
early phase
an
cognates
seed
available
is that
perfective
"c
in
(e.g.,sand, water)."
perfectly
s
to
illumination
not
than
spoons
"the
"I
material
verbs
further
"seed
isolated
Apache
finely divided
also
sprinkle
"
of
to
well
go
the
no
for
nsas
verb,
but
inference
origin legend
out
known
or,
inferences
from
Apache
obviously
of
mass
seed,"^
been
Navaho
the
the massive
verb
active
the
its
lies,"
forms
and
tribes, the
Navaho
seed
the
tribes.
Apache
"the
with
not
have
to
These
of horn
presence
period antedating
sisas
points
original
its
original element
an
spoons,
of
goes
'ade"' and
2. The
assumed
culture.
Navaho-Apache
of Navaho
be
Navaho
of the
immigration
horn
ancestors
Athapaskan
Southern
that
must
Athapaskan-speaking
of the
the
by
cardinal
is not
gourd
the
culture; and
Athapaskan
the
that
Our
"horse"
meant
acquainted
indicated
as
four
the
term
importance
more
evidence
became
ancestors
Emergence,
no
ly' always
comparative
their
in
is of
that
compound
materials.
ritualistically
proper
day
that
after
of
creation
the
and
"dog")
was
from
easily prove
can
we
Navaho
the
in the
example
their conviction
than
problem
in the historic
feeling of
the
Children," but
Gourd
for
mythology,
and
lies."
But
stems
-1-zas
in form
what
-1or
to
is the
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
213
Languages
228
underlying
zas
two
forms,
few
cases
of
have
must
in the
As
in
preceding
difl"cult
is found
the
in
(Jenness),
Loucheux
?iow,
in
the
ground,"
seed
lies."
tory
and,
in
To
clearly the
on
yas,
and
divided
of "the
seed
lies." No
lying on
Navaho
sequence
ground;"^^
cil,
"snow
on
advances
the
on
classifica-
the
ground")
the
to
meanings
on
for "the
lying
in
means
lying
term
("snow
term
zas,
Athapaskan
the
Navaho
present
of
yis
JicarillaApache
general meaning
more
"snow"
Sarsi
yas,
of the
*yaxs'
meaning,
meaning
Mattole
non-agricultural
transferred
("the finely
Beaver
of the
paskan
Atha-
represented by
prototype
summarize,
takes
ground")
verb
is
spread
wide-
(Jenness),
restricted
it
scatter
Athapaskan),
Athapaskan
specifically"snow
This
"the
universal
original meaning
term,
"falling snow."
or
sisas
is not
term
with
dialects:
yas,
The
but
Athapaskan
common
Kato
zas.
general
cultural
yahs,^"
Hupa
seed
(or Southern
connotation.
zds
verb
whence
"I
connection
Kaska
zah,
the
broadcast."
present
Athapaskan
(these
of the
the
sow
Navaho
to
Hence
yas
one
originally meant
"I
the
close
Chipewyan
y3",
"snow"
"snowdrift"
of
Chiricahua
Mescalero,
another
establish
to
Kutchin
yaxs,
is not
while
zas,
constitute
nasas
whence
is confined
majority
Carrier
Kwalhioqua
verb
case,
but
Navaho).
within
differingcultural
of
term
word
active
Navaho
archaic,
more
lies like
lies)like snow,"
it
Athapaskan
it is not
zas,
difference
derived
that
is the
latter
originally,"it
meant,
(so
about
the
dialectic
lies"; the
seed
or
of which
technical
fits the
linguistic
facts.
3. The
in
occurs
to
be
Navaho
number
translated
of
compound
"corn"
thorn," approximately
and,
for
"
God);
Talking
"it
My
technical
is
for
reason
to
The
Hupa
word
not
means
is the
is
familiar
first element
"buckthorn,"
it tends
Navaho
in the
perhaps
"box-
god
native
"bitter
name
term
(cf.
corn"
"cedar-berries," literally"coyote-corn;"
GofiF,Dictionnaire
for
than
but
"white
146:
"y^
snow
on
the
frost
Stems
low-toned
*yixs is
too
(on trees)."
ground;"
similarly,for Chipewyan,
Carrier
see
1, p. 25, where
yet settled)."
"snow"
Linguistics,Vol. 7, 1933), p.
not
element, -d4',
in which
Vol.
second
give here.
"
tomb^e;"
form,
ci'd4'
The
referring to plants
Navaho
bitter"); ma'id4'
"
1932),
by
is nad4'.
nouns
"god-corn"
slightly abbreviated
in
the
dici'
for "corn"
word
A.
G.
Morice,
The
Carrier
Language
contrasts
with
Rome,
1916), sub
(2 vols., Modling
eel
(our Sal)"snow
bei
L. Le
"neige
Wien,
(heavy
and
VI
214
Indian
American
Languages
229
gahcohdi'
"winterfat," literally"jackrabbit-corn."
The
compounds
such
rather
which
is
these, -di'
as
obviously
is
rabbit-food,"
it is
from
"food"
which
quoted
and
quite
because
the
that
primary meaning
plausible
corn"). This
from
eatable"),
it"
(from
itself
"corn"
The
here
and
"corn
there"
attempt
an
survival
Danish
there,"
to
see
common
our
student
old
an
solved
na-.
until
"that
which
"to
be
of
.
we
which
is eaten,
eaten,
.:"
be
to
excellence,
himself
is at
feels
once
made
the
medio-
(e.g.,yid4
verb
transitive
derived).
It
"it
"to
-y4
is
eat
fore,
there-
looks,
be
Chipewyan
One
"planted
and
have
found
reconstruct
form
-tide of
this
time
and
be
plausibly
-tide
surmise
pletely
com-
form
from
*-dan-e',
tion
explanaof Atha*dg-han-6
whence
*-dan-g'
Sarsi
-d4''
that
consideration
*d5-han,
is
with
cognate
considered
reduced
(itself
in *-g of
eatable"), possessed
than
whereas
eventide,
compounded
cannot
by
*dan-6
to
relative
originally
linguisticallyunforced
is met
requirement
nad4',
seriously,however,
with
than
"about,
na.--
common
follow
to
seems
corn,
problem
It
venture
that
synonymous
more
the
more
knows
Our
done
food,"
no
tide in the
English
have
Navaho.
with
might
taken
word
tide
the
to
equated
verbs.
Zeit.
former
paskan cognates,
obscure
is to be
word
"food"
The
been
therefore
with
-d4'
for
have
as
par
he
eatable"
independently
whence
of
German
originally meant
of
quite
This
and
be
sense,
term
Navaho
be, "corn,"
durative
is
the
and
compare
"to
"what
cannot
"corn."
of
tid
is
and
to
historical
every
a
and
the
to
is
of continuative
is here
we
-d4
in
the
true
old
an
food"
to
ci-yan
"jack-
"corn"
forms.
analogy
generalized
verb
is
compounds
clear
should
for
fuller na-d4'of
(sidi''"my
is,or
when
above
of nad4'
na-
obvious
no
of -d4'
originallymeant
in possessed
such
"food,"
and
is not, in any
contrary,
is
than
-d4'
of the
-d4'
the
on
for "food"
use
neuter
ciyan
if -d4'
as
prove
for "corn"
closely related
which
instead
that
but,
Navaho
passive imperfective
abbreviated
interpretation, not
in actual
within
the
in
why,
reason
"coyote-food"
as
disguised, in
forms
"my
"corn"
terms
corn")
to
"corn"
possessed
word
of
"my
lingers,somewhat
in
such
use
easy
nad4'
whence
the
the
(e.g.,sid4'
But
abbreviated
logicalin
more
probably
forms
possessed
absolutive.
is translated
*-dan,
"food
Mescalero
Apache
-dan
possessed -dan'
in -dan'
sa'an
"food
of
is
...
food," Mattole
meaning
exact
possessed
enlarged
status
of
from
Navaho
-dane'
"food").
lying"
"possession, property"
These
-d4'. It is
not
forms
the
enable
reflex
is
".
us
of
to
the
saving
with
(presumably
understand
primary
the
*dan6
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
215
Languages
230
"food"
but
of its
Apache
*dan,
while
Apache
*d4])
would
forms
possessed
the
variant
Sarsi
old
dam,
Athapaskan
have
resulted
in -dan
in
."
therefore,that
existed, would
ever
to
infer that
Once
*^e-na--
frequently
used
Loucheux
Hare
Navaho
animate
prefix,*na-,
(literally,"the
na-cal
in
acts
compound
"alien"
from
(apparently also
interpreted
to
as
"
See
"
Ibid., Vol.
"enemies
Vocabulary,
2,
p.
Vol.
masgali
"Isleta
the
at
natqoho;
which
does
not
by
"Mescalero
better
"at
Apache
Navaho
to
Kato
in
this
Navaho
refer to
definite
in-
(Petitot)
and, presumably,
"Mescalero"),^^
water"
Hupa
without
form
is
na,--
the"),
na'-sfezi
who
ones
natoho
are
"Zuni
ened"),
blackNavaho
the
with
in accordance
over,
Doga-ra-ke
"enemy"
na-t'j-i
enemy")
Indians"?).
1, p. 127, sub
135, sub
forms, analogous
+ "child, little").In
made
Indian,"
Cree
Chiricahua
na-yist!ezi"enemy"+"the
from
tribes.
*ca-ne--) "Eskimo,"
compounded
as
and,
compounded
Loucheux
Batard
Chipewyan
an
for
word
"Eskimo,"
e-na-ke
(from "enemy-many-
Indians"
pattern,
old
or
compounds).
in
(Li) "enemy,
from
be.
compounds,
'^-na
of these
in
old
an
collective) and
particularly such
nouns,
(contracted
name
human
is
Eskimo,"
some
as
nasgali (apparently
tribal
beings,
in
'a-na-',Mescalero,
of
is illustrated
(from
"Comanche
Indians"
may
specificneighboring
to
possible
imif it
driven
are
na*-
of
na,--
"enemy,"
sufl5x.)The
who
one
"orphan"
na-lan
(*na',
(contracted
ce--k''6i
Indian,"
plural
e-h-da
form,
satisfactorylinguistic
reflexes
refer
to
"enemy,
9-ne
Kutchin
is
forms
two
9-d-na, Chipewyan
"Eskimo,"
]^i-na'"Yurok
'i-nda\
found
in
have
to
see,
doubly
We
certain
rapidly
dialects
it
na,--,"whatever
to
We
ma'rdi"'
as
which
in Navaho.
of
referred
advance
makes
dan,
of Athapaskan
"corn."
forms
there,"
*na-dan
are:
e-h-da,
-ke,
corn,
Carrier
e-na-kie
"Eskimo,"
have
we
This
and
Apache
reflex
true
Navaho
food."
The
absolutive
-d4'
such
"food
the
the
Navaho
here
yield
to
being
*dan.
of
Examples
"corn
must
na,'-
was
aliens," occurring
words
Slave
had
Athapaskan
indefinite
These
rib
food
Many
"enemy,
with
of
"coyote's
as
originallymeant
that
see
whose
solution.
have
nad4'
we
animal,
but
interpret nadi'
to
cognate
strictlylinguisticgrounds
on
"coyote-food,"
not
mean,
exact
an
from
an
given Navaho,
have
*dani,
for
yielded Navaho,
have
would
plified
(exem-
former
[read dan,
dan
would
*dan
of
."; the
Apache
merely generalized
are
-d4-' "food
and
of
Navaho
-*dan-6'
"food
and
*dan, monosyllabic,
an
Mescalero
*-dan6'
d^n^,
Athapaskan
old Southern
form
possessed
by Chipewyan
dians"
In-
"Laguna
The
last of these
the
Franciscan
tribal
is
names
Fathers^^
but
Apache."
the
than
on
t6
name
"water."
is based
on
216
VI
Indian
American
Languages 2
231
interpretation is
natural
more
to
the
near
or
confirmed
for
the
by
other
words,
qualify
in this
basic
only
both
natoh
the
with
they
"corn"
There
in certain
for
about
the
the
for
could
is
ad
hoc
Sandoval
is
sacred
name
Ibid., Vol.
1,
p.
in
..."
In
which
the enemy,
226.
built
feel the
this
which
na-
to
seems
forms:
must
bit sicanake'h
been
the
said
in it:
for
fit the
have
of the
but
the
he
word
of
tribal
concilable.
irre-
be used
only
future
-ket,
idiomatic
verb
"sleeplessnessalways
is
verb
form
of the
preceded by
refers
stem
Sandoval,
had
felt,somehow,
no
feeling,which
linguisticform.
same
owl, cahalxel
one
stem,
in its
yil nakeli
who
comes
is
This
to
that
there
from
hardly
more
obscure
verb,
progressive
"darkness
the
notion
this
be
imperfective
and
an
from"
that
suggest
myth
become
sleepless."The
"away
-ca-
interpreter,Albert
was
in
on,
could
the
had
the
It is used
have
"I
to
as
My
-kel.
there
na-
terms
has
stem
Later
of their
of their
and
two
agricultural
an
that
alyzed
an-
"Pueblo
enemy,"
much
so
be
can
alien food.
them
to
the
which
an
"enemy"
the
the-one-who-comes-gliding(?)-back,
**
had
'ana*'
subject;
interpretation to
pointed out,
the
is
point
words
to
Navaho,
as
possibly
not
iterative
linguisticsupport
no
Navaho
gliding movement
to
The
has
compounds
of the
corn
in Navaho
stem
underlying metaphor
(-kel), as
it
of
-na'
object)
of movement.
There
an
the
inconceivable
-keh, optative
(bit "sleep"
reference
is
Fathers
"enemy
in summary,
staple and
also
"food
verb
curious
iterative
specifictype
but
when
is
is such
up.
enemy
Navaho
older
clustering about
and
indirect
as
time
was
referringto sleeplessness,e.g.,
bothers
an
as
it
it,they
to
into
usitative
This
river
crotch-wise."
archaic
the
rivers
two
the Franciscan
sentiments
the
River,
that
enemies"
are
for
name
interpretations
completely dry
turns
still thinking of
corn
it that
(probably error
-keh
than
Colorado
Jose
nad4'
and
was
times, were
akin
old
an
normal
two
never
"corn," nad4',
there
adopted
as
The
names.
4.
that
around
alien
anything
me."
Little
San
and
probability
great
had
ritual
was
the
lated
(assimi-
in -i
Indians.
word
in historic
people
when
Pueblo
Navaho
food," implies
what
presumably
to
which
"...
mean
("river"
nouns
relative
(natqo s3,kal),"literally"the
not
the
case
The
verb
as
na*t6'(h)siiai' given by
place name
Mexico
"enemy"
for
name
importance linguistically
as
indicating
some
and
and
habitat
na"-
the
in contrast
River
Juan
Navaho
New
Grant,
its
of
old
take
to
"enemy-river,"
Grande?),
San
namely
of toh,
in
Rio
Jose (and
San
natoh
-6) from
form
with-
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
111
Languages
232
darkness."
with
The
There
in Navaho.
see
in them
Turning
would
nothing
of
Apache,
that
the
from
Southern
cognate
to
this third
each
must
have
Navaho
has
by
verb
stems
been.
and
is such
is
perfective)
im-
given
the
thetical
hypo-
strict formal
their
as
are
to
leave
table
meanings
little doubt
of stem
phonetic equivalents
forms
for four
Athapaskan
1.
Ingalik
travel
"to
by canoe'
(ditto)
3.
Kutchin
(ditto)
4.
Carrier
(ditto)
5.
Beaver
(ditto)
6.
Hare
(ditto)
(ditto)
7. Chipewyan
8.
Sarsi
to
9.
travel
"to
Chasta
11.
Hupa
canoe;
for trade"
go
Ts'ets'aut
10.
by
"to
travel
Costa
"to
several
travel
by canoe'
(ditto)
by
canoe;
objects float"
-XI
-xil
of
demonstrably
set:
2. Loucheux
as
Chiricahua
of the
which
following
of
future
ings
developed specialized mean-
stems
The
to
still
from
with
and
the distribution
Now
meanings
the
is indicated
dialect
term.
to
easy
If
words.
Athapaskan
term
of the
stems
means
no
Athapaskan
of dialectic
summary
selected
by
third
Pacific
transferred
reconcile
use
imperfective
Navaho
be because
and
of what
gives
the
is
historicallyrelated, as
must
the
perhaps
stem:
of
diverge
Northern
verb
in
except
iterative
are
parallelism,it
the
which
and
trot," which
words
find
we
forms
isolated
"glide"
Apache
these
of movement
simple
is not
-ke"
momentaneous
run,
with
done
Chiricahua
usitative
"several
be
to
an
The
here.
apposite
so
"it
*yiket
dialects.
to
is not
gliding
be
Athapaskan
momentaneous
-kel,
is
survivals
in other
occur
of
image
which
progressive form,
-xe'
Six:
Athabaskan
Na-Dene
and
219
Languages
234
The
Navaho
sacred
nakei
of
name
Athapaskan
in many
"he
owl
'gliding'home"
comes
is the
relative
form)
progressive *na-7g-(d6-)ke"l,
of the
he's
boat,
the
other
dialects,e.g., Sarsi
returning
paddling back;"'^
from
Carrier
again navigating,
there
old
an
reflexes
exact
are
"he's
in the
from
back
coming
on
from
*na-7e-s-ke"l)
"I
is
am
returning by
(contracted
na-s-ket
am
of which
na-71-kal
Beaver
shopping;"
nakeli
(of which
is contracted
"he
evidence
assumed
in
that
character,
the
Navaho
and
which
evidence
in
Navaho
the
Such
the
Navaho
culture
supplementary
connotations.
the
the
historic
the
times, was
at
glimpse,
the
faint
Navaho,
(3) All
first four
with
"
Natural
but
of the
and
"
Morice, The
"
John
W.
the
in lesser
cultural
10,
Carrier
Chapman,
in
Pueblos.
inferences
Beaver
Pt.
Language,
Ten
'a Texts
derived
from
culture; that
food
away,
of horn; that
maize,
be had
may
historical
gap
the
is
sense,
the
of
listed
words, that
that
and
time
of
cultural
ethnologic
are
staple in
use
already given,
modern
sis
analy-
kan
Athapas-
in other
"
cultural
this
of Southern
originally made
cultural
Dialect
6, 1917),
having
originally lacking;
have
we
strengthened.
collectively,made
This
degree, by
be
words
element
was
Southwestern
Goddard,
History, Vol.
deepen,
free
to
environment,
would
be
alien
an
lightlyargued
these
linguistic
it were,
as
Southwestern
may
were
felt to be
Pacific
of
gravity
find internal
Navaho
the
to
Athapaskans
inferences
non-Pueblo
Pliny Earle
be
to
Southern
or
though
foreign
was
time
one
not
Navaho
sense,
that
agricultural complex
of these
the
four
originallyan
not
unity
of
an
in this culture
spoons
Southwestern
of
inferences
was
of
center
provenience
linguisticanalysis of
of seed
sowing
northern
dialectic
ramifications
could
we
their present
strengthening
gourd
culture; that
broadcast
(2) If
(Navaho,
JicarillaApache,
implications, tending,
from
cultural
The
that
are:
of
probability
geographical
north.
origin of
dialects
close-knit
dialectic
It is
distributional
northern
Apache,
form
complex
The
of the
Athapaskan
Chiricahua
obviously
more
of cultural
Navaho,
suggested by
Southern
and
and
initial
the
Athapaskan.
in
languages,
All
(1)
summarized.
linguisticevidence,
Apache)
with
be
now
may
external
important
Mescalero
Kiowa
contrasts
Northern
in this paper
Apache.
Apache,
Lipan,
and
is
provide
to
and
Western
is
collected
there
in
canoes.
tween
be-
gap
tive
descrip-
evidence.
The
theoreticallycompatible
(Anthropological Papers,
American
with
Museum
p. 506.
Vol.
and
1, p. 279.
Tales
1.1.
from
when
Anvik, Alaska
(Publications, American
of
^f
220
Indian
American
Languages
235
positively
to
northern
north
most
improbable.
to
is far
early
an
Navaho
of
of
event,
geographical
Navaho,
stand
to
of
instance
be
worked
be
and
layers
ever
Plains
a
much
New
Apache,
of
later
his
published
Kroeber
head
them
or
than
type
Navaho
Sarsi
cultural
and
the
distinctively
good
influence.
The
in
and,
any
the
Meanwhile,
fragmentary.
reality
the
first
relatively
added
future
Sarsi,
of
basin;
than
Jicarilla Apache,
historical
the
Kiowa
problem,
culture
Apache
hypothetical
Plains
fluence
in-
antecedents.
Connecticut
Haven,
Originally
wove
the
of
the
be
Pueblo
Kiowa
Editorial
L.
the
for
work
than
character
for
out
is
more
suggestion
of
ern
north-
the
to
second,
Southern
ethnologists;
naturally,
must,
basis
of
outlines
tribes
is
peoples
Mackenzie
its
by
Southwest;
the
the
in
these
these
fundamental
of
movement
University
Yale
A.
more
migration
analysis
strata:
defined
of
of
an
assimilate
Chipewyan,
as
the
doubt,
no
each
is in
to
sequence:
may
though,
likely
hardly
points
of
movement
tribes
now
line
line
archaic
these
on
various
these
the
more
To
specialization
disentangling
is
the
influence.
Southwestern
Pueblo,
deal
of
culture
to
the
four
of
as
tending
influence,
direct
Such
is correct,
reveal
to
culture
Plains
the
that
this
adaptation,
of
non-Pueblo
simple
aim
the
to
Plains
Southwestern
If
imply
Basin.
likely
more
would
culture
specialized
if valid,
inferences,
least
Great
plains.
layer, comparable
western
the
the
western
culture
Athapaskan
in
not
across
It
the
via
these
setting.
south
from
of
last
does
origin"
"Northern
proceeded
The
setting.
northern
more
from
into
called
scattered
this
in
this
American
paper
literature
masterpiece"
Note
Anthropologist
a
of
"matter
224-235
38,
virtuosity.
(1936).
.Sapir just
took
out
of
the
particular
(Kroeber
1984:
little
133).
bits
that
he
needed
and
Contribution
Cornelius
The
Osgood,
Northern
of the
LinguisticClassification
to
Distribution
Athapaskan
within
the
Northern
Indians
Athapaskan
Area
to
assumed:
1. Kutchin
2. Tsetsaut
3. Tanaina
"
4. Carrier
5. Tahltan
6. Sekani
Ingalik
Chilcotin
"
"
Kaska
Beaver
"
7.
Sarsi
"
Slave
Yellowknife
Chipewyan
Bear
Lake
Hare
Dogrib
Of the remaining eight groups,
Nabesna,
Ahtena, Han,
Koyukon, Tanana,
and Nicola, nothing is certain concerning their classification.
Tutchone, Mountain,
Ahtena
be
distinct
division
to
and
it
is
a
itself,
by
likelythat
may
prove
"
8.
most
of the others
3, 5, and
"
"
are
to
be consolidated
"
with
the divisions
numbered
above
as
7.
It is
and cultural
research
be undertaken
greatlyhoped that both linguistic
may
the
decade
definite
to
to
more
during
coming
conclusions, while
bring
still possible,some
of the problems which
have been
mentioned.
Such
sions
concluwill have an important and far-reachingeffect on the study of the whole
of
American
culture.
Vf
222
Indian
American
Editorial
Reprinted
(1936).
work
studied
by
was
with
among
junior
Sapir
of
permission
Chicago.
of
Distribution
Publications
Human
an
Athabaskan
colleague
at
The
University
(1905-1985),
Osgood
Cornelius
1930s,
Yale
Indians,
Athapaskan
Note
Cornelius,
Osgood,
from
Excerpt
Languages
anthropologist
of
groups
Sapir's
in
Relations
at
Yale
Northern
Anthropology
who
and
the
7,
21-22
Files.
Area
Canada
during
the
of
did
extensive
Alaska
1930s
and
nographic
eth-
during
had
the
earlier
Seven:
Section
Penutian
Languages
Introduction
and Kroeber
guistic
linoriginallyproposed by Dixon
(1913), the Penutian
stock encompassed five California
that had
hitherto
been
groups
In
separatelyclassified: Wintun, Maidu, Yokuts, Miwok, and Costanoan.
modern
discussions
of North
American
classification
Dixon
and
linguistic
Kroeber's
is
referred
California
whose
to
as
Penutian,
status
as
a
grouping
unit within
a
larger Penutian
relationshipis still an unresolved
question
(Whistler 1977; Shipley 1980; Berman
1983). The recognitionof a wider
As
affiliation of California
the
to
and
Penutian, and
must
largerrelationship,
the extension
largelybe
credited
of the term
"Penutian"
Sapir.Between
to
1915
1925
"
Chinookan,
followed
by Tsimshian,
Sahaptian, and
Plateau
(Klamath-Modoc,
group
and
finallyby a cluster of Mexican
Molale-Cayuse),
Central American
outliers. Subsequently,others have used the term
Penutian
in even
broader
but Sapir'sproposals have
remained
the point of
senses,
in
discussion
of
the
"Penutian
for
departure any
Hypothesis" (as
example in
Silverstein 1979 or Greenberg 1987).
in the comparative linguistics
of Hokan
Compared with his achievements
is a thin
(see Volume
V), Sapir'spublished record in comparative Penutian
He wrote
one.
only one major paper on Penutian ("A Characteristic Penutian
of Stem", 1921b), which
Form
included
tions.
no
etymological sets or reconstrucIt is fair to say that, for all his interest in historical questions,Sapir's
Penutian
to
were
major contributions
linguistics
descriptiverather than
and
texts
(1909c and 1912h) and his
comparative. His Takelma
grammar
Wishram
Chinook
texts (1909d) and grammatical synopses
(1907c and 191 Ig
in this volume) are the foundational
works
in the descriptive
study not only
of these two languages but of Penutian
Moreover, Sapir's
languagesgenerally.
perspectiveon the diachronic
relationshipof the Penutian
languages was
influenced
his
detailed
of
the
heavily
by
synchronic facts of
knowledge
Takelma
and
Wishram.
of Sapir'sPenutian
work
Any general assessment
these two
with his work
on
must, then, largelybe concerned
languages of
Oregon.
It
his
in fact
was
worker,
and
cut
his
Wishram
teacher, Franz
Boas,
Ethnology, to gather
Report
on
the
on
which
Language
on
on
and
Sapir,
as
21
of 1905.
-year-old novice
He
had
been
field
summer
sent
by
of American
provided by the Bureau
the upriverdialects of Chinook.
"Preliminary
(1907c) is
Mythology of the Upper Chinook"
funds
Seven:
Takelma
that have
1907, when
begun
227
Penutian Languages
exhibits many
of the phonological
and morphosyntactic
features
to be recognized
Penutian. As earlyas
come
as
characteristically
Kroeber's
study of Yokuts
notingstructural resemblances
between
Takelma
languages.It was not, however, until well after Dixon and Kroeber first
in 1913 that Sapirbegan
proposed the Penutian and Hokan
relationships
active exploration
of possible
geneticlinks for Takelma. Apparently reading
Leo J. Frachtenberg's
of Coos (Frachtenberg
1914a)firststimulated
grammar
Sapir'sinterest in this work. Sapir'scorrespondencewith A. L. Kroeber
reveals that by mid- April,1915, he had concluded
that Coos and Takelma,
and possiblysome
other Oregon languages,formed
"North
Penutian"
a
that had
been
"cut
loose"
from
the California
("South Penutian")
by
languages"(GoUa 1984: 182).
group
He compiled a list of 145 potential
Coos, Takelma, and
cognates among
California Penutian (seeSapirand Swadesh
vincing
1953),althoughhis most congroup
the "northern
evidence
intrusion
of Hokan
It was
at this time, in all
grammaticaland typological.
"A
that
drafted
Characteristic
Penutian
of Stem"
Form
hkelihood,
Sapir
(1921b),the paper that was to be his onlymajor contribution to comparative
Penutian linguistics.
This paper, however, was
not
completed until 1919, and its publication
further
until
even
1921, so that in part it reflects later developments.
delayed
Chief among
these was
the broad expansion of the network
of Penutian
connections. By late 1915 Sapirhad come
Penutian"
to believe that "North
should also include Siuslaw and Chinookan, as well as (more tentatively)
1984: 201 "203). Leo Frachtenberg,
Alsea, Kalapuya,and Tsimshian (see GoUa
similar
line
of
was
meanwhile,
independently
pursuinga
investigation,
and in 1918 he pubhshed evidence linkingTakelma, Kalapuya, and Chinookan,
and suggesting
(but not claiming)a connection between this group
and the California Penutian languages(Frachtenberg
1918).Sapirrecast "A
Characteristic Penutian Form
of Stem" as a replyto Frachtenberg,
offering
e
vidence
of
and
nature
a
confirmatory
morphological
placingFrachtenberg's
comparisonsin the context of his own
speculations.
Of particular
interest to Sapirwas
the possibility
of a relationship
between
Chinookan
and Penutian, not least because it seemed
so
improbableon the
basis of morphologicalstructure.
Chinookan
is a thoroughly polysynthetic,
in this respect from
head-markinglanguage(Nichols1986) differing
radically
other Penutian languages,
which tend to be dependent-marking,
with
most
nominal
and a rather Indo-European-like
distinction between
cases
nouns
was
more
to be Penutian
itwould
Vf
228
Upper and
between
indicated
Chinookan
Lower
generaldrift toward
Indian Languages 2
American
In
polysynthesis.
"A
Chinookan
Phonetic
"
"
"
it)in his
paper
Sapirbegan
River Terms
"Nass
on
of
1).
to
explore Mesoamerican
found
Sapirevidently
Zoque
and
Huave
in 1919) in
Dixon's
(whose
Mexican
the
time
same
Penutian
evidence
Roland
B. Dixon
for he
convincing,
more
to Mixe
relationship
had been
pendently
inde-
note
1).
placedMixe-
by
postulated
Radin
table of his
classificatory
Indian languages(1929a:139).
EncyclopaediaBritamiica article on American
In the same
placeSapir also suggestedthat Xinca (inGuatemala) and Lenca
(in Honduras
and El Salvador),as well as perhaps Paya and Jicaque(in
a
Penutian
group
in the
althoughSapir rejectedLehmann's
and
more
Chumash
field data
further
(i.e.,
Hokan). In the mid-1920s
on
Mixe.
His
to
Seven:
prepare
draft
of
which
she
and
suggestions
to
lexical
and
sets
for
last
Sapir's
the
During
in
scholar
field
also
contained
Sapir
and
in
subsequently.
1964)
contains
completely
the
attention
Penutian
Stem"
jotted
in
list
1915
The
(Sapir
original
marginalia
and
for
which
included
(Swadesh
Swadesh
copy
the
in
of
these
errors,
here.
of
184-186)
Penutian
other
collated.
but
most
and
Tsimshian
the
with
parisons
com-
Penutian
few
are
probably
were
marginal
"A
elem.ents.
of
on
in
Kroeber,
to
grammatical
works
mentioned
future"
letter
Integrated
Boas's
list
the
his
In
lexical
1984:
collection
1953),
1954),
Penutian
Golla
(see
of
active
most
sons"
Compari-
thoroughly
never
publication
Sapir's
margins
publication
in
work,
extenso
59).
is
typographical
numerous
re-edited
the
he
apparently
in
involving
sets
Glosses"
down
the
apparently
1915
(1921b:
the
to
Penutian
was
comparative
is
21,
the
ered
consid-
be
may
languages
"present
to
of
Form
which
the
April
on
own
152
This
1915.
promised
Comparative
languages,
are
to
Sapir
particular
that
been
around
Swadesh
of
Hst
of
many
"Coos-Takelma-Penutian
as
paper
addition
Penutian.
his
to
and
In
for
paper
comments
responsible
Penutian
Oregon
Kroeber
Penutian
"Sapir's
In
The
work.
This
Morris
addition
1953),
Sapir
data
student
Family,"
Sapir's
coauthored
comparative
published,
Swadesh
by
the
calls
made
and
many
certainly
on
surviving
letter
Characteristic
Sapir
all
and
compiled
Sapir
statement
field.
of
reconstructions.
suggested
Sapir's
edited
(Sapir
in
the
Penutian
suggestions."
and
is
almost
the
to
"criticism
purposes
is
Sapir
public
of
also
and
practical
Penutian
survey
by
all
Mixe
incorporates
1930)
1950s
the
Swadesh
sets
for
of
for
Sapir
to
footnotes,
signed
ten
sent
229
Languages
Relationship
(Freeland
published
as
"The
on
paper
Penutian
glosses
material
desh
(Swahas
these
glosses
texts
(1912).
REPORT
PRELIMINARY
the
of
summer
American
1905
Ethnology
have
published,
of the
Chinook
Boas,
of
Chinook
both
Vocabulary,"
Anthropologist} This
of the
Chinookan
It
river.
therefore
was
study
The
that
the
to
dialect
Columbia
Indians
Narrows.
the
of
which
Yakima
their
which,
other
intents
before
in
river
the
Bureau
of
pp.
these
is used
works
ANTH
N.
,
S., 9-35.
the
and
as
that
Bureau
Bulletins
1904,
See
pp.
either
533
all
20
1
of
and
18-147.
Bulletin
Yakima
ist
per.
their
by
Sahaptian stock) as
of
Wishham,
or
the
and
them
26.
Wasco
Hood
Ithaca,
at
American
on
is,
the
(or Dog)
New
cember,
York, De-
Anthropologist,
phonetic system
the
is
Ethnology.
American
i he
for
to
probability
known
are
Wishram,
Association
in this article.
river
the
on
is
shore
Salmon
is in
the
Anthropological
the
northern
now
')
Salmon
VI,
to
refer
notes
language spoken by
same
of
more
iidxlnit, the
White
by permission
and
of
The
of the
Ethnology,
199-237,
are
They
form
anglicized
American
American
AM.
Clark.
and
the
on
White
from
Uaxluit
an
am
purposes,
Published
1905.
N.
living
neighbors (tribesof
in its
and
of the
side
Read
Lewis
Columbia
grammar,
following
themselves
apellation to-day.
common
all
of
Klikitat
and
Wticxam,
"
Echeloot
"
'
{itcxluit,
'
dialects
somewhat
Chinookan
Indians, who
called
can
Ameri-
the
of
mouth
gain
to
the
formerly
These
reservation, Washington,
sing,
which
to
in the
with
the
on
dialects.
eastern
Long
the
near
or
peculiaritiesof
the
language
the
at
deals
phology
Mor-
"
Notes
"
as
Kathlamet
"
appear
material
published
extreme
or
articles
which
desirable, in order
of
idea
spoken by
the
of
far
so
Swanton's
Boas'
ten
some
which,
and
Dr
Professor
and
family spoken
comprehensive
devote
"
of
in
and
Hnguis-
begun
Texts"
Bureau,
Verb
been
of
Bureau
Chinookan
results
"Chinook
the
of
had
the
the
by
study
which
and
in
appeared
bulletins
both
texts,"
Professor
by
ago
years
to
the
continue
to
"
CHINOOK
commissioned
was
AND
LANGUAGE
UPPER
tics
of
THE
OF
MYTHOLOGY
In
THE
ON
key.
followed
232
VI
Languages 2
Indian
American
534
differences
of
dialect
the
Viewing
from
distinct
of
(including
dual
(these
subjects
of transitive
of
consisting
and
but
first
Such
verb;
trans,
'
expressing
the
sessive
posnoun
pro-
in many
use
"
cases
of the
instead
one
to
were
of
instead
"he
; the
(often
verb-stems
suffixes
in the
grammatical
the
in
the
or
verb
sex-gender
and
noun
both
by
the
to
consonants); local
referred
the
in
the
and
upper
meaning
'
take
something,'
but
indivisible
unit
of
the
-x-
'
-am
not
^=
unity
elements
in such
in Chinookan.
most
verbal
in the
con
in the
form.
same
sense
In
by
'
took
dual
3d
them
from
away
subj.
3d sing. masc.
""%
'
from
application to
in which
verb-form
other
he
-tc-^
-":-:=
generally denoting
in its
given
past
(with pre-
object of
indirect
easilyrendered
suffix
'
Lower
Whereas
two.
articulation
gatctcxcgam,.
gender;
and
of the
surd
Wishram
element
quite transparent
(not merely
place
reflexive
Wishram
the
tense
-c-, here
by
to
whole
the
as
between
phonetic systems
the
on
instance,
{,ga-
:=
-/-
gender
undefined
affect
for
word,
(women)
two
another
of
both
shared
are
be in the
to
dialects
lower
none
Jeatures
first
the
quasi-modal
neuter),
important difference
is found
Chinook
an
and
pronouns
onomatopoesis
of
of
what
some-
dialects.
The
as
these
all of
"
lower
of
and
and
(as though
many
cluster
or
local
and
(masculine,feminine,
the
of
weakness
word
poration
incor-
verb
related
toward
and
the
ding-dong
verb
idea
bell
the
consonant
prefixes
main
the
in
elements
general tendency
the
characteristic
of the
exclusive
of
that
Pronominal
by auxiliaryverbs
the
made
extraordinary phonetic
adverbial
verbs) ;
express
"He
") ;
bell
the
rang
to
and
prefixed
are
the
Upper
concept
elements
peculiar method
particlesaccompanied
English:
in
inclusive
both
to
object in
pronominal
an
pronouns
of verb-stems
say
and
plural);
and
of invariable
use
indirect
of
apparatus
dual
the
find
we
clearly developed.'
subject, object,and
the
apply
have
we
groups
between
region.
whole,
characteristics
the.sentence
elaborate
person
both
In
as
; the
cascades
transitional
Willamette
dialects
Chinookan
Chinook.
Lower
the
the
as
considered
dialectic
prominent
far down
as
of
general morphological
same
the
be
Clackamas
the
and
More
stream.
get
we
localitymay
this
Wishram
as
when
appear
the
down
farther
Indians
River
Latin
; -eg'
words, the
any
word
sort
and
verb-stem
arriving,coming
this
verb)
form
agglutinated
has
of
must
like
"
root
going
to do
of
conceived
conscripsi
elements
is
an
ganic
or-
intelligibleper se^ ;
meaning
sentence
or
be
"
or
do
outside
not
of
flow
its particular
into
one
Seven:
Penutian
233
Languages
535
dominance
of/,
Wishram
is
Lower
/, and
Chinook
has
e,
as
wa^^a
have
latter
in the
Chinook
of
groups
evidence
Wishram
am
Chinook
the
Tillamook
river
Coast
the
the
assimilated
thus
These
the
as
the
it
two
internal
phonetics of
dialects
the
inal
orig-
of Lower
phonetics
neighboring
that
the
From
that
we
phonetic
give
to
lower
the
Coast
Salish
of
phonetic system
them, proceeding
down
Pacific
and
the
to
came
canoes,
all located
formerly
were
of
some
confessedly mere
is
however,
out
with-
phonetic changes
the
of
tribes
that
and
lun.
suffice
of
by long
Chinook
believe
the interesting
possibility
Chehalis),
sents
pre-
and
well-built
in their
that
to
Chinookan
range
that
short
in Wishram
Lower
Inasmuch
allied
closely
itself that
the
than
of Chinookan.
is
(such as
of
better
the
peculiarvoiceless
difference.
to
the
I killed
'
Chinook
appears
acoustic
strongly inclined
represents
condition
coast
here,' would
marked
very
an/oVena,
The
of local
number
into
go
dialects
Pacific
where
Thus,
in Lower
cited.
g), the
sonant
Moreover,
'
Lon
to
necessary
in^/u^ina.
example
of the
and
characteristic
Lower
of stops.
use
generallyrepresented
palatalized/ (writtenl)
the
in its
velar
and
'
are
seen
b, d,
over
o'/a, yellow-jacket,'and
has
i of Wishram
and
surd
prevailinglysonant
velar
their
coast
east
the
there
This,
neighbors.
new
speculation, and
needs
confirmatory
evidence.^
these
aside
Leaving
morphologic
Both
pronouns.
for the
forms
'
the presence
from
X',
m
^
voiceless
which
related
interior
Coast
of
I,
palatal spirant x-
also
sounds
ears
and
d,
like
characteristic
of the Chinook
down
Salish Tillamook,
the
in
only by Chinookan
as
c)
the
and
Chinook.
and
south
See
of
A.
Oregon,"
pt. 2, p. 198.
Coast
river
Lewis,
Memoirs
in
not
ich
would
are
Wishram
may
of the
sides
be-
are
(Wishram employs
acoustically
phonetic feature.
satisfactorily
explain
separated
though
all
of the
occupancy
"Tribes
person
tween
of distinguishing bedifficulty
Salish
who
the Columbia,
B.
but
the
Even
near
the
and
Oregon,
tribes.
as
different
possess
in German
ing
strik-
most
demonstrative
speaker,
Chinook
Washington
1906,
Lower
Wishram
Chehalis
of the
in
found
far
region directlynorth
coast
near
the
dialects
the
provenience,
to the
of
features
movement
positionof
lower
and
voiceless
of
treatment
upper
Coast
b and
and
Such
severed
the
to
is in the
relations
of the
Characteristic
instead
the
various
the
phonetic differences,perhaps
difference
have
of the
American
from
the
the
Salish
tribes
Pacific coast,
long
antedated
Columbia
also
the
ally
linguisticbe
of
including
the
coming
Valley and
the
tion,
Anthropological Associa-
Seven:
Penutian
235
Languages
537
lieu of verb-stems
onomatopoetic
of the
of
series
and
Chinookan
in the
changes
of the
in such
works
exploded
idea
k.'\ while
become
to
sonant
d, k
of
the
the
denote
ts, and
and
be
The
of
rule.
our
tc, and
of
dj
has
is
hence
"
cgdlkal is
Similarly,
for
'knee,'
while
been
(^)
of
change
while
diminutive
but
used
to
with
a^.^^a*/
farther
front
would
fortis
Not
consonantism
denotes
means
augmentative
'
and
are
On
the
easily
in
the
is the
(yk!)and
ck.'dlkal.
noticed,
used
hand
to
to
the
sonant
of
giant.
normal
word
guttural spirant
aodxt^\\\\
and
there
phonetic
'; ik.'dlaniat
consonantism
stood.
under-
with
other
the
is
sonant
a
change.
eagle,' itts.'Vnon
bird
trations
illus-
consonance
fortis k!
(^/)
s,
rarely,
few
it will be
infrequently
'
hand,
appropriately
accompanying
(masc.)
igdlainat with
fortis
palatal
over,
More-
e.
guttural spirant
more
i.
k!).
as
big hip-joints,'
'
velar
to
hip-joints is
to
be
"fortis"
'
'
instance.
denote
augmentative.
meaning
itdVndn
for
the
ts
The
process
require a change of
with
the
the
in
though
and
and
augmentative
as
Subjoined
changed
skldlkal
akliixt
pronounced
velar
would
one
skfdlkal, in which,
for
designate a baby's hip-joints,
augmentative
tc
forward,
other
wagon.'
form.
making
word
word
grade
'
the
more
the
of
b,
^);
sometimes,
may
become
q!, but
on
and
t!, g
pf become
not
the
express
consonants
each
to
in Wishram
word
by
tcf
") to
to
of
come
be-
consonants
q! become
become,
itsiktsik
purpose
The
also
while
diminutive
of this
place
process
/ become
p and
and
augmentative
first word
the
(i.e.
related
are
and
possible change
and
c,
from
normal
diminutive
c
as
of
diminution
express
fortis
exploded
g,
the
in
and
become
other,
to
"
/"/,d
is attended
the
as
for the
the
k!
in the
stopped
sonant
augmentative
consonants
big wagon,'
becomes
The
surd
consonants,
employed
'
all
(i.e.
the
on
diminutive
djik
X
tsf
diminutive
sibilant
and
become
consonants
palatal,articulation
the
all surd
b and
and
velar
in order
ably
prob-
employment
extent,
some
(betterknown
the
express
/.''become
case
(i.e.
and
singular rhetorico-grammatical
consonants
diminutive
to
consonants,
that
way
and,
manner
This
augmentation.
also, is the
this
illustrate
of Wishram,
characteristic
dialects
various
which
only phenomena
Most
tendency.
other
articulation
the
not
are
slight
Thus,
(neut.)
denotes
means
'
'
with
stone,'
rock.'
It
236
Vf
Languages
Indian
American
538
is confined
of
An
for
diminutive
hit,
intent
to
missile
used
'
is
I hit him
with
inik.'Eltcim
'
small
I hit him
far
so
him
it
and
Turning again
well
calculated
to
which
had
been
tenses
that
is, on
carefully six
tenses
say
the
of
myths
consonants)
happened
say
tense
characterized
of
characterized
by
vowels),which
a
now
tense
on
and
but,
year
it
was
to
which
is
used
ago,
yet
-a, which
t-
with
it,'
then
allow
to
fourth
as
process
an
it seems,
by
with
work
the
general
by
to
the
certain
prefix gaally
option-
cases
time
to
long past,
the
regularly in
the
nitely
indefi-
somewhat
speaking
a
of
that
events
of
couple
(beforeconsonants)
seems
to
refer
yesterday
to
days
or
4th,
the
time
tense
ig- (before
or
-/",referring
implicationof
tia/-
recent
cital
re-
refer
than
In
distinguish
to
by
of
paucity
linguisticstocks.
is used
more
was
The
with
refers
in
which
surprise.
(before consonants)
action
normally
as
necessary
specificallyto
more
inigAlicim
seem
feature
accordance
by prefixed nn-
prefixed
refers
characterized
going
in
characterized
sufifixed
to-day,
the
inik.'kltsim
disclosed
w-), which
which
a
It would
characterized
tense
ago,
past and
less than
of
degree
fiig-(before vowels),used
that
tense
case
is that
perhaps)
one
American
many
was
Chinook
consonant
year
2d,
or
time
to
3d,
one
struck
reduplication, vowel
of
or
prefixed
than
more
ist,
child
with
this
in
forms
suffixation,
there
quite
found
(before consonants)
by
of
however,
VVishram,
four
word
person
is concerned,
in-, and
Lower
whole,
character
morphologic
appears,
small),'and
alongside
certain
on
the
-tcim
an
ablaut."
"
or
done
normal
(something small).'
pre-,
arouse
is the
the
part
give
to
implication
(a
grammar
other
serve
implies
have
we
morphology,
to
the
(something
process,
consonant-gradation
"
which
I hit him
it
Chinookan
as
"ablaut,"
or
Hence
with
regular grammatical
change
-k/sl-,
one.
(a child) with
necessary,
will
verb
verb-stem
prefix -gEl-,
it,'inigHltsivi
hit
in every
as
'
'
consonant-gradation
well
as
in the
use
pronounced
is
just
If the
it.'
verbal
if the
characteristic
possibilities.InigEltcim
consonantism,
small
is
of its
with
him
this
it is found
example
struck
noun
its rhetorical
of
'
the
to
speech.
idea
that
supposed
be
not
must
to
its
an
soon
5th,
action
being
Seven:
Penutian
Languages
237
539
completed
Besides
this
omit
time,
mention
by
tense
this
seventh
tense
^Thus
uxt
in
the
by
(=a
to
the
their
present
ate
immediaction
action
and,
of
view,
point
present
prefix
tense
from
me)
frequentative forms
'she
means
has
-"'
are
and
they jumped
(assimilatedin
verb-stem,
been
be
with
is
element.
denote
allow
the
They
considered
as
may
forming
these
seated,' but
to
/-frequentativesis
'she
sitting' is rendered
was
Cf.
-t-.
for
this
interchange,
(me).'
Frequentative
tksanbnawi'x
water
'
'
implication of completion.^
no
about
changed
not
nasal
sometimes
forms
rule, do
tense
Tensb-sign
in the
These
as
verb-forms
group
the
to
of
verb-stem.
by
-\-tt-{- xt)
the
With
infixed
or
^atksanbnaj'x
'
form
-a}
I should
tenses,
ordinarilydenotes
consonant
interestingpoint
most
Such
to
seem
fixed
pre-
suffixed
and
referringto
mention
characterized
the
"
which
also
may
continuative
certain
The
^wgwat
suffixed
further
be
from
by dtxt,
verbs, when
some
(or -7ian)suffixed
to
then,
")
to
frequentativeor
verb
verbal
characterized
are
-lal
(before vowels)
positively characterized
that
connection
surroundings
by
al-
by
speaker.^
the
which
six
characterized
normally
tense,
morphologically tenseless,and
past
In
future
of
series
to
are
toward
6th,
(beforeconsonants)or
a-
not
and
in the
water
(verb-stem bna-)
'
VI
238
Languages 2
Indian
American
540
that
word
it
'
be
the
look,'
'
e.
tcmloolk}
suffix
'
mention
either
its
feminine
as
has
it
ate
up,' hut
in
elements
singular,which
in the
in the
in the verb
plural).The
by
an
mix
at
probably
go
home,'
the
analyzing
as
but
passive
up') to
the noun,
transparent enough.
(every
noun
with
transitive
shows
noun
element
following
the
he
'it is eaten
in
the
identical
verb.
initial
to
looked
')or
home
own
EngHsh
our
would
o-
In Wishram,
from
differing
is
noun
singular,dual,
singular, neuter
Chinook
Lower
-a-
we
are
prefixed
elements
incorporated into
with
shall
yulxu
which
singular,feminine
masculine
his
to
'
'
such
peculiarities,
difficulty
experienced
prefixed a pronominal
element
and
pronominal
compared
go
'
it
at
verbal
(alxk/wdya
each
If
;/.
verb-stem,
other
syntactic elements
plural)are
object
he
'
the considerable
apart from
The
we
or
keeps looking
many
-yit
shall
the /
Wishram
he
'
over
suffix
{itcudxuui
-ix
also
were
pass
distributive
alxklivdviiiva
or
g.,
but
itciiilook,
be
would
apparently infix
verb-stems
certain
the
pronominal
verb, except
for the
(from originalwa-)
however,
the
the
noun
corresponding
dual,
zv-{masc.and fem.)orz- (neuter,
table
shows
the
corresponding
elements
Seven:
Penutian
239
Languages
541
The
choice
between
chiefly upon
Chinook
d'mala),but
been
derivative
?^nuk
^^agilak
had
was
transparent
derivative
and
The
-mat.
a
of
grove
from
course,
UibumElit
the
elements
that
of
denotes
the
The
phrases, such
loon,
e.
and
tviviat)y
it
through
The
it is at
denoting
'
of
certain
or
Further
plane
^
and
'
The
ba
'
'
-xwac
-iarnt
are
'in
wimatba
ivimajiamt
towards
dniEni
cdn
:
'
'
form
We
in the
suffixed
made
or
verb
to
'load'
(verb-stem
for,'the
'
use')
'to
or
er
post-
of,'
out
forms.
(from verb-stem
-cit
-ba
towards,'
'
'
'
with
suffix
either
lower
tions,
postposi-
on
have
meaning
'
Wishram,
The
-ctx
'
to
aklixivacamat
illustrate
to
river;
where
or
[us] {atpX
bama
igdbEnac
EnEgi{ngi)
need
looking
'
plane )
to
the
) ; galcigElkElba
bdma
bEf:
{tci-iliiviat
in
have
meaning
igictxmat
'tools'
the
of these
use
elements
from
the
she
for whom
aniEni
goes
?' ;
'
river
with
nouns,
pronouns,
means
'when
'
as
he
soon
'
country'
he
imigdii naikdyaint
'
(lit.
'
him
saw
you
bigger
are
with
'
this-in
).
'
'
with
'
than
where
'
she
out
Simcoe.'
oak.'
of young
out
went';
as'
'
this
(gatcigklkEl
to
me
') ; dtpXiamd agdiax
towards'), the sun,' i. e. 'east.'
Miilmul
bama
from, belonging to Fort
made
aqti'wiqxi ngi
gayuyabEt
bd^^ it
'
'
'
him
saw
'in
wilX
ddiiyaba
he
(lit.
'your bigness [is]me-from, compared
goes
found
we
bdvia
when,'
'
suffix
itkHcitmat
following examples
iamt
out
river'
The
country
of this
back')
( verb-stem
verbs
as
eyes,' i. e.
forms.
loosely tagged
knEgi meaning
and
-^i"/,
meaning
examples
one's
on
carry
'
element
an
what
of
element
prefixed
or
pre-positions dniKiii
and
with
number
suffix
at,' a
'
suffixed
from,' a
defined
people keep
optionallyprepositions.
cases
'
in
variance
complete
use
some
'
by
'
noun
by descriptive
verb
puzzling linguistic
phenomenon
dialects, is the
in
rendered
(borrowed,
instance, isqxiis
the
along
-///
larly
particu-
for the
pure
most
{(jexgElgElini).
most
because
is
telescope
shouts
'
best
is formed
effect
the
derivative
For
all
suffixes
apple
the
the
that
group,
perhaps
nouns
in
a
'
something
means
of
the
are
so.'
'
'he
as
'
'
is
and
so
being
nouns
g., is described
'
for
used
claimed
denote
forms
-?;iai
interesting
group
verb
(cf.
on
Perhaps
ilibuni
pomrne)
thrown
be
found
to
word
suffix
be
direction.
seems
/a
eyes,' isqxusniat
spectacles.' An
'
land
(cf.Chinook
marrow
it cannot
were
the
French
denoting 'something
'
these
Thus
orchard.'
'
but
noun,
in this
trees.
the
dependent
'
'
'
would
light
some
attained
former
of
'; icdtrnX
is
wilx
syllabic length :
beaver
that
of
success
in Wishram
a-
woman.'
'
hoped
elements
desirable
of
'
i-
and
tva-
considerations
but
z'le'e),
It
wi-
knife.'
nkldckacbEt
gayuyabd't
'
'
as
when
soon
I
as
was
he
child.'
went.'
In
length-
240
Languages
Indian
American
VI
542
of local
dialects
that
inclined
to
quite
have
then
would
extended
an
here
dialects
In
the
main
that
it is believed
At
the
by
hero
tales
have
a
here
series
are
from
the
who
rest
entice
Of
the
certainly of
entire
to
absence
of
tribes
of the
wayfarers,
Chinook.
two
now.
; to
-ba
-pa
'
This
monsters
This
of
string
unbroken
sion
succes-
that
river, so
distributed
we
over
been
the
EnEgi,
three, bdma,
(cf.Yakima
culture-
Coyote
transform
; to
provide
tion
habita-
tellinghow
the
fish that
not
were
Coyote.
in
up
the
the
of life.
of the
women
given above,
also
the
creation.
east,
tales
arts
farther
with
birds
into
Sahaptin origin,probably
Lower
in
the
to
Some
tribes.
by
postpositiveelements
in
points
continued
living
for
river, transforming
various
Columbia
world
as
fit for
country
the
the
when
one
things
necessary
of local
up
in the
of different
stock
weak
mistaken,
not
am
Sahaptian
large number
does
people
of
mythologies
present
many
the
it,it was
Columbia
the
up
the
is, if I
the
by
way
make
to
plateau regions
made
concepts
some
Indian
to
having approximately
animals,
rectify the
to
myths
physical characteristics
hold
to
of
but
the
of
no
destined
in other
antedating
extent,
were
in the
the
instructing
local
large
cycle of myths
all
traveled
and
As
on
stock.^
mythology
texts
Wishram,
though
is, as
is
men,
there
Indians
transformer
There
to
transformer
or
as
may
mythologic
the
merely
exert
distinct
the
to
enough
the
only anthropomorphic
should
they
as
and,
but
country,
of
We
graniniatic,not
devoted
yet
as
time
case-suffixes.
fundamentally
be
tales
such
of the
description of
was
about
time, when
that
of
not
in the
there
walked
mental
same
one
patent enough.
seem
fore,
there-
importance,
linguisticstock
may
I have
present
points
animals
words
really complete
elements
and
Chinook.
Upper
present
few
of
dialects
geographically contiguous
conclusion
seems
individuality)
less
of
use
example
good
that
lexical,influence
be
(one might
tags
the
make
Klamath,
the
use
Chinookan
in the
theoretic
It is of considerable
that
note
local
these
the
and
objects
such
are
"
unnecessary.
to
to
them
call
indirect
verb
of
employment
the
the
prefixes in
relational
or
of
incorporation
pronominal
of
extent
in
'
).
withheld
two
women,
people
of
and
This
dmEni,
explains
the
are
their
Seven:
Penutian
Languages
241
543
Cascades
instruct
of
in the
men
and
spearing
the
island
still
he
is
is,as
belong
the
to
marplot,
as
death
into the
some
of the
Tillamook,
think
of
title
Salmon.
These
Wishram
myth,
and
as
the
being
as
their
hero
the
among
naiult, occupies
the
as
of
the
also
and
Mink
Besides
the
Lower
coast
mischievous
of
is
that
and
is almost
of
and
true
heroes
be
the
of
pathy
sym-
myth
Wishram.
prominently
Kathlamet
is
and
Qui-
Wishram.
quite
So
subordinate
entirely superseded
spitefulelements
in
described
salmon
the
the
the
chief, that
considerable
among
by
Eagle
figuresso
he
told
himself,
no
the
and
concerned,
and
is
the
the
of the
hero
elaborate
Chinook
he
westerly
more
for
Bluejay, who
collected
he
transformer^I
particular,may
position
bringing
also
Coyote
with
as
box
thus
are
as
that
tribes,such
not
insufferable
the
considered
in
do
as
an
main
when
tribes, an
corresponding
by
of his character,
northerly regions,
are
as
embodied
Weasel.
the
myth,
main
type of myth
one
can
is somewhat
different
the
the
by
Salmon,
same
culture-hero
him
narrated
Chinookan
I suspect
The
in the
material
character,
Coyote.
being
definitelywhether
say
buffoon
far
deeds
be
the
at
all
indescribablyobscene
the
Boas,
animals,
indeed,
is
son,
is the
admits
may,
both
to
common
by
clearly
the
he
and
is
of
speak
out
comes
The
he
Coyote
to
among
of the
but
an
In
on.
injunction, opens
Professor
myths,
admiration.
local
cannot
point
two
so
on
cunning, deceitful,
as
wife
performed
Although
reserved,
of
time
by
transformation
being
and
of
dread
them
of mankind,
Eagle's
same
incorrect
be
This
the
the
At
of this kind
it would
Narrows;
Eagle's
to
his and
of him.
of the
roasts
Transformer,
as
communicated
as
Wishram.
one
world.
deeds
Wishram
Coyote
of
atrocities
all,and
and
to
traps and
he, contrary
souls
the
containing
the
cycle
when
the
to
and
conceived
lacking ;
in basket
end
an
men
benefactor
some
of
put
Long
elsewhere,
In
salmon
children-
the
at
been
formerly
with
steals
out
had
; to
canoes
distinctlythe
gluttonous.
and
salmon
who
often
that
catching white
swallows
pointed
Coyote
time
of
art
At!at!aha,
woman,
moutlis
steaming
who
merman
this
with
country
tale of
in
contest
discern
also
character.
between
i.
"
the
species
This
the
e.
Transformer
of
nature
or
myth
type is represented,
East
Wind
and
the
ture-hero
Culthat
e.
g.,
West
Contributions
Diminutive
and
to
Franz
Chinook
Boas,
Consonantism
Augmentative
in Wishram
[638]
Very
characteristic
of Wishram,
dialects, is aseriesof
articulation
changes
of many
ideas
also without
of the consonants,
in the
words
as
in the manner,
and
in order
affected.
This
doubt
of ail other
to some
to
extent
express
diminutive
peculiar process
abundantly illustrated
speech, so that it has almost
most
in the
as
Chinookan
in the
and
mentative
aug-
of "consonantal
of the noun,
case
much
place,of
of
rhetorical
is
as
sometimes
to
be
be considered
still further
"diminutivized"
to
ts, ts to ts!,so
in
to
the
matter
as
the
clear:
Normal
Diminutive
Augmentative
b, P
p!
(b)
d,
t!
(d)
g" k
k!
(g)
^, q
k!, (g, k)
qx
kx
(^)
(^)
q!
p!
k!, (kx)
(qx)
(p!)
(t!)
(k!)
s, ts
(c)
tc
ts
(tc),(?)dj
tc!
ts!
(tc!),dj
(s)
t!
k!
VI
244
American
Indian Languages 2
Normal
Diminutive
Augmentative
ts
(ts),ts!
tc,
tsf
(ts!)
dj
td, (?)dj
(X)
(X)
(?)x
of a word
tendency to have all the consonants
absolute
cord
conor
bear a
augmentativecoloring,though
in this regard is by no means
always observed. In generalit may be said
with our
rule. Final
most
are
that c and s sounds
easilyvaried in accordance
often
that
the norof
It
mal
non-affricative stops seem
happens
incapable change.
in form owing to its meaning; in
form of a word is itself partlydiminutive
if it is desired to give
the form may be stillfurther "diminutivized"
such cases
-k!ac- in il-k!a'c-kac
diminutive
force. Thus
than ordinarily
the word
a more
form of the stem-syllable-kac; 'little
'child' is evidentlya semi-diminutive
itk!a'skas
form
in
as
more
child, baby' appears
pronouncedly diminutive
(Wishram Texts 176.3).
will serve
as
a set of examples of
The
followingtable of body-part nouns
would
and augmentativeforms. The diminutives
diminutive
naturallyrefer to
the body-partsof a tinychild,the augmentativesto those of an abnormallylarge
being,as a giant.
On
consistent diminutive
1. Cf.
wa-q!a'lc'thorn', dim.
Wa-kxa'ts
(Wishram
Texts, p. 261).
Seven:
of other
Examples
than
245
Penutian Languages
body-part
nouns
are:
Normal
Diminutive
'bones'
it-q!u'tcu
it-q!utsie'lxlEm
'dog'(literally,
of small bones)
eater
i-ts!i'au
i-dji'au
is-ts!i'ktsik'buggy'
i-dji'kdjik
'heavy truck'
i-tcfi'au 'snake'
i-tsi'ktsik
'wagon
(dim.)'
Augmentative
il-skli'luks 'new-born
'wolf (aug.)'
i-cgi'lukc
wolf
cub
da-ga'c'yellow'
i-cga'n'cedar board'
wa-ska'n
'box'
wa'-tsk!un
i-kfa'lamat
'cup'
'stone'
i-ga'lamat
a-ga'munaq
a-k!a'munaq 'fir'
il-k!a'ckac'c\\M
(dim.)'
a-t!u'-gagilak
'good,strong
il-k!a'skas
a-du'-gagilak
'strapping
big
woman'
woman'
[641]
lists,
(dim.)and (aug.)mean
In these
designatedare wholly
or
or
owing to their primary
In i-pfa'qxa,
for instance, the diminutive
notion impliedby p! is
significance.
understood
if
remember
that
we
easily
head-flatteningis associated with
a consonant
cases
infancy.In some
change involves or is accompanied by a
vocalic change; it seems
that the change of a to m or " has in itself more
less
or
diminutive
wa'-tsk!un from wa-ska'n with ila-k!d'its
force (cf.
little'
[Wish'very
-kfaits 'small').
Texts 176.3]
The case of i-cga'n
ram
as compared with
ordinarily
wa-ska'n
often has
and
a
wa'-tsk!un
specialized
meaning
of its own.
Normal
i-tc!i'ndn
few
more
form
examples
of
noun
are:
Diminutive
il-tsfi'non'bird'
'eagle'
'cricket'
i-tc!i'laq
i-ts!i'laq
'grasshopper'
'lock (of door)'
is-k!a'psalwas
'turtle'
i-q!apca'lwac
a-tca'la 'grindstone'
It will be observed
so
augmentative in consonantism
partlydiminutive
that several
a-tsa'la 'file'
on
^f
246
with
words
force, and
diminutive
inherent
Indian
American
Languages 2
hence
with
at least
utive
partialdimin-
follow:
consonantism,
a-k!u'ksk!iiks 'ankle'
a-p!u'xp!ux'elbow-joint'
'cotton-tailed rabbit'
i-pfu'xc
i-cka'lax 'raven')
a-t!antsa 'crow' (contrast
(? cf. i-cgilukc
'wolf')
'coyote'
i-skfu'lya
a-gu'sgus'chipmunk'
'mosquito'(? cf. bEna 'jump')
a-p!una'tsEktsEk
'hat'
is-ga'k!aps
i-k!a'its'smallness' (contrast
'bigness')
-^ail
-
i-k!a'stila'crab'
'(somebody's)child'
H-xan
i-sklwo'latsintsin
wa-tsk!E'nLX
'swallow'
'nit'
for diminutive
a live feeling
tism
consonanindicating
and
'
cat'
borrowed
from
as
are
a-lap!u's
Chinook
jargon(p in -pus would not be consistent [642]with diminutive s).It is
in the following
perhaps not too far-fetched to recognizeaugmentativeconsonantism
instructive
Particularly
such
as
a-lik!u'k 'chicken'
words
nouns:
i-ga'nuk'beaver'
'Chinook
salmon'
i-gii'nat
i-CE'lqcElq
'porcupine'
'eel'
ic-ga'kwal
(contrastwa-tsu'iha
salmon')
'blue-black
i-du'iha 'buffalo'
ic-kcku'ct 'testicles
(contrastis-qxu's
'eyes')
i-gu'cax
'sky'
ic-gwo'lala
'gun'
wa'-itc 'tail of mammal'
Ic-li'ct'fish-tail'(contrast
'tailof bulb, dried
is-p!i'ost
It sometimes
so
much
that
the diminutiveness
This
seems
diminutive
on-
happens
of
true
particularly
-qcE-n
change to diminutive
the objectreferred to
in the
case
of certain
fish')
consonantism
as
terms
sense
of
impliesnot
of endearment.
relationship:
Diminutive
1 'man's
son's
-/:.'fl'c-w-c
'paternalgrandfather'
ga'c-u(vocative) jchild'
1 'man's daughter's
-gak-an
ga'g-u(vocative)/child'
'maternal
-ga'/c.'-w-c
-gi-an'woman's
-k!i-c
son's child'
grandfather'
'paternalgrandmother'
Seven:
Penutian Languages
247
the names
of
are
Interestingas examples of augmentative consonantism
four
all
of
which
from
words denotingbody-partsof
derived
are
sons,
Coyote's
The
the salmon.
of
augmentative consonantism
implies the lubberliness
Coyotes sons.
Body-partsof salmon
Names
i-k!la'tcin 'salmon-head
gristle'
of Coyote'ssons
Sipa'-glatsin
'Big Gristle' (Wishram
Texts
i-ksa'lk!uts'backbone
of fish'
Sipa'-ksalguts
'Big Backbone'
(Wishram Texts 66.6)
Sapa'-gwinan'BigFin' (Wishram
Texts 66.7)
Sapag-a'thHgwax'BigAdipose Fin'
(Wishram Texts 66.8)
'fin'
i-qfwi'nan
a-k!a'tk'^tgwax
'adiposefin'
(? better -qfa'tk'^tgwax)
As
has
alreadybeen
remarked,
appropriatemeaning
sdk!
'to
Lower
Chinook
form.
Sometimes
the
play here
sometimes
whistle';sa'u
sau
66.5)
show
'to
is not
noun
discussed.
the
Adverbs
diminutive
consonantism:
tsfii'nus'a little';
whisper' (contrastLower
Chinook
cdu)\
diminutive
on-
Diminutive
tcic 'cold'
itsd's
a(ts/u'nus)
(Wishram
ma'ca
'to
spoil'
up
ma'sa
(earth)by digging'
Texts
cool'
'just(a little)
190.15)
'to be ashamed'
kfu'tkfut 'to
pluck'
Possiblyalso:
wax
The
The
the
only example
diminutive
possessiveprefixesshowing
-tea- 'her' and
'she
fast'
asup
fast' (Wishram Texts
runs
the reference
is to
element
on
fire;to bloom'
'to set
wax
'to
Iq.'up
stem
diminutive
of
diminutive
form
of
purelygrammatical
with
-qlwa'lasup'fast running'occurs
a
consonantism.
two' appear
as
Thus
-tsa- and
the normal
-st!a- in
ments
ele-
i-tsa-qfwa'l-
and -p!a.Thus:
(? better st!-)
'it-alone-at the-my-tail'
staimapid'giskip'.i'ast
the
verb
show
diminutive
consonantism, partlyin the stem itself,
Finally
may
in
and suffixes,partlyand most
partly itslocal and adverbial prefixes
frequently
VI
248
Indian Languages 2
American
diminutive
form
distinctly
Thus
gaqiulatla'enough.
'he swallowed
gatciutat!a'mElq
tossed
was
iniasklEmla'datcu
'next to'
The
'I threw
and
(cf.-tcu
-s-tsu
onlyexamples of
it down
under
her' is doubtless
diminutive
to -gEtn-
above).
diminutive
consonantism
in the
verb
forms
in the
occur
case
of ts
of
pronominal prefixes
masculine
sitive)
subjecttran-
there
need
not
even
desired, could
be
exist such
made.
explicitly
diminutive
A
dual
to
noun
good example
which
reference, if
is: gaksi'lutk
'she cradled
use
have
an
is a masculine
verbs
(i'-lkau).
Similarly,
incorporateddiminutive
dual
object
of
-s-
'the two
for 'cradle'
saulting
jumping and somer'the
two
to
referring
Seven:
Penutian Languages
249
(feet)',
though the actual word for 'feet' is plural(i't-pc).
Examples are:
'she
'he
turned
somersault'
a
(Wishram
gaksu'bEna
jumped'; gasixmi'Lgwa
'he laid her, bellyup'.The [645]most
Texts 82.18);and gats(s)altsgi'ma
parent
transof
the
of
diminutive
dual objectto refer to
use
an
example
incorporated
is afforded
certain
verbs of looking,in
an
unexpressed but existingnoun
by
which the -s- has reference
'
the
to is-qxu's
two
eyes'.A frequentlyoccurring
of
such
verb
is
'he
looked
'he put the
a
at him', literally,
gatssi'klElutk
example
small (eyes)down
toward him', the -tc- and -gEl-appearingin their diminutive
two
forms -ts- and -k!El- to agree with the object-s-; gasiximk!na'-uk"atsk
'he
small
looked
As
around'
a
diminutive
or
such
is another
been
non-diminutive
verb.
observed,
verb
in its consonantism.
form
tends
be
consistently
ever,
possible,howelement
of
specific
to
It is at least
to limit the
of the diminutive
idea to some
application
the action by "diminutivizing"
only some
correspondingelement of the verb
form. An example alreadypublishedelsewhere
will againdo service here. The
word
for 'I struck him with it' is inigE'ltcim.
If the verb stem
normal
-tcim
with
diminutive
the
is
that
the
as
-tsim,
consonantism,
implication
appears,
missile used is a small one.
Hence
have four forms: inigE'ltcim
'I hit him with
we
with
hit
him
child
'
I
'I
hit
him with it
i
niklE'ltcim
it';
it';
(a
perhaps)
inigE'tsim
(something small)',and iniklE'ltsim 'I hit him (a child)with it (something
and the one justgivenis
To be sure, such examples are very uncommon
small)'.
than a linguistic
de force. Nevertheless, it shows very
tour
perhaps littlemore
alive
is
the
how
of consonantal
thoroughly
feelingfor the significance
clearly
play.
in Wishram
Post-positions
[650]
Wishram,
differingmarkedly
of
series of
Lower
Chinook,
makes
rial
post-positive
[651]
particles
definingmaterelations (chiefly
local and instrumental).
such relations can
As most
case
be expressedby means
and suffixes in the verb,
of local and adverbial prefixes
the denominating parts of speech being in appositionto incorporated pronominal
be
considered
this
of
must
use
as
unelements,
postpositions
Chinookan
of the postpositiveparticlesare
in origin;the fact that some
phoneticallyidentical with corresponding Sahaptin case suffixes proves the
whole process to be borrowed
stock.
from the neighboringSahaptinlinguistic
As a rule, such postpositive
with
used
particlesare
denominating parts of
of them may also be suffixed to
but some
speech(nouns,pronouns, adjectives),
in
the
latter
the predicateis to be
words (verbs,particle
case
verbs);
predicating
considered
and is
as substantivized
though not morphologically,
syntactically,
used subordinatelyto another
Wishram
thus
utilizes
its
predicate.
tions
postposiclauses. Where
in the buildingup of subordinate
to some
extent
or
a noun
rather considerable
use
Seven:
Penutian Languages
251
a as -ffl"?i/,
(oftenwith palatalized
-iemt)'to,from'. This suffix is probably
Chinookan
in origin;
it may be plausibly
analyzedas verb stem -/- 'go'
suffix -t. This analysis
+ verb suffix -am
+ tense
would
'arriving'
explain
its two apparentlycontradictory
meanings. It tends to draw the accent to
itself. Examples are:
wimalia'mt
ickte'lgwiptck
'theycollected (driftwood)from the river' 2.2
'itflew out of his nostrils' 80.29 (literally,
'out of him
nigElga'baiciagitcia'mt
from his nostrils')
'the two returned
to their house'
2.12
gacx^klwa'xtxtdqtia'mt
to the person'scanoe'
18.23
gayukfwi'xailaxni'miemt 'he swam
mxa'tcktcam
wimatia'mt
the
river
and
to
wash
'go
yourself22.18 (literally,
to-the-river')
'go-and-wash-yourself
itq^Udmt
gatciu'k"{
ittcqoa'he took the water to the house' 28.8
As subordinating
element
it may be translated as 'to where'. An example of its
2. -/amr
use
after verbs
is:
[653]
asEmxElu'tka
a'tpxiamdaga'tax'youshall look
'she-comes-out
to-where
the-sun')
3. ba'ma
towards
Examples
na'ikabam'
of its use
with
amtklni' dama
the woman'
denominating words
'for my sake
itqagi'lak
ally,
(liter-
suffix -pama
'for'.
are:
two
you
will go and
get
me
62.25
he
ya'xtaulaxka'bama IgiubttcEma'that (fish)
gaqxd'gwigax itsH'ndnks wi'lxpama 'animals
country'16.13
ctmo'kct gactu'ix
ntca'ikabama
'two of our
men
obtains
were
for himself
taken
186.4
belonging to
(literally,
us-for)went
the
on'
216.16
da'nbama
'
^f
252
been
4.
Indian Languages 2
since I
'ever
k/d'yaqxantcixitctcgE'ruEin
nk'.a'ckacbama'
never
American
was
child I have
sick' 190.9
(E)nEgi 'with, by
means
of. It seems
out
to be the
ending -ngi.Examples
genitive
amcgiu'xaIqfo'p'with it you will cut it off 12.4
E'riEgi
aqE'tiEkcE'riEgi
'theycut it off with the stone knife' 18.5
Lqfo'pgaigi'ux
aiakcE'n EtiEgi'he counted
them
with his finger'
18.19
gatkld'qi'
of
canoe'
38.21
itia'ma ngi gayu'ya'he went
means
a
by
round-pointed
gatdu'x 'he made them out of young oak' 4.13
iga'hEnacE'riEgi
Yakima
case
are:
axk'
[654]
frequentlyngi may precede.Examples are
themselves
xau
galxu'xng' ilkcE'n 'theycombed
ayakla'lamatngi wa'nux 'his pipe (was) made out of
Less
"
with
xa'u
'made
5. a'mEni
the hand'
stomach'
94.9
out
78.10
-nmi.
Examples are
sd'q"itk.'a'lamat a'mEni akitxax 'itis entirelyout of stones' 82.13
amEni
isga'klaps
aqsu'xwa 'a hat is made out of coyote'182.7
isklu'ly'
alklwa'dit amEni
aqiu'xwa'itis made of tule' 182.9
tsE'tsEx gaqtu'xitkfa'munaq 'theysplittrees by means
a'mEni
itq/u'tc'
"
of
antlers' 182.14
form
adverbs
of demonstrative
dapt 'up to
here'; kwopt 'up to there, then, enough';ya'xpt'up to yonder'.Probably
etymologicallyidentical with this element is -bEt, frequentlyadded to
verbs or other words in the predicateto form temporal clauses. Examples
are
to
out
stems:
"
dabit
gatclE'mquit
Iqa'wulqt
gagiula'
'he
spitblood
when
she threw
him
down'
14.11
galikta'tckpEt
pla'laigi'xox'when he had come
up out
22.18
stopped'
atxu'xwa anigElgd'ya'when
he dives,I shall take
lE'p(b)Et
nk'.a'ckacbEt 'when
188.8
I was
a boy'
aga'laxalaxu'xwa yaxtadi'wi
gali'xux
gaixo'qbEt'the weather
when
they came
together'130.27
When
of the
hold
water,
he
of it' 18.20
will be
as
it was
"
186.19
Seven:
253
Penutian Languages
diwi
Demonstrative
and
Pronouns
Adverbs
in Wishram
[625]
Near
1st person
Near
2nd
Near
3rd person
3rd person
Near
person
(formed
from
ya'xdau)
Masculine
Feminine
Neuter
da'uya(x)
da'ya(x)
da'ua(x)
da'wa(x)
da'uia(x)
da'{a(x)
[ya'xdau
a'xdau
la'xdau
\ya'xda(x)
a'xda(x)
a'xia(x)
ia'xda(x)
ya'xia(x)
yakd'xdau
akd'xdau
{akd'xdau
Dual
Plural
Plural,persons
da'ucda(x)
da'uda(x)
da'da-itc
da'cda(x)
da'da(x)
da'(u)la-itc
da'(u)a-itc
ia'xia(x)
da'uda-itc
Near
1st person
da'xdauaitc
fcda'xdau
Near
2nd
person
da'xdau
\cda'xda(x)
la'xdauaitc
da'xda(x)
a'xdauaitc
da'xiaitc
Near
3d person
cda'xia(x)
da'xia(x)
la'xiaitc
a'xiaitc
Near
3d person
(formed from
dakd'xdauaitc
ya'xdau)
cdakd'xdau
dakd'xdau
hikd'xdauaitc
akd'xdauaitc
Note.
It is somewhat
"
doubtful
whether
be added
Elements
pronominal
-tfa and
stem
to demonstratives
-tHkc
are
da 'this'and
ya'xdau should
pronouns
be
so
read
or
is deictic in value.
in -/7c.
perhaps "diminutive"
personalpluraldike.
forms
of demonstrative
as
VI
254
American
Indian
Followingis a
Languages 2
adverbs
of the Wishram
dialect:
(place)'
(106.22)
[iwa'tka
(158.24)
Note.
with
Compounded
"
qxa'matgi'somewhere'
Related
to
also
gi are
'somehow';
da'ngi'something';
qa'tgi
(96.11).
di'gadis perhaps digu'tcix
'perhaps'(96.17);also
di'ka and
di'wi
'like'.
have, besides
we
'
"
Independent Personal
These
Wishram
correspondto
forms
Pronoun
recorded
by Sapir:
'I alone'
na-ima
Uiinuidikc,dci-iniadikc dimadikc
'theyalone'
mci-ima
"thou alone'
Ixa-imadikc
'we
alone'
(incl.)
[627]
Besides
these,Doctor
in Wishram
the
following:
Shortest form:
nafx) T
ya(x) "he
da'-ifc 'they'
la'-itc 'they'(Wishram Texts
a'-itc
'they'
inclusive:
nai't'.a'I too'
'we
Ixai't'.ikc
'he
ya'xt'.a
too'
too'
la'-it'.ikc
'theytoo'
da'-it'.ikc
'theytoo'
a'-it!ikc'theytoo'
3.
References
are
to
Wishram
Texts.
48.4)
Seven:
remarks
He
element
of the third; as
na-i-ka
These
second
seem
phologically
mor(ya'xia)
personalemphatic pronouns
(na'ya);
-/- is characteristic
of the firstand
second
ya-x-ka 'he'
ya-x-t!a'he
T
na'-(i)-ya
'he'
ya'-x-ia
-/-and
sons,
per-
in
elements
255
Penutian Languages
-x-
are
probably identical
with Chinook
too'
-/"-and
-x-, -x
x-ix-,xax.
Modal
Elements
[578-579]
2. ni-. This
form
from
prefixis confined
nig- before vowels,
one
state
like the
somewhat
indefinite time
less than
'to become'
in intransitives and
as
an
than a couple of
year or so ago, yet more
'he went' {ni-'past';
ni-y-u'ya
-y- 'he';-uya 'to go')
nig-u'ya'she
It takes the
of the Kathlamet.
days ago.
[579]
3.
a-.
the
[Prefixindicating
Kathlamet
4.
5.
future in intransitive
verbs.]In
of the
256
VI
Indian Languages 2
American
WISHRAM
By
TEXT'
Edward
Sapir
and
Itc!e'xyan
Coyote
673
wi'tlax."
Aga' kwo'pt^ gayu'ya* isklu'lya'^
Now
he went
tlu'ii
Coyote
Na'2wit'
again.
gayu'yam;*
Straightway
he
arrived
going;
idE'lxam"
galixE'ltcrna(i"
isklu'lya gwa'nisini'*'qtiilatla'iiiElqt"
he heard
674
Coyote
always
itclE'xyan.'^Qxa'damt"
Merman.
ikni'm**
gayu'y"^
Whither
it went
the
always swallowed
he
it down
dan.^"
he
got hold
"NaitI'"
thing.
every
gatcigE'lga"
straightway
canoe
ka'nawi'"
itclE'xyan;gatciutatla'mElq^'*
Merman;
na'wit
the people
"Me
too
now
atcnuiatla'niElEqEma,""
isklu'lya galixtu'xwa-it."Aga
he
will swallow
down,"
me
Coyote
he thought.
kwo'pt
Now
then
gayu'y' isklu'lja;gatcigE'lgayag'ail"ikla'munaq.^^Aga
he went
675
he
Coyote;
got hold
of it
its
bigne.ss
the tree.
Now
then
La'x"
gali'xox.'*
itclE'xyan,
GatcigE'lga
gaqiulat!a'raElEq."
he
Na'wit
got hold of
He
they (indef.)swallowed
merman,
him
him
down.
wi'lxba.*'
ittcqo'ba^"
gi'gwaP' isklu'lyagalixi'maxitam^''
straightway
in the water
below
he arrived falling
Coyote
on
the
ground
akni'ni"
kwo'pt gatcugi'kfil^*
idE'lxam; Jgabla'd'^
Igabla'd'*
Aga
Now
then
axu'xf*
he
them
saw
kwo'ba^"
they are
piled together
their multitude
the
people;
there
below
in the
water.
Coyote
Merman
his heart
then
they (indef.)told
Coyote:
the canoes
he
iki'ax."
it
saw
kwo'pt
Aga
it is.
hanging
gaqiu'lxam"*isklu'lya:"Ya'xdau"''
their multitude
kwo'pt gatcigE'lkEl*"
Now
isklu'lyaitclE'xyanyago'mEnii^'qxwoL^''
676
kwo'pt
insight
made himself.
of it
a'g'"
Now
then
itclE'x3'an
yago'mEnii.''Aga
"That
Merman
his heart."
Now
him
kwo'pt Lq!6'p"'=
gatci'ux;"^
Lqlo'p"*^
gali'xox*^^
itclE'xyan
yago'niEnii.
then
he
cut
Aga
Now
made
it;
ka'nawi
kwo'pt
then
it made
cut
itself
Merman
his heart.
akni'm
gatkxEni'yutck" sJi'q"''^
all
up
the canoes
entirely
out
kwo'dau"
and
of water
idE'lxam
the
kwo'dau
people
isklu'lya.
and
Coyote.
Aga
Now
then
he
said
Coyote:
itclE'xyanqxi'dau" amdu'xwa"
Merman
677
thus
you
that
far
thus
Kwa'ic*"
you
will do
them
da'uyaba""
Soon
in this
land
will say,
'Thus
^ex"^
exercising
will arrive
coming
the
being quiet
you
now
people.
told
you.
Kwo'pt
Then
did
to
him
Coyote
power
Merman
aga
day
I have
idE'lxam.
isklu'lya
yamu'lxam.^*
supernatural
Then
alone
you
This
Coyote
atgadi'mama"
they
how
Da'uya^^ wi'gwa"
Na'ika"
people.
wi'lx
alugwagi'ma,"^ 'Qxi'dau
they
the
qii'ma^"ma'ima"
would
the people?
idE'lxam.
to
Perchance
idE'lxam?
will do to them
kwo'pt^"
qxi'dau amdu'xwa
"
will make
yourself."
Merman.'
Seven:
English translation
connected
Penutian Languages
of this text
will
he
found
the
"
into
untranslatable
kw6pt, THEN,
be analyzed
3
can
-pt UP
(so
TO
into
and
(note 39),
is
TIME,
regularlyused
demonstrative
so)
AND
Neither
FAR.
kwo'dau
of
Sapir's \\
ishram
Texts, Puhlicatlons
connective
preceding
these
elements
in
of
ized
slightlynormal-
very
in narrative.
to mark
aga
It is
frequently practically
l)esides
to
seems
is not
kwopt
used
local suffix
to form
strative
demon-
kwo'ba
have
we
It
narrative.
and
there)
go
freely, kwo-
adverbs;
In
step
new
(= Chinook
occurs
several
(note 46).
and
with
kwo-
stem
pronouns,
as
English.
THAT
AT
in
text
257
there
except
stereotyped in adverbs;
kwo'bc), and yaxpt, as far
A3
occur
as
(related to da'ba, this-in=here,
kwopt is to
See also note 56.
ya'zioff yonder).
*
tense prefixdenoting remote
ga- (gal-before vowels)
past, regularly used In myth narrative.
y-^
3d per. masc.
before consonants
it would
subj. intr.,referring to isk.'u'lya.
as
-i-,while gal- would
appear
then
tense
as
prefix (ga-y- gal-i-:see notes 9, 28, 32, 47). -udirective
appear
prefix away
from
dapt
cf.
THAT
FAR
AS
AS
THIS
from
YONDER,
SPEAKER,
-ya
verb
stem
to
go.
* inoun
masc.
stem
-y- in gayu'ya is in agreement,
-sk.'u'lya noun
prefix with which
coyote,
from Klickitat spi'lya. Chinook
has another stem,
apparently not capable of analysis;perhaps loan-word
-t.'d'lapas.
"
and
deictic particle -i: cf. da'uya (note 54) and
wi'Ha
Composed of wi'tfa again
da'uyaz this.
from
wi-, masc.
noun
is most
prefix (originallyindependent
plausibly explained as stereotyped adverb
See notes 19 and 33), and -t!a,emphatic particleadded
to pronouns,
masc.
(see note
also
pronoun?
too,
=
21). According
analysis wi't!a(x)
this
to
have
it must
Originally
HE.
meant
originallyformed
was
(masc.)
that
'
STRAIGHT
ON
As in note
have
stems
WENT
SHE
9
gal-
atpx
and
local verb
HEARD.
HEAR
as
ya'xtfa(i) he
from
too
ya-X'
right
When
away.
of other
thus
lengthened
action; it may
then
na'wit,
to
be rendered
no
arrive
its shorter
while
without
one
-i-
is
ONE
3d per.
subject). -xEl-tcmaq
into,
SOME
have
we
-ya
-am
this
ing,
"
-a
form
go
-i- (as in
-y.
(or come)
to
and
go
goes;
Several
to
-p
yu'it he
do
out;
cf.
gali'pa
OUT).
COMES
stem
suffix
in -a, and
one
SHE
verb
tense
forms,"
two
With
OUT
*wi
ON.
AND
ON
or
4,
from
was
interference
it seems
as
but
too,
verb
masc.
indirect
stem
to
(reflexiveverbs
composed of reflexive element -rto
self
himgalixE'ltcmaqmeans
literally
prefixed transitive subject and object
reflexive
hear.
expressed by -x-tcmaq
with
pronominal elements.
10 Adverb
not capable of analysis.
"
q-
indefinite
(very
many
seems
to be
form
of verb
transitive
verbs
have
subj.
-t-
3d per.
this "directive"
-u-
is exampleof
implied). -tatfaniElq-lada-
stem
to
throw
down,
even
when
definite idea
no
rarelyoccurring compound
(in this case its meaning
=directlve
-u-
of direction
from
away
prefix
speaker
-Za^'a- is "diminutive"
verbs.
correspond somewhat
to
closely to that of its Chinook
-Lata
cognate
pull
back); -mElq- is best explained as verb stem
with infixed -I- of frequentative or continuative
-mEq. (or -mq-)TO vomit
significance (that -Ms not really
is shown
part of stem
by form itciulatfa'maqhe
swallowed
him
pull
back
down);
-i- vomit
may
away
to
seems
more
be construed
that
what
'2
stem
meaning
as
present time.
Observe
dependent
are
tense
id-
on
vomit
backward,
peculiarsequence
other
3d per.
pi. noun
(wi'liam
tense,
village
draw
of
one's
to
he
heard
self
.
perception,
or
gatcigE'lkEl
.
and
they
are
-t
swallow,
sn-
allow
always present
he
Syi
if
it
down.
in
tense,
...
suffix of
tpnse
them
it
Verbs
matter
no
/5.
-ham
noun
(-E- is inorganic)
prefix,in concord with -t- in preceding verb,
-liam
is evidently
is formally masc.
sing, of idE'lxam
people);
=
village
note
j- as
in note
2; p. 42,
5.
33).
-tc.'Eiyan
noun
stem
merman,
protector
of
fishermen
(see Wishram
Texts,
p. 40,
is subject
etymology suggests itself. Syntactically itc.'E'iyan
Implied, but not grammatically referred to, by q- of preceding verb.
This clause can
hardly be considered
as quite correct; properly speaking, itc.'E'xyan
should go with tclulat.'a'mElqt.
note
2;
p.
256, note
2);
no
673
Seven:
Penutian
259
Languages
676
that
verbs
retain
'"
note
il-
3d
(= "qa-;
THE
Adverb;
gal-as
put
-al is
and
whenever
to
-i
verb
stem
to
For
become.
mean
subj. -i-
tr.
are
to
make,
do,
other
LAY
one's
it
wi-
Texts
stem
do
stem
in
form
suffix in,
noun
in
note
I and
is
"q-
in
FALL
has
stem
-tc-
3d
enclosed
see
-"/ir/-(
-la-ima-
-ba
fishing,
sight
be
down,
laid
8).
probable origin of
place-names
some
(see note
people
in note
as
is here
-u-
Texts
[Wishram
176.10));-gEl-ksl
to
know
verb
from
stem
to
one's
out
(cf.l-k-d-u'-
know
hence
(eyes),
per.
with
iT a-
3d
fem.
per.
prefix; though
noun
it is here
replaced by analogy
pair off respectively, -knim
fem., being
wi'mwa
-ga-
referred
so
iknt'm
of
in
as
to in aiu'xt,
fem.
many
(see note
note
in related
as
logically akni'm
example of
16.
have
dissyllabic stems
16),
fem.
wi-
and
on
bottom
pond),
generally
is plural, morphologically it is
plural is wa'mwa
maggots,
masc.
canoes
wa-
i- and
nouns
as
a-,
wa-
maggot.
38 a-
3d
directive
allows
of
Composed
"0
As
in
-gEl-is
fem.
per.
prefix,
3"
no
ya-
intr.
verb
formal
stem
to
that
34, except
note
lie,
modification
sit,
by
be
-i-
incorporated obj.
is -i-
ground,
in
corresponding
to Chinook
use
(?)
This
-c.
-u-
verb
affixes.
3) and
(see note
prefix on
verb
placed,
of tense
means
kwo-
of denionstrativestem
he
mean
Particle
"3i-=
3d
to be
is
local
3d
suffix-6a
Csee
33):
note
that-in
there.
referring to yago'mEnil,and
per. masc,
that
of
verb,
per.
then
he
as
is,
intr.
heart
as
in
masc.
being usitative
gender, while
-ya- refers
suffix; yagO'mEnil
iki'ax
trans,
to be
4.
-q-
prefix,
as
to
itc.'E'iyan. -g6mEnil
also be used
may
predicatively
auxiliary.
doubtfully, explained
verb,
and
explained
For
become).
has
serves
somewhat
have
in note
directive
passive.
in
for which
masc.
ordinarily
would
i-ki'-i-ai
verbal
alive.
It is best, though
ga-
defining
form, -Enil
i-
t-j/a-asinnote25,
seems
object
-xt
unmodified.
heart
pi. possessive
Igabla'd
of note
"u-
to
OF.
"B
12);
30.
3d per. neut.
stem
3d
noun
-bla4. -ga-=
prefix, defining gender of abstract noun
-blad
great
stem
noun
number.
pronominal prefix,referring to idE'lxam.
multitude,
is construed
like ya'gnilikfa'munaq (see note
idE'lxam
25).
36 As
in note
.3d per. fem.
3.'",
except that -gapossessive pron. prefix (merely homonymous
-a-
2.5));
17) directive
note
in
idE'lxam
village,
for
on
-x-
or
archaism
as
stem
of
Texts
(cf.note
ING
i-,except
to
verb
ARRIVE
(see notes
staging
tr.
masc.
per.
SPACE
them
knows
GET
"
33,
above.
[Wishram
water
non-syllabic
are
i-
wi'lxam
in
icE'lxlx
SUffix
that
stems
also
seen
and
station
the
becomes
verb
one
land;
FisHittG
ca'i-al
quasi-passive suffix;-x-ima-xit-
-am
noun
into
-x-ima=
syllable have
entirely given way
than
more
wi-
noun
4.
note
FROM
to
kulHE
to
"q6kta'cq
at
down
himself
put
2.11]). -lit
GROUND,
TO
also in correlative
lie
is introduced,
on
Texts
prefix; masc.
have
Chinook
in wa'lxi
-k-
DOWN
noun
that
-li-
also
as
40)^ouT
"i
U.
c.
in
seen
down
[Wishram
it
masc.
In
lay
with
object
per.
songs,
ga-
stem
notes
see
passives.
glide between
as
34
one's
to
-i
-u-lat/a'-mElEq as
; its shorter
local
for it is found
intr.
masc.
per.
HE
(cf.ga-ya-i-a'l-ima-lx
put
DOWN,
19.
note
of verb
in lieu of
serving
water
-ba
190.14).
part of stem,
not
3d
ground,
on
55); those
probably
-ion
down
3d
see
probably
-ima-
.SELF
(cf.note
SEE,
to
-x-u-x
forms
obj.
Wishram
in
consonant,
noun
tr.
masc.
per.
used
inorganic
by preceding q)
(Wishram
3d
commonly
very
prefi.x. -t-
noun
9.
indirect
laid
3"
subject
TWO
put
down,
she
and
indefinite
-q-
THE
in note
GROUND(?)
wi-
-q-
neut.
per.
OF
32
33
in form,
regularly used
60).
31
to
is
is velarized
WATER
39, and
4.
indefinite
with
reflexive
when
even
SELF,
66.
in
as
ga-
FOTms
it
ONE'S
MAKE
SELF,
indef.
-liam
tr.
verb
verb
as
stem
-i
inorganic
as
-kiax
to
glide vowel
stem
to
say
29).
to
-i-
with
he
oo"S
(cf. Chinook
3d
per.
tenseless verb
-ki-,which
prefijc
subordinated
as
=
is another
be
of verb
(cf. Kng.
do
syntactic construction,
to
composed
masc.
(cf.note
shows
well,
i. e., gol^
i-ke'-i
he
to
tr.
is
38).
lack
of
along well)-
and
Wishram
gatcigs'lkEl, see
note
11.
verb
form
is
logically
260
Indian
American
VI
Languages
677
2d person,
of simple form
location near
of independent
showing
composed
Donionstrative
pronoun,
element
-zdemonstrative
(of. also ordinary forms of independent 3d personal
+
personal pronoun
-dau
stem
(= -da + -u), for vifhich see
ya'x-ka and similarly for other genders) + demonstrative
pronoun
Syntactically ya'zdau, here used suijstantively, agrees in gender with yago'mEnil, to which it
note
54.
is no
being so used.
expressed predicate in this sentence, yago'menil (it is) his heart
refers. There
from
verb
stem
following verbs
gatci'ux and
gali'iox,both
"": Particle
.-i to
verb, to which
do, serve
43b
3d
"d
""
28.
in note
As
"*"
in note
as
ga-
-k-
to
UP
surface,
up
he
arose
POSITION,
3d
(gatkxEni'tckwould
mean
of
rest
position
from
with
{gatkxEni'yuptckthey
is
it
function
Adverbial
"
often
to
seems
used
evidently
gal-i-as
in note
Adverb
of modal
"
Adverb
with
is
there
-tck of
-kim
verb
and
(see
stem
of
water
out
to
significance, whose
form
is
of
their
continuative
no
idea
emphasize
to
land
lagE'lpt
but
grammatically
note
54).
of
totality)
it is best
sidered
con-
personal object;
formal
in
significance;
cf. note
originalsignificance
58).
introduced
conditions
of modal
use
Its
to verb.
coloring
give doubtful
This
(see
follows).
(without
say
-to
to
conditional
sd'qu
to
dau-
3) and
note
(which
this
significance, serving
cossative
in
(but
all),
as
out
water
suffix
sitting
expressed predicate.
no
kw6-
stems
(translated
nouns
from
dancing
was
he
up
head)
his
suffix
local verb
himself
frequentative
or
theoreticallybe
distributive
-tck
-ptck from
-ba
from
distinguished
be
continuative
moved
as
of
would
-j/m-
(sticking
rose
appears
combined
as
isk.'u'lya
body),
one
in
change
for
gayuwi'lalEmtck
precedes)
potential and
of
up
-tck
land;
to
are
contrary-to-factimplication.
has
often
when
even
32.
"7
"
floated
and
subj. -t-
drift,
float,
to
Logically sa'g"-(rhetoricallylengthened
(which
that
stem
interior,
should
attributively
of demonstrative
Composed
"
force.
be
adverbial,
as
was
in
intr.
whenever
he
(cf. also gal-i-x-lE'-tck
of
that
dancing,
is
they
on
-tck
deprive verbs
to
verb
akni'm, idE'lxam,
to
-u-
he
4.6];gal-i'-kta-tck
out
floated
each
yuwi'lal he
-6a
94.7]). This
Texts
[Wishram
Texts
[Wishram
[op. cit.,10.5]);combined
cut.
of directive
(or -luni-)
-xEni-
it.
became
it
per.
regular replacement
before
separately
EACH
-t-
stand
to
it-m.\de-itself
cut
4.
plural subject,
expected
force.
onomatopoetic
64.
note
See
has
Lqfdp doubtless
auxiliaries.
as
by
modes
cma'nii
if, it
is characteristic
of Chinookan.
Evidently contains
60
This
explained.
Iga pu
qa'ma
occurs
incorporated);
alone
forms
and
na'it.'a,note
with
verb
(cf.
21);
la'xka
be
also in
seen
such
fonns
from
ma'ima
you
considered
in
here, and
as
passages
transfonner
-ma
likely felt
is very
not
can
be
to
(cf. Wishram
incidents
be
archaic.
Texts
6.13,
-ai- is in
these
for other
seems
independent
found
forms
la'xt.'a). Chinook
probably
it
nd'mka
of
ya'ima
alone,
occur,
from
50)
note
personal pronoims
(subject intr.
It is doubtful, however,
alone.
-aima.
verbs
from
verb
Since
stem
personal
them
formed
as
preferable to consider
by
simplest forms
intransitive
as
alone)
they
qa'ma
this
and
Is
-nmka,
stem
in
formed
i alone,
should
alone?
-ma
what,
qa-
only
myth-phrase
be
may
g., na'ima
stem
found
stereotyped
as
e.
these
whether
been
has
passages).
-aima
in
Forms
51
interrogative
word
he
in
stems
pronoun
also in
3d persons
-ai-
(e. g.,
Boas
as
in
analyzed by
alone,
best
persons
(as
la'ima
it
intr.
na'ika,
note
alone,
subj.
{na,
-a-
just,
in
as
pronoun
and
ma,
sponding
corre-
(cf.lu'nka
only
57,
trasted
con-
just
three).
'"-
Adverb
"a-=
idE'lxam.
by
-u-
prefix
-u-
Demonstrative
ya, fem.
deictic
in
may
second
note
43b).
here
la, du.
be
added
element
da'uya
time,
future
without
masculine
subj.
-d-
(to),
-w-
near
19) and
Forms
material
in demonstrative
verb
location
note
see
2d
to
in
pronoim
literallyas,
means
do
3d
Wishram
like
188.1) and
Texts,
this.
per.
inorganic
consonant
suffix.
showing
-u-,
is here
-m-x-
relative
as
qii'dau thus
54).
prefix,
-a
pronoun,
da'6a
a, neut.
-i
of future
sound,
(cf.note
this
directive
preceding k-
(= da-, as
as
dau-
stem
tense
to
of.relative
composed
demonstrative
without
change
pronouns
because
-u-
in
showing
in
1st
of 3d
per.
near
with
2d
masc.
person
noun
pronoun
daw
stem
in
-a
(masc.
much
less frequently;
da'yax). -dau also occurs
though
location
demonstrative
independent
meaning
agreement
of
composed
person,
simple form
or
(e.g., ya'idau
wj'j/u'a. Chinook
that
masc.,
seems
to
Seven:
da-
preserve
wi-
is
also
masc.
da'uya
this
"a'fc"
da'ka
(=
then
2d
this
just
[cf. Wishram
that
or
sing.
be
to
da'tij/a
da'uka
3d
when
H'c^ic
In
to
UdE'xyan.
to
that
to
of
one
do
day.
this
is
sun
as
stem
to
use
4.
In
sponds
corre-
-d-iand
to
-i-
stem
to
of
-d-
of
sing.
per.
local
subj.
object.
soon.
or
suffix
noun
in
itself.
element
regularly
directive
prefix
form
of
sounds,
toward
hither,
notes
(see
-am-
duced
Intro-
k-
with
beginning
stems
or
here
is
personal
recently,
-ba
noun
-mam-
1st
expressed
now,
-ga-
verb
go.
to
just
idE'lxam.
to
consists
come
verb
of
persons)
na'ika
form.
will,
noun
2d
and
1st
numerals,
with
to
either
before
(for
to
verb
say
instead
and,
come
-ai-
and
before
employed
Instead
61,
of
being
-w-
-kim
say;
-t-,
pushed
is
power,
Wishram
forward,
-a
paralleled
in
in
which
with
when
of
note
k-
preceding
(as
sound
precedes,
Chinook
following
catch
sounds
-ugwa-
ga-).
here
(cf.
-gim-
appears
ogogoe'ma.
by
which
glottal
In
53.
Chinook
-u-
gal- and
to
k-
immediately
accent
In
as
to
transform,
words
analogously
Infiuence
to
is used
used
beginning
a-
stems
due
47)
note
alugwagi'ma
few
(al- and
verb
Inorganic,
(as in
Is
accent
go);
vowels
before
Is
gatci'ux
serves
as
(other
words
are
found
iliary.
aux-
-tci^
perhaps).
subj.,
3dper.masc.tr.
-"c-=
that
subject
referring
regularly
noun
with
pronouns
Particle
verb,
(I. e.,
note
nook
Chi-
which
kw6-,
with
53.
and
very
meaning
enough.
mean
combination
to
masc.
referring
subj.,
following
occur,
noun
in
suffixed
-yam-
to
with
preceding
to
of
stem
about
or
agreement
supernatural
those
literal
its
to
which
they
to
precedes
stand
In
jsfc/u'^ya.
object
-i-
apposition,
3dper.masc.tr.
their
noun,
-u-
order
obj., referring
being
directive
thus
prefix,
analogous
-x
verb
(TO).
p.'a'la.
in
note
Observe
You-wiLL-BECOME
as
In
daWa'x
note
note
becomes
Incorporated
of
to
6"a-
aga'lax
preserves
equated
stems
also
time,
verb
past
-d-i-
62).
time
is added
-a)
BLUEJAY,
as
ga-
verb
regularly
verb
is
In
as
in
-"-,
subj.. used,
as
just
before
note
future
of
Intr.
(here
It
stem
noun
dau'
narrative,
directly
of
subject
past
-ham
pi. Intr.
per.
-t-
be
found
only,
emphasize
to
action
directive
-a
-ga-
3d
of
composed
just,
pronoim
(cf.
-u-
prefix
pi.
(gwa
Particle
-gwa
to-day;
accent,
outside
not
can
immediate
of
because
Intr.
to
vowels,
-gim-
suffix
-ogo-
stem
pi. intr.
-gwa-
53).
6*
-t-
stress
used,
pronoun,
-ka
prefix,
to
masc.
pi.
per.
per.
-gim-).
63
53.
3d
tense
3d
note
54;
is used
demonstrative
to
note
after
al-
62
note
correlative
used
OR,
loan-word.
fco-
but
particle
directive
referring
per.
SPEAKER,
-u-
-u-
well-marked
with
regularly
personal
prefix
adverb
in
after
32)
for
phrase
3).
note
but
tense
Klickitat
as
in
as
after
obj.
suffixed
regularly
a-
i-
being
related,
suffi.xed
unnecessary,
Temporal
81
monosyllabic,
is
stem
noun
stereotyped
as
kwo'pt,
independent
and
persons)
per.
Seems
6"
used
kwo'pt
(see
go
of
iyamu'lxam.
58
59
because
w-
Here
3.
aga
Chinook
to
grammatically
and
with
regularly
is doubtless
form
3d
note
much,
enough
rather
(for
in
thus
far,
Ordinary
-a-x-
is
day
given
Analysis
kapc't
-z-
like
261
used.
that
5'
prefix,
noun
wi'gwa
so
56
as
adverbs
Languages
so]).
JUST
of
isolated
in
only
Penutian
note
28.
53.
-u-x-w-a
-m-
you
with
will
2d
as
in
per.
note
which
stop,
following
sing.
53.
amxu'xwa
is
used
as
auxiliary.
pfa'V
amiu'xwa
QUiET
desist).
obj.
with
following
reflexive
element
(see
-i- in
notes
and
28).
^f
262
Indian
American
Editorial
Indian
American
Dyk,
Library
s
the
and
of
description
reprinted
Indian
in
consonant
this
"Chinook,"
673-677.
Handbook
in
American
of
of
Bulletin
Ethnology,
Washington,
the
of
the
in
preparing
D.C.:
field
in
was
sonian
Smith-
previous
volume.
symbolism
are
is
see
the
American
phonetic
For
few
months
in
now
1933
on
Kahclamat,
in
the
his
drew
also
Philip
where
Walter
1932.
Sapir's
Collection,
Boas
Society.
paper,
North
western
for
Wishram
for
unpublished,
Yale,
at
by
grammar
diminutive-augmentative
Wishram
elaborate
and
residence
on
Wishram
used
later
were
remains
which
the
in
Wishram
on
Philosophical
of
in
files
materials
American
feature
common
(Bureau
grammar,
speaker,
description
here
Boas,
650-654,
Yale,
both
manuscript
of
at
This
collected
Dyk's
Sapir
Sapir
Wishram
young
and
638-645,
dissertation.
material
new
Franz
1
grammatical
of
student
doctoral
extensive
Part
Note
(1911).
Institution
Sapir
in
Languages,
625-627,
578-579,
40),
published
originally
Excerpts
Languages
thorough
Nichols
first
languages.
of
symbolism
survey
(1971).
of
See
tion,"
"grada-
consonant
detailed
the
treatment
of
Sapir's
exhaustive
Nootka
literature
also
Haas
(1915a)
on
is
American
(1970).
this
also
spiteof
CHARACTERISTIC
PENUTIAN
OF
FORM
STEM
its somewhat
duction of Frachtenberg's
Coos grammar
became
itsoon
top-heavyintroparative clear to me
Dr. Leo J. Frachtenberg's Comthat the morphological
and lexical
Studies in Takehnan, Kalapuyanand
resemblances between Takelma
and Coos were
and
fundamental
Chinookan
he explaintoo
to
(International numerous
Lexicography
ed
of
vol.
American
n"
Journal
Linguistics, I,
2,
by accident or plausiblyaccounted
away
valuable and welcome
for by borrowing.This in spiteof the very
pp. 175-1S2)is a decidedly
contribution to our gradually
progressinggreat differences of phoneticsand structure
that separate the two
The appearal
knowledgeof the relations between the sevelanguages.
rance
of the PacificCoast. He
stocks
of Frachtenberg's"
Siuslaw material
has
linguistic
far
deduce
does not
tionship
relatended
to
confirm
this
so
as
to
further,
genetic
only
impression,
go
between
obvious
that Coos and
it perfectly
to make
Takelma, Kalapuya,and
the basis of the lexical evidence
Chinook
on
are
Siuslaw, as Frachtenbergannounces,
make
of a single
presentedin his paper, but he does__"
linguistic
divergent
representatives
bold to
predictthat additional data will be stock. Meanwhile comparisonof Takelma,Coos,
and Siuslaw with Dixon and Kroeber's Penutian
producedin the near future
tendingto
in the
confirm such a conclusion. Elsewhere
of California (Costanoan, Miwok,
group
he
collected
of
have
I
:
states
a mass
Yokuts, Wintun, and Maidu) disclosed an
paper
material establishing
gin
orinumber
of both lexical and morconmion
a probable
phological
astonishing
for the Kusan, Siuslawan,Yakonan, and
correspondences
correspondences,
which will be
which were
first dimly brought to my
sciousness
con(perhaps)
Kalapuyanlanguages
future.
he
the
in
certain
near
presented
Though
morphological
years ago by
and Kroeber
chides Dixon
for their hasty resemblances between
and Yokuts,
Takelma
of
and
the
Hokan
Penutian
Penutian
laterand more
annouqcement
vividly
by the decidedly
In spiteof our
feel of Coos grammar.
groupings,he remarks, somewhat
tedly
unexpecIn
'
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
The
absence
concerningPenutian
unfortunate,
as
there
of conclusive
and
Hokan
evidence
is the
exist strong
reasons
slight knowledge of
what
to
mass
I believe
of evidence
and (perhaps)
Chinookan
Yakonan,Kalapuyan,
languages
spokenin Oregon
be Penutian
1.
may
be proven
most
of the Californian
in getting
I succeeded,
together
involved,
languages
more
to
sister-tongues.
All this is very interesting
it
to
as
me,
chimes with conclusions or hypotheses
I had
arrived at independently.
the appearance
On
Coos,
be
tendingto
IlUisirative Skctcli
an
Indian
to
Languages, BBAE
quiterespectable
part
of American
2,
1914,
297-429)Lower
2.
Umpqua Texts (CU, 4, 1914) Siuslawan
(Lower Umpqua), an Illustrative Sketch (Handbook of
American
Indian
Languages, BBAE
40, part 2, 191 7,
pp.
pp.
431-629).
VI
264
American
Indian Languages 2
59
into
of
Oregon
languageswith those
differentiated stock ".
and highly
Chinook
(Yakonan)and
with Alsea
Unfamiliarity
for
it impossible
further evidence
large However,
"
both with
serving to hnk
Kalapuyaand with Coos-
Siuslaw-Alsea will no
follow
by Frachtenberg
by the time this paper is
less,
Neverthepublished.
the chain of evidence geographically.
The greatest surprise
stillawaiting
fested
maniwas
me.
Chinookan pointsof contact soon
Tsimshian occupies
isolated posia
to be brushed
themselves too persistently
peculiarly
tion.
In its morphological
for a longwhile to take
aspects it offers
aside.After hesitating
of
of
the
hardly
specific
points resemblance to
any
possibility affiliating
up seriously
the
N
adene
and
isolated
the
of
phologically
mormost
neighboring
languages(Haida,
Chinook, one
With
the Wakashanin America,
Tlingit,
Athabaskan).
specialized
languages
Salish-Chimakuan
of Oregon,I now
with the Penutian languages
group to the south it shares,
tive
to express distribue. g., initialreduplication
find myselfforced by the evidence to admit
and plural
ideas and a series of classifying
bat
such an affiliationas not
only possible
In its
In view of the clear points suffixes appended to numeral
stems.
probable.
decidedly
and
of
shifts
the
lexical
of
contact
deeper morphologicalfeatures,however,
phonetic
guages.
has established,
if only Tsimshian stands quiteapart from these lanthat Frachtenberg
even
of
and
in a preliminary
Lexically
too, aside from a number
way, between Takelma
of a fundamental
there seem
his further hypothesis
or less patent loan-words,
to
more
Kalapuya,
be no stems
that Tsimshian shares with any of
between
connection
Kalapuya and
A
Chinook was, forme, to be looked for a priori. the neighboring
tentative comparison
languages.
with the Penutian (or,if one
I believe it onlyfairto add that the manuscript
prefers,
evidence that I possess of the relation between
of Oregon
Penutian)
hypothetically
languages
revealed a considerable number
Chinook and various languages
of corresponto the south is
dences
much stronger than the comparatively
both
in
and
in some
the
lexicalmaterial
scanty
lexical data presentedby Frachtenberg
of the more
intimate and fundamental features
'.
of the morphology.Should
it be possible
to
demonstrate (andI am
that
it
fairly
sanguine
of the nineteen cognates given by Frachten1. Even
berg
tached
be demonstrated)
thai Tsimshian is a decan
it
less than nine
Kalapuyamade
no
or
ten,
to
seems
to
me
are
me,
almost
This is particularly
obvious in the
certainly
borrowings.
of KalapuyaU skan cup
case
and u'lxayu
Both of
seal.
these nouns
have taken over
bodilythe Lower Chinook
feminine prefixu- of u'-cgancup
and u'-lxaiu seal.
Moreover, the Kalapuya,as an inland people,
could
be
hardly
As for
be
ing
borrow-
and
bear
ot
for
For Takelma
t'pdW
SNAIL
Ja*'-
to
finish
CAMASS
of American
The
extenso
to
from Chinook.
The fifty-three
are
Takelma-Kalapuya
correspondences
unchanged
"i
in
t]ewex
Penutian
languageseems
inflective one,
as
more
to be a
nantly
predomiexemplified
say in
form,
specialized
tremendous
morphological
dip'
(p. i8i)read
flea
that
tribes.
Takelma.
(p.i8o)readt\ap'g-; in
would
fact in
compelledto face a most interesting
tion
differentiation and in the distribulinguistic
of
"
Takelma
ts
as
Kalapuya(p.i8o)is incorrect,
Takelma
possesses
should be corrected
no
to
ts ; al-ts-M
al-ts-\il.
red
Seven:
Penutian
265
Languages
60
visualization.
convenient
sehe-TO
lehei-to
3. Wintun
4. Maidu
Takelma
Oregon Coast
group
Olom
Coos
(non-aorist)
dead
to
(aorist)
land
FORMERLY
odo- TO
Siuslaw
HUNT
TO
RAIN
Jop'od-
Yakonan
(nou-aorist)
(aorist)
FOR
Silli'V'k'
CRICKET
Kalapuya
C. Chi nook
drift
-xiivi- TO ROT
(non-aorist)
TO
GO
SOMEWHERE
(aotist)
ginigSEED-BEATER
nwt'op'
3.
roast
yiwinspeech
Oregongroup
1
come
Yokuts
2.
(non-aorist)
(aorist)
BRING
to
perhaps
yeuue^
\ Costanoan
B.
TO
herein-KIDNEY
[ Miwok
2.
large
waga-
baxam-
Californiangroup
A.
viahai
TO
LAUGH
ilyftfs-
an
(aorist)
D. Tsimshian
of
It may
well
be that
type
vided
pro-
as
Frachtenberg's
yet
unpublisheddata on Kalapuya and Yakonan
It is so very characteristicof the noun, indeed,
will force a readjustment
of the languages
failure to mention it in his
that Frachtenberg's
under B ; as for group A, possibly
and
Wintun
be set down as a curious
Coos grammar
must
Maidu form a closer unit, analogousto that
oversight.
By actual count I find in his Coos
noan
undoubtedly
comprisedby Miwok and Costa-
'.
2.
For
details see
The
Oregon (BBAE
Takelma
Language of
40, part 2,
191 2, pp.
western
South-
1-296),
""40,86, 109.
See A.
in this
omitting all stress and pitchaccents
3. lam
259-263(1910); paper, also normalizingall orthographiesto correspond
9: 237-271, particularly
also The Languagesof the Coast of California north of
of
the'recommendations
of the Phonetic Committee
to
San Francisco (/oc.
Association.
cit.,
Anthropological
191 1, pp. 273-455),pp. 306-508. the American
I.
L.
UCP
Languages,
Kroeber, The
Chumash
and
Costanoan
Seven:
Penutian Languages
267
62
amhaatas
to
wait for
willing
be
an
The
ivi'imtCKKT
Kalapuyaforms
misi'-a"
SISTER
ELDER
e.g.
tSimd'z' MUSKRAT
hmilta
MATCHES
aiorhin-
Chinook
qauwan
lose
to
niu'Iukwa
zui'tsm-
mU'l'U
TO
cow
CAMP
-CLOTH
BREECH
tlxmu'hv
but,suggestive
as such examples
are,
BELT
BOW-STRING
can
their
forms of this type, though not as
in Coos, could be cited,
but,on the
more
Chinook
many
as
demonstrated
whole,one
clusters would
the
seem
of the
persistence
Coos
confirm
to
seems
L.
have
to
type.
counteracted
Comparisonwith
this,
e.g.
and often
its numerous
that vowels
consonants
in Chinook,
frequently
mation
forso that an
originally
present type of stem
would be expected,
under
(c)vc,v(c2)the destructiveinfluence of phonetic
processes,
have
very
as such. Possibly,
however,
disappeared
evidence
compar,ative
wings
tipa'^'n,
ipz't'v
ma'qati
t'ipenc
much
droppedout
Chinookan
Coos
not
apart from
statisticalcontext.
In
torn
Tsimshian
to
complex clusters of
to
crow
nia''q"li
Umpqua
(Siuslaw)
and
have
when
and
grammatical
Many
formation.
salmon
pmd-t SHARP
type,
thanaqfly
qalavisilversidesalmon
SUNSET
tsi'kwi LEGGINGS
be
several of the
CHILD
CriUVSt
to
rial
mateFrachtenberg's
also
to
applies
Kalapuya.
that he givesin his comparative
studynumber
FISH-HAWK
prs".p
t\hmS
until
answer
isavailable. This
ONLY
and
closer
study of
reveal the
eventually
material may
former
*-ka'kwale'
(cf. Wishram
clam, /av.'//;six (cf.
and
bear
(cf.
tx.^ni), ca'y.m grizzly
"
EEL
-gakwal\-saJa fresh-water
In both Coos
and
forms
repeatedvowels
with
as
related,
e.cr.
Coos
manat
in
are
Takelma, to monovocalic
plural
are,
caya'm-ukc)
but
forms,
too
evidence.
crowd
nianta-^-
to
t'ipenc
wings, feathers
tlpewings
xalaw-is heat
xahu-is hot
L.U. valqa-a"
hole
"
piurcjamedicine-man
of
to dance
p:iiq-
mtdicinc
stems
as
we
turn
to
are
the Penutian
at
languages
by the
and
adjectives, verb
once
of nouns,
the
on
thatareformed
Examplesfrom
I.
with
soon
we
California,
largenumber
to dig
yafq-'
i-lq-
As
keepcompan\-
dance
Whether
Wishram
Taken
from
Wintun
'
pattern(c)vc,v(c2)
are
S. A. Barrett's
struck
vocabulary,
pp. 81-87
jicighhoring
in Ameri-
VI
268
American
Languages 2
Indian
63
apti-mother's brother
tahal tongue
It is evident
daka
I find that
at
glancethat
in evidence in Wimun.
much
the
By
type is very
actual
count
taral mush-paddle
than a third of
more
considerably
the nouns
and adjectives
listedby Barrett for the
Southerly dialect belongto it.
evident is the type in Maidu. From
Equally
kada deer-snare
Dixon's grammar
belly
anak knee
bed
kama
"
"
I may
quote
aka bitter
k'aftato
hara
to
sleep
go (D)
luaka' meat
tsaka- pitch
'
teeth
elctinfant
tsa'zva
k'me rib
pakasinew
keicelhouse
ma'
tun
hip
yaha'good
medicine
wene
bad
ivasa'
dialect)
(Southerly
ii'niknose
-tala- to crush
iniil milk
tkvi-lrattlesnake
heme
hi'ii'shell-beads
sedeblood
t'ikisand
benek
luini
/;/;//
eye
hini net
to
see
(D)
ko'so'Ilungs
gopher
tomorrow
poto intestines
ki'ivi'back
mrko'
;///;//"
nipples
arrow
arm
yiini
dung
pili'
no'Io'smoke
do'ko'knife
simi
fish-net
tco'nr
cotok pestle
SH'iio'
to roll
-piuili-
(Xortherly
dialect)
nose
month
tsibi'
nails
pifill' heart
irdii'irabbit-skin robe
U'dhol heavy
koJo- to
beads
tii-nfl magnesite
orw-
tii'nii'k
cradle
burden
swrii't
ko'zuo'armpit
net
yoso' field-mouse
kono' baby
rain
yu'rw
ku'pirmfingers
nolo'pack-basket
sister
ti'tcw- younger
lu'iiiw dead
bono' ear
poko'sun
valley
koyo'
iinrhii'to sin"
WO'
and Ethnology,voL
Archaeology
can
rotate
head
6, 1908, pp.
no'-
to
die
i-
332).
I.
Forms
Outlines
Volume
of
marked
(D)
Wintun
1909, pp.
are
Grammar
461-476).
2.
Maidu,
Indian
734).
an
illustrative Sketch
Languages,BBAE
40,
(Handbookof
can
Ameri-
Seven:
Penutian Languages
269
64
buhl tail
comot
butu fur
bear
"rphogrizzly
suhu' smoke
coyod
antelope
topo"r^
buckeye
ku'lw
evening
face
viu'su'
tcoxJtc soaproot
so'hn tobacco
is
Maidu
as
seems,
to be rather
further,
of the
Wintun,
in
than
noun
and,
as
much
as
in
more
alive in
Wintun, it
characteristic
be
lungs
Kroeber's
lists'.
in evidence. I select
Examplesof
cohd hole
odJt ball
luocokbelt
putuc acorn
The
listmight be
number
awaty
to
dislike
tawac
to
be
paxat
to mourn
nouns
tcadax
for
,ad tears
pinity
to tell
pitid
basket
ask
to
wings
large
turn
to
dixid to make
ma
thirsty
shoulder
V'apnd
kabad
extended.
greatly
to catch
pitciiu
tabak deer-rick
capancoal
icitidto
wadak head-net
luinis to
k'twz'tback
xityiw n
tthztyhead louse
tdxitc
pullhair
be ready
be angry
be sick
"
tczhvr,
fog
i'dikto
bidikfaeces
iv:)d:"
to
dimik
to be
od:^y
falcon
prairie
sing
sky
tyipin
ciitnx
idik water
dukud
cikid arrow
dumuk
ip'i7i
groundacorns
P'ir,ik
nose
mi'kJcthroat
hupncto
dodge
to
to
to
on
skin
bury
sweat
to
k'uyuk
scratch
nuhuk
to
kneel
select
earth
lir,it
Before certain suffixes these stems, like other
lose their second vowel,e.g. :
wdho'citpanther
youth
iirta
oty^
disyllabic
stems,
hair
diikttil(imperative)
)
p:"tJ
penis
I.
UCP
dxkud-ji
(past)
Accordingto
Yaudanchi
Kroeber
(seepp.
240-254
for
vocabularv).
so
that direct
( duhd-un
(present-future)
( duhd-ut (passive)
this
stem
alternation is
ter,
in characmorphologic,
with
the
stricomparison
VI
270
American
Indian Languages 2
65
as
conform
all of Kroeber's
seem
to
his
to
vowel before
well
It may
forms
u'kw
hand
tirnu'k cradle
su'ku'i sand
mu'lu'-ta black
n'lu'-tared
hu'hf
stinking
From
Kroeber's material
the
verb
following
are cited :
alter- stems
nation
origina purelyphonetic
assumed
a
phological
morgradually
yar^a to sleep
function. There is nothingto indicate
kata to shut
in remote
was
in Takelma
this
at
present,
nawa
ata
'
ete to see
to lie on
etepo
kelpe
nete to count
to sit with folded leg
nipito
hilito pinch
oiuo
man
eat
to
to
koyok
elder brother
one's stomach
swallow
to
see
saka cradle
toloye
hear
panakred-headed woodpecker
patca poison
lutsu
ascend
iinii
ynnu
kusH
milk
wene
to
uhii to drink
to
medicine
to
to
to
nuxii to
come
kill
sit with stretched
killi antler
uku
ki'ti'lakbutterfly
iitciito
nails
pi'tci'
yiikuto swing
to
leg
undress
enter
stay
ko'no' bow
is perfectly
Costanoan, finally,
analogousin
loko tule
this respect, as in
olok ocean
Examplesof
posol
lungs
mo'M
quotedfrom
condor
koto grasshopper
ama
tso'to'ishort
wara
pu'tw infant
so
nouns
Kroeber
many
and
"
others,to Miwok.
are
adjectives
again
person
body
patcan blood
pu'lu'k
belly
ku'lu'm bone
sketch (pp.278-3I9)inThe Languages
2. See his Miwok
north of San Francisco,UCP
of the Coast of California
9 :
Sierra dialect is quoted.
Northern
273-435 (1911).The
See
The
Indians,UCP
of the Porno
Etbno-geography
6
68-80.
and
and
Costanoan
Seven:
271
Penutian Languages
6G
wind
wasar
furthermore,of
examples,
Some
lawan bow
lanai neck
vocalic repeti
result of
only the secondary
be
tion may
e.g.
similation,
as-
hatac foot
S. Clara
sky
tcara
wahan
(fourother dialects)
ores
other
lase-(four
lasa tongue
knife
tcipi
snow
hesexem old
bear
oroc
S. Cruz
S.
woman
S. Francisco
beard
")'Ci
jackrabbit
/c^jyw
t^d;'(?u
dialects)
J.B. Pipe
For
rabbit
of
examples
of type
verb stems
from De laCuesta's Mutsun
Costanoan
I quote
(c)wc'y{c2y
wetel large
tipa
vocabulary;
'
j/;n'child
kinirfish
atiia
^/7mbelly
ara
wznzf heart
eat
to
give
to
comb
to
axa
examine
litibow
ata
tt/fx/fish
icara
to
cut
xaiva
to
call
hair
worox
to
shout
to
/co/^oboy
saya
o/co ear
ene
koro foot,leg
eleto raise
rono^ bow
luexe
shield
to
hide
nietc to
cloud
moto
write
to
sepeto
ice
yokovi
hair
/o/oiknee
tere to
co/o^ moccasin
peleto stick
to liedown
ipili
to/o
fire
cut
laskci-white
locko-,
witi
to
^o/^o-black
wixi
to
xntii
kunuc
fall
fish
niinito strike
belly
pipe
";/n"x
make
dried
oloto become
blind
xiri
wolf
to
become
yokoto
pMJM/small
It is worth
type
are
stems
notingthat disyllabic
in
some
ot this
in that
dialects,
particularly
syllables
Monterey,sometimes reduced to monoby the loss of the second vowel,e.g. :
roto to
Monterey
xurks
neck
Juan
Bautista
tuis
jackrabbit
drown
tcorokto become
sad
iiputo pay
guard
to
Inxun
to
stick in mud
xorkos
I.
tolsknee
ashes
xopo to givewater
utu
S.
meat
be born
viokoto
of
hair
cut
tolos
tceycs
based
See
on
399-472
the
[1916]).
Mutsun
Dialect
De
Cuesta
la
of Costanoan
(in UCP
1 1 :
272
VI
Indian
American
Languages
67
to
rusu
the
Takelma
decay
stem
with
repeated
finish
stem
with
single vowel
spit
to
siimti
to
ttipun
tculti
feature
jump
to
to
This
second
be
might
list
is felt
vowel
by
is shown
stem
frequentative -s-,
extended.
vastly
as
the
of
integralpart
an
after
persistence
its
That
the
infixed
or
related
between
form
epe
to
It is
the
to
the
of
go
epse many
the
impression
all the
to
Siuslaw
left
one's
on
mind
tku'nt-
further, just
to
die
all
in
out,
of
Coos.
Further
to
minor
phonetic
is
further
eventually
also
presence
in
far from
not
are
in
presence
a
In
Its
other
to
Umpqua
put
attached
it is
this
quite impossible
probably
will
be
to
it
will
type
to
always
interesting
to
say
of
words,
we
languages
at
remain
determine
stem
as
yaiqready
haiua-
whether
It
lui'hca-
agree
be related
from
of the
amplified
of Takelma
older
is
the
amplifying
with
the
on
to
contrary,
secondary
mav
of
help
the
aorist
to
be
to
the
activity.
these
guages
lan-
determined
is
lized
genera-
Siuslaw
{e.g.
repeating
assimilation
Penutian
and
vowel
from
More
*p'elag-').
this
is
stem
(present-past)
rt-vowel
Californian
solve
of
stem
radical
(e.g. p'elegfrom
-a-
"
it remains
stems
problems.
quite
impossible.
later
h'yats-
on
amplified
"
their
hail'-)or,
formation
present
to
of Takelma,
whether
its
be
to
the
study
any
e.g.
tkwani-
Assuming
stem
while
whole.
Whether
"
tanatl
dig
function
primary
tence
persis-
teristic
its charac-
Penutian
The
the
ration
ope-
indicate
demonstrated
the
in
appears
the
highly probable,
Kalapuya.
having
to
Lower
in
extent
may
amplified
tliwi'yali
close
It is,
it
laws.
(Siuslaw), however,
data
"
a-vowel),
with
in
evidence
in
north
probibilityowing
destructive
the
prove
Siuslaw
kably,
unmista-
of California.
unmistakably
as
and
Takelma
peculiar
to
and
reach
to
wi'in'-
languages
Penutian
Coos
and
verb
Penutian
is
exuberantly, represented
say
an
follow
to
tC'.Jiti-to
hau'not
form
(generally
tkwi'tl-
go
pass
type(c)vc,v(c2)-isquite
stem
archaic
in
verb
aorist
non-aorist
quite likely,indeed,
short
stem
i'iq-to
that
is
alternation
hi'tsfinal
the
and
e.g.
pass
The
betwen
vowel
specialized development
Takelma.
Coos
ele-pu to
alternation
other
an
trating
peneguages
lanlar
simi-
Seven:
Penutian
Editorial
Originally
Sapir's
a
of
whole"
There
typical
such
comparative
vowel
rather
this
of
American
is
Penutian
than
and
long,
2,
Linguistics
is
final
not
focusing
stem
1919.
1919:
56-61),
often
be
languages
compared
deletable
or
and
by
about
In
full
his
to
initial
vowel)
stem
shapes
shape
to
^e
(Golla
diagnostic
(Hymes
as
"I
the
Later
315).
tian
Penu-
work
in
of
centrality
"morphological
1957;
of
feel
gesting
sug-
1984:
trait
140).
nia
Califor-
form,"
original
'one'
lowing
fol-
year,
for
Kroeber,
to
in
emphasize
suffixation
per
wrote
(1929a:
tended
with
as
that
evidence
*yikati
Sapir
of
lexical
syllables
statement
has
Penutian
November
Sapir
'fish'
included
coupled
on
(with
Kroeber
morphology
Penutian
should
thoughts
classificatory
frequently
vowel
the
1925b).
early
*ilapita
as
stem-type
ablaut,
in
paper
in
stem-type
and
second
Kroeber
stem
his
had
Dixon
reconstructions
in
repeated
1921o,
Sapir
and
Penutian
characteristic
663-667).
of
(Dixon
languages
stem
that
publication
Penutian
of
presence
diagnostic
1920b,
completion
the
with
stems
similarly
1917e,
is evidence
the
the
(see
"characteristic
the
disyllabic
of
Hokan
after
of
suggestion
identification
for
Journal
(1921).
58-67
as
Note
International
in
published
273
Languages
Silverstein
cess,"
pro1979:
CHINOOKAN
PHONETIC
LAW
It is the purpose
of a
operation
the
in
incidental inferences
Certain
kan.
pointsof
fundamental
also suggest
history
referred to at
briefly
If
examine
we
transitive and
more
Absolute
linguistic
themselves. These
will be
system
of
corresponding
possessive
fixes
pre',
noun
shall
we
three apparently
note
an
modified
"
her
'
eyes
house
{-ho'-qH)
but
unrelated
involve
irregularfeatures which
alternation of g (which may
be
k or kx ^) and the palatal
sibilant
water
i't-qHi
a-ga'-skan
il-ga'-cq
is-ga'-xus
it-ga'-qH
cup
ii-tcqiua'
is-qxu's
the Chinookan
Possessive
wa-ska'n
intransitive pronominalprefixes
on
Chinookan
wi'-lxam
village
i-tca'-lxatn
aff'ricate
tc. These
The
1.
follows
Lower
Chinook
Wishram
'
Absolute
but
sing.fem.
6-
(w) a-
neut.
L-
ii-
du.
C-,
plur.
t-
\s-tca-
when
See
Boas, Chinook
1.
Indian
F.
Bureau
Languages,
40, part
580, 581,and
For
2.
and
3. An
data.
the
I,
my
itselfis
(in Handbook
Wishram
Upper Chinookan
my
W,
masculine,
of American
letin
Hthnology,Bul-
canoes
preceding
0-)
a-x-hii'm
L-gE'-qacqac
father
my grand-
C.
W.
is-qxu's eyes
i'f-pc feet
W.
is-k-xu's
i't-k-pc
559-677),particularly
pages
585.
own
"
"
d-gu'-pL\ike
{-gu-labraof
id- (it-)
of American
sake
consistency's
bow
o-pO.ike
ic-,is-
s-
noun
igii.pp.
C.
Possessive
but
I
Boas'
preserving
orthographywithout
am
dialect. I
ook
Chinfication.
modi-
quote from my
C. i-tslENiEnd wooden
i-tcE'-ts\EmEno
spoon
MS
W.
wi'-iq
body
i'-ic-iq
276
VI
Indian Languages 2
American
io6
ogical
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
forms
are
used
"
3d
singular,
person
him
z'-he,
she a- she,her
he
tc-
masc.
fem.
^-
The
from the
Wishram
following
examples:
he killed him (/-is temporal
i-tc-i'-uwaq
; tche
him ")
; -ihe comes
of the house (/- he")
out
i'-tpx
she
killed
him (-^- she ")
i-g-i'-uwaq
she
of
the house (a- she ")
out
comes
a'-lpx
"
"
in the three
If we
"
"
"
"
"
1st
*'
"
(-///-
pers.
sing:
n-
exclusive dual
nt-g-
heard as
plural nc-g- (also
with
f-glide)
ntc-g-,
inclusive dual
inWish(simplified
/a:-^-
exclusive
"
in which
"
-m-
transitive
thou, thee
and
subject
as
"
ram
house
is used both
are
wc
to
hram
intransitivesubject
and
The
such
as
with
to
make
it
in
that we
probable
factor rather
phonetic
than
questionis
are
a
dealing
morphol-
sing,
dual
as
3d
these irregularities
?
explain
to
t-g-^
inclusive pluralIx-g
in Wish(simplified
2nd pers.
transitiveobject.
How
"
"
killed him
i-m-i'-uwaq
(sing.)
you
thou ")
of the
out
a-ni-tbay-a
you will come
(a-is temporal)
he killedyou,
i-tc-m-u'woq
cases.
forms
"
Contrast
then be fect
perretical
compare the theo-
would
parallelism
phonetic
The
Transitive
Intransitive
pers.
to
/-f-)
m-
mt-g-
plural mc-g*i-tc-"i*i-gsing.masc.
*a-gsing.fem.
sing.neut.
i-gdual.
c-g-
plural
t-g-
Seven:
277
Penutian Languages
107
with
i to anterior palatalQ), which in
preceding
Compare these pronominalprefixes
^
shifted
of Chinook history
intransitive
turn
at an
(and
subjects
earlyperiod
corresponding
old
*ik\
shifted
transitive
to tc. Presumably
to
:
an
objects)
the
but I have
itc\,
pers. sing.
exclusive dual
1st
exclusive
is
(nd-)
(nlc-^
nt-
plural nc-
exclusive dual
law
plural Ixtnsing.
pers.
into its
was
checked
probably
at
earlyperiodby
an
There
analogical
leveling.
time
may at one
"
have been such alternations as *i-tca'la
:
man
(^md-)
mt-
plural
3rdpers. sing.masc.
sing.fern.
neuter
sing.
its
run
present
tx-
dual
such. It had
as
longeroperative
longbefore Chinookan split
up
no
course
exclusive
2nd
of this. The
evidence
no
n-
"
mc-
it-ka'lukc
"
"
i-
(y-before vowels)
men
n-a'-kim"she
or
*n-i-tcim
said",which
he
"
said
"
then leveled
were
n-
out
i-
to
n-a'-kim that
we
n-i'-kim :
it-ka'lukc,
But
now
there is
possess.
certain cases c/-,
erf-)
c-(in
to prove this and it is more
probable
nothing
t- (in certain cases
uplural
law had ceased to operate
that the phonetic
gwa-, Lower C. o-go-)
before the welding of noun
and verb stems
and
Aside from the irregular
with
intransitivesubjecwith
gender-number
tive
pronominal
third
forms
the
all
that such
class
It
in
is
not
at
(notobjective)
unlikely
prefixes.
person
and
is
dual and
of
whose
masculine
elements as /-,wiuse
nouns
plural(ct; ti-gwa-),
ents
elemlimited to certain cases, the transitive parof verb forms were
n-aindependent
adigm n-i-,
of elements (e.g. *w-i
derives from the intransitive
or
assemblages
obviously
then-she "),
he
then-he ", *n-a
by the addition of a transitivizing
particle
; *n-i
-gand verb stems
the pronominalelement, except in the
which became attached to noun
to
the other
first person singular
date. On
recent
("-)and second person at a comparatively
that
which
alone
such
cases
hand, we must assume
assemblages
singular
(w-),in
position
differentiatesthe transitive and intransitive as *i-tca " *i-ga hers
(masc), *i-tc3 "
is correct, the
If our
uses.
subjective
(masc),and *i-tc3" *i-g3 he
analysis
*i-gd mine
actual transitive subjects
for the third person
(transitive
subject),
*a-gd she
(transitive
ject)
subfem.
and
and
Ictwo
true
are
not
masc.
(transitive
they
singular,
subject) *c-g3
g-,
date.
firm
units
much
earlier
forms
older
formed
in
the
at
a
pronominal
nal
pronomiorigin;
such units the phoneticlaw could
stillin
Within
elements,i- and a- respectively,
evidence in the intransitive praradigm,
have
operate but not outside of them.
as such but have lefttheir tVace in
disappeared
Comparativeevidence,making use of data
the differenttreatment
of the old transitivizing
outside of Chinookan, may some
day succeed
law
which
in
twofold
form
and
with
in
o
ur
now
by
showing
confirming
phonetic
-f-,
appears
dual
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
transferred function
We
may
as
therefore
tc-
"
he
"
and
"
o^-
she.
''
infer that in
reasonably
that certain
cases
"
"
"
*'
of
tc
in
stems
after ;"
(say-i/c,fem.,"tail of
(/^)
go back
to
"),
quadruped
do this. So far I
peculiarbut at present we cannot
alternationof^^:tc is really
know of only one other case of tc which may
morphological
a
survival of an old phonetic
with some
be presumed,
to derive
to
law,according
plausibility,
which g (k) was
k. This
is Upper Chinook
palataUzed
by immediately from palatalized
what
now
appears
as
278
VI
American
Indian Languages 2
1 08
'
of demonstrative
which forms personal
plurals
iorms*itc(py
"he"and*a^^-"she" ismerelyan
-i-tc{i),
Kathlamet
of
and personal
phase a phenomenon that seems to have
early
pronouns, e.g.
''
ta-i-tci
those
been
characteristicof Chinookan
those
La-i-tci
at all times,
(indef.),
it ", the loss of short unaccented vowels. The accent
based on pronominal
Lastems
(def.),
a'-i-tc of Chinook is a strongly
fa'-i-tc,
da'-i-tc,
tathey ; Wishram
expiratory
one, seems
dahave
been
based
erations
considstems
to
on
",
pronominal
regulated
by
morphological
they
Wishram
it
W.
inshe
a",
she";
went
out of
(contrast gahi'pa
they ",
the house
whith aluba'yashe will go out of
da'uda-i-tc these people", h'xia-i-tc yon
the house
(indef.)people", based on demonstrative
; future -a, as shown also by Lower
la'xia'.This suffixcorresponds
ogically Chinook evidence,shiftsthe accent forward),
morpholda'iida,
and has leftin its train a number
-i-kc of other forms
of phonetic
to -kc-,-di-kc,
-^^in cases like W. it-ka'- consequences,
both earlyand dialectic,
the
(e.g.nominal plural
ia'it\i-kc
cf.
chief
of
which
the
W.
of
short
lu-kc
too
are
",
men
they
disappearance
;
vowelless stems
like -iq body ",
fa'itla it too
they alone ", vowels (cf.
; da'ima-di-kc
-tcktc
cf.da'ima ; Kathlamet tata-ihc these people
",
to wash"; alternations like tiI",
ook
with independent
cf. tala-x
these ").Presumably
as verb prefix,
na'-,W.
Upper Chinfrom older *-a-kc -C
with Lower
C. -^e'-i-kc is umlautcd
my
; loss of final
which
in
-di-kc
vowels
*-a-ki-c(cf.
ia'ii\a: fa'it\i-kc
"
*da-ki-c,
forms,e.g.
protected
;
reappear
in
*-ki-coi
daIn
i-saniEF
lid
Lower
C.
: L-ia";
they ").
plural
*-sa'm^lga
personal
forms in-kc,-i}ic,nnd
-tike SEniElqa-ks
their lids
the
Lower Chinook plural
-" *-savid'lqa-),
animate
both
of
and
with
and
unaccented
the lengthening
occur
plentifully nouns,
shortening
in animate (e.g.L-q\eLxa'pu-kc
of accented vowels (e.g.Lower
C. *i-cayiin
coats ",/-w'bear
: plur.
"C early
grizzly
L-caya'm-u-kc
gala-i-kchis firrs",id'wux-ti-kc"his younger
and the weakenChinook
ing
brothers "), but not with demonstrative
or
*cayam: *caya'm-).,
of
unaccented
vowels
suffix
after
The
Chinook
Lower
consonants
personal
pronouns.
is
of
in
demonstrative
above
C.
for personal
the
Lower
/"';
-c
(cf.
examples W.'/):
plurals
q: 'g').
the old unaccented */- and *a2. As regards
(t.o.x'ltac those people",
visible,
"yon
qota-c
which we
have disappeared
must
to
probablythe same element as
people",
invis.),
suppose
before transitivizing
that
and mcthe -c- of prefixed
note
ncwe
we
(excl.)
*-gy-,
may
that 1
is
it
thou
characteristic
of
all
The
transitiveforms
I
best
nm",
(cf.
").
ye
w
hile
in
suffixes
the
the
i
s
various
in
to
unaccented,
subject
pronominal
explain
plural
way
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
''
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
-0^-
"
"
"
"
"
"
''
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Chinookan
"
be
to
seems
to
assume
form
in palatalized
*ki,preserved
Chinook
double
element
-i-tc{i)
; a plural
-kc "C *-ki-c.
plural
Another
be Lower
"
L-aa
The
number
mother
data
of
hardlydo
I.
I.
L-a-tcl
"
mothers
old element
an
"
in
-c
Upper
and
pluralmay
"" *i-a-ki-t:
".
See
F.
more
Boas,op. cit.,
pp. 623, 62 5,'^627.
many
the
accent.
Chinook
Lower
have undergonefurther
loss of reduced
resulting
which
upper 'dialects,
shiftsof accent
with
||
he made
(e.g.Lower C. atcE'tax
A
of such
W.
:
gatclux^. good ex^ample
"
vowels
them
to preserve
better than the
seems
"
C.
"
le'-
"
it
"
it
in aLE'nkatka
: L(tr.subj.)
subj.)
(intr.
it comes
: aLgigE'ltcxEm
flyingabove me
it singsfor him
". This is not the place
to
"
"
"
"
'
I.
Op. cit.,
p. 588.
Seven:
279
Penutian Languages
109
pursue the
but
further,
matter
that the
pointout
least
at
may
*-gi-is in
transitivizing
identical
probability
adverbial
we
the
with
"
of the
-gE-
""
prefixesgE-l- for,on
all
"
him
"
for him
"
i-gEl-
meant
originally
i-gE'-l". Similarly,
at
a
-me
(W. t-g-n-') they (subj.)
"
(obj.) or
is
".
remarkable
It
*i-tcE-mof" and -gE-tn
near
tcE-m"
with,
*i-gE'-m""
(W. tc-m-')
that the pronominalelement (indirect
-thee (obj.) really
indicated
object) he (subj.)
and
suffixed
which
he
-that
never
to
-ghn-are
ihey-that
(itis)-me ",
-gEl(itis)
-thee ". It this is correct, the original
difference
receives the accent, which either strikesthe -^eit.In other words, between the intransitive and transitive phrase
some
or
syllable
following
have been one
of sentence
of pronominal
element + tranidiom.
the treatment
He
sitivizing must
thiU of pronominal
element
he goes ", but
he
as
was
expressed
*-^"?-and
goes
But
killsher
he
that
killsher
"'.
are
as
(is)
parallel.
(
who)
-f-indirective -^e/-,
-gEmthat the pronominalelement (indirect This deictic or demonstrative *o-p'-can only
note
accented
be a reduced form of post-accentual
is frequently,
even
object)
typically,
-ka,which
adverbial prefix (really
before the
in
Chinookan
occurs
freely
numerals,prosition)
postponouns,
and adverbs as deicticelement (" only,
-/pounded;
comto, for ", with which -gEl-'\s
inia'lut I gave it (masc.) just").Examplesare W. i'xt-ka justone ",
e.g. W.
**
account
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
*'
"
"
"
"
*'
to
her,
"
C. Ld'Joc
Lower
"
"
it
was
to
her ".
na'i-ka
If -/- and
"
", a'x-ka
"
C. nd'm-
ents,
elemI alone ",e'-ka thus ",kaiua't-ka soon
hi
parallel
-gEl-were
strictly
",
indeed ", W.
it should be possible
nau'it-ka
iiua't-ka to yon
to have such parallel
forms as a'-land a'-gEl- for
". This deictic '-ka,
in turn, isobviously
to her
(place)
her ", whereas we
have a'-/tive
to
consistently
merelyan encliticuse of an old demonstraher" but a-gE'lka
that
which is no
stem
or
a-gEl-' for her ". This
longerin
that
free
but
-/-and
Chinookan
which
survives
not
in Lower
can
phologically
mormean
a
re
use
only
-gvJbut
that
and
element
c-ka
and
is
C.
an
as
ka,
parallel,
petrified
temporal
-gEwhich somehow
the pronoun
that (time) in Lower
and
kaC. ka-iua't-ka
displaces
draws the accent to itself.
Itspower to take the
soon
to justthat [time]
("
", parallel
in form to W. i-wa'l-ka "to justyon [place]
elements is further
accent
")
away from preceding
indicated by the fact that it regularly
and ka-wi'x'
",
occurs
early {c{.luiix't tomorrow
with voiced 0-,not with voicelessk or affricative W. wax
"dawning") ; cf. also W. tense prefix
kx (cf,
remarks in i.).
ga-, ga-l-of remote
past time. All these
What is this old element *-^^'-,
Chinookan
elements (ka,
which now
ka-, -ka ; ga-; -gE-),
reflexes
of
strative
demonthird
as
are
a
as
wide-spread
-^(e)-,
transitivizing
finally,
appears
person
m
asculine
and
*ka
often
used
feminine
that
transitive
stem
as
a
",
singular
al
generfound in other Penutian
of reference,
term
subject
(/c[eJ- he ",g^E)- she '"),and as
firstcomponent
of the verb prefixes
he
-gEl- languages(e.g.Coos -kd in xd-ka
;
for" and -gEm
? It seems
with
Takelma j^^ that";Yokuts/fert that "[vis.]
that
likely
;
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
''
"
"
"
"
"
itis an
"
old demonstrative
is either
"
or
deicticstem
which
Miwok
i-ka
"
"
"
"
that
"
Tsimshian
-_^e absent
to
the
280
VI
American
Indian Languages 2
I 10
stress
accent
and,
strong and movable
for vowels to
result of this,the tendency
as
drop
elements to
independent
originally
Thus
i
nto
complexassemblages.
together
and for
out
melt
older
as
*n-iicy-.
4. It is a well known
linguistic
phenomenon
sounds,groupingsof
constructed on rather simple,
lines, sounds into phonetic
analytical,
patterns, or phonetic
processes
into a highly
of indepentended more
and more
to petrify
dent
may characterize a number
hinted
sentence-word. We have already
stocks within
or
even
languages
linguistic
synthetic
that the phonetic
at the probability
change a continuous area. Such examplesare suggestive
of phonetic
interfluences between distinct
of g to tc antedated the inclusion of certain
elements in the verb. Internal evidence makes
languagespresumablythrough the medium
the
The
it practically
certain that at least
tense
change oi g or k to dj
fixes of bilinguals.
preinfluence of a
late in coming into the verb comor tc because of the palataUzing
were
plex.
front vowel (/ or e) is
of
In the first place,the tense
or
preceding
following
prefixes
differ considerably
from those
Lower Chinook
our
perhapstoo generala process to warrant
much
in
of the upper dialects ', so
its
that it looks at
occurrence
to
importance
attaching
number
less
Nevertheof
old
of
set
a
or
languages.
though an
temporalparticles
contiguous
it is of some
adverbs (Lower C. a ; "-; W.
interest,
and, it may be, of
a, a-l; i, i-g-^
historical significance,
that the
had coalesced
to pointout
na, na-l ; ni,ni-g; ga, ga-l\ ;/-)
k- sounds
of the
with the following
changeof ^- sounds or of palatalized
pronominalprefixes
lects. to Ic- sounds is found in a continuous or nearly
verb in the independent
lifeof the various diafrom a northern pointon the
continuous area
Moreover, these elements do not behave
of
Island south to the
Vancouver
had
into
coalesced
coast
west
as
a
ever
though they
lects,
mouth
Columbia.
All
of
the
the Nootka diaphoneticgroup with the early Chinookan
and
both NootKa
forms of the transitive forms for
he" (^iicc-)
Nitinat-Makah,
proper
have altered the original
Wakashan
anterior
and
she
we
Thus, in Wishram
(^ags-').
in Kwakiutl,to
Ic- sounds, preserved
have forms like i-g-i'-uxshe made him ", in
palatal
sibilant affricatives;
Kwawhich the tense
palatal
prefix/- does not palatalizecorresponding
t
the following
Nootka
doubt
because
it
a
s
to
kiutlj
(^)appear
tc; t \
-Ic-, no
g' (^'")and
-gof
number
tc'
and
did not enter
A
the
verb
into
x
as c.
(.v)
large
;
complexuntil long (^')as
the
Salish
have
altered
after the palatalizing
effect of an /- had spent
dialects,
furthermore,
unlabialized /.'-sounds to /^-sounds. I
itsforce. If the /- had been prefixed
at the time
original
that the pronominal
on
ted
am
quotingDr. Boas' personalstatement
element^^-she "stillexisin the fuller form *agj-,
unable to givethe geographit would have rethis pointand am
ical
quired
intervocalic -g~ and the form *ig-ag3'distribution of the Salish /^-dialects. I
an
would have arisen (cf.
k'add that the Lower Chinook
modern forms like ig-a- should perhaps
she
kof
the
house
which
to
out
came
correspond ordinary
-tpa
").Similarly,Q-) sounds,
form
like
Lower
Chinook
he made
sounds in Wishram, are a comparatively
recent
a
atcE tax
them "evidently
before the tense
dialectic developmentbefore /-vowels and that
arose
aprefix
for a- could not
was
part of the verb complex,
they have nothingwhatever to do with the
have palatalized
to*- to- while the
an original
old, general
Chinookan, changeof to tc after
*-_^?of this paper.
which
is the subject
/-vowels
cit.,
Op.
pp. 577-79.
the old sentence,
which
to
seems
have
been
that similar
or
identical
"
"
"
"
"
""
"
0^
I.
Seven:
Penutian
Editorial
Originally
in
published
281
Languages
Note
International
Journal
of
American
Linguistics
4,
105-110(1926).
Silverstein
Sapir
zero
(1977),
analysis
marker,
Like
Sapir,
surrounding
ergative
of
rather
ms.
Chinookan
than
on
(1977:
the
third
"heavy
sees
morphology
corrigenda
richer
the
out
person
coast,"
an
has
prefixes, although
categorial
of
data,
comparative
ergative
for
a-,
[Chinookan]
syntax"
Sapir's
the
Silverstein
inflectional
with
working
masculine
earlier
in
posits
subject/agent
influence
resulting
he
reaffirmed
from
a
rich
the
basic
fix.
pre-
languages
elaboration
"nominative-accusative
of
sal-encliti
phra-
154).
on
his
copy
are
as
follows:
Read:
Reverse
headings
and
"transitive"
ta
-kc
inanimate
See
ag^characteristic
with
-GE-L-
-GE-M-
to
her"
tached
as
/7C9Kwakiutl
sitive"
"intran-
g-
THE
RELATIONSHIP
MIXE
OF
S.
L.
By
THE
TO
PENUTIAN
FAMILY
Freeland.
One
Morphological
somehow
Penutian
THE
found
and
fall back
ideas.
but
in Mixe
There
In
in Mixe
of"
their
to
much
"belong"of
the
express
in the
are
be
word
the
find it
We
manner
the
as
Miwok
In
expressed by
in
or
comita-
tive suffix.
^
The
Mixe
material
in
Oaxaca
linguistic
survey
of
that
of
Dr.
of
Anthropology
Manuel
After
Sapirfor
write
this
Mexico
under
the
Direction
criticism
group.
Ust
other
Dr.
of
it
to
Dr.
the
to
American
tongues
which
due
be
of
in
other
to
seems
of linguistic
be in the direction of sparseness
expression. Nevertheless it is true that a
very
Miwok
of
instance
in
placesin
dialects
with
eastern
compared
as
some
in the western
the
dialects.^
the
interpretation,
Mixe
of
morphologicalsparseness
remains, and naturally precludes extensive
morphological comparisons. The evidence
Mixe in the Penutian familymust
for classing
therefore necessarily^
be largelylexical. But
in spiteof its limited grammatical apparatus
Mixe
morphological traits that
possesses
Whatever
be
may
the
fact of the
have
consider
strong Penutian
these briefly:
flavour.
will
We
of
further
languages from
Sapir
was
also
Dr.
Edward
Sapir was
kind
cognates
from
the
kind
to
which
I have
the
taken
marginal notes
liberty to reproduce as footnotes with the initials K. S.
In his communication
Dr. Sapir says that Prof.
to me
Roland
B. Dixon
tian
had already been struck by the Penucharacter
him
of Zoque, and
had
sent
list of
a
Penutian
in this language.
cognates
Zoque is very
close to Mixe.
The
credit for the discovery of a Penutian
Mexico
belongs therefore to
language in southern
Dr. Dixon, by priority.
^ Cf.
in Mukne
and Coos as
analytic wearing down
with
Miwok
and
Takelma.
"
(l)INTERNAL
MODIFICATIONS
OF
THE
RADICAL.
northern
enough
some
contrasted
Central
This may
influence
tack.
new
Gamio.
enough to send me
Takelma, Coos, and
Penutian
obtained
study was
of a
during the course
region for the Department
for
by J de Angulo
on
measure
for
California,
seman-
concept "with,
same
Beche-de-mer.
this would
Maidu
for instance
as
used
very
concrete
these
cases
connections,
which
mid
relational
which
appear
from
to
"empty words"
full concrete
meaning in
some
still retain
other
removed
has
morphology
to express
pressionsome
im-
strong tendency
morphemas
step
temas.
the
is
word-order
on
New
one
started
of
tongues
gets the
One
Oregon.
that
thin. 2
worn
Penutian
of the
some
California
least when
at
scanty,
too
morphology having reached
of
in
its
usual
intricacy
degree
great
for expressingthe relational,has
methods
thrown
the whole
and
baggage overboard
of Mixe
structure
E. S.
As
in Maidu,
in Mixe
forms
the
older
This
and
in Yokuts,
so
often appears
in several
closely allied that it is sometimes
so
difficult
in Miwok
radical
to
is
Penutian
say
which
just what
features
is the
happened
primary
in Chinookan,
one.
where
sequences.
"
E. S.
are
VI
284
American
Languages 2
Indian
2q
person.^
Examples (ahyphen indicates
:
of irrelevant affixes)
Maidu
a) tot
; tat
ivitcet
Miwok:
to
die
to
smoke
to
eat
c) yopom-ia
tco
to eat
meat.
throw;
yapam
to
grass;
to
hare
to
animal; iviicut to
the hand;
split with
thuig.
to
small
splita
small
or
run
Yokuts
to
hides; witcat
play
to
for.
b) tea
ivitcot to skin
scrape
the omission
to
e)
cadik, cadak
slap.
little;witcohit to
to
awake;
tcadxin
to
tcadax
to
to
walk, go,
turn;
move;
to break
waadi
up
to shoot.
Mixe:
(2) THE
INCORPORATED
in subordinated
PRONOUN.
and
Yokuts
are
(Costanoan)
Mukne
ently
appar-
lacking in
Southern
the
incorporated pronouns.
uses
independent forms in
Maidu
ordinary statement,
to
seems
be
v^hat
numerous
those
but
possesses
the
of Miwok.
Mixe
forms
closest
come
to
old objective
used
(possibly
forms),
pronouns
Examples:
Both
Miwok
amount
and
Cf. internal
These
show
alternations
changes
Umpqua.
of
"
are
considerable
obliteration of elements
vocalic
Mixe
of fusion and
amazingly
verb
themes
E. S.
like the Takelma
in
putting togethertheir
gives often
in
ones,
^
quite
forms.
verb
similar
This
impression:
e.
g. ydan- "to go": fut. yana-.
and Mixe.
Takelma
like Miwok
"
"
E. S.
E. S.
Seven:
Penutian Languages
285
30
II. Semasioi,ogicax^
(l)NATURAI,
1.
si Cf. Maid,
sun:
Muk.
3.
Rather
PREFIX.
of the Mixe
largenumber
and
bi-syllabic,
many
5. cloud:
*
Pen.
verbs
be
can
7. star:
Mixe
very
heye
creep;
push
away;
over;
kapadum
burn"
bedoi
run;
katut touch;
hat; L. Um.
hiai ;
tcarak.
Cf. Muk.
night.
mur
Cf. Miw.
swilihe, *'lswil-
10.
salt kan
tco; Miw.
Cf. Muk.
Cf. Miw.
11.
dry
stone:
13.
earthquake: pumimb
14. hole:
tsutul.
Cf. Miw.
tsa
Muk.
cawa;
Cf. Maid,
Aw/
tsup.
akes, aks.
12.
tes
(cf."to
to bum
semantema).^
next
9. bum
are
bedokoi
ya; Tak.
Cf. Muk.
musa
fire; Pen.
in
quiteclearly
suggestive:
four
or
night; Wint.
x
regularly
the
of these
number
be
sien-
night (Tak.
h-yai.
8. fire: hen
the
like.
Miw.
xii'n
from 5).
yots Cf. Maid,
sky: tsap
6.
They suggest
analyzed into two elements.
verbs with prefixes
very stronglythe Maidu
such as he- action with
or first-position-stems
sun.
sun
Wint.
sun;
po Cf. Maid,
moon:
4.
VERBAL
fire;Miw.
sa
icnien, hismen
(also poko
pombok moon
sun,
poho night, poketcuk star); Yok. opodo,
Wint.
Kal.
upic moon;
po fire;Tak. be svm;
pyd-'n sun, day.
shine : tuks Cf Miw. lulep-shine ; Muk. tuxts day.
2.
(3)THE
EIvEMENTS:
isin.
Cf. Wint.
pomoko.
tuke; Muk.
kutui.
katcaduk
chase; pa-son
to
follow; pa-wep
to
kick
In
found
of the
different
basis of
Association.
and
of
in order
obtain
The
to
and
o;
orthography
common
system of transcriptionwe
of the American
Anthropological
be well to point out that in Mixe,
It may
semantemas
the
sources
is that
of
alter somewhat
interchangeable; i'and
c are
forms
following list
to
comparison.
followed
have
the
making
it necessary
in Mixe
the
the "unrounded"
f'are
dynamic
stress
accent
to go
go, ni-neksm
one
else;kutuk to
throughthe
agency
place; kes-ets
some
to boil);
placeto boil {ets-b
niwis-dud to open {niwits
to close)
; nipan-dud
to uncover
[nipan to cover); rswits to take
off [kes-witsto place, ni-wits to close)
;
to make
a skirt [pit
rspit-n
thread)[rspit-m
also
"to
means
[mats-b
to
to
trotisers ;
tangle");rsmats to
;
pats-bto find)
take,
let go
rsmats
is
seldom
of
further
more
than
looked
be
may
one
upon
syllablethat
confidently as
and
Wintun
Maidu,
and
unpublishedmaterial
own
this
a
in
turn
is
so
stem
di-syllabic
resolvable
under
of the Handbook
first volume
made
I have
of that
by R.
of American
of
use
of Mr.
of Maidu
and
semantema,
scrutiny.
For Miwok,
my
the
invariably on
J. do
Dixon
B.
Indian
Languages.
For
Pomo
have
made
use
I have
J.
A.
Pomo
used
Indians
the
Mutsun
of my
also
by S.
own
of
A.
Dialect
and
The
J. de
Ethno-
Barrett.
For
of Costanoan
Mason.
I have
used
The
Yokuts
Language of
California by A. L. Kroeber.
Many of the kinship terms are to be found in E. W.
nologies".
Gif ford's exhaustive
work
"California Kinship TermiFor
Yokuts
Southern
E. S.
Pen.
*swil- "fire" ?
Pen.
"
American
VI
286
Indian Languages 2
31
river;
15. water,
to be
Wint.
16. wet:
23.
nuni-
to
soak
up.
Coos
20.
red:
21.
22.
green:
then:
28.
more:
kotcis; Muk.
Cf. Miw.
we/
this; Muk.
ne
Cf. Miw.
maak
good:
positive,
Yok.
Muk,
houu;
31. thus:
32. if:
he; Wint.
Cf. Miw.
sa
24.
continuative
continually.
big: mi, mik,
Mukne
tcira
mix
always,
nioxodo
pik Cf.
he; Miw.
40.
louse:
41.
bedbug:
Miw.
Cf. Muk.
ag
pol; Yok.
huk-\ Wint.
rax.
dt^ louse.
hi;
(3) plants:
0.
like,as; Muk.
saka
also
this.
Cf. Maid,
oy
nouns,
27. Numbers:'
icutsu.
"e
manik.
Cf. Miw.
ka-, kedi.
k'a"nu; Muk.
ekwe, kwe.
30. yes,
-/it; Muk.
infinitive
26. round:
blow.
to
Cf. Miw.
te-
bakak.
not:
29. no,
verbal
17. rain:
iS. wash:
affixes: Past
Temporal
-n infinitive;
-te,-kie. "essential" : -b,-n Cf. Muk.
Tak. -n noun
used to make
suffix, sometimes
boat.
hm
cumek
Miw.
Cf.
50^
Miw.
wet;
dim
Cf. Maid,
ni
submerged;
sata.
pini.
42.
wood,
Yok.
43.
(2) animals:
dog:
33.
Cf.
uk.
Maid,
suku;
Muk.
hutce; Wint.
tce-jej;
hu to
34. bird: hon Cf. Maid,
hotju egg; Yok. hoy egg.
35.
36. snake:
Cf.
ink
wipayak;
Cf. Muk.
tsan
frog:
37.
Miw.
tcuku; Yok.
'tsixi.
cukut; Tak.
fly,horn nest; Miw.
Yok.
Note
to "two"
and
if
we
such
to Miwok
we
Muskogian.
and
otto
assume
as
m-
have
"
Chin,
to
E.
S.
Cf. Muk.
pux
us-
Mukne
in
matsk
cannot
us-tug "7" (=
utxi-n
durative
owos.
Cf. Maid,
pu, to blossom.
Cf. Maid,
people: hay
48. person,
maidik;
Miw.
mai.
md; Yok.
yayek, yadyek Cf. Miw. naya-yak, Yok.
49. man:
(also Coos -iyag plural suffix in
muk-yamk.
mokct., Mixe
Mixe
archaic
far more
as
uts
flower;
hutia.
sasuk.
(4) man:
46. fruit:
47.
Cf. Miw.
xuyge
moss:
lisana.
Miw.
ak
directly
compared
45.
witisnl,
watak.
38. fish;
44.. tobacco:
but
may
be
intran.sitive
transparently in Hokan
be
-|-5)
Muk.
terms
of
Coos
muwe;
relationship).
51.
Miw.
tosdyek Cf
occayak, Yok.
latc-yamk.
mix
old man:
(also"big") Cf. Maid, muk, big;
52.
foe, enemy:
50.
related
prefix,
miw;
woman
Yok.
and
Muk.
moxodo;
was
muk,
Cf. Mukne
adult.
wayas.
Seven:
287
Penutian Languages
3^
54. father:
ete,
Cf. Yokuts
nakn
youth, boy:
53.
grandfather;Win.
35. mother:
Yok.
tagh,nana
-ajaj;Mukne
Kal.
7ii;Low.
notco.
te\ Yok.
would
tata.
Cf. Maid,
Miw.
ne;
na,
kinshipending);
Coos
Tsim.
"mother!"
nik/a
dialect)nc-^i
(Nass R.
(-H "my"), nd'd
(voc);
(voc.).
(voc).
57. elder
taka.
brother:
Cf. Miw.
ats
brother:
its Cf. Maid,
58. yoimger
iDi''
tcale; Mukne
tare; Miw.
sister:
59. younger
Cf. Wint.
vis
utcii; Miw.
Wa'*
Yok.
Cf. Maid,
haym
kawa,
61. elder
Miw.
kam;
yam,
I: es, -s,
68. I:
*-tsi
Cf. Miw.
n-
"
Tak.
-5, -mus;
-xi
"me",
*-si.
"
kan; Wint.
"1", -n
Coos
"my";
nanu
This
uma.
Cf. Maid.
-es
vocative
is characteristic, it
with its vmdoubtedly
contrasted
as
seem,
from
na
(Sapir MS.).
(SapirMS.).
60. uncle:
67.
mother"
"my
diminutive
*-si
cognate Hokan
ita;
"grandmother":
tc, uma-c
Penutian
-atet; Muk.
Tsim.
-Em.
ye:
Coos
"someone";
watt
kaw\
komoy.
sister: isyo
Cf. Maid,
cti; Miw.
De'De*
(5) BODY
PARTS
ACTIVITIES:
AND
1
(Sapir).
aunt:
tsugu Cf. Yok. guiha,
63. child: tt";g Cf. Miw. aijst, son;
mos.
64. son:
wza"; Cf. Mukne
65. daughter: ^e/, wyi's.
62.
06. diminutive
Mukne
rwis, son.
eye,
(Tak.
of
brother:
sister:
yoimger
*-s! survives also
Maid,
ti, Miw.
Miw.
Pen.
it-s,
dimin.
*-si-),also
"
("to look")
-xanw-
Cf. Miw.
aux
Yok.
awo;
Mukne
ata, ca;
xai.
76. tongue:
Yok.
i^al.
Ump.
77. to
drink:
ug
ukis; Tak.
iDi'^; ut-s,
This
Wa'\
in other
75. mouth:
form
;
-xi-
*-san-w-.-
"
or
Mixe
"
*a'yiu-si
tji-s,Miw. ajj-si,
son, Mukne
ini-s,son). With stems ending in -t,-d this old
to form
diminutive combines in Mixe
-ts, -ic,
younger
74. eye:
nusus.
Cf. Miw.
dialects: Miw.
mouth;
Yok.
wcczt;
uk; Mukne
iigw-.
Miw.
Cf. Maid,
mo-,
action
ma-,
Mukne
answer;
mo-,
Cf. Miw.
ay-si, son; S. Coast Miwok
(Barrett) taiyi-s, 79. to answer:
azoy
osehe.
hena-s, boy; oyi-s,old
kuleyi-s,woman;
80. word:
old woman( ?); Mukne
ini-s,mo-s,
kops Cf. Maid, ka,
man;
potci-s,
with
}"!ons.
man;
Wintun
son;
vized
"
sister
younger
*utaP); Tak. -xi,
utcu,
*utu
"
(diminuti-x
"
*-si,
Mukne
say;
Miw.
81. to call:
mo
Cf. Maid,
Miw.
wo;
"'o;
*-s
Low.
82.
nose
hikii;Miw.
Ump.
talk; Tak.
waa,
/fa-,say;
ko, say.
*waway- ?).
A"/j ; Mukne
hus.
suffix -c
Mukne
-s
verbalizing
Nominalizmg
(e. g. yitc-s "language" "; rite "to speak";
Tak.
-{a)x infinitive suffix of intransitive verbs
Low. Ump.
-s
"
*-(a)s;
verbalizing suffix (waas
"to speak").
"language" "" waa
=
etymologicallyrelated to respective
reciprocals:
-qcE-n, -gaka-n, -gia-n),further in
stems
are
father
wi-n-am-c, my
my
mother
(e. g.
huumik-ca
"dear
old
woman";
umd-ca-
suffix
=
In
other
words
we
have
c-
of Maidu
diminutivizing.
cti
and
-sy-
of
Mixe
tsyo may
be
xin. Maid,
perhaps
hin, Tak.
also
Coos
two
old Penutian
stems:
is, Tak.
Miw. cln-ti,Yok. cil,Mukne
Tsim, saal "to notice",
-xan-w-,
ciy-, Wint.
xil-, "to
look
ca,
Mixe
around".
"
E. S.
VI
288
American
Languages 2
Indian
33
83.
track; Miw.
Mukne
luk;
Yok.
tokoc;
Miw.
Cf.
tatsk
ear:
liiksiis.
Miw.
ka-. with the hand;
ki Cf. Maid.
64. hand:
Mukne
s. regularly.
*esu. Miw. k
eku. uka "
Muk.
hand;
ko, to hit with
E. S.); Yok.
=
Win.
Urap.
mats
nm;tr, get; Low.
to take:
mats
to lay; Tak.
lag-, put, place; (Pen.
mate-,
(Wishr.
Ta^.
mas-g-); Chin.
*matsbase
"
to lay, -a-l-ima-lx, to put into
dial.) -A--n"a,
Tsim.
to
mag-,
put dowTi.
Maidu
me,
to
Muk.
a""-;
88.
Muk.
Cf. Maid,
mid
work:
finish.
/w"
wi-. pull,press;
89. to put, place: -wits Cf. Maid.
Miw.
wtk-; Tak. -ttyhA,to spread out.
tek,
/^A, jump; Miw.
foot, leg: t'ik Cf. Maid.
go.
/^A^, walk on
kick, Aa/f, foot, tirji,
hip; Mukne
01.
koc, Cf.
knee:
ois
to
go:
93.
to
walk:
to
94.
Ump.
Low.
gouk;
103.
icwyo ; Mukne
testicles: istca
104.
anus:
wag
Cf. Miw.
by; Mukne
u-;
Miw.
105.
to
twa//,come,
ze/a/^,go;
wadix,
Tak.
wi-,
108.
love, like:
yoc-;
Chin,
-ya,
*iya,
the
foot, walk,
trail, etc.:
pa-
go
Maidu
Pen.
-t from
Editorial
"
Mukne
E. S.).
ho7i; Yok.
Maid.
hut,
tsok
to
ceki ; Yok.
Cf.
Maid,
think.
dote
Mukne
-sak-; Yok.
susu.
icik;
instrument".
See
-i
nominalizing
S.
ho-n
cf. "infinitive"
"
ota, otso;
Tak.
xan.
otciko.
E.
"
heivhaw-,
Miw.
.
"Sleeping
"
suffix.
'
with
Mukne
(Cf. Hokan
Tak.
tsok Cf
fear
about.
Yok.
xtitu, belly;
horj,heart; Mukne
imagine, think; Low. Ump. hai,
haw-, to
107.
go).
action
qoq;
piss;
utcu,
pudenda.
urinate:
opinion;
Yok.
Maid,
tcoxo,
tcala
"-.
iwi-n, weeta;
Coos
gwen;
tcatia.
Cf. Miw.
caii-tal;Mukne
pxut Cf. Miw. poii, navel; Yok. poiodo,
intestines; Mukne
pot.
puttus, belly; Wint.
Coos
Cf. Maid,
95.
go
phallus:
-q!oxl.
Chin92.
pass
Tak.
Tak.
Atf/c,bone; Mukne
/cz ; Miw.
tsii-k Cf.
102.
106.
toes.
ogun;
kwininicu.
/ca/c, bone.
taiiha; Yok.
Cf. Miw.
dun
/jaA.
^tt, posa.
kwin-ts;
Miw.
me;
cumi.
;trMm,
to do, make,
/nc;
have:
to
mo,
lean;
to
uy,
-/'o^,-puk; Wint.
Cf. Maid,
Cf. Maid,
po
neck;
100.
in-; Yok.
Cf. Maid,
uy
pak
skin:
99.
loi.
give:
comes
one.
98. bone:
to
catch.
87.
97. to sit:
Mukne
an-si.
Cf. Mukne
ava
Cf. Mukne
water;
paya,
from
kupum.
depart; Mukne
move,
"
isu;
puy,
payta, himt.
a bed)^ Cf. Tak.
96. to stay : wi (alsoin : tti^ic,
teiay-,
to sleep ; Kal. ivai,to sleep; Tsim.
woq, to sleep;
run,
*haw-,
same
in -n,
Yokuts
ho-r]probably nouns
*hofrom
base
-n,
noun-forming
and
and
"hau-;
base.
"
Mixe
ho-t
probably
factitives
in
E. vS
Note
Linguistics6,
Originally published in International Journal of American
28-33 (1930).
Ancestral
supposed by most authorities to have been the
Mixe-Zoque is now
known
high cultures
the oldest of the archeologically
language of the Olmecs,
1976).
of Mesoamerica
(Campbell and Kaufman
expanded by
Pcnutian"
"Mexican
(Mixe-Zoque and Huave) was
Sapir's
Uto-Aztecan.
(1956)
and
Greenberg
Whorf
( 1935) to include Mayan, Totonac,
accepted
the
addition
of
Mayan
and
Totonac
but
excluded
Uto-Aztecan.
Seven:
has
Greenberg
part
of
reaction
The
accepted
affiliation
(1987)
recently
hemisphere-wide
from
Whorfs
of
uncritically
of
in
specialists
connection
Huave
reiterated
is
now
Otomanguean
version
of
Mexican
bolstered
claims
have
proposed
considered
(Campbell
with
met
Campbell
by
improbable.
1979:
Penutian
extensive
by
(see
languages
Mixe-Zoque,
to
Sapir,
with
Greenberg's
nor
Huave
by
is
scheme
Mesoamerican
289
Languages
his
classificatory
Neither
comparisons.
Penutian
Radin
The
964).
as
lexical
favorable
1979:
(1916)
most
964).
and
likely
COOS-TAKELMA-PENUTIAN
Edward
COMPARISONS
SAPiRf
and
1. Introduction
In
1.3.
1.5.
the
In the
Sapir'scomparisons
2.
our
ences.
of manuscript
Description
Phonology
Why withheld
Symbols and arrangement
1.4.
of
slight knowledge of
languages involved, I
succeeded
in getting together what
I believe to
of evidence
be a quite respectable mass
tending to
unite the southern languages with those of Oregon
"stock".
into a large and highly differentiated
spite
...
of
most
1.1. Date
1.2.
Swadesh
Morris
Californian
same
Coos-Takelma-Penutian
sons
compari-
by Edward
has
Morris
Swadesh
prepared them
Sapir.
and
ductory
has
for pubhcation
provided the intropresented here
made
were
and
information
discussion.
Sapir'smanuscript, which
1.1.
Franz
part of the
forms
now
dates
about
to
in the form
been
annotations
made
Penutian
Form
to in A
of
Stem
(UAL
affinities
Penutian
of
certain
Oregon
conclusions
independently. On
Coos
that
the
it
grammar
Takelma
fundamental
and
Coos
of
became
soon
it chimes
arrived
I had
appearance
between
as
me,
at
to
plausibly
and
Siuslaw
group
lexical resemblances
were
too
numerous
and
of both
Maidu
lexical
(that
is Miluk
Dixon
and
Kroeber's
or
the
Since
Siuslaw),one
made
list
and
Coos
items
"Mil."
Siuslawan
may
and
the added
of
Frachtenberg's
sketches. The original
then
must
four
before
the
include
marked
'see L.U.'
notes
Coos
additions
column
to
of
was
distinguishable,
a lighter
are
for additions
main
have
been
Texts, which
based
on
appeared
This
assumption is corroborated
by
of Coos Texts has
the fact that Sapir'scopy
marginal glosses of Takelma
comparisons in
in 1913.
and
be
of California
Wintun,
the Coos
for Coos,
other title.
Frachtenberg's Coos
accounted
with
sets.
in
no
me
explained away
by accident
for by borrowing. The
of Frachtenberg's Siuslaw
material
appearance
has
confirm
this impression,
to
only tended
that
Coos
it perfectly obvious
further, to make
and
are
Siuslaw, as
Frachtenberg announces,
divergent representatives of a single linguistic
stock. Meanwhile
comparisons of Takelma, Coos,
or
first 151
items
berg's
Frachten-
clear to
of ink
numbered
152
is
of
Sapir'susual
columns
There
Penutian.
Umpqua
interestingto
or
hypotheses
prints,
re-
Comparative
Sapir, in the
in
are
of cognates, with
groups
annotations
languages,stating:
and
writing. There
small
blue
teristic
Charac-
in
8x11, handwritten
13 pages
Indian
of American
Languages (BAE-B
At least two shades
portant
40.2.297-429).It surely represents an imblue for all
a dark
part, though far from all,of the
Sapir refers
marginal
Collection.
1.2. The
Takelma,
lexical evidence
of
Sapir in books
by
like those compiled
Penutian
Glosses by Edward
PhilosophicalSociety, evidently
American
have
it may
Boas
of the
Collection
Boas
It is
relationships.
possiblethat other manuscripts will yet be
of
discovered containingthis material. Much
what
seems
to be the same
and
list,
in the
tions
made
there
lighterink.
on
are
All the
ink
as
the
script
manu-
'L.U.' annotations
foregoingobserv^amanuscript were
in the
by inspectiononly.The
identifications
Penutian
132
seem
for
the
have been
quite obvious,
parts of the manuscript
most
affected by light.
most
part
292
VI
American
Indian
Languages 2
133
has
instances of
has
Unfamiliarity
with
Alsea
(Yakonan)
and
even
'
observations
The
UAL
are
included
Relationshipof Mixe
6.28-33
(1930).
in
to the
L.
S.
Freelander,
Penutian
Family,
Seven:
293
Penutian Languages
134
chain
of evidence
Nevertheless,
geographically.
pointsof contact soon manifested
to be brushed
aside.
themselves too persistently
for a long while to take up seriAfter hesitating
ously
of affiliating
the possibility
Chinook, one
and
isolated
of the
most
morphologically
the
specializedlanguages in America, with
Penutian
find myself
languages of Oregon, I now
forced by the evidence to admit such an affiliation
but decidedlyprobable.
as not only possible
The
still awaiting me.
greatest surprisewas
Should
it be possibleto demonstrate
Tsimshian
(and I am fairlysanguine that it can be
the
to
scription,^
types, a normal
(')
position
in the word, and a risingor sustained long
accent
(')occurringon long vowels or on
vowel-sonant
in contrast
to falling
groups
tone for the normal
accent in this position.
Points of phonetic usage: x is for back
velar spirant,
c is for sibilant affricate (ts),
for shibilant affricate,
H
double letters are
used for long vowels,r is for voiced velar
ated
spirant(inCoos).The languages
are abbrevidetached
is a
demonstrated) that Tsimshian
by using the first letter for Takelma,
northern
be comoffshoot of Penutian, we would
pelled
Coos, Siuslawan,Yokuts, Wintun, the first
fact in linguistic
to face a most
interesting
letters for Chinook, Miwok, Maidu,
two
diflferentiationand in the distribution of American
Mukne
tribes.
(Costanoan Freelander's term).Yy
Chinookan
with
tonal
two
variations
accent
accordingto
"
These
show
comments
that
Sapir
For
convenience
dialect of Yokuts.
in
printing,Sapir's
the manuscript
to be part of a
for
dropped.Sapir's
cross
diagonal
he feltcould be demonstrated. Evidentlyhe
is
improbable comparisons
retained,his
of Kalapuya
was
awaiting the appearance
marks
check
His
omitted.
are
parenthetic
data and was
hoping to work out in detail
also indicating
questionmarks,
doubt, are
the relationship
and
shian.
Tsimof Chinookan
retained but are
after
rather
than
placed
He felt sufficiently
of himself to
sure
Other than in such matters
before
the
entry.
publiclystate his theory, but perhaps he
of arrangement, punctuation and phonetic
thought it well to wait with the specific
materials are given as fistedby
dence symbols,the
lexicaldata until he could present the eviSapir.
for the fullerpicture.
The case would
the
Coos-Takelma-Penutian
tionship
relacolumnar
largergroupingwhich
has been
arrangement
of
and
2. 1. T
Sino-Tibetan.'* When
kulei
See
discussion
Athapaskan
UAL
and
18.178-81
(by
Morris
Sino-Tibetan
(1952).
Swadesh)
by Robert
of
Shafer,
Takelma,
Handbook
40.2.17-18
of American
(1922).
guages,
Indian Lan-
294
VI
American
Indian Languages 2
135
tak-ax- head;Mu
taxa-Shead. 40. C x'^iHux'^ ^
foot,Y kada-Sa lower leg,Yy kalassa'i*.10. C
head (?);T ?ulu-k?-i- hair of head; Mu
Miluk
Hil-li leg;T sal- foot ("*tal-?);W
ut,
Xel-ma ("*tel-?).
uri,uli hair,Yy ?otow head.Ma ono head.
41. C '))[
si water.
to drink;T xl water; Mu
11. T xuu''*n night (forx:s, cf. xi water
Ma
sewi
river.Mi kik water. 42. C Xipi^
below); W sinol night.12. T b"e sun, day.
43. C
arrow.
today;Ma poko sun, W po day, arrow; Mu tep-s, temo-x, nemo
now,
poo
Y 'i'opo-do
Iqawe to die; T lohoy-, loho- to die; Mu
day, Yy "^opmoon.
sun, "i^op-di
to sleep (plur.,
13. T n6ox rain-,W luha rain. 14. T p'^ii^re; laku- dead. 44. C cimsimt
nahi
lake.
s'i'aaw
W
reformed
from *ir)tim
T
"*tim-t
W
15.
or
"
lake;
redupl.
po fire.
W
Mu
etin-i
T
mountain
M
i
ho\
16.
to sleep.
som
("*tom?);
*t-ir)tim); eten, enen,
toX,
17. T tan rock;W Son rock. 18. C
mountain.
?er)tim,Yy ?entam a sleep-inducing
eM, Y
substance. (Is Esselen acin- after all merely
Sximl black bear; T x",mk grizzlybear; W
borrowed from Costanoan?).45. T ti interrogative
red; W
Silaibear,grizzlybear. 19. T -s'i'il
mau-ti
hi-ti
whof
enchtic; Mi
tulu-ka,tede-kit red. 20. C bni ^ood; W
-de
whatf
Ma
Y
ti
interrogative,
laiyokgood.
enclitic,
Mu
46. C n- /; T -?n I"him,
21. T ma
thou;W mi thou, [see47].22. T
-sa, -s (" *-ti).
panti-beup, panti -n (fut.)I" him; Ma ni /, W ni,Yy na?.
pamup, pam-ls sky; W
47. T ma
thou;Mu me, men, mene. Mi mi,
on, upon. 23. tqanX- (?)[tohit,to strike with
to fightwith, Yy ma?, W
sanainstrument]
mi, Ma mi thou. 48. C Xtaa
; T saansan-,
W
Mia
T
S [Xa?ay]);
T tkaa earth;Ma
-t
shoot
24.
earth
to
("*tana?).
(?)
(see
spear;
W
kau
-u-t
Ch
49.
-xadjectivesuffix;
ground.
-k-, my; T ki /,-te-k,
present participle,
with
s
uffix
jective
subkoom
Mu
-t-k
-t adjective
future participle,
ka, kan, kana /, Mi
my,
we;
Ma
-do- present participle.kanni 7, -ka, -ka-n my. 50. C -en numeral
noun,
-kila conditional.
suffix so and so many
25. T -khi?, -ki? if;W
times;T -n, -(t)an j
'
rogative.adverbial numeral
W -wi interMu
adverbial
26. C -uu interrogative
suffix;
suffix;
-na
future
numeral suffix,
Ma -nini,
Y -d,-1,
il'.
27. T -de?,the? / (intr.),
Yy -?
Mi
C
T
W
-te
-da
51.
to
/, me, my.
/,
-t,
phoophaw-,
-tee,-thee;
puux"^spout;
?anii? not; W
eleu
iin not; T
28. C
phoow- to blow;Ma bo to blow. 52. T mena
("*ene-u?),Y am, Yy ?ohom, Mi (E.)ela. bear;Y moloy bear.Ma mode brown bear.
-mak- to know,
29. T yaan-, yana- to go;W hara to go. 30. T
53. T maanto count; Ma
54. C -enii to do, to make
count, measure.
p^nx hunger;W bira to be hungry.
causative verb suffix;
31. C tk"*- to kick;T tkuuntkan-,tkuunsomething;T -(a)n(a)Y
to kick;W qow(a) to kick. 32. -eenii reciprocal Mi -ne
causative, -la,-da causative (for
-inii (relatives)
verb suffix,
1 " n, cf. no. 50),Yy -aala. 55. C -n, -ni-,
to one
another;T
-anciprocal-eene
(e.g.
reciprocalverb suffix;W -pu-ra repluralelement found in few nouns
stnall pi.,
verb suffix (?).33. T ?al- to (?), mee-n
human
beings,ceey-eene
and
ka-nan in; W el in, into. 34. T pay- out of qe-ni-xet short pi.) its irregularity
from
house (vb. prefix);
show
be
survival
W
C
it
35.
to
remote
out.
yipsn rarity
pat
three (?) (seeS [Siinx]);
T xipinithree;
Ma
noun
plural (not very
past; T -ha-n, -an
-in
Y
-in
pluralof pronouns,
sapwi three,
Yy soopin,Mu kapan, kaphan, frequent); -n,
W
-1 dual of pronouns,
kapxan three.36. C SuuX-to set fireto, m\- to numeral collective,
-li-ndual pos.,
-s^iil-to set fire -li-tdual obj.,-le-t plur.obj.,
burn,Hweel^re; T -s^iiluii-,
(?).
to, to catch fire;Ma
?oSit,Yy ?osit, -le-n plur.pos., Ma -nono many
sa, Y
Mu
56. C -e, -ii petrified
plural (e.g.
noun
Sotofire.37. C mee human
being;Mu
mai-dii Indian,mai-ki boy, tummeeX-e
old men, timil-ii men, keneeyes-e
ama
person, Ma
|
Y
T
38.
W
plural (e.g. f
yap?a person;
hunchbacks);-a petrifiednoun
may
person.
plural(for
yapaituperson. Ma yepiman, husband. 39. T
aXimaq-a big pi.);Y -i,-a noun
^|
"
Seven:
Penutian Languages
295
136
ablaut,e.g.
'i'onmid:
81. T -tkSm
?onemad-i, cf. C
black;Y qimgutan black.
82.
T
mii
then
and
tummeeX-e,
keneeyes-e),
(particle)
Yy
now,
; Yy 'i'ama'i*
with
^57,
C
liixUi
stems.
then.
83.
C
to
to
plural
-i,-a subjectcase
then,
pass out,
pass by,
hinna so and so many
each;Y -hin collective landingplace;Y day (" *lay),lay to step,to
loo- to play,
yapkan-hinmany trees)
(e.g.
(perhapsbetter kick. 84. C al-$toy; T loo-l-,
to T -ha-n,no. 55).58. T ^uuk'^- to drink; loo-sftoy; Y do to play ("*lo).85. C tooh-,
to drink,Mu
tous- to hit,
T t^omom-, toomto hit,
ukis,Mi uhu. 59. T
Yy "i^ugunstrike;
Y ka that (vis.),
ka that (indef.);
Mi i-ka that. kill;
Y do battle,
(?),do5 to beat,overcome
ta so, such,te- article with
60. C t that there,
(?),Ma -tul- to break flatthing(?),tup-,tusii-ta
T
break (cf.
that
Y
to
ta
(ka)
yonder;
117).86. C Xou- to eat;Y duy to
pos. pronoun;
that (inv.),
eat ("*\uy).87. T -(a)l-,
-Iha- continuative,
Yy ta that.
suffix (oftensuffixed to
61. C -is noun
Y -ad ("*-al)continuative,
frequentative;
verb stems: Xeey-is
88. C mauxto chew (up)
languageXee-c he spoke), -li frequentative.
of quaUty; T -(a)x (cf.Ch); Y mok
to swallow,Yy meeki-.
-s, -t-s,-en-is nouns
^89. C nix(t)infinitive (often used as verbal noun:
S
to touch;Yy niti- to squeeze
from
with
hand.
Y ?ot- to fall.
tou- to fall;
Mu
90.
-s
C
noun-forming
?ipn-axspeech);
ni^i-s
^91.
Y
stems
verb
C t^- to come in; tax- to come. 92. C
to
(e.g.
language " nm
W
s?eel- to
-s verbal noun
suf.,Mi -s noun
speak),
$anx- to shake (seeS); T s'i^elel-,
Y -0$noun
suf.62. C -ne itis (e.g. rattle(?); Y ta^itto shake. 93. C ^au- to come
ending(?),
-in- petrified
it is I);T -(a)n-,
Y taw
tive
intransin-ne
apart,to pullapart;Yy tatay-to break,
Y -in- intrans. (?),
Mi -ne, -fie intransitive
94. T helel-,
heel- to sing;Y
to overcome.
suffix;
63. C ii-ta emphatic
verbifying.
'i'uduk-,
Yy ^ilik- to sing.95. C welex- to
Mi
lie
particle;
ii-ta(ka)
that; i-,i-ni,
i-sa,
down; Y wodo to dodge(" *wolo),
i-mo, stoop,to
i-ka,i-ti that. 64. T -n noun
ending (e.g. Yy wolooyee-.96. C w^kin- to touch with
finitive
yiwi-nspeech" yiw to speak);Ma -n instick;Yy woto- to hit with a stick. 97. C
to pick,to gather(seeS); Y
ending.65. T -a'i'nperson, peopleof; yak"-,yak'^-tinin peopleof.66. C axaax maternal
to
Yy -?
seeds,yitw- to gather.98. T
gather
yamT
maternal
hasY
to touch,
uncle.;
-koy-k*!*nudge;Yy koyouncle;
'i*aga$-koyo-k*^-,
xilmother's brother,
^inl^in
C
67.
butt.
to look around
99.
C
to
(?);T
Yy "i^aagas.
Y
Y
look
to see, Yy
nimejid eyebrows and lashes. -xanawto
(out)(?); Sil'ieyebrow;
68. C cneex
sil'i-.^100. C xint- to go fast,to run
(?);Y
beard; Y jamo^ beard,Yy
to jump, Yy siUt-.
daamut-.69. C k'*'in-cthroat,
neck,k'^'in-to SilitY woy- to
swallow (Coos kw: T k^, cf. k^'ees-iswind, T
to sleep;
101. T wayaan-,
wayk^alt);T k*en- neck; Yy ?oogun, Ma kuyi sleep,Yy woo'^uy-.102. T mahay large;Y
neck. ^70. Xpene wings,feathers;
Y ^a'i'ada met, mat, mayYy mayaahay. 103. T
large,
girl.
(?).
girl;
Yy gaa'i'ina
furfeathers
khay- woman,
woman,
71. T telk-an buttocks;
Y teda anus, Yy
^104. T tola hollow tree;Y ton, toga-Sdigger
72. T nihwlk'' black bear;Y du?uxun
iooto*^.
pine.105. C k6s shell used for ornament; Y
bear ("*lu?uxu-).73. teec lice (seeS); T
gu^i^ beads. 106. T s^fxi dog;Y neSe^,^exa,
Ma
fi^eldlouse (?);Y tehethead louse,
huhu
dog. 107. T hSiiycloud;
sii,Mu
Yy ti'i^it.
74. T laap leaf;Y dapdap leaf("*lap-). Ma
T nf, nii- teats;Ma
cloud
108.
(?).
yaa
75. T bix-dlmoon
109. T
mini
Y
" *nini?).
moon
nipples(dissimilated
(?)(x " 5); 'i'upiS
break
Ma
-k'i*ootin
t
o
^76. C t(^een
(cf sun),Yy "^op.
two;
-kot-,
soot;Y neheo -k?otk'i*at-,
kel-k- to drillfor
-kut- to divide. 1 10. T kele-k,
thunder.
fog.77. T tk^'d thunder;Y taka'i'a
78. C lahX-isearth;
Ma -kel-to perforate.
Y diioiit
earth (" *luout). fire;
79. T hok--ai,-h6k-h-al hole ("*-Sok-al);
kool- to
111. C qal-to dig (?);T k'^olol-,
Y Sogod hole ("*Sogol),Yy sogol.80. T
dig; Ma -kol- to bore (?).112. T kala-p-,
-kol- to
tkism- green; Y nii'i'imat
by rolling
kal-p-to twist (thread)
; Ma
green.
toomiX:
knes:
VI
296
American
Indian
Languages 2
137
k'^'aat-to pick,pluck;
131. T -(a)pa'^
let us'.;
Ma
k'^ataay-,
-p6, -pe, -pe'^'e
let us I ^132. C -qm, -xm
114. T lopap-,loop- to
to be in a condition,
with
to be in the act of;Mi -imi continuative
seeds);Ma -lop-to move
(?).
pound (acorns,
shake
Ma
-silC
six^115.
133. C -H instrumental
to
Mu
off;
noun
-cu
(?).
suffix;
friction
92 [in different ink, comitative
to shake (?) (see no.
(?).134. C -et (-at)past passive;
Y -t passive,
-n-it future passive.135. -iiyas
ably
showing that comparison with 92 was probafter the original
made
of relationship,
entry and after
plur. of nouns
-iiye,-eeye
been
cross]). adjective
marked
with crissMi
the entry had
noun
plur.; -ya
plur.136. C han
about to,hanX shall,
hi
Y
future particle.
will;
tam-k*^Ma
T
^116.
to choke;
137. C k^'a it seems, as if,hak'*'a-ias if,kind
tama-k?-,
138. C hi'i
perhaps, it seems.
-tap- to squeeze (?). 117. T -tk^eltk^al-,of; Y akam
tk'^eel-to break in two; Ma -tala- to crush (?). particleindicatingsurprise;T his almost,
taal- to crack;Ma
-tala- to
118. T t?alal-,
tryingto but in vain; Y hiqa perhaps.139. C
crush (?).119. C -aami /, we 2, or we-thee, hei emphasizing particle,hi enclitic emsubj.intr.), phasizerindeed;Ma -hehe only,just.140. C
you 2, or you; T -(i)k-amwe (fut.
-(a)nak-am we (fut.subj. trans.),-am
qa-1down, below,under ("qa -f- at,qa- is
us,
local adverbial
-t-am
-ma(si)our, -m, -me us, me
prefix),qa-linfrom under
our; Mi
120. T -nk he (fut.trans,
(subj. 1 [sic]).
("qa- -f- ahn); Y 'i'adiddown, low, below
subj.);Mi -k,-ko him, he (subj.1, including ("*'^alil).
141. C yuu very, very much; Yy yow
future),W -k he (past).
ami,
-xi
I
T
121
(subj of passive)(" *-si)
also,again.142. T -ta*^ subordinatingsuffix
me,
;
Ma
-s(i)/, Mi mu-su,
mu-$u, $i-ma of intransitive aorist;Ma -we-te afterhaving
mo-s,
I
cf. -wea
and
thee. 122. C -aa'^is thou,ye 2, or ye
-weu
(for -wetemporal
me,
-ce-te when, while, -ya-tan past
u^
2, or us; W -s-ka,-s-ke-n thou,ye 2, ye
suffixes),
(-ka,-ke- as in Ma -nka-no thou,ye 2, ye,
(for-ya- cf. -yak temporal suffix).
participle
tial
-nka-s we 2, -nke-s we?). Mi -s thou,-tok-su
T
-na*^
143.
subordinatingsuffix of inferen123. T -x
-wono
past and transitive aorist;Ma
ye (subj.3: present and perfect).
non-agentive (quasi-passiveor reflexive),past participle(-wo- assimilated to -no,
-al-x intransitive (-x" *-s)
-us
reflexive, "-we- as above). 144. T -mai* subordinating
; Ma
Mu
-s-tap,-s-tapseimpersonal,passive(?), suffix of aorist passives,-tat from, to, in
Mi -si passive.
Y -wi-5,
-wi-s reflexive.
lated
-t locative (occursin very few iso124. C
direction,
C xeen-issick;T xil-am sick (" *xin-an)
adverbs:
k'^cn-t in back, behiml
"
; Mi
mol^mallocal adverbial
hali sick. 125. T -molo'i'mal-,
k^en- neck,nape, back),-(a)ta
to
Mi
-di in, on, at (?),Mi -ta for,Mu
Ma
turn thingsover, .stir
food in basket-bucket;
suffix;
mole to spill.
-ta-k
locative,-ta-5in, on, at. 146. T
-ta,
126. T
M
-ko having.
-k'acomitative
verb suffix;
to
phili-phal-,
philphalsquash
M
i
to whip (children);
(insects),
pilapa to ^147. C witin blood;Mi weteti,wetete red.
jectives;
tive,
^148. C -ume
where
pinch (?).127. T -hit,-thit plural of adis;Mi -m, -mo locaMi
-ti plural of adjectivesand
Mu
-me
with,at the house of,-m, -mo.
149. C -a imperative with object of third
verbs,W -te subjectivepronoun
plur.128. T
-k inferential past; Mi -ke,-ka past. 129. T
Mu
-i imperative with
object of
person;
-inis
Y
-ic
third
C
-saa
150.
"
-sii,
agentive (-s*-c-); -i^,
-is,
placeof;Y -lis
person.
-ic.
C
130.
-a-'^eiwat
causative
habitual placeof (-1agent, Yy
frequentative).
151. T -(a)n aorist passive;Y -han pasfrequentative(-eiwatfrequentative),
-iya-t
sive
causative passive
in dependent clauses. 152. See S [-uus
causative,-e-'^et (-a-'i*at)
Y -w locative.
(-et,-at passive);Y -i,-u, -a causative.
locative];
roll. 113. T
Ma
-ket- to graze.
"
"
"
297
Penutian
Seven:
Editorial
InternationalJournal
published
Originally
132-137
(1953).
in
Languages
Note
of
American
Linguistics
19,
Penutian
Comparative
Edited
Based
Victor
by
edited
Morris
by
Golla
Penutian
"Comparative
on
Glosses
Glosses
Swadesh
of
Sapir,"
(1964)
Introduction
was
Sapir'scustom
the margins of
files seem
not
in
passage
Just at the
Tsimshian
lines of
isolated.
heterodox
No
to
a
moment
A
as
of my
carding some
Sapir refers to
14-page handwritten
to
have
Mexican
many
Penutian
as
can
been
material.
be retrieved
consisted
dated
of is hinted
at in
July 6, 1918:
Penutian-Takelma-Coos-Siuslaw-Chinookan-
but
of course,
showing
"stocks"
but
Yes, my
up.
clear
(Lowie
as
quite interesting,
boy,
Tsimshian.
threads,
1965:
in my
Not
many
a
humble
bit
and
27).
is known
to exist among
his
''Coos-Takelma-Penutian
seems
have
may
Lowie,
in this passage
publishas
material.
Sapir
these
Robert
to
of the sort
Swadesh
or
am
What
survivingpapers.
research
survived.
letter from
collation
Morris
have
to enter
publishedby
Comparisons" (Sapir and Swadesh
compiled quiteearly in Sapirs Penutian
Chinookan,
no
Under
these
circumstances,
of the
fsimshian. Plateau
grammar.
tian,
Penu-
it is useful
to
Sapir'sraw
indicate
of his
the
theory
300
VI
comparisonsin
The
several books
from
American
through5
The
by Sapir.
sections 1
left to him
manuscriptis in
original
the Boas
A decade
(ms. 2U[P1.4]).
Languages 2
Indian
below
Collection
work
were
was
culled
done
of the American
by
Morris
Swadesh
ety
SociPhilosophical
later,Swadesh
"
comparisons(Sapir
givenin the system adopted for Coos-Takelma-Penutian
1953):/pt/and so forth for Sapirs/bd/ and so forth, and also for his p /orp' t' in
final or preconsonantalposition.
Aspiration,in positionswhere it is distinctive,is represented
by a separate P/ after the character; /s^/ is phoneticglottalized
by /h/;glottalization
the latter found only
The Takelma
tonal accents
are
interpretedas normal and rising,
(ts).
ment
on
long vowels and on vowel-sonant sequences; it is assumed, on the basis of Sapirs treatof "inorganic"
of tone, that the sustained (on sequences
vowel plus sonant) and the
The acute
signis used for the normal accent in its
risingmay be phonemicallyequivalent.
different forms, and the inverted circumflex is used for risingor sustained long accent.
Comparable phonemicizationhas not been attempted for the other languages.
stops
are
and Swadesh,
comparisonsin the
Boas's Tsimshian
most
of his data
Tak.
where
Takelma
last section
Series
were
obtained,
are
as
follows:
references
given
Seven:
Coos
L.U.
Ts.
Hanis
Lower
and
Chin.
Chinook
Wish.
Wishram
Yok.
Miw.
Coos
(Frachtenberg1913b, 1914a).
Yokuts
Miwok
The
301
Tsimshian
Miluk
Penutian Languages
otherwise
indicated).
Wintun
[-be-,visual
evidential
(262.11)]:
Miw.
-b"s, bi-s,
continuative.
inevitable
-liba,-libo,future [-le-,
(262.12)]:Miw.
future
(241.61)+ -ba-,-boh,
durative
iary
auxil-
[-kele,
hearsay evidential (243.12)]:cf. Tak. -khi^, -ki^ [suffix,"71].
[-U-,
imperativestem formant (222)]: Miw. -pa (?).
-wu, -u, imperative
future
-ut,
[= ?]: cf. Tak. -tu [?].
particle
from verbal stems
[-s,
-s, forms nouns
generalaspect (322)]:cf.Tak. agentive-"^s
[-^s
"80](?).
1st person interrogative
suffix (241.75)]:
Coos -uu [-u
-wi, interrogative
[-(w)u-,
1914a:
interrogative,
Frachtenberg
372].
where
the noun
is in the subjective
case
-t, used with adjectives,
particular
[-t,
cf.
Tak.
-t
suffix,"108.1].
[-fadjectival
aspect (320)]:
-de^
Tak. -the^, -te^ [-t'e^,
-da, first person [-da.1st person subject(243.21)]:
"60].
eleu-ibida tconmina
T am
not dancing'[^elew,
negativeauxiliary
(262.422)]:cf.
Tak. anii^ [an!negativeparticle,
"113.3].
ni hara-kila 'ifI go' [har'to go, move
away from speaker']:cf. Tiik. yana- ('to
go'],
-s, verbal noun
[-s,
genericaspect (322)]:cf. Coos -is [-isnominalizingsuffix,
Frachtenberg1914a: 365].
bira'ibe-wi 'ishe hungry'[bira-'to be hungry']:Tak. panx [banx 'hunger'],
tcona-bem
'he kicks' [c'on-,
c'una- 'to kick']:cf. Tak. tkuuntkan[t'gu"nt'gan-kila,conditional
k'i^,-gi*conditional
302
VI
American
Languages 2
Indian
'up into
air' "37.15].
the locative
"Sometimes
be used
particles
may
["37.93].
[kulu'edge(ofbasket)'+
'edge's'
with
kiilun'
Yok.
and in
some
tion
postposi-
nouns
type of
stem
case]: Tak.-Coos-Maidugenitive
with repeatedvowel, the "characteristic Penu[i.e.,disyllabic,
discussed in Sapir1921b].
2. Tsimshian
-n,
(Boas 1911)
"Tsimshian"
marked
not
'into,from
ts'Elem'out
River
paa-
'down
y!a"a-
na-
in the Nass
are
bax-
two
cases
verbs and in
the side'
of the woods
in
Forms
dialect.
[ba'''up',"37].
[qaya^tc
'down-stream'].
(?).
q-cii[q-tsi
'inside']
qa-yaa-c
rear
hinaw
[no"'downriver'],
Boas's
to the
Coos
[hina'"
'upriver'];
[303]:
houses'
nooc
[?],L.U.
cf. Tak.
tnu
noo
'outside,
outdoors'],
'from
lagauk-
to the fire'
[303]: for-k-cf.
L.U.
adverbs
in
-k.
(?).
[304]: Tak. pay- [ba-i-'out (ofhouse, water)']
Coos
'below,
[305]:
under'],
qat [qal
fro, at both ends' (Nass),lagax(Tsimshian)[309]: cf. Chin.
of water'
spl-'out
logol-'under'
lax- 'to and
laX
sa-
[309]: Tak.
xam-
his- 'to do
to
an-,
used
terms,
to
and
transform
instruments
even
verbs
on,
into nouns,
(Nass),n-,
with'],prob.
a-n-
and
nE-
express
abstract
terms,
local
'it-on',cf. Chin.
-n-.
n-
Seven:
303
Penutian Languages
'one
yu-..-k"
has'
ha- instrument'
-sk", expresses
(Nass),-sk
primarilythe elimination
(Tsimshian) [344]: Tak.
of the
-xa-,
-x-
"53].
-A, instead
of -sk with
words
(Tsimshian)[346]: Not
-ani (?).
k^. Cf. Coos
-s, used
in Nass
and
times
few
[347]: Tak.
at
ending in p, t, s, ts, q,
all. Evidentlysuffix has
in Tsimshian
in
placeof
-k and
L, and
sometimes
different
meaning
x,
in 1
from
-x.
after p in
back
of
object(Tsimshian)
-xa-.
of many
Frachtenberg1914a:
transitive
-d, indicative
verbs
[347]:
cf. Coos
328].
[348]: Chin. [ ?].
(Tsimshian)
ga"
'I kill' (Tsimshian)[348]: cf. Coos
dzak 'dead', dzak-d-u
speared him'],
'to take'
[-t,transitive,
cf.
ck'^i-t-s [tskwits
'he
waa-ta
'to, at-him'].
[wa'^-(da)
[ ?].
(Tsimshian)[395,406]: cf. Tak., Chin., Coos,
nda 'where' [406]: Chin, ta-n, sa-n, Tak. ne'k-ti [nek'di
'who?', "105].
indef.
of
-\
transitive,
-L, imperative
obj. (Nass), (Tsimshian) [407]:
-1, demonstrative
Coos
element
cf.
1.
statements
na-cii
berg
Frachten[natsi,
restrictive particle,
Frachtenberg 1914a: 394].
387],ci [tsi,
optsE 'else, lest' [408]: Wish. pu.
'if (event assumed
not
ami
as
likelyto happen) (Tsimshian) [409]: Tak.
mii^wa
[ml'^wa'probably,
perhaps'].
1914a:
3. Coos
The
followingare
Sapir's
copy
of Leo
(FrachtenbergTexts)
of
Languages 2
Indian
American
VI
304
a"qe"
'to
take off:
Tak.
'thou':
ni-
Tak.
'mother':
e^natc
is 'we
aaq- [aq-].
[seeSection 4 below].
L.U.
[ni-].
(inclusive)':L.U.
two
[-ns].
-ns
ey [ei].
Tak. liw- [liw-].
Tak.
ix- 'canoe':
ilx- 'to look':
weste'n
"l"k^-i-
Tak.
Tak.
wispa'ya'arrow':
wif
Tak.
times':
'so many
'forehead':
wint
waiwii
'littlegirl':Tak.
wa'wa
hawax
[hawax 'rottenness,
wilaw
odor'](?).
[waya'knife'],
pus, foul
wiil-ii [wi'li'
'(stone)knife'],
waya
Tak.
'knife':
wa'lwal
Tak.
'sickness':
waha'^tcas
female'],
'girl,
[waiwi'
[ ?].
=
(?).
'head-hair']
[ii'liikl-i(?).
[wilau]
Tak.
far,to search':
wow-lt-
han-
'to
hant- 'to
hak-
Tak.
wrestle':
pick out,
'to crawl':
to
Tak.
Chin.
Tak.
choose':
waka-xa-
'relatives of
hala'qi:s,hali'qas
halt! 'now':
[hemem-].
hemem-
henee-t-
husband':
Tak.
alta.
Tak.
weet-kTak.
'to take
[we^t'-g[hilw-].
away
hilw-
halq-,helaq
up':
halq 'tir-tree': Tak. x6 [x6](?).
he, temporalparticle:Tak. [seeSection
'to
[wage-xa-'to climb
below].
from, depriveof](?).
Seven:
Penutian
305
Languages
hair'],
pa^w-
'to smoke
'to
(a pipe)': Tak. phoy-amt- [p'oy-amd-
smoke
(wasps)']
out
Chin. paal-.
ptwk^- [bii'^k!-].
to pieces':Tak. philiphal'to squash,whip'].
[p'ilip'alTak. pilw-[bilw'to jump (at),
'to break, to crush':
pilx"fightwith']
(?).
Tak.
'to
to
look
'to
come
pidjappear':
piis[bi'sup (from water),
up, liftup
one's head' (used only in myths)].
'to blow'].
pux"- 'to spout': Tak. phowphaw-i- [p'oyp'aw-imEanl'yas'parents,grown-up people': Tak. ma- [ma-'father'].
pa^-
maha-
'to
to look
watch,
ma'qaL
'crow':
ma'luk"
red
'(Indian)
ma^L!
'flood':
'vulva':
Tak.
after':
mel
[mel].
paint': Tak.
cf. Chin.
Tak.
cf. Hokan.
maanx
(?).
[manx 'white paint']
maX-ni.
min-
(?).
[min-'vagina']
[mAhwI-].
mi^la 'liver,
waist':
Tak. p^an [p!an'liver'].
'arrow':
Tak. smelaw'^x [smela"^x].
mi'iaq
ml'naqas'pole': Tak. mal [mal'salmon-spear
shaft'].
da'mil 'strong,
male being,husband':
Tak. tomxaw
[domxau 'bigcrooked-nosed
ma'x"
mitsl'le
'pregnant':Tak.
salmon'].
'something':Tak.
al-til[al-dil
'all'].
drl
tE 'that there':
Tak.
mix^ii-
[ ?].
=
'to be in
nose,
ears'].
Tak.
ti'lpl
'gopher': Tak.
'to
tlyet-
store
tiiktak-
'to
[di'k'dagthiis |t'i's].
erect,
cause
to stand
up'j.
Tak.
daitaay- [t!ayai-,
t'-^ayay-,
eat'](?).
Tak.
'to push'](?).
toy-k^[dui-k!-
'to go
to
get
thing
some-
Seven:
a
kwE'li7Es 'intestines,
created
person
307
Penutian Languages
from
the intestines':
Tak.
k^aas
[gwas
'entrails'].
kwe'ik- 'girl',
kwe's 'young woman,
girl':Tak. khay^-[k'ai^-].
'to blaze, glow'],
of. Tak.
[giil-k!k'ii'^nax [for
:
detail].
phonological
Tak. k*?otot-,
koot- [k!odod-,
kwit- 'to leave':
go"d- 'to bury'].
kwiL- 'to dig(clams)': Tak. k^olol-,kool- [k!olol-,
go"l-'to dig'].
k^elkxla 'foot,leg': Tak. sal- [s-al'foot'], [gwel-'leg']
(?).
'to twist (hazelswitch)'].
k!a 'rope': Tak. k^ank^an[k!ank!ank!a' 'to listen,to keep quiet': Tak. skek^ii- [sgek!i''to listen'].
Wish.
'butter-ball'
[ducksp.]:
[ ?].
k!walxa'ya
kwil-, k!"hil- 'to burn':
k"l-k^-
Tak.
k'winax
kiwa'sis 'wind':
Tak.
[gwaPt'].
k^^aay [k!wal'grass'].
k^alt
k!wehe
'willow':
Tak.
k!wints
'throat,neck', k!winTak.
'to swallow':
[t'gam'elk
tkam
'lazy',k-i'ria"
'tired':
Tak.
Tak.
k^en-
[gwen-'neck, nape'].
armor)'](?).
[genaw- 'lie curled up dog-
(hide,hide
kenaw-
fashion'].
k-ow-
'to
throw
munch,
mass
to
pick and
of small
Tak.
eat':
k^owoo-, kuuw-
'to
objects'].
[k!owo"-,
gu"w-
'to
treat
as'].
[sgelw-'to shout'].
Tak. noo^s [n6"^s
'next door'].
Tak.
kool-holohal- [-holohal'to
'to
k^olol-,
dig':
[k!olol-,
qalgo"l-'to dig'],
(?).
dig into (ashes)']
'to
qal- cry (sing.)':cf. Chin. [ ?].
'to breathe']
(?).
qa'ya'breath': Tak. hekehak- [hegehagworld':
Tak.
qa'yis'sky,day,
(?).
haay [hai'cloud']
qai'na'cold': Tak. tkuun-p-[t'gu"n-p'-]
(?).
qa"'m'(tc)
qa"'wa 'evening,night',
'evening':Tak. hoo-xa [ho"xa'yesterday',
"112.2].
to hang': Tak. xataxat-na'to
qEto" 'to be in suspendedposition,
[xadaxat'-nahang up in a row'].
'to let alone'].
q!al-'to take out': Tak. k^^alk^- [kiwalgwq!a'na'young': Tak. k^^al-thaa [k!wal-t'a''
'youngest(oftwo or more)'].
Tak.
k^^al
q!e}e'pitchwood':
[k!war].
Tak. k^uum-an'to fix,prepare']
(?).
q!m- 'to eat, to cook':
[k!u^'m-ank-ele 'shouts':
Tak.
skelw-
qano'tc'outside':
that
son,
per-
ghost'].
xa'ka
Tak.
haa^ka
'that yonder',"104][seeSection
[ha'^^ga
below].
xo'xwel
'frog':cf. L.
x"kwi'natc
'maternal
Chin.
aunt':
[ ?].
=
Tak.
xaka-
[xaga-].
American
VI
308
'snot':
xwi'lux"
'head':
L.
xuul-i-
Tak.
[ ?].
[xin].
Chin.
xin
Tak.
Indian Languages
below.]
Tak. tk"y^s [-t'gu'^s-].
xqas
Tak.
xlls 'slime':
xla^px [xle^p-x'roundish
camass'].
in
Section
'white':
around':
Eqa"'we
E'71 'good, nice':
aa-
'to
Tak.
Tak.
put around':
atclya-'to
aix"- 'to
call
xanan-
by
jab':
tuu
Tak.
name':
Tak.
[xanan-'to
look
out
cake
of deer-fat
or
(?).
(pi.)']
[loho-'to die'].
(?).
[dii]
(sing.)':Tak.
'to die
dough-like
loho-
laatTak.
laaw-t-an-
'to become'],
[la-^'l-i'stand
to
objects)': Tak. lemk^(of inanimate
emuprightposition,
[seelim- below],
[lemk!-'(people)move,
go, to take along (pi.obj.)']
ewi
Tak.
laaHi-
in
e'xalx
'string':Tak.
e'xum
'buzzard':
move
laaw-
Tak.
moxo
Chin.
(intransitive)':
-la.
Tak.
lewe^law-
khapa- [k'aba-'son'](?).
[gos-'clamshell']
(?).
Lkwa^Tak. skoot- [sg6"d-'to cut'](?).
'to cut off:
Lx-- 'to drift (away)': Tak. thiyii'to float'].
[t'iyi'L!ta 'land, earth, country, ground, place': Tak. tkaa [t'ga].
L!ka- 'to string': Tak. tpaak- [t'ba^g'to tie up (hair,
sinew)'].
L!kw'to put away'].
'to cover
up': Tak. tpook-tpak-[t'bo"k't'bag-
L'^va
Loc
'son
'clam':
(vocative)':
Tak.
kos
Tak.
Seven:
L!k--
'to pour,
L!le- 'to
to
out
come
The
following are
Frachtenberg's Coos
of Coos
given
309
Languages
'tears roil
spilK: Tak. tkiiy-al-x(t'gi'y-al-x(from water)': Tak. theek- [t'e'^g-].
4. Coos
copy
Penutian
Texts
down
ones
face'].
(Frachtenberg Grammar)
the
in Sapir'scopy
of Leo
comparative glosses found
those
in his
(1914a),omitting comparisons duplicating
(Section 3, above). The page on which a gloss is found is
in brackets.
[313]: Tak.
"112.3],hem-ti [hemdi 'when', "113.2].
In, negative particle[314]: Tak. anii^ [anP "113.3].
he'niye
'a
while', he'nihen
"Hiatus
....
vowels
of
'many
times'
he^ne
[he'^ne''then',
-h- ["24].
[314]: cf. Tak. ["inorganic"]
'next day' [314]: Tak.
helmi'his
te-wenxa
[dewenxa 'tomorrow', "112.2].
'head' [316]: Tak. "l"k^ixwi'lux"
parison
[ii'liikl-i'head-hair']
[seedifferent comin Section
3].
1st
[321]: Tak. -a^n [-a^n1st person sg. transitive subject (aorist)],
n-,
person
-an
[-an(future),"63].
2nd
e*-,
[321]: Tak. -te'^,-'^t[-de^,-'^t',2nd person sg. possessive,"90].
person
nkwa'xLa
'with bows' [322]: Tak. kaP
[gal^'bow, gun'].
max^ii^
Tak.
mix^ii^
'become
[mAhwi^] ?
[see
mitsT'ltfye
pregnant' [323]:
also Section
3].
ntcla'ha
[i.e.,legs,feet]'[323]: Tak. s^aaks^ak'[equipped]with walkers
'to
[ts!a^k'ts!ag-step'],
-tx- [indirective,
-t, transitive [327]: Tak. -s-, from
"47].
Tak.
from
transitive
-t-s.
-ts,
-s-,
[327,329]:
suffix forming verbs
suffix [327,334]: Tak. -ii [-1,
-I,e', neutral [ mediopassive]
of position,"57].
suffix [328]: Tak. -s ["87.8]
(?).
-s, general nominal
intransitive
cf.
Tak.
-aai,
-xa["53].
[332]:
(?).
yoyo^waai 'is stopping'[332,364]: cf. Tak. yo-, yowo- ['besitting']
between
them"
-me",
reciprocal[332]:
cf. Tak.
-an-
["55].
-t-XEm,
reflexive
310
VI
tsak"kw-, -tskw-
'to
Indian Languages 2
American
spear'[341]:Tak.
3].
saak^-
[seeSection
(canoe)']
[341]:Tak. saansancomparison].
\\ tqanLLii'nl
'theymutually strike
tqa'nL-'to
'to fight']
[sa^nsan[seeSection
strike'
one
another'
ferent
3 for dif-
[sana-x-in-iyan-].
'to fightwith, "go" for'
fight'[342]: Tak. te-wiliw-alt- [de-wiliw-ald'go,proceed,run')](?).
("
344]: Tak. -yaw- [-iau-,
impersonal,"58].
-ayu, -e'yu,-lyu,(past)passive[327,
Tak.
(?).
[347]:
-lya ["83]
-aya", past participle
cf. L.U. and umlautingforce
of
formation
from-ii,
in
[347]:
[-1]
participle
past
-a,
wil- 'to
wiliw-
in Coos,
k-ela 'hand'
te*L
-It,suffixed
that
to verbs
are
transitivized
by
means
[ ?].
=
hin
'mother!',vocative
[366]: Tak.
ni-
'his mother'],
[ni-(xa)
-
'(my)mother'],
[(wi-)hln
vocative
teka'^tsi 'granddaughter!',
aunt'
a'tatc 'paternal
[366]: Tak.
that-
"111].
'small child'],
[374]: Tak. haap- [ha'-'p'Tak.
-(h)an ["99].
being',men, plural[374]:
hl''me 'children'
ma
'human
form)
-as.
(?)"
final reduplication
[380]: cf. Tak.
he
["30].
[381]:
[hou](?).
[384-5]: Tak.
'usually,
frequently,
habitually'
tco'xtcox 'rabbit'
Tak. hoow
-wi^
[-wi'^
'every,"101](?).
Seven:
311
Penutian Languages
into existence
come
trary
con-
almost, trying',
"114.7].
[391]:Tak. his [his'nearly,
surprise
L 'must, necessarily'
[392]: Chin. XX (?).
(exhortative
particle)
like
'let
I
should
a while' (exhoriL
better,
tative
to,
me,
hamiL, mIL,
you may, please,
Tak. mii^wa [ml'^wa
perhaps',
'probably,
[392]: Ts. amii [ami],
particle)
hitc,indicates
"114.6].
(independentpronoun) [396]: L.U.
-n.
[-nx].
[396]: L.U. -ns.
i'cne,2nd person dual [396]: L.U. -c [-ts].
xwin'ne, dual exclusive [396]: L.U. -Xun [-xiin].
lin'ne,1st person plural[396]: L.U. -nl,inclusive,-nXan
cin'ne,2nd person plural[396]: L.U. -ci [-tci].
e^ne, 2nd
-nX
[396]: L.U.
person
i'sne,dual inclusive
exclusive.
[-nxan],
demonstrative
stem, "104].
[ha'^^
'to become'].
lewi 'itis'[402]: Tak. laalii-[la^l-i'suffix,"112.2].
of
suffix
adverbial
modality[405]: Tak. -xa, -x [adverbial
-tc,
i 'when, as, since, while' [409]: Tak. isi^ [T's-i^
although,even if,
'despite,
"114.4].
a'watu 'whether or not' [411]:Wish, awa-ci^ 'or'.
as qualifiers
nouns
[412]: cf. Tak. ["88].
k!al- 'to shout' [413,
sgelew-].
416]: Tak. skelw-, skelew- [sgelw-,
xamk
Tak.
cx-Iml 'bear' [415]:
bear'].
[xam'k''grizzly
5. Siuslaw
(FrachtenbergGrammar)
followingare comparativeglossesfound
The
Siuslawan
(Lower Umpqua) (1917).
berg's
given in brackets.
The
nak
nx-l-k becomes
winx-
'to be afraid'
page
on
copy
which
of Leo
a
Frachten-
glossis found
firstperson imperative
[501]: cf. Tak. -xi
laalawTak.
[la''law-].
[514]:
-Imts, indirect
objectof
name'
'to
[520]: cf. Coos will- [wilWish.
cf.
[ ?].
-t, present tense [527]:
look
ma-'tcposition',
'to
wihc-
Sapirs
is
-t-k.
[446]: cf. Wish. -tX-k becomes
hin^x
cf.
Tak.
[hin^x'fear'].
[446]:
by
in
'to send'
for, to
[?].
(?).
search']
mate-
'to be
mask-
in
horizontal
[mats!ag-,
masg-
-a, nominal
objectof
an
[541]:cf. Yokuts
'to
lay'[536]:
mas'^ak-,
put'].
cf. Tak.
rest
accusative
ing]
case-end-
yi
312
-a, modal
Indian Languages 2
American
adverbs
-a.
qa'wl'blood'
suffix indicating
place[563]: cf. Coos
-a^mu,
nominalizing
suffix [564]: cf. Tak. -t [-(i)t'
"108.1].
-t, adjectival
=
-ame.
'beard'.
[ts'na'x]
of nouns
-wi, suffix found in a small number
[565]: cf. Coos -eyeewe [-eyawe,
1914a:
of
noun
364].
agency, Frachtenberg
one's hair' [565]: cf. Chin. [ ?].
'to comb
tsxanof final consonants
[567]: cf. Tak. ["30].
duplication
'to shoot (arrow),
paddle (canoe)'],
tcaq- 'to spear'[568]: Tak. saak^- [sa^gwTak.
'wildcat'
[570]:
yaak^ [yak'^].
hlq"
to Tak. aorist verb stem
stem
[573]: equivalent
["39-40].
amplification
Tak.
skelelshout'
'shout',sgelel[sgelew(?).
'keepshouting']
[575]:
tqut-'to
2 x (2),-n cf. Tak. -an, -tan [-an, -dan multiplicative
xa'ts!un 'four' [586]:
suffix,"111].
into water',"37.16]
river,
qo'x"m 'offshore,out in the water' [589]: Tak. xam- ['in
tsami'tsEm
'chin'
[565]: Coos
cneex
stim, stimk
'there'
6. Tsimshian
(Boas Texts)
Chin. aiaq.
'successfully':
'proximity':Tak. wa- ['to,
togetherwith'].
ayaawa'
ap 'bee':
Wish,
wa-ba.
am-
'only': Wish,
ami
'if:
amuks
cf. Tak.
nai-ma,
mT''wa
'to listen':
al 'but':
L.U.
"1
L. Ch.
nam-ka.
['probably,
(?).
perhaps']
(cf.mu
'ear'?).
['then,
so, and', introductory
(?),Coos
particle]
indeed'].
a'Mks 'servant':
cf. Kwakiutl
Elk",
'beard':
Chin,
-miqcu.
il ['surely,
Seven:
sing.': Chin,
'to go,
ya"
Tak.
y!an 'excrement':
wak-
cf. L.U.
hit-c
'brother',waik-
walp,pi.huwalp
'to invite':
wa
'to
woq
Tak.
yew-.
[= ?].
(?).
'elder brother':
'house':
Tak.
sleep':
return':
'to
yaltk,pi.yilyaltk
'fat':
yei,pi.yikyei
L.U.
y!u'"ta'man':
Tak.
Tak.
wai-, Yok.
wa^-, Chin.
awi.
wih.
['togo for,go
wo"-
Tak.
313
Penutian Languages
to
get'](?).
woi.
'innermost
ha 'to shout':
han
L.U.
'salmon'
hum
hal-.
SE-wI-ha'n
.
Tak.
'twins
cf. Nootka.
( making plentiful)':
=
'to smell
bEla'x
'moss':
Tak.
balax, pi.bilba'lax
pe 'liver': cf. Tak.
blls.
'ghost':Tak.
p!an.
pha'r'to
relate':
Tak.
bilam
cf. Tak.,
['having
nothing,empty'](?).
Coos,
Chin,
cf. p!al'button'.
p!El-mu''ear-ornament':
'to smoke
( to enjoysmoke)': cf. Southern
p!ia'n'smoke', x-p!ia'n
'thou (transitive
cf.
Tak.
m
Chin.,
subject)':
'reddish'
mEsi'^n 'copper': cf. Hokan, Algonquian.
mES=
'breast':
mEsx
m!an-
mag
Chin,
Paiute.
put down
one
-mxtc
'heart'.
air':
cf. Hokan
mak-sk
object',
'up,sky'.
'to
put down
several
objects':cf. Tak.
[masg-'to put'].
ma'Mk
'to burn':
mat, pi.mElmal
mu
'ear':
cf. Tak.
'to tell':
[me^l-'to blaze'],
cf. Tak. [malg-'to tell,speak to'],
Hokan?
du'la,pi.ga-du'la
'tongue': cf. Wintun.
tgi-'down
throughthe
air':
Tak.
roll down
['tears
t'gi'y-
one's
face'].
Seven:
ta"
'to
latk
toga
Ika'ak
'to
'to
slide':
L.U.
go,
['to descend,
sLox"
Languages
slide
Chin.
move':
'sister'
Penutian
pi.':
(said
Coos
by
la-
man):
['to go'].
Chin,
-ixt
(?).
down'].
315
Section
Wakashan
Eight:
and
Salishan
Languages
Introduction
Within
XII
few
weeks
of The
of
Collected
Works.
IV).
320
VI
"Some
of Nootka
Aspects
American
Language
Relationshipof Kwakiutl
Linguistic
Wolf
Nootka
Ritual,"
appears
and
and
(1911e),subtitled
Culture"
Nootka,"
is
of two
one
studies
"The
lished
pub-
the firstfruits of
togetheras
Languages 2
Indian
Sapirs
(The
with a firm
comparative linguistics
Nootka
between
correspondences
in morphology and providesa number
and Kwakiutl; he sketches the parallels
related
discusses
he
of cognate affixes;
morphologicalprocesses, particularly
of procomparative syntax in a treatment
nominal
reduplication;and he broaches
listof
concludes
with
40
He
and
a
apparently
conjunctions.
systems
aim
Sapirs
here
is to
outlines
structural basis. He
cognate
stems
provide Wakashan
and
affixes.
(1915a)
Types of Speech in Nootka"
monograph on "Abnormal
of
in
Wishram
consonant
with
s
symbolism
description
Sapir
belongstogether
and his experihis paper on male and female speech in Yana (1929d),
mental
(in1911g),
of
of
sound
of
the
an
as
expression
symbolism
(1929m)
psychology
study
of
between
formal
tures,
strucin
the
his enduring interest
linguistic
points contact
universals. This paper is sometimes
and psychological
social categories,
literature as a pioneeringstudy of variation correlated
cited in the sociolinguistic
In fact,Sapir's
with such factors as age, sex, class,and ethnicity.
subject
variation as such, but a set of literary-rhetorical
here is not sociolinguistic
The
devices
short
used
in both
formal
and
informal
Nootka
discourse
to index
the social
categorizationof
the
"
"
"
"
Wakashan
Eight:
the
diminutive
in
talk
baby
in
Salishan
and
"Abnormal
32 1
Languages
of
Types
Speech
in Nootka"
(1915a:
and
Haas,
3-4).
the
During
carried
to
of
year
selection
largely
(Sapir
and
(Sapir
Alex
Nootka
in
1910
in
The
Sapir
time
It is all that
the
of his Comox
of
into
by Sapir
and
Sapir
(1920: 295;
prepared
Coast
is
XII,
taken
whereas
the
Alberni
Canal,
numerous
read
as
Nootka
at
his
also
see
Straits
first
with
Salish
visit
the
to
whose
man
Comparisons,"
(see
for
the
Swadesh
1984:
"Mosan"
by
108).
hypothesis,
originally
1953:
North
lished
pub-
compiled
Golla
Chimakuan
of
or
apparently
was
and
linguistics,
in part
Nootka
afterward
classification
general
phonetic
Nootka
century
Northwest
Volume
his
(1915f),
from
evidence
Wakashan,
all of
virtually
wholly
during
1949),
shortly
or
of
death
Sapir's
Wakashan
deal
Comox"
fashion,
lexical
volume
and
26-28)
American
posed
pro-
rated
incorpolanguages
1929a).
also
18th
the
work
Salishan,
by Frachtenberg
have
or
that
two
Swadesh
Sapir's own
of
genetic linkage
(1921a
of
list of
of considerable
many
as
list of "Salishan-Wakashan
(as part
survives
Sapir
in
XI-XII.)
collected
incidental
short
after
texts,
Nootka
in
Alex
ing
prepar-
and
second
Swadesh
by
of the
with
include
that
XI). A
Volumes
Reduplication
typically
Comox.
the
(See
section
sketch,
unpublished,
notes.
data
on
posthumously
at
remained
"Noun
is based
was
half
over
so,
have
in this
languages.
mother
published
was
Even
Volume
to
linguisticscontaining
grammatical
1939,
specifically concerned
reprinted
Nootka
texts,
for
view
and
result, published
Nootka
on
made
with
eventual
Mary
(cf.Swadesh
were
Swadesh,
The
volume
Swadesh
ethnographic
those
language,
and
1955).
interest,
ethnographic
Salishan
major
with
publication.
Thomas's,
Swadesh
papers
was
Swadesh
Sapir's direction
arrangements
work
texts,
Besides
1934
intensive
for
Morris
under
of
summer
for
materials
elements
Sapir's
field work
Sapir's death,
of
lexical
the
Yale
to
Nootka
some
the
In
come
Sapir's students,
Nootkan
1933).
Thomas
of
two
further
out
Swadesh
the
1930s
of America"
minor
was
in
with
the
which
the
near
observations
on
preliminary
essay
published
(1916c);
but
work,
Sound,
dialect
retranscription of,
vocabulary
northern
Sapir
on
differences
Nootkan
interest.
of
familiar,
end
of
notes
the
between
internal
the
the
which
The
Nootka
that
of
chain.
the
to,
mous
anony-
in "Vocabularies
contribution,
part
was
southern
the
this
without
not
by
and
Boas
two
dialect
Sapir's
dialects
in
appears
vocabulary
Barkley
diversity.
from
Sound
notes
and
was
chain,
and
include
may
be
THE
CHIEFS.
RIVAL
KWAKIUTL
RECORDED
STORY
HUNT."
GEORGE
BY
Synopsis.
and
Fast-Runner
friends.
close
berries,and
The
latter makes
After
careless
and
enough
boxes
down
been
not
and
and
clansmen, observing
that
accorded
the
before
canoes
rebukes
his friend
to
for his
order
for
by
to
second
"smother
borrow
the
"
copper,
it."
his
The
The
to
the
[The
text
by
Mr.
of
spelling
the
see
invite
Fast-Runner
Ill
to
his friend
feasting-songsare
After
of the
washed
not
his
ness
unwilling-
expresses
the
fire.
Looked
sends
Throw-away
-at-askance,"
this by
meets
copper,
do
to
rival,and
as
to
tries
to
so
he
Hence
so.
his fire
"
in
sending
is unable
Sapir, whom
that
now
died
has
Expedition
of that
have
adopted
by
series,p.
5.
"
down
to
Professor
For
Editor.]
108
four
by Mr.
thank
the
latter
for
Boas
is
assigned
are
feasting-dishes
Hunt
has
having
in
his
explanation
of
been
his
sends
feast, and
The
Then
sung.
Publications.
the
returns
Throw-away.
originally written
as
Edward
Jesup
Vol.
fellow-
attendants
'
by
food, lies
his
has
possessing another
beaten
three
superiorityin wealth,
it into
fellow-clansmen,but
following day
seat, and
his
putting this
not
the
example.
Throw-away
Fast-Runner
and
Crane,"
himself
virtuallyconfesses
his
berries
and
clan
of
eat
with
been
copper,
burning."
Throw-away,
from
one
out."
fire
to
Fast-Runner
puts
own
his
the
has
blanket, while
"
his
and
seat
food-receptacles. Throw-away
show
and
his
his friend
Throw-away
and
that
as
to
and
with
haughtiness;
in
that
arises and
them
using
putting
assigned
chief,in
dirtyfood,and,
keep
"
been
and
feast of salmon-
clan
own
proceeding
attendant
their
his
displeased,follow
"Sea-Monster"
copper
retaliates
is
Kwakiutl,
give a
Fast-Runner
of
the
invite
are
his face
he
for his
of the
eat
out
of
to
canoes
put before
covers
dirty treatment
out
cleaned
silence,Fast-Runner's
long
four
Fast-runner, instead
his back
on
to
has
sung,
have
to
of grease,
chiefs.
other
his mind
up
Fast-Runner
feasting-songshave
chiefs
are
sends
Fast-Runner.
Throw-away
his
filled
kindly
revised
the
system
changed
Kwakiutl
letters
Texts
and
of
sounds
324
VI
American
Indian
Languages 2
109
-apples,wild
crab
with
and
then
sends
with
the
his
of
to
The
intense
have
heat
and
gets up
away
his
his
eats
directed
intention
the
to
winter
and
sons
are
the
sung,
and
stand
day
are
Here
next
the
butchered
body
by
up
by
evening
their
secret
wishes
the
war-
done
the
him
dancers
GrislyBears
her,
are
to
Bear
son
the
At
his
causes
approach
carved
mask
paratory
pre-
daughter
behindhand,
of the
mask
the
for
out
his
for
"caught,"
are
perform
and
shame
songs
monies,
cere-
proper
they
are
attendant
and
she
' '
tamed
asks
of
one
requests that
on
and
boards,
they
a
singingThe
night.
are
who
Throw-away,
his
the
the
be
high
two
slave's
is
war-dancers
put into
now
scalp.
war-dancers
wall
ficing
sacri-
in
recklessness
his
and
Grisly Bears,
gives Throw-away
' '
following
is scalped,pursued, and
and
than
man
the
people
of Fast-Runner
warriors
slave
richer
The
repairto the
continuouslythrough
and
his
begs
Throw-away.
Fast-Runner's
The
tied down
his
of
Fast-
As
and
Grisly-Bear
are
rival.
likewise.
be
eat, whence
to
Cannibals.
a
out, he
fellow-clansmen
do
to
has
Throw-away
canoes.
Fast-Runner
songs.
to
and
Grisly Bears
be
die
to
his
his winter-dance
dance
to
not
outdo
Sea-Monster
Grisly
attempt
four
his
to
to
Fool-Dancers, Cannibals,
shows
the
in
does
so.
disappear."
a
he
Fast-Runner.
to
disappeared
clearlyoutdone.
the
given
his
not
of
begins with
brought
slave
and
"
"
the
eaten
a
has
children
for and
sent
in
invited
house.
day
is
then
him
by
order
war-dancer,
Sea-Monster
canoe
Fast-Runner
all
be
"disappeared"
The
son.
to
is to
daughter, who
his
' '
to
period, Throw-away
ceremonial
do
determines
Fast-Runner,
fire.
near
but
the
by
the
they
in
break
to
wishes
begun
that
showing
ceremonial. Throw-away
daughters also
two
has
his
Fast-Runner
ground
secretlyinforms
this,and
of
"disappear," whereupon
two
leave, and
to
on
blaze
Then
winter-dance
hears
however,
Runner,
the
him.
Throw-away
give
to
lying
house
and
again,
the
rival's
with
and,
latter's
fragments.
"
it up
crab-apples,thus
least affected
time
Some
the
his
extinguished."
"
After
ground.
later
is
Throw-away
his attendants
by
build
"
into
puts
been
the
offered, and
back, however,
come
Fool-Dancer,
to
with
return
to
as
the
of
friend, who
of the
in the
not
so
causes
holds
and
flinch
fire
soon
his
returns
dirtyfood
attendants
They
canoes.
drive
his
Throw-away
but
eat,
Throw-away
that
says
not
They
which
put before
the
taste
home.
and
sends
the
does
not
recklessness
leave,
on
heat
the
on
new
these
puts
his
arises
puts
father-in-law's
four
will
"Day-Face,"
copper
then
he
four attendants
his
Fast-Runner
He
that
by saying
insult
and
grease,
Throw-away
fellow-clansmen.
his
friend's
fire.
cherries,and
the
In
sing
what
she
fire.
So
of fire -wood
is
put
Salishan
and
Wakashan
Eight:
325
Languages
no
fire,and
the
about
inside
be
to
for the
tied
will
they
to
while
the
told
dead
if
they
The
After
having
are
four
been
are
to
not
do
slaves
war-dancers
are
just
to be
and
acquiesce
in boxes.
preserved
to
true
war-
are
back
come
burned
put
substitutes
as
otherwise
but
so,
the
like
burned
when
scream
be
ostensibly to
are
adorned
are
These
They
days.
real
slaves
boards.
on
struck
be
as
two
Two
down
war-dancers.
Fast-Runner
daughters of
burned.
and
dancers
the
death,
to
have
to
been
Now
is
Throw-away
pletely
com-
worsted.
Throw-away
men
says
slain
are
Mr.
off to
goes
by them, only
George Hunt,
in the
friends
one
story of the
true
turned
out
be
to
first of
is
; but
at
and
all his
This,"
"
who
enemies
lax
Kwakiutl,
he
tale.
chiefs
two
worst
g-a'lasa Kwa'g-ule
They lived, it
said, the
true
were
the end."
at
Qa'logwise.
Wa,
Crooked-Beach.
Well,
the
^na'mok-aleda
laE'm^awIse
it is said
Nootka
man
is the
beginning, and
Go'kula^laeda
now
"
fightagainst the
they
friends
were
SE'riLlEmexa
g-i'gama^yasa
to
each
chief
Sun
of the
tribe
other, the
TsEx^wi'dEx-Luia
named
Fast-Runner
and
Hair-turned-up-inFront
(long ago)
a'laEl
laE'm^lawIse
^i'dEX'Lula.
Wa,
Throw-away
Well,
then
it is said
la'xulapla.
really
they loved
la
it is said
la
ga'la
they
long time
now
^na'mok-ala,
to
Well,
^na'la.
day.
(knew)
Well,
'na'xwaEm
lae
all,it is said,
Well,
other.
(secrets).
laE'm^lawiseda
then
friends
were
each
Wa,
thoughts
other's
Wa,
each
^ne^na'qa^e.
q!a'^lap!xes
each
Wa,
other.
laE'm^lawIse
they watched
named
tribe
(long ago).
then
Ts!ex-
Lo'yalalawaxa
g-i gama'yasa
it is said
Wa,
Well,
lax
TsEx^wl'de.
of
Fast- Runner.
the
ga'lasa
first of the
laE'm'^lawise
then
it is said
Wa,
Well,
Kwa'gule
Kwakiutl
TslEx^i'de
Throw-away
xu'lsaxa
were
downcast
ha'nak-axes
asked
laE'm
ne'la.ses
then
he told of his
leave of his
^riE'mxsa
one
^nEmo'kwe,
friend
k!we'lats!eneLasa
going to be a place of
giving a feast with
326
VI
Indian
American
Languages 2
III
la'xa
qIa'mdzEkvva
qle'nEme
salmon-berries
many
he'x-^ldaEm^la'wTse
it is
right away,
e'k'os
^ne'ka
Fast- Runner
said.
be
may
Kwakiutl
Well,
(clans).
^ya, qast,
"
"
la^mo'x
friend !
Now
that
g'o'kulotex
happy
qaxs
for
tribe,
our
your
xE'nLElaex
^ne'x-^lae.
xu'Isa,"
they
very
TslEx^i'de
asked
a^yi'lkwe
his
Well,
as
as, it is
soon
that
mo'kwa
hung about
waists
Le'^lalaxa
^lae
it is said,
to
Kwakiutl
house
dEnE'me.
their
house.
lae'da
then
when
the
the
la'xda^x"-
Wa,
cedar-bark
the
Kwa'kug-ule
invite the
said,
g'o'kwe.
his
out
g'o'kwaxs
swept
was
yae'ltsEmtsa
four
attendants
they sweep
e'kwasE^wa
gwal
finished
said,
out
a^yi'lkwe
it is
right away,
e'x%itsE^weses
qa
attendants
g i'FEm^la'wise
Wa,
Well,
it is said.
axk-a'laxes
Throw-away
he'x-^idaEm^la'wise
Wa,
he said,
are
downcast,"
Wa,
e'k'lex^IdesEns
that
so
Kwa'kug-ula.
said,
qa
word,
your
first
TsEx^wi'de
wa'ldEmaqos
good
ga'la
to the
then
Well,
they,
(belts).
TslEx^i'de.
gi'gama^e
qaes
for their
Wa,
Throw-away.
chief
Well,
went
g i'l^mese
as
soon
%e'laeLexs
gax
as
all
came
la'e
TslEx^i'daxes
axk'la^le
asked
then
in, when
his
Throw-away
they
lO
a^yi'lkwe
they
he'x-^ida^mesa
go
call
again
TsEx%i'de.
^nEmo'kwe
his
four
attendants
Wa,
Well,
Fast-Runner.
friend
g-i'Fmese g-a'xe
a^yi'lkwae'tse^staq. Wa,
mo'kwe
the
right away
e'tse^stasE%es
las
qa
that
attendants
again called
Well,
as
soon
came
as
him.
TsEx^wi'de
g'a'xeLa,
Fast-Runner
into
came
la'e
TslEx^i'de
axkMa'Iaq
asked
Throw-away
then
that
him
las
qa
he
go
house,
k!wa'ga^lil
sit down
in the
at
the
sat
down
house,
15
rear
of his
g-i'l^mese
Wa,
house.
Well,
as
soon
as
house
la'asa
k!wa'g-a^ll}Exs
he
^nEqe'walelases g'o'kwe.
la'xa
in the
the
feasters
when
mo'sgEme
four
then
kiwe'le
klwe'^'lala
sang
feasting-
dE'nx^ida,
began
to
sing
yi'sa
with
songs
klwe'la^layo q!a'mq!EmdEma.
means
of
feasting
songs.
g-i'l^mese gwal
Wa,
Well,
as
soon
as
they finished
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
327
Languages
112
klwe'^laleda
sing
to
k!we'laxs
the
feasters,
then
when
Wa,
xwaguma.
into
four
small
(long)
house
la'e
ts!o'xwEgEntsE^waxs
hawe'xaEm
then
xwa'xu-
mo'ts!aqe
brought
were
they
laE'm
Well,
canoes.
LEle'LEmeda
la'e
they
never
inside
washed
were
then
when
qupIa'laxsElayowa
used
were
for
qle'nEme
in
pouring
they
q!a'mdzEk"
laq.
Wa,
salmon-berries
into
Well,
many
la-
them.
^me'se
^na'xwaEm
then
all
qIa'mdzEkwe.
Well, then
four
it is
mo'sgEme
taken
were
little canoes
(long)
ax^e'tsE%a
la'^lae
Wa,
salmon-berries.
full the
four
dE'ngwats!e
grease-boxes
(round)
said
L!e"^na
qa^s
olachen-oil
that
so
^na'l^nEmtsIaqe
each
put in the
were
each
small
Well,
canoe.
into
(box)
one
g-i'PEm^la'wise gwal
Wa,
xwa'xwaguma.
(long)
la'xa
^na'FnEmsgEme
k!u'nq!EgEmaeda
as
soon
as,
finished
it is
said, they
then
put in,
were
LE'lLElbEntsE^a
la'e
k!u'nqasoxs
it
small
at
put down
lax
TsEx^wi'de
at
Fast-Runner
that
so
canoe,
went
they
each
ha'nx-d/.amolelEm
was
lifted up
end the
was
when
le
qa^s
xwa'xwagume
^nE^me'mote.
LE%e's
Wa,
Well,
clan.
his
and
in front
ha'nxdzamolelEm
^nE'mtslaqe
la'^laeda
it is said
(canoe)
one
was
in front
put down
lax
O'dze^stalise
at
Wrong-aroundWorld
the
LE%e's
and
%E^me'mota
clan of
Maa'mtagila,
TsEx^wlMe.
Wa,
la'^laeda
Fast-Runner.
Well,
it is said
^nE^me'-
SE'nLlEmae
yixs
Sun
while
Maa'mtag-ila,
clan
his
motas
10
tribe
the
^nE'mtslaqe xwa'xwagum
small
(long)
one
canoe
the
was
put down
in front
k-EqEwede.
(Chiefs).
at
Chiefs
the
la'^'laeda
Wa,
it is said
Well,
lax
Ge'xsEme
la'xa
ha'nx-dzamolelEm
(clan)
E'lxLa^e
last
one
gi'gama^yase
their chief
to
Ki'mMet-by-
ha'nx-dzamolelEm
was
put
down
in front
lax
at
the
yixs
Lla'qwagila
Copper-Maker
when
he
was
gi'gama^yasa
chief
of
the
La'alaxsEnt!ayo.
Breakers-(of-allTribes).
Wa,
Well,
15
VI
328
Languages 2
Indian
American
"3
la'e
g-i'l^Emla'^wise ^wi'lga^lllExs
as
as, it is
soon
all had
said,
been
lay
down
in his seat
back
TslEx^i'de
it is said
then
blanket
face
only
Lla'^ya.
Wa,
(of)black
Well,
bear.
his
with
over
laE'm'^lawise
his
covered
he
and
^nEx^una'^e
^naxu'mdeses
qa^s
his
on
put
a'Em
Fast-Runner
floor,
on
tIe'xbEtalel
TsEx^wi'de
then
a^yi'lkwe
axk'la'laxes
his
asked
Throw-away
wa'xesexa
qa
that
attendants
they
tell to
ahead
yo's^itses
wa'g*es
k!we'ie
qa
feasters
that
they
should
with
eat
with
kiwe'ie
^na'xwamaeda
in the
folds
their blankets
only,
it is
klvvei
^na'xwa
a'Em'^la'wisa
said,
for
k'a'k'EtslEnaqe. Wa,
of
Well,
spoons.
their
TsEx^wi'de,
do'qwalax
feasters
all the
qaxs
spoons,
spoons
their
qe'qEplEpElaxes
carried
feasters
all the
k'a'k'EtslEnaqe,
go
the
qaxs
for
Fast-Runner,
kept looking
they
at
bad
that
recognized
na'qa^e
ya'x-sE^mae
^ma'lt!allmaaqexs
heart
the
k!wa^e'lase.
la'xes
at
place of sitting
his
floor.
on
Well,
only,
it is
la
klvve'ie
a'Em^lawisa
Wa,
feasters
said,
la
^na'xwaEm
all
then
tle'x-alila
lay
now
he'lat!a^la
it is
lO
long
that, however,
Well,
ya'q!eg-a^}a.
up
"
g-i'gamek-,
chief here
our
V^,
la'xg-a
at
g'o'lg'Ekulot, we'g-a
qa^s
that
15
here.
his
this
he
gone
eat
dirty things of
these
washed
out
this
his
la'xox
at this
manner
floor
not
^mo'xulax.
dirty (chief).
feasting-dishes
^nex-
k-!e'sek-
for he
le'loqlulela
tslo'xulExsaxes
he
Throw-away,
^mo'^mxselayoxsa
ha'^mx-^idexwa
la'Lox
have
friend
of his
goon
gvvae'lasg-as
TslEx^i'dex, yixs
^nEmo'kwox
g-o'kwasos
it is said he
then
fellow-tribesmen!
"O
fellow-feasters,
his
laE'm*la'wise
Well,
on
house
of
attendant
Wa,
spoke.
he
klwe'l^wEote
la'xes
to
this
it is said
Well,
do'qulaxg-in
see
la'^lae
Wa,
Fast-Runner.
said
floor,
a^yi'lkwas
the
said,
TsEx^vvi'de.
^ne'k-a,
on
stood
then
also,
on
La'xulile
la'e
gae'iExs
o'gwaqa.
backs
their
the
Wa,
down
says
Wa'lax'de
Could
not
xwa'xuxwagumaxs
small
canoes
when
he
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
329
Languages
114
k-!e's^mex-dex
gu'xalESElasa
he
not
began
he'mEnala^ma'axEl
they
pour
t.'e'tlElema
what
soaking-recep-
LE'^vva
1 hali-
and
hali-
dried
he
what
the
meant
mo'qwasde).
the
).
(?)
yo'^mets
Wa,
this is
Well,
but-heads
Dut-fins
gwo^yo's
your
q.'wa'iobEse la'xg-exs
yo'sasoso'xda
qa
be
that
wish
with
eaten
spoons
the
soot
^ne'x-^lae.
lelo'qulelaqos TsIex^iM,"
he
feasting-dishes.Throw-away,"
your
(that is
soaked
LE'^wa
ma'leqasde
the
and
for
gwo^yo'seda
(he'Em
was
qaxs
these,
into
salmon-berries
p!E'Lasde
la'qwaq,
qla'mdzEkwe
the
t!e'lats!exa
were
to
said, it is
la'xos
inside
now
Wa,
la'^lae
Well,
it is said
in
he'x-^lda^me
immediately
said.
TslEx^i'de
La'
Throw-away
got up
Ilia.
xu
laE'm^lae
Wa,
in the
Well,
then,
la'xes
word
talk
wa'ldEmos.
la'^lae
Well,
it is said
he
not
proudly.
Well,
go
he
said
as
friend!
"O
q!e'q!ade
gwex-s
is you
just
^ya, qast,
said.
laxs
a'Em
on
^ne'k-a
Ha'aqos
That
Wa'g-adza
word.
account
Wa,
LE'mlEmqIa'loL.
very
you
qa'es
on
attendants.
xe'iileI
gwa'ldzas
don't
a^yi'lkwe.
his
to
it is
said,
house.
wa'ldEma
^ne'x'tslots
k-!es
if you
much
having
gwa'exsdaasaos,"
to
wish,"
your
of your
^ne'x'^lae.
he
Well,
said, it is
TsEx^wi'de
he'x-^IdaEm^la'wise
Wa,
immediately,
it is
said,
La'xuliia.
Fast-Runner
got up
Well,
he
it is said
said,
Throw-away
^mo'xul.
given for
and
Well,
a^yi'lkwe
among
qa
that
he
you,"
las
they
and
shall
meet
your
deed.
'^ne'x'^laexs
q!e'q!adaga'%ayos,"
having
now
go
not
food
get
say
qEn
that
his
copper
ya
o
me.
Truly I
am
'^ya'Iaqases
la'e
Lla'qwase
A'la^meg'in
dirty
then
said, as
ax^e'dEx
to
^ma'^moxwalaLOL.
la^me'sEn
Wa,
ha^mgi^la'yo g'a'xEn,
dirty things
the
attendants
friend
^ma'^moxselaqwe
ha'^mapexa
dirty man
'
^ne'x-
Ts!Ex*^i'd, k-!e'sEn
^ya, qast,
^ne'ka
la'^lae
much
10
house.
said.
eat
Wa,
in the
he
sent
his
Tsle'gese.
Wa,
Sea-Monster.
Well,
Salishan
and
Wakashan
Eight:
331
Languages
ii6
laE'm
Wa,
Well,
%Ema'x-Es
then
just as
lo^
if
dzn'mas
with
lelao'xwasa
he covered
of
cost
Lla'LlEqwa
the
coppers
with
lax
klwe'lasdEtna
the
to
kli'lxaxa
Le'gadEs
of his
lEgwe'le.
la'g-ilas
that is
k!we'lase.
feast.
of
reason
la'La
Wa,
that
so
he'^mes
Well,
fire of the
qa
friend,
Wa,
iire.
putting out
name
of
house
lEgwe'lasa
^nEmo'kwe,
go'kvvases
the
being burned
by the
nothing
having
fire of
xi'xsE^watsa
k-!eo'ses
it be
lEgwe'lts
feast-place
TslEx^i'de
Throw-away
the
^nEma'xEs
lo^
just as if
mo'xLalases
with
he
lighted his
fire with
Lle'^na
LE'^wa
olachen-
and
copper.
La'giias
fuel.
That
grease
k-!e'ses
qa
for
copper
his house.
dying
as
la'a^lase
then
copper.
k.'we'lasdEmas
the
lEgwe'las
feast-place
fire of
TsEx^wi'de
La'sLEntses
Fast-Runner
pushed
fire his
on
said,
TslEx'^'i'de
it is
on
as, it
soon
is
Lla'qwa
out
pushing
of
g-i'^Em^lawise
Well,
place of the
LasLa'lases
also
k-!i'lx^ede
its not
Wi,
g'o'kwas.
it is in
o'gwaqa
is
reason
Lla'qwa,
^mEx"stE%e'sa
then
Well,
his
lEqwa'.
the
laE'm
Lla'qwa. Wa,
dak
Throw-away
-la'lax
asked
for
L.'a'qwa
la'xes
to
copper
his
said
*nE^me'mota
clan
Lo'yalalawa.
Wa,
Hair-turned-up-
Well,
laE'l
it is
in-Front.
la^me'
then
was
beaten
went
the
out
kiwel
feasters
his copper.
no
his house.
la'xsde.
Wa,
then
10
Well,
then
k'li'lxEkwe
extinguished
was
Wa,
a'Em^la'wise
Well,
just,it is
la^me'
Well,
passed.
la^me'
Well,
way.
fire of
the
Lla'qwas. Wa,
was
Wa,
lEgwe'lts g-o'kwas.
past feasting-place
ho'qawElseda
la'xeq.
in that
Throw-away
k!we'lasdEmax-de
the
there
said
Ts.'Ex^i'de
ya'k-awe
he
k'leo's
hawe'xa
they
never
la
said,
now
yo's^Id la'xa
wiih
ate
at
the
spoons
kIwe'ladzEm
given
in feast
qla'mdzEkwa.
salmon-berries.
Wa,
la'^lae
Well,
it is
q!a'FaLElex na'qa^yases^nEmo'kwe
find
out
the
thought
of his
friend
TsEx^wi'de
said,
Fast- Runner
TslEx^i'de.
Wa,
Throw
Well,
away.
^ncxwished
qa^s
that he
laE'm'la'wise
then
it is said he
ic
332
VI
American
Indian
Languages
117
a^yi'lkwe
axk!a'laxes
attendants
his
asked
that
lE'nsde.
^nEmo'kwaxa
the
friend
they
invite
go
and
Le'lanEmx-dases
the
that
ones
had
invited
laE'm^la'wise
Wa,
his attendants
invited
day.
them.
he'x-^idaEm^la'wise
Wa,
immediately,
Well,
been
by his
a^yi'lkwas Le'^'lalaq.
it is said
then
Well,
past
Le'^lalax
las
qa
it is
Le'lanEme
g-a'xeda
said,
invited
the
came
ho'gweLa.
ones
Wa,
into
came
Well,
house.
TslEx^i'de
le'x'aEtn^la'wise
only,
it is
T.sEx'vvi'de
k'!es
Throw-away
said,
'^ya'laqaxcsa^yi'lkwe
Fast- Runner
sent
his
out
attendants
laE'm^^lawise
g'a'xa. Wa,
not
then
it is said
e'tse^staq.Wa,
k!e's-
Well,
came.
las
qa
to
and
go
call him
Well,
not,
again.
^lat!a
however,
it is
la'k'Elax
ge'x"^idedaa^yi'lkwaxs g'a'xae
attendants
long
were
when
TslEx^i'de.
Wa,
Throw-away.
Well,
following
came
the
said,
TsEx^l'de
he'x'^idaEm^la'wise
immediately,
it is
Fast-Runner
said,
laE'm^lae
q!a'x"sldzeq. Wa,
led
his
feet.
then
Well,
it is
said
%ex-
that
wished
he
^nE^me'mote.
klwa'g-a'^lilaLla'salilases
las
qa
of his
outside
sit down
go
he
Wa,
clan.
Well,
and
there
then
nExwa'Lala
two
were
each
10
a^yi'lkvvaslax
ma^e'ma^lokweda
laE'm
side
his attendants
on
both
sides
of him
at
the
the
la'xa
fire of his
g-i'l'-Em^la'wise
Wa,
lEgwe'lases g'o'kwe.
to the
neighborhood
la'xa
wax'sano'LEma^yas
at
house.
Well,
as
soon
as,
it is
said, he
klwag-a^ll'laxs,la'as
sat
then
down,
began to sing
feast-songsthe
they
four
feast-giver
there
Well,
songs.
sung
were
g i'FEm^la'wise
Wa,
q!a'mq!EmdEma.
mo'sgEm
klwe'laya^layu
k!we'lg"a^'ledakiwe'lasa
as
as, it is
soon
said,
feasters
stopped the
tsE'lwats!e
apple
mo'sgEm
four
boxes
dE'nxElaxs
k!we'lala
qlwe'l^ededa
then
singing
boxes,
were
qa^s ga'xe
k!ek!i'myaxLa,
(round)
ax'^e'tsE^a
la'e
and
they
came
taken
tsecrab-
out
mExa'lelEm
put down
were
on
15
lax
at
the
ma^sta'yasa
near
by
to
the
a^we'LElasa
inside of door
of the
klvve'layats!g'o'kvva. Wa,
feastingreceptacle
house.
Well,
ground
la'^lae
it is
said
Salishan
and
Wakashan
Eight:
333
Languages
ii8
ax^e'tsE^vveda
e'tled
again
taken
were
four
out
Lle'^na.
dE'ngwatsle
mo'sgEme
grease-boxes (of)olachen-
(round)
Wa,
la'^lae
Well,
it is said
grease.
taken
were
two
out
it
on
dishes.
also,it is
Well,
grisly- feasting-dish.
it
on
one
^nEme'x'La
he'Em^la'wisa
lo'qulela. Wa,
na'na
that, it is said,
Well,
feasting-
double-headed
serpent
^nEme'xxa
he'Em^la'vvisa
lo'quleia. Wa,
si'siul
ma'^lEx-La
ax^e'tsE%eda
said,
one
bear
na'ne
also, it is said,
Well,
feasting
grisly-
^nEme'x-La
he'Em^la'wisa
Wa,
lo'qulela.
one
dish.
bear
a'LanEm
lo'qulela.
wolf
feasting-dish.
TsEx%l'de.
were
half
then
poured
were
with
they
then
Well,
k'a'x-^itso'^ses
first
it
Well,
as
soon
as, it is
before
set
was
it.
^nEmo'kwe
friend
his
k-a'x"^Itsa
^wi'^la
g-i'l^Em^a'wise
Wa,
Throw-away.
g"il
that
all
said,
full
they were
with
he'Em
also, it is said,
TslEx^l'de.
q6'qut!as.
then
Well,
grease.
laE'm^laxaa'wise
Wa,
crab-apples,
laE'm
Wa,
olachen-
into
tsElx",
feasting-dishesof
Lle'^na.
k!u'nq!Eqas6^sa
la'e
Well,
cherries.
lo'Elquleiaxa
full the
Wa,
wild
with
naE'nguya'leda
it is said
then
t.'E'lse.
poured into
were
they
laE'm^lawise
of
feasting-dishes
guxtsla'laso^sa
it is said
then
Well,
Fast-Runner.
lo'Elqulelas 5
the
then
is all
That
laE'm^lawise
Wa,
la'e
HEm%ex-Lago
were
10
before
set
the
io'Elquleiaxs
la'e
a^yi'lkwas
when
feasting-dishes,
then
his attendants
they
with
eat
go
ahead
urged
he'x'^idaEm^la'wise
immediately,
Well,
k.'we'le
wa'xaxa
it is
said,
TslEx'^i'de
La'xullia.
Throw-away
stood
up in
the house.
spoons.
la'^lae
Wa,
ya'q!eg-a^la. Wa,
Well,
spoke.
it is said
Well,
la'^lae
said,
"^ya,
"O
qast,
friend!
he
k-!e'seg-inhe
I
%e'k-a
it is said
he
not
qa
that
feasters
the
that
plax^aLE'lela'xos
g-a'xile qEn
reason
of
that
should
taste
of your
kIwe'ladzEmaqos,
your
feasling-objects,
coming
yO'Laxs
you
that
a'laaqos
really are
mo'xula
dirty
bEgwa'nEma,
man,
qfist, qaxs
friend, since
hawe'xaaqos
you
never
15
334
VI
Languages
Indian
American
119
ha^maa'tslex,
tsIo'xug-indxEn
inside
washed
my
it is
then
said,
said, when
he
not, it is
said
they
it is
it under
took
laE'm
Well,
then
la'^lae ^ne'ka
got up
friend!
"O
and
in
ya'qlega^e.
he
Go
on
will
now
wa'ldEm
word
kIwe'lasdEmaqEn
feasting-place
my
o'gwaqa
go
also
he
Wa,
Well,
la'^lae
look
said, it
is
so
that
look
said,
sent
as
a^yi'lkwa
attendants
four
lax
in the
in his
excited
was
mo'kwe
his
they might
he
la'xes
xwa'sa
la'e
^ya'laqases
axe'ilaxa
for what
sit down
in house
it is said he
d6'x%edEx
do'qwale
k!wa'g-a^lllLOL,qEn
^ne'x"^laexs
also,"
Well,
this my
will vou
you
again
o'gwaqa,'
Wa,
spoke.
k-!i'lx^edEn
in house
fool-dance.
la'^laeda
it is said the
Well,
extinguished
now
e'tla^lilEL
la
We'g-il
nulEmalaena^e.
gwaqa
also he
this is
fire in house.
shoved
house
said.
lEgwe'la.
La'ya-
he
Wa,
qa^s
La'xulila
TsEx^wi'de
he
^mo'^nakula.
Wa,
Moving-Load.
Well,
k-!e's^Em^lawise
not
then, it is said,
qa
that
go'kwases
nEgu'mpe
of his
father-in-law
house
take
and
15
Wa,
Fast-Runner.
chief
Fast- Runner
it is said
qa^s
and
TsEx^wi'de
gi'gama^e
the
they
im-
of the
chief
las
he'x
Wa,
Well,
copper
feast-giver.
fire of the
i'gama^e
for my
Well,
of the
lEgwe'lasa
the
qEn
Wa,
into
went
Lla'qwa
the
klwe'lase.
fire of the
house
10
they
da'x-^idxa
lEgwe'lasa
the
to
k'li'lxax
Well,
ho'gwcLa.
Day-Face,
copper
said. Throw-away
house
out
said,
Wa,
out.
'^nE'lgEmala.
Lla'qwa
in hand
TslEx^l'de
lax
boleses
put
thing)
the
^idaEm^la'wise
mediately,
(some-
out
and
house.
dag-i'lqElaxa
carried
take
they
went
again
came
dadag'ill'lEla
la'x-da^xwa.
e't!ed
g'a'xae
long
they
laE'm^lae
it is
immediately,
they
when
said,
then
it is
ga'laxs
however,
he'x-'^idaEm^la'wise
Wa,
Well,
k-!e's"lat!a
las
that
go
his house.
in
attendants
he
g-o'kwas.
lax
feasting-dishes,"
a^yi'lkwa qa
four
his
out
sent
lelo'qulelaqos,"
your
^ya'laqasesmo'kwe
la'e
^ne'x'^laexs
yi'xos
food-receptacle
ho'qawElseda
went
house
out
of
the
mo'kwe
four
335
Languages
Salishan
and
Wakashan
Eight:
I20
la'e
a^yi'lkwaxs
then
when
attendants
la'xes
lase
up
house
had
also
Lx)ad
Moving-
k!we'}a.
g'a'xene^me
for he
place
in
stood
come
as
sitting-
his
at
^ne'k-a:
la'^ae
Wa,
said,
it is said he
Well,
feaster.
k!wae'-
la'xes
^mo'^akula
La'xullle
in house
^ya'laqalas
nEgu'mp,
"O
son-in-law
ax^e'tsE^wa
lase
qa
that
send
they
be
go
taken
and
mo'tslaqa
four
t!e't!Egu'na
flat-bowed
(long)
immediately,
Lo^me's
and
said,
ha^ya'Fa
also
young
canoes
your
in house,"
qa
that
men
les
they
sent
out
his
to
Well,
is
mo'kwe
a^yi'lkwa
attendants
four
mo'tslaqe
tso'tsoxsEndxa
break
Wa,
said, it
said.
^ya'laqases
Fast-Runner
^ne'x'^lae.
he
fire
for
TsEx^wl'de
he'x-^ldaEm^la'wise
it is
lEgwe'los,"
qas
alo'-
four
piecesthe
new
his
t!e't!Egu'na.
laq
flat-bowed
canoes.
Wa,
k-!e's4at!a
Well,
not, it is
ga'xae
ga'laxs
.
said,
long
when
however,
^we'g-iLEla'yoweda
carried
into
house
shoulders
piled
broken
on
la'^lae,
t!e't!Egu'na. Wa,
flat-bowed
Well,
canoes.
the
^mo'x''Lalayo
were
tso'gukwe
up
la'xa
at
the
kIwe'lasdEma
feasting-place
lEgwe'la
fire in house
g-o'kwas
the
house
of
then
it is
said
they
TsexFast-
336
VI
American
Indian
Languages 2
121
TslEx^i'daxs
qlwe'nalElile
in house
moved
wa'x-'^mae
Throw-away
la
pEne'^nakule
became
although
covered
blisters
pp.'e'g-a^yas,la'xes
his knee
at
ene
^nExuma'lases
me
just being
his
face
being
with
^nEx^una"^ya
Well,
as
as, it
soon
is
la'e
TslEx^l'de
then
Throw-away
past bear-skin
his
began
die
to
lEgwe'laxs
the
out
fire when
sat
and
^nEma'x'Es
laE'm
then
Well,
L.'E'ntsEmx-de
covered
said,
with
ate
he
Wa,
skin of
the
g-i'FEm^la'wisek'li'lx-a^nakuleda
Wa,
blanket.
Lle'sas
with
ne'laxs
if
this is just
spoon
he
crab-
of his
out
l6^
tsElx".
dish of
apples.
tslE'x-^aLEle
k-!e'sae
showed
he
not
became
sick,
that
wa'x'^mae
gwe'x-^ldaasaq
what
had
done
been
la
he
although
he
now
As
was
la'e
tsE'lxwe
feasters the
crab-apples
soon
as
it
it is
long,
was
la'e
Fast- Runner.
ho'qawElseda
then
attendants
went
out
k-leo's
e'tled
nothing
again
gwe'g'ilasa. Wa,
of
way
k!we'le.
of
feasters.
the
house
said,
the
the
stopped speaking
ga'laEm^a'wise
Wa,
of
attendants
praised by
were
the
Well,
eating with
spoons
g'i'Fmeseqlwe'Fideda a^yi'lkwaxs
as
gwal yo's^ededa
finished
as
tslE'lwaqaso^s a'^yi'lkwasTsEx%l'de.
then
they
Well,
soon
burnt.
him
kiwe'laxa
Wa,
i'Pmese
lEgu'la.
doing
laEm^la'then
Well,
it is
thus.
lo
TslEx^l'de
Wise
Le'^alaxes
^nE^me'moteda
Lo'yalalawaxa
^
said
invited
Throw-away
his
clan
(were)
the
Hair-turnedupin-Front
ga'nuLe.
Wa,
night.
Well,
laEm^la'wise
then
it is said
ne'lases
he
told that
he
at
ya'^wix-ilaexsda^e. Wa,
desired
to
give a winter-
Well,
dance.
he'x-^ldaEm^Ia'wise
immediately,
it is
^mo'^las
^nE^me'motas
his
said.
clan
were
wa'ldEmas.
Wa,
his word.
ful
grate-
Well,
for
laE'm^ae
then
said
it is
tried
for that
find
out
that
he
might beat
TsEx%i'de
Fast- Runner
;
;
said
qa'^s
that he
he
thus
gwe'x-'^lde. Wa,
did.
Well,
he'x'^idaEm^la'wise
immediately,
it is
said,
he
qla'^le
watched
to
yak-a'masex
he
la'g-iias^nex*
reason
qa^s
sEna'nEmaq
wax"
TsEx'
Wl
Fast-Runner
dax
wa'idEmas.
his word.
Wa,
Well,
laE^m^Iaxaa'wise
then
it is
said, also he
Salishan
and
Wakashan
Eight:
337
Languages
122
^nE^me'motaxa
Le'^lalaxes
o'gwaqa
invited
also
his
clans
^'nE^me'motaxs
ne'iaxes
lE^ma'e
o'gwaqal ya'wix-ilalxatslawu'nxe.
will
also
will
laEm^la'wise
Well,
then
^nex*
in the
be
he
laEm^a'wise
their words
were
Throw-away.
his
la'e
wa'ldEmasexs
gwa'ie
it is said
then
Well,
rival
always equal
to
Wa,
TslEx^l'de.
wished
he
it is said
winter.
winter-
give
dance
Wa,
it is said he
then
Well,
night.
that he
clan
told his
laEm'^la'wise
Wa,
ga'nuLe.
at
then
when
ho'qawElsa.
they
went
k-!e's"lat!a
Wi,
LE^we's
TslEx^i'de
xuno'x"s
when
long
said,
however.
Well,
it is
immediately,
boy the
said, also
his child.
girl
xuno'x"s
bEgwa'nEme
disappeared
xuno'x"s.
ts!a'ts!EdagEme
x-is^i'de
he'x-'^'idaEm^laxaa'wise
Wa,
ba'bagume
disappeared the
his
and
Throw-away
child of
x'is^l'deda
la'e
ga'iaxs
not, it is
Well,
of
out
house.
finished
of
child
the
man
the
ma^o'kwe
LE^we's
TsEx^wl'de
his
and
Fast-Runner
ts!eMaqe
two
la'e
sa'sEmaxa
children
women
then
at
the
ga'nuFeda.
e'tled
e'tled
it is said
Well,
night.
again
la'4ae
Wa,
ga'nul^edExs
it
again
night when
was
[next]
^nEmo'kwe
x'is^l'deda
la'e
disappeared
then
laE'm^ae
then
danced
laE'm^lawise
it is said
then
first
Kwakiutl
10
Well,
Wa,
Kwa'kug'ula.
ga'la
winter-
Well,
clans.
the
dance
said
his child.
man
ts!e'ts!aqeda
it is
Wa,
xuno'x"s.
bEgwa'nEm
one
TslEx^i'de
he'laxa
Throw-away
hired
g'ltle'noxwe
the
wood-carver
las
qa
he
that
go
and
g-i'ta qae'.
for him.
carve
Wa,
Well,
then
it is
said
Lo'gweltsa
qa
that
it be
the
treasure
to'x%ldeLe
was
to
be
dancer
war-
sea
monster
carving of the
TslEx^i'daxs
xuno'x"s
child of
girl the
Throw-away
when
of the
qo
if she
wood-carver
the
ts!a'ts!EdagEme
supernatural
in house
gitle'noxwe
tsle'gese g-ita"-'yasa
laE'm^ae
ga'xL
should
come
ne'l^'ldELo.
should
show
lierself.
Wa,
Well,
she
laEm^la'then
it
15
Wakashan
Eight:
339
Languages
Salishan
and
124
ho'x^wEsdesa
went
qa^s
beach
up
and
la
la'xa
ho'gweL
inside
went
went
to
lo'bEkvve.
the
Wa,
la'^lae
Well,
it is said
(emptied one)
they
winter-dance
house.
la'e
ga'nuFldExs
night
came
brought
by singing, the
were
tsle'gese
la'xa
sea-monster
at
was
caught
Well,
then, it is said,
ones.
laE'm^lae
then
Well,
ogwe'waliiasa
the
floor
up from
of house the
came
that, it is said,
Well,
gwa'le
TslEx^i'de
finished
Throw-away
then
Well,
he'Em^la'wise
Wa,
house.
laE'm
Wa,
g-o'kwe.
of the
rear
ya'vvixila. 5
giving winter-
done.
was
the
g-a'xustalileda
it is said
of the
treasure
all that
laEm^la'wise
Wa,
war-dancer.
supernatural
wa'lox%ede.
Wa,
went
to'x^wlde.
tsle'gese Lo'gwa^yasa
the
their
to
senses
sea-monster
da'nEme.
nana'qamasE%eda
when
dance.
Wa,
la'4ae
Well,
it is
TsEx^wi'de
said,
Lla'yogulsa.
Fast-Runner
the
on
then
las
Le'^lala
they
invite
go
ground.
TsEx^wiMe
laE'mxa^e
Wa,
Well,
him
with
changed
^ya'laqases
Fast- Runner
also
sent
Hvu^na'laxa
la
secretlyin the
qa
attendants
ga'ia
that
la'xes
ga'nuLa
long
now
a^yi'Ikwe
his
night
his
to
and
^nE^me'mote.
gi'FEm^la'wise
Wa,
clans.
Well,
as
soon
as,
it is
%!'^laeLExs
g*ax
said, they
all into
came
the
house
LEne'x'^ItsE^we
la'e
then
barred
was
t!ex-i'lasa
door
the
ts!a'gats!e
g'6x"s
winter-ceremonial
of the
the
of
receptacle
TsEx^wi'de.
Wa,
Fast-Runner.
Well,
laE'm4awise
TsEx^wi'daxes
ne'le
E'lkwas
told
the attendant
then it is said
10
house
Fast- Runner
his
of
^nE^me'motaxs
lE^ma'e
clan that
e'tledEl
yix
that
they
^na'x'^IdEL.
again
lal
he'^mesexs
that
Well,
is when
TsEx%i'de
that
Fast-Runner
he
will
hi'La
go
will
again
dza'qwaltsa
evening of
future
sit in the
go
Wa,
morning.
k!wa'iaixa
lE^ma'e
^ne'k'es
he
said his
do harm
to
the
future
gi'gama^e,
chief
^nEmo'kwe
mo'mas^idElxes
will
la'La
his
friend
on
TslEx^i'de
Throw-away
qo
if
lal
will
go
ne'l^idELes
will show
his
x-e'xisala.
disappeared
ones.
"
"
Wa,
Well,
laE'm^la'wisEns
then
we
are
told
15
to
340
VI
Languages 2
Indian
American
125
gwa'laial
be
g-o'xHvedeLEnsaqEk-
qEns
that
ready
shall
we
qa^go
hitn
help
ha^ala'lasoLo,"
if he
be
will
his
^ne'x-^ae.
^na'xwaEm^'la'wise
he said, it is
All,
it is
^nE^me'motas
said,
his clan
said
ready.
laE'm^lawise
Well,
then
wa'ldEmasexs
gwa'le
it is said
finished
la'e
their words
ho'qavvElsa.
they
went
when
laE'm^awise
Wa,
Well,
then
^na'xwa
it is said
ga'x'staeiaxs
all
ga'lae
bed
to
went
laE'm^awise
Wa,
Well,
la
then
lE'nsa.
next
now
a'l^Em
it is said
they
first
awoke
house.
at
immediately, it is said,
they
tsle'daqe
LE'we's
winter-dancers
of
out
went
as)
soon
tslEx-^i'dxa
soon
Well,
gwe'gudza
(as
ho'qawElsa.
they
he'x-^idaEm^a'wise
Wa,
day.
of
out
the house.
when
all
they
when
gwa'laia. Wa,
are
by
lE^ma'e %i'^la
^ne'kExs
said.
faced
rival,"
and
their
(sparrows)
Wa,
g-i'l^Em^a'wise gwa'lExs
Well,
as
as, it is
soon
la'e
Le'^lale
TsExVi'daxa
then
invited
Fast- Runner
finished
said.
the
when
10
gwe'gudza
LE'%a
winter-dancers
and
las
the
he'yasEla
they
and
women
la'xa
breakfast
go
soon
it is
as,
eating
TsExHvi'de.
Wa,
Fast-Runner.
Well,
of
lae'da
ha^ma'pExs
finished
qa
that
children
winter-ceremonial
house
g'i'FEm^la'wise gwal
grng-inanEme
the
ts!a'gats!as
the
at
and
as
Lo'^ma
tsle'daqe
then
when
a^yi'lkwe
attendants
the
o'paiaxa
whispered to
said, they
*na'
gwe'gudza
xwa
all the
qia'mdase
la'xa
singing-place
in the
bEgwanEme
that
they
a'Lle.
to
go
kiwa'iaase
sitting-place
the
la'xa
to
Well,
immediately,
qa^s
q!wa'g"a4ii
and
they
le
went
it is
the
be'-
he'x-^ldaEm^la'wisa
Wa,
inland.
^wi'^la
la'xa
la.s
qa
winter-dancers
said, the
a'Le^sta.
around
Wa,
Well,
inland.
15
g-i'FEm^la'wise
as
soon
as,
it is said,
they
%i'^la
all
la
went
la'eda
klusE'lsExs
to
the
sit down
on
ground,
when
then
the
nema
song-
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
341
Languages
126
dE'nx^Itsa
gade
began
masters
sing
to
also the
Well,
as
as, it is
soon
Fast- Runner
songs
ne^na'gade
finished
song-masters
ya'qleg'a^a.
La'^lae
began
Then
to
speak.
%i'^lal
Wa,
grisly bears.
Well,
la'e
singing when
then
will
dress
'^ya,^ne'^nEmokwa',
"
"O
said,
friends!
he
qlwa'lax'alxwa
all
will
you
na'ne.
dE'nxElaxs
^ne'k'a:
it is
said
now
of the
the
TsEx%i'de
laE'ms
war-dancers.
the
qIa'mqiEmdEmasa
gwa'la
said,
of
songs
two
g'l'PEm^la'wise
to'x^wlde.
q!a'mq!EmdEmasa
two
ma%sE'me
he'^mesa
Wa,
ma^ltsE'me
the
ga'nuLex,
this
e'k-!eqEleL6s
qas
that
night,
be
may
happy
you
na'^nax^meq.
gwe'gudza
winter-dancers
him.
answered
Wa,
la'^lae
Well,
it is said
^ne'k-a
He'LEnu^x"
"
said,
This
"
shall
we
they
gwe'laLe
"
^ne'x-^lae.
shall do
Wa,
la'^lae
Well,
it is
they said.
thus,"
he'x-^ida^ma
said, immediately
and
walked
la
asked
went
la'da
those
wash
a^yi'lkwaxs
four
had
who
la'e
immediately,
LE%e's
it is
went
their
laE'm^lae
k-iki'lnala.
then it is said
they tried
them
they
to
bring
gaa'la.
daylight
early
morning.
came
ax^e'dxa
a'^yi'lk"
took
the
Wa,
Well,
mo'tslaqe
four
Wa,
Well,
children.
a'FEm^la'wisc
just, it
la'e
gwa'lExs
is
finished
when
said, they
back.
^na"^nakulaxa
in the
Well,
winter-dancers
g-i'nginanEme.
all the
Wa,
gwe'gudza
all the
^'na'xwa
and
women
song-experts,
got ready
LE%a'
ts!e'daqe
10
the
%a'xwa
xwa'nal^ededa
said,
as, it is
soon
qIa'mtlEsde,
of the
out
woods
Well,
as
ho'x^wult'.eda
then
attendants
he'x-^idaEm^a'wise
g-i'FEm^la'wise
Well,
said,
the
attendants
attendants
dances.
their bodies
mo'kwe
went
to
Wa,
le'ladEnokwe.
xa'set!alaxa
they
and
a^yi'lk"
four
it is said.
qa's^id qa^s
Wa,
mo'kwe
the
(long)
he'x'^idaEm^la'wise
immediately,
awa'
great
it is
la'da
said,
tIe't.'Eguna qa
flat-bowed
canoes
and
mo'kwe
the
went
four
LE'nkwesesa
tied
them
with
together
the
15
342
VI
Indian
American
Languages 2
127
four
it is said
Well,
poles.
long
(long)
pak-EE'ntso*^sa
la'^lae
Wa,
dzo'xuma.
mo'ts.'aqe g-i'lsgilt!a
covered
were
sao'kwc.
boards.
Wa,
g"i'FEm^la'wisc gwa'lExs
Well,
as
as, it is
soon
said,
laq
gwe'gudza
all the
winter-dancers
and
it is said
just
in the
in house
sat
daxs
long
k-!e's'^lat!a
Well,
not, however,
it is
(emptied
one).
opposite
the
at
end
Wi,
Qa'logwise.
Well,
Beach.
Crooked-
point of
came,
of
northern
point
lax
ha'ng-a^les
g-a'x'^lae
it is
said,
gwa'klodilba^e
lax
when
awl'lbes
taking.
the
to
Wa,
back
taking
the
dances
lo'bEkwe.
Eyo'x^ed
ga'xae
da.
la'xa
winter-dance
house
they
ga'leda
grisly
the
went
le'laenenokwe
having
la'xa
kludzl'l
a'Em
LaE'm^lae
Then
nena'ne
la'da
not
bears
all those
and
fool-dancers
the
canoes
said
'^na'xweda
Lo^
no'EniEmala
it is
then
them.
LE'wa'
into
went
k-!es
laE'm^lae
Wa,
Well,
on
then
when
they
^na'xwa
ho'x^aLExseda
la'e
finished
were
over
with
they
said,
in front
being
at
the
of beach
lo'bEkwe.
LlEma'esasa
beach
it is said
then
Well,
house
winter-dance
of the
na'ne
^nE'me
laE'm'^lawise
Wi,
grislybear
one
(emptied one).
lax
hax"ts!a'gvvewe
lay
down
bow
tiEgu'na.
^nE'mtslaqe
gwiwa^yasa
in the
inside
of
one
flat-bowed
(long)
of bov
10
canoe.
^nE'me
Wa,
la'^'laxaeda
Well,
also, it is said,
one
the
(other)
^nE'mtslaqe.
Well,
(long)
(mother canoe).
it is said
were
g-i'l'Em^la'wise
soon
as,
grisly
that
it is
said,
bow
of the
ya'wix'a'lag"iiExsa Wi,
moved
not
about
in
Well,
canoe,
sung
teto'x^wlda.
ma^lo'kwe
for the
gvval
q!a'mtasoxs
la'e
for
then
were
sung
Wa.
Well,
war-dancers.
two
finished
la'xa
in the
qa^s
q!a'k*6 bEgwa'nEma
slave
stout
pole
in the
^ya'lagEma
was
sent
when
^walatsa'yokwe
dzo'xume
thus
they
they
15
lax
also
k'!es
it is said
then
a'gwlwa'^yasa
gwa'la
bear
q!a'mt!etsE^weda
laE'm'lawise
as
he'xat!
laE'm^lae
Wa,
one
then
na'ne
man
that
he
le
'go
among
flat-bowed
Well,
q!o'dEg-ivvaletsa
keep
bow
with
g i'PEm^la'wise
as
soon
as,
said, he
it is
Wakashan
Eight:
and Salishan
343
Languages
128
haxsE'mlExsaq.
fell uf"on
in
him
Wa,
la'^lae ^nEmo'kwase
Well,
it is said
ax^e'dxes
'^na'xulalese,
his friend
Warrior-all-round-
his
took
the-World
canoe.
k'le'LEnxe
and
sharp-edged
with
around
cut
it
close
awE'nxa^yaxsEns
edge of
this
to
our
he
(knife)
SE^ya'x.
hair.
Wa,
g i'FEm^la'wise
Well,
as
as, it is
soon
Ifi'lgEwe
said,
k!e'La^yasexs
where
met
it
cut
was
when
la'e
ne'xodEx
then
pulledoff the
Lle'tsEma^yas
scalp of
xo'msdasa
the
q!a'k-owe.
of the
head
Wa,
slave.
Well,
he
la'^lae
LaxSvuito'dxa
it is said
they pushed
out
the
and
cannibals
la'xa
lo'bEkwe
from
winter-dance
and
house
they
the
lax
at
beach
Well,
ne^na'ne
the
la
qa^s
LlEma'esas
the
slave.
LE%a'
ga'xaeda ha'Emats!
came
of
as
as, it is
he
soon
the
canoe
and
the
pursued
Beach.
water,
when
ho'qawEls
went
la'e
slave
into
went
the
fool-dancers
out
dzExwae'sEla
then
when
Crooked-
he
said,
no'EniEmala
the
qia'kaxs
qa'qayaxa
went
Qa'logwise.
of
LE^wa'
grislybears
la^sta'xs
g'i'FEm^la'wise
qla'k'o. Wa,
along
ran
he
Wa,
he'^mes
Well,
and
la
that
is
qaqaya'atsa
place of
then
suing
pur-
of the
ne^na'naq
LE^vva'
grislybears
and
no'EnlEmala
qa^s sa'k'apleq.
fool-dancers
the
that
tried
they
him
tried
to
throw
Well,
wao'kwaq.
Wa,
la'^laeda
ne^na'ne
several
Well,
it is said the
grislybears
at
him.
tried
claws
at
laq.
Wa,
we'gaa^latla
him.
Well,
not
he
lax
reached,
to
Qa'IogwIsaxs
Crooked-Beach
la'e
when
he
ya'x%alesa.
fell down
on
he'x'^ldaEm^'la'wisa
immediately,
it is
dead
beach
g-i'l^Em^'la'wisegwal
as
soon
as, it is
said,he
Wii,
laE'm
Well,
then
finished
1e4
la'xeq.
dead
he
there.
cut
up
in
cut
up
when
Wa,
Well,
q!a'kox"de,
pieces the
la'eda
sa'kwasoxs
was
side
is
sEsox"sE'ndxa
fool-dancers
south
on
of
beach.
no'EnlEmala
said,the
strike
their
^na'lanegwesas
the
however,
Well,
to
with
xexElya'yowe
10
said,
Ui'qaplEses
stones
Wa,
it is
him.
spear
na'papleda
la'^'lae
Wa,
to
then
the
former
slave.
ha'Emats!a
cannibals
jr
344
VI
Indian
American
GEORGE
129
la'xa
ho'qunts!es
down
went
HUNT
LlEma'ese
qa^s
beach
the
to
to
Languages 2
that
they
ha^mx-^l'dEq.
la
Wa,
him.
eat
go
Well,
beach
la'^lae
it is
o'gwaqa'^ma
also
said,
of it.
LE%a'
grislybears
and
wel?.x"dze'^lae
Wa,
laq.
the
ne^na'ne
Well
it
not
fool-dancers
the
ge'x-^idExs
took, it is said,
long
ha^mek'la'la
no'EnlEmala
when
asked
to
eat
la'e
'""wi'^laq
qaxs
they
(ate)him
for
all up
ma^itso'gugiya^eda bEgwa'nEme
120
the
were
la'^laeda
it is said
the
ha'^ma'pxa q!a'k'oxMe.
men
ne^na'ne,
grislybears,
former
eating the
ma^le'
yi'xa
that is the
Well,
slave.
he'x-^idaEm
da'nEma,
novices
two
Wa,
immediately
(taken ones).
le'nEmax
took
SE^ya'x-das
his
away
past
hair
qa^s
took
each
they
ha^mg'i'^layo laq.
was
given
and
Well,
to
them.
food
TsEx%l'de
Fast- Runner
he'^mesexs
Wa,
that
it from
then
Well,
other.
lE^ma'e
is
k*!e'lakas6^s
he
killed
was
by
when
laE'm
Wa,
le'nEmapleq.
and
account
rival
Throw-away.
Wa,
la^me'
Well,
ya'k-aweda
then
was
of his
beaten
the
10
15
^wl"leda
all those
k
who
i'm'yaxdaxa
had
surrounded
the
i'sa'lax-de.
former
peared
disapones.
Wa,
Well,
g-i'FEm^a'wise
as
soon
is
as, it
said.
Eight:
Wakashan
Salishan
and
345
Languages
130
dza'qwaxs
la'e
evening
then
came,
a^'yi'lkwasTsExHvi'de
attendants
of
Fast-Runner
walked
the
when
%i'^laeLeda
all into
came
he'x'^idaEm^la'wise
it is
immediately,
as
soon
house
ga'la
the
tamed
were
it is
finished
said,
with
teto'x^wlda.
Wa,
war-dancers.
Well,
two
la'aEl
gwa'iExs,
they
Kwakiutl
ma^e'
the
then
it
as, it is
soon
Wa,
Well,
ne'^na'na.
Wa,
grislybears.
Well,
ma'lo'kwe
their sacred
sang
the
songs
g-i'pEm^la'wiseqlwe'FedExs
as
la'e
dE'nx^ededa
began
said, they
ne^na'gade.
Wa,
g-a'xeda
Well,
song-
sing
to
the
ma^lo'kwe
the
came
said,
clans.
ya'laqweda
is said
it,
however,
not,
Kwa'kugula.
first
ya'lasE^weda
said,
g-i'FEm^a'wise
as, it is
Well,
(to call).
g-a'laxs g-a'xae
long
k-!e's'lat!a
qa's^Ida. Wa,
teto'x^wid
^yEx%uit!a'-
war-dancers
two
dancing
they
as
masters.
lllEl
la^stali'lEle
qa^s
and
out
came
of house,
went
then
Well,
at
lEqawa'lllasa
the
house.
of the
dE'nxElasa
gwal
it is said
"o'kwe.
fire in middle
in house
they
laE'm^la'wise
Wa,
la'xa
around
finished
q!a'm-
'nE'msgEme
singing with
(round)
one
song.
they
dEma.
he'x'^ldaEm^la'wisa
Wa,
immediately,
Well,
it is
ya'yaq!antemiie
speaker of the house
said,
la
went
lax
the
to
the
ma^lo'kwe
qlwae'lasasa
standing-place
teto'x^wlda.
two
laE'm^lawise
Wa,
war-dancers.
Well,
then
10
it is said
of the
wuLa'sE%eda
it is
la'xes
desired
%e'ka:
to'x^wide
"
Wa,
(thing).
Well,
Wa'laqeleg'anu^x"
said,
war-dancer
said,
axe'xsdESE%a.
for her
war-dancer
one
he'x-^ldaEm^lawise
immediately,
to'x^wid
^nEmo'kwe
asked
was
"
We
desire
the
qEnu^x"
that
be
we
la'xwa
lEqwi'lasE^e
made
^ne'x-^lae.
lEgwe'lex,"
into that
fire
she
house-fire,"
Wa,
Well,
is said.
ya'yaq!antemile
it is said
of the
speaker
said,
it
house
la'xcs
e'talas
repeated
it
to
^nE^me'mote
his
yi.s
clan
the
the
wa'ldEmasa
word
of the
teto'x^wide.
war-dancers.
Wa,
he'x-^idaEm^^lawisa
Well, immediately,
it is said, the
mo'kwe
four
a^^yi'l.x^'.s
15
attendants
of
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
347
Languages
132
tE'mg-ik"
lEqwa'
qa^s
fire-wood
blocks
and
they
lEgwi'le.
tasa
the
Well,
lEgwl'le laq.
in it.
fire
Wa,
laE'm^lawise
Well,
then,
it is
ma^lo'kwe
into
teto'x^ld
qo
war-dancers
if
two
account
on
that when
Well,
^ne'k-a
la'e
then
gwa'lala
it is
then
will
will
be
put
the
on
fire.
la ^na'^nEmax
made
Well, then
laxLa'nowe
qa^s
should
that
war-dancers
LE%a'
iyaak"
just like
la
also the
ma^lExsa'
taken
were
two
ax'^e'tsE^a
it is said
q!wa'xe,
taken
were
hemlock-
LO^
qeqExIma^yasa
also
hemlock
Wa,
Well,
war-dancers.
la'^laxae
Well,
then
^na'^nEmax-iyaak"
also, it
is said,they
a'laklala
to'x^wlda.
true
war-dancer.
head-rings
teto'x^wlde,
of the
Wa,
branches.
put
short roof-boards
flat
place of lying on
back
la'^lae
be
top
on
ts!a'ts!aox"sEme
nELEdza'yaatsa
now
middle
teto'x^wide
ax^e'tsE%a
la
lEgwi'le. Wa,
ready
into it.
in
they
la'xa
over
latslo'^yoLo laq.
lal
said the
they
laE'm
Well,
then
he'^maaxs
look
could
it.
of the
Wa,
heltsla'pElcda
hardly
putting head
the
in centre
was
ha'lsElaEm^la
out
qae'da
then
xixtsla'laq. Wa,
in the
man
nExts!E%e'da
la
only
said,
lax
g'i'ltlExsdebEgwa'nEm
tall
and
around
the
at
a'^mese
Wa,
fire.
piled up
were
awi'^s-
lax
qElxasusta'lasE'^we
made
were
just like
laE'm-
Wa,
Well,
10
then
of the
the
^lawise
qEximda'yo
it is said
were
la'xa
tied around
to
q!a'q!Ek*o
the
ma^lo'k"
slaves
tsle'daqa.
two
women.
they
Wa,
laE'm^lawise
then
Well,
it is said
la
ne'nELEdzodayo
now
laid
were
laE'm^lawise
Well,
then
same
manner
as
yii^eda'yoweda
it is said
gwa'laasasa
on
la'xa
on
ts!a'ts!Ets!aox"sEme.
the
short
were
ma^lo'kwe
long
tied the
teto'x'^wida.
two
laq
lax
cedar-bark
to
in
ropes
them
the
Wa,
Well,
war-dancers.
two
dEnE'm
gi'ltle
the
ma^o'kwe
roof-boards,
their backs
they
Wa,
down
laE'm^lawiseda
then
it is said
the
ba'bEbaklwa
warriors
^ne'x'xa
said
to
the
ma^lo'kwe
two
ts!e'daq q!a'q!Eka :
women
slaves.
15
348
Vf
Languages 2
Indian
American
133
^ya, sa'sEm,
"
gu'no
children!
"O
do
not
gwaLlEXLa'laLOL,
will
you
gwaLlEXLa'lalaxo
la'LEs
then
well,
scream,
if you
scream
wa,
lal
qa'so
will
mo'plEnxwa^s^Eml
four
you
lax'La'not
will be
you
k"!es
(times)day
g'ax
not
come
will,
g-i'pEml^its
q!ula'x'^idELOL. Wa,
will
you
life.
to
come
la^me'sEnu^x"
then
Well,
soon
shall strike
we
of your
the
be
that
so
you
die.
you
well,
XEk'la'l
laE'ms
then
Well,
will
you
stay
away
^na'xwa
laE'm^lawise
Wa,
they said, it
by this,"
you
necks
la'xaq," ^ne'x-^lae.
IcIe'^U
as
wa,
will scream,
kwe'xaplELOL
nape
will
as
gwaLlEXLa'laLoL,
will
it is said
then
Well,
ya'qleg'a^e-
all
spoke
is said.
dead
^we'^woselaga
da
slaves.
women
women
poor
la'^lae
q!a'q!Ek-a. Wa,
ts!e'daq
^ne'k-a:
it is said
Well,
said,
they
"We'g-a
"
Go
ha'^lilalax
a'Em
do
only
on
qEnu'^x" k*!e'se
for
it
iak!we'masg-anu^x" ne^na'qek*
this
quickly
we
strong in
are
k-!e'sel
gwa'LlEXLa'la qEnu'^x"
not
we
laE'mx-
scream
so
that
shall
we
hearts
our
ga'ial qEnu'^x"
shall be
not
that
we
long
shall
shall
come
gwa'llla.
were
ready.
la
qa^s
that
they
la
again
Well,
la'^laeda
it is said
La'g ililaxa
carry
up
the
put it on
the
they
fool-dancers
la
on
of
la'e
it is
said
they
TsEx^wi'de
by
Fast- Runner
teto'xSvlde,
war-dancers
gwe'gudza.
Wa,
winter-dancers.
Well,
Well,
^na'xwa
as
as, it is
soon
laE'm^lae
it is said
stood
xo'lexulila.
they
were
said,
qlwa'ga^lila
all
then
then
that
g-i'FEm^la'wise
house
qa*s
they
Wa,
fire.
when
on
then
the
lEgwi'le.
the
no'EnlEmalaxs
fool-dancers
were
la'xa
top
invited
ya'gudzayaatsa
now
Well,
Le'^lalaso^s
no'Enlamala
the
laE'm^lae
Wa,
said, it is said.
board
Lax"LE'ndEs
ga'xeda
life,"
to
come
Wa,
go
and
go
came
^ne'x'da^x^^Iae.
q!ula'x-^ida,"
e'tledEl
ga'xei
10
all confused
(running about).
up
in
the
Wa,
Well,
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
349
Languages
134
laE'm^lawisa
no'EnlEmala
took
and
war-dancers
in
up
qa^s
teto'x^ide
La'g-a^lllaxa
fool -dancers
it is said the
they
the
x'i'lplede
la'xa
ogwewali'iaxs
in the
of house
turned
rear
around
when
la'xa
go'kwe.
in the
house.
la'^lae
Wa,
they
house
the
at
with
them
o^stall'Jasa
la'xa
around
turned
in
around
went
X'i'lpled
it is said
Well.
la^stali'lElas
la'e
then
of the
door
they
g'o'kwe.
house.
Wa,
la'^lae
e't!ed
Well,
it is said
again
went
la'xa
ili'lEla
back
went
inner
then
rear
they
helk*!ote'waliie.
Wa,
la'^lae
right-hand side.
Well,
it is said
the
at
to
to
when
they
heyak
la'e
lag'iyoll'lElaxs
axa'Hlaxa
the
put down
they
room
a'lak-!ala teto'x^id
la'^lae
war-dancers
true
hid them.
Well,
they
slaves
two
took
the
up
they
le
q!a'q!Ek*o qa^s
ma^lo'kwe
La'g-a^lllaxa
it is said
and
laltla'lii la'xa
went
went
out
gEmxote'walile.
the
at
side.
left-hand
they
Wa,
la'^lae
Well,
it is said
around
la'e
when
then
la'^laeda
^nEmo'kwe
stopped
^nEmo'kwe
it is said
was
taken
la'xa
stopped
at
Well,
slave.
and
around
^weI-
le'El
qa's
went
10
was
he
[other]
g-a^ll'lEm
Wi,
q!a'k"o.
one
he^stali'lElaya
one
the
door
the
to
went
they
%Elg'a^li'lEma
was
o^sta'li-
la'xa
le
and
with
them
they
laxs
qa^s
le^stall'iElas
went
la'e
Ogwewali'iaxs
the
of house
rear
when
xi'l-
^nE^ma'x-^it
at
same
turned
time
they
LE'*wa
pled
around
and
door
the
waxsano'dxa
la'e
o^stali'lElaxs
then
when
were
on
qElxase'lakwe
lEgwi'la.
fire.
piled-up
Wa,
la"^lae
Well,
it is said
La^na'kulamatsE^wa
were
one
ma%'x"de
two
former
qIa'qiEkoxs
slaves
la'e
then
when
they
gwa'LlEXLalaxs
screamed
la'e
when
they
la'xxana.
were
top
we'qumaxa.
were
shoved
down.
put
Wa,
on
Well,
(ofpile).
Wa,
Well,
each side
of the
they
placed upright
after
another
laE'm'^lae
then
it is
said
they
laE'm^lae
then
it is
said
they
havve'xa
never
lelE'^la.
were
the
dead.
Wa,
Weil,
15
Vf
350
Languages 2
Indian
American
135
gi'FEm^la'wise
as
as, it is
soon
q!u'lx-^idExs
la'e
burned
then
said,
ashes
to
ma^tsE'me
ax^e'tsE%a
taken
were
two
they
xa'xExatsEma
small
la'xa
boxes
and
down
put
were
came
floor
ogwewali'le.
the
rear
o^sta'lile.
Wa,
on
at
of house,
they
he'^latla
Wa,
Well,
that,however,
it is
door.
the
at
one
long
^naFnEmo'kwe
each
was
la'^lae
it is said
Well,
k!ip!e'tsE^we xa'lxEqasa
taken
were
^nE'msgEmeda
said,
ax'-e'tsE^a
le'da
tongs
slave
and
then
put
tongs
with
g-i'FEm^la'wise^wl'^lts!axs
Wa,
box.
into
Well,
as
as, it is
soon
^nal^nE'msgEme
the
each
to
one
(round)
yikuyE'ntsE^wa
la'e
all in
were
of
bones
the
picked up
were
in
were
they
xa'xatsEma.
they
la'xa
k-!ipts!a'layo
le
q!a'k-oqa^s
(person)
and
then
they
covered
were
said,they
la'^ae
with
it is said
their
Well,
covers.
placed
were
ts!a'gats!e.Wa,
la'^lae
winter-dance
it is
Well,
the
of the
rear
^na'las
mo'plEnxwa^se
four times
said,
at
on
floor
they
day
day
of
he
gwae'lExs
that
la'e
teto'x^wide.
laE'm^Iae
then
Well,
then
qlula'x-^ldbola.Wa,
they
pretended
the
songs
truly
la
then
TslEx^i'de
^ya'k'owe
beaten
was
Well,
to
alive.
become
a'lax-^ld
it is
laE'm
Wa,
war-dancers.
their
sang
sacred
10
in
house
ya'laqweda
then
thus
being
house.
la'^lae
la'xeq. Wa,
after that.
Throw-away
it is said
Well,
said
TslEx^i'de
^nexsaid
Throw-away
le
qa'^s
that
he
wl'naxa
would
make
go
dzE^la'lasa
of the
lake
^nE'mgese.
^nE''mges.
Wa,
going
through
the
la'^lae
te'nox%ed
it is said
poled
la'xa
g*a'sa
Nootka
war
upon
Well,
Mo'tsladxwe
la'xa
canoes
the
on
at
the
Wa,
wa.
river.
Well,
they
la'gaa
g'i'FEm^la'wise
as
soon
as, it is
went
la'xa
to
t!ex i'las
road
the
of
^ya'^yats!eqa^s
splittheir
and
canoe
la
la'xa
to the
nEg-a',
mountain.
then
Wa,
Well,
g i'FEm^la'wise
as
soon
as, it is
said, they
yu'dux"sEnd
in three
carried
it
shoulders
on
their
e'k'!e^sta
they
went
up
when
la'g'aa
came
pieces
they
^we'k'ilk-ilaqexsla'e
went
they
15
la'e
Nootka
Inlet
said, they
LE'mx'^idxes
TiE'se
lax
to
the
was
river of
TIe'sc
Nootka
Inlet
Eight:
Wakashan
Salishan
and
351
Languages
136
la'e
tlE'mx-^ldxes
then
sewed
^a'^yatsle qa^s
together their
and
canoe
yo'Ix-^ide la'xa
they
drifted down
at
wa.
the
river.
they
g'i'PEm^la'wise
Wa,
Well,
as
la'x'SE^yod
as, it is
soon
arrived
said,they
sex"sale'sEla
la'e
at
were
shot
at
the
river
narrow
la'e
passage
when
q!a'yaxaxs
only
were
they
la'EnaLlEme.
by
a'Em
then
Wa
laE'm^lae
Well,
arrows.
then
lE'^le
it is
was
said
TslEx^i'de
Throw-away
qlu'laxa
le'Elote.
LE'we's
and
his
g'a'xe
crew.
ae'daaqa.
alive
Wa,
la'^lae
Well,
it is said
^nEmo'kwa
Well,
that
one
he'^me
Wa,
back.
killed
q!a'lag-iltsa
is the
reason
that
of knowing
of the
ga'la
Kwa'g'ul
first
Kwakiutl
qexs
that
^ya'k-owe Ts!Ex*l'de
was
startled
when
they
was
then
they
tlo'kwaxs
ha'nialExsElaso^sa
then
at
la'e
vvaxs
mouth
la'xa
paddled through
la'xa
at
beaten
Throw-away
lE'^mae
they
la'xeq.
Wa,
Well,
Originally published in
Stechert, 108-136(1906).
Boas
Wa,
killed.
were
after that.
Editorial
lelE'^la.
laE'm
then
Well.
la^me^
then
la'ba.
end.
Note
Anniversary
Volume.
New
York:
G.
E.
versary
honoring Boas on the 25th anniStudent
records
work.
at
was
published
Columbia
University (Murray and Dynes 1986) show that Sapir enrolled in
"American
Boas's introductorycourse
on
Languages" in 1903-04 while he was
with a second
an
College, and that he continued
undergraduate in Columbia
in
in 1904-05
course
during the time he was enrolled as a Master s candidate
Germanic
catalogue for those years, the
Philology.According to the Columbia
"translation
and grammatical interpretation
of Indian
myths" formed
part of
Rival
the work
of both courses,
and it is entirelypossiblethat Sapir edited "The
Chiefs" for this purpose.
of those transcribed
The text was
one
by George Hunt.
Boas's native Kwakiutl
collaborator, and the originalmanuscript is preserved
materials
in the Columbia
Hunt's
Kwakiutl
University Library.
among
This
paper,
contribution
of his doctorate,
to
the Festschrift
Sapir'sfirst
352
VI
George
Hunt,
association.
1886.
in
Chicago
and
(Boas
Boas"
Sapir,
impressed
similar
McGuff
Pete
(Navajo),
these
men
psychological
later
Hunt
by
the
Alex
formed
World
of
work
the
1906).
ix-xviii).
Boas
in
See
for
also
Helen
in
Exposition
Hunt
monographs
Hunt
40-year
Kwakiutl
write
to
transmittal
introduction
his
collaboration
close
described
Boas
the
to
taught
texts
resulting
practices,
trip
their
large
during
Boas
Columbian
and
collecting
began
of
relationships
Tony
Thomas
an
of
field
the
productiveness
(Wishram),
reality
their
two
initial
visit
to
for
transcribed
Boas
to
explicitly
work
to
Codere,
The
in
co-
some
Religion
"George
Hunt
xxviii-xxxi).
working
and
material
Kwakiutls,
of
and
gathered
his
Hunt
facilitate
(1930:
1966:
Boas
established
for
orthographic
Indians
(in
during
1902-05,
Hunt
his
Kwakiutl
the
Hunt
with
publication,
including
detail,
and
To
and
phonetically,
and
Hnguistic
delegation
time.
that
editing
authored
of
of
part
as
met
Kwakiutl,
and
arranged
Boas
from
Kwakiutl
for
first
Boas
1893
In
dated
ethnographic
of
quantities
of
speaker
native
Languages
Indian
American
important
phonemes
with
Tillohash
part
Boas-Hunt
The
of
Sapir
collaboration,
native
orthographic
s
speakers,
Paiute),
(Southern
(Nootka).
(1933c).
the
several
famous
ing
includ-
Albert
doval
San-
practices
discussion
of
of
the
Some
of
Aspects
Nootka
and
Language
Culture
[excerpt]
The
The
LinguisticRelationship
Wakashan
Kwakiuti
and
Xaisla, and
linguisticstock
the
Nootka
is divided
Aht;
or
He'ttsa^q",the
of Kwakiuti
the
latter Northern
and
into
former
Nootka
main
two
embraces
branches,
Kwakiuti
the
proper,
Nootka
being replaced by
possess
and
Kwakiuti
and
k-
Nootka
in common,
are
Nootka,
cognate
p. Besides
Nootka
Wakashan
is absent
has
in Nootka,
the
Nootka
^-series,which
c-series, which
which
/:--series,
with
Kwakiuti
in turn
p and
Kwakiuti
is doubtless
Nootka
tcf, and
x-
b for instance
and
derived
Nootka
from
c.
There
is
no
the
g/ in
/ and n. The
velars q! and x, while
corresponding to both Kwakiuti
found
in
the
not
Nootka,
infrequently
are
regular Nootka
atives
representof Kwakiuti
q! and x; q! has developed into a peculiarlyharsh and choky
glottalstop, which I write ^, x into a strangulated-sounding h which I write //,
these two
consonants
'ain and
respectivelyresembling Arabic
ha; ordinary
and
h are
also frequently found
in Nootka.
As
regards phonetic processes,
Kwakiuti
and Nootka
in
initial
clusters in words;
no
consonant
allowing
agree
initial Kwakiuti
and
Nootka
^/
Kwakiuti
are
^m, ^'n, w, ^'y,and
undoubtedly
related
and
Nootka
to ordinary Kwakiuti
/ as are
and
Kwakiuti
m,
n,
w, y,
Kwakiuti
and Nootkap.^ t!,kf, iJ, tsf,qf, Kwakiuti
tcHo
k-!, and Nootka
nonfortis Kwakiuti
and Nootka/?, t, k, l, ts, q, Kwakiuti
tc. In both
k-, and Nootka
n
somewhat
Kwakiuti
and
Nootka
certain
derivative
the stem;
suffixes
"harden"
of
Kwakiuti
thusp, q, and i,become
/7.^qf, and ^7, Nootka
/;.^^\ and ^'y.
The
to be represented in Nootka
seems
"softening"of Kwakiuti
by but a few
final
and
phonetic
stray
Syllabically
glottalstops
glottallyaffected
processes.
such as -^/ and -p!
which
consonants
in Kwakiuti,
are
common
are
entirely
absent
in Nootka.
Medial
and final consonant
clusters are not as freelyallowed
in Nootka
in Kwakiuti, / often serving in Nootka
to lightenthem
as
(cf.Nootka
with
Kwakiuti
All
final
and
vowels
-qEmit, 'round
thing',
-^Einl'mask').
"
"
Eight: Wakashan
and
with
certain
to go in order
endeavor,
try to
get';Nootka
cases
the
as
same
{e in
verb stems
In Kwakiutl
second
to';Kwakiutl
definite vocalism
suffixes
of
syllable
some
355
Sallshan Languages
the second
type is employed in forming iteratives,
former
distributives
has
and
(such as
-^ydla'to go
in
Kwakiutl
In
like').
in Kwakiutl
cases,
the
ending in vowels
others)in
inserts-
the iterative,
while Nootka
-fa, Nootka
-fas 'to
for';Nootka
-////"'to
repeatedvowel
the second
in
to look
Nootka
forming pluralsor
is in all
type of reduplication
the
reduplicating
ble.
sylla-
insert
and
be noted:
may
both
Kwakiutl
diminutives
in
and Nootka
-Etn
nouns
of the stem.
'toy'requirereduplication
regard
to
there
pronominal development
Kwakiutl
between
and
Nootka.
While
is considerable
difference
there
is,practically
speaking,but one
series of personalpronominal suffixes in Kwakiutl, there are three in Nootka
for second person singular,
of which the
(represented,
by -e^its,-k\ and -sok'),
second
and
indicative
and
third
forms
related:
etymologically
are
possessiveforms
certain
modal
inclusive and
of nouns,
forms.
exclusive,while
in subordinate
while
Kwakiutl
the third
distinct
has
Nootka
series is used
in
clauses, interrogatives,
to
seems
be confined
to
[19]
forms
has
only one
extent, incorporatedin Kwakiutl; in
objectsare,
of the first person
Nootka, however, only in the case
(second series)of the
of
A
in
forms
is brought about
imperative. great degree complexity pronominal
in Kwakiutl
the
combination
of
the
affixes
with syntactic
by
pronominal
(subjective,
and instrumental)
and demonstrative
elements.
Nootka
has
objective,
of
this
and
demonstrative
of
the
but a
none
syntactic
complexity
pronoun,
series of forms is found built up of the second pronominal series and an element
is not made
the authority
of the speaker.
-tc implyingthat the statement
on
Almost
all Nootka
and Kwakiutl
words are noun
verb forms, there being
or
almost no particles
properlyspeaking.Such apparent Nootka conjunctiveand
^onoi.
as
'because', ^oyi''when, if, and ^okwil 'to' are morcase
phologically
particles
verb forms built up of a stem^o'a certain one, thing'
and derivative
s
uffixes.
There
in
Nootka
a
however,
is,
verbifying
syntactically
important
conjunctiveelement ^ani' 'that' to which may be appended pronominal affixes
of the second
series and which
in the
a particle
perhaps be considered
may
to
proper
Kwakiutl
Other
of the word.
sense
6-
at least a considerable
forming nouns
'to be at',Kwakiutl
very
is used
of
are:
Nootka
body-partsthat
or
do
(as indicated
to
in
occur
note
that many
by
noun
with
forms.
Kwakiutl
dps-, used
Nootka
hit-,hi-
pairs,and
is hin, hit-
ing"
(before "harden-
derivative
between
held
are
suffix)'.
greatly.
Consideringthe
them
it is somewhat
pointing
disapIt is highlyimporcommon.
tant,
differ
Nootka
of these
^6-, is cognate
primarilyin
^ap-, ^am-,
suffixes)'to be
In
stems"
"empty
Nootka
"empty stem,"
'something,'which, however,
Wakashan
in
chiefly
The
in
rather
colorless
in content
and
356
thus
hardly
Such
Kwakiutl
are
Nootka
Nootka
Kwakiutl
Nootka
and
in
of
confirmed
been
has
Kwakiutl
1890
in
from
in
published
in
full
"Some
Volume
in
Association.
For
Sapir's
much
fuller
"Wakashan
the
Philosophical
Sapir
(1938b,
(v,
of
and
II),
Volume
vv,
/, and
with
the
which
Kwakiutlan
and
Nootkan
he
or
of
branches,
thus';
Thus
Dr.
Kwakiutl
in
the
Wakashan
the
is
appears
first
with
the
is
paper
Swadesh's
time
Volume
pean"
Indo-Euro-
on
glottalized
from
sonorant
the
confined
surveyed
in
Jacobsen
to
studies
(1979).
sonants
con-
coalescence
work
Recent
sonorants.
XIL
"Glottalized
on
Note
see
ing
reworkAmerican
in
paper
a
arisen
been
based,
Collection,
late
have
plain
largely
this
Boas
in
that
originally
article
cal
Anthropologi-
Morris
on
Kwakiutl,
showed
the
American
which
for
Culture",
incorporated.
on
(now
preceding
has
'above'.
(1911);
the
based
and
where
nasals)
following
Wakashan,
data
the
Wakashan
Nootka,
do
or
between
and
been
published
comparative
to
Navaho,
in
^riEm-,
evidence.
new
of
have
Sapir
Library),
Society
Continuants
of
be
'to
'77c/-
15-28
13,
Vocabulary,"
materials
returned
also
of
presentation
qwi-
we-,
Kwakiutl
relationship
by
permission
by
[20]
time';
Language
corrections
ms.
Comparative
unpublished
of
Reprinted
IV.
long
tcdn-
Kwakiutl
Note
Anthropologist
American
the
'a
times.
Nootka
g-dl-,
be';
Nootka
way
Nootka
of
Aspects
'to
Nootka
close
every
post-Wakashan
Kwakiutl
ek-!-,
the
Editorial
Excerpt
in
'o//-
qe'
'thus',
gwe-
'you';
50-
announcement
Nootka
g"?,
Kwakiutl
Nootka
.s^o-,
first
Nootka
be',
Kwakiutl
'one';
^'nup-
Boas'
ax-
'not';
wik"
wi-,
borrowed
'daylight';
^nds
do,
'to
Languages
been
having
Nootka
^nd-,
Kwakiutl
first';
be
'to
of
suspected
be
to
Indian
American
Vf
on
within
parative
com-
the
Abnormal
in
interesting
of
speech
the
status,
sex,
statement
make
we
experience.
Quaker.
reference
to
Such
speaking.
often
most
used
speaking
a
is the
speaker
in
of
which
words
means,
in
"baby-
these
the
reference
but
consonant
sounds,
is
by
or
that
the
is, by
employment
vocalic
of
changes,
is,by morphologic
is
about
brought
that
person.
words
or
words
of
presence
imply
but
thing
some-
specialized
more
all
by
the
it
use
cases
of
in
special
lexical, stylistic, or
syntactic
special grammatical
elements,
or
or
by
and
signalized,
comprised
not
person
Generally
thus
A
as
special
the
an
explicit
an
special
exist.
to
to
languages
is thus
frequent,
third
in
or
where
listening
are
also
that
person-implications
locutions,
or
the
to
to
words"
less
of
use
there
addressed
person
regard
common
of the
"thee"
all
of
man
Quaker
dog
fair inference
is there
in
Nootka
direct
"big
say
are
to
or
matters
type
or
are
we
to
speaker,
any
use
cases
addressed
obscene
of
that
these
means
Thus,
number
women;
of
one
use
regard
the
we
it is
the
serious-minded
hear
neither
person
of
to
suspect
by
When
not
we
effected
locutions.
it is
as
of
dog barks,"
we
implications
specific
in
"the
in
without
of,
spoken
when
In
baby
characteristics
baby,
"you,"
say
orthodox
are
to
Further,
would
most
of
is
problem
something
characteristics.
instead
talking
are
implying
person
such
to
as
or
cultural
other
or
age,
bow-wow"
that
devices
addressed,
person
and
linguistic
various
Speech
Nootka
in
An
of
Types
addition
phonetic
of
means.
meaningless
358
Vf
To
all
enumerate
of
classifications
types,
those
referring to
used
make
by
and
such
which,
t, k,
least
at
and
q^
nasals
in
V, and
n,
rj.
of
northern
California,
in
speaking
to
forms
latter
{-hi in Southern
-na
final
vowels
to
element
an
Most
-n.
differentiate
the
the
the
as
in
men
of the
More
according
addressed,
characteristic
the
to
social
superiors
in reference
speech.
An
of.
spoken
prefixes;
European
of
second
second
*
1911.
Handbook
p.
'
See
American
imply
to, in
so
teristic
charac-
Here
sleep."
(French,
person
Indian
in
Key
at
end
of
this paper.
the
to
languages,
as
inferiors
reflected
use
belongs
but
reflexive
also
German,
Bulletin
40
use
Russian,
instead
to
the
of the
people
of
Bureau
with
of
or
in their
in Nahuatl
addressed
person
nothing
forms
etiquette
is the
of
ing,
speak-
person
or
indirectives
pronominal
politely expressed
more
speaking
Languages,
the
clearly
with
-Ilia
plurals,
singulars,
of American
or
discrimination
speakers
is
respect
Indonesian
instance
is thus
sleeps"
third
the
morphologically
-lia, -Ha,
to
and
another
79.
Phonetic
further
forms
of the
belong
grading
one
be
status
Here
of
to
languages
person
sex
the
suffix
distinctions
spoken
to
seems
Asiatic
are
in
"he
or
males
person
use
replaced
lengthen
however,
women
social
or
of.
to
forms
These
himself
causes
is
Yana,
the
East
analogous
causatives
or
rank
spoken
or
the
of reverential
the
to
language
in
of several
which
by
speaking
of
sex
final
latter.
widespread
forms
is the
the
such
fuller
vowels;
further
while
make
In
the
ending,
women,
that
whether
from
who
interrogative,
p,
ing
correspond-
women,
final
noun
speakers.
as
discriminating factor
far
common
languages
sexes
of
final
linguistic stock
differ
unvoicing
of the
speech
express
the
dialects,
Boas,^
to
the
by
Such
Eskimo
as
males,
"
forms
or
females.
to
isolated
used
to
or
in the
words
women
an
afield.
rank-discrimination.
to
according
Yana,
forms
Yana),
in the
by aspiration
the
another
one
by the
used
by
In
resulting
far
prominently
most
certain
the
of
one
between
by
times,
pronounced
were
m,
out
restricted
is made
earlier
view
lead
and
are
as
stand
distinction
person-implication
of
point
beings,
to
of
would
sex-discrimination
languages
males
the
seem
Languages
possible types
from
human
however,
Two
Several
the
language,
in
expressed
Indian
American
in
as
so
and
"he
many
others)
logical
more
whom
American
one
Ethnology,
Wakashan
Eight:
is not
in
the
on
where
Yana,
been
Californian
the
class
of
time
same
bizarre
by
character.
The
November,
the
Watts,
data
this
on
Alex
with
subject
Thomas,
Vancouver
in the
of
the
At
less
glaringly
general
more
obtained
in
linguistic research
the
among
the
Nootka
informant
tribe.
Hopdtdas'atH"
Indian
young
presently.
and
island;
of the
the
chiefly
were
Canada
of
obtained
were
of
indicate
belong
latter
of ethnologic
course
chief
young
given
these
presented
canal,
have
to
which
to
parallels
Geological Survey
of Alberni
Indians
Dan
in
1910,
the
for
serve
the
the
in
nature
merely
be
to
render
to
here
data
parallel
other
similar
intended
are
them
providing
each
its
Kroeber.^
examples
will
they
address
of
has
usage
linguistic phenomena
Nootka
specialized
more
the
and
remarks
preliminary
general
sisters
examples
Goddard^
given by
These
and
359
Languages
This
terms.
brothers
other
pluraP;
intimate
most
Salishan
and
winter
was
Further
of 1913-14
from
tribe
TsUcd'atH"
of
the
region.
same
It is
possible
physical
some
of, partly by
often
and
"consonantal
of
consonants
that
consonants
meaningless
consonants
word.
are
children, unusually
adults,
that
those
In
physical
suffering
lame,
are
speaking
to
regular
diminutive
though
the
before
comes
so
temporal,
"do
so!"
little
so,
and
verb
be
"go
Goddard,
Kalo
Kroeber,
The
vol. 9,
p.
321
Texts,
ibid., 1909,
Languages
(Porno).
vol.
of the Coast
5,
inserting
do
"to
methods
short
is
speaking
footnote
of California
!")
north
in
to
males.
add
Arncrican
the
even
intrinsically
The
suffixes.
thus;"
and
of
body
hunchbacks,
it.
by
pronominal
143,
ing
alter-
forms,
nothing
when
p.
other
denoted
of California
Publications
Sapir, Yana
Texts, University
vol. 9, 1910, p. 95, footnote
139;
101, footnote
Ethnology,
p.
'
the
circumcised
or
'
"
in
these
it is customary
{qwis-
one!"
in
eye,
and
connotes
modal,
singular imperative,
person
qwis'istci"
to
also
may
qwlstci" "do
normal
the
-'is
affected
or
by
of the
persons,
child
in
people, unusually
defect
them,
indicated
some
of
means
sibilants,to other
case
to
speech
spoken
or
either
clusters
heavy
or
about
affection
diminutive;
fat
from
suflfix
word
classes
left-handed
or
in this
in
partly by
consists
related
consonant
or
the
those
person
play
word,
imply
to
addressed
elements,
phonetically
are
The
the
Consonantal
play."
certain
of
suflSxed
of
means
in Nootka
customary
characteristic
-'is
Thus,
-tci' second
changed
to
to
child.
Archaeology
and
150.
185.
of San
Francisco,
ibid., 1911,
^f
360
is
In
child.
child,
changed
suffix
except
word
waidLaH
not
"I
inceptive;
-ciL-
wants
one
to
speaking
to
love,
child
that
in
the
occur
('o//"-"to
is"
habit
of
using
the
though
does
talking
In
-aq'
fat
people
or
is used
the
Thus,
to;"
verbal
intransitive
-okw-
{-iV
eat, fatty?"
tense
-/c' second
who
People
the
for
compare,
c),
sounds;
which
the
s,
it"
{'o-
start
for,
to
"to
-ma'
third
Other
person
examples
"to
(ha'w-
time;
eat;"
"did
you
rogative;
inter-
-na-
singular).
suffix;
c,
past
comes,
shortened
ha'okwdqiVnak'^
denoting
small
abnormally
eats;"
the
quotative)
goes
-tsa-
vowels;
and
suffix);
suffix
person
diminutive
consonants
c-
are
size,
to
"he
-we'in^
haughty.
unusual
cihwe' in^
"he
one,
If
as
of
as
more
no
analogous
'otsatciLdq'ma\
becomes
"he, clumsy
ha'gkwaq'ma'
are:
after
down
people
"something;"
the
themselves.
is set
inceptive;
to;"
others,
of
were
manner
"to
name
have
to
belittle
to
hinV
to
little
Dan
to
to
'otsdtciLma'
used
inceptive,
stem
-a"L-
meaning
indicative)
in
normal
verb
come;"
stem
noun
-tciL-
present
and
extent,
hinVciLaq'we'in^;
"empty"
with
an
he
great
about
or
"to
-tw*
becomes
go
to
in order
compared
itself.
mother
("my)
by
in
some
about
"of, belonging
referred
or
as
{hin- "empty"
it is said"
of
too
to
-'is.
diminutive
form
children
element
suffixed
the
addressed
than
this
were
used
expected,
whale
-ok^
said
suffix
diminutive
persons
importance
chief
the
people
be
"I
whom
lullabies, in
'.emiti'
diminutive;
Some
be
might
by
sung
for
not
speaking
as
be
to
walciL'tsan
in
occur
'oH'^'eso"
-'is-
be;"
"name").
lemiW
forms
represented
words
As
home;"
child
would
form
the
Thus,
return
to
to
stranger.
lullaby supposed
child,
is
changed
addressed
this
other
and
child
be
but
is
"to
diminutive
time.
{wal-
about
addressing
the
use
same
home"
when
speaking
when
to
the
at
may
show
the
which
its
"I")
-an
verbal
diminutive
Thus,
going
am
others
or
present
person
is
one
customary
affection
little one"
going home,
am
of
seem
third
{-ma'^
oneself
bo
to
show
to
so"
about
Languages
qurls'ismd'when
to
speaking
it does
does
"he
Similarly, qwisma^
indicative)
Indian
American
Polish
sound
diminutive
become
s
spoken
in such
moreover,
tc, id)
are
and
of
all sibilant
cases,
palatalized
Sanskrit
f ;
acoustically midway
-'is itself
becomes
forms
in
sounds
c-
for
ts,
between
-'is.
pare
com-
s-
Thus,
Eight:
hinVciLweHn*
"he
"he,
'Uwe'in*
also
used
from
"to
not;"
of
man,
preceding
change
Quite analogously
from
are
have
one
suffix
and
talk
-'il.
in
This
Thus,
inceptive;
LliLJL'ilma'.
ie'mi'il
as
"little
should
apt
are
one
to
not
again
in
of
on,
and
provided
these
may
cal
such
use
Hunchbacks
forms
that
being
forms
the
in their
contempt
the
change
Deer
is associated
with
sore
eyes
be found in P. Radin,
Some
Mylks
Memoir
48 (No.
Survey of Canada,
the
generally
are
also
diminutive
of
also
is referred
of
are
To'mic."
referred
to
addressed
s-
sounds
when
adult,
and
with
also
as
or
As
in
the
will be
tc/dsti-
Lldltimifinit'.
spoken
and
of
in
peculiarity
c-
in other
Indian
An
mythologies.
Ojibwa
Tales of the Ojibwa of Southeaatern
Ontario,
Series],p. 3 (episode d).
2, Anthropological
and
that
referring
Mink,
suffix,a further
ordinary
It
unless
mythological
the
is, in parallel
teasing.
used
to
of
fashion,
presence
or
forms
Thus,
(k.'wdpi')
in this
Se'mi
(or
people, particularly
L!aL!dtck!in^
is
one-eyed
-tciL-
becomes
Indian
eye,
son").
per-
qwll-
cut;"
Sammy
good
one
tc
"to
to
indicative)
cross-eyed,
"little
and
ts
-'is itself
changed
Another
if addressed
mink.
with
only
such
showing
"Mink-son,"
mits'miC
is
To'miVil
offended
later
deer^
the
to
has
as
remarked
purpose
express
seen
to
become
would
who
I;
"one-eyed
named
s-
corresponding
{tdi- "to
present
Indian
all
daddtckHn'-
is
cuts"
as
the
again
diminutive
so"
cross-eyed Sammy."
referred
be
"he
Nootka),
tribe, To'mic,
same
fashion,
is termed
does
person
who
the
such
that
become
(cf. Lladdtck'sul
tditciLma'
in
into
speech
"he
full-grown
pronounced
as
Here
feature
the
category
and
squint,
and
meet
of those
this
blind.
added
lI);
of
style
third
the
become
qimsma'
-ma'
who
ton-
connexion.
Under
the
spirants (s
or
fashion"
Similarly,
those
not
shall
spoken
or
eye.
stem
because
-auk'
in another
converted
are
tc !
sore-eyed
'ilma'.
the
with
used,
stops
and
ts !
l;
becomes
is
sounds
c-
lateral
become
but
out,
run
eye
voiceless
of
cross-eyed people,
diminutive
sounds
are
verb
We
suffix).
on
wrens.
indicative;
to
addressed
are
in wiMh"^
as
(wik-
diphthongized
dwarfs,
defect
some
included
again
to
and
word,
singular present
further
forms
"-
sparrows
afraid"
not
hinVkiL-
to
These
the
intransitive
h,
changed
as
to
am
first person
timbred
a-
"I
afraid;" -uk\
this consonantal
suffering
birds,
such
^ is added
toHauk^
-d//"
is
say"
361
Languages
they say."
comes,
small
to
wikdn"
"to be
stem
they
meaningless
t6Hauk'
verb
Httle
Salishan
and
comes,
refer
to
Sometimes
be
Wakashan
sounds
einmplo
Gooloji-
Eight:
from
Similarly,
be
are:
from
tlitcxLaH
the
as
left-handed
take
not
about
to
who
use
of the
is inserted
cV
TsUcd^atn'^
Tfdctxmis
because
examples
"he comes;"
Similar
one
forms
classes
Thus,
having
the
which
stem
singular present
person
'utcxHsdmaH.
"now
forms
also
are
Raven,
Cowards
referring
thin
to
the
side
expressed
'
that
clan
to
by side,
to
feast
Dr.
noted
Paul
of these
suggests
and
Radio,
Indians
on
the
the
"now
he
that
for his
he
to
or
of
('o"so
first
-maH
is formed
becomes
is."
These
the
logical
mytho-
gluttony.
one's
small"
voice
words
by speaking
in
in
timidity.
of
in several
the
eat
precise
relations
the
consider
also
with
spoon
above
the
and
of contempt,
Winnebago
guests
it"
comes"
regularly
in other
doubtless
much
for
vowels)
fellow
in
to
syllable
eat;"
to
after
ravens,
that
notice
first
to
mental
some
hunger
by "making
smallness,
mere
depends
According
bear
to
addressing them,
interesting
of
refer
to
satirized
be
voice
notions
found
the
or
used
the
refer
to
by "something"
used
greedy
comes,
character
may
piping
It is
he
as
Other
referred
or
desire
hinini'aLma"
Similarly,
hitcxnini'aLma'
tcx-
indicative,
to
hininima'
used
by
after
"I
"to
word.
referred
from
forms
rendered
suffix
ingless
mean-
of the
circumcised.
addressed
inserted
be
the
as
"Slaying-while-
characterized
'ou'^sdmaH
may
talking
"to eat."
in
are
tcx
verbifying
-u^sd-
born
made
people
from
Thus,
"empty"
so;"
greedy
will
known
syllable
humorously
hd'ok'""
individuals
of
in
these
hict'ninnna'
are:
are
meaningless
word.
and
changes
to
who
larly
particu-
forms
T!6xmis
been
having
of forms
and
also
In
first
is often
from
/idcf'pA;'"
phonetic
quality.
his
class
and
two
or
of
of this
forms
used.
the
named
moving-from-beach-to-beach,"
speaking
with
males,
are
after
Indians,
Such
left-handed.^
be
sounds"
cC-
come";
It is customary,
circumcised
to
or
in
acquainted
to
also
may
"to
used
left-hand
supposed
are
of
suffix
-ai)
singular indicative).
twitted.
these
stem
before
hinln^
it down"
appropriately
thus
verb
{su-
-kwi-
to
from
"I throw
is well
one
being
jokers,
element
be
that
at
speaking
One
it"
diminutive
first person
might
person
bears,
In
last
offence
for
The
hitcH'^nin^
Examples
inceptive suffix;-an
form
takes
he
363
Languages
inceptive suffix,changed
tHtcHHciLan
-tcib
"now
sutcH^kwiL^itslaLma'.
omitted.
and
Salishan
and
sukwi'ttLma'
Wakashan
of
nuance
subsisting
the
bear
in their
usages,
of affection
to
be
left hand.
are
feeling
between
left-handed.
!"
Languages
Indian
American
^J
364
child
for
or
might
be
intended
young
man
and
is
would
of the
speaking
but
referred
so
satirized
of
This
may
rather
nature
and
in
is too
Added
referring
in
For
affords
to
suffix
suffix
denote
or
child.
respect
Totecuyo
or
plural
-tzino
'
Dictionnaire
de
to
ness
sensitive-
us"
final
la Langue
suffix,
being
-a
Nahuatl
ou
the
Remi
of
this
is
Sim6on,^
verb
the
to
of
the
reverentials
prefixes.
otechmo-chiuilitzino
in
tech-
first
third
reflexive
person
following -li-,verb
.-li
.
dropped
s.v.
ing
speak-
"serves
reflexive
mo-
Meiicaine,
nouns
diminutive
(o preterit prefix;
wo-
tive
diminu-
when
is the
with
have
we
diminutive
like
or
America.
in
regular
suffix
from
are:
chiua, because
dative
addressing
Uto-Aztekan
type
element
generally,
prefix;
objective
reverential,
as
this
Simeon
created
Lord
-li
make;"
ness
blind-
that
that
speech
verb
employed
to,
Remi
it is
in
form
to
Derived
according
love;"
referred
of
Paiute
used
with
Cognate
given by
"our
of
subject
feeling
Nootka
employed
is
-tzinoa, "which,"
Examples
person
Southern
Nahuatl.
-tzin{tli)of
already
type
In
of
the
easily paralleled
the
of
-tsi-, which
adverbs
and
acquired
often
diminutive
forms
not
are
forms
parallel.
close
suffix
peculiar
Nootka
verbal
diminutive
inferior.
as
well-known
the
is set
normal
the
light-heartedly,an
treated
of the
use
the
children,
to
obtain
to
normal
of the
Outside
the
be
when
of
made
is not
merely
he
whereby
more
traits
not
person,
stamped
is
adults
of
the
that
respect
some
be
speech
is considered.
Indian
of the
events,
may
to
gains weight
which
explanation
seen
an
grave
this
to
affliction
It
when
ear-shot
in
which
addressing children,
extent
congenital,
life than
speech-mockery.
in
that
is to
blindness,
explain why
late
of
of
reserve
no
significant
course
to
insult.
an
forms
within
inherent
falling short
as
as
or
when
or
when
are
as
accidental
the
resented
further
seems
individual
type
to
grandpa,
addressed
when
little
is
backed
hump-
or
old
squinting
with
referred
lame
poor
of abnormal
types
used
whole, avoided
It
What
of.
spoken
contempt
are
chiefly such
in
by
apart
for
various
the
to.
are
acquired
affection
promptly
be
persons
the
on
are,
or
convey
reviewed
have
we
addressed
good-natured
to
significant that
that
person
spirit of pitying
in the
meant
the
and
speaker
the
tzinoa.
stem
himself;"
"for
because
of
preterit
Eight:
definite
in
tense;
prefix;
gubject;
-tzinoa
such
reverential).
fashion
and
one,"
fast, honoured
"you
in
and
diminutive
speech.^ The
to
express
of
sibilants
the
the
in the
of I to
diminutive
forming
nose," from
obtain
also
of
one
modalities
express
in
investigation
than
attention
expected
to
of
turn
The
smallness,
consonants
s-
the
tendency
of
type
"little
in
play
fruitful
should
accorded
been
connexion
field
receive
It
it.
with
to
for
more
be
may
notions
and
affection, respect,
contempt,
to
seems
consonantal
a
linguisticsand
in
consonantal
and
America,
of
In
play.
is illustrated
place regularly
is doubtless
particularly
largeness,
l-n
in
matter
attitude
hitherto
up
all parts
This
American
has
takes
convey
in
consonantal
to
currency
Sahaptin.
in
to
illustrates
process
some
consonant
to
consonantism
ltlimau{na) "nose."
is another
play
subject
in
nouns
peculiar
consonants
c-
further
This
n.
some
revered
consonantal
respectively
of diminutive
phenomenon
change
of
of
employed
notions
be
to
in
himself,
cases
the
Chinookan,
here
America
the
to
are
of diminution
idea
in
of
change
for
us
fast;"
"to
stem
rendered
sir."
augmentative
of
Yana
may
just considered
characteristic
be
created
psychologically
similar
Nootka
changes
has
singular
person
verb
gaua
forms
Lord
"our
as:
Strikingly
play
These
sive
posses-
timo-qauhtzinoa
{ti- second
from
reflexive;^ gauh-,
365
plural
and
"lord");
fast"
"you
Languages
first person
to-
stem
noun
Olmos)
mo-
Salishan
and
article,"the";
tecuyo
from
(quoted
Wakashan
of
sex-
differences.
Such
evidently
are
purely grammatical
quite
analogous
devices
in
attention
beings
in such
"
This
to
fact,^
verb
This
are
and
that
in
or
stylisticas
is borne
found
always
to
I have
American
have
been
much
the
sidered
con-
as
fact
as
already
mythology
of
that
literary
drawn
certain
by speech peculiarities.
play
by
out
employed
songs.
of consonantal
have
as
be definitely characterized
seems
is
increments
rhetorical
myths
employment
cases
processes
the
apt
are
The
of
sort.
American
to
and
changes
consonant
or
decidedly
of similar
humorous
devices
effect.
intrinsically reflexive.
the Language
and
Chinook,
See Sapir, Preliminary
of the Upper
Report on
Mythology
detail, Sapir, section
American
N.S., 9, 1907,
537, 538;
and, in greater
Anthropologist,
pp.
in Wishram,"
"Diminutive
and Augmentative
Consonantism
in Boas, Handbook
of American
on
Indian
Languages,
"
1910,
Sapir,
pp.
Song
455-472.
pp.
638-645.
Recitative
Takelma,
in
Paiute
Mythology,
and
Ute, Chinookan,
Journal
Nootka
of
American
examples
are
XXIII,
Folk-Lore,
given, p. 471.
there
VI
366
Indian
American
Languages
10
culture-hero
The
inserting
of
{hln- empty
in
and
and
"black
Mink
style
In
the
consonantal
about
the
see
at
of
the
once
intimate
rather
latter
character
tsl),the
of view
observe
that
{I, L,
exact
of the
both
reverse
Nootka
of the
But
the
the
also
regularly
There
Mink
are
two;
the
one
of
but
these
at
sibilants
is
times
the
for
like
anterior
series
change
palatals,
as
is,
s,
the
for
the
of consonants.
this.
He
corresponding
to
found
in
than
ts!).
Boas'
these
be instanced
Now
it is perhaps
of anterior
of
responding
cor-
significant to
'y may
"dead").^
in Kwakiutl
the
This
From
character
'I to y and
the
to
with
be
to
in
of
parallel,
feeling
palatals
regular
h'lt
change
it is
content
changes
of I and
of
laterals
respectively
less
seem
curiously
(Kwakiutl-Nootka)
"
phonetic
(thus ss'yt
significant that
to
become
Ml
speech
respectively
lateral
we
Mink.
have
is not
all anterior
and
they
changes
and
still other
texts,
sibilant
Kwakiutl
eye,
types
process.
Kwakiutl
speech
two
interesting
phonetics,
the
Here
-'is).
the
Nootka
sons.
rea-
characterized
the
become
lI
of
and
transforms
(x'. A;',g
Mink
as
of
and
of the
two
that
of the
all
palatals
original Wakashan
preserved
in
Kwakiutl,
Mink's
data on
and
Kwakiutl
Texts
G. Hunt,
peculiarities of speech, see F. Boas
of the
Series, Publications
Pacific
vol. X,
1906, footnotes
Jesup North
Expedition,
and
to
82
Kwakiutl
Anthr
154:
Boas,
to
Tales, Columbia
Contributions
pages
University
II, 1910, footnotes
126-154.
pology, volume
on
pp.
Second
For
ts
Deer
defect
Kwakiutl
transforms
I,
for
in
(from
an
the
psychology
interchangeability
sibilants
of
regularly
sounds
s-
and
that
to
Nootka
further
place,
offers
I,
for tdmis
employed
between
second
Mink
contrast,
-'il
series,
c to
noticed
some
being
suffix
the
and
have
it
speech
c
Limil
The
those
connexion
In
Deer
that
or
and
interest
been
with
of course,
diminutive
play.
consonant
Nootka
point
forms,
the
have
-'z'
as
the
(s
says
particular
it will
those
to
of
type
use
is of
identical
are
Deer
-usa-
water;"
In
laterals
water!"
inasmuch
of the
"canoe."
tddpats
place,
addressed
or
by
dz,
for
the
the
hlxnusa'e.
the
l/). Thus,
word;
from
time,
same
sibilants,whether
talking
first
changes
latter
or
tc! to
of
the
of
of
of
out
up
at
habit
umlauted
-use-,
move
is in the
vowel
out
up
corresponding
the
bear;" U.dpaL
and
the
into
l, tsf and
tc to
all
first
''come
song-vocalism,
Mink
transformed
are
"
with
song,
the
be;"
"to
singular) becomes,
Deer
of the
do,
i,
mythology
after
htnuse'i"
"to
following
imperative
occurs
form
stem
of
because
meaningless
normal
the
thus,
of Nootka
KwdtiydV
"
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
367
Languages
11
to
Kwakiutl
the
for
for
normal
of
bearing
Kwakiutl
is
the
writer
all
changes
Similarly,
ordinary
speech
by
The
only
peculiaritiesof
of
speech
which
Where
the
may
case
with
to
sung
sound
foreign
'
*
confined
to
ture
litera-
into
the
effect
lateral
clicks
of
of
cerebral
is aimed
at
of
in
be
of
songs
in
former
of Nootka
such
of the
the
probably
and
forms
sounds
in the
language.
of another
abnormal
an
foreign language,
Southern
Paiute.
Language
study
language
as
is the
examples
of
other
hand,
the
On
the
sound
Paiute, which,
many
spontaneously
is
often
normal
the
occur
texts, contain
developed
Aspects
the
texts
Sometimes
in the
are
America,
from
but
and
stylisticconventions,
of songs.
songs
extremely
an
Song
that
otherwise
not
Mohave
The
shows
well
primitive lore,
language,
definite
types
unknown
otherwise
compound
do
often
so
supposedly
may
of the
to
is
here.
on
generally
type of
mourning
sounds.
touched
be
is also
play
diction
field of
neglected,
according
which
vocalic
Song
form
the
can
simply
Ibid.
possibly
all
comic
and
songs.
borrowed
1 See
Sapir, Some
N.S., 13, 1911, p. 16.
^
be
Bushman
click, consisting
consonant
for different
texts
sounds
new
will
The
speech
transforms
Evidently
forms
song
happens
be
in
trickster,consistently
normal
compound
rather
in songs
tribe, as
of
of it
vary
found
are
of
Baboon
modified
are
may
Mink,
clicks
"mutilated"
'Z.^
play
Bushman
is
click.^
though
represent
immediately
is not
mythology
striking parallels.
Indian
phase
one
in
cases.
in
important,
in
across
into
phenomenon
illustrated
'y)
that
possibility
Kwakiutl
the
dental
these
and
consonant
recently published
cerebral
clicks.^
in both
of
Kwakiutl
to
cases
propos
fact
change
such
determine;
some
came
the
followed
in
the
mythological
device
as
like the
Mantis, who,
'Z), is
to
on.
reading
In
similar
{y
spirants
in
nsdzt
strikingly
suffixes
on
to
easy
play
America.
facts
these
not
Consonant
{I and
"hardening"
farther
suggested
palatal
'y, corresponding
I to
form
Suggestive also, a
sonant
laterals
sonant
preceding
The
of
Mink
is
nutci\
cognate
so-called
Nootka
Thus,
UEg't "mountain"
Mink
by
use
Nootka.^
normal
Nootka
regular
the
in
consonants
c-
or
case
in imitation
in the
Culture, American
I,
of
frequent
Anthropologist,
Indian
of American
Languages, pp. 430, 435; Sapir, loc. cit.
6 and 8.
Folklore, 1911, footnotes
of Bushman
on
pp.
least
this is indicjited
At
18 and 22.
orthography,
by Block's
pp.
found.
is
click
not
to
indicate
otherwise
meant
a special
sign
Specimens
though
368
Languages
Indian
American
VI
12
Nootka
of 77,
use
plausible in
the
both
has
Wakashan,
is
compared,
are
it
would
this
seem,
them.
with
obvious
the
to
in
speech-sound
happens
have
to
voiced
in the
stops
seeking
from
which,
play
we
one
as
illustrated
have
thinks
that
take
of
lisping,
is
alveolar
sibilants
sometimes
-k!in}
'
Sounds
are
found
falling
in
types
song
simply
also
sibilants
or
also
outside
by
the
diction.
of
speech
sound
of") and
are
have
this
the
found
to
was
Nootka.
{nini- reduplicated
of
consists
the
regular phonetic system
operation of other
systems
in Wishram
Thus,
(Upper
of
of
the
the
language
the
fricatives
the
among
in
ordinary
Information
stops).
some
sort
changed
interdental
even
ninikHn^
tions
substitu-
of
that
stops)
defects
originated,
who
case
means
for
of consonant
have
those
familiar
plus
New
phenomenon,
consonant
or
of
speech
most
which
is called
these
make
developed
changes
correspondingly
of five
"to
the
The
(sometimes
dental
corresponding
first of
in
place
English
The
vocalic
defect.
specific speech
obtained
the
nasals
types
could
is
lately
in songs.'
basic
various
Nootka
from
that
of German
ambil
simple
have
we
attention
becomes
the
wider
example
Karesau-Papua
apil
starting point,
An
as
corresponding
comparatively
some
easily
(and
normal
into
changes
than,
writer's
may
much
consonant
America
to
stops
of the
songs
the
Thus,
Guinea.
In
voiceless
of
change
the
the
to
come
one
entering
of course,
mythology.
in
parallel changes
are
seen,
more
no
are
songs
words
English
to
so
under
that
Conventional
such
Indians
is
psychological significance.^
both.
least
at
of
fact, has,
restricted
rj) are,
handling
This
associations.
dissimilar
words
that
inference
same
far
so
to
fact
difficulty by
the
in
as
The
correspond
I and
Z in
primitive
cognate
is the
more
to
with
when
to
Nootka
is
significant in
respect
speech,
of
change
is
connexion
(Paiute I;
quite differently
react
"
in
Nootka
explanation
Nootka,
only
have
to
seen
this
in
I, while
pronounced
contain
that
and
circumstances,
ordinary
latter
regular Nootka
the
agreeing
special song-sounds
the
normal
to
interchange, again,
interest
particular
Of
of
n-l
doubtless
Kwakiutl,
as
quite foreign
songs;
case
This
songs.
many
of
classes
certain
in
sound
stem;
involuntary
may
be
ously
spontane-
play than
of certain
analogy
about
the
d, k to g) brought
of
the
correlate
augmentative
consonantal
Chinookan),
(or vocalic)
the
value
of augmentative
(as of p to 6, ( to
changes
otherwise
unknown
in Chinookan,
as
dj, a sound
See
Handbook
Irnlian
638, 639, 640.
tc or
Languages,
Is sounds.
of AmeTxran
pp.
' See
Ober Musik
der
Father
W.
abstract
of
und
Karesau-Papuas
Schmidt,
Gesange
Deulsch
Bericht
iiber den
III.
der Internationalen
Neu-Guinea,
MusikgesalLschaft,
Kongress
297.
1909, p
consonant
creation
of
Wakashan
Eight:
369
Languages
Salishan
and
13
of
nasalizing
all
hayd'akaH
is
indicative)
Indian
that
and
which
is due
velum
father-in
law
his
visit
to
to
the
son-in-law,
by
shut
off
of
the
defect
this
who
is
Ucluelet
observed
was
have
to
passage
speaking
In
nose.
the
have
Watts,
inability, muscular
an
to
as
of Dan
Dan
singular present
who
people
normal
the
Thus,
first person
(-an
by
definitely stated
so
through
not
came
writer
continuants.
know"
pronounced
The
hqijq 'qkqii.
and
vowels
do
"I
this
or
nervous,
of
the
twang,"
the
raise
to
breath
outgoing
forms
ninik/in*
elk,
the
by
"nasal
are
used.
A
second
hahdt/in^
or
sound
I
clear
no
supposed
idea
articulation
faulty
it, it
is
the
articulating against
is due
cleft
to
and
I become
that
of
All
palate.
exaggerated
an
"I
tc.'op'tdop'cinil
"to
"stretch
reduplicated
tdop'c-
t/op^t/op'dinid.This
Thomas,
''sweater,"
gave
are
in
consonants
with
that
the
phenomena
subject
be
it
are
thus
defect
tstska'
on
the
form
for
As
otV
always
to
and
(tc.'op'becomes
Watts;
tcfop'tcfop'cimil
is
distinct
series.
outward
keep
fact,
Such
in
the
of
Such
teeth
the
con-
-aq'sul,
stem;
who
of
obtained,
suffix
lips").
those
sons
per-
here.
case
was
verb
their
of
resemblance
information
the
series
quite striking
-a'
for
correspondent.
three
stem;
of
is
yukwan
of Dan
istskaq'sul (tsisk-verb
matter
c,
t!6Vk';
neck")
authority
stronger
"at
s,
effect
thing;"
"some-
sweater"
the
The
which
-ak'sul
supposed
saying ts-]-.
'
also
while
stem
noun
interdental
even
of
speech defect
becomes
its hahdtUn^
play
(tsisk-verb
or
"all"
of
given
acoustic
neck;
confound
or
becomes
misheard
to
rests
of the
(presumably
becomes
"at
addressed.
significance)
perhaps
-inil
of consonant
speech
as
the
dental
when
resemblance
tinuative
to
single
imitated
known
around
tlop'tlop'timil as
Nootka
"I")
palate.
basis
(dental),
(6).
difficulty in
the
The
tclotck"
-an
from
hahdt'kfin^
are
This
third
t- sounds
('o- empty
stem;
latter
starting
Those
who
it"
to;"
go
it have
to
make
the
examples
tc affricatives
simple
in
organic
Perhaps
lisp. Thus,
go
-tsi'yukw-
palate.
fricatives
to
the
subject
^s and
interdental
'otsVyukwaH
Alex
hard
"to
hole
the
from
hahdCklin^
-k!in^
to
what
just
those
become
aflfricatives)
lateral
due
is termed
stem;
be
to
to
as
evident
seems
articulation
reduplicated
{hahaCand
of"),
have
defective
of
type
as
open
are
are
and
tstska
Salishan
and
Wakashan
Eight:
371
Languages
15
the
to
of bringing about
greater difl"culty
of the
root
This
and
tongue
defect,
etymologically
two
grammatical
this
in
from
Children
are
the
as
mere
they
the
habit
into
In the
out.
indicate
(Nootka
first
and
between
speech
play,
inclined
am
at
Further,
myth-character
I
such
effect, in the
speech
the
pace
for the
character
of
the
diminutive
combination,
pity
and
element
both
affection
and
of the
of
affix
spoken
Nootka
of
no
of
with
between
the
play,
latter
the
on
observation
of
and
other.
consonant
involuntarily humorous
use
incorrectly, has
of the
the
or
with
play,
consonant
and
same
similar
their
of
symbolized
by
jesting attitude
the
use
represent
psychologically,
use
set
indirectly, myth-
or
contempt
or
needs
"mocking-forms,"
articulate
linguistically
of
or
lished
estab-
mocking-forms,
and
to
-tzinoa)
have
and, directly
mocking
stand
elements
been
and
humorous
at, yet
to
seem
speech
with
that
guessed
person
and
place,
forms
classes
of
morphological
contact
the
ized
social-
certain
suggested,
the
district,
the
types
than
more
consonantal
of those
The
various
the
the
striking.
-tsi-; Nahuatl
that
consciously
forms.
of
hand,
one
take
in both
be
points
with
as
the
from
believe
to
of
defects
the
on
forms
substitutions
substitutions
use
least
is
nature
individual
become
addressing
or
of definite
Paiute
-aq*;
definite
consonantal
of
the
clear
seems
with
analogy
already
characteristic
particular comment,
view.
part
the
or
it
of
has
of
anatomical
the
to
defect
The
by
because
due
lose
adults, particularly
members
speech
hardly
can
be
play.
generally
peculiarity,
the
speaking
in
place,
some
-is
all
genesis
Nootka
in
of
and
certain
In
resulting
consonantal
physiological
hardly
ill-favoured
probabilities,
certain
of
peculiarity.
explanation
use
of
resulting
forms
of
kutdt'oq, but
Upernavik
can
in
are
be
mouth.
theoretically.
the
to
the
confusion
with
kutdt'oq, whether
originally
was
that
mutilation
to
habit
in Nootka
people
The
the
dialectic
employed
of
or
it the
least
at
However,
because
carelessness
or
what
that
or
in the
consonants
the
to
remain
for
As
of
front
with
parallel
are
defects
older.
grow
kutdt'oq
disability
but
forms
always
of
farther
ambiguities,
speech
impediment.
that
series
particularly apt
women,
force
than
noted, brings
distinct
kutdt'oq
respect
habit
be
lexical
or
Nootka
the velum
it should
between
contact
of
the
diminutive
implied by
the
372
VI
Indian
American
Languages
16
of
imitation
desired
either
relegated
be
traceable
is in part
is
in the
fairly clear
taken
be
cases
the
kutdt'oq habit
the
influence
the
in
is
individual
an
marked
by
peculiarity
some
exercised
great
comic
both
on
and
the
forms
lacking
not
in America
so
of the
case
the
in
not
language,
well-known
to
to
song
A
few
the
to
or
of
extension
that
one
with
is
favourite
of
speak
River
of
instance
of the
diction;
to
find
with
dialect
use
of
the
by
some
to
This
songs.
of
imitation
speak
as
be
used
speech
funny
the
dialect
or
sive,
impres-
dialect
of the
and
use
in
and
other
of
in
are
of
language,
characters,
proper
a
of
out
Skeena
divergent
totally
Melanesian
distinct
America.
tribes, according
neighbouring
Melanesians
characters
mythological
texts
common
met
is the
the
Tsimshian
whose
the
thus,
such
TxdmsEm
the
of
often
songs
of
by
neighbouring
Nass
forms
peculiar
of
be
to
we
dialect
the
undoubtedly
has
of
Notes
given
interesting
by A. Skinner,
are
examplea
American
of the
Museum
Anthropological
Papers
SauUeaux,
1912. p. 82.
' See
27
American
Bulletin
of
Bureau
of
Texts,
Tsimshian
Boas,
78, 171.
18. 20. 30. 35, 46. 61-64,
'
Northern
vol. IX,
people
an
habit
home-dialect
as
frequently
are
Codrington,
own
of
use
river.^ Examples
dialect,
of
be
which
produced
the
Hence
making
talk
who
from
different
in interest.
in the
on
effect
novel
or
divergent enough
yet
in action
comparing
or
factor
another
foreigners, particularly
of
speech
Mink
sight of, of
class
of
of temper
influence
by myth-characters
is the
lost
would
habit
factor
Kwakiutl
character.^
is, however,
There
to
This
Indian
be
of
forcibly suggests
The
not
apply
to
life.
American
mythological
as
forms
ordinary
in
well-known
the
should
some
contributing
of
socializing
terrible," both
"enfant
possibility
The
as
in
may
The
forms.
motive
characters
Eskimo
children
of the
likely example
myth-character
of
use
of the
myth-character
mocking-forms.
play
attitude.
ure's
nat-
characters
terrible"
humorous
consonant
this
of
speech
the
of
speech.
that
certain
among
of
creation
very
and
and
symbolize
to
or
of
that
of such
to
"enfant
of many
treatment
mythology,
American
the
that
it is
possibilities,
to
or
play
defects
speech
to
talkers
consonant
observed
be
it may
passing
In
either
whom
other
among
of poor
the
Hence
step-children.
may,
class
the
to
character
myth
humorously
treat
to
defect.
speech
tribe
(Norfolk
Mota
on
for their
the
Eastern
of
Natural
Ethnology,
Cree
and
History,
1902,
pp.
8,
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
yiZ
Languages
17
island
of Banks
island.
islands)
Also
in
the
of
America,
characteristic
the
fail
rather
to
arouse
generallj' attained
tends
and
the
Kwakiutl
palatal
that
just possible
of
difficulty
with
Kwakiutl
and
more
and
Nootka
of
these
tendency,
The
Nootka
tribes,
of
"nasal
be
may
course,
taken
be.
tribal
sound
or
as
the
normal
arbitrary,
and
form
but
is instructive
would
note
Uchucklesit
(for
there
the
TsUcd'atH"
harbour,
are
few
TsUcd'atH"
now)
or
and
canal
Alberni
this
speech
is, of
of
point
two
of
tribe
canal, speak
rumbling
parture
de-
these
defects.
Houtcuq' Lis'atH"
in
of
purposes
speech;
inlet of Alberni
left
England
the
one
on
general
on
For
other
other
to
so
as
real
much
the
any
the
the
New
of
to
here.
not
form
individual
Indians,
western
of them
with
Mink
speech
imitate
(cf. our
that
the
belonging
Nootka
so
It
the
valuable
head
tc
Kwakiutl-
on
laid
by
to
speech peculiaritiescoincide
to
be
the
of
both
Data
those
spoken
k-
part of children
grammatical
sound
the
mind.
naive
frequently
of
and
than
common
"drawl").
now
Barkley
the
articulation
Southern
of
It
According
spoke
and
cases
of
on
primarily
being
Nootka
purely
tribe
one
more
on
tribes.
Nootka
that
would
peculiarities
and
the
HopdtcIas'atH"
of
that
is
due
cases
afford
assume
It
Nootka
the
sibilants.
as
children
vocabulary
twang"
to
rest
tendency
stress
intonation
paper
whole,
palatals
the
is
to
strike
would
Wakashan
such
northern
the
the
similar
sounds.
in
are
the
in
a
original
tc-
illustrative
changes
perhaps
speech
peculiarities of
this
the
Indians
supposed
Nootka
few
Kwakiutl
peculiarities of
traits
but
anterior
that
sounds
of
with
out
divergent
number
is not
vocalic
above
pointed
of
is
foreign style
sounds
interpretation
too
consonant
pronounce
of
this
the
ts-
Nootka
of
speech
plausible, on
seems
Nootka
ts-
altogether
are
change,
Mink
the
inconsiderable
quite
to
and
cases,
to
passage
sounds
the
imitation
an
the
in
k-
Mink,
involved
was
anterior
counds
of
it
imitation
dealing
so
to
of conventional
In
k-
these
that
so
are
imitation
resorted
all
of
number
palatal
of
often
In
at,
of
change
or
itself to
anterior
and
accuracy
aimed
even
reduce
to
real
of Saddle
rituals, which
are
laugh.
displacements.
language
The
or
dialect
impersonation
consonantal
change
to
the
observe,
to
of
episodes
hearty
important
often
clownish
the
songs
peculiarities of foreigners
speech
never
for their
use
or
fashion
374
VI
American
Indian
Languages
18
(JoL!o:en^)
they
The
tribes.
said
are
to
referred
peculiarity
of velar
ordinary
use
between
the
the
to
due
resonance,
of
root
their
use
throat
more
seems
to
to
the
velum
the other
than
more
of the
tightening
and
tongue
than
be
passage
the
perhaps
or
throat.
Hoidi'atH'^
The
of
shore
speech
than
Ho'.di'atH"
of
matter
'nac-
fact, this
forms,
(tc.'a-noun
At
that
rate, the
any
convenient
tribal
northern
Clayoquot
tdHtdua',
talking.
which
jest, consists
not
gives
the
northern
Nootka
stutterers
and
In
tribes
imitating
to
the
south
peculiarity,
in
the
Nitinats
of
Barkley
the
out
vowels
out
end
speak
to
of
manner
imitated
as
of
cadence.
in
in
what
some-
sentence,
The
said
most
to
be
all
jest.
{Nlttna' atn")
that
La'okwi'atH'^
said
are
the
in
to
(cf. inserted
the
Tc.'vq^Lis'atn'^,are
sound
main
based
usage,
is often
sliding
imitated
itself is
tribe
drawn
which
towards
speech
accurate
people.)
with
long
lengthening
pitch
accordingly
the
kinsmen,
be,
usages
north,
or
perfectly analogous
for left-handed
proceeding
as
Nutcmdqemiyis.
cripple-mocking
tcu"
drawling
tribe,
are
form
to
of
the
mocking
"to
Alex
tc- insert
to
termed
me
inserted.
was
the
meant
tribes, beginning
rise in
flow
is in
and
much
so
exaggerated
which
and
the
Apparently
suffix
Hdidi'atn'^
Thus,
of
in
first person
tc that
nor
similarly
that
with
upon
stems
verbifying
their
example
inserted
refers
as
(as
justified,as
verb
HotcidVatH'^; Numdqemiyis,
an
Nootka
at"
tc
the
tdatcyVis, though
seized
at
of
use
tdayi'is "give
-yi-
like
made
Thomas,
look
used
full clear-cut
fun
is
here
sound
Alex
pronouncing
have
as
character
Kwatiyat
The
of
to
country,
and
are
be
can
etymologically
both
peculiarity.
peculiarity,
myth
certain
"to
certainly not,
tribal
have
we
poking
are
referred
Evidently,
a
the
their
of
inlet
that
of
humorously
for
of
means
renderings
not
was
as
more
'ndcciL
something
TsUcd'atH'^
it in ways
using
on
it
singular imperative
say
southern
liberal
of
"water;"
person
of
the
far
to
probably
stem
second
-is
give;"
in
according
'natc-
itself); instead
Ts.'ud'atH"
water"
is
usage
in other
and,
instead
'ndtcciL
say
As
to.
consists
Thus,
and
to
referred
peculiarity
ordinarily.
river
Sarita
said
are
being apparently
their
sounds
sound
Barkley
effect
out,
of
Indians
a
,
speak
group
a
very
of
Nootka
divergent
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
375
Languages
19
the
dialect,
word,
this
as
Nitinat.
supposed
device
is
strikingly
Great
dialect
among
have
the
for
As
tribes
spoken
and
themselves,
If
In
the
to
the
due
linguistic
Bob,
Boas'
to
leading
father
whose
they
proverbial
said
are
anywhere
one
the
fast,
to
well-
man
is still
membered
re-
tsiska^).
fast.
too
speech
by Tyee
to-day
is,
is also
simply
closely
or
Sproat
Nootka.
was
which
were
about
this
Nootka
with
homes
tstska', that
the
habit
into
Pindd'atc
as
very
talks
Indians
of sufiixed
use
and
seen,
among
dialect
identical
talk
to
tstska'
over
TsUcd^atH"
talk
to
the
Hopdtdas'atH'*
to
we
Salish
in the
apparently
the
in
one
earliest
river
have
speech defect
recognized
PEnLatc;
said
were
As
carried
they
peculiarity found
(a
lakes,
Hopdtdas'atH'',
that
the
to
the
to
common
very
whose
Somass
along
sounds.
individual
of the
fact
island
of the
and
similar
Hopdtdas'atH'* Indians,
Central
recognized
be
to
added
always
persons.
interior
confound
case
is
real old
in the
and
syllable
This
is
syllable -aq'
meaningless
by the
the
among
Nootka
is that
saying
other
he
is
TsUcd'atH".
It
will, as
for
forms
various
with
tribal
Finally,
the
also
between
the
attitude
will
causes
is
be
felt
however,
difficult
character
or
form
otherwise
association,
in the
same
if
way
and
associations
arose
to
that
or
to
large extent,
of
group
given outward
in which
established
by historical
become
of
related
any
tion
associa-
proof
in
mind
the
Such
individuals.
expression,
or,
associative
can
idea
an
become
becomes
by
would,
be
may
and
sound
of
spontaneously,
inherent
sort.
though
of
out
productive,
associations
individual
or
summarily
phenomena
of
individual
ruled
it may
less
the
of
type
suppose,
or
more
virtue
relation
simple psychological
certain
unconnected
individual
once
that
also
inclined
correctly, by
more
mocking
only with
not
psychological
the
be
not
direct
impossible,
or
and
association
as
be
even
direct
should
an
connected
are
devices, but,
change
further
of
of
possibility
such
that
admitted,
peculiarities.
speech
quite obvious,
analogy,
the
mythological
symbolizes
That
court.
be
to
people
of
consonant
it
have
seen,
classes
and
defects
speech
have
we
put it
to
of
value
of
ticular
par-
individual
socialized
socialized.
376
VI
Languages
Indian
American
20
The
be
uninteresting
not
himself
writer
the
diminutive
thickish
The
the
of
may,
To
some
manner
of
the
of
primary
been
also
data
The
obtaining
with
as
may
in the
table
All
historical
processes
mythfurther
Moreover,
with
connexion
far
the
and
direct
The
of
of
simpler
imitation
association
after
they symbolize,
data
me
diminutive
are
language,
between
distinct
the
sense,
possibility.
in this
between
various
as
paper
classes
tribal
defects, and
is intended
associations
logical
mytho-
of persons,
speech
in tabular
the
satirize
to
peculiarities,
The
form.
emphasize
to
the
to
designed
conveniently grouped
most
trusion
pro-
to
hoc.
the
historical
language
forward
characterize, speech
be
the
types
all.
the
mocking-forms,
forms.
foreigners.
the
after
with
stylistic
These
song
of
association
in Nootka
and
and
defects, children's
former
brought
presented
show
to
tricks
suggested
beings
or
forms,
peculiaritiesof
phonetic
ad
of
speech,
with
hunchback.
been
and
presented
speech
of
phenomena
of the
has
been
of
sounds.
of
changes
suggests
auto-suggestion
of
intrinsically
consonants
c-
them,
image
that
note
consonant
together
linguistic
use
quite specialized
these
has
forms
animal
has
evidence
merely
symbolic
and
the
as
various
augmentative
character
consonants,
to
far-fetched
so
pronouncing
evidence
datum
of
not
seems
in
be
course,
the
association
It
psychology.
feels, the
of certain
of these
jaw
between
involving
and
the
clumsiness
summarize,
connexion
of
lower
squat
same
this
quality
the
of
he
value
Nootka
in
humpbackedness
in
enough
thinks
the
quite parallel to
psychological
feels, or
Moreover,
Wishram.
in
as
augmentative
or
of is
thought
familiar
associations
sound-colour
may
here
of association
type
ment
arrange-
purely linguistic
similarities.
Phonetic
a, short
met;
in German
as
i, short
and
German
voll;
close
as
in French
short
and
a,
See;
long
i,
u,
close
as
long
as
and
ete) i,
in French
in German
and
close
as
open
short
and
and
as
English
open
e, short
English put;
close
in
in French
as
in
and
jini;
o,
chaud.
Bahn;
as
in
as
open
o, short
English it;
in
as
and
e, short
Mann;
open
short
Key.
in German
e,
long
and
Sie;
o,
close
as
long
and
in
German
close
as
in
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
371
Languages
21
German
ro/i; e, long
in
as
English
(Nootka),
c, like
of
ch
tive,
in
sh
English
used
and
acoustically midway
tc,
voiceless
q, voiceless
and
"
pronounced
approximately
ky
fc- -position, ch
of
of
English
like
of
spirant
far
as
and
German
ich;
sing; rj (Eskimo),
lateral
spirant;
voiced
'
(written
glottal stop;
in
breath-release
g'
are
oral
of
of
spirant
voiceless
nasal
of
of q-
of
Bach;
of
spirant
k-
position,
ng
position.
voiceless
(Kwakiutl),
Kwakiutl
it
lateral
corresponding
or
Arabic
or
ha;
lated-sounding
strangu-
aspiration
(p", V, k\
consonant
.' denotes
stops);
laryngeal
(Nootka),
simultaneous
that
to
of
and
glottalized stops
or
closure
is, such
of glottis, but
glottal release.
All
other
with
sonants
con-
English.
k'is
'ain;
vowel
preceding
voiceless
accent;
vowel
6,
form
ch
strangulated-sounding
spirant,
prior
in
stress
which
nasal
Arabic
laryngeal
pronounced
as
in
and
upper;
voiceless
corresponding
Nahuatl);
(Nootka),
of
release
'
l,
to
aflfricatives
as
of
German
as
17, voiced
voiced
resonance
aspirated
are
affricative,
affricative.
stop, similar
and
tl in
and
labialized
qw,
x,
as
thin.
English
back
is,
respectively
are
front
(Kwakiutl),
x-
gy;
in
qof;
and
dj,
I, voiceless
affricative
th in
tc);
respectively;
ts-tc
teeth
/;
affrica-
for
joy;
tz
sibilant
g-position;
anterior
(Kwakiutl),
"
lower
voiceless
x,
and
s-c
with
spirant,
velar
fc-position, not
k
between
pronounced
interdental
same;
(in
voiceless
is used
and
barely
m,
(see below).
English
Nahuatl
whispered)
or
ch
of
Rose;
quality;
and
corresponding
affricative, j
hats
after
Nahuatl
German
unclear
preceding
tc.
(in
of
voiceless
open
low.
so
rather
not
of
church
and
sit
tc
final
ship:
voiced
instead);
and
syllabic
(yet
not
like
of
and
/e/e; d, long
tongue
vowel
a-timbre
English
corresponding
in
as
English
of
i-vowel
open
denotes
(Nootka),
back
murmured
or
in French
as
obscure
occurring
articulated
"
short
short
(Nootka),
open
yet with
saw,
(Kwakiutl),
and
*, denotes
sounds);
placed;
consonant.
+,
preceding
denotes
long
nasalization
(except
consonant
of vowel
under
,,
denotes
excessive
length
of
preceding
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
Editorial
Originally
Survey,
published
Department
the
Although
Memoir
as
of
formal
(for
an
excellent
recently
(Aoki
the
to
noted
phonetic
190;
1975:
spirit
of
Sapir's
of
work.
sporadically.
1969).
of
Hymes's
(1979;
symbolism,
revised
5,
Geological
particularly
discussed
the
in
of
Hymes
and
the
and
work
literary
has
similar
65-76)
of
uses
been
figures
expressive
1981:
utive/augmentative
dimin-
Americanist
attention
Coyote
study
in
rhetorical
Some
the
Series
(1915).
much
1971),
stereotyping
literature
Ottawa
been
Nichols
only
Anthropological
consonantal
have
see
Toelken
traditional
Takelma
the
survey
been
have
these
62,
patterns
devices,
379
Note
Canada.
Mines,
Languages
given
in
resources
is closest
myth
of
to
Noun
Reduplication
Salish
in
Comox,
of
Language
Island
Vancouver
INTRODUCTION.
of
the
of
Northwest
One
group
is initial
forms
to
in
particular
bristle
seems
to
never
been
of the
stock.
with
Indeed,
of
During
the
American
the
opportunity
linguistic
some
the
B.C.,
east
Comox.
coast
The
data
of
on
the
subject,
of
of
use
which
detail,
has
dialects
numerous
study,
language,
the
at
is still
prosecuting
Geological
living
now
one
same
of the
in
Salish
island
represented
in
ethnologic
of
Survey
two
incidentally
was
Comox,
Vancouver
dialect
while
the
Indians
Nootka
Salish
1910,
for
linguistic research
the
grammatical
Salish
The
intricacies
of
chiefly
linguistics.
of
autumn
of
any
verb
exuberant
but
the
and
noun
concepts,
make
to
for
thorough
both
linguistic
iteration.
purposes,
treated
phonetically adequate,
Alberni,
and
embracing
Chemakum
in
irregularities and
adequately
desiderata
and
grammatical
known
are
for grammatical
reduplication
among
of
variety
plurality, distribution,
languages
time
Salish,
of
processes
languages,
reduplication, employed
indicate
of
those
grammatical
Coast
Pacific
Kwakiutl-Nootka,
Tsimshian,
stocks,
characteristic
most
near
these
language
the
to
near
gather
spoken
present
notes
Canada
reserves
found
seems
and
town
to
on
of
be
^f
382
Comox
SdlolV''
This
stated
was
apply
to
uses
Catl61tq
time
mainly
have
with
in
For
nouns.
various
of
form.
that
nouns
data
supplementary
some
The
secured
e
(short
'
1889,
open
ete);
French
close
and
(short
in French
as
See
5th
F.
First
Boas,
Report
on
as
in
General
North-Weatern
heads,
of
which
used
in
of
speak
to
reduplicated
and
phonetics
added.
and
Mann);
(short
on
Tribes
in
as
open
the
of
Canada,
open
of British
p.
10.
material
Comox
(as
in
(short
close
i
German
Columbia,
Report
in
as
(short
in
as
bat);
English
and
English hit);
and
Indians
the
in
English 7net);
Report
not
Comox
on
found
vowels
fini);
all
tive,
diminu-
PHONETICS.
(as in German
are:
short
tion
reduplica-
linguistic material
Our
always
taken
was
of
secured,
three
also
are
material
the
problem
were
are
of
obtained, plural,
remarks
I.
Vowels.
forms
with
leaves
study,
Comox
on
to the
nouns
itself into
introductory
few
spent
pertinent
of the
their
to
rather
the
together
accuracy
of reduplication.
divides
number
small
time
plural
types
naturally
thus
the
most
diminutive
and
involve
of
material
securing
essential
the
to
as
Most
presented.
here
up
doubt
for
room
no
from
derived
evidence
internal
convincing
obtained,
data
the
of
character
elementary
speaks
claim
not
However,
Comox.
of
he
in
whom
people,
that
does
and
nowadays
English
command
only
being
obtained
add
fair to
and
Hopdtdas'atH"
was
mother's
his
among
it is
time;
to
and
perfect
living
the
Comox
of
knowledge
when
Nootka
purposes
blood,
Indians,
with
living
of
member
mixed
of
of Nootka
tribe
himself
he
Comox,
His
years,
visits from
he
"The
(southernmost
Indian
Ts'.ictiatH"
the
to
was
and
Nootkas.
earher
his
belongs
intents
of
tribe
tribes,
Valdes
adds,
Boas
Lekwiltok'"
Bill, an
Tommy
was
his mother
all
to
he
tribe.)
father
while
Salish
Passage,
"Discovery
the
which
Qatloltq,
Inlets."^
by
language.
same
of Coast
group
Mala-^pina
informant
whose
northern
K'omoks
Boas'
with
identical
the
on
identical.
be
to
of the
dialect
Coola, inhabiting
called
are
Kwakiutl
The
spoken
Uohos,
stated
was
northern
most
and
Bute
Island,
the
to
Bella
excluding
be
to
evidently
is
term
Columbia,
British
of
mainland
which
with
(Q!6mgx"s),
proper
Languages
Indian
American
and
dort);
B.
A.
A.
S.,
Eight:
and
close
as
English 'put).
Of
(short
in
which
sound,
one
and
(particularly
does
latter
and
from
has
(as
in German
as
in
English
as
in
German
Bahn);
close
English
close
but
poor,
%, and
i is often
speaking, though
inorganic vowels,
of
e
and
l;
6, u,
etymologically
probably
As
not
long
vowels
end
with
short
case
noted
to
by
While
they
velars.
by
long
variant
of
happens
always
not
serve
The
vowels
cannot
in
they
as
glides
to 6.
in
by
form
with
vary
what
of
is
it is
occur;
and
often
American
held
with
out
which
Indian
give
Such
Southern
cannot
to
superior
the
whole
vowel
vowels
noted
be
the
short
short
least
in
extent
in
normal
rearticulations
particularly
consonants,
are
at
them
the
considered
in
been
have
considerable
following
stress, but
even
has
Boas
Takelma
languages,
Paiute, and,
to
seem
occurs
sometimes
to
to
stances,
circum-
etymologically
often
not
the
e.
occur
long vowels;
as
does
Nootka;
in
not
in
as
lengthened
as
open
representatives
effect.
Takelma,
in
extent,
of the
to
seem
related
rearticulations
writer
moderate
Comox,
are
quasi-diphthongal
the
Tsimshian.
forms
mere
it does
sound.
see);
Similarly
interpreted
case
and
sound,
one
but
"r-vanish");
(long
beer,
parallel phonetic
of
likewise
are
infrequently
the
each
etymologically
a
under
be
to
in which
single
considered
be
and
and
or
close
Sohn)
without
but
as:
mere,
and
English
German
in
vowel
long
English
"r-vanish").
variants
are
clearly
indicated
(long
in
as
as
English rule) ;
vowels,
I
close
born,
and
be
are
in
as
open
roll, or
English
related
in French
as
open
and
without
short
corresponding
e,
in
as
and
and
English
in
as
open
and
(long
as
which
o,
to
is
These
"r-vanish");
(long
in
vowels
found).
(long
and
case
every
short
without
i.
or
consonants
common.
the
(long
hear, but
See);
(long and
u
not
"r-vanish");
(long
of
been
preceding
certain
etymologically
in
seem
is not
each
to
(long d, however,
d
and
but
lower
i to
doubtless
are
larly,
simi-
surroundings;
to
as
open
etymologically
are
e), while
palatalize
to
these,
Corresponding
without
sometimes
often,
occur
tend
consonants
I) tend
by phonetic
and
(short
i, and
e,
383
Languages
and
beau);
vowels,
respectively,
distinct
kept
these
(possibly
not
and
in French
Velar
Salishan
and
is modified
u.
i to
following
to
Wakashan
here
vowels,
indicated
the
vocalic
VI
384
There
found:
are
consonants)
and
0"
latter
of the
quality
o";
followed
q^, and
i'
the
(here
these
of
Some
weak
by
by
vocalic
following consonant;
second
"
of
is
vowels
of
representing
sometimes
At
; and
etymological
of
preceding
in Idl^bo'm'
-ol-);
despite
in
case
can
"steel-head
and
quality
Nootka
with
e-
vowels
Examples
ld'"b-
well
be
as
brevity,
are:
I6""bnm'
in
morphologically
timbre-echo
(that
"steel-head
be
to
as
glides, timbre-echos
salmon"
extreme
qe'wan
vowel
short
from
as
but, yet
articulated
phonetically explained
qt'w^x
by
just
or
is sometimes
vowels.
(-^?6-reduced
?
being
or
i).
merely
voiceless
or
clam"
and
its dull
is indicated
taken
consonants,
"small
which
"murmured"
than
which
found,
English
(obscure
on
clusters
consonant
weakly
rather
are
thongized
diph-
also
vowels
(as in
unclear
so
significance
with
dispensed
Comox
these
yet in this
"clam";
are
quasi-
wholly
are
short
a;
rather
long
with
final consonant.
quality
quality),
from
vowels
audible;
of
short
(very
are:
in
dulled
short
times
barely
of the
lighten
to
marked
shortened
depends
of normal
meant
consonant).
/cwpw"mi"a;" "hill,"in
obscure
e",
are
secondarily
timbre
short
such
vowels
are
timbre
u-
vowels
sometimes
inorganic,
the
to
that
is i" in
forms
and
or
whose
somewhat
clearly
less
quality)
due
Such
glides.
as
long
such
dulled
inorganic origin
serve
glide
occur
secondarily
short
of
velar
following
vowels
glide
the
Short
such
are
the
the
to
represent
from
character
diphthongal
either
glide
palatal
consonants)
also
cases
vowels.
anterior
velar
rearticulating vowels;
well
may
Differing
vowels.
is
of
short
before
before
(occurs
number
w".
in normal
as
(occurs
e'
e^;
i^
i';
and
vowels
e%'
Languages
indicated
being
a";
1';
Indian
American
and
is
organic,
reduced
salmon,"
from
with
has
of
a,
which
doubtless
its diminutive
hew'^qAdol.
Another
vokale")
vowels
stops
class
is
of
formed
occurring
('). Such
"murmured"
by
in
vowels
are
occur
often
are
of
only
final
in
part
immediately
languages)
vowel
in
voiceless,
after
"murmured
preceding
'Murmel-
not
position
(German
articulated, yet
syllabically
repetitions
type
weakly
vowels
i.e.,reduced
(such
vowels
glottal
echoes,"
fully
breakings
some
cases
we
voiced
of this
have
Wakashan
Eight:
vowels
murmured
also
and
quality
vowels
Some
a'' and
are
apt
on
the
be
to
linger
and
on
(sometimes
vocalic
of
Examples
consonants
are:
In
"porpoise."
a-timbre
in
definite
is also
such
in
"skin;"
(see
found
short
after
t,
inorganic diphthongs
diphthongs
Vowels
du.
unite,
each
a.i
distinct
as
ai,
by
from
'
The
Consonants.
full, including,
to
six
are
stop
voiced
these
for
consonants
so,
may
to
are
are
with
"woman."
formed
and
vowels
by
found
true
as
long diphthongs
that
do
separated
Stress
not
by
so
(thus,
is indicated
accent
places
while
be
of
series
the
Comox
regards
no
are
represented
in the
differ
of articulation,
nasals, voiceless
all of these
means
complete,
are
fairly
(voiceless stops,
articulation.
others
that
manner
stops, voiced
by
is
series
recognized
spirants), though
all
of
distinct
As
be
stops, voiced
glottalized stop
spirants nearly
eleven
does,
series
"fortis"
represented
and
sdW"
been
ai).
represent
Aspiration
are
system
of articulation.
distinct
and
value,
unrounded
they
diphthongs
diphthong
consonant
it
as
place
glottalized or
spirants,
true
A;'",
fc-sounds).
vowels.
over
according
its full
preserving
as
have
forming
normally
Hence
after
in
as
au
(aspirations
of
cases
below).
and
echoes
such
definite
syllabically
w-timbre.
frequent
k!6"ddt!"
with
orthography
very
glottalized
in
(o)-vowels
by
is
production.
"
heard
was
with
for
also
A;-sounds
w-timbre
Excluding
below
are
Id'^dak'"'
labialized
original
di,
(see
sounds, however,
as
and
followed
glottalized)
x"
t!
After
e.
regularly
is not
A;.'",
X", q'",q!", and
vowels,
the
its
after
timbre-echoes
be
voiceless
consonant
during
audible
be
as
the
oral
position,
consonant
noticeable
if
quality
the
failing to
may,
pld'alats!'^"skunk"
in
are
vowel
echo;
may
despite preceding
consonant
These
vocalic
in
that
means
following
Id^g^et!""herring"
A;-sounds
when
of
unaspirated
"
preceding
dependent
acoustically
timbre
such
different
immediately
simply
the
by
aspirated)
spirant, the
This
become
thus
of
are
characteristic
disturbed
materially
that
timbre-echoes
by
vowel.
chamber
resonance
from
a'O-
followed
preceding
385
Languages
glottal stops
distinct
notably
consonants,
are
final
after
etymologically
(such
Salishan
and
quite
form
The
the
voiceless
voiceless
All
defective.
of
table
:
"
well
to
as
likely
writer
the
to
southern
more
normalize
to
what
heard,
was
true
nasals.
carefully noted,
are
other
distinct, that
however,
k!w,
and
This
us
their
surds
voiceless
is,
and
in this
q!w
into
weak
and
similarly
after
to
seem
of
Changes.
extent,
generally
their
of
proper
strictlyphonetic
of
to
and
and
pure
palatalizing of
the
i in
also, however,
morphological
Many
w.
It
cases
seems
simple
are
w,
but
q', d').
vowels
are
also, though
best
are
taken
is to
be
are
up
As
in
more
considered
change
These
circumstances.
clearly brought
to
out
in
ion
connex-
due
to
original
processes.
of g", perhaps
that
most
Long
are
of
n,
is heard
noted,
reduplication.
phonetic
are
these, however,
in character
neighbourhood
appropriate
with
of
types
to i in the
changes
As
d"),
n").
were
and
and
and
Comox,
significance, they
under
and
reduction
in
(-a'
release
m"
before
vowels
less often
or
affected
breath
written
quality.
vowel
grammatical
place
glottally
and
processes
of
changes
n'
Final
k!w
noted,
Final
qa).
h\
heard.
be
aspiration
consonant)
Lengthening
phonological
important
by
5'",
similarly,
(written ^)
q^'a for
finals
fc'" and
significance (examples
etymological
no
are
after
'
by
q, it may
g/".
(sometimes
they
(indicated by
be
Sound
less
n'
consonants
final
followed
syllabic
as
qw
less often
or
kw,
become
w-timbre;
(thus,
from
wi' and
occur
followed
consistently
not
distinct
written
are
has
of
with.
operate
spirant glide
m'
forms
and
and
should
{k, k!,
secondary
than
fc.'"and
often
vowels,
was
etymologically
which
also
are
for other
this
though
of
etymologically
are
variants,
stops
is attacked
vowel
following
and
become
released
is often
the
position
record
dj, it
(voiceless stops
kw
aspiration-release
made
be
"intermediates"),
not
table
mere
less
the
merely
no
and
origin {g^
consonants
aspirated
when
arises
aspiration)
are
gives
of
series
them
distinct
organically
secondary
in
be
here
faithful
stops,
sonant
listed
to
prove
may
xw.)
three)
of
is, none
will
these
secondary
true
consonants
point,
seems
conditions
phonetic
attempt
this
be
to
of
as
No
it
languages, yet
certain
on
thought
or
h and
all the
X,
under
orthography
Eliminating
be
that
become
semi-nasals
Salish
Coast
387
Languages
Salishan
and
Wakashan
Eight:
when
all,are
it
came
undoubtedly
to
stand
between
vowels
VI
388
American
Indian
Languages
it would
(not,
also
glottal stop),
Thus,
g^.
initiallyin
diminutive
as
qt'w^x "steel-head
from
head
salmon"
(plur.)."
and
This
with
-g"-.
plur.
UoHleg^em
given
in
their
"canoe"
in
"five
forms
evidently
group
of
Coast
from
n6xwU
Comox
other
the
between
hand
"fire," and
Such
'dwdk'"
to
"
-w-
dj
as
and
g^ and
internal
formations
"tooth"
Salish
1902,
'
of
Ethnological
Survey
See
Kwakiutl,
C.
Ethnology,
F.
British
Tribes
of
of
Canada,
Hill-Tout,
British
Columbia,
Ethnological
'
Report
F.
(cf. KwantlEn
Compare
Siciatl
htwus*.
found
"hail,"
clear
1911,
p.
is
is
with
xwd'awVC
how
this
is
-w-
perhaps
See
quite
not
VIII
Type
with
Moreover,
believe
to
reason
that
as
of
vincing
con-
plural
Comox
with
p.
of the
Mainland
Association
djidis
Comox
IlalkomilBm,
for
the
djicin*
division
Advancement
of
of the
Science,
65.
of
American
Indian
Bulletin
Languages,
40,
Bureau
447.
64.
p.
in
of Eighteen
Languages
spoken
of Science,
Advancement
1890, 6th
Vocabulary
for
p.
British
Report
on
Columbia,
western
North-
the
148.
Ethnological
Report
the
of
Studies
of the
British
Association
HalkomilBm,
Mainland
for
the
division
Advancement
Canada,
p. 86.
Boas,
Comparative
of Eighteen
Vocabulary
Languages
spoken
Association
of British
for the Advancement
of Science,
1890, 6th
Tribes
of Canada,
14'
p.
Survey
is afforded
case
been
yenis "tooth;"^
Handbook
Association
C.
(cf.
yicin.^
Canada,
of
Hill-Tout,
ibid.,
Boas,
Comparative
of
case
Kwakiutl
and
is not
hand.
at
KwantlEn
Siciatl
Boas,
test
*tuwux).
have
there
so
evidence.
C. Hill-Tout,
Ethnological Studies
Columbia,
of British
of British
Report
F.
or
PEntlatc
there
See
Report
'
such
compare
American
'
evidence
for
compare
"foot"
related,
are
related, though
are
test
from
It
Cowichan
-g''-.
Just
from
ts.'atsldwicin^
"tobacco."
canoes;"
of
*tAwux''
of words
are
"four
interesting
such
with
number
vowels.
related
"chief"
-dg^il
numerals,'^ i.e.,-axwil;
loanword
*tAWAX''
be
canoes," seyatsd^g^il
mdsdui
An
tux, contracted
or
ht'g^os
in
in
Another
"
tigH^x" "nine"
will
suffix
explained
"three
formed
internal
is formed
(cf. KwantlEn,
"deer"^).
gtwas
in
examples
is
"canoe").
doubtless
"deer,"
Comox
*-dwil
plurals,
moon"
"sun,
-dul
salmon
stems
other
-agitl "canoe"
Salish,
cf. Comox
Kwakiutl
with
of
from
also
tcddd^g^il
as
compared
is
by
place.
proper
as
So
steel-head
class
derived
{"*t!AWt!ewem);
-dgHl
qPgyas
explains
Similarly,
"little steel-
qeqeg^e^x
"little
into
xt^xig^icin'
above).
is formed
vowel,
o-
is found
noted
t!eg"em {"*t!ewem)
such
canoes",
perhaps
law
plus
regularly passed
"bone"
-ig^-,as
vowel
preceding
cases,
qeqAuqd'''g"e^x
from
Thus,
many
salmon"
phonetic
by reduplicating
of
cases
of xAucin*
{-Ag^- becomes
"*xtxAwidirC
is
including
seem,
of
of the
Science,
Salish
1902,
of
in
British
Report
on
Columbia,
the
western
North-
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
389
Languages
NOUNS
II.
number
considerable
reduplicated
form,
grammatical
of
Many
of
animal
are
but
be
to
seem
Ten
likely others
Very
hd^mho^m
blue
and
the
distinct
the
Reduplicating.
gH'gH'- panther
qe'n'qen"^duck
II.
"Arrow"
rather
in the
vowels
alike
second.
hd'ihei'
duck
glottal stop
Type
in the
with
with
Completely Reduplicating
belongs perhaps
lose
nouns
sea-gull
syllables
both
vowel
short
butter-ball
te'ltoV small
fish-hawk
qwVqwi'
have
"sea-gull"
Type
cation
reduplimaterial
xop'xop' humming-bird
grouse
with
quite
exist.
pok'^'pok"''liver
in quality but
of
with
e.
arrow
Type
Both
I.
of
these
reduplicating syllable.
III.
titctitcVc owl
kiva'kwd'^djo'
squirrel
grey
dog-wood
t.'Aq't.'Aqdi
Type
mf'mau
Reduplicating Syllable:
IV.
k^It'k^Idk^!
cat
td'itca.iq'salt-water
In
'
of
In
stem,
these
vi
formulae
second
vowel,
reduplicating
represents
and
ce.
crow
hunter
hunter"
"salt-water
so
no
such.
are
limited
tsU'xHsHx"
and
of
as
some
types
rather
k'^dck'^acbluejay
"Duck"
noun
these
in
appear
being
cases
to
of
fairly
in
Completely
I.
Type
these
belonging
illustrated
always
nouns
in
names,
evidently onomatopoetic.
available.
Comox
reduplication
significance,
them
REDUPLICATED.
NORMALLY
on.
first consonant
V
represents
of
any
icl- is broken
stem,
long
first vowel,
vowel,
"" any
into
ci
accond
shortened
tcl'i-.
consonant
vowel.
Languages
Indian
American
VI
390
10
Only
from
differ
They
certain
two
or
one
Reduplicating Syllable:
V.
Type
the
in that
preceding
e'ddjam'
VI.
qwdqumi^s
hail
xwdxwadjo'm
fly (word
q.iq'td'amas game
down
VIII.
Reduplicating Syllable:
has
been
found
X.
peculiar type
very
like
which
man
IV)
Type
been
one
that
made,
q'td'ahas
with
game,
was
threw
opponents,
the
from
Formed
pit,
of this
type:
Reduplicating Syllable:
also
(doubly
only
butter-ball
qliqlq.'d'adje'uk''^
the
cv'.
Reduplicating Syllable:
IX.
example
this
in
form).
eo.
"
necklace
otherwise
'
in
djd'''dja'tree
Type
sides
mouse
ball^
mat
Type
Of
cv.
(of bird)
Type
rush
qd''^qa'^
mink
diminutive
probably
wooden
ca.
marten
tdatddH'.dn"
with
or
Syllable:
Reduplicating
VII.
ts!ats!dwicin'
tofxHal
cd
mdmstco^m
one
type.
cating
redupli-
man
young
Syllable:
Reduplicating
pocket-knife
qoqgwVm^
of the
in).
nit
Type
Only
vowel
of this
woman
young
LdLdpx
found
"
Type
xdxe'*
diminutive
probably
also:
the
we'wdlos
Possibly
been
is short.
syllable
(form
have
examples
ci.
the
same
and
had
the
ball
number
All
everyone
it into
pit.
Those
put
it.
game
the
The
side
was
suspended
that
6rst
for
covered
each.
on
and
man.
has
consonant,
been
found:
"
duck
guarded
by one
ball
wooden
the
up
"wooden
reduplicating
example
one
cec.
but
made
a
the
tried
of
while
with
Each
the
two
to
other
There
spruce-roots."
were
had
of
goal consisting
a
in the
centre.
guards gathered
side
catch
side
it,
with
run
tried
to
take
it to
the
the
ball
the
After
four
goals won
game.
and
general free-for-all fight took
a
ten
goal
two
little
One
of
away
the
from
goals
place.
had
Salishan
and
Wakashan
Eight:
391
Languages
11
Here
also
may
III.
is
(form
augmentative?)
larger
reduplication,
plural,
in
still other
of
second
'ess
numerously
I.
xApd'^
Syllable:
cvci
Adit's
qwxd'qw
salmon
qlwAVq'.wAVlHcirC
Lp'Lp'Am'^
(type viii?)
xAp'xApd^"^
cedar
qo'^qd'^'a''
hemlock
qo'^'a''^
q!dp!xwai
occur.
xd'^xa'd
cockle
red
repeated, though
sd^'^sa'an"
clam
big
Lp'Am'
lengthening
stem-vowel;
cherry
tobacco
bush
HeH.'t'ibdi
xd'a.idatc
-e-
first
organic)
is in-
(type viii?)
'au'dwdk'^
many
of tobacco
qfwA'ix
of
(type viii?)
p.'e'p.'t'ixdi
p'.tHxdi alder
'dwdk'''
(with
q!ap!q!dp!exwai
oak
t.'t'ibdi wild
The
which
lIaxlIaxwo''-
qlwAt'lHcin" humpback
xd'd
in
xop'xop'xop^
salmon
cohoe
plural.
no
is that
ts!6xts!oxd'"
salmon
dog
singular
qwAsqwASAm
grouse
codfish
LlAxwd'"'
are
for
kumkumdqirC
whale
xop'xdp' humming-bird
ts!oxd""
form
plural by
plural tlAk^HlAkom"^
woolly
qwASAm
stem
also
Reduplicating
humpbacked
qwAdPs
of
types
sea-lion
kuvidqin^
to
their
used
are
plural reduplication
beaver
lAkoni"^
form
stems
seem
consonants
represented
Type
nouns
NOUNS.
OF
nouns
different
cases
persistent type
first and
of Comox
number
few
while
both
sd^arC
q!6tix''fires
cf.
PLURALS
REDUPLICATED
far the
most
"
around.
scattered
and
given:
fire
qldq.'tux'*big
By
be
wood
stump
qlwAiqfwA'ix
xd'''xa'a.idaic
ches
bun-
392
VI
Languages
Indian
American
12
mAqsm
plural niAqimAqsin'
nose
foot
djiciti^
djicdjicirC
djidis tooth
djiddjidis
L.'^k'L.'ikuinAS
heart
dikuiriKS
xAuxAUcirC
bone
xAucirC
k^it! little
AmaW
q!wdVq!waVAm
river
qlwdt'Am
pdxai'
ts!Amis!
finger
index
tslAmdla"
kHV.kHt!
finger
pdxpaxai'
creek
ildq'L.'aqe'^nac
Lfdqe'nac spring
kupu^'mi^x''
(with
kup'kupumt"x"
hill
of
shortening
second
stem-vowel)
old
Lldxai'
LfdxLlaxai'
man
qAl'qAlq!
qAl'q! warrior
LfAmL.'Ams
house
L.'Ams
box
ajiSAm
xAsxASAm
coiled
kwd'am
l! Ap' l! Apdtil
bag
L.'pdtjlbasket
q!dk'"
kwd'^kwa'am
basket
storage
qlak'^'qlak""
board
k^Iik^dyu
k^Hk^'k^Hk^dyu
oar
SAq'Ak'" war-club
sAq'sAqAk'""
lAq!" bow
lAq.'HAq!"
tcHVtdit'
knife
tcHCqdmin
blanket
lAq'.ASmountain-goat
lAqUAq'.AS
L.'Ap^LfApitsfd'"
yellow-cedar
L.'pi'ts.'d''^
q!Asq!As'
shirt
q.'As'Addibuckskin
and
II.
if there
from
the
stem-consonants
these
A-vowel.
or
differs
type
second
between
tdxtcixdos
red-eyed
Type
This
pdq'paq'dos
white-eyed
tdxdos
consonants
If the
are
vowel
two
addi
LlAq/LlAqfadn'^
Lldq.'acin" moccasin
pdq'dos
qdmin"
siplsiplAmi^n'
stick
sipfAvitn" shinny
preceding
are
is not,
is followed
successive
in
reduplicated,
but
is
or
vowels,
the
replaced by
broken
the
both
that, while
by
second
stem
an
first
vowel
inorganic
glottal stop,
consonant
is
Wakashan
Eight:
and
Salishan
393
Languages
13
the
just
repeated
the
same,
reduplicating syllable.
tdin-
and
l!aI-
Three
whether
sub-types
remains
td, k^, I, or
(sub-type
Sub-type
under
listed
to
Several
as
Type
to
are
such
I,
be
(/) (sub-type
6),
reduplicate
with
nouns
should
a),
or
is
II
according
palatalized by
is labialized
by
plural
to
xw
qlALlqld^L!
otter
otter
qlAsqld^sa'
xd'^'wa
fur
seal
xAuxd'wa
hair
k!6"ddt!"
^As^dsx''
seal
klwAd'k.'wd^dot!'?
porpoise
of
vowel
pIdqiAddtc
qen^qerC
stem)
qAd' qeri'
qerC
hAuhew^qerC
qAuqt'w^x
salmon
devil-fish
tAqftd^qlwa'
mAt.'mdHldi
clam
horse
ening
(with lengthof
of
xwdsAbdi
bush
soapberry
stem)
gooseberry
As'dsdH
xwAsxwdSAbdi
bush
t'.e'^^de'qwai
salmon-berry
t/d'abuxwdi
vowel
mAtdimdHdirC
louse
huckleberry
first
SAmsd^^ba^
mussel
mdHdirC
second
plAqlp'.dq'.Addtc
goose
duck
hew^qen' swan
qt'w'^xsteel-head
td^qfwa'
(with
of
shortening
bush
bush
t!Ant!e'''de'qwai
t!Amt!
Amuxwdi
(with
of d'a
to
qex"
tc,
mAxmi'xdl
sea
dsd'i
s,
LlAiLld'aVd'nC
wolf
qld^sa"
sd^^ba"
to
a.
qld^L.'land
mdt'.di
belong
perhaps
c).
L/d^ard'm'
dsx"
as
and
stem-A
recognized,
(sub-type
bear
mi'xdl
L.'d'al-
tc'.e'dd- and
respectively.
reduplicating-A,
here.
Thus,
the
in
being neglected
glottal stop
ring finger
bld^qlwdi fish-gill
a)
qAx^qex^
L!Aq!''L!d''q!wdi
sopAdatc
tail
sAp'so'^pAdatc
tsldmuql
cloud
tslAmits'.dmuql
duction
re-
of stem
Eight:
Wakashan
Salishan
and
Languages
395
15
In
first of these
the
simplex
(as
unreduplicated
stem
first and
the
Sub-type
II
form
be
we
dj-
and
sub-types
III
can
vowel
reduplicating
sub-type
be
due
of
consonants,
is short
II,
not
in
it not
in
of
according
nouns
that
might
as
-au,
or
consonant,
These
w.
were
contraction
(sub-type a)
co.
second
I), but
Type
to
or
co
original
Type
recognized,
they
perhaps
(-w-
-o-
after
original -yiw-).
to
whether
the
totd'ag^ax''
tqtd'agHn
spear
b.
Idla^gyet!"
Id^g^et!"herring
pleg^di
example
a.
salmon
III
Sub-type
simpler
"
their
as
seen,
under
td^ag^ax"^fern
td'agHn
g"
already
(probably
-o-
on
second
second
is available:
have
(cf. xAuxAUciii'^
g^-) or
first and
the
above).
reduplicating syllable
expected
In
already reduplicated
but
above),
it.
salmon"
example
nouns
have
considered
Sub-type
the
the
on
Reduplicating Syllable:
these
as
not
plural xuCxwdtoqo^m
all of
be
Two
one
III.
their
of
(cf."tyee
Type
representing,
could
unstead
from
"falls"
xwdtoqo'm
Nearly
is built
"bluejay"
in
abstracted
Only
c.
plural
e.g.,
third,
reduplicated
are
the
p!d'^p!eg^di
halibut
*g^ug''Vg"l^(not obtained
gT/figvppanther
as
in
such,
implied
but
plural
diminutive
gyVg^ugH'gH'
ther
"pan-
cubs")
t.'cg^emsun,
Mg^os
It is not
djudjig^in'
song
loHd^dak'"
skin
clear
and
hd'^he'gvqs
chief
djigHn'
Id^dak'"
tldH.'eg^emsun
moon
why
"skin"
should
reduplicate with
o-vowel.
moon
^I
396
Indian
American
Languages
16
Syllable:
Reduplicating
IV.
Type
Syncope
cv;
Stem
First
of
Vowel.
Only
g"-, the
with
another
form
-g^ of
stem
of
this
to
it;,
As
type.
it
with
uniting
begins
before
immediately
plural, coming
the
reverts
consonant,
found
been
has
example
one
preceding
to
au.
married
g^dq'dhas
That
differ
though
belonging
from
Type
it
keeps
qd'um'
its
have
group
the
I in that
}6kd"min
stem-vowels
vowel
is
and
shortened,
quality.
xduxdug^as
qduqd'um'
eye
qd^'mai"
parison
com-
cvc.
long
reduplicated
bear
grizzly
xdug"as
this
to
by
"^
woman.
Syllable:
Reduplicating
V.
Type
"married
s-wd-wskus
KwantlEn
with
is corroborated
presupposed
be
is to
*wdq'dhas
Nouns
plural g"duq'dhas
woman
mai'
qiirnqo"'
ground
on
snow
luk'loko'^min
bailer
ti'hd''ddn'
chief's
pole
heq'sd^min
Reduplicating
VI.
Type
Syllable:
tdhtihd''ddn'
wife
for
caci.
poling
hdq'heq'sd"min'
canoe
'dVolqai'' (with
6lqai''snake
of
first
ing
shortenstem-
vowel)
'dt^aL
leggings
aL
"Leggings"
Type
q!6a'dda
'
C.
British
well
Reduplicating
Hill-Tout,
belong
I.
Type
to
Syllable:
cv.
q!oq!oa'dda
titl
(house)
a'dx"
snow-flake
Columbia,
Survey
Ethnological
of
VII.
as
ear
tt (L.'.-ims)
big
dx"
just
of course,
may,
Ethnological
of
Report
of Canada,
Studies
British
p.
89.
of the Mainland
for
Association
HalkomilBm,
Advancement
the
division
of
of the Salish
1902,
Science,
Eight:
Wakashan
Salishan
and
39ri
Languages
17
VIII.
Type
According
I
or
this
e,
the
varying
to
latter
phonetic
are:
ft'x"
q,
and
g!
The
x.
either
of
examples
kivPkwudjdk''^
cedar
tltPxwai'
also
-ai'
djd^'dja'
have
we
plural q!t'q!dik'"
trout
yellow
ce.
"
qldik'''eagle
kwudjak''^
Syllable:
circumstances
after
occurring
obtained
type
Reduplicating
(may
to
belong
type
in
note
vii;
plural)
tained
ob-
*djidjd'''dja" (not
tree
implied
but
such,
as
tive
diminu-
by
plural
djedjidjd-
'"dja)
sd'idJA^
leaf
tcitcdyac
neck
sayd^ada
qd^ya'
water
s"'yal
lake
xd'adjaic
tcu"i
stsa'idJA'
hand
tcdyac
stsayd'ada
qtqd'ya^
stsd'yal
xtxd'adjaic
stone
child
tcttcu'i
k.'oyokobPn
fisherman
(or -mVd)
sidjdqo'p'
basket
IdidatdAn
woman's
kfwtk!
hat
oy okomi
'n
stsidjdqo'p'
cedar-bark
ItldidatctAn
skirt
Eliminating
just
well
as
"yellow
be
reckoned
however,
reason,
diminutive
plurals
to
may
-I-
observed
or
including
{-ay-,
-idj-);
-ay-,
-a'y-, -oy-),
dj, as
we
saw
these
above,
vowel
is
back
to
plural type
as
of
cases
result
II
Type
may
(there
*tiyix";
is
see
of -Ay-.
contain
nouns
out,
VII
Type
either
groups
or
pointed
was
to
goes
contracted
of
stems
broken
as
il'x"
explained
the
being
the
that
diminutive
plausibly
-e-
that
and
which,
belonging
as
believe
I b
type
be
cedar,"
will
i-
be
thongs,
diphplus
probably
resultant
of original y.
398
VI
Indian
American
Languages
18
IX
Sub-type
tdd
(or ca).
Reduplicating Syllable: cd
IX.
Type
(with d).
tcldtclel
plural
rain
qd'"qwai speaker
qiuaq6'"qwai
ylp'i'x" hole
ydyipl'x'*
IX
Sub-type
{with a).
salt-water
tct'itca.iq^
X.
Type
These
plural reduplication
and
Stem-vowel
First
reduplicated
are
nouns
tcatcVitca.iq*
hunter
begin with,
to
of
change
Changed
the
to
and
e.
substitute
first stem-vowel
to
for
(long
open).
few
The
examples
we'wdlos
ky.'t'ky.'dky!
is
g",
of
-I-
Reduplicating Syllables:
XI.
have
plural
In
formation.
in
i;
to
(see Type
of this
found
been
the
the
the
second,
cdCAC.
doubly
first,the
ing
reduplicatcoming
a,
reduplicating
after
-Ay-
VIII).
gyagndg^ddPrn
slave
g^d^di'm
tdyac
e"ddjam'
k"!e''k"!dk"!
palatalized
becomes
woman
examples
two
type
we"wdlgs
crow
Type
Only
"
man
young
e'ddja7n' young
are:
idtltdyac
killer-whale
Irregular Plurals.
Several
has
two
been
that
no
above
follow
but
djd'"dja' tree
fawn
are
them
quite irregular.
breaking
of
-a-
irregular, but
somewhat
are
difficultyin assigning
reduplication
inAVq"
listed
plurals
The
to
definite
second
types.
shows
to d'a-.
djadj'id'm
mamd'
aliq'
"
not
there
The
only
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
399
Languages
19
few
Such
plural.
to
the
change
nouns
are:
entirely
stem
passing
this
Involving
ssiir")
ninig^ap'lai (diminutive
of stem
change
same
married
Rather
is:
nig^dpHahai'
is:
"
tatfndtcap^ leg
the
keeps
nig^dp'tai)
"
man
different,presumably,
which
singular
plural nig'-^dp'tai
of
girl(diminutive
of
sdHux'^
from
"
sQ.lV'^ woman
sa'as?r"
in
tcuklu'ndtcap'
suffix
same
in
the
while
plural,
the
changing
stem.
Nouns
Quite
of these
Some
a
number
of
re-reduplication
easily
might
that
possible
of
some
form
by
plural
are:
informants.
qivdqumi^s
dim.
that
marten
sea-gull
xdxe'i
are:
nit
for
nouns
which
arrow
informant
my
would
give
"
pVk! ground-hog
raccoon
skunk
p.'d'alats!"
^dmaxHdjo'"
Vraven
"
ant
""
,.
p. 'ah
tdeq"
qeix
robin
mo'os
"robin," tdAq'tcfeq',which
plural, was
in these
nouns,
of
thorn.
any
nouns
for
plur.
qlt'etcelk
as
given
is
xivdxwadjo'77i'fly
butterfly
knife
plurals
For
It
mink
qwVqwV
hdiihei'
Non-reduplicated
""
been
such
found)
LaLdpx"^
v!dxd'"
^
clearly
are
so.
Reduplicated
pok^^pok'"^ liver
mdyos
is
"
diminutive:
(probably
no
to do
have
plurals might
xHs'.ix'' fish-hawk
is'.i'
is
there
mdmstco'm
Ald^'k"
plural.
no
however,
it usage
were
owl
qwi^qwdH!
and
Others,
gypgyp panther
titditcVc
form
reduplicated,
other
which
begin with,
to
plurals.
forming
be
secured
means
no
reduplicated
these
no
by
one
in
Plurals.
were
nouns
reduplicated
are
feeling, though
as
without
explicitly denied.
qax
or
q.ix
might
well
If necessary
"many"
can
salmon-egg
head
enough
to
be
l)e
express
expected
plurality
juxtaposed
before
400
VI
Languages
Indian
American
20
REDUPLICATED
IV.
in
Diminutives
by
of
means
syllable
from
according
syllable
from
so
the
that
found
are
made
to
Short
(i
be
discussing
recognized, according
mimosas
Thus,
from
of
the
cating
redupliresult
subjected,
It will
ready
be
types
tageous
advan-
various
features
reference
be
may
as^such.
"
of
of
followed
stem,
reduplication
c-
whether
yno^os
also
never
less distinct
the
way
types
types
to
ing
reduplicat-
is often
or
consonant
Two
i).
or
forms,
complications
more
are:
initial
of
that
stem
that
so
the
stem,
recognized.
the
characteristics
{I.) Reduplication
a.
of
diminutives,
when
Diminutivizing
the
formed
are
reduplicating syllable
Further
number
may
the
from
purely analytical
in
them
in that
the
rules
which
to
NOUNS.
diminutive
of
of
forms.
large
formations
list in
to
different
changes
a
vowel
the
plural
altogether
of diminutive
that
first consonant
to
of
internal
Reduplicated
reduplicated plurals
Moreover,
is formed
OF
Salish languages,
in other
as
rei:"eatsthe
second.
the
Comox,
reduplication.
differ
however,
DIMINUTIVES
is
"head";
or
be
may
accented.
is not
qeqn^ya'
by
from
qd^ya^
"water.'
b.
Long
c.
e,
(i
Thus
LllLlAXWd'*
"dog-salmon."
accented.
always
accented.
i), always
or
lIaxwo''-
from
Thus
from
qfe'^q'.e^L!
landq.'d'^L!"
otter."
d.
V, which
from
e.
V,
which
be
accented.
Thus,
lolko"min
"bailer."
is
accented.
regularly
Thus,
k!6k!gddf!"
from
"porpoise."
k!6"ddt!'^
f. Short
not
may
or
may
loko^min
accented
a,
or
LdLV'tm'^
Thus,
not.
from
lV' attC
"cockle."
Thus,
g.
Long
a.
h.
Long
d'a.
i. Short
Breaking
inserted
of
Glottalizing
should
Thus.
djig^in' "song."
sd/f"
from
This
in stem.
tcdyac
of final
"house."
occur
may
as
diphthong.
or
Thus,
"hand."
consonant
include
from
"woman."
dAms
(non-final) yowel
probably
Idtbo'm'
from
from
LloLld'ami's
from
tcitcd^'^yac
b.
sd^aslV^
Thus,
Thus,
0.
(2.)Glottal stop
a.
djddjd''gHn'
(generally
breaking
16'^^hom'
"small
of
vowel
clam."
or
n);
when
this
final.
Eight:
Wakashan
Salishan
and
401
Languages
21
(3.)Quantitative
a.
vocalic
Lengthening
These
changes (increments).
(last) stem
of
voweL
include
tdtig'^dx"from
Thus,
td'agyax"""fern."
b.
Change
plural
to
wd
or
of
wa
of
from
kwikumkwd'''mdqin'
diminutive
Thus,
stem.
plural
kumkumdqin"
"sea-lions."
c.
Lengthening
from
of inorganic
"box."
XASAm
(cf. 4b),
in
as
(or
Less
e)
i.
full
often,
kwekwi'im'
from
Thus,
i.
to
is
kwd'am
xexsim'
changed
"coiled
to
storage
basket."
d.
Insertion
inorganic
and
Insertion
absence
short
of
Lengthening
of
or
being
equivalent.
before
xt^xigHctn^
of 3c,
perhaps
Thus,
syllable
sidered
con-
qeqAli'q!
with
ened
length-
second
(note
Umlaut
of
from
i)
Thns, qlwdq.'wd''^-
d.
These
short
to
include
(i). Thus,
xexd'adjeHc
from
"stone."
Umlaut
of
Change
(non-final) to
changes.
qle^qle^k'^from
c.
form
q'.wAHx "wood."
from
xd'adjaic
b.
vowel
(a, i)
vowel
Thus,
(4.)Qualitative vocalic
a.
of
another
"bone."
xAucin^
djix
but
probably
qAl'q! "warrior."
vowel.
f.
is
phonologically
as
from
e.
This
i.
of
of
long
to
o,
{i, i).
Thus,
from
td'mic
qfak^"-"board."
vowel
stem
to a'a.
tot"'amic
Thus,
"man."
(5.)Vocalic
a.
Shortening of
is
doubtless
qwi'qwV*
there
is
present,
one
readily
of
stem
from
as
as
in
after
Long
vowels
short
ones.
grouped
with
before
rhythm.
may
lengthening
Thus,
qicrl''Such
their
glottal stop,
from
qd'um' "eye."
reduplicating
Thus,
lengthened
"sea-gull.
gmV/iw'
lose
qeqawem"
vowel
vowel.
syllable
shortening
syllables regularly
Syncope
accented
i)
be
may
quantitative
to
second
(note
shortened
before
This
i).
due
head
this
vowel
stem
(or inserted
vowel
b.
Under
reduction.
thus
syllable
fall out
se''sp'xos
from
if
with
quite
as
sdpdxos
"horn."
These
twenty-two
combinations,
so
diminutivizing
that
large
features
number
of
occur
in
various
possible types
of
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
403
Languages
23
II.
Type
In
Reduplicating
diminutives
these
vowel
broken
to
seems
the
the
taking
shortened
be
Syllable:
first vowel
form
of the
v'v.
(-'d becomes
If the
form
be
and
last
rhythm
better
is
long,
it
xexA'a'"
the
Though
vowel
gleq'/e'e'etc
clam
big
final
the
broken,
pipi'ik!
qfs^etcelk
xd'd
is
stem
2a.
-'").
diminutive
pi'k! ground-hog
feature
stem:
ce;
diminutive
the
to
explained
as
second,
breaking
correspond
to
seems
the
final
of the
last
-a'"
(-d) of
the
in
here
perhaps
may
vowel
exactly
stem
(feature 2b).
Type
or
qd.'unC
Syllable:
Reduplicating
III.
features
stem:
ce:
d, 5a, 2b.
qeqaweni"
eye
less
{-e- doubt-
merely
of
Type
Reduplicating Syllable:
IV.
coiled
kwd'am
Type
ce;
stem:
basket
Reduplicating
red
xApd^^
Syllable:
ce;
26.
stem:
feature
5b.
xexpd'''
Reduplicating Syllable:
LlidkuinAS
cedar
VI
-1-)
kwekwi'im'
heart
hHkuinAS
Type
storage
variant
qv/i^qwi'qwi"^
sea-gull
qwPqui"
3a
ce;
stem:
features
5b,
46.
qwAsAm
pdxai'
Type
XASAVi
wooll}^
qweq'"se''m-ol
grouse
creek
Reduplicating Syllable:
VII.
box
pfp'xe'*
ce;
stem:
xexsim'
2a.
404
VI
Indian
American
Languages
24
VIII.
Type
this
In
or
quality,
various
Sub-type
VIII
redupHcating
the
not
stem
may
Diminutive
in
be
regard
la
belongs qwi'qwdH!
Diminutive
b.
of diminutive)
"
Ala^'k"
features
"butterfly."
la,
(accent
5a
"
dsiyd'ada
(sa-short-
to
has
before
be
to
xexA'd.idatc
(-a.i-
probably
VIII
sd'yal
features
la, 3a
VIII
Diminutive
d.
IX.
Here
features
la, 4b:
vowels.
two
the
again
Sub-type
tcdyac
IX
hand
a.
Syllable:
reduplicating
vowel
is characterized
According
sub-types
are
"
pipuk'^pVk'*'
Reduplicating
however,
stem,
"
mimdHdin'
pdh'^'pok'"'liver
Type
(or c) :
sisd'ydl
louse
mdHdirC
Sub-type
Diminutive
c.
lent
equiva-
-di-)
to
lake
y,
ized
palatal-
si-)
to
stump
which,
sa-,
coming
Sub-type
third
on
neck
ened
xa'aidaic
or
qwiq6'''qwai
also
VIII
sayd'ada
length
qeqd'ya'
probably
syllable
to
tsUts.'dtcHlbai
water
Sub-type
to
only:
diminutive
qd'^qwai speaker
Here
According
vocalic
recognized.
feature
spruce
ce.
is unaccented.
is modified
sub-types
a.
tsldtdilbai
qd'ya'
the
type
whether
Reduplicating Syllable:
to
to
whether
be
Diminutive
by
or
is
the
not
stem:
ce;
feature
unaccented
an
breaking
umlaut
also
la, 2a:
The
e.
of
one
takes
recognized.
features
2a.
"
tcitcd'''yac
of
its
place,
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
405
Languages
25
IX
Sub-type
xd'adjaic
As
Diminutive
b.
features
la, 2a,
diminutive
stone
irregular representative
of
this
4a:
"
xexd'adje'ic
type
be
perhaps
may
sidered
con-
:
"
qe'n'qen'duck
qeqA'dd-ol
(built
unreduplicated
X.
Type
Various
not
or
sub-types
the
to
are
vowels
stem
Sub-type
Reduplicating Syllable:
are
Diminutive
a.
be
quantitatively
feature
lb
tsfoxd""
only:
"
tcHtdel
plVpHg^di
codfish
LlAxwd'^
ts!i'ts!ox6'"
dog-salmon
LltiJAXwd'^
x"^p! baby-basket
xt'xd^p!
p!oxo^"
pH'p.'oxd''
raven
hole
yip'Vx"
whether
to
modified.
halibut
pleg^di
ct.
recognized, according
tclel rain
on
plex)
sim-
ytyipVx'^
L.'pi'ts.'d'"yellow-cedar
bark
l!i' dpttsfa'^
blanket
titctitcl'c little owl
tititctitcl^c
knacky dc
bluejay
kH'^k^dc
qoqgwVm'
small
In
the
the
last two
breast
feathers
examples
already reduplicated
form
abstracted
X
Sub-type
b.
from
the
qivi'^quwihn'
diminutive
simplex,
but
is
from
formed,
the
not
unreduplicated
it.
Diminutive
features
lb, 3c:
"
Llpdtil bag
hlt'Llpdlil
tcleq''robin
tdiHcH^q'
kumdqin'
sea-lion
kwi'kumdqip'^
djicin' foot
Uq!''
dji'djichC
bow
Sub-type
from
li'Hi'q!'*
c.
Diminutive
features
lb, 5a,
3c
(or 3a)
"
qlwAt'lHcin" humpback
salmon
qlwtq'.utVtcin"
t.'d'abuxwdi
bush
tUt! Amuxwdi
gooseberry
pld'alats!" skunk
pltp'.A^ldts!
heard
(mis-
for -p!aI-?)
406
VI
Indian
American
Languages
26
Sub-type
Diminutive
d.
features
howe
xAucin'
diminutive
{-igH-"
arg'xrg^/dn'
*-AWA-)
It
while
should
noted
"little
distinct
reduplicating
-e-
Type
to
basket"
in
this
that
similar
externally
xt'Td^p!
quite
be
with
of
diminutive
plural
formation,
formation
the
latter,
to
and
being
as
have
we
limited
to
(of.,e.g.,
is in
qlt'q.'dik'""eagles"),
origin,
-Ay-
of
type
VIII
reality
its
tracing
seen,
with
nouns
z'-diph-
thongs.
XI.
Type
horse
mdV.ai
Syllable:
Reduplicating
ct;
clam
26.
feature
steyn:
me'mAtfa''-
(me'-
haps
per-
misheard
for
me-)
hdihei
htheihei'^
{hdihei'7) arrow
qlAs^Addi
buckskin
Type
XII.
shirt
q!t''q!as'add'i
board
g.'dfc'"
aL
t'eL
XIII.
There
vowel
qlt'qle'k"''
leggings
Type
Reduplicating
Syllable: ct;
sub-types, according
two
are
whether
to
feature
stem:
or
the
not
5b.
stem
is modified.
Sub-type
XIII
q'.dpfxwai
a.
Diminutive
features
oak
kivik'"p-VV
cedar-bark
wild-cherry
H'lq.'wdinqp'^
mat
bush
t'.i'V.bdi
dog-wood
i'.Aq't'.Aqdi
the
duplicatod
simplex.
last
example
stem
The
"
Lli'^Uqlwdi
kup-il''nn"x''hill
V.eHbdi
5 b:
p'.i'plxdi
L!d"q!wdi fish-gill
Idqlwdinop'
b,
qliq.'plxivai
alder
pleixdi
In
46.
stem:
t'.et'.qdi
the
abstracted
broken
stem
diminutive
is built
from
the
vowels
-ei-
up
already
of
"alder"
on
the
unre-
reduplicated
and
"wild-
Salishan
and
Wakashan
Eight:
407
Languages
27
bush"
cherry
trace
which
in the
this
in
but
',.
of
'.
imply
sd'an'
cohoe
the
Here
vowels
disappear
With
these
treated,
not
as
but
vowel,
features
lb, 5b,
3c:
two
as
"
li'l'qUs
Llt^Uqlaccn''
for
XIV.
sts'ad-ol
broken
LlAqlacin"^ moccasins
Type
p!
"
blanket
lAq'.ASmountain-goat
and
following q!
to
consonant.
Diminutive
b.
due
contrast:
without
apparently
diminutive
intervening
XIII
Sub-type
is
be
part
salmon
-a'a-
with
may
diminutive
Reduplicating
Syllable:
-en"?)
features 5a,
stem:
eg;
heard
(mis-
Sc, 2b.
tUg^evi
-i- is for
Type
because
-A-,
XV
tH'tHgHm^
moon
sun,
of
following g^.
Syllable:
Reduplicating
SAg'iA;'"war-club
qd'^qa' rush
toVxHal
The
except
that
the
areat
XVII.
it is the
more
base
is built
applies
same
to
often
as
on
uf)
the
reduplicating syllable
diminutive
the
same
are
time
nouns
implied unredupli-
diminutive
nearly represents
of the
with
happens
the
of "rush
of
the
mat,"
simplex,
simple stem,
that
is
form.
sub-types
the
"necklace,"
begin with,
here
taken
as
of
The
stem.
doubtless
Two
te'H'x"lal
diminutive
which
Type
qe'^qa''^
necklace
reduplicated
cated
mat
to
4a.
sVsqek'^
XVI.
Type
features 5b,
stem:
ce;
found, according
to
quantitative changes
stem:
whether
in the
feature
or
stem.
not
4a
orb.
there
408
VI
American
Indian
Languages
28
XVII
Sub-type
Diminutive
a.
features
land-otter
qfa^t!
qld^sa"
Ic, 4b:
diminutive
"
qle'^qle'L.'
sea-otter
q!e''q!e^s(note
loss
of
-a')
XVII
Sub-type
steel-head
qt'W^x
-gy- is from
:"
qe'qeg^e'x
It is not
-w-.
(or b)
4a
clear
whether
-qeg^e^x represents
*-qewex.
or
XVIII.
salmon
original
*-qewe'x
Type
Diminutive
b.
Reduplicating Syllable:
features Sc,
stem:
ce;
2b
.
q.'wdt'Am
river
q!we'q!wat'im' {qlwe'equivalent
not
q!we^-;
see
plural type
XIX.
Type
There
Reduplicating
XIX
Sub-type
sdpaxos
sub-types,
two
are
latter
ce';
with
features
modified
stem
iv)
6b.
vowel.
"
se''sp'xos
XIX
for
poling
he'^hq^sd^min"
canoe
Diminutive
b.
beaver
less for
feature
stem:
Ic, 5b:
horn
tlAkom"
features
Ic, 5b,
(-/;p-doubt-
3c:
"
Ue'Hikwim'
-kwA-)
XX.
Type
Here
the
Diminutive
a.
heg'sd^min" pole
Sub-type
Syllable:
to
tive
diminu-
again
there
Reduplicating Syllable:
are
two
sub-types,
the
cv.
latter
with
vocalic
reduction.
Sub-type
XX
Diminutive
a.
xdug^as grizzly
Here
probably
Sub-type
XX
Diminutive
woman's
"
xdxdug^as
also
xwdxadjo'm'
features
Id^gyet!"herring
IdidatctAu
Id:
bear
belongs
b.
feature
"fly."
Id, 5a,
3c
or
d:
Idlig^et!" {-icedar-bark
laltdatctin
skirt
t!6'mV
paddle
"
tlgUAbiH'
"
-a-)
{-I- "-Ai-)
Eight:
Wakashan
Salishan
and
409
Languages
29
Type
XXI.
There
three
are
of the
treatment
Sub-type
Reduplicating Syllable:
XXI
sub-types,
based
Diminutive
a.
XXI
waxdHsU
Sub-type
features
diminutive
Diminutive
b.
XXI
features
Diminutive
features
XXII
3a:
"
Id, 5a,
5b:
"
stem
a.
b.
features
stem:
depending
whether
on
not
or
Diminutive
features
Diminutive
features
2b:
"
Sa
or
cv;
-a'i-)
features 5a,
stem:
c.
kfd'^ddt!'? porpoise
k!6k!od6th
mdyos
mdmiyo"s
raccoon
fern
td'ag''ax''
(-?'-palatalized
from
-A-,
from
-a-)
-A-,
from
td'ag^in salmon-spear
duced
re-
{-i-palataltdtig'-'dx""
ized
from
y^d^di^m
the
sas'dHs'.VnC
Reduplicating Syllable:
slave
c,
"
from
XXIII.
or
is reduced.
sd'idJA^ leaf
Type
3a
26.
tyee salmon
sdtslAin
Sub-type
sub-types,
two
of the
XXII
"
l6lko"m%n
and
Sub-type
5b:
Id, 5b,
are
further
yd.ixai'*
bailer
first vowel
in the
wauxdHsli*
c.
XXII.
There
Id,
pipe
I6kd"mtn
Type
diflferences
5b.
stem.
yaxai'* pack-basket
Sub-type
on
feature
stem:
cv;
duced
re-
-d'a-)
tdtigHn (dit.)
(-i- palatalized
g^dg^idVm
from
from
duced
-.1-, re-
-d"-)
Eight:
Wakashan
Salishan
and
411
Languages
31
XXVI.
Type
Three
the
Reduplicating Syllable:
sub-types
undergoes
stem
Sub-type
XXVI
be
to
are
recognized, according
further
no
change
Diminutive
a.
or
is further
features
mouth
sOstn'
diminutive
pldqlAddtc
wife
"
sossin"
so^'spAdatc
bush
soapberry
xwdx"sabdi
tix'^sal tongue
tlHx'^sal
huckleberry
osd'i
bush
'6'ASd'i
be
bear
{-'os-
further
than
mi'xdl
whether
to
modified.
tiVhdddn'
tail
xwdsAbdi
le, 5b:
5b.
p.'dp.'qiAddtc
goose
ti'hd'^ddn' chief's
sopAdatc
feature
stem:
cv;
cannot
reduced
-'as-)
mt'mExdl
{-e- is
ly
mere-
glide)
siplAmirC shinny
mitdli
stick
beaver-tooth
sPsp!
die
Ami^n"
mi'm{i)tdli
merely
"Bear,"
type
well
short
"beaver-tooth
stem-vowels,
are
die,"
and
better
perhaps
"oar,"
listed
with
X.
Sub-type
XXVI
kd'^SAd'
Sub-type
b.
Diminutive
Type
features
XXVI
c.
XXVII.
Diminutive
features
bush
Syllable:
b, 4
"
cv;
stem:
features
b.
mountain
XXVIII.
"
V.eV.dAqwdi
Reduplicating
5
tld^qlaV
star
V.e'^'de^qwaisalmon-berry
Type
glide)
si'^sqeV
stick,"
"shinny
have
is
k^!t'k"!k^dyu
ky'.ikydyuoar
si'^qeVdug hole,
which
i-i-
t!dt!q!eH"
Reduplicating
Syllable:
cv;
stem:
features
5b
2a.
td'^qlwa'devil-fish
tdCqlwd^"
djd'^dja' tree
djddjidjd^"
{-ifrom
reduced
from
atalized
pal-.4-
-a"-)
^f
412
Indian
American
Languages
32
XXIX.
Type
but
by
XXIX
Sub-type
in the
example
one
Lp'Am'
been
have
sub-types
Two
Reduplicating Syllable:
found
kwudjdk'"
Two
If, 3b,
Reduplicating Syllable:
be
may
of the
XXX
Sub-type
features
"
recognized,
the
feature Sf.
stem:
ca;
second
with
further
stem.
Diminutive
a.
features
Ig,
wood
qlwA'ix
2a:
kwakwd'^djak'''
sub-types
modification
"
LdLV'im''
trout
XXX.
Type
Diminutive
b.
2b:
If, 3c,
diminutive
XXIX
represented
obtained.
features
cockle
Sub-type
illustrated, each
material
Diminutive
a.
ca.
3f
:
"
qlwdqlwcC^djix
{-dj-
glide
"*-y-,
-a'"- and
XXX
Sub-type
XXXI.
sdlV"*
wolf
Sub-type
d),
Reduplicating
each
involving
XXXII
Syllable:
girl
represented
further
example,
one
found,
are
of stem.
change
Diminutive
a.
by
feature J^c.
stem:
co;
features
li
(perhaps
totd'amic
man
Sub-type
XXXII
Diminutive
b.
features
house
L'.Ams
rather
Besides
diminutives
forming
stem
nouns
diminutives
li, 4c,
boy
3d:
"
Lfoild'amPs
Diminutive
the
5b.
4c:-
td'mic
animal
feature
Ud'aLfrd'm'
sub-types,
second
-i-).
"
stem:
sd'aslV''
XXXII.
internal
Syllable: cv'v;
woman
Two
the
djddjd'gHn"
Reduplicating
Lfd'ard'm"
Type
features
{"*dJAWAn')
djig^in" song
Type
Diminutive
b.
tween
be-
change,
by
means
in
Comox
of
-o?(r") or
in
by
-ol,-ol.
means
also
can
a
suffix
of
make
-dl{t'")or
-ol{V")
are
nouns
reduplication
and
diminutives
-oi(r").
whose
of
Some
of
simplex
is
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
Languages
413
33
already
reduplicated
redupHcated
plural),
duplicated
rhythmic
is
others
short,
1.
of
is
those
to
the
suffix
are:
Of
those
formed
suffixed
last
to
vowel
form
unre-
whose
is
last
The
long.
the
at
law
phonetic
stems
no
from
reduplication
interesting
an
whose
which
nouns
diminutive
By
-o?(r")
-pZ(r")
obtained
have
not.
balance
all.
not
yet
somo
nouns,
time,
same
(cf. reduplicated
of
vowel
examples
"
-dl{V-)
hew^qen'
diminutive
swan
mi'^mau
Jiew^qAdol
cat
q.'dik'" eagle
qldikol
^q!eq!Auq!dikdl
little
duck
qe'n'qen'
hawk
chicken
tsfitsqU'^nas
ts!itfiq!e'^nasdlV
"
robin
tdeq'
eagles
qeqA'ddol
tditdeqHdeqolV"
little
robins
cohoe
sd'arC
jsis^adol
salmon
[sisosg^dddl
xdp'xop'^
bird
humming
plur.
xop'xdpoIC'^
gvfigvii panther
The
last
perhaps
they
*gH^gHyul.
"little
2.
two
irregular
seem
respectively
were
-ol
has
also
been
as
regards
misheard
found
in
rhythmic
for
*x6p'xopdlt'''
mim'ini'dl
A;'" mdmstco'm
mink."
-p^ (r")
hdhnhd'm
blue
qwdqumi^s
qwAsAm
grouse
woolly
tsU'x^tsHx^
kwa'kwd'^djo'
hd^mho^mol
qwdqunii^solV"
marten
grouse
fish-hawk
grey-squirrel
balance;
qweq'"se^mol
tsU'xHsUxwol
kwa'kwd'^djgl
and
414
Vf
Indian
American
Languages
34
DIMINUTIVE
REDUPLICATED
DOUBLY
V.
NOUNS.
OF
plurals
The
of diminutives
first
the
second
that
invariably
Hence
diminutive
they
plural
of the
the
on
plurals
and
characteristics
the
In
simplex.
the
order
be
said
of
both
the
and
which
the
non-diminutive
belong
will
be
The
types
not
or
from
of the
may
better
to
assist
reduplicating syllable
X, XI,
the
the
plural
Sub-type
is
remaining
a.
of the
part
to
of
and
of
psycholo
be
from
to
formed
has
often
regards
as
roughly
combine,
and
plural
in
the
following
ce;
influence
the
the
simplex
inner
Thus
formation
the
diminutive
of
the
of
the
types
to
singular
lists.
analogous
and
the
speaking,
diminutive
the
cross-referencing,
and
is
plural type.
pluralized
both
XV.
word
simplex, sub-types
Plural
of
reduplicating syllable.
plural
Reduplicating Syllable:
I.
idea,
diminutives.
understand
to
in the
indicated
second
singular
plural,
reduplicated,
diminutive
reduplicating syllable
whole,
the
on
vowel
plural
not
diminutive
the
diminutive
Type
the
morphologically,
are
diminutive
of the
plurals
diminutive
said,
simplex,
form
first
plurals,
be
may
changes
stem
rule, doubly
type, the
of diminutive
diminutivized
While
the
plurality;
of
almost
gically,
as
are,
the
PLURALS
to
that
of diminutive
According
is somewhat
may
unchanged:
be
"
to
whether
modified
recognized.
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
415
Languages
35
plur. dit.
k"!ik''dyu oar
dim.
XXVI
a.
dim.
plur.
k^Hk^li-
kv'k^Hkmyu
qwdqumi's
marten
-olV'*
plur.
no
(type
on
dit.
dit.
sip.'Amtn' shinny-stick
sisip!sip!amVn'
qwtqumqwdqumVs
based
I,
of
stem-form
unreduplicated
plied
im-
simplex,
in
dim
.
plur.)
basket
xd^p! baby
t.'d'abuxwdi
Idqfwdinop'
k.'o^dot!'?
tsldmuql
mitdli
a.
xexAptxd'^p!
dit.
c.
t!it!Amt!
a.
lilAqfHdqfwdinop'^
Abuxwdi
cedardit.
mat
dd'qlwdi
berry
goose-
bush
bark
a.
ii
fish-gill
porpoise
cloud
beaver-tooth
dit.
dit.
dit.
XIII
dit.
XXIII,
dit.
lUl!
Aq!"ild^qlwdi
k!wik!wAd'k!6"doi!^
tsUts.'Amtsldmuql
416
VI
Indian
American
Languages
36
sd'idJA' leaf
plur. viii.
djd'^dja'
irregular
tree
dim.
b. dim.
xxii
plur. smsd'trfj^'
djedjidjd^''dja''
xxviii.
(built
type
yipi^x'* hole
ix.
type
feature
3a,
djidis
tooth
c,
or
b.
Plural
of
on
plur.
i)
simplex
modified
by
diminutive
simplex
modified
by
diminutive
I.
L.'pdtilbag
foot
dit.
lAq.'AS mountaingoat
blanket
dit.
L.'Aqlacin^' moccasin
dit.
tfAkom"^
I.
tfo'mV
beaver
paddle
waxdHs.'i
td^qlwa'
II
devil-fish
dit.
djig'^in'song
5a:
c.
Plural
of
"
bailer
I6k6"min
b.
Ill
Sub-type
feature
a.
dit.
pipe
ti'hd''ddn'
chief's
V.
XXI
VI.
XXVI
liluk'ldko^mtn
c.
a.
titahtihd'^ddn'
wife
Sub-type
feature
W'^bonC
2b:
Plural
of
simplex
modified
by
diminutive
"
small
kloyokobVn
d.
clam
ii
b.
XXV
a.
lilimld""bo^7rC
man
fisherVIII.
dit.
of
viii)
dit.
djicin'
plur.
yeyip'yip'l'x''
a.
(built
Sub-type
on
k!wtk!wlk!oyokobi'n"
of
Eight:
Wakashan
and
Salishan
All
Languages
37
Sub-type
feature
4b:
tld'^qlaV
Plural
e.
of
modified
simplex
mountain
plur.
ii
dim.
a.
xxviii.
dim.
Sub-type
features
Plural
f.
3b, 2a,
kumaqirC
diminutive
by
"
3c:
of
modified
simplex
diminutive
by
"
sea-lion
couple
of
plur. t!et!Aq!t!d''q!eH'
i.
aberrant
diminutive
under
type
ii
Type
II.
Reduplicating
b.
kwikurnkwd"'
plurals
with
ce-
mdqirC
are
given
f.
Syllable:
ce;
followed
by
plural of
simplex.
The
reduplicating syllable
types
be
here
to
recognized
V,
as
VI,
is
analogous
VII,
in type
i.
VIII,
to
that
IX.
of
diminutive
Sub-types
are
Eight:
Wakashan
and
Salishan
419
Languages
39
II
Sub-type
features
3a
4a
pdxai'
c, and
or
II
Sub-type
feature
or
Plural
c.
d.
b
2b:
of
simplex
modified
by
diminutive
of
simplex
modified
by
diminutive
"
Plural
:
"
creek
i.
VI.
pipAxpaxe'*
q!dk'" board
dit.
XII.
qfeqlak'^'qltk'*
SAg'ifc'" war-club
dit.
XV.
Sub-type
changed
xd'a
to
II
cau-:
Reduplicating
e.
syllable of plural
of
simplex
"
big clam
II.
xexAuxd'A
change
(note
of
xa'd-
-xd'a, perhaps
to
rhythmic
of
dim.
ogy
anal-
sing.
xexA^d'A)
qfdik'" eagle
VIII.
-ol
to
due
q!eqfAuq!dik-dl
VI
420
Indian
American
Languages
40
These
diminutive
strange
otherwise
than
as
xexAUxd'wa
as
and
formed
"little
xexAUXAUcin'
"fur
feature
V.t'ihdi
/.
(for
4c
included)
seal"
II
Sub-type
by analogy
fur
"little
logically justified.
xd^'wa'
plurals
diminutive
seals," xexauxdug^as
bones,"
The
where
parallelism
explained
be
hardly
can
of such
-xAU-{-xau-)
of
plurals
"little
xd'd
bears,"
is etymo-
clam"
"big
and
particularly plausible.
seems
Plural
of
convenience
modified
simplex
of
comparison
diminutive
by
with
form
one
wild
cherry
plur.
(or viii),dim.
xiii
dim.
a.
bush
plur.
t!et!Amt!d'abdi
(really belongs
type
based
i;
of type
steel-head
II.
to
on
reduplicated
qe'w^x
is
ce
"
ral
plu-
ii)
b.I.
XVII
salmon
qeqAuqd'''g^e*x
{-g^e^x as
dim.
in
sing.)
ft*x"
yellow
cedar
lb.
VIII.
titold'ayix'' {tVx*
"
Hiyix'',U- being
modified
-to-, cf
is
ta'a-
to
.
type
;
e,
and
peculiar
probably
II
due
is
to
analogy
of
ag^ax''
"little
titotd'-
ferns")
diminutive
Another
reduplicating
type
safari'
The
have
I, is:
syllable
plural
for
with
erratic
plurality
-o-
and
vowel
stem)
(in
belonging
both
to
"
cohoe
mon
sal-
material
operated
XIII
at
here.
hand
does
not
permit
sisoso'dd-ol
a.
to
see
what
analogies
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
421
Languages
41
Type
III.
Reduplicating
Syllable:
plural of simplex
A
feature
new
reduplicating
are
here
also
Sub-type
xdp'xop'
is here
to
III
introduced,
characteristic
vowel
be
reduplicating
ee;
the
of
shortening
the
of the
plural.
Plural
a.
of simplex
plur.
dim.
i.
otherwise
not
-olV"
bird
dim.
^"^"6^'" herring
skin
iii
b.
xxb.
iii
b.
xxiii.
water
xd'a.idatc
:
"
plur.
ed
xwexop'xo^p'^ (basunredupli-
on
qd'ya*
long
Sub-types
modified
cated
Id^dak'"*
of
recognized.
hum-
ming
vowel
shortened.
stump
(type
simplex)
lilola^g^et!"
leiold" dak""
viii.
viii
a.
qeqeqd'ya'
i.
viii
b.
xexexd'
aidatc
plied
im-
VIII
dim.
in
plur.)
sd'yal lake
viii
IdidatctAn
dit.
viii
c.
xx
sjsjsd'yal
woman's
lilildidatctAn
.
skirt
cedar-bark
III
Sub-type
feature
2a:
Plural
b.
features
Plural
c.
3b
or
of
4a
by
diminutive
and
2a:
tcitcUcd'yac
by
viiib.
sisfsd'ya'ada
diminutive
"
dit.
d.
a.
modified
simplex
viii.
III
stone
ix
f:
trout
Sub-type
xd'adjatc
III
neck
kwudjak'"^
features
viii.
2a, and
sayd^ada
modified
simplex
"
tcdyac hand
Sub-type
of
Plural
of
b.
xxix
simplex
modified
kwikwikwd'^djak'''
by
diminutive
"
viii.
ixb.
xexexd'
adje'ic
VI
422
American
Indian
Languages
42
It
Reduplicating Syllable:
IV.
Type
that
seems
the
considered
morphological
diminutive
reduplicating
diminutive
by
the
characteristic
form
equivalent
type XVI),
in this
Various
to
of
the
the
tends
of double
whether
unmodified
with
syllable
plural reduplication.
recognized, according
be
is followed
followed by simplex.
ce;
reduplication
of combined
case
sub-types
by
or
to
are
reduplicating
be
to
syllable
modified
the
still further
form
modified.
IV
Sub-type
ic.'e'ddo
b.
modified
Simplex
dog
ii
diminutive
by
feature
tcle'tdin'am"
xxvb
.
regular
(ir-
that
in
of
stem
is
with
perhaps
IV
to
e:
c.
Reduplicating
vowel
of
-d'm
diminutive
(dim.
in
form)
qwi^qwdH.'Ald'k*butterfly
(dim.
mAqsirC
qwe^qwdHfAla'k'
form)
nose
me'mAqsi^n
b.
i.
basket
dit.
IV.
river
dit.
xviii
coiled
kwd'am
storage
q!wdt'
in
Am
ttx'^sal tongue
kw^'^kwi'im'
ii
qlwe'^q'.wat tm'
'
XXVI
.
a.
te'Hx'^sal
of
changed
xwe''xwAdjd'm'
fly
cf.
'trees')
"
xwdxwadjo'm'
-o
ed;
dropp-
-dm'
djddjid'm
Sub-type
5a:-
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
423
Languages
43
Sub-type
I;
to
IV
d.
Reduplicating
further
stem
modified
wood
q'.wAHx
plur.
vowel
of
by diminutive
dim.
i.
diminutive
features
changed
dim.
xxxa.
and
5a
3c:
"
plur.
q!we''q!wadjix
Sub-type
to
IV
e;
sdtslAm
tyee
vowel
Reduplicating
e.
further
stem
modified
mon
sal-
by
II
of
diminutive
a.
diminutive
feature
XXII
changed
5b:
"
a.
se'^stsli^m'^
V.
Type
Reduplicating
modified
simplex
tlc'^'de'qwai
berry
Syllable:
diminutive
by
salmon-
plur.
ii
followed
ce;
features
a.
dim.
5a
and
xxvi
3a:
plur.
t'.e't'.AnV.An'qwai
{-"'-
is
lost,
diminutive
5
mouth
sdstn^
VI.
lib.
xxvi
MISCELLANEOUS
a.
LINGUISTIC
haik'"
b)
se'sossin'
MATERIAL.
1.
pd'a
IL
op'an
2.
sd'a
20.
simcyd'a
200.
sd'mitc
3.
tcdlas
30.
tcanaux'^cyd^a
300.
tcd'adagHtc
4.
mos
40.
mosalcyd'a
400.
mosd'ag'^itc
5.
siydtcis
50.
seyatsfalcyd'a
500.
seatsd'agHtc
6.
tfdxam
60.
V.dxamalcyd'a
600.
tlaxamd'ag^itc
tslotcisd'ag^ltc
pd'"
7.
ts'.o'HcVs
70.
ts.'otci'alcyd'a
700.
8.
td'atcPs
80.
td'atdsalcyd'a
800.
td'atclsd'ag^ltc
9.
tigH^'x''
90.
tigHxwalcyd'a
900.
tig^ixwd' ag^itc
10.
2000
6p'
an
is sdba
Vsd'ntc
100.
Vsd'agHtc
or
sd'a
1000.
Vsd'agHtc.
fsd'agHtc
cf.
feature
Numerals.
(oT-ab)
of
plural
"
dim.
c.
bush
by
424
VI
Indian
American
Languages
44
Numerals
The
with
series
"dollars"
for
objects, including
Body-part
vals,"
as
refers,
objects
have
they
properly
heads
as
Examples
suffixes.
composition
head:
such
been
termed
(better perhaps
of
objects
speaking,
to
round
and
of
by
class
to
turnips.
body-part
Boas,
derivation),
which
are:
"substantioccur
only
in
"
"pdq-e'^q'warC white-headed
idx
"
red-headed
e'q'warC
(or -ad')
hand:
pdq'd'''dja'white-handed
tcixo'"dja' red-handed
eye:
white-eyed
pdq-dos
white-eyed
pdq'paq'dos
or
two
(plur.; refers
eyes
of
to
several
persons
person)
one
red-eyed
tcixdos
tdxtcixdos
nose:
to
red-eyed
(plur.)
ts!dts!e'miq'"^red-nosed
paqe'^q'"" white-nosed
t!dt'ts!d'''miq'"
nose
foot:
pdq'dn'
pdq'paq'cin'
With
qloa'dda
these
"white
bleeds
white-footed
contrast
ears."
white-footed
independent
(plur.)
use
of
"ear"
in
pdq^paq*
Wakashan
Eight:
Salishan
and
425
Languages
45
Possessive
and
data
consider
md'os
tAn
md'gs
tAmsi
head
your
pronouns.
head
my
mo^os
Comox
on
mentary
frag-
very
do
heads
our
mo^osap'
Ia
your
(plur.) heads
his
mo'gss
tA
(visible)
head
ku
mo'oss
tA
and
ku
his
Possessive
'd' tA
mo'oss
OS
'd tA mo'oss
the
Possessive
head
my
mo'
head
the
is
is
see
mo'os
tc'kludAxwad
dA
mo'oss
tc'kludAxwad
das
tciHcdyac
tc^k/udAxwad
dA
ttHc'""
to'mic
to'mic
you
he
is
tt'^djan sdlV"
am
tV"
tV^'djaux" sdW''
I
I
big
man
are
big
a
his
see
are:
head
your
see
his
"
man
man
big
are
head
(tlbig)
big
woman
big
are:
head
your
see
suffixes
you
(literally,sore
headache
objects
my
see
tdHcdyacs
am
has
verb
das
titc to'mic
"
sore
tc'kludAxwad
Subjective pronominal
are:
sore)
woman)
tsi mo'os
wad
be
subjects
sore
woman
modifying
pronouns
verb
('a'to
sore
6-d?r" the
her-head
tc'kfudA
is
head
your
his
tA
visible)
(in-
invisibilityrespectively.
visibilityand
modifying
pronouns
OS
'd' tAn
your
heads
(invisible)
head
articles implying
are
ible)
(vis-
mo'osap'
(plur.)
ku
not
reliable.
particularly
as
Only
pronouns.
secured
were
them
tAtsi
subjective
woman
hands
hands
"
Eight:
Wakashan
Salishan
and
Languages
427
47
s-kdpk'Eii head
Shuswap
plur.
s-k'
ably
(prob-
Epkdpqsn^
for
misprint
-kspkapk' En)
k'est bad
(probably
ky'Eskest^
for
misprint
s-k'elg Indian
Okanagan
cdsuQ
River
Thompson
s-k'slk'tlo^
stone
CEncaEnQ"^
fire
camp
s-pam
s-pEmpdm^
(-t-
s-niknikidp^
s-nikidp coj'ote
very
and
open
is close
-I-
hence
cirdp
example
An
type
iEiuwU
Okanagan
II is:
"
contracted
-aw-
to
-p-
-g^-) is:
(Comox
-w-
-t-;
iib)
cipcirdp^
tree
(reduphcating
III
retained
with
-0-), but
or
of
our
type
of type
example
River
interesting Thompson
An
valent
equi-
s-QUsquasit^ {type II c)
walk
to
is
short,
and
to
s-Quasit
-k^est)
"
(based
totuit*
boy
on
duplicated
simplex
of
unre-
form
; final
of
vowel
apparently
stem
shortened)
This
the
in
usage
follows
example
languages,
the
this:
with
b.
illustrating diversity of
As
"
tutu'u'^wuV^
boy
and
This
differ
follows
type
in
markedly
the
regard
to
'
*
'
Jacob
Ibid., p.
Ibid., p.
F. Boas,
F. Boas,
Some
"F.
Boas.
the
quantity
Shuswap
(-U-
is short
close)
stem
and
agrees
itself
to
seems
rhythm
from
better
with
"
tutuwtut^
boy
131.
135.
Lillooet
name
ibid.,
Report
Report
linguistic material
B.A.A.S..
B.A.A.S.,
Report
Report
Lower
(Indian
vocalic
stem.
tuwtui
which
a, besides
Okanagan
cognate
Okanagan:
III
Salish
different
in
stem
same
tu'u''wut'
Lillooet
Lower
of
treatment
compare
III
type
Yisp).
p.
131.
12th
6th
N.W.
on
on
N.W.
was
Tribes, p. 28.
135.
Tribes,
p.
iu January,
obtained
1912,
from
nace
Languages
Indian
American
VI
428
48
seem
that
Comox,
is
It would
sented
in
Examples
are:
which
VII,
type
is
in Interior
typically developed
more
repre
Salish
"
plur. tsUsttQ^
tsitQ house
Shuswap
gitia
River
Thompson
only sporadically
old
gigitia^
woman
tcltQ house
IciidtQ^
s-tsuk'
s-tsutsuk'^
picture
s-k'dk'qa dog
s-k'ak'dk'qa^
s-pEpEzuzo^(this form,
bird
s-pEzuzo
however,
be
really
may
diminutive
plural,
utive,
dimin-
being
s-pEzuzo
with
final
of
is
Comox
orthography)
qwAnis)
Salish
to
of type
languages
different
Type
to
I.
to
with
contrast
qwAd'qwAdi^s
Here
again
form
the
normally
musk-
s-kikElUQoa
interesting
this
humpbacked
we
the
see
plural
outside
also is illustrated
IX
lalEm
according
of Comox.
Examples
hdiiweqas* (-u-
frog
similated
mela
Tcil'Qeuk
ibid., p.
F. Boas,
Obtained
Report
B.A.A.S..
12
from
mdmela^
son
Report
N.W.
on
Tribes,
p.
28.
from
Report
1902,
on
"
N.W.
Tribes,
Ethnological
p.
Survey
129.
of
Canada,
p.
ably
presum-
haw-
131.
Jacob.
Ignace
6th
F. Boas,
Report B.A.A.S.,
B.A.A.S..
"C.
Hill-Tout.
Report
"
are
laldlEni'^
glide;
'
different
for
stem
same
our
( "qwAn-
whales
tendency
of the
house
wuqas
'
in
plural (qogwinis
types.
Nanaimo
"
ral
plued
form-
s-pEzpEzo,^ type I)
It is
s-pEz6
whose
"animal,"
duplication,
re-
20.
dis-
*wdw-?)
Eight:
Wakashan
Salishan
and
429
Languages
49
Type
is illustrated
Nanaimo
in
"
k'dk'En
k'"lak'En}
plur.
post
apparentl}'
The
last
method
of
plural formation,
examples
of this
inserted
one
k''dmi
flower
ydsuk
There
Salish
this
that
of these
One
paper.
-E-),which
write
of this
type
may
are
be
Comox.
in
ydlsuk^
of
types
in the
is to
prefix
palatalized
material
the
stem.
Examples
"
s-Emtyeg^
Tcil'Qeuk
s-wtEka
s-iwtska^
man
{-a- palatalized
-i-,-T- by S-?)
to
with
is
perhaps
Tcil'Qeuk
laldlEm
IsldlEm, suggests,
ca-reduplication
sldm
-I-
be
may
of
'
*
"
"
stone
s-mEvidW
Boas,
Ibid., p.
Report
131.
CA-reduplication
Tcil'Qeuk
(type IX).
from
{e to
s-weEkdtl
6th
,
1902,
Report
yESidm
(or
*SEsld7n
changes
B.A.A.S
with
compared
as
that
Report
occurs
are:
"
IeW
good
"houses,"
Vocalic
Examples
ca-.
s-mdlt
6th
F. Boas,
Report B.A.A.S.,
128.
ibid., p
B.A.A.S.,
C.
Hill-Tout,
Report
F
with
that
one
lEldlEm^
in turn,
Tcil'Qeuk
of another
house
dissimilated
stem?).
form
IdlEm
la
Shuswap
Nanaimo
reduced
reduplication
frequency,
some
in
given
Hill-Tout
s-mtysg deer
type
in
and
(Boas
-a-
-j-,to
to
formation
plural
Comox
Nanaimo
This
as
Other
stElEktyu^
hat
represented
not
are
far
as
k''dlami^
horse
still other
be
to
seem
at
another
spdlak'Em}
maid
stEktyu
also
mink
spdk'Em
e)
our
least
is
"
deer
tcitdek'an
Tcil'Qeuk
found,
material,
-lia)- are:
hd'pet
Nanaimo
-la-, shows
not
available
from
judged
be
can
its inserted
with
example,
(d
and
N.W.
Ethnolocical
on
N.W.
are
from
"chiefs"^
from
reduplicate
y-
illustrated
woEkdil^
boy
on
d)
does
Tcil'Qeuk
is reduced
Tribes,
p.
Survey
Tribe-,
p.
129.
of
Canada,
128.
p.
20.
in:
"
430
VI
Indian
American
Languages
50
youth
s-wtwilus
s-wAvrilus^
be
(this
may
ever,
how-
considered,
from
formed
as
plex
sim-
unreduplicated
according
Type
With
the
men"
latter
from
To
last
of
analysis
II
Type
by secondary
VIII),
out
justifiable,forms,
favoured
in
the
seen,
unravel
To
the
Salish, however,
in
material,
others
for
another,
of
history
types
that,
so
than
comparison,
in different
(and other)
has
made
yet been
as
of
body
abundant
more
have
we
as
be
to
seem
reduplicated
far
exhibits
language
differently treated
requires
of
purposes
etymologically
not
Salish
this
III and
Types
secondary
in
is sometimes
stem
same
Comox
(of
that
from
cases
at
Type
to
particular
one
any
of these
wide-spread
It is conceivable
(cf.,e.g.,
now
language,
one
languages.
plurals
"young
however,
reduction
form).
in
of
may,
purely analogical,
new
Certain
great irregularity.
which
of
capable
processes
that
so
number
plural,
developed
for
pace
are
reduced
have
phonetic
the
set
be
to
be
may
which
sub-types,
the
forming
turn
there
that
it is clear
up,
methods
which
we"wdlos
Coraox
compare
IX)
we^wdlos.
sum
Salish
example
to
accessible.
Diminutive
forcibly
more
there
here
is
the
to
data
Salish
in the
Comox
not
latter
the
At
Some
'
time
examples,
e-
C.
former
for
only
is
vocalic
the
vowel
and
only
the
of
in
as
so
of
a
to
many
cation
Redupli-
stem.
characteristic
umlaut
forms;
many
e
or
found.
of the
Hill-Tout,
types
Report
represented,
B.A.A.S.,
outside
1902, Ethnological
Survey
of
while
second.
the
also
Comox,
of Canada,
in
stem
reduplicated,
never
of
few
carried
of the
consonants
tendency,
reduction
for
reduplication
first)are
marked
also
seems
stem
first two
even
able
Avail-
consistently
reduplicated,
a
that
so
most
diminutive
and
the
first is
there
vowel
of
breaking
be
to
only
to.
plural
the
The
applies
formations,
represented.
of types
quite scanty,
are
infrequently
same
with
also
in the
diminutive
Salish
variety
referred
between
is that
(though
be
here
can
difference
out
study
still greater
comparative
points
of
remark
last
The
reduplication.
p. 20
are:
"
seem
Eight:
Wakashan
and
Salishan
431
Languages
51
Type
X.
Nanaimo
IdlEm
house
diminutive
(based
cated
Okanagan
XXVI
flower
s-pak'sm
Comparable
perhaps
River
Thompson
black
bear
little
x")
our
(e
Comox
to
in
River
"
?)
those
Among
listed
these
examples
as
is
for
Comox
be
may
Isldm?
house
given:
(based
simplex;
to
-E-
on
Comox
F.
Boas,
C.
Hill-Tout,
Royal
'
*
"
"
'
'
*
Report
6th
B.A.A.S..
Report
Anthropological
Report
on
N.W.
Tribes,
the
F. Boas,
ibid.
Boas,
ibid., p. 131.
1902
C. Hill-Tout,
B.A.A.S.,
Report
Boas,
ibid., p. 129.
12th
B.A.A.S.,
Boas,
Report
Report
ibid.
Boas,
ibid.
Hill-Tout,
Ethnological
on
N.W.
p.
Survey
Tribes,
p.
unre-
of
change
of
perhaps
that
to
-%-)
to
-A-
of
129.
of British
vol.
Ireland,
Ethnology
of the Okandkin
and
Britain
of Great
Institute
on
"
form
is
-a-
parallel
'
with
c-mEmeiis^
duplicated
'
doubtedly
un-
reduplication
of which
deer
c-mtits
IdlEm
is:
s-pdpaats' {-aa-^-d'a-
than
Salish.
XXX
Type
e)
our
types
Tcil'qeuk
th"
girl*
s-pdpk'sm^
s-pee'tc
=
diminutive
exist
CA-
simplex)
a.
Nanaimo
Other
unredupli-
on
HtnotEm
(H
Type
lUEm^
of
29.
Columbia,
xli,
Canada,
1911,
p.
20.
Journal
p.
143.
of
Languages
Indian
American
VI
432
52
apparently
Similar
to
reduplicating
with
tj^pe
represented
in the
Thompson
River
to
-z-
of
-y-,
Comox
from
the
has
by
this
is not
these,
and
Comox
writer,
forms
with
far
so
from
seems
from
Examples
are:
as
from
change
known,
as
few
Interior
that
likely
very
diminutivizing
as
of the
most
material
"
sE-m'Em'letc
woman
c-muldtc
River*
it
in Salish
apparent
s-mulcitc
Lillooet'
Thompson
of
the
published.
been
Upper
of
frequently employed
are
though
elements,
be
to
evidently representatives
are
Neither
analogy
obtained
forms
glottal stops
that
"bird,"
spEzuzu
happen
spEyiizu^,
"
counterpart.
Judging
Salish
River
is:
reduplication,
"
-kA'As)
diminutive
interior
Thompson
(?
not
Such
is:
s-eniElet^
stem-vowel,
but
Comox,
with
specialized tj^pes.
very
has
in
collected.
qEzuzum^
from
of
breaking
of
(loss
above),
kEkEES-f^
material
and
"large,"
plural types
diminutive
with
exist
diminutive
reduplication
bad
well
without
(but
stone
and
kss
may
s-, cf.
after
cv-,
River
Thompson
of
incomplete
s-mdlt
Reduplicating
qzum
its
consonant
Tcil'Qeuk
This
type VII
for
2a), except
feature
Comox
girl
c-mu'ni'ldtc
woman
(type XXVIa)
data
Comparative
enable
that
a
in those
by
first two
the
the
plurals
diminutive
but
plural
of the
consonants
type).
s-muhnu'fdtc
plur.
in
clearly
Comox,
in
other
first contains
the
(plural type),
stem
only (diminutive
Lillooet
as
pluralized diminutive;
Salish
quite
is not,
to
scanty
Interior
indicate
to
seem
too
are
Some
interest.
tv/o
first consonant
Upper
of
writer
plural,
the
of
the
languages
diminutivized
words,
much
gather
to
us
obtained
forms
diminutive
on
second
the
syllable
Examples
are:
dim.
sE-tnErn'letc
dim.
plural
"
girl
women
SE-mEVmEm'letc
Thompson
River
c-muhnuldtc
women
'
'
dim.
c-mu'm'ldtc
dim.
pi. c-mElmu'm'ldtc
Hill-Tout,
ibid.
Boas, ibid.
'
L'ppcr Lillooet
Aide^i'q.'t).F has here
* .Some
Thompson
forms
been
River
were
used
forms
obtained
to
in
indicate
were
very
obtained
January,
short
in
1912,
obscure
January,
from
vowel
1912,
Chief
of
from
(Indian
Jim
undeiined
Chief
name
quality.
Tetlenitsa.
Eight:
Wakashan
Salishan
and
Languages
433
53
This
difference
each
respects
in
the
of
use
of
division
morphologic
of
SaHsh
features
published
Department
Survey,
and
Pluralizing
(Kuipers
after
shortly
by
it, summarizes
of
number
Paul
in
reduplication
Salishan
"chameleons"
Comox
has
languages
in
the
of
Salishan
survey
Kroeber
Comox.
been
Snohomish
Sapir's
and
cites
not
go
(1988)
has
recently
much
reduplicative
described
dialect
in
detail;
of
6,
Geological
universal
in
reduplication
and
does
The
way
generally.
Series
nearly
paper
(169-170)
but
many
own
(1915).
is
data
Salish
Anthropological
Ottawa
of
its
gone
to
reduplication
appearance
languages,
remarks.
63,
Mines,
in
Note
Canada.
Haeberlin's
the
the
other
Memoir
diminutive
612).
1978:
as
of
that
has
common
Editorial
Originally
indicates
again
treatment
dialectic
similar
Sapir's
published
see
in
particular
(1966).
piled
com-
stimulated
from
patterns
morphology
Lushootseed
(1918),
undoubtedly
beyond
Salishan
of
own
study
several
Hess's
parative
com-
of
tive
incepother
study
of
THE
RIVAL
(Nootka Text
followingtext
The
November,
witli Translation
dictated
was
Tom
by
191 5,
WHALERS,
to
me
in
The
and
STORY
Analysis).
Grammatical
'uvk"t'.9
the
(Sa'ya't'capis
of
the
one
"),
NITINAT
t'si't'k'p-.tl"
w-.'k'at}uk''"
fire. Now
of
lo''ts"ma''^
woman,
in the house
liedown
not
was
grammatical
analysis
(him)
(her)back
on
t'l'qwd'atL'' 'na''ts'a"ti''*
sat
now
in the
Now
look-
was
should
"
of the
names
rivals,which
unmodified
are
was
in
Was
this.
quality
not
Nitinat.
TEXT
AND
t'hi"ya-x.'"
move
quickly.
INTERLINEAR
ya"l
There
TRANSLATION
tb'h't'sit'.'.
ma""ak'
'o''si.m't'cat}
'
trained
in
cess
and
Took
hold of
(her)
lo-'ts-nu''.'."^ tci''tC'.ti'"
humpbacked
wz"'.tcu"ati"
""
the
K'walisits.
Now
went
to
sleep,
woman.
Pulled,
tlup'k'sa"'p'at}.
caused
now
wake
whale
hawt"atl
''
now
finished
of
so
k'waTs'.ts.
''."'h-'to"p'
'
tca'kopokw"t.''
the husband
California whale
for suesecretly
so
su'kwitL''
head
Now
h-.stsa'q't'so'
at
provided
was
tiu'p'k'citL'7 k'waTsas.
t'si't'k'pi'atl
K'walisits.
Woke
up
train secretlyNow
laydown in
su'kw".tl
in
for success
house
the
on
t'o'tbh'tsaq't'so''"
hold of
Took
Head-at-each-end.
back
so and so.
(l^is)
'o''stm'tc.
*^
to
up.
yai
'
There
was
tS'/kuinn'the iron
436
VI
'ak''-.''''
Indian Languages 2
'a'h''^'
t'ci'tcah"
k'wuTsits
K'walisits,
of(Him)
American
this,
cut
Was
kwaTsas
t'i'.'"wi.n''ap'at'''^
caused to be laughableK'walisits
'ani""
that
'ah*ko-^" 'a"ap'tsa'atcat"'.'.+'*
hi's'a'p'^^
qa"'ya*panatcqa'^
Wz"itcqa' wi'k'arattqa"*
bleed
caused to
this
the thighof (him).
beingdrifting
beingsleeping,
beingnow not
of
aware
aimlessly
t'c'.'tc.tiiia'*^
tuxtspa''-"5 k'waTst.ts.
Jumped
K'waHsits.
over
Cut also
'na^'s."**
kw'.'stsatcittqa''7
offelsebeing going
day.
hac'i"'tC'.ti'''
Heard about
"
""^
kw'.sa"'s'at''".
*'^
tli'cth.n'.*^hz's'c-.ti.
"
whither
Bled.
foot.
(him)
k'wal'S'.ts 'an-.'"'
t"h.""win''ap'at'qa'.'
kwr'spanoici.'atl^"
lu's*i,m''yawi'atl"
caused to be laughable.
K'walisits that being
became bloodNow
now
begansuccessively
covered
wi'k'
ya'k'ci"zt''*' h/'maqst'.'*'^
(tojump) from side to side,
Of (him) became sore
not
heart,
was
t'o't':"h-"t'o't'-""h*tsaq't'so"'".'.5'
qah^c/'Eti^'
'
the Head-at-each-end.
died
Now
citlsti^'s**'
the Head-
inland,
move
tsaq't'so"'-,'.
?'u'y'.tci"lc'.'ztl."^
qw-.'sh^'atl^'
at-each-end. Now
beganto Now was acting
mal"e medicine.
in
on
stayed
right
moved
Now
Nitinat
inland
the
tta'o-"atltta'''"
another
thus,it is said,now
was
t'so"ach-'citl*"
winter take
also
was
place.
Now
was
remained
Now
k'wa'l'S'.ts
h'.'l
K'walisits, was
'anah*'i.s^'
little
at
'yh-^'atF''
now
the
one
was
so
off elsewhither
Cha'atssib'
was
named
and
have
as
name,
was
another
train
in
so
"
California whale.
so
so
'o"o"tah\''
hunt such and such
sea-mammals.
was
mo-
9'*
four
'"^
kaxi-'k'.s
Kahikis
mo"
bound
for
''*'
lv.''niso"'uk'
for four
'na-'s
to
wa-'lak'''i
move
up and down
whale-fashion
days
four
daylight
Beaan
Was
mo''tci'l'''
say"""i''^^
the far-
so
hr'ms'o"-
a
(like
blowingwhale).
distant ;
for
secretly
and
ma'"ak'.
'uk'c.ti'-*.
tca"ats--.-b'^~* 'ukta'^?
.'"'m'ti.na"k'"" tla"o"
began to
up and down
"
and
non-existent
'o-Sf.m'tc-i"atl9'
Now
t'ca'pats*"*
move
so
W'.k'r't'c.tl^'
success
canoe
to
so
K'walisits
Became
at.
was
qo-"as^^
K'walisits
'oyo"aratl^" kwi'stsatcith'ca'^^
night.Now perceived
the,as theysay, go
so
now
kNva'l's'.ts
'athe''.'*'
be
Tlo'owis
in (his)
sleeping
canoe
and
k'wa'l's-.ts
w-.-'napatl''"
of
stream
person.
W""it'cah's'atl'^'
wentoff
now
people,
."**
'napxta'"atlqo"W"''.n'5'
t'saxci";tiqo'
Now would die immewhenever
now
speared, (them).
is
hd'atl.
tto'"ow's
it
said,
diately,
Now
Tlo'owis.
the beach
t'sa"akokw'i'.'''
hunting
'ah'''a-"atKv"'uVi''
tlo""ow's.*^
citistr's'atl'"*^'
ni-ti-'na'ath-*^' 'utsatc' 'ii\^^
thus that
'a'yMii'k'c'.'atl^'' ma-"ak'.
California whale,
beganto obtain many
now
hi."'sasa^^
'a'thai'""'. haia's-af'"'
be
night. Arrived
'ukt"-"e '"'
the so-and-so-namcd
nt
nis-'ma'""^
land.
Eight: Wakashan
and
Salishan Languages
437
78
'"5
t'-.'q'satt
Now
down
sat
on
hi'tahnis'"^
the beach
t'c'.-n'.-"ath't'ca'
''^
t'ca-'pok'"
'"7
down-stream
came
k'wa'l'stts. yai
K'walisits. There
canoeman
h'.-'s'it'q'
approachedwhere (he)was on the
was
""
be seated
K'waUsits
the
now
hmii'ha
person.
su'kwal'^
Took
h'.'iyin''-.'
t'ca"'pokw'r.'.
'"
"^
of the
out
the
the
at
one
''."'nax'mak''r.'.'4'
^'"^.
tr.mi"'s'ap'
hold of
(They)had
the
"5.
mi'h'yi.'
si'ma'tsy.n'"^
sticking
spear.
up in the bow
'o'h^'at'
k'waTsits
t't'q'stC'.sa'at'
was
soed
by
Now
canoeman.
It is fine
"
was
'ah' 'na-'sT
Was
this
the
day,"was
mu'tsmDhaq'
k'wa'l'sas.
bearskin
K'walisits.
wolf.
said to
(him).
Of
'^+
h"'s*iH*tcr,'a'h*
was
now
(him) was
urinated
qwa""ak'
Of(him)wasin
quality
'ah'''a""atl
Now
was
ho"atsatC'.tl
finished,went
on
'5'
'"^
kats"o"'m'.n'
''5.
qwz""tt'q'
is in quality
hail.
haw'.""ati
k'wa'l'sas
'V
'moqwt'"yu*tl
""""
qwa'yst's'.'k'
also
approached K'walisits.
again
'5"
wa-"at' '".
'^'
the beach.
'*** k'wa'l's-.ts.
tiaw'.-tC'.";t'tla
tsusk'c'.""tuk'"'t^
as
isit not
of the woods
weather,
nudgedwith
(his)elbow.
takha'^'^
be for four
dayson
out
came
the beach.
'"*".
mo"'tci"y'.s
that
''^
h'.'tats--""hnatltla
Now
beach
"^
"*'. 'o"'quni'him'a
t'ca^'pokw''.'.
qatcct"zt'
the
the
on
rubbed about
on
""
of K'walisits
alongside
on
'""""
'ah-*'.-!"
'""5
there
of
regalia
(him),
beach
"^
sat
hr's
the bow
canoe
Was
Was
canoeman.
life
the Ch'ini-
canoeman
off
paddled
na\va*'yis"'
the beach looking
on
come
to
"5'^
when
around.
Went
now
t'c',*n'.-"ath^'e'
th'h'C'.'str-.t'q'
'"'".
t*ca-'pokw''.'
beach
k'wa'l'3its
at
was
and such
time
the river.
tbwi-tci""t''"'
Now
such
Ch'ini-person.
'"**
t'sa"ak'i'.
'^^
'oya-'tlti-'tcatc.'sii
thus
k'waTs-.ts
offback
K'walisits
Became
in
K'walisits,became unable
speechless
in any way
(his)throat
walc'.""tl''4
Now
'^^
maht'f"ak"'.' """
returned
the house
of
ha'wi-t}'"^
Was
finished
tS','q'c'.tl'^"
qalrkwatC'."at'
qa"yap't'at"t'.
home
(him).
of
the limbs of
(him)
speak,
t'cukwe"ati "'"
ma""ak'.
died
t'so"'.tcly\
completely
(him).
winter." Now
California
whale.
to
began run
tb'k-icitl
qo'"as''.' ya-'tscai
'^"
"**
"^
Stood up
the person,
ho'a'tsatcai'5"
go off back
walked
off
'"'. haa'qsal
t'ca'patsukw't'
the canoe
of (him).Went
into
(his)canoe
"^
th'h'c.t}'''
t'ca'patsukw'-.'.
ys-f-'"
the
yonder,
canoe
of
(him).
Paddled off
ta'kh'tatcat''^
at sea.
was
the
SpearedCha'atssib'.
to
k'waTs'.ts.
"'.t'q' t'i'.'"wtn''ap'at'
ya'.a"'n'.t
"'''
the
one
by whom
had been
"
caused
ed
Speared
to
be
K'walisits.
laughable
""'
one
Caused
whale
t'sa'.xc'.tl
'yo"qwa"
^^
'.^'h^'atl
Now
'"^
t'sa'xcaltca"ats"',"b'.qa'h-'ba'p'
ma""ak"i
likewise
t'sa'xcaitia'^'
k'wa'l's-.ts.
K'walisits. Speared
again
438
VI
American
Languages 2
Indian
79
'''^
ya!a-'na"'.t'q'
the one bywhom
had been
'^'. t's.i'xca^
tca"ats-'.-b'
'yo-qwa'
h-.tr-.-'p'tb'
Cha'atssib',
againobtained. Spearedlikewise
ed
"
'^'
k'wal's'.tsh'.n-'.-'p'
yo-'qvva-'mo-'y-.p'
obtained
K'walisits,
likewise.
"Of
California whale,
Cha'atssib'
kwa'l'S'.ts
K'walisits
only
medicine
Cha'atssib'.
tca"ats-'.-b'
'a-'q"n'qha'^" 'a'tlakwal-.-p'
ma'"ak'.
c-.iVV.-r^'ifii
sutC'.'p '"'
obtain five
was
'"
tca"ats''.-b'.
.'^'u'yi'
(him)is sharp
evidently
'an'a'^+
ma""ak'
tca"ats''.'b'
able,
sa'tckok't'cac''*
four
Obtained
t'}'.""w'.n''ap'a
to be laugh-
caused
For what
obtain
is
reason
California whale.
eight
Cha'atssib'.
he that
'o'o'i''h^C'.ti'^'
''.-'h'to'p'.
t'tu'p'i'tch*C'.tt"^^
'^'
'a'naqa
whale,
Became summer,
beganto be in
beingalone
of so and so
pursuit
tca"ats"'.'b'
t'sa'xc'.thla
''.''h^to'p'.
'^*
si"ya'
whale.
Cha'atssib'
Spearedagain
'*'
'p'u'yiwatl hayo-"y'.p'ath'.
"'-
ten
'^"
yaqe''s
w-.'k'
I who
not
am
.'^'u'yiwatl
have medicine fall
"
so
to
be first
t'saxc'.""thla'yo'qwa'k'waTsas
Now
spearedlikewise
again
four
k'wa'l's'.ts
K'walisits
K'walisits
became
unable
tca"ats''."b'.
h'.n''."'p'
obtain
Cha'atssib'.
the
near
k'waTs'.ts
sut'c'.'"y'.p'athla'
obtained five againK'walisits
nia""ak'.
su't'ci"'y'.p'tk
he
for
secret
door
at
went
success
to
in
training
was
humpbacked
sleep,
havingcompleted
his ritual training.
He laydown on his back
Cha'atssib',
'7'
Now
revenge.
whales. And
now
take
TRANSLATION
in
again whale
"'''
W'.ki'm'.'tC',"atl
ha"okw'.'"th
now
"".'.
''.''h-^to'p
'^^
tca"ats''."b',
nio""yf.p'athla
'-."'h'to'p'
Nowobtained
(my) lot,
to
said
now
I obtained
lot?
(his)
liedown
not
There
head,lookingjustlike a panther's.
''^
hayo'"y'.p'c'.t}
his
obtained
ten
head with
what
it
There
he
was
tailattached
like. He
did
not
to
it,that
tca"ats"'.-b'
'"'
'a'tiakwah.'p'
K'walisits, obtained eight
Cha'atssib'
was
with
head
at
was
was
briskly.
move
whale.
k'wa'l'sits
on
lookingat their
up. She was
There
door
the
at
night.
appeareda
sat
each end.
The
and
the supernawas
tural
up. There
kwi'stsatcitl. K'walisits woke
known
Head-at-each-end.
as
being
the one who 'had
be the one
oft
elsego
K'walisits seized his iron knife and cut here,
wither".
so and so
perceived
making bleed this thighof his own. K'walisits
'o'h*
'ana
k'waTs-.ts
'a'ttakwal'.-p'
jumped over him. He made a cut in his other
Obtained eightwas the one, was onlyK'walisits
leg. It bled. And so he continued,jumping
""""
"f.
'oyo"ai'.t
'o'h*"'"
"
''^.
hayu""y'.p'
obtain
ten.
ha"okw'.'ctt'7'
Now
took revenge
k'wa'l's-.tsfrom
K'walisits
one
each-end
side
to
became
with
blood and
Eight: Wakashan
and
Salishan Languages
439
80
died
K'walisits
'.
to
proceeded
this is how
And
.of him.
he
he
many
would die
And
at
out
throughthe
bearingthe
of
the
saw
there
was
bow
one
Cha'ats^ib',another
thingthey call
that it
aware
was
the
sore
grew
he
was
and he did
Tlo'owis.
at
right
off to
they went
behind
remained
peoplehad
And
for
not
season
but
Nitinats moved
The
at
to
of
He
came
stayed
All the
became
Tlic
bow.
Someone
unable
sat
spear
down
canoeman,
It is fine
"
"
he said
in his throat.
speak and
to
up and down,
his way to a far-
his limbs
person
this one
Now
sea.
It was
he whom
was
when
the canoeman,
set
near
to
the
to
came
bearskin, and
believe
that twice
duringtlie
in at
dates,a bigliikev^'arnitide conies
houses
everythingabout in the village,
and all. After a short time everythingis restored to its
If one
happens to be awake at such a time,
proper place.
he can
train (Jo-S'-iii'lc)
for anvthiug he pleases,
such as
wealth
of attaining
in whaling,
and be sure
or
success
unknown
nightand
shifts
his urine
as
iiim.
Indians
K'walisits and
of
luiman
is to sprinkle
toliillthis bciiig
onlvjW.u'
Nootka
the
at
a
theycall
Ch'ini-person,
the beach
to
urinated
was
'
.
And
beganto train secretlyFor four dayshe stayedat that place.
also a wolf came
of the woods. He
out
huntingCalifornia whales. He
over
The
at
the
lifeless.
The
When
year,
in
began
of a blowingwhale, while on
distant place
motions
; four dayshe made
of
and
of a whale, four spans
daylight four
2.
lookingaround.
inland, Ch'ini-person.
gone.
in
success
blood
on
then K'walisits
to
1.
came
became
K'walisits
Tlo'owis.
one
sticking
up
he
move
dryingof salmon
peoplefor the
seated
upon
"
is called
stream.
canoe-party coming downwhere
K'walisits
to
near
of K'walisits
it was
the
going alongside
who nudged him with his elbow.
weather today,what do you think
he was
goingoff to another
about how
was
"
place ^
K'walisits was
laughedat because
and because
about aimlessly,
drifting
asleep,
not
w^as,
little The
"
off to another
"
the river
on
in
was
night.Now
name
whaler,who
was
to
its
another winter. K'walis-
to
came
They
in his canoe,
sleeping
canoe
went
night. He
Kahikis.
once.
was
capture
the}^say, they
speared,
lie
Whenever
sea.
medicine
make
beganto
then
came
his
upon
he
his home.
winter
was
over,
the
California
whales
becomes
"
"
"
"
"
VI
440
Indian Languages 2
American
8i
a whale, he too
got his quarry.
speared
Cha'atssib'secured four California whales,but
its too
it
K'walisitsalone who
was
The
came
summer
Cha'atssib'
humpbacked whales. Once more
threw his harpoonat a humpbackedwhale.
whale. Each time he
K'walisits too speared
a
allowed Cha'atssib' to be the firstto throw
And
harpoon.
spearedhis
then,once
his
K'walisits too
more,
too
Cha'atssib
provedunable
once
K'walisits,
get another. And
obtained five humpbackedwhales. And
he had
K'walisits had
seen
had
eight.He
the
ten
one
one
who
who
ed
obtain-
laughedat.
by
I have found out that his medicine is sharp.
obtained but eightwhales,
Why has Cha'atssib'
whom
he
"
have
had
I have
medicine
no
had
K'walisits.He
come
SUCH
''
did he.
What
?
.
"
in
contrast
SECRETLY
SUCCESS
FOR
WHALES
ONE
WHAT
as
California
ELSE.
FOR
IS
SOMETHING
THAN
not
whales,
train
training,
secret
anticipated
'o-; one can also say, more
place-filling
ma'^ah'san'tc and \'h"lo-p's".m't
synthetically,
verbs and nouns
There are practically
as many
and is
predicate
psychological
is the
a
there
are
derivative suffixesand
of
content
expressed
by
an
is the
the derivative suffix,
of interest,
'o- is
center
binations
com-
appendto it,
If the significant
hundreds.
words, many
in other
ANALYSIS
Thus,
SECRETLY
TRAINS
RATHER
WHALES,
CALIFORNIA
of derivative suffixesto
I.
tions
ques-
"
CALIEORNIA
HUNTING
IN
to
in 'o- as
his revenge.
GRAMMATICAL
be
certain
thing),such
(pi-rson,
thing),SO AND SO. Verbs
(person,
in 'o- should be conceived of as answering
?
of the type
IFho is it that.
questions
translated
connected,not
or
place",
got eight
K'walisitsalone who
of them. Now
him
on
strued
con-
as
here,subjectively,
objectively,
geniand in other ways. A form in
tively,
causally,
'o-alwaysimplies
that the psychological
rest
intein the person or objector idea
centers
with which the logically
significant
concept is
the
Cha'atssib',
the
was
be
in
implicit
"
goingoff to another
"
relationbetween
''
had
(herenta''ak'and
AND
more,
to
of specific
content
The nature
of the
'clfto'p').
word
a
here,anticipates
true
replaced
oy hin(a)-,
common
followingSimple-,is exceedingly
Nootkain
both
and verb
noun
in
forms;it appears
clearer : 'o-i's to
eat
so
these
and as reduplicated
'o'o-,
'o'o'-,to E.^T meat, contrast ha'w- to
'o-,
'o*-,
'o"'o-,
and 'o''o'-,
each of these forms beingdetermined
'o'o'-/"/
TO
dream
(reduplicated)
eat
as
element.
by the following
element
an
independent
be
followed
by
It cannot
but needs
stem-suffix
to
be used
as
alwaysto
specifyits
it indicates
meaning.Its function is relational;
the
required
person, object,or activity
limit the following
element and frequently,
as
to
WHAT
OF
DREAM
THING,
MARRY,
who
of
(assuch)j
so
and
so,
to
IS...,like fuiul'c-itul
OF
WOMAN,
like futc-ha'' to
TO
po'huds-
Contrast
DREAM
one
drea.ms
one
remarks
and
buy
buy
certain
woman,
to
contrast
; 'o-so'tfthe
likeivik'-so'ti
nobody
dies,
dies
is...,
mahv-
to
buy
******
Eight: Wakashan
441
82
to
die
^Z^/;-
thk
cause
of
'o-'ycha'
to
die
from
t'sax-'yrha'
TO GIVE
BEING
SPEARED
A CERTAIN
; 'o-yi'
THING,
Hkc nio'-yc'
TO
give
four
contrast
things,
hi.n-K'TO give (assuch);'o-iiwt' so and
so's
verb
the
one
of
whom
(he) is son...,
SON, as
contrast
one's
have become
.',a peculiar
q'and q'lv
tal
glotarticulation
and velar
strangulated
remain unaffected.
resonance)
; other consonants
nal
is...,like
dying
'
stop of
'o-sivi'i'cati
is absolute
undetermined
withor without
Absolutes,
used in narrative ; without
are
-'all,
freely
/'fl';/fl'
child.
contrast
(of
in form.
tense-mode)
-sun'tc,derivative
form,
stem
Cf.
life
FOR
to
undergo
further 'titc-s\m'lc to
TO
{trie
WEALTH
for
long
those of indicativeforms
alive)
; ha'ivii-sun'tcto train
(halud CHIEF, ha\ud-mis wealth);
TRAIN
FOR
SUCCESS
IN
HUNTING
Absolute
Sing.I.
to
(tok-o'k'"
sea-lion)
; hi'tc-sr.m'fc
SEA-LIONS
FOR
SUCZESS
IN
FISHING
BY
differ from
primary
2.
TORCHLIGHT
(hitc-ina'
torch).There are probablyseveral
hundred such verbifying
suffixed elements in
of
them
in content,
Nootka, many
very specific
which
BE
tO'k'-SWl'tCTO
TRAIN
train
verb-stems
Plur.
Present
'o'smi'Uatf-S'.
Indicative
'o'swi'fcati-ah
'o'sun'l'cati-.uik''o'sun'l'calf-tits
3. 'o'suii'fcali
\rswi'fcat{-n\'
'o'S'.nVfcati-ma'
'o's"jn'l'cat{-.n'
I.
2.
\r Sim' t'
calf-so-'
3.
'o'sun'l'catf(''at)
'o's"jit'l'catf-)i
'o-suii't'catt-i'Uso''
not
"
"
'
seems
moment
to
indicate
state
of time
and
or
activitv
at
given
3. 'o'SKin't'i-alf-lui
(-'rt/)
t\ina'k\-\-af).
however.
obligatory,
The 'of -'"!//
combines with precedingsiop
2.
/,
(/",
k,hu, q, (}w,ts,tc,if)mto glottalized
stop (p",
',k\ k'lr,
', '.,fs,t'cyI'i respectively
; origi- dead;
Noun
of uncertain
-ak' is proanalysis,
bably
be
to
{d. qah-ak'
or, what at last
[intr.J)
durative intransitive
'nio-'ak to
burn
Eight: Wakashan
and Salishan
Languages
443
84
8. From
in
-C
form,
momentaneous
t'sit'k'-pdf,
-\--'ati
; -ti lost as
verb-stem
5. t'sit'k-,
note
element. Syntactically,
equivalent
related
to the preceding
objectively
the difference between a direct object
indirect object
local phrase(at the
or
or
an
\u'k'''.'
is
verb ;
LIE
and
of
an
fire)does
exist for
not
Nootka, because
the
wt\tc-ii to
-pdiare
mom.
sleep
in
durative intransitive,
u'lk-,
to
be
10.
not
wik' not,
! is really
no
verbal in form, w.k'
t\qw-\.l
consists of archaic stem
SEATED
ON
THE
FLOOR
DOWN
: t''.q'-p\tf
TO
SIT
lui- and durative intransitive
'liatC-H
d.
ON
THE
FLOOR
TO
BE
LOOKING
-k',
-ak', -ak' (notes2, 9) ; most
(WHEN
;
Nootka derivativesof to be not
INSIDE
THE
TO
LOOK
DOWN
house): 'natC-p'.tl
based on
are
local
and
(when inside).
Every
body-part Will-(e.g. luiFnit' to be not-stocked, to have
BED
lUi:tc-pUl
TO
suffixhas
GO
TO
durative and
BED
TO
BE
form
momentaneous
NO
in -//,
further an iterativewith
stemlengthened
suffix vowel, and changeof
vowel, lengthened
-// to -/,e. g. t\'q'-pi'i
momentaneous
to
sit
DOWN
OM
note
the
SEVERAL
From
noun
or
durative intransitive,
fire,
*'an-aV
original
suffix,
see
note
; -a"
2.
The
durative intransitive
Nootka
common
TO
number
TO
HAVE
IVik'-faq'yu'
but
UNINITIATED),
BE
of
archaic formations
more
(e.g. wi-ma-h'ti to be
a
is angry), -all,
lui-.aq'timan
-uk' (afterconsonants),
i.
-ak'
;
note.
on
(aftervowels
not burning
fire,
(saidof
object).
BURNING
IT
also
are
UNABLE
see
BE
UP
VISITATION,
based
-'flf//,
Sec
TIMES,
RUNNING
NO
there
I.
9. \n'k'
TO
floor
FISH
HAD
vowel
wi-
often
with
contracts
ding
prece-
word-a'k',-ak'),possessive
to
suffix indicating
that the
is the
of the verb
subject
alienable noun
following
(wife)did not, he had (a
of the
owner
(herewoman) : his
wife)WHO DIDNOT, W/d''fl//M^'ti;df/"
nowmine
NOW
I HAVE
WHAT
See
IS NOT
; cf.
nOtCS
isnot,
5, 24, 26.
8.
Complementaryinfinitive
-all momentaneous
sound
: -\in' continuous
verb. Negativedstateon
dependent
ments
preceding
sound
" -.'"r."'
terms
" *-.ana,in Wakashan
are
b
y
the
alwaysexpressed treating
'ana'h'-is
: *-qa'-la
the
main
verb
and
small
:
*-qa-ti
the
a
s
verb
ed
reduplicat;
negative
having
W'n*h'^-\sSEVERALLY
SMALL
" *'a'a'nah-).
himn'
proper follow as an infinitive,
e.g.ivikila
-\ (-'is merelya breath-releaseafterall final HE-WAS-NOT
HE
DID
NOT
COME
COME,
; U'ik\
vovv'els; it is not heard ifthe word is pronounto-^speak! do not
DO
NOT
hiq'citl
ced
(imperative)
in close contact
with the following
word), speak!
suffixeddefinite article,
often used
nomina-
as
element. Properly
all nouns"
lizing
speaking,
are indeterminately
identical
such, beingformally
"
TO
BE
person)Until
a
qo''as
by
noniinalized
11.
12.
io'lc-sma.
WOMAN
;
BE
want,
BEGIN
note
TO
assimilated from
io-tc-,
lengthenedfrom
examplesof derivativesare
after
HAVE
WOMAN,
WOMAN,
MARRY
stem
iutc-
iut'c-i'h"
to
iiitc'-na'k'
-citlto
A
WOMAN,
lltlc-
444
VI
American
Indian Languages 2
85
tci'TO
TO
AND
LIVE
CALL
FOR
SLEEP
AT
A
WITH
oxe's
WOMAN,
A
WOMAN
IN
ANOTHER
HOUSE-
with
vowel
preceding
to
-uk'
-a'k\ -ak'),
word-suffix for
-sma\ -s'ma\ absolutive stem-suffix lengthening(after
consonants),
possessive
used as derivative element, alienable nouns
vowel ; not freely
stem
see
; for inalienable possession
ments note
note
see
i.
26; for possessive
compoundedof absolutive eleparadigm,
probably
is
suffixes
Their
from
absolutive
(c{.
not
-s'-s-yi',
ordinarily
distinguished
his,
-S-,
li'tc'- her.
and -ma' (cf.
its. -'i',
element,see note 9 ;
-s'-fnnni')
nominalizing
-s-yin',
"s-'yup'
faci''\ik'
a
lone
would
one's door.
ma'
to
mean
be
REDHEADED
WOODPECKER), presumably
t\ici'"ak'\
is
o
Vna'tsiVtt.
reduced from older *-sa- as indicated by irregular
object
16. 'alh"-,
verb-stem to be night,
'ntl/'-citi
Object of
pluralio'ts-sa-mch" women.
of iv.k'atf night
'ath-e-'is durative in aspect ; verb
comes,
tuik'atfuk\
though logically
subject
-e' as durative suffix
stems
endingin/'take -e'',
i's'.t'k'pdi.
be
used
instead
of
normal
n'
Like other absolute
verb
stem
cannot
to
sit
-a'',
;
13. t'".qw-,
durative
be
used adverbially
local suffix,
\ilhc''
without following
can
e. g. t'e'.-as
forms,
("i
;
is
it
tive
infinia
to
ON
the
TO
SIT
speaking,
properly
complementary
*t'\q\i'-as)
ground,
Ciqw-a's
'na'ts'a'li.
the
BE
seated
following
end,
on, i'e\-ih"ta to sit at
and advert,
thegroundatthe
siton
door.
t\q'-s'ato--'asTo
17. Demonstrative pronoun
that,
ed
It isbasthere
a verb to
there.
be
-t/,durative local suffix on the floor, in the
; properly
d
emonstrative
for
for
form
house
on
momentaneous
corresponding
simpler
that;
ya
;
3'^',
old local suffix no longer
-/,probably
an
note
see
i.
freely
note
12). employed,cf. /;//(note24).
14. Assimilated from 'na'lc-sa'ti{c{.
verb-stem to
verb-stem to appear, come
18. katih"-,
from 'natc-,
into
'invic-,
lengthened
suffix.
'natc-fso'to look
momentaneous
look
view,
-ff.//,
(orinceptive)
; other derivatives are
Most verbs form their momentaneous
into
to
look
into
the
(a barrel),'natc-i'itf
aspecup
to
be looking
in the
air,
by adding-c".-lito the stem if it ends in a cont
house, 'natc-a'yii
'nat'c- sonant, -ta-ti if it ends in a vowel,often -kw\.to
look
all
'natc-mai-apC
around,
ti (seenote 32) ifit ends in w, o'
to
be
looking
into
the
aq'ff-a'a'
tary
Complemenfire,
'na'tc-uk'to look
'natc-n'af
'tminfinitivedependingon ya'i: there-was
to
for,
see,
'na't'c-a'i
'na'ts-sa'to look
i appeared,
there
to-appear
katilfcdi
{red.)to watch,
; ya'isi
is durative ; as momentaneous
see
not
at, watch,
ya-ikatiJfatisC.
is used 'natc-ii'af(-n'at,
get
sight
to
ofyfl"/^a////Vi//,/W
-yiiai
19. Seenote 1 5. Object
-sa' durative suffix lengtheningamplifying
the local idea in ya'i; cf. note 9.
of, perceive),
t'oh"-head
Absolutive. Noun-stem
stem-vowel, not
20.
used,cf. durative -a' ;
(e.g.
freely
t'o''widentical
-sa'
with
t'j}f-n".'
to
drifts
that
cod-head
perhaps
shore,
stem-lengthening
fix,
absolutive suf-sa-ilis contracted from
a
-fsitC,
eat
very, just, -most, too.
rs to
fish-head).
-sa-'alf(^-'atf
of
with certain preceding
otherwise found.
contracts
not
Subject ya'i
vowels to -a'tf,
cumstances
cirkatih"ati.
to rhytiimic
-ati,
according
and durative
verb stem
-'ati "
21.
+
; e. g. -apestanding
Properlyqwa'',
-'alo'into the
water
-f -ati " -'alaii,absolute to be in quality, to be like.
-apati,
durative -a' -f -aii "
and a'
Umlauted
from *qzva'-\t'q'
22.
-a'ti,
-'ati,see
; a
-ati).
umlauted
note
followed
i
I
or
are
r
by
immediately
vowels are feltas disand z' (these
noun
to open
13. t'aci-',
trail, doorway
; absolutive
,
Eight: Wakashan
445
86
e,
secondary
merelylowered from
i, c
and
e'
''
because of
noun.
(intervocalic
k'ayiip'-m-,
-t' at the end of
to -/)',
-n-
noun
bttC-".n'
SMALL
CLAM,
mxl-m'
are
examples
TROUT,
ho'p-m'SALMON
Miv-in'
SALMON-EGG,
in a dance.
suffix ; other
GRISTLE,
tca'skw-
3. t'oJfl'sKtai'
3. t'oh^t'sdat'
stopped
e.
syllable),
g.
A panther
k'ayup'-q-inakTOimT.\TE
absolutive
-in',
k'ayntn-,
Stem
become
is local object
of
t'jJft's'Jat"r.'
/?"./
(syntaxas in
of -Vr/'
while s\t'a'is direct object
9, 19),
in hifat' to have.
being
at.
notes
adverb
(this),
pronoun
(to be thus),used as general
is more
demonstrative ('al/'ko'
specifically
this,
24. Jhf,verb-stem and durative absolute to
nitive
infia complementary
that);
syntactically
TO
BE
AT
BE HERE,
to
BE
ya-'
probably
;
THERE,
which
the
verb,
consists of old demonstrative stem
/;',gives
preceding
defining
{d. bin-,
of the relation,such as time, place,
the nature
such
such
and
to
at
be
h'.t-,
notes
1,101 \h.shere. 'ah"'a' is compounded of
as
element
or
local
A
manner,
(see
place)-f -/-,petrified
demonstrative
stem
'aJfthis, that, which may
note
17).-'at'(oftencontracts with preceding
trative
demonsand
-a'
-al' ; affectspreceding
alone,
occur
vowel to-rt*/',
probably
consonants
petrified
local element.
word-suffix
like -'fl//,
or
d. note
i),possessive
10.
of inalienable noun,
to
29. See note
referring
possession
responding
30. Durative form of verb. No etymological
(cf.note 10 for cornearly
alwaysbody-part
hfat'
alienable possessive
suggests itself.
analysis
suffix),
Assimilated
from hc-tsaq't'so'
is complementary
infinitivedepending
; cf. notes
on
:
31.
ya'i
verb-stem
both
to
be
to
bf.
h\c-,
he
;
all,
his
there
12, 14.
(tail)at, there
(he)was with
hic-im'f
to
derivatives
other
be
are
assembled,
his
at.
(was)having
local
everywhere,
TO
BE
-tsaq'fso'
tail
(or mammal). h'X-sa'tso'
25. Absolutive noun,
also
suffix
note
END
THE
38).Many
Stem probably
5i/'-; -a' absolutive noun
AT
(see
suffix,
suffixesare to be
identical with durative intransitive-a' (other verbs with local or body-part
"bahuvrihi"
as
in -a' are faha' ghost,
compounds,i. e.
nouns
interpreted
qama' trap,
nat'ca' the radical element expresses a concept which
face
substance
for
paint,
pa-liprftfa'
tail [offish],
pointed
by the subject; e. g. fwk'^-t'so'to
Object is possessed
stick).
kap't'a'
NOGRAPH,
MUSIC
HAVE
/;-./
TO
dof Ihfat',
o
f
th :)ugh
BE
INSIDE, PHOSOUND-INSIDED,
subject
;
logically
to
have
much
(game)in the
note
12.
'ayaqs
of the verb is head.
The object
t'oh^l'sdr.
26. Contracted from
head
(see CANOE.
i"' BACKBONE,
clause
hd-f
sn'
t-'.n'SEA.
qivi'\t'q'
.
of subordinate
Subjcct
or
(thus),
verb
'
446
V/
87
32. SU-, verb-stem
to
get
hold,
hold
of
'
-p' -in-
-tl
momentaneous
alwaysdropsin
syllabic
mono(other
(e. g. -pdi in the house,
stem-vowel
: caus.
mom.
: caus.
lengthened
-pitap'
; -as\ti
on, mom.
t'fo''
/":/"'
to
TO pull, drag,
-ati,see note i. him is understood as
remember,
qiun''-asip').
and objective
su-kwjf to
momentaneous
be
in Q.UAL1TY),
object
; third personal
subjective
scr-huUJ to begin
to
HOLD
pronominalideas are not specifically
OF, graduative
expressed
to
causative forms
hold
duratives with
are
to
GET
HOLD
GET
OF,
TO
HOLD
GbTTING
BE
iterativeso'tiso'ya'
to
hold
SUtisok'
TO
GET
HOLD
OF
and
TIME
sufhx
-kwitf,momentaneous
OF,
time
identical with
etymologically
AND
dumtive-
in Nootka.
37. Momentaneous
again,
AGAIN.
(cf.note 18),
-tcuf
postvocalic
or
see
intransitive,
notes
36,
18
tiim'k-a''to
-atito
be awake,
mom.
tlup'k'
thm'k'-c"ji
or
graduative
llo'p'k'-all
UP,
waking
UP, durative-iterative
//t"-/)7v''-n
WAKE
by the
subject
; ifHER
another
woman
husband
TO CUT
,thanthe subject,
siikivitftcp'
took-hold-of-another's
tcakop'^i
See
notes
12, 9.
see note
possessionChinook Jargon,-'ak -'".',
15.
v
erb-stem
cut
10
/V/-,
(e.g. t'ci-maht'
40.
had referredto
to
the-husband
be used.
cf.note
from *lo'ts'ma-\\
BODY, tC\~h"tiVk TO
BE
CUT
APART,
fci'-
to
be
knife)
; dur. t'c'rya
cf.
note
Cci-tcitl,
cutting, mom.
35.
of /V/Zr-.//
object
;
41. General demonstrative,
mcf.'mussel-shell
22.
sukwiti.
Subject^of
see
note
28.
verb-stem to pull
; durative tci'',
35. tci'-,
42.
tci'-tc.ti.
momentaneous
noun-stem
-Icdi, post-vocalic
=
form
note
of
-citi,momentaneous
suffix,see
18.
verb-stem to
or ti'.m'k-,
36.tlup'k-
be
awake;
BLEED,
mom.
of /i^^v/'/)'.
for rhythmical 43. Demonstrative pronoun, object
-sa'p'
(alternates
and -ko',
with -sap'),
\ih"
of
causative of momentaneous
notes
reasons
28)
Compounded
(see
41
found.
otherwise
-tcUi
to
not
-all,while causative -'yap'
corresponds
d.
of 'Sa'p\-sap'
are
(otherexamples
qah"--sa'p'-14. Contracted from 'a'ap'-ts\.fata-al'-\'
from
26.
'am-,
TO
KILL
to
die
to
: qah"~Cili
note
cause
reduplicated 'ap'-,
-sa'p'
; 'utcq'
'aap'-,
of general
TO
BE
A
FOG
TO
MAKE
HOLE
A
noun-stem
; hh''-sa'p'
locality
;
part, body-part
tl-ilon
to
cause
a mat
to
be
to
find
hamat'-sap'
known,
(e.'g.'ap'-qe'
^ap-p'.q'
summit,
'ailL-ashaul
alternates
with
THE
THE
FIRE
TOWARDS
NEAR
DOOR,
out);
(e.g. tiup'k'-sa'm-, -samsitive
sa'in-ah i cause
wake.
to
end);
up). EveryintranWAIST, 'am-ak'th.'butt
chest, \ip"-'win'
in pairs
causative in
suffixesindicating
occurring
body-parts
aspect has its corresponding
see
note
37.
Eight: Wakashan
and
447
Salishan Languages
88
stem
preceding
reduplicate
generally
of
one
referred to
is actually
two
(c.g. \{ap''aam- as
arm-pit,
'a'''ap-s"'iuin'i
p\qa' KNEE,
'aa'ni-anid
CHEEK,
ifonly
even
; from
shin
other stems,
-'at-W
to
see
s'al
26, 44; -'i'relateskiuisa'
notes
tiictii.n'.
48. Absolutive
form
of noun,
probablyan
oiCcitc.tl.
irregular
reduplication.
Object
to
be sore-handed,
yaya'k'tv- 49. Momentaneous
g. yaya'k'-'nuk'"
to
be
wi'i TO
be
lotop'k'-atsoh'^
sore-eared,
50. kwcs-,see note
e.
ON
BLACK
ON
BOIL
THE
TO
HAVE
A
'nilts'}lO'q'"-Sui
SOLES,
suffix
body-part
eye).-ts-fatcC,
THE
'
stem
tive
intransitive. See
note
42.
form ot
lengthened
because of iterativeaspect, -pano'i,
ueraform of -pa''side end
be
to
{kwis-pa'47;
often
the
other
-tS'.t- side, apparentlyon
other
end,
side, at the
with -s- ON. : kwis-pa'-s-');
durative -pa'"
to
uncompounded(otherexamplesare
from *-paimif,
momentaneous
THE
SIDE
TO
HAVE
ON
A BOIL
[OF corresponds
-/"'."'//
'fPq'"-tSlf".m'
whence
iterative
to
moon-si
debe
THE
by
-pano'i changeof-// to -/
head],hopai-tsu'ak'lii
and
of u to o' (momentaneous
ON
THE
CRESCENT
PAINTED
TO
HAVE
A
lengthening
REARED,
in
forms
-in'ti
and
-atCi
VATE
PRITHIGH
AND
UPPER
-a'tci,
correspondto iteratives in
RUMP),
-ano'i
-m'i
another
t'h'.a'tc'
or
SHOOT
AT
TO
exampleis dur. -misa'
;
(c.g.
PARTS, VULVA
MOVING
mom.
-tmsmHi, iter, -nnsano'f).
PARTS
UP,
THE
PRIVATE
; compounded,e. g., in
from -ati -\ 'ati,
notes
"-Csa'.alcC
see
18, i ; for
-ci-'atf,
to
have
below
the
a boil
navel,
'tiJq'
loss of-// in inceptive
note
see
suffixes,
to
sore
on
the
inner
be
5.
yaya'k'-si'o'w-atcr
is iterative-inceptive
in aspect :
on
the
PART
OF
THE
kivi'spano'icitf
thigh),lieuce properly
TO
SIDE
TO
TO
BEGIN
-at'-C see notc 26.
PRIVATE
PARTS.
(move) FROM
SIDE
OF THE
SIDE; Other
of
this
isu'tstsu'tsati
to
verb-stem
are
to
examples
f
urther,
aspect
jump (cf.,
45. tuxw-,
THIGH
compoundedof
found
not
"
OUTSIDE
BE
FOND
THE
OF
HOUSE,
JUMPING)
;
iterative lo'x"to-xw-a' to
tux"-citi,
mom.
jump
START
SCRATCHING,
SUtlsO'Vall
TO
BEGIN
TO
32).
longer
-an^'yaiui-,
form of -\.tn''yo'-tf,
momentaneous
-uni'yu-li,
used
form of dur. -",;//'/
vowels,-q-wi'f),
(after'
suffix (round object ;
partlyas classifying
ing
coveras local suffix all
over,
moon),partly
SURFACE
OR
BULKY
A ROUNDED
(e.g. f hsiw'/to be WHITE
TO
THE
ON
OUTSIDE; ya'k-iini'f
TAKE
TIME
51.
AND
his-,see
AGAIN
notes
(sCC
HOte
42, 49.
localsuffixover,
-tspa'-tspa'\
are fsax(otherexamples
TO
GO
GOES
A SPEAR
OVER,
tSpn''
OVER, h\ta-tspa'
ponding
corresto
run
TO
past)
;
PASS, kannt'q'-tspa'
momentaneous
aspect, -tspm'ii.
See note 40. -tia,word-suffix (orenclitic
/\G.
\tn*'
SNAILS
TO
HAVE
SORE-HEADED
BE
m\.-qonH
also, too, again.
particle)
b"-Wl'i
TO
BE
mom.
OVER
IT
ALL
ASSEMBLED,
DIFFtRENT
stem
;
the
(c.g.
other,
47. klUlS-,
W
COME
together).hen
ASSEMBLE,
/;'.f-iw''j'()'//TO
end
of the
far
to
be atthe
kw\s-i-'y-as
village,
-//
drops,as before -'"//(see
[ahouse]stands
opposite, kwis-t- momentaneous
kwi.s-aq't'so'
often appear in the premodifications
note
to
be
5),
ceding
another
at
to
be
time, Inw.s-to'p'
i'ya'
derivative suffix (e.g. -tmsin'li up,
-s
of a different
abnormal),
-as,
-a's,
class,
but -tmsano'alf; -o'ti on
the
face,
(after
vowels),local suffix of durative aspect mom.,
-so'li
but
causative
-aw.ati,
to
-azvtip'
hin-a's
be
to
be
;.
at
mom.,
on,
fiqw-a's
on,
(e.g.
tive
causaso
AND
so
k'wa'i-as
on
-sawi-'ati,
butsa'wCati,
are
branches
DIES,
sitting
on
[a box],
: -au'i-,-au'u-sawup'
; such cascsof -(r-(-()-)
-a'siti,
mom.
[thelogs]),
-{a)siti
; kims-a's to
UP
be
DOWN,
AND
PAST,
durative aspect
different,
the
leg
on,
atfached
of
him
the
other
which
to
is
i. e.
[him],
his
other
leg.
-ati
from *qaqaiii).
reduplicated,
see
note
1.
VI
448
American
Indian Languages 2
89
absolute '(iya)
(durative
(e.g.
much
'aya-qs
[game]in one's canoe,
TO
secure
to
be
many
'ayir-p'd'
much,
tion. 'a-y-ip
frequentlyheard shortened in final posi-mi'k\ derivative verb suffix
times),-niik',
succeed
verb-stem to be dead,
to
die
to
stem-vowel,
lengthening
preceding
;
53. qaJf-,
to
IN hunting...
dur. qah-ak'
mom.
(e.g. 'o'-ini'k'to get so and
to
be
qalf-cdt
dead,
variant of
so
IN
to
be
successful
a
hunting,
hunter).
DIE.
-a-\ti,see note 50 ; t phonetic
of
because
note
see
-a-"xtl,
50.
preceding
a, X,
durative intransitive to
often broken
die
57. 'napxta'',
; o' and i' are
(.f'ji'
54. \:"uyi'
IMMEDIATELY
to Jii, ail, and ti,ai after h and
(aFTERBEING
STRUCK).-'olf,SeC
.),noun
derivative in -y\ (cf.
mihnote
note
I. -qo'-, conditional suffix,
see
58,
medicine;
probably
used in main clause as past usitaderivatives frequently
absolutive mds-'yi; further,
SPEAR,
tive (e.g. mala'- ati-qo'-k'
in -s'yC e. g. 'mukw- stones
: 'nuik-s'yi'
if you
lie
whenever,
''."'/r'
FLY
ABOUT
YOU
USED
TO
FLY
or
burn
: '^n'k-s'y.'
ABOUT);
wood,
would,
fire, to
STONE,
-wt\n' shows that-(/o'be here understood
and -.),
-kwi'i (after
cannot
0a
stick).-Ici'i (after
derivative suffix
in
-r/ (after
as
-tc- is quotative
as subordinating,
consonants),
vowels),
attached to noun
make
(other subordinate clauses (e. g. 'napxta'-ati-qo'-l
stems, to
so and
he
dies
to
make
-lVt\.n\
IMMEDIATELY).
so, iihai- IF, AS IS said,
examplesare'o-fef/"/,
in
main
word-suffix
ses
claui'f TO
it
is
said
CEDAR-BARK
see
MAKE
A
-C\.-\tl^
MAT).
quotative
third
i
ndicative
is
here
-ati
note
-ma\ e.
personal
inceptive.
; replaces
53 ;
verb
durative
-wiai' he is dead, they
say
: qaipak'to
do
thus,
to
act
g. qaipak'
55. qwis,
IS dead
as
described
(istpers. sing.-wi\-S'.' 2nd
; perhapsrelated to qwa''(see ma' HE
used in relative per. sing,-u'z'oi-tsuk')
note
probably
21) and to qwK-, stem
; "" *-wa-\n',
nominal derivative (omwa'verb forms to make indirect questions
{wa-)to
(e.g. petrified
MUCH,
MANY
to
have
i.
as
WHAT,
qu'iyifftaqak-i'tc
they
say,
qwe-sa'h'^i-vjos-C
at
what
time
i come);
y.-n'-yi's
OY
why
he
would
it
is
made
SAY.
be..., qwe-
verbin syllabically
final position),
possibly disappear
identicalwith local -s on, see note 47. -//'(after stem
spear
to
(e.g. fsaxw-i''nak' to imitate
but h),-qff(after
vowels and h), A SPEARER
allconsonants
SPEAR
GOES
IN A DANCE,
fsax-tSpa''
speak);
word-suffixattachedtoabsoluteverbform(comes
spearing-ikstrument,
OVER, t'sax-yak'
iter, t'sa'xt'sa'xzv-a'-c.-eti,
before all other word-suffixes)
and indicatingmom.
t'sax-C'.ti,
its
is
conditional suffix;its
that the activity
verb
state
see
note
or
by
predicated
50, 53. -qo'',
in
conditions
is
the
some
accompanied
paradigm :
by or
way
state
or
activity
predicated
by the following
verb or an understood verb (e.g. h.t-ii-h-ah Sing. I. -qo'-s
Plur. I -qu-ti'
i-am-in-the-house-while
2.
2.
ho'ya'l
-qo'-k'
-qo'-so''
dancing, uutnow
say
we
it while
pied!)
[thus occuqh-atl-ni
3. -qo-'
3. qo(-a{)
that the following
verb
; here it implies
results
from
obtain
With quotative
many
in
-tc (cf.
note
(to
hunting)
57)it forms :
i.e.
the activity
do
to
make
cine)
medi(to
thus,
of its own
verb, -ati,see note
Plur. i. -qo'-t'a-n'
i.
Sing. I. -qo'-ts-i
from *\rya-mik'
note
2.
56. 'a'y.m'k'y
see
2.
-qo'-ts-so''
-qo'-tc-k'
9.
-s-,
verb-stem
'a'ya-,lengthened from 'a\a-,
to
be
3. -qo'-tc
}.-qo--tc(-'ai
Eight: Wakashan
and
449
Salishan Languages
90
from 'anah-,e. g.
little, -\s may be separated
Here used
to BE LITTLE-HEADED.
'rt"jm/"(r;)//i''-'u
durative verb and
60. ttao'' ANOTHER,
as
as adjective
canoe.
qualifying
verb-stem tla'o'to
be another
canoe
(e.g. tia'o'-fsiq 64. Absolutive noun
lar
(irregut'capats
local object
of hd. t'capANOTHER
LONG
tlaQ-'yiy-a' plur.tcn'ya'pats),
CANOE,
OBJECT,
tiaO'-tClti (sometimest'catn-),
canoe
TO
BE
ANOTHER
noun-stem
(e, g.
TIME, NEXT
TIME,
note
see
i. ~iia\ t'ca'p-ok'i
TO BECOME
note
see
another).-'"//,
canoeman,
107, t'cam-e.'ali
28. -'ati,see
note
see
59. 'ah'^'a',
note
see
-wz\n\ quotative,
57.
note
i.
'
46.
note
see
TO
return
t'so\tch"citi.
OTHER
in
in
going
after
canoe
some
is
t'capais
have
a
as washedstem
(e. g. fcapats-nak'
when
washed
is
the
on
canoe-place
everything
CANOE,
t\apals-diua'
SEASON, i. e. season
cf. t'so-,
clean by rain and snow,
verb-stem
rocks),-ats, derivative noun-torming suffix
suffix season
stem
TO
WASH,
-itch",
-'i'tclf,
(e. receptacle
urine-receptacle,
(e.g. \oqw-ats
'mil'i-i'lflf
cf.
also
rotting
-sats
receptacle
rainy
(e. g.
la'y-i'lcJf
season,
bladder)
g;
cf.
^\sO
k'o'f-sats
out
relish
a
Q.
eating
vessel
for
-(]'-\tch"
SEASON,
YEAR,
FALL;
g
four
nio'-q'\tch"
years),-cilf,momentaneous
of).
18.
noun.
note
see
suffix,
65.V, see note i ; refersto following
dur. local suffix -yoaf (after
-o'ai (after
62.iuz\tc,
note
see
consojiants),
vowels),
5. -'ah"s,
6
f so- itch"to
winter
be
mom.
is explained
t'so-\lch"
by theNootka
IN
RECEPTACLE,
THE
IN
ah"S
COLD
IN
IN
VULVA,
lo
hayu.-ah"s
HOME
IN
that
"
RECEPTACLE,
200
have
CANOE,
"
COLD
WATER,
(salmon)
-alfs is one
canoe);
harden
\. e.
finalconsonants
preceding
GO
of,
sight
perceive
nominalized
elsewhither,
kwis-,see
notes
TO
GO
off
to,
GO
TO
so
by
i.
to
-t'ca\
suffix
mom.
47, 50, -tsa-tcitf,
to
35 (e.g. 'u-tsa-tcilf
cf.note
to
so, ho a-tsa-tcili
and
says,
note
verb form
momentaneous
kw.stsatcili,
off
caus.
'y corresponding
SO
so
AND
';/, TO take
i),s, c, / to
get
what
one
to
hear
(e.g. wawa'-yn'af
-atf,
see
to
SEE
A
person),
qo'ats-u\if
66.
fixes
of those suf-
to
derivative suffix to
brought
of stems, i. e. preceding
p, t, k, hv, q, qiu, ts,
to
', !,
ic, // become
glottalizedp\ /',k\ k'u',
note
t's,fc, /'/ respectively
(cf.
derivatives
treatedas
further W/caus.
-'al/'sitf,
(cf.
-ah"-s\p'
mom.
way)
in most
turn
is -tsa-'ap'
e. g.
,
back);
'n-isa-ap'
To) ; as corresponding
to
in
'w, h to }/ (sometimes'zu)
-^.tch",dur. intr. is used -lsuuk\ -tsc'nk' (e. g.
; see
going
sutfix.-ati, lua-S'lsu'nk'-ha-k'
are
you
where
?).
note
61, for another
hardening"
-tea' suffixedarticleor nominalizing
particle
note
i.
see
say
identicalwith \inah to
with quotntive
(for
color,the..., as they
63.'annh-,probably
forms
suffix.
in
related
-icnote
diminutive
see
SIZE
58);
cally
syntactiBE (soAND
so)IN
; -\s,
-\' (see
is doubtless based on \via- (dur.absolute
'annhto
non-quotative
equivalent
'ana')
164 ;cf.furtherV/z/^t- note 9).
only, see note
? \rna-ha) how many
67. 'jh",durative verb to be the one, thh
(with interrogative
above
(-/-'-
is irregular),
.v, xiu
to
\v,n
to
UP
"
'
TO
last,
to
be
'ana'-...-\s
la'nz~
be
near.
both
'.scuiLD,
and
noun
hold
Diminutive
verb
ha'hua'ti-\slittle
TO
BE
q'tl-'nnkw-'is
to
'ani-ts-as
long
as,
-'a is
word -suffix,
less frequently
stem-
used as
freely
suffix,in
EXTENT,
IN
to
child
in
forms,
e.
g.
girl, tand-
child-in-handed-little,
the
hand.
In 'anah-'is
one
who...
is
so
AND
SO,
indicatesthat the
red
understood isthe one referor
following
verb ; here : the one who
to in a preceding
This
the
shift)was (cha'atssib').
(perceived
verb probably
consists of '()-,
note
see
i, and
suffix //',
to
be {d. perhaps
possibly
petrilied
in 'aJf,
note
-/.'"
note
63).
28, and 'aiia-h",
noun
Wakashan
Eight:
and
451
Salishan Languages
92
"
unknown
-'atf,
see
hardening nomi-'d/).
meaning,and
suffix
what
is inside
follows
note
note
(one's
I. -qa, see
nalizing
-aqstC
74. u'ik"afalfqa
dur.
'aw. (note73) and is parallel
mom.
to qa'ya'panatcqa
inside,
body)(d.
-aqstiili).
-'aqii
;
verb-stem to move
is not necessary (ci.note
from
one
place
83. citi-,
AND
3).
TO
ANOTHER
(e. g. ci'tf-uk'"TO BE MOVING,
GG, 74. Here -qa marks a
77. See notes
ci't'lrelated to
subordinate clause that is objectively
move
several
in
a
ci'ya't'f-aqa'
canoe,
ik' TO BE ALWAYS
wJi"ai'ati.
ON
THE
MOVe).StCS, local
*-'a/-,softened
older
"
"
form of
"
DAY,
verb,TO
be
WEATHER
SEASON,
day,
daylight,
'na's-atl day
mom.
dur.
as
comes.
suffix
a-
INTO
THE
and
/-vowels
55 ; this seems
note
be confirmed
to
time
by '^oolkd.^na' p'".naq-the proper
'na's is subjecto{ kwistsatcitiqa
: that
GOING
OFF
OF
OFF
TO
HEAR
dur.
ABOUT;
to
-r-
before
RAINING
BE
short
(butnot
-a'
momentaneous
begin
to
{c{.'tiiitii'-tcitf
'ni'.tia''
TO
SON
SEA-
THE
haca'-tcili.haca'-,dur.
from
is umlauted
-fl)
-tati
WAS
IT
day
to
from
rain
but 'i'wa-tcdito
get
am.
Here,
72, 74.
an
as
country);-st".'s
UP
(e.g.
hd-ivi'':s
to
AND
SO
beach,
from hd
(seenote
be
DOWN
IS
to
be
at
the
*hiy-is,softened
"
24)-|-15, dur.
localsuffixat
STRETCH
OPEN
AND
ON
A LEVEL
(e.
BEACH,
stetch
of
level
long
country,
'yaq-'.s
g.
on
scatiered
trees
are
spruce
to'h"--maq-\s
of
people
show
heads
the
yayak-is
BEACH,
-saii ; h's like
on
the
seated
beach),mom.
THE
'
with
-qa'mark
IS
'o-Wi'\sSO
contracted from
inceptives.
notes
so
-zcr'ti
S"a).
THE
note
most
AND
SHORE,
hi'i TO
in
be
taneous;
35. had' tati is momenforms in -r-/":i//
are
(seenote
*hy-ii
definitely
see
big),-tciti,
80. See
THE
SALMON
after
INTERIOR),
THE
84. =hcs-sasa.
was
ELSEWHITHER..
79. Umlauted
stem
THAT
elsewhither,
GOING
AT
comes.
ALONG
IN
BE
WHERE
UP
INTERIOR,
(cf.hii-StCS TO
RUN
"
the
house,
contracted
from
"
ed
I3)C' softening,as contrasthardening", is no longera live
clause of indirect
objective
discourse.
frOtU k'wat
ON
THE
SHORE,
ya'k'-to be sore, used either TO HAVE BRANCHES
ya'kiu-,
stem
with body-partsuffixes (e.g. ya'k-o'i
-sasa',word suffix lengthening
to
be
bra-nch).
verbal
right
idea,
vowel,
along,
to
be
emphasizes
sore-necked,
sore-faced,
ya'liiv-in'i
lienable
with inaTRUTH
or
(e.g. 'o'lfsasa' TO BE
to
be sore-handed)
yaya'k'-niik'"
JUST so, IN VERY
WHO...
ONE
THE
TO
and
lowing
folBE
-at' (seenote 24)
ONE
very
the
WHO...,
possessive
s
o
(uniquely for a
noun
(e.g. ya'k'-at-ah
body-part
qasc' RIGHT along); reduplicated
fix
from -sa\ emphaticword sufsuffixed element)
a
the
mine-is-sore
sore
on
eye;
eye, I have
stem
d. yaya'k-sui
vowel, very, too, just,
to
be sore-eyed)
; dur. ya'k'-at', lengthening
very
'o'-ak'th-sa'
to
be the
last,
notes
MOST
see
-ci-tt',
(e.
18,
ya'k'-ci-'at\
inceptive
5,
g.
'a-n-uaf-sa'
-'ati
see
to
-at'
is
treated
merely...,
'a-ya-kwaito
(see
analogously
24, 53 ;
to
much-missing,
too
become
C'.ti-sa'TO
note
i),and theycombine into -'atlat'
82. Absolutive noun
too
seat
of
spend
much).
heart,
81.
"
"
intelligence
and
sense
feeling
is tiUc-nia'
consists
ai.iVe).
iCiiiaqslC
; heart
(from
in
its
ti'tc
to
tomical
anabe
of radical iini-,
of
objectot h'ssasa'.
meaning.
Radical element ihr-, of unknown
85. Place
-ow\s
name,
local
vowels),-m'\s
(after
consonants)
(after
i
452
VI
American
Indian
Languages2
93
sufhx
nominalizing
WOLF
beach
the
on
vowel,
ing
hold-
for
\aS-OlUKS PLACE
RITUAL,
(d. vowels),dur.
beach
the
on
place
liukwat'q-(yw\splace
ON
erect,
hii-api'
THE
local
TO
stem
suffix,lengthens
placed
standing,
BE
IN
THE
RAISED
SKY,
(e. g.
up
'o'-p'.'
UP,
WORK
CARPENTER
WHERE
BEACH
"
"
-'w- from -/
-uw-a'
the
PLACE
ON
ground;
-anid
-uw-d
are
the
place
ROCKS,
along
-ij).
86. See
notes
84, 1.
87. Contracted
ni'lvna'a'
,
form,
"
place
ni'trna'a
"
-\ia'
on
the
suffixused
THERE
E.\.iSTENCE
IS IN
-lUh".
stem
"stem-''."/',
hardening
"
10.
-''."/'
trom
WAS
cf. pre-*".""-,
terit
NONE.
hence
termined,THERE
unde-
meaningare
suffix people
-ath'',nominalizing
exact
NOT.
see
zv\.k-,
rocks;
and its
IS
"
in contracted
containing,
village
hardening
THERE
NON-EXISTENT,
on
beach
the
BE
note
lUlk'-l'n-lta'
THERE
from
name
form of
ofWi-'l"/' TO
house,
the
-uw-as
on
along
-anow-".s
in
CEASED
people
TO
BE
became
ANYONE
non
existent,
Stem fomi
THERE.
personal
soul,
xsqoats-(e.g. qdats-ina'
double,
ts'isha, qo''at's-iti
TOGO
of
for
a
(e. g. fsica'-atfj" people
person, qoq-wa'ts-h"la'
to
be PERSONA
boston
TO
HAVE
PERSON
monly
comON
Americans),
pj'sh.n'-ath"people,
FOOTED,
used as endingin tribalnames
THE
foot).
(whence
for allNootka tribes); 93.
Aht as general
0' s\m' Ic-ci- 3.li inceptive
term
our
aspect. See
also used as verb suffix, hardening, to
notes
I, 50.
forni of /;".;/-,
to
peopled
live
to
be
by
lengthened
dwell,
together,
94. /?'.""-,
emptv
from
hic- stem to
ment),
dwell
to
(e.g. hiy-atJf
[probably
be, do ( as described by suffixed eledemonstrative in origin(see
31],tuk'w-atff sea-lions
possibly
all, see note
stay,
TO
note
to
up
be
inhabited
by
be
i; d. hi'n-a'^uiti
river, hm-usa'
sea-lions, yaq'-tct-ath"h.n-ustas to
TO
his
come
up
out
with
he
of
the
whom
'"J'g'
neighbors).
water,
lives,
OF...
'
"
"
"
"
88. '"-, V,
note
see
-tsa-!citi
(seenote
current
from
-tsa-tci-zti,
-'ali(seenotes
66) +
verb-stem
89. t'sa-,
ts'ivi' A
i.
to
goes
flow
through,
GO
1,5}^.AWAY
(e. g.
fsa-
AWAY
prom
THE
EXPECTING
bm-i''asTO
t'sa-htw'a' also in
go
TO
hoi-U'k'wai TO
BEACH,
hlfl-iu'
TO
RETURN,
outside,
body-partnouns,
Inn-a'sdi to
e.
go
GO
COME,
up
on
g. hm-o'f face,
creek
runs
durative
notes
down
suffix and
kocky
absolutive
noun
9, 15, 33.
Contracted
LAND
from
CARRYING
ROUND
OBJECT,
ROCK
; hcil-lS-
is lengthened
from hin-".'s-,
-csshorteningto
*iucnapi-all.
wi'napi
durative to stay, remain
with lengning)
thened-IS- as rhythmiccounterpart of stem lengthe; w.'n-,
vowel because of following
d.
related-/7^^
also
stem
suffix,
consonants),
(after
;
found without folverb-stem not
lowing-Iss (withlengthening
of immediately
ing
precedapparently
carry
to
-np:'
consonants),
-/?-.'
(after
(after
vowel)TO CARRY (e.g. ':ixiu-i'tss
; -ap'.'
90.
Eight: Wakashan
and
Salishan Languages
453
94
CARRY
TO
TEN
OF DAY
hayU'-tSS
AND
NIGHT.
'tz^-j
OBJECTS IN
nw
Syntactically,
(and
H-.ti
TO
TAKE
SO
SO
is
AND
UP
nw
best
considered
'o'-tSS-'aq'
absolute
HAND,
an
-|'athai')
-rsiili (e.g. .'^dlc-i'sut}
TO THE
infinitive: it was four
woods),mom
in being
complementary
'."-'.ftC-i
tSS TO
TAKE
TO
DOG
A
HAVE
DAYLIGHT
A
ALONG,
(andIT WAS FOUR FN BEING NIGHT).
dur.
DOG
suffix,
along),-o-'uk'
lengthening 100. Phonetic variant of '"r//"e*',
see note
16;
'ath"'.-'.
(seenote 66);hcn\. both are properly
stem, TO BE ON one's way
so''uk'means
to
take
along
while
10 1. hoi-, see
local
note
literally
mom.
94. -as".t{,
one's way
and refers possibly
suffix (arriving)
on
to the canoe
be
confused
with
at
to
not
;
form of -{a)s,
draggedalongby the lungingwhale, though -(a)5'.ti,
-a'sitf,
mom.
-a's
on
the verb is used simplytor the movements
of
to SIT
10
down
(e.g. t'".(]iv-a'S'.t{
on, h'.ii-a'S'.lf
and diving
whale and for ceremonial
a blowing
get
up
on
[aplatform
I).
imitations of these movements,
-c.li,
known
inceptive, 102. Place name, probablvNiiinat,of unsee note
THE
50.
-a is doubtlcs ON
etymology.
beach,
form oduaia'k',
dur.
cf. note
95. wa'iak'ylengthened
84.
verb TO go to, be bound
for
Umlauted
d. note
a place, probably
{rom*'iikfa'-\,
96.
103.
contracted {rom*tvaia-'ak' (cf.
forms
is
note
note
see
see
'tikfa'-,
analogous
59. -'-.,
9. 'iikii'^c
A
PADDLK,
THE
liket'sawa'k'TO
be
"C *t'sawa-'ak'and
one
note
in
related to loaf-,
verb-stem
14);waia- probably
TO
(mom. wai-ati to
to
be
going
graduativeti^d'/r-A//
return
home,
home
notes
see
-ak',dur. intransitive,
\Jm\zu\.e(i
{xom
96.
saya'-\' ;
2,
be
home) ;
89.
10,
dur. verb
34. saya-',
gone
notes
see
22,
to kaxi'h.s.
apposition
104. Absolutive
noun;
there is no
evident
ms'^nin' amplifies
'/"-of
analysis.
Syntactically,
nominalized verb.
preceding
final form of 'tuju'-,
syllabically
105. '/'.(/'-,
see
note
13.
form
-sali,mom.
of
-'.s on
the
be
away,
far
distant
the
beach
"
of iva'iak'
CANOE,
99. Durative
mo'
'ua-s is
while
to
four,
be
form of numeral;
specifically
I'OUr
nwtci'i
means
also verb-
h.ta-ts^o}fia'to
appear
coming
out
of
e. g. h\tnouns,
body-p.irt
localsufiixdownstream;
(fk'lf'.'
TO
four
have
stem
nio'-{e.
rump).-(rt)/'"/'..v,
objects
g. nnr-p'ai
and -j on the
one's back, mo'-tc'.n'k'four
are
the
on
on
compoundedof (n)h"lprobablv
is
-ici'i
spot.
a
level
on
mo'-sivtso'
four
-{(i)h"l'.s
TO
be
Evidently
in
beach,
places),
WAY,
the
-hf-ir'a'
on
correlative
downstream
to
classifierfor
numeral
-tcii,
day(s)(e.g. ^luip'down
runs
a
tci-lone
rocks
two-twenty-da
Ys,
(c.g. fsa-hC-a-\i a creek
day, 'ati-cq'-tcii
and
-nht'-as
-kiui'f
of
the
woods
out
ROCKY
forty
bed)
days); -tci'idoes not become
come
to
to
cause
after u- vowels (ci.note 32).
(c.g. cans. h\ta-hCas-ap'
the
OF
OUT
probably
woods) ; hence -{a)lfhj
98. Durative form ; see note 94.
seee
periods
four
note
of
days,
97.
light,
dayspans
more
means,
TO
out
also in
woods;
THE
A BEACii-i.iKE
into
1 iik
into
the
moving
open
accurately,
to mean
-(";)/'"/PLACE, leaving
open,
seaward.
Not
to
be confus-
VI
454
American
Indian
Languages 2
95
ed
is
-{a)h"hs
with
hd-ahs
TO
BE
t'ias-at".s
TO
RIVER,
THE
grass
laq'
maq-at".s
DOWNSTREAM,
SLIDE
(e. g.
-at'.s downstream
DOWN
"
yats- TO
FOURS,
MOVE
step
FROM
thus
scv'-ok''^
to
'na-lc-uk'" to
PLACE
ONE
means
literally
IN
canoe;
of h.tah"tis.
object
s"jn-
14.
verb
suffix in
9, 103
stem
bow,
the
be understood
to
the
bow,
pole-like
note
see
object
has
local
(cf.SKp'-to'p'
stick),-tt'lsym*,
POSITION
pole-bowed,
to
note
see
as
have
sona'tsym*is
113.
"
bahuvrihi
"
pole-like
to
be
in the
object
Bcnv.
115. Absolutive
baiiuvrihi
'"
"
(e.g. inds'-na'k' to
spear
\ti
canoeman.
89. Local
note
all
notes
ci'ti-iik'"
to
ALONG
MOVE
nominalized,canoe-party,
108. See
14).-'i' see
ANOTHER).CciVpok'''
TO
TO
on
crawl
for,
look
moves
downstream).
lengthened
komt'cap-,see note
107. t'ca-pstemintransitivesuffix,
lengthening
64. ~ok'"',
walk
to
along
vowel, TO MOVE
(e.g. ya'ts-uk'"
i/dA'/V-^/vy..^'
tostandin
BOW,
to
go
for
have
to
make
see
suffix,
noun
spear, tni'is-I
mrls-i't
spear,
absolutive
spear).
-'yC,
a
note
54-
from
note
see
I'^q'-,
105. -stc".sa-'af'
cf.
-stcisati
note
-sto.sali,
mom.
-at\
-\109.
of ^vhich are parallel
those oisaya'',
to
some
form (cf.
of dur. -j/"".^,next to on
note
105)
thiv^n'ti or llaivii''
note
see
96, are : mom.
the
beach, contracted from -stci- (whichdoes
tia-wz-tatfto begin
to
TO
GET
NEAR,
Inceptive
occur
not
uncompounded) and -is on the
tia'ivr.nHi
or
be
to
near,
graduative
approach,
vowel -k'tci's,
BEACH
ue.
(after
g. n-k'tci's
iterative//a*tfa'tui''i''
getting
TO
be
near,
so and
to
on
THE
so
is next
one
BEACH),cf.
wano-f or tio'iuui'iy
-to.-, for -tc.tl,
inceptive
116.
'
notes
note
see
zed
palatalito
33),
(cf.note
one
h's, see
72.
clause of
dinate
marks subor84. -'it'q',
note
cf. note
locality,
ONE
TO
sit
BE
THE
cf.
BEACH;
THE
UPON
FURTHER
ONE
OF
OUTSIDE
UP
"
"
particular
without
further
is
'o'-iica'S
to
naiua'y-,
around
the
on
that
-stci'sfurther
stem-lengthening
beach
be the
to
(e.g. 'o'-stci's
22.
to
be confused with
up
no.
boring
neigh-
NEXT-PEOPLED,
to
be neighbors
(e.g. 'o-k'tci"'ath"'-st'at
is not
-k'tci's
this
another);
-stci's,
5. -tt\
of -at'
phoneticvariant
suffix,
note
see
passive
-A'7n-'fl///'
TO BE
-tci-'ath",
purpose
suffix,
house),-at',passive
see
note
72.
suffix,
67. -at', passive
117. 'jh",see note
it
as
note
72. 'jh'"at'may be interpreted
(k'walisits)
(the canoeman) by whom
'jf/^at'
+ noun
corresponds
(neighbor)ed.
to our
English agentivephrase(by...)alter
passiveverbs. It should be understood that
was
to
{d. nawa-'y-as
looking
around,
on
sitting
the
KS,
the
outside
sit
of
the
house
was
used
of old
particularly
men
look around).
as they
morning and gossiping
local suffixON
112.
Iku-,see
the
note
beach,
94.
cf. note
84.
-nita' (after
nants),
conso-
-'iv'.ita'
(after
vowels),localsulfixout
OF
THE
CANOE.
g.
bow
OF
verb, transitive
in
passive
WITH
NUDGE
THE
intransitive,
qatc-,verb
form,
118. Momentaneous
TO
or
form.
see
-C.-zt',
ELBOW.
stem
UOtCS
18, 109.
see
113. /;i/-,
THE
every Nootka
be made
can
note
CANOE,
HA\E
TO
hop~a'tsy".n'
119.
at\S FINE
good
'oqto-,s\.em
WEATHER
COMES
(e.g. 'oqw-
weather
DOWN
ON
THE
round
object
in
the
imitate
to
'oqzu-i''nak'
fair
weather
BEACH,
in
Eight: Wakashan
and
455
Salishan Languages
96
zed
dur. '.aq'maq-eyid
-an'h- ; labialito
dance),-um'h (perhaps
properly
^-sound
have
grass
in
the
often
-iw', -',"',
distr. fht'hh-atyolf
to k-throat
:
red
and
here
develops
verbal there
sound H
the
at
urn',-un'),
marten
stem-lengthening
'atf-taqthroat,
; mom.
TO
suffixof unknown
BE DOUBLE
IN THE
BIRD
SINGS
meaning(1 have found it e'yuti
THROAT,
for
d
urative
with
DOUBLE
"
(^''i
'oqw-).
ht),
-z-,
notes)
only
16 ; -r', sometimes
suffix after h (seenote
stein
to
be
unable
in
124. hi- (from /'"i"),
but before
followed by irrealis-a'lf (e.g. hishortened to -e' is absolute durative,
ANY
WAY
thiselement isalways
indicative-mI COULD
NOT
take
ITTO
ANY
shortened)./jfl-'fl/)"-fl-/7-n'
place).
i. e. -ssdi'-,
third
umlauted from -ss"Ja'-(see
-s'lii-,
digm
-ma,
person present indicative (seeparain other peralso occurs
in
in note
notes
i ; -m^
as generally
sons
79, 109)and lengthened,
if preceded
forms,from
by a vowel, e. g. haokw-ah i short-vowelcd durative-inceptive
-sda' (after
-ss'Jabut so'-m-ah i a.m holding).
EAT
sonants),
convowels),
; -ssda' (after
adverb of modality,
dur. verbal suffixto act in such
is it
120.
and
Interrogative
identical SUCH
? tak-, possibly
a
? DO YOU
way
THINK
to
do
something
NOT
(e.g. p'".c-s"Ja'
of /a^^x*'nevertheless,
with stem
bad);-ssiia'assimilated from *-cs\la'{c\. perstill, yet.
haps
third personal
Kwakiutl
to take
care
of
word-suffix,
-ysi'Ja
-ha,interrogative
; this
'ani'-sda' to only
-c"" --/- explains
tive
original
(seenote i for paradigmof interrogasubject
*'anaisiia'
cf.qawi'':
so
DO
"C
"C
*'ana-ysda'
forms).
salmonberry
See
note
ihisthenote
"C *qaii'a'i).
121.
-ta-, from
78 -\',see
9;
qawacis
'na's'i
'ah"
notes
is equivalent
to
today,
see
-tC'.ii,
suffix,
inceptive
DAY
35, 109, 5.
of 'o'gtim'htvra
better taken as subject
-a'h",modal word-suffix indicatinguncertaiiuy
probably
in negative
than as indepenor
clauses,
unreality,
particularly
dent
(thisday is fine-weathered)
like -'atf,
note
i
adverb (itis fine weather
act
see
(e.g.
today).
phonetically
!
steal-at-any-time
verb to
say
122.
lua'',
(alsoused as verb- wik\ni' fw'wiFa'h do-not
hisi'k'a'hrs now-i-do-not-know
be used as
ww' does not seem
to
stem
hayim*hath\
iva'-y,
durative (like
certain other monosyllabic
long- which-way-i-should-go).
verb stem
but
to
speak
voweled
as
note
(e. g. dur.see
32),
duratives,
125. ts".q-,
ts".'.-"ik'
its
iterative
t
o
be
:
single
talking,
say
to
tscq'
tscq-a'
thing);
momentnneous
(a
TO
talk
waiuw'
durative
is
saying
of
to
fond
to
be
be
is'.'q'-f'.lch"
talking,
corresponding
its
-cUf,
momcnsomething
doing
s
everal
while
else).
times, despite
(notnecessarily
18.
note
ivawi'-lcui to begin
suffix,
see
taneous
iterativeform),inceptive
for -ktmnote
126. qalf-,
see
see
note
TO
BH SAYING,
53. -kca-li^-,
suffix,
-'at',
72 ;
passive
note
of zua'- refer to the person addressed, tcitl,sec
5 ; -kwa-lali,momentancous
passives
suffix-Ic'.li
the thingspoken of (e.g. wa'-at-ah i am
preceded
not
by element -kca- denoting
totality
(e.g. qai/'-lru'a-tc"
completeness,
told)
become
all
01 f, xwak'-kwa-tC'.tfto
whose
PEOPLE
DIE
verb
ing
meanstem
precise
123. 'tnogw-,
causative
-Vi/.vswollen
dumb
(e.
is not yet clear;
to
-hva-'ap'
bh
up),
g.
or,
presumably
to
pieces,
less specifically,
rigid
fsax-hva-'ap'
to
be
kwa-ap to crush
barred,
hemmed,
xt'
for -at'
SEVERAL
AT
SPEAR
mom.
TO
o
f
that
PEOPLE).
sort,
or something
-c'yiili,
-c'yu'lf,
118.
notes
suffix
local
suffix,
see
form of dur. -c^yuf,
in
the
72, 109,
passive
-Cyui,
see
distributive form -i"V//',
(/of
-Cy:Jh"
127. Contracted from *qa'yap't'a-at'-\\
throat,
t\i'
absolutive
26.
noun
leg
distributive
/'"in
;
notes
suffixesfrequently
qa'yap'
14,
changesto
26.
itself.
-'al'-\'
note
see
analysis
distr. -o'h")
suggests
forms,ci. further -o'i faced:
(cl. no
+
"
-i-
VI
456
American
Indian Languages 2
97
momentaneous
tiakic-c\tl,
aspect, see
ilakic- to
stand.
18, from verb stem
128.
note
Rhetorical
134.
THAT
stem^w
of demonstrative
lengthening
note
(cf.
17).
YONDER
to
takzc- to
do
simpledurative corresponding
135. tdk-,from verb stem
to
dur. Ink-ok' TO DO
NOTHING
as
//a/.'/'-)
but, EXCLUSIVELY,
followed by some
local so at
durative is regularly
ONCE.
local suffix
-h"la-to.ii,
inceptive
used
suffix (e. g. tiaki'-s to
-h"taidentical
as
stand
TO
BECOME
OUT
AT
SEA
on,
;
probably
for
with
-/.'"/of
in
nearest
to
stand
to
which
case-fftanote
; tiaki'-qs
106,
equivalent
-h"t- + dur. "a-,tak-}ft-abox
stand
in a
; lia'kic-s'alo' is best analyzed
as
canoe,
wagon,
to.tibeingproperly
TO
stand
at
the
to
begin
to
be altogether
door), liakic- is based on
(e.g. OUT on the sea
simplertia- stick-like
object stands
tia-a'^a a stick
of a gnome-like
for
a
name
thi-yw'stake
136. fc'.'iiK'-''ath"
weir,
being
of the woods ; t'cvtw-, stem
of unknown
stands
up
on
the
rocks).
There
is
no
"
liakic-("softened
as
tlakic-C'.li,
Graduative
129.
stem-vowel,from
in
verb-stem yats-to
to
step,
-Cca'
,
-ath"
people,
person,
article,
quotative
see
note
.see
note
87.
66.
i ; anticipates
137. \)-,see note
following
to
take
a
{yats-all
step),see note 6 ;
clause ttih"o/iti'itq't'ca'pokw\'
looked
temporal
be
as
practically,
ya'ts-ati
may
upon
t'ci'm'atlf'e'.
-ya'ti,contracted from -yi-'atf,
to va/j-H^'"TO
note
see
inceptive
WALK,
107.
cf. notes
derivative verbal suffix at
Other derivatives o{yats14, 26 ; -y.'
a.re yats-haid
to
walk
the
time
of
at
such
such
and
a
(e.
'o-yi\
ll\ti
ON
g.
THE
side
(ofA WILL),yafs-a'q' TO walk
what
at
if,
TIME, when,
qiue-yi-n'-m-Kt-i'-s.
INTO
the
to
yats-i'tis
yats-tspa''
bush,
track,
time
I CAME,
WHEN
I came),also -yiya'
-yi'ya'
TO
GET
to
try
to
reach
by
PAST, ya't's-J/'
after
vowels
to
be at this
(e.g. 'ah"ko'-yi'ya'
following
in one's footsteps.
to
be next
time, tiao'-yi'ya
time, 'ah"'a'-yi'yati
(e.g.ho'ii}0. ho'a-, stem
back, returning
-'ati now
"C -yi'ya
at
that
\time, passive
n' TO come
to
repeat
a wolf
back, ho'^a-l'safo'
to
to
so
done
be
-" *-yiya-at'
qoxwa-yiyat'
RITUAL
L.\TER
A YEAR
IN
ABBREVIATED
FORm).
after consonants
WHEN
freezing),
-iya'
-i'ya
66 ; as momentaneous-itenote
-tsa-tciti,
see
to
come
when
to the
beach
rative of mom.
is found hotlha'lsalc (e.g. 'alh"-iya-sati
hc'atsatcdi,
different
IT IS NIGHT,
to
be
at
a
ku'ist-i'ya'
TO
TURN
SEVERAL
BACK
TIMES.
time:).
64, 33. Local objectof pre131. See notes
ceding
138.f/'/.-^-Zo.//,
inceptive
aspect (to become
-tsa-.
verb,completing
of
dur.
ti'tc to be alive
well)
alive, to get
106. -qsiti,
form
note
see
mom.
132. h\ta-,
is
used
durative
base for other
as
{li'tc-aof -qs IN A CANOE
to
kneel
in
(e.g. dur. tco-qs
durative;cf.,
aspects, but not as independent
WALK
'
CANOE
WITH
BENT
BACK, mO'-qS
TO
BE
FOUR-IN-
[saLMOn] IN ONe's
CANOE
to
go
into
a canoe
; iterativehi'la'qsi'i
is
uscd
SEVERAL
after
vowels,
times)
; -^/i('.//) only
after
62.
see
note
-alfs^yti) consonants,
CANOED,
133.
stem
FOUR
HAVE
Momentaneous
to
tkh-ak'
In
TO
paddle,
TO
canoe,
paddle,
form
travel
mom.
in
of //i/'"-,
verb
a
tiJf-cUf to
to
be
ti'/l/'-o.ti
graduative
see
off).-C'.ti,
note
18.
(dur.
canoe
set
paddling
off
further,iterative ti'Ica'-tci'lto
SEVERAL
times,
SEVERAL
BECOME
well),also
ti'lc- (e.g.ti'tc-ma'heart,
used
as
verb
tdit'c-oi'
to
stem
pray
for -tci-'ati,
notes
see
health).-tCK-\ti,
FOR
5"
well
become
distributivemcepuvetdti'
Ica-tati
I-
139.
See
temporalnot
but because
notes
by preceding
'oya'ti.
Wakashan
Eight:
and Salishan
457
Languages
98
140. See note
-'i',
see
nominaHcontained
quotative
(note136)changesto non-quotativeON THAT
-'i' because,once
is conceived
introduced,the
derived from
BE
DRESSED
GETTING
READY,
BE
GETTING
^i'liyixi'-tall
to
get
neous
momenta-
ready,
see
-ak'-\',
note
rub
rub
UP
several
go
self
oneoneself
t\ti-n^kiim'hand-rubbing-object,
times
about
the
on
'o-'na'h-m\sto
look
borrow);
*-m\yij,
*-mayis,
beach
to
"
MOviNG
and
ABOUT
ABOUT
IN
ON
GROUND,
THE
THE
MOVING
ON
alone,e.
g.
MOVING
MOVING
about
in
OBJECT
THE
true
STANDS
such.
c(.
MOVING
seem
about
water), and
served
pre-
not
THE
BEACH,
84.
lutive
absogwayafsi'k',
stem
e.g.,
as
of
FOND
BE
OF
ING
are
cates
redupli-
syllable,
reduplicating
t'cO'fcilC-i'k'
TO
(e.g.
to
bk
\'\'qhaiik'zv-i'k'
THINGs).
(used
on
-uk",
118.
10.
stem
luiiiswJjp-,
reduplicated
irregularly
matsmay.xwvn's^ikytswhosvekk
iterative
to
nilsfii'ya'
and forms
ON
OF
TALKING,
,
in
be
FOND
drunkard),-i'k'
longvowel
to
ing,
"
tuii'-lk'TO
BE
SUSPICIOUS,
note
with
fond
be
-mai-m'
WOODS).
THE
46.
"
(e.g.
TELLING
of
see
occur
be
ALWAYS
FOND
is
from
ALWAYS
BE
BE
ABOUT
iterative of tit-\s
ON
with
standing,
body,
OF
note
variant of
tS'.\-"ik'
TO
na\-"ik' to
TO
to
ING
JUMPING,
-Uli'^a'
to
OUT
see
-tia,
WOLF
"
the
note
; with
ROCKS
iterativesa'-tssJh'^tm'i
WOODS,
COMING
i.
-ik'
the
moving
HOUSE,
not
the
''
ALWAYS
the
note
for
"
-mai-
used
tia'-si's),
though often practically
143. See
be
qwayats- (e.g.
to
imitate
wolf
a
in a dance,
qivayiis-inak'
-'i'k' absolutive
wolf
(]zvayzts-ox"sim'
head-.mask).
suffix
noun
hardening preceding
consonants
(cf.hivCi-vk lightning
serpent,
ALWAYS
coiling
down
to the
literally
ground?);
identical with
ning
hardeperhapsultimately
from
from
BEACH,
-UldS
wovmc
-mai-ap\
on
on
about
"
TO
does
about
so
-mi'i,-mil
.THE
ON
iterative (the
STICK-LIKK
THE
are
HOUSE
ABOUT
-mai-it
to
106. -Issjfft-a'
note
"
UNMANLY,
is contracted
-ma'S,
FROM
which
-nial-,
is
and
softened
-IS
HOUSE,
be
look
-ni'/s
84 (analogousforms
true
so
for
'ak'ivai-'nah-misto
BEACH,
-niCa'
and
note
noun
wik'-maif-mi's
beach,
beach
the
THE
Phonetic
147.
to
OF
-''ati,
see
OUT
[wolves]KEEP
(oneself)
(e.
iterativetititry-a
to
over,-
notes
15.
verb-stem to rub
t'r-,
1^2. /-.-,
tr-tcw'
once,
g. tr-tati TO rub
down,
from nw-tci'i
note
see
COMES
neous
to
get
something
'i'nxxi'-yoLp'
cf. note
absolutive noun
suffix,
ready); -f)ia\
all
"
Softened
'i'fiax-
stem
causative
12.
was
-sohVa' (after
local
(after
vowels),
consonants),
suffix OUT
READY
OF
the
(dur.'Vfly.xa''TO BE
probably
woods,
containing
'in'xa''to
element -/?"/-discussed in note
be
106 (e.g. yatsUP, graduative
soh'^taTO WALK
OUT
OF
THE
CAUsa.t[ve'in'xa'-ap'
gi'aduative
BUSH^ mat'-sohHa'
momenta"TO
Sa'-tSSOh'^ta'
SOMETHING
FLY
OUT
OF
THE
READY,
[a WOLf]
BUSH,
PREPARED,
READY,
verb
idea
the
beach.
DAYS,
97, and -i^ on
Contracted
from
*lKtatssoh'Haati-tia, stt
146.
*'i'ny..\iiia-'ak'-\\
see
from
the
BEACH.
"
145.
the local
Specifies
precedingverb : he
28.
note
in
FOUR
ing,
cloth1^,26.'r;zxv-;;/a',absolutivenoun
REGALIA,
TO
t'ci'nc'ath"-
known.
as
141. Contracted
notes
144. See
that
9. Note
note
zing-^'m'
TO
of
136. -e',phoneticvariant
EYE
THE
\n-sui
in
passers-by,
several
shoot
the
-s\m'
eye,
(e.g. ^nutino'q'-sni
to
EYE,
k'-sui
yolsya'
to
be
have
sore
times,
is at
what
a
inside
boil
the
Eight: Wakashan
and
459
Salishan Languages
100
163.
note
})io'-,see
form o{
see
-I'p',
176).
97.
162
note
-yip'posivocalicgo
(seealso
notes
171,
for
sea-eggs
-\'h" also
"
he-x,stem
heww-
after both
occurs
noun
sea-egg)
;
and
verb
to mean
to
try
unreduplicated,
to
get,
with lengthened
164. Durative absolute in -a' (cf.inceptiveTO BE AFTER, generally
siem'ani'-tciti
to
to
be
the
only
get
to
try
to
get
one, to
vowel(e.g.'mz--"/fp"
the
one
used as verb
ALONE
HELD
IN
the
i.
mouth
THE
become); 'ana- is freely
[bY
WOLf], e. TO
stem
TO
be only,
to
formally
analogousto 'aya- attempt
CAPTURE
A NOVICE
IN THE
WOLF
be much
to
TO
(e.g. 'ana-tsstno\sto be the only
TO
GET
BY
RITUAL, ya't's-i'lf
TRACK, TO TRY
along
the
one
IN one's STEPS, he-'y-'.'h"
FOLLOWING
beach, 'a'na-lciito do so and
TO
BE AFTER
nothing
eat
only
BLOOD
so
" hes-nus blood),also with unlengtheto, 'a'n-i'S'Cai'Sa'to
ned
BUT
Stem-vowel, in which case it means
)
to
iiit'c165. 5M/V-,verb-stem to be five (form of want
(e.g. k'nt's-"/h"to want
mussels,
used before vowels, e. g. sut'c-cq'
fivech" TO WANT
stem
-\h" forms
A
woman) ; finally,
172,
stems,
"
"
twenties,
ONE
snt'c-i'tss
to
hundred,
carry
Sufc-Q-Irwaf
and lengthening
of stem-vowel
reduplication
to
watch
for
"; 'natc(e. g. 'na'na't'c-i'h"'
beforcconsonantal
suffixes
FINGER-WIDTHS
18 {c(.
To
note
-citf,
see
suffix,
look),
LONG;
inceptive
it appears as siifca-,e. g. stit'ca-qmi'i
also h.n'-'clf-ati
five
to
go
after).
DRICAL
CYLIN168. 'o'-,
from V, see note
FIVE
LONG
ROUND
lengtheijed
OBJECTS, Sllfca-t'siq'
i,
because
of
FIVE
LONG
FLAT
iterativeaspect (cf.
note
Sufca-p'ii
OBJECTS,
50).-wCa'i
bags
to
the
be
first
full, sufca-to.i iterativeform of -zi'i''
(e.g.
OBJECTS, siifca-h"tak'five
'o-u'c'so and
FIVE
five
to
have
so
cook
[salmonJin
is first, 'o'-wi-tsaqa'
to
days, sut'ca-qs
THE
five
to
carry
so
let
and
so
to
canoe, sulca'-p'ai
objects
first, causative 'o-wi'-'ap'
ON^ the
so
be
the
back),as durative absolute snt'ca' -cp' so and
first),
-ap', causative
162 (butalso note
iteratives in final-/ form
note
see
note
171).
suffix,
see
72 (all
consists of
166. tlnp'ctdf
their causative in -'ap\
summer
be
cause
TO
to
e. g. -o'i-'ap'
verb-stem tlnp-and
to
on
the
be
hardening -'etch" ; repeatedly
rocks,
-ap'uU.n'lverb-stem to be hot
to
tocause
repeatedly
be under,
(e.g. dur. t'iop-'ap'
t'iup-,
-a'l-ap'
a'
is
weather
TO
is hot,
TO
repeatedly
TO
BE OFF, -i'tf-'ap'
CAUSE
t'hp-a'i
object
hot,
i.
to
e.
into
the
repeatedly
cause
house).
iHop'-yvhato die of heat,
sweat,
quently 169. nio''y\p'ati,
top
notes
TO
be
hot
on
the
see
see
16^, i. -//"/,
t'iop'-qi
end; less frein
FIVE
objects
ARE
MISSING,
THE
HAND,
SUSUt'c-m'k'
[r^^-]TO
BE
FIVE
FIVE
"
"
g. t'io'm-ahsto
tlom-,e.
receptacle,
i.e.
hot
be
hot
in
water),-cidf, see
note
61.
I.
suffix which
be
in
causes
pursuit
of,
to
"
of stem, to
reduplication
tohunt
to
(such
get,
try
note
46.
from
-fnv.'-tC'.-'xli,
note
10.
see
170. zvik-,
umlauted *-/';/w-/ri//-|- -'all,
notes
see
79, 5.
be obtained in number)
as may
objects
herring-fishing
to
go
(e.g. tiutiu'y-ch"
notes
J09,
see
i2.).-V///,
I.
and apparently
to
snl\\'^yip
parallel
with
(seenote
entirely
sut\-".'p'
synonymous
^/"^-Wl/'
based
is
tutuck'-i'h"
w
hich
to
GO
COD"C
on
sul'ca-,
lengthened
165);
HbRRING,
and umlauted to sut'cc-before -'\".p'
fishing
to
" tuck-Q-h" cod, t'ioli'ontip"."\.'h'^
(as before
animals
HUNT
or
elk
"
I'fo-nun' elk,
bihe.'\i'-\'h"
to
171.
mom.
ox
inceptive-tc.ti and
its causative
460
Vf
American
Indian Languages 2
lOI
cf.notes
-'yap',
-ali,see
172.
see
109).-'y.p',
79,
note
note
see
i.
verb-stem
177. ha'o-,
'63.
-tin',
46.
of finalvowel
with lengthening
hayiY-,
note
ON
to
the
next,
(e.g.
revenge
TO
do
in
to
turn,
metaphorically
to
pass
take
iterativeha'tlho'-qsa-tc
genera-
to
two
be
in
the
Sing. I.
'ati-h"tak'
two
house,
2.
'ati-tc'ri
two
full,
TWO
ON
the
end,
places),before
to
'a'a'ti-alptn'
be
days,
'ati-sa'tso'
to
certain
be
in
-tca-k-c
2.
3. -fca-c
3.
-fca-so'-c
-fca-c{-ai)
two
distributive'a'atta-kwaithere
I.
bags
179. See
note
54.
(or\r qui'
a' q- lengthened
iSo.'a'qvi'qha,
-qh-ha/
from 'aq-(before
to
of
be two
out
each
in a
[pile],
'athi-qs-d
'aq\'vowels),'aq\-,
durative
absolute
verb-stem
receptacle
in the
house),
interrogative
(beforeconsonants),
'atia' -kwai,
it,
-ba? always followed by interrogative
-kwa'i,verb suffix to be absent,
what
missing
to
stay
away
for
what
is it ?
a
(e.g. qe'-kwa'i
g. dur. absolute 'aq-nk'-ha'
ino-hva'f four
whAT is it made
? 'au'qilong
are
of
time,
gone,
yaq'- 'aqi-yJftaqak'-ha'
sus-ha-k"
Ihta-hcai-c.tt
?
WHO
is absent,
to get
why
a'
you
cry
do
hua'l-\t'q'
q\.-f
yuk'-ha-k'
? 'uqi-sk'-ha
TO
be
to
go
YOU
LAUGHING
ABOUT
WHAT
ARE
'a'ya-kwai-atf-sa'
away,
away,
S-kl-k'
TO
get
to
?
ARE
be too
to
spend
too
WHAT
AWAY
HE
GO
WHY
DID
much-missing,
'aq-i'
is
t'sawa'?
you
'atia-kivat
o"
i'
s-ha-k'
to
eight
what
are
YOU
EATING
much); analogous
aq-0''
/cZffl/ONEabsent
?
? 'aqi-yuai-fpa-k'
see
you
what
do
seC
SAYING
(fromTEn),NINE. -'."/)',
162.
? 'aqi-qsnote
you
find
what
did
'aqe'-yun-'J-ha-k'
ha-k' what
see note
i. -yoaf,
note
see
174. '()-,
[game]have you in your canoe ?
65. -"./',
what
see note
is on
it ? 'aqe'-tciclnti-ha'
what
perfective
suffix,
159. -'-.,
nominalizing'aqe'-s-ha'
In
note
with
Ica'ats'iF.
WATER
suffix,
see
OF
THE
SURFACE
TO
BE
ON
THE
CAME
?).
9.
apposition
stem-vowel,
67.Formally,'oh" is comple175. See note
mentary -in'-, verb suffix lengthening
infinitive to 'oyo'
a ht"r.; it serves
TO
be because
to
of, cf.causative 'a'qm'probably
tca'ats'^'Fin contrast
? (thisstem
to k'lval'S'Js
you
doing
what
are
:
emphasize
'ap-ha-k'
for
to occur
he
his part.
-m'-,which does not seem
lengthening
related
be
-fio'ti,
to
176. See note 172. /vrv/r- merelyphoneticfreely,
postvocalic
may
variant of hayo'-.
movable
with
momen-w'ti,
postconsonantal
are
two
missing
'
'
Eight:
Wakashan
and
Salishan
Languages
461
102
taneous-//,TO
'a'ia'DO
so
BECAUSE
BE
to
me
or,
e.
customarily
'o'-"iLr-'".smomentaneous
g.
for
the
son
rea-
of
note
see
-/)".'
stem-lengthening
suffix,
to
sfya' si- are so-'wa'
90).Parallel
that
for
so'^wa'-s-tUs it is
reason
\cjiL'a'-no'li-il-ah
it is Yon,
You{so'^iva'-q-e\ts
ll-\t'q' for
which
reason
I
WAS,
yours),sot- (e.g. so't-'J to do to you, siit'yaqiu-\yi'
HE.
.). -qh (aftervowels and h), -h- (after nak' TO HAVE
you
[as chief]); ni-'zva' we
-ha, interrogative (niica'-q-in'
iii'wa'-s-m' it is ouks),
n
is we,
consonants),see note
55.
third person, see note
suffix,
120.
ni^h)-(e.g. rtch-zi to do to us, nOp-a-'atup'
'a'qui^qh{fp)a
would seem
to
for
to mean
what
reason
-make
for
literally
us) ; si'^wa' ye {si^iua--q-z\lso
?
si'u'a--s-t'".tSLr'
i.
while
IT is ye,
does
IS he
e. why
it
is yours),s:h- (e.g.
(loing so)
he,
? -qh-dnncipaung'atlakwaf'/
si/h zf to do
did
why
he.
to
to
for
p'
do
you,
S'.'h-a''atup'
which follows complementary infinitive.
you).
THAT.
See
181.
notes
164, 74.
]ju\i-,broken from
182.
i. e.
^^.-woiti,
179,
185. yaq-,
"."o'^yi-,
see
notes
-zy^//(after
vowels),-awalf
it
one's lot,
elements
(seenote
183. See
-s:,
so
and
notes
5),e.
-'ati and
of
yaqw-,
word-suffix
absolute
because
it
(relative
-"'-),
-e'-s, relative
suffix with
singular subjectiveelement,
d.
note
Plur.
yaq-e'-s
yaq-e'-k'
yaq-e-'
2.
analogous
3.
i.
Quotative
unites
forms, e.
AS
WE,
SAY
THEY
I, AS
3.
yaq-e'-so''
yaq-f{-'af)
with
-ha-tc he,
interrogative
t'ci-ii'
THAT
yaq-i-ti'
I.
2.
quently
66, 178, 58) fre{d. notes
suffixes
subordinating
(e.g.
-tc-
absolute
singular
emphasis.si\averbal
is used
Paradigm
73.
Sing. I.
person
in certain
base
first person
g. ivi-k-awa-atl.
first
by
that
note
159;
stem-suffix,
note
note
to
come
see
176. -'atly
172,
i.
paradigm,see note
184. Independent
is also used
falls
nothing
singularsubjectof
first person
pronoun,
that
have
los"is-// before
one);
to
so
is
lui'k-aivali to
yaq-,
is followed
not
see
stem-form
not
IS
they
as
SAID,.
IF YOU,
-qO'-tC-k'
o( yaq-we
? \jn'.-
say.
"
-qa-ts-s that
AS
have,
IS
as
SAID,...).
quotative
to
be
to
be
mine
si'ya'-qrally
(genei, si'va'-sparadigm :
with repeatedfirstperson singular
minal
pronoit
is i, literally']
Plur. 1. \tiq-f-t'r:-n'
suffi.x,
e. g. sfya'-q-ah
Sing. I. yaq-e'-ls-s
am
iAM
I ; sCya'-s-ah it
is
i
literally
2.
2.
mine,
yaq-e'-ts-sc'
yaq-c-tc-k'
HAViN'G
it heme!
let
si'ya\'~ap'-is
; causative
3. yaq-f-!c(''al)
3. yaq-c'-lc
dently
is evicause
me
literally
[-5Jto be 1).si-'ya'
Other
latives
based on
reduced
absolute -sk, sometimes
examplesof first person singularre-
g.
to
(seenotes
-s
in
stem
one
(d.
si'-tcd
FOR
me,
that
si'-putf-qa-s
erect,
that
to
I HAVE
do
to
TAKEN
me,
iget
FIRST
sv-altip'
do
hamnCamah
i who
am
DiE
to
to
be
RANK;
-pUtfis
\^\ nial'-iifl-i's
rmiWHEN
THAl-I-FLE\V-OFF,
TIME
qiui-ycha-yisi-know
when
i was
'oy\.
iiinla'-yi's
1 86.
u'rt"-,see
note
122.
1 1 K\V
OFF
of-what-i-
flying.
-a//,
see
note
i.
462
VI
Indian
American
Editorial
Originallypublished in
76-102
Languages 2
Note
International
Journal
of American
Linguistics3,
(1924).
Sapirs
corrigendaon
ms.
his copy
are
as
follows:
Read:
Original
For:
p. 77, col 1, I. 14
78, col. 1, 1. 3
Du'yLtci-tcL'ett
'6u'yLtci-lcL'ett
t'sa'ak't'
t'sa'ak'\'
78, col. 1, I. 28
79, col. 2,1.4
qa'yap't'at'i'
qa'yap't'af'i'
sa'tckok't'cac
sa'tckok't'cac
Cha'atssib'.
Cha'atssib',
'i-h^to-p'
'fh^o-p'
',k',
t',k',
83, col. 1, I. 27
surernatural
supernatural
83,col. 1,1.39
'o-sim'tcatt
'o-sim't'catl
(seenote
see
84, col. 1, I. 34
'anah^-'is
'anah'*-'LS
84, col. 2, 1. 17
wik'ntt'
wik'-ntt'
84, col. 2, I. 23
note.
note
ma'
1).
redheaded
ma'
1,
note
headed
heart, t'leh'^ma'red-
woodpecker
*tLq'w-as
woodpecker
*tiq-'w-as
'nat'c-
'nat'c-
p. 85, col.
p. 86, col.
cont
con-
'ayaqa
'aya-qs
p. 87, col.
p. 88, col.
to
to
t'lt'.a-tCL'
t'k'.-a-tct'
p. 88, col.
p. 88, col.
'noq'"-t'sa\atci
atci
'nDq'"-t'sa'.-
side end
side, end
sa-WL^att
sawt'-atl
'Du'yt'
.o-'yt'
lou'yt'
lo'yi'
and
and
p. 85, col.
p. 85, col.
p. 88, col.
p. 89, col.
p. 89, col.
p. 89, col.
p. 89, col.
p. 90, col.
qwi'yi...
qwL-'yi...
tla'o-
tla'o--
p. 90, col.
p. 90, col.
tta'o--yiy-a'
hayu.-ah''s
tla'o-yiy-a'
hayu!-ah^s
p. 90, col.
p. 90, col.
'anah-'
'anah-
q'tl-'nukw-'ts
q'tl-'nukw-'is
p. 91, col.
p. 91, col.
p. 91, col.
p. 91, col.
at one
at once
who
who
suspected
is
suspected
-L-
-L--
2. 'ant-so-
2. 'ant-so-'
Eight:
Wakashan
and
Salishan
Languages
463
Nootka
The
Nootka
Indians
infants
speaking
vocabulary, others
to
known.
far
as
an
Indian
number
Some
quite unrelated
followingexamples
ts'ica-'ath
tribe
Words
of words
Httle children.
to
are
The
of the
have
and
Baby
which
are
of these
are
other
words
any
of these
of Nootkas,
used
only by or in
based
the regular
on
in the language, so
obtained
from
baby words were
to
originallybelonging
Barkley
Sound.
'o.'ec 'dirty!
don't
do
it!' (a
warning
scare
off
to
child
that handles
dirt);normal
word
is tci-c.
for 'dirty'
hox, exclamation
h-h-
'white
is said
word
Nootka
to
man'
to
(often used
imitate
the
white
child
to
that
scare
man's
is in the
way.
child, like
talk, and
"boogie
our
note
sound,
ta-'ta' 'father'
(saidto
'nu'wL''q'so\vocative
ma-'ma'
stem
/ is not
that
word
stem,
man";
a
this
normal
for 'white
man'
e.g. ka-xatah
naq-.
pronounced by
child); normal
word
'/7D-"wt'.
'mother'; normal
word
'um'\-'q'so\vocative
'3"mt'.
'to
'
'
so,
Nootka
'o.'ec and
tci-c would
be
related
words.
Salish-Wakashan
Edited
These
by
Comparisons
Morris
Swadesh
twenty-six Salish-Wakashan
small
on
Sapir'smaterials
found
in the late
comparisons were
Edward
cards, preceded by a guide-card, simply
labeled
"Salish and Wakashan."
Eighteen of the items involve only one Salish
Nootka
of the Wakashan
or
language, namely, Comox,
along with KwakiutI
the
other
items
involve
Salish
two
or
more
eight
group;
languages. It is likely
that the Comox
a
comparisons were
by-product of Sapir s personal study of
Noun
in
that
63 of the
Reduplication
language, published in 1915 as Memoir
These
Geological Survey of Canada.
comparisons include a few which could
easilybe due to recent borrowing, and others which hardly could have arisen in
that manner.
The
words
cited in Sapir'sComox
include
at least a few
paper
additional
obvious
similarities with Nootka, indicatingthat Sapir did not make
It is important to note
this fact in order to [172]realize that
a systematicsearch.
the present comparisons are
a casually collected
sample rather than the full
of the Mosan
measure
theory. I have simplifiedthe spellingalong phonemic
lines, following recent
practice. Salish forms are listed first and Wakashan
forms
after the Salish. The
but Sapir's
spellingof languages is modernized,
abbreviations
retained.
"T.R."
is evidentlyThompson
are
River; "Hail." is the
Hailtsk
dialect of KwakiutI.
B. evidently indicates
Boas, as a source.
Morris
"
Salish
'his'. Kw.
3d.
Swadesh.
suffix, poss.
Bella
and
Coola
-s
instr. suf. ; N.
Hmltl
ni
mi'itl;Snan.
ti thiimitl; Skk.
//
nimatl; Lkun.
N. nlwa
'excl.' (B.).
'we'; Kw. nu T (B.), -^nux^^
tlningitl.
Coola
Bella
'to
"
nu
jigin 'song', *ydwdn;
sing'(B.); Pcntlatch
yam
lulum 'to sing'(B.).N. nu'to sing',nuk
'to sing',nunuk
'song',nuydwa 'to be
Hail,
'to
singing';
sing'(B.).
ninuya
Shuswap -kin 'head' (B.) (= -qin)\Okan.
-dyaksn (B.) (= -qsn): Comox
'hair'
Pent,
md-qin 'hair';
(B.) ( sxiqin);Snan. smdqin (B.); Lil. mdqin
sqikin
'head', causative
(B.). N. -(^ri"
-qia).
-qinup; Hail, -kia (B.) (
Comox
Comox
susln
'mouth';
(B.);
Snan.
'mouth'
ssms
(B.); Lil. cucin (B.). Kw.-Hail.
hiwus
Pent.
-Sis.
(B.). Hail,
higus 'chief;
Comox
waxdti
'pipe';Pent, waq'ac^n (B.). Cf.
receptacle'(B.).
cuc^n
Comox
-Lkun.
sosin
(B.); Skk.
(B.).
himas
Kw.
'chief" (B.).
wax'aci
'pipe, smoke
Vf
468
tipatil'bag'.
Comox
storing
mafdy
Comox
mus
q'lgas 'deer'.
si-su-sii'ad-id).
N.
Kw.
tdq^a
Comox
tictids
sacup
'owl'.
tu-tx^lal
basket
for
Comox
xasam
pui.
'a/7 'cohoe
^a
[173]
'sea-otter'.
qds-
(dim.
salmon'
'small
5flcm
si-sad-ul,
Kw.
salmon';
dim.
plur.
'spring
sac^m
borrowed
(perhaps
'owl'
from
Comox
-Id).
(dim.
in
'beaver'.
'box'.
Kw.
plur. titax'''tutx'''lat).
'to
t^x^-
fasten';
cradle-board'.
'afax^'-
N.
'beaver'.
x^'dp
Kw.
basket'.
'baby
t^q''' 'octopus'.
d^xd^xdlit
Kw.
'necklace'
fakum'
xdp
N.
'deer'.
Kw.
'fastening strings
'cradle'.
'box';
Kw.
xac^m
Comox
/c wJMr"porpoise'.
Kw.
Comox
A:/r"little
Comox
k'ikdyu
'bailer',
napim
N.
"
*xas-'im
'little
(?).
k'ik'^w^lx'^'^n
Comox
finger'.
/:'w/wr"porpoise'.
k'dd-
Kw.
'third
'mt.
from
in
York:
Columbia
with
s^lt'-
'little
instrumental
finger').
-ayu).
Kw.
'bar'.
laqas
Excerpt
finger' (Kw.
loan-word
(Kw.
'oar'
goat
blanket'.
Kw.
Editorial
New
cedarbark
clam'.
po'i 'halibut';
Kw.
'tyee salmon',
folk-etymological
Comox
box'
'bow'.
t'iapdt'big
mu.
cAwas
Kw.
'devil-fish'.
Comox
tux'^'i
N.
sas-).
(stem
Comox
Kw.
'tyee salmon',
Comoxsdcam
Comox
hk'^isi
'large
ma/-
*piwdy.
"
'sea-otter'.
qdsa
Kw.
mu,
'halibut',
Comox
N.
clam',
N.
'four'.
pigdy
with
pull',
'basket';
ftabat
Kw.
'horse
Comox
salmon'
'to
tish'.
dried
Comox
Comox
hk""-
Kw.
'bow\
iaq"^
Comox
Languages
Indian
American
Morris,
Swadesh,
Smith,
Marian
Columbia
University
W.
(ed.),
University
Press.
"The
hq-
put
down
soft
things'.
Note
Linguistic
Indians
Press
'to
of
(1949).
the
Approach
Urban
Reprinted
to
Northwest,
Salish
history,"
Pre-
171-173.
by permission
of
Section
Other
American
Nine:
Languages
WHILE
I
had
of
thus
As
if
add,
As
for what
to
of
from
will here
be
they
are
worth
of
use
to
If in
have
been
attained
with
recorded
in
to
in the
the
student
the
what
greater
they
listed
phonetic
at
Siouan
of value
are
only
material
difficulty.
They
may
than
accuracy
and
record.
on
some
data.
of comparative
words
obtained
of
amount
it
thought
put
with
the
that
hope
be
hear
siderable
con-
remembered
small
discuss
been
Andrew
extorted
was
made
prove
that
to
remember
to
still to
already
191 1,
Sprague
childhood
language,
was
had
and
him
time
what
out
Tutelo,
his
supposed
extinct
an
what
fact, it turned
of
attempt
is
August,
Andrew
named
during
was
oblivion
mite,
obtained
be
who
Tutelo
little indeed
could
and
in
Ontario,
Indian
opportunity
from
only
Reserve,
Cayuga
had
rescue
matter
very
No
to
of
fluently
it.
VOCABULARY^
Nations
told
was
spoken
imperative
Six
on
who
Tutelo
TUTELO
are
given
future
some
linguistics.
because
is
they
generally
vocabularies.
mere
Persons
mihqii) stjk''man
niska'
wdrewd^
kukdk^
woman
marjgidd^
grandfather
cousin
my
urjgidd'^his
child, children-
cousin
Animals
map^ayerjk^
ox,
cow,
cattle
ts^u-qgide^
dog")
ts^urjk^dog
ts^mjgnve'^wolf
mqsgolp"^ pig
hemp
(literally, "big
horse
(literally, "like
dog")
frog
dalusgik'' cat
babosgp'"
deer
buck
Objects
maksdpd'"'
*
Published
mdO^'" knife
bread
by
permission of
the
Geological
295
Survey
of
Canada.
VI
472
American
Languages
Indian
296
stick
yqhe'"-lacrosse
salt
matsiggyg
false
face
bebahe'". pepper
wahgk^mf^
wddeztn
meni'lgdCe'q''^kettle
sugar
wohe'"
meni-
soup
wdsakse'^
gdk^saginagg''
grinding
in
shorts
silver
corn
(evidently
tains
con-
"water")
meni'lgodg
(dit.)
armlet
kdembdi'^
pipe
ngni' tobacco
kcembdi
Adjectives
Adverbs,
river
udaphdi''' up
btwd
mg.^gang,^ga'"'white
river
down
ddbada''^
mg^'ganq'ga''^white
mihg
man
mg'gang'kasit'' negro
good
nyAgutsgA.htli' dizzy
nihetsgah^li'dizzy
woman
man
Pronoun
I
hentgu
Verbs
u'dluC
maksapd'"^
wdgetfi'^ to
eat
bread
hadit^gileda he's
weCgil'ldalet's
givA^giltdaI
must
gone
home
home
go
bllahuk^
thank
h^h" giddya
home
go
I'm
wdk^niendabewd
dance
going
to
you!
k^ek^iik^arewaya surely,
everything
is all
right
Numerals
1,
bigs
6, agds
2,
ngs
7,
3,
nd
8, pelqk'
4,
til
9,
5,
^^
10,
Phonetic
Short
sakii
s^k'
bitskd^
Note
vowels
German
as
in
English
hat
i,
as
in French
fini
as
in
English
met
q,
as
in French
beau
ete
u,
as
in
as
in German
Sohn
as
in German
gut
as
a,
e,
e,
Long
i, as
in
a,
as
in French
Mann
in
English
bit
English put
Vowels
o,
as
in German
Kahn
6,
e,
as
in German
See
u,
i,
as
in German
Sie
bed
Nine:
Other
473
Languages
American
297
vowels
Nasalized
as
in French
quand
4,
as
in French
vin
",
nasalized
open
(not
g,
nasalized
close
(0), not
open
g.,
ji, nasalized
q,
long
g,
g,
long
as
open
vin)
in French
as
open
as
in French
bon
Diphthong
ai,
in
as
mein
German
Consonants
Stopped
b, d,
g, sonant
stops
in
as
English
p, t, k, tj, "intermediate"
p,
stops
surds
k, ts, unaspirated
-,
between
(midway
ts
and
ts
tc
of English church)
Continuants
as
in English
y,
as
in
English
h,
as
in
English
s,
as
in
English
c,
as
in
English
w,
she
spirant,
6, interdental
I, (approximately)
r, trilled
(alveolar?).
in
English
n,
as
in
English
t],
as
in
English sing
in English thick
in English
as
as
m,
as
k^ek^^ik^arewaya r sounded
In
much
like /
second
part
Miscellaneous
*, final breath
release
*, occurs
as
', main
once
Ottawa,
glide
vowel
stress
^, secondary
Geological
("echoed")
is murmured
which
stress
Survey
Ontario
of
vowels), broken
other
Canada
from
to
vowel,
of
Review
of
Benigno Bibolotti,Moseteno
and
Moseteno
Vocabulary and
Vocabulary
Treatises
Treatises.
ciscan
Benigno Bibolotti, Priest of the Frande
Covendo
in
Bolivia. From
Concepcion
an
unpublished manuscript in possession of Northwestern
UniversityLibrary.
With
Introduction
an
by Rudolph Schuller. Northwestern
University:Evansand Chicago, 1917. pp. cxiii,141, facsimile,
ton
of Bolivia.
map
The
Mission
of Immaculada
external
facts
long
work
of
written
The
an
habitat
east
time
province
of the
American
Yungas.
as
and
more
or
tribes."
Indian
whom
less between
the alarmingly
manuscript
little is known:
very
or
Chomanes,
The
to
is the
it
was
1868.
Chumanos
Moseteno-Chumano
of the Beni,
will be added
Moseteno
concerning
1857
known
of western
of
the
of the
name
South
between
also
tribes
to
Franciscan,
Italian
some
the
years
list of extinct
Moseteno,
the Andean
present
few
leading up
exactly,to
embraced
15" and
quote
the
are
were
embraced
from
mountainous
16" south
or
Dr.
one
within
Schuller.
regions to
latitude, and
of
the
"the
the
69" to 71"
in the
the Yurucare;
neighbors were
longitude west of Paris. Their eastern
territories
Mobima
and
Moxo,
far
the
north they reached
or
as
as
occupied by
and
lacana
Leco
speaking
they touched
Mojo, tribes, and in the northwest
peoples. The natural border to the south and the west is the range of the higher
Andes."
476
VI
Indian
American
editorial work
has been
Languages 2
most
of the
addition
Tacana,
critical
Leco,
Araona,
etc.,
analysisof
were
not
much
enced'');
influ-
previouswritingson
Pages
in
of
edge
knowlour
give digest English
present
based on Bibolotti and other writers (Wendell, Heath,
of Moseteno,
as
Armentia). This section includes notes on phonetics;vocabularies; grammatical
formation
of
number,
(nouns:
gender,
nouns,
grammatical
processes
relative and demonstrative,
personal,possessive,
cases; adjectives;
pronouns:
indefinite,interrogative;
numerals; adverbs; prepositions;
conjunctions;[184]
classification of verbs, tenses, the imperativemood, the
verbs: verbal stems,
other
on
suffixes,
moods); and general observations
participialmood,
and
affiliated
and
Of
the
three
reduplication,
languages
peoples.
appendices,
is devoted
The
to a full bibliographyof manuscript and printedsources.
one
of Bibolotti s Spanish text (Spanish-Moseteno
body of the work is a transcript
and
supplementary papers).
vocabulary
cated
A few of the more
interesting
pointsmay be noted here. Sex gender is indiand adjectives
in nouns
by distinctive suffixes (e.g.,
"babyboy':
izanqui-t
moci-t
'new'
'new'
T
here
is
suffix
moci-s
m.:
a genitive
f.).
izanqui-s'babygirl';
of local case
in -s or -si,also a number
suffixes. The curiously
ican
widespread Amersecond
here once
nouns
us
more
{mi 'thou').Prosingularin m- meets
person
with
the
verb
welded
but occur
not
are
stem,
independently(e.g.,ye
number
of verbal suffixes have been isolated by
A considerable
queti'I plant').
intensive study of Moseteno,
is
Dr. Schuller,but more
at firsthand, if possible,
needed
clear their functions. Phonetically,
Moseteno
would seem
to make
to be
"far from agreeableto the ear"; it has many
"clusters of totally
heterogeneous
xxviii to
xcv
givesa
of the introduction
Moseteno.
consonants."
family,although it does
Dr. Schuller
not
have
the
impressionthat the
to the Cavineno."
particularly
convey
the
Moseteno
is related
to
the Tacana
group,
and
leaves
no
doubt
of the
Other
Nine:
Editorial
Originally
in
published
All
Languages
American
Note
International
Journal
of
American
1,
Linguistics
183-184(1918).
is
Moseteno
with
Panoan,
Sapir
phylum.
singular
person
linguistic
unity
unpublished
letter
cited
to
m-
linguistic
of
notes
Frank
'second
m-"
all
on
is
(p.
184)
nearly
cited
group,
of
"the
on
(or
person',
genetic
"proto
Speck
although
number
remark
passing
in
isolate,
and
Tacanan,
his
all)
American"
in
"Amerind"
only
with/?-
in
(1984:
Sherzer
(1987:
49-57).
452),
as
it
second
the
to
possible
languages;
(1971:
person',
includes
"Macro-Panoan"
American
Indian
Golla
13-13)
allusion
published
'first
his
widespread
American
and
(1987:
groups
curiously
in
Darnell
together
Greenberg
smaller
and
27).
evidence
see
Greenberg
for
his
in
remark
has
sphere-wide
hemi-
Appendix
Review
Edward
Sapir:Notes
Chasta
on
and
of
Costa
Piumology
Morphology
G.
A.
Morice
Sapir achieved latelywhat the French could not help callinga veritable
de force. Enlarging upon
material
tour
linguistic
incidentallyderived from an
bits
of
an
Indian, mere
aboriginallanguage which would not fillone commonsized page, he managed to write in explanation of the same
fewer than sixtyno
of first-class philological
literature. His Notes
the Chasta
Costa
on
seven
pages
and
and
are
not
Phonology
Morphology,
perfectlyilluminating,
betray
only a
but a quite creditable
After
ear
analyticacumen.
thirty-two-years'
very keen
of
the
of
which
his
"Chasta
Costa"
Dene
to
languages,
study
belongs, I
group
of the most
Dr. Sapir'sessay one
monographs
am
tempted to pronounce
satisfactory
issued on
of
the
southern
of its kind ever
Dene
languages.
any
work
does
than mere
and so far as comThe
not
pleteness
notes,
pretend to be more
with
elaborate
is concerned
it could
not
more
productions
compare
might also object to
already published on the Hupa and Navajo dialects. Some
and disaphas resorted
the graphic signs the author
to in transcribinghis texts
prove
Dr. E.
of the
which
strange appearance
sometimes
results
and
His
therefrom.
own
in
have
been
or
simpler
language might furthermore
that, with few unimportant exceptions, he has
complexion. But I maintain
rendered
not
only the phonetics but the morphology of
grasped and faithfully
idiom
an
I note
intricacies
whose
be
must
specialsatisfaction
with
the
A: s,
and
well
above
as
taken
to
These
Dene.
not
perceive thcni
presumption
for which
Dene
guages,
lan-
oi their
or
was
e\en
task.
are
indeed,
must
students
a
it be
particularsounds, such as
glottalexplosions,which I had
lingualand
"
unless
average,
Latin
those
in his paper
the
as
aspirated
asserted,
always thought, and sometimes
of former
in spiteof the inability
their texts
in noting down
carelessness
r s
the
less Hellenic
as
that
essential
many
I felt
they
could
the
In Dene
the vowels
are
languages of the North.
relationship
Hesh
the
dialect
in
the
same
flesh of the body: they vary according to the
way as
The consonants
is different
in quantity or texture
according to the individuals.
much
therefore
more
of its makeup,
the bones
important, ht)mogeneous,
are
be
the grammar
and persistent,while
compared to the arteries, without
may
the
to
which
blood,
affect
letters
Dene
body
to
that
or
Dene
is life, could
groups
stand.
of letters
not
are
circulate
the
very
therein.
nerves
Hut
w
the
"clicks"
liich alone
enable
which
the
483
Appendix
not
feet,
in
the
same
his
as
way
la
should
be
translated
hands,
hand.
not
Sapir
Dr.
and
loss
have
ti
but
foot,
mean
is
to
betrays
offer
not
verbal
the
through
Babine
of
equivalents
of
This
the
verb
is
about
and
rendering
the
tla,
ceti
'he
The
last
(30).
It
Do
be
-At,
is
the
in
has
same
seen,
at
do-
or
at-
rather
negation
the
an,
particles
They
cases.
'wife';
means
or
the
are
-//
is
the
has'.
sum
total
of
of
interpreting
the
the
criticisms
southern
have
dialect
to
he
make
on
that
introduces
to
author
the
lological
phi-
world.
Editorial
Originally
Reprinted
by
disappeared
These
many
is
criticism
one
verb,
regular
cptii.
ble,
admira-
one
compound
Carrier
the
have
we
than
of
simply
which
more
the
omitted
as
is
essay
material
Nahanais
usse,
ne...pas.
is
of
formation.
Sekanais
his
syllable
element
conveniently
French
the
Scarcely
believes
word
North,
the
acquired.
paper.
he
his
of
was
his
closes
morphology
pronominal
of
Chilcotin
in
can,
as
the
process
so-,
words
root
since
stem,
the
it
which
text
into
of
part
suffix,"
"noun
short
how,
or
this
on
the
insight
an
where,
know
I to
of
analysis
published
in
permission
of
American
the
American
Note
Anthropologist
Anthropological
17,
347-350
Association.
(1913).
CHASTA
COSTA
AND
DENE
THE
LANGUAGES
OF
THE
NORTHi
By
ALL
material
but
the
by
their
time
to
different
quite
it.
No
"villain
the
of
of
"servant
in
its
component
parts,
those
unaltered
had
modern
feel
which
in
in
their
Chaucer's
attributes
usage
flattered
the
occasionally
parts
remain
expression
such
alterations
called
being
by
originally
for
in
of
the
the
meant
time,
but
words
said
though
rather
due
linguistic borrowing
instance,
of
meaning
philology,
aboriginal
result
other
to
changed
or
were
introduced
with
the
So
domestic
northern
interior
to
phonetic
with
that
which
of
Rockies.
the
cattle,
had
by
Later
so
to
the
the
much
the
of
natives
half-
ful
wonder-
million
about
"
the
of
requirements
the
o\'er
cattle
by
mcestus
of
wake
domestic
on,
dubbed
and
heard
conformably
ce
the
told
in
region,
that
roamed
country
same
natives
the
game
mustus,
the
of
was
never
Cree-speaking
When
they
traders,
east
in
altered
of
Columbia.
called
they
plains
being
British
There
clearer.
meaning
my
Company
animal
immense
make
the
Northwest
Edward
would
the
as,
within
reached
be
will
example
breeds
days
American
not
such
buffalo
law
alterations
of
which
growth
environment.
An
the
that
the
that
the
"villain"
word
from
an
of
in
may
circumstances
by
fact
Lord."
instances
alterations
cultural
our
Lord,"
wanting
not
any
the
the
Likewise,
are
of
Christian
only
they
the
value
the
which
while
instance,
with
morphology,
evolution
meaning
For
structure.
not
the
make-up,
O.M.I.
familiar
are
remarkable
in
undergo
MORICE,
is evidenced
language
G.
scholars
English
of
a.
analogy
of
ii
the
mus
Dene
sequence.
time
mcestus
of
instead
further
discussion
of
Sapir.
See
above.
p.
347
Noles
to
came
the
on
buffalo
Chasla
559
be
to
Cosla
understood
universally
which
Phonology
alone
and
the
name
Morphology,
of
is
by
486
VI
Indian
American
Languages
560
and
strictlyspeaking applicable,
it tlokcst moestus,
called
they
latter
the
buffalo
cattle). Meantime,
turn,
the
gave
the
when
of
name
had
mustiis
aivokhdni-mustus,
slave
to
(lit.grass-on
the
to
refer
to
prairie cattle
or
remained
Carrier
Cree
who,
domestic
to
ox,
in
cattle.
Here
the
of
importation
Costa
the
of
meaning
transformation,
populations
word.
the
the
shifting
it to
Dr
have
action
of
several
are
time,
environment,
analogous
with
unless, of
alien
course,
the
on
roots
or
an
contact
information
imperfect
Chasta
on
terms
undergone
of
from
resulting
"Notes
Sapir's
there
to
seems
through
or
In
Morphology,"
which
ascribe
to
loan
and
Philology
choose
have,
we
we
of
part
the
essayist.
characteristic
Sapir gives
is
us
evidently
"bird"
instance
whole
Dr
Sapir's
Color
fact
well
is too
house
the
entirely
of
ground,
as
we
still
both
the
"dog,"
'
me
that
of
time
double
shelter
in
the
all
taken
language
in this
the
represent
likely
more
been
ever
more
or
sh.
the
see
of
Dr
that
as
for
one
another
by
French
However,
it
would
denotes
je,
that
Dene
along
variants
mark
in
see
sense
Chasta
is my
te, le.
probability by
Carrier,
in the
the
Sapir's
this
to
lines
Costa
are
the
ce,
unknown
"click"
almost
squatting
on
in
the
Dr
sound
which
latter
of the
texts,
in
"
and
but,"
result
regions,
for
term
In
unimportant.
of
the
affects
the
perhaps
form
Sapir's
North.
in the
possessive
everywhere
almost
is
and
great
no
consisted
mutation,
word
whole
something
of the
recesses
the
like
roof
require
word
of
shape
of
denotes
habitation
terminological
growth
in the
lent
in the
some
and
be
when
curious
exclamation
c
be
to
come
This
that
possible
in
to
of the
li, whose
The
with
"bird."
in that
"roof"
means
Costa.
still
found
be
have
to
seem
which
structure
of accident
is to
Is it
tdac,^ which
term
iscpz,which
should
have
to
imagination
reminiscence
known
Chasta
flight of
Carrier
to
seems
also
pcen,
in
English
word
informant.
would
that
thing
one
This
thing?
thing
of
the
in the
"feather-down."
but
part
than
I find
of the
equivalent
other
none
not
means
the
as
of this
instance
with
more
him
the
as
exactly
487
Appendix
561
South
in the
as
into
sibilant
/; but
the
analogy
Sapir,
to
of
litse
this
again
of
change
Carrier
I find
t'enl'lat
as
on
the
adds, by
is
if
rather
to
an
act
which
would
have
"1
of the
of the
of
bottom,
tion
accre-
of my
tse.
Is
she-dog!
development
of
or
"Notes."
There
drown,"
is
of
we
former
the
not
us
this
to
he
sents
repre-
stance
circumof
float.
to
meet
with
term
in
float," but
"you
or
and
is conscious
evidently
North
of the
to
gives
This
there."
author
our
drown
he
tcnniiUat, which
floated
"it
time,
this
coupled,
perfectly recognizable
verb
that
it
how
but
what
some-
theniltlat,
sink,"
"you
in
does
that
he
which
"
but
the
as
former,
expressive of
the
act
of
staying
on
at
Sapir
as
the
to
"bottom
the
at
while
theR, "water-bottom"),
Carrier
refers
"referring
it hints
two
floating?
water,"
the
"in
of
that
For
said.
gives
the
word
principal one
the
mean
signification
the
drowning, namely
merely
302,
p.
(from
is
not
by
the
that
explain
to
we
Costa
Chasta
of
Dr
are
self-exclusive, I have
are
really
seen,
of
synonym
opposite
tha-
"
water"
exact
the
-laty
surface
same.
the
on
Carrier
"I
nacya,
walk
tha-Rcel, "deep"
the-,
near
the
surface,
hand,
other
Compare:
word
self-exclusive, while
is the
Theniltlat,
'
is
the
meaning;
seem
North,
has
have
we
but
dog,
English "you
the
is rendered
-lat
and
in the
as
it in
to
least
of
drown,"
the
be
not
which
water,
the
sinkest."
"thou
of
The-
Costa
equivalent
vocable,
Sapir's
Carrier
the
"you
of drowning
roots
Dr
counterpart
not
may
in
voucher
to
turn
we
it is nearest
act
of
which
significations:to
means
This
result
synonym
homonymous
or
the
comparison,
of
Kato
of
of
equivalent
virtually
diversity
which
tc!e,the
cording
Ac-
further.
any
go
in Chasta
somebody's
meaning
311
p.
way
the
But
not
entails
writes
formation,
anomalous
as
does
possessive
the
by
cause?
Another
an
I is converted
not
accident,
mere
he
in Carrier,
means
other
some
possessive
this
of suffix which
sort
Now
he
the
common
with
North,
The
along;"
(water);
-Ka).
of
is easy
-tlat refers
desinence
nce-lha-dxcya,
the-husKa,
explanation
"I
"shallow"
walk
in
(may
the
to
water,
be
of
and
any
pre-
I wade."
analyzed:
the
yf
488
Indian
American
Languages
.S62
thou
precipitatelybrought
art
of
Apropos
be
must
{-el)certainly
"we
are
has
the
As
he
or
from
results
desinential
of
walk
it is but
the
first
from
Dene
-al
as
while
to
There
desinential
those
(');
which
ncetsoel'il,
Carrier
The
roots.
Such
birds).
feet
is
as
idea
the
the
form
of
between
of
action
the
is another
Carrier
in
meaning
going
adverbs,
dissimilarity of
merely
(there
man
-ya,
coming,"
of locative
apposition
not
of
"going,
difference
the
come,"
"to
mean
of
denotes
to
corresponding
prefixes,
sufifix -ya
both
on
believes
place,
the
of
diversity
about
moving
in
he
expressing
as
In
-yal.
flows
coming
and
that
suspect
be
-al, which
stem
represents
should
and
verbal
the
than
more
the
than
-el and
coming.
or
initial hiatus
other
none
kills me."
first of
The
sinkest.
respectively,
going
to
value.
same
to
which
is
bathing,"
of
amounts
is, thou
stems
coming,
here.
the
verbal
the
and
bathing
wants
verb
that
bottom,
is synonymous
-ya
whole
scezcelreh,"water
thu
slight inaccuracy
radicals
of
acts
desinence
the
the
to
Sapir gives
water,
the
representing
him
in Carrier
is said
I drown"
"
the
closely analyzed,
and,
cipitate action,
the
for
of
word
the
noecya.
But
form,
this
changes
"
which
means
is also
the
tnyal,
go
tiz
of
the
act
is rendered
of
of
act
with
their
"come
(which
recalls
P.
323
here";
actualizing
desinence
into
Sapir's
legs).
adverbs,
locative
hwaz
cecyal,
This
form
there";
inyal, "go
An
in
as
he
on").
liy the
changed
of his essay.
-xe
moving
value,
to
{-Ke). Now,
new
to
paddling,
about
evidence
in
(-to)as
-t!o
stem
'
{-to)refers
or
verb
while, according
radical
navigating,
the
quotes
swimming,
of words?
"
with
I call the
both
(with
connection
tnyal,
in
furthermore
Sapir
its characteristic
and
used
claims, of "come
Dr
verb, which
same
actually walking"
am
on
of the
term
commonly
phrases:
'cen
form
another
him,
that
in most
while
the
canoe.
of evolution
of
denotive
paddling
northern
latter
Are
Dene
indicates
those
in the
roots,
meaning
489
Appendix
563
The
verbal
attributes
dream
have
of
sense
(with
closely related
If Dr
else
plural
is in
stem
Likewise,
of
the
"to
for
misled
otherwise
roots
or
him?
that
the
desinence
element,^
is
nothing
nanisthi, whose
lie down,
to
go
bed."
That
for the
past,
-thez
present,
tive
deriva-
future.
verbal
desinence
-ta, "to
stem
"to
Sapir's informant
observe
the
of
reflection.
verb
same
-thes
proximate
verbal
words
distinct verbal
as
of
Carrier
Sapir's
the
gives
value
unwittingly
moment's
I will also
me,
stem
of
author
our
the
Dr
not
thus
and
meaning
worth
which
to
in Carrier
Might
effectively means
form
he
plural
the
nthcesthih
and
well
will allow
Sapir
than
the
-//a//
has
sleep,"
questioner
in
are
which
(-thcec),
-tc'ac
"to
his
changes
such
rather
or
complement).
misunderstood
If not,
so
the
of"
-lal,
stem
td!i
(tsi)is simply
sit," which
he
the
plural
elsewhere
gives
as
-da.
Our
essayist
the
denoting
substantive
former
idea
-Kwe
he
I, and,
form
passive
he
seen,
is
(French:
As
form
as
plural
person
should
be
of
are
be
-tsi
cannot
be
understood
their
own
2
P.
'P.
the
(Carrier
language,
325-
the
up:
-Isi,
Were
would
click)
/ which
he
For
remark
same
its t,
he
have
as
been
am
am
seen,
of
the
instance,
as
to
with
spared
the
are
you
me"
see
first
-se,
this
by
Denes'
little
"to
is in
person
even
the
Hence
etc.
verb
the
the
to
in
occurrence
in
penultimate
several
cry,"
of
should
examples
syllabic
inaccuracy.
//
consonants
form
passive
double
frequent
attributes
of
much
very
"people
The
315.
are
is shown
familiar
the
explain
singular
person
of
in Carrier
-tlal,-tsoel,-tlal, -these,
first
that
etc.
t'illal,
p.
The
incomplete.
without
he
thee,"
by
groups.
as
Carrier
elements
to
"
simply:
that
verbal
Unless
means
state
affected
one:
are
explanation.
326.
be
cut
last
the
323-26
to
the
equivalent
see
(-Kwi)
the
learn
to
in order
verbs.
Sapir's rendering:
may
wrongly
should
in
really
of
trouble
the
as
etc.,
indivisible
adduces
by
seen
which
many
pp.
on
adduces
pleased
value
Costa
of interest
commence
stems
Chasta
it with
dialect.
some
voit),"people
be
(both
ts
and
he
me
may
and
the
to
goes
-xwi
root
compares
the
on
the
will be
Carrier
Lower
he
seen,"
on
It may
'
of
what
mistaken,
He
speculates
332,
p.
and
vomiting,
in the
Elsewhere
and
of
"vomiting."
ku,
is
properly represents
very
way
the
of
Dene
the
first
syllable
his
be
verb
-tse
cause,"
laugh,"
Doctor
writing
Appendix
491
565
tion
him
to
him
towards
As
that
to the
which
can
be
by
idtntsi'
share
form
personal
unipersonal
decomposed:
"one
that
him
is, I feel
with
verb.
For
"me;"
s-,
incHned
(5-,"-,
pronouns
much
so
others.
of this verb, it is in
the
is added
thus
avaricious,
or
I cannot
passive
commencing
to
bad,"
am
u-,
nuh-, pcB-),
ne-,
ke-,
person
to,"
attraction
"by
is avaricious."^
The
analysis applies
same
want-of
something
verbs
with
"
the
cedcesni
Such
cekwotni
fail to
not
passives, however,
the
usual
as
not
are
verbal
tense:
past,
-idtntsi', -hwotni,
part
eventual,
of
which
initial
in
alone
Carrier.
according
But
future, skeidoethi-
SKa'hwodoni.
The
tive
nega-
niceties
Lastly,
the
first.
this.
of the
other
many
second
in such
but
forms,
then
it is
the
cases
as
that
verbs
obtain
into
the
even
skoeleidttsi'
becomes
the
It is
active, both
our
naincelneh, he
Ex.:
only right
is
passive
our
far.
too
us
first.
extinguished.
of
lead
cacies
intri-
of the
question
would
their
the
equivalent
of
into
Entering
conjugation
form
primary
Skeidintsi'
Carrier
verbs
it; nanisno,
that
verbal
those
of
enough
and
only
not
-ke of the
postposition
etc.
affects
the
to
furthermore
of
a'-
hiatus.
proximate
skeidutsi'
one-says
of
both
numerous
varies
skeidantsi', sKa'hwodani;
tsi',
SKa'hwodcethatnil;
the
very
Their
in
elision
by
for-the-
(me-for
meaning),
remark
represented
(lit.,him
SKa'hwotni
to
impersonal
very
will
reader
and
and
something)
I-say
UKwa'dcssni
to
just
to
tinguishes
dis-
remark
much
as
being independent
of
of each
other.
If
we
expresses
to
the
ideas
is rendered
represents
"I
"he
or
'
affects
The
most
well
is said
boasts
it lies
d of
Dr
both
According
drinking
the
infinity of
refers
to
the
when
on," which
Carrier
and
self-interest,
verbs.
Costa
that
by
the
-tuk
lying
corresponding
and
belongs
to
to
former
(which
is
the
an
-na
In Carrier
on.
is transiti\e, while
according
-to
authority,
same
of
radical
The
sucking.
latter
to
as
verb
roots
change
Chasta
and
swimming
of
act
cesnai
an
dinlsi'
of the
the
the
Sapir,
in Carrier
onomatopeia).
as
drink"
language
of
by -pe, -pi
of
instance
believe
are
to
the
the
English
of
nature
characteristic
same
form
the
which
VI
492
Languages 2
Indian
American
566
We
subject.
does
for
duty
also
are
"to
equivalent
second,
it all
the
the
the
means
Indians
then
is
with
To
the
root
the
It refers, he
shame.
three
or
the
the
to
of
the
With
is -yan
"to
be
indicate
plural
either
commencing
we
be
may
In
verbs
of interest
the
first
and
qe-
the
desinential
is
question
'
"Notes,"
to
by
coalescing with,
Sapir
those
meat,
if the
cestleh,literally
the
qce.
radical
of
p. 306.
verb
is
him, and
Dr
he
or
Dene
the
particle
for each
of human
E.
of
the
general
Sapir
writes:
ros-
r-,
as
"
this
is the
the
three
locomotion
of
rI-
or
the
subject,
both
such
as
Columbia
all the
prefixed
equivalents
plural
of
well.
particular
on
that
examples
of British
others
to
"Among
prefixes
few
this
dialects
pounds
com-
specificallythird
us
on
two
synonym.
some
is ya.
more
two
of the
in
certain
or
element
to
the
one
and
personal plural
pronominal
On
-yt.
verb)
gives
possibly
third
Added
not
such
the
tribe, while
English
say,
reckoned
word
other
the
root
the
they
plurality as
and
of
legs is,
is rendered
eating
tsiyan, and
tallies with
of verbs
of
it is in Carrier
be
both
on
the
by
and
manducation,
half
it
of
number
idiom.
is what
to
in ya-.
place,
is rendered
Chilcotin
have
If Dr
larger
even
act
northern
Whereupon
the
(substantive,
further
are
but
in that
I am,"
the
to
an
for eatable
exactly
personal plurality." ^
verbs
Carriers
be, soot;"
loet pe
locomotion
ashamed,"
for shame
root
elements
to
serve
into
the
to
as
If this refers
the
to
cause
human
replace
word
structure
regard
deictic
the
instance,
locomotion,
the
same
Chilcotin
verb
whose
the
a'stli,"ashamed
Yuya
or
this
in Carrier;
-ya
for manducation
As
first case,
therefor.
to
says,
-'al among
part
hand,
root
make,
Normal
by
desinence
southern
other
the
pipe,
for
essayist attributes
our
-ya
feeling of
the
-lee
by smoking.
of the
in fact, expressed
by
desinence
I make.
significations.
the
the
is intransitive, and,
smoke,
tscel a;ssi,"I
In
onomatopeia)
with
treating
say:
complement
smoke
of
verb
votaries
of
case
Costa
smoke."
is meant
of the
(another
act
"to
and
what
on
pastime
-ta:t
root
in Chasta
is -le, if the
depends
favorite
that
wager"
Carrier
to
told
Carrier
to,
of
inflexion
persons
when
legs {-ya
or
the
of
it
-til
493
Appendix
567
in
the
{-kraih
of
{-pi
of
plural),
singular
of
-ras),
natation
the
with
{-ke
the
human
for the
of
verbs
{-thi
cubation
for
the
singular, second
The
to
for
for
both
-zit
swoon:
throw:
(to
-this),
third
singular,
complement
-Kcek).
-neh
-til,
for the
plural),of bursting
of
make
verbs
flotation
their
navigation.
well, furthermore
indeed
and
plural desinences,
All of these
as
-tse),of
-'as),of running
and
as
{-kret
-'il,first conjugation
laughter {-tsit
plural
(-/a
navigation
conjugation
into
all fours
on
station
-teh),oiejection
first
locomotion
plural), of
material
undergo
singular desinences
the
according
changes
the
to
tense.
Then
their
"I
there
tenses
certain
of
plural
desinential
(in
put
objective verbs,
the
are
place)
nenoestle, "I
of which
some
their
with
single object
put
such
"several
We
objects
the
by
with
contact
are
cut
in various
up
I bind
pe'-dcestcoez,
be
may
lengths
with
an
and
particle.
the
thxnnoena-skroez
pane'-dcestccez
it
UsetKB-soe'a
in the
seen
two
of Plurality
thanoe-dcessel
axe
(linen, skinb)
affect
sometimes
pronominal
the
Verbs
it is straight
Itse-soe'a,
As
direct
in
negative
Verbs
I wash
thcennaskrcBS,
the
again
acterized
char-
are
when
no-,
before
introduced
vowels)
adtlya,
instances:
Common
tha-dassel, I
sometimes
(ne- and
ncB-
hole;"
plurality. They
of
verbs
way)."
same
place."^
same
reduplicative prefix, or
few
element
stronger
syllable, the
Here
real
the
to
come
now
in the
put
are
the
in
acteristics;"
char-
special
no
(in
such
many
nences'aih,
Ex.:
own.
for all
have
verbal
the
futures
It
desinence.
into
the
of thcennaskrces,
case
that
of the
pluralizing form
changes
past,
of the
that
which
then
sent,
pre-
remains
unchangeable.
1
It will
in this
verb.
noticed
be
It is used
whenever
"all
the
girls went
the
away"
that
the
plural-forming particle
only in connection
subject
is
itself
with
in
the
(instead of hweRanlil).
human
plural.
of
the
third
subjects, and
Ex.:
tedasKul
person
even
is
wanting
then
tsiyauh
appears
it dis-
h-wcnii,
494
VI
Languages 2
Indian
American
568
the
Should
such
to
object
or
several
Dr
Sapir
do
indeed
of
given
the
few
other
that
resorted
he
imply
or
unless
to,
refers
penned
the
prefix
of
refer
They
to
one
multiple
substantive
verb
above
rather
yaRinli, "they
are
much
mean
which
of
merely
not
they
have
just
several, but
to
ones
remark,
quoted
but
ya-;
all.
to
simple plurality.
than
I am)
((sstli,
be
to
the
the
perhaps
are
plurality
totality
they imply
are;"
which
he
verbs
common
instances.
Rinli, "they
fact
the
to
with
words,
very
is not
when
commence
than
plurality
pluralizing verbs,
in mind
had
evidently plural
be
persons.
kind
more
The
of
attention
draw
Another
complement
or
verb
the
number,
wants
In
subject
affected.
thus
be
can
least
in
all, or
at
also
repeated
large
very
numbers."^
Sometimes
the
if followed
prefix
the
by
denotes
ya-
-das-) rather
crement
than
action
cially
(espe-
ment.
plural comple-
Examples:
Common
cestah, I
with
cut
Verbs
Verbs
knife
in
slashing;
of Totality
yastah,
I cut
yasqul,
I tear
pieces with
to
knife
way
cesqul,I
tear
thoesKat, I throw
with
away
shovel
yaidasKat,
with
doesnat,
Oftentimes
these
verbs
combine
the
which
denotes
prefix ya-
plurality with
the
totality, and
may
furthermore
third
person
the
to
proper
plural, as
blow
split in
repeatedly
on
(as
be
may
are
yancepucyul,
places
of
indicative
n"r-
large number,
in the
seen
even
or
following:
child
all with
I blow
ro;-
yanwRceltcan),
oi
yanoltcan (contraction
child
etc.
many
very
sides
all
on
pluralizing particle
they
ucyul,
crement
the
take
away
shovel, I scatter,
yaidasnat,
split
pieces
to
throw
repeatedly
all
on
shaman)
The
desinence
phonetics always
of totality noticeable
"
Strictly speaking,
practice
of
exaggerating
that
imply
such
into
a^Roe-
in that
they
"
means
verb.
0-;
In
totality, but
verbs
"
womb
the
hence
Indians
practically refer
to
peculiar
real
ucyiil,the
the
Den6
in Carrier.
are
large
so
form
signification
addicted
numbers
only.
to
the
495
Appendix
569
of which
of
blow."
cecyul, "I
of the shamans
which
When
frequentative
In
will
form
to
express
we
have
yanoepucyul
disappearing
vowel
ucytd).
of
the
the
the
their
of
instance
exorcism
of
operations.
vowel
weak
of
influence
stronger
for yanoepceuc-
stands
compound
is
same
appropriateness
of
the
the
the
nature
under
That
of
category
pretended
on
realize
further
that
blowing
in incessant
he
form
original
is told
by disease,
still another
have
we
The
one
consists
is affected
the
English,
frequentative.
the
verbs,
in
exorcize"
is "I
yuL^
totalizing form,
all drunk;
are
"many
with
verbs
have
case
in the
is the
as
thanonisnai,
drunk;"
are
the
also
often
Very
nonistcet,
tobacco;"
with
yaRinatcet, "they
tobacco,"
with
yathaRtnatnai, they
drunk;"
drunk
are
but
pluralizing
are
ceRcenistcet,
"they
drunk
are
"many
only
not
all drunk
are
tobacco."
The
of
dissection
-nai
The
desinence
the
prefix tha-
these
of
"fire-water,"
has
third
plural,
person
have
potations
The
reader
into
the
something
absorbed.
been
the
and
fail to
will
not
-7ia-
under
the
results.^
fatal
is
-nis-
verted
con-
of totality {yatha-
of initial ya-
influence
mentioned
above
accretion
this
how
remark
the
particle of
with
been
milk, namely
than
the
that
while
drinking,
usual
is the
shows
-ms-
of
act
stronger
Rce-
quite interesting.
is
of verbs
first denotes
that
indicates
series
two
Rinatnai).
the
In
smoking,
lips
the
and
the
phonetic
Before
'
would
not
be
against
These
an
clothed
other
forms,
pulling
that
rule
verbs
action
with
at
it is
the
alluded
the
this
constitutes
to
form
still
unforeseen,
new
of
scries
the
in
verbs
the
class,
which,
of
by
reader
will
by
sequence
referred
ya-
of
in
vowels
two
to
phonetics.
that
fatal, results.
significant form,
made
of nceRoenista't,prompted
intended,
another
or
the
of
act
to.
question
Carrier
peculiar noise
nonistcet
to
contraction
principles of
belong
with
As
pipe.
already
the
the
It denotes
onomatopeic.
reproduce
to
frequentative
the
is
-tcet
dismissing
Were
denotes
verb
is intended
when
guessed
have
be
second
verbs.
in
common
of
Almost
the
all
with
verbs
of
the
Carrier
the
error,
which
verbs
frequentative
can
and
496
Indian
American
VI
Languages
570
it may
Sapir,
Dr
by
from
it is also
take)
the
value
the
of
root
ashore."
land
yasoecyaih,I
yaseeskuh, I
land
while
while
yascezkret,I land
on
I land
yascestah,I
about
like
while
limping
throwing
I land
under
yasoestcth,I
land
with
yascezUas, I
land
on
land
head
bird.
about.
the
out
influence
the
stick
throwing
(game).
of anger.
erect.^
crutches.^
with
while
stick.^
walking
chasing
large
game,
etc.
etc.,
ya-Ke-ncez'ih,I
land
ya-cosn-dijyaih,I
land
I land
ya-tse-soeztles,
-tcih
desinence
hints
fellow, land
fooi
on
on
foot
and
while
while
foot.*
on
on
my
of
the
the
at
singing.^
crying.''
nodding right
ya-kw(B-disleh,I land
tree," and
worthless
by stealth.^
land
ya-tso-dtjyaih,I
and
left.*
knees.^
becomes
present
subject
of the
verb
in
the
landing
-Icoen,
past
up"
"stuck
while
which
means
trunk
the
as
tree.
From
Indian
to
"'
From
the
be
root
-tla,"posterior,"
walking
his
with
IhcBz, "walking
stick,"
in
because
posterior
instead
which
such
of his
is the
the
case
person
to
seems
an
legs.
desinence
by
assumed
the
verb
for
the
tense.
^
F"rom
Literally:
Ccen
'
From
the
From
Ise-,
the
which,
-Isi'
root
"to
water.
balloon, flying.
I, being
ya-isi'-does'aih,
past
the
on
while
"stick,
role:
new
leg.
one
I land
The
(or
go
ice).
the
on
I land
to
skating.
hopping
I land
yascsstzit,
of
(as
yadcezquh,
yadoezthis,I
illustratingthat
examples
ya'nas'oes,
yaswzqeh,
land,
swimming.
in
land
I land
yasoEstzas,
"to
meaning
running.
floating
I land
yasaspih,
multiplicative element,
all fours.
on
I land
yasoestlat,
pendently
that, inde-
sleigh.
yasceslzut, I land
yascezKuh,
observe
to
prefix as
verbs
some
foot
in
while
boat.
on
yascezkraih,I land
of that
are
in
land
the
numerous
Here
yascesKeh, I
worth
be
means
I land
hiding
From
we
already
have
feet
seen,
is
the
Carrier
for
"bad."
(Ke).
"song."
root
Iso,
"crying."
equivalent
throw."
'
as
(noez'ih) my
-kwcEl, "knee."
in
compounds
of
-Isi, "head,"
and
-lies,stem
of
the
verb
497
Appendix
571
ya-Kct-uzoezKeh, I land
in
ya-tse-noestaih,I land
on
ya-na-tse-ncestaih, I land
The
the
forms
of
then
three
made
Columbia.
has"
the
of the
by
-ti altered
mind
the
when
has,"
tains
con-
second, It-,
inflected
the
by
he
Ittih,which
-tih
wife
"not;"
crement
into
no
'at
an
first,an,
pronominal
stem
oeti,
classical
to
Columbia,
"
'at
elements:
I and
side
adopted by
British
Awontuh
guages,
lan-
Dene
"Not-wife-he
in construction
of the
negative
northern
Carrier.
negative
the
ority
inferi-
the evident
on
of expressing themselves
instead
say
with
(Fort Connolly),
lake
distinct
of
up
British
mode
speak
to
would
they
of fear.'
influence
foot/
on
remark
to
me
there.
prevailing
Bear
they attempt
of
those
similarlyinelegant
Sekanais
buying.^
of fear.'
the
land
compared
childishly simple
almost
negative
under
to
of
intention
influence
foot
on
again
Costa
especially
appears
again
the
the
leads
do-at-ti,^
Chasta
the
under
etc.
etc.,
compound,
of
with
canoe
I commenced
ya-na-hwe-ncesqa.
etc.,
foot
into
i\
negative
same
prefix.^
is to
to
from
Sapir,
Chasta
Costa
dialect
than
their
form
indicates
-cyaih
The
To
the
See
Strange
past
verbs
has
into
that
the
analytic,
more
of
latter, they
the
particular inflections,
the
The
of
tizoes-
verb
the
even
or
furthermore
place.
be
by
seen
the
Isc-, which
particle
inflects
(noestaih).
-slaih
is here
na-
the
particle
instead
introduced.
initiative
prefi.x
of -taih, which
is itself
in
used
never
can
prove
because
grammar
buying.
at
as
the
the
present
is
hwe-
altered
The
here
added.
from
-yaih by na-),
tense.
82, p. 337.
to
say,
has
married"
"arrived"
{-qa
are
of
act
to
presented
to
is,
that
North.
the
of
of error,
prefix
tense
"he
given
the
verbs
reduplicative
footnote
mean
got
naecyaih
of
material
primitive,
languages
elements,
be, sufifices
Canadian
means
has
person
reduplicative
should
by
denotes
of the
one
the
such
because
"he
of
is in the
verb
usage
is
less
point
one
futures
that
This
'
but
Ket, which
From
is much
of the
the
of
tendency
constitutive
it may
as
meagre
idioms
mention
To
the
Dene
the
their
analysis,
to
natural
the
known,
time
synthesis
Dr
public by
with
disintegrate
pass
'
is well
if,as
Moreover,
it the
considered
while,
no
of
sense
is said
he
wife,
a-ti
in
its
is unmarried"
"he
(with
did
a
not
constitutive
in
get
contraction
married"
similar
this
elements,
Carrier
to
as
well
in
the
that
as
in
former
of
the
compound
Chasta
Costa,
dialect,
Chasta
since
Costa).
Misconceptions
Remarks
Dr.
on
fourth
The
number
series of remarks
well
could
be
such
title is
it would
criticize
which
is
take
eight
pages
was
right.
I
my
his
mastery
akin
hint
of
forced
am
an
to
that
vol.
North,"
'
"I
before
suspect;"
than
more
Dr.
signs.
a;
Sapir
"unless
is very
Nowhere
the
with
can
a)
in
knew
"Chasta
"might
am
he
to
used
and
the
Dene
thing
some-
off
related
to
call
to
see
exposition,
ward
the
cusation
ac-
dialects,
preach
of Carrier
word
one
to
to
that
pleased
its
To
regard
admits
not
an
certainly
not
is
the
ce,
my
with
is
one
print.
Costa
I find
Carrier,"
regard
an
to
he
Sapir's
Dr.
not
mistaken,"
much
very
with
obscure
approach
nearest
our
he
the
are
for
critic
what
who
suggestions.
not
should
myself
man
to
seems
suggestions
mere
in treating of other
a
D6n6
without
Babine,
or
Languages
of
the
765-
p.
questioner?"
"
his
17,
appeared
Morice's
Father
in
field of
corrigeyida than
my
language,"
for all,that
once
to
confine
presumption
interpreter in Chilcotin
to
Carrier
I should
already
has
remark,
^Corrigenda
the
that
reference
kind
of the
unbecoming
to
his
in
even
11),
case
circumstances,
Moreover,
6 and
duction
pro-
present
affirmations
printer, and
the
thus
the
Sapir
Sapir's
Dr.
"correct".'
to
as
more
any
taking
corrigenda (Nos.
"admirable
suggestion
would-be
text
to
the
assertions,
not
my
perhaps imputable
that,
trust
to
the
Dr.
way,
exception
for
in the
unequivocal
were
therefore
refers
of small
tentative
"corrects"
that
In
which
Chasta
corrigenda
or
old hand
an
the
which
to
by
contained
on
responsible
if warranted
found.
be
statements
One
few
exception
error
of
the
see
for 1915
Notes
errata
party
to
from
eleven
of
One
two
of
all
Practically
others.
the
to
the
even
grace
of his
caption
usual
not
and,
explanations.^
for
expression
under
simply proflfered in
were
bids
or
of
review
my
than
better
Most
on
Corrigenda
Anthropologist
supposed
are
misnomer,
with
linguistics.
is
another
they
come
Sapir
It
by
which
American
Morphology
taken.
glaringly paraded
in
Dr.
and
Morphology
Dene
Sapir's Would-be
of the
by
Phonology
Costa
Concerning
to
the
explicit
statement
it is
incidental
an
says.
132
informant
misunderstood
etc.
definition
of
concerning
remark
have
the
the
(p. 278):
value
of
phonetic
"a
his
graphic
identity
(probably
of
tical
iden-
VI
500
Indian
American
Languages
133
and
widely
that
Babine),
whole
D6n6
studying
those
and
then
must
be
with
end
of
This
with
likewise
such
errors,
the
Hupa
might
tagnais
not
well
as
"click"
a?
Dr.
Goddard
"
himself
subject.
points
have
^k^Iac," and
Dr.
It
casionally,
oc-
out
nothing
he
Goddard,
at
own
the
time
same
he
do
to
props
Tiis
up
kiyauw
his
as
the
at
to
the
dot
happens
tc'AC.
He
suffix
-tc!e
this
that
similarly bases
under
the
on
aware
k
the
he
first word
(Sapir's k!)
and
affected
he
by
tc!e),
an
clamation
ex-
thereby.
Dr.
obligingly supplies
that
the
when
Mon-
{tse or
renders
Sapir
letter
and
(do.), Loucheux
tsos
of "woman"
Dr.
that
accompanied
was
tclAC, Carrier
Navajo
the
this
sound
C.C.-
equivalents
of
ki- of the
rendered
in
click, which
or
by
guttural
orthography),
various
really meant
he
case,
-ke of the
k,
wrote
second!
I ask
may
If
how,
k sound?^
common
Athapascan.
Chasta
"
Years
his Hupa
all the
Costa.
ago
the
Dene
dialects.
the
sound,
which
it from
t.
The
I criticized
Texts
rendered
A.
G.
aspirated
in
scholar
for
aspirated
As
exist
of
matter
by
d.
Dene,
But
(my
th, the
fact, his
I still fail
though
failed,
having
the
Franciscan
the
t was
to
as
see
thought,
equivalent
how
he
themselves
natives
tq)
of
not
in
common
my
the
expressed
do
render
to
Fathers'
th, and
real
differentiate
M.
k, sound
written
calls
that
particular
ordinary
does
continuant
Morice
1882,
them,
speak
the
on
"can
assertion
find
we
my
well
so
(p. 766)
in that
he
to
in the
and
point
is himself
Sapir
tclAc
to
if the
astray
all-important explosion,
an
to
far
(according
tscez
(do.),
tsaw
be
k^!e, which
the
by
Ath.
who
lin-kc.
Hupa
He
to
through
run
been, since
transcriber, distractions
Sapir
li-tse, declaring
my
hensions
misappre-
or
practically assimilating
my
and
infallible, because,
signification, "birds,"
to
differing
Carrier
11.
Ath.*
that, according
same
of
that
bearing
Dr.
Costa
has
those
of the
Chasta
errors
he
part
3 and
of
points which
when
always
which
Sekanais,
dialects
exception
not
to
Dene
among
Nos.
back
go
exception
takes
the
those
that
must
is
understood
detect
to
literature
on
ear
a?
claims
really corresponds
of
able
years
help
under
remarks
of li-tc!e with
-ke
the
morphological
all the
imperfect
td'ad, but
in
be
and
this
by remarking
have
to
of
that
an
scholar
this
(with
should
he
five
Nah'ane,
twenty-four
help
the
his
contention
in
before
linguisticfamily, especially
admitted
printer's
the
idioms
grammar
phonetic
idioms,
of
or
and
I say,
man,
concerning
the
unaided
lexicon
in their
last
two
catechize
could
who
or
these
acquired
had
"click,"
x.
The
and
Father
Morice
character
writes
k.
k
What
writes
was
K,
becomes
therefore
Father
used
Morice
in
everywhere
for
the
sound
calls
the
common
Hupa
Father
k
is
501
Appendix
134
As
the
to
connection
Hupa
Montagnais
and
With
will, change
He
refuse
that
did
not
that
prefix
has
water
that
very
words
against
him
least
"at
case
of the
some
in
adduces
Dr.
Sapir quotes
of
extent
of
unaware,
tqe-h (my
Indian
characteristics
native
thinking
mind
of
it is
when
with
be
may
locomotion
four
be
given
name
used
fins
as
"
must
mean
is mistaken
of
in
horse
for
that
nominated
de-
object
the
the
but
the
this.
without
exact
water,"
namely
substance,
forgetful,
predicates
in the
himself.
linguisticallythe
though
it
among
critic
my
the
was
value
radically
to
I meant.
which,
concept
Even
same
assertion
this
same
he
It is too
of my
imagines
that
the
ideas.
hard
some
form
feet.
fish, the
cannot
"over"
I claim
But
especially
than
by
he
water,
I had
that
rendering
elements,
concrete
real
feet, which
of legs and
of
question
in
accuracy
natural
possibly
not
the
shown
each
the
the
more
the-lin), "water-horse,"
horse."
could
animal
an
of
convince
of water.
I said
prefix has
unwittingly
exquisite
literally"in-the-water
The
is
even
and
under
dispose
when
that
of
body
to
study
understand
must
bottom
ground
proving
statement
since
tribes, as
Navajo
individual
of
near
which
best
therein.
to
ultimately
of the
-tsos,
-tsoe^.
the
will
thereto)
reference
bottom
the
refers
me;
we
the
with
not,
further
the
at
the
north,"
southern
But
exclusively
frequently
to
the
dialects
"hinted"
unnecessarily qualified my
even
agree
Dene
point
with
Babine
affinitywith
he
this
in
adduces
-tsus,
no
4, I could
the
connection.
the-
is
No.
to
few
it denoted
that
the
redound
or
this
I said
the
Now
He
in
right
that
(though
of
am
under
can
Nah'ane
-tsu), it has
concerning
he
as
knowledge
mean
in mind
I wrote
critic
my
and
-tsun, Hare
stoutly
as
When
other.
-tsos, which
or
his strictures
to
what
little speaking
him
Loucheux
regard
of
may
-tsots
root
notion
means
as
of
bottom
the
water.
This
is
I used
complement,
Christ
this.
language
was
really
prepalatal,
have
been
"
The
and
called
the
or
in
to
as
the
expressing
in
passage
from
bread
of
a
Father
letter
than
and
as
Lord
to
written
in
in
Luk
plement
com-
thing
person.*
q
kai,
from
their
but
to
in
me
personal
referred
when
velar,
"wliite.
print previously.
lately received
Jesus-
follow
to
connoting
not
was
Morice
material,
not
Our
Indians
complement
"
ments,
ele-
Eucharistic
transsubstantiation;
verb
that
postpalatal
when
attention
Hupa
use
in
the
personal,
the
upon
I did
Eucharistic
sonancy
sometimes^
following
firmly
as
to
other
none
were
prevail
never
-ivord
the
intermediate
these
implying
strictlylogical to
too
Sacrament,
desinence
that
I could
believed
when
"
show
to
himself,
They
verbal
the
referring in Dene
when,
that
true
so
Rev.
These
when
facts
Ed.
Father
Leopold,
VI
502
American
Indian
Languages
135
Dr.
the
Sapir
gives
as
not
to
and
water,
the idea
point, since
here
of
the
action
primitive
of the
shore
tread
bare
witnessed
this
in
British
of
Columbia,
Did
have
my
but
word
to
Yet,
of
correlated
is
called
the
is
in
same
which,
in the
in
the
D6n6
one
have
the
Eastern
its
plainly hints
this
their
or
I would
face.
practised formerly,
inseparably
so
they
in
wotloss
the
nate
desig-
to
use
The
"clay."
of
Dene
aboriginal
latter
Sekanais,
north.
The
for
la-tles,la-tloes and
"soap"
and
"hands-mud,"
in
the
is
and
root,
mean
cases,
Carrier,
years'
altogether different
an
or
I have
formerly.
which
term
do
they
Europe!
remained
"mud"
what
which
confirmation,
little
have
have
"bottom"
on
to
hands
very
the
in
respectively
first two
have
were
with
of
their
bottom
hwotloss
(hence
need
either
that
identical
among
dialects
same
discarded
practised
stand
water
Chilcotin,
primary
have
less
it
Then
twenty-eight
my
it may
that
estimation
radically
the
practically
which
Dene
during
referred
washing
and
washing
kwoetles
fact
of
of
the
How
clayey
blanket,
or
wine-makers
particular operations
in the
soap
the
case
the
pressing
ex-
to
but
mind?
word
the
none
wash";
"I
over
skin
Kato
use
the
idea
the
these
as
notions
the
of
produce
to
render
the
who
they
diagnosis
the
of times
and
natives
the
washing,
as
number
to
not
Chilcotins
native
to
verb
Kato
linguistics.
for
laying
soiled
do
the
The
the
refers
simply
place, this is
him.
thosnnaskroes
the
water
that
first
against
By
the-
southern
represent
legs
operation
that, though
method
of
the
In
turns
wash?
and
feet
not
terms
fact
embrace
Carriers
the
Dene
that
it, the
is in f'e'-.
proof
these
sheet
of
did
aborigines
of
with
stay
and
do
proof(?)
bottom
washing
pretended
thenasqoss
kind
the
statement
my
his
again
indeed
of
another
Now
ta-tlces,
last
"eyes-
mud."
The
been
mode
of
Thalthan),
simply
implies
the
contributor
chief
concerning
"There
the
are,"
the
'
he
dot
t, k,
I, etc.
writes
are
Henceforth
upper
to
(")
action
the
Navaho
(April
shall
before,
is
is done
of
27), "such
represent
and
shall
of
in
the
retain
the
live
in, and
by
an
The
so-
cerathas'ots,^ which
or
been
with
told
walk
water,
of my
italics
for
or
are
contention
Iqe-hoUsodi,
on
the
bottom
mine.
('), instead
the
while
illuminating:
and
in,
apostrophe
exclusively
have
(the
tqe-lt,is especially
prefix tqe."
dot
to
seems
tqe-lt,water-horse,
as
hiatus
word,
not
to
Northwest
Far
water,
had
who
that
the
the
southern
words
animals,
by
the
connection
Dictionary,
expressed
referred
above
Nah'ane
this
meaning
mythological
last
I
as
use
the
stuffs
or
the
in
etymological
This
water.
of
who
that
true
Both
water-ox.
of
unknown
originally
called
skins
washing
exploded
of
sounds
an
Appendix
503
136
Chilcotin
thenasqces is analyzed:
the
over
bottom
[on the
real
his
to
recourse
of the
usual
last
This
lake)
As
Ex.:
tc.
my
and
"water,"
tiver,
verbs
Chilcotin
Water"
little
go
in
compounds
"wave"
(for
ncezat, "far
ntuk,
of water"
the
Sekanais,
LoutceRe.
th is
of
Columbia
British
vertible
con-
are
word
formation
of
few
the-
the
simply
the
"
the
to
is
It
of
it from
induced
in
equivalent
adjec-
examples:
(for tho-ba, "water-edge");
Carrier
//za-i5/,
"water-head").
tha-dinsat}
off"; Babine
Carrier
"short";
personally
tM^;
thu-tsi, lit.
Adjectives: Chilcotin
and
only
thd-ba, "shore"
tha-zcel,"soup"
rect
cor-
have
in Sekanais
differentiate
far.
too
Here
Navajo
name
then
body
the
theR;
if
Tcii-tci.
clearly
to
what
a
remark
even
us
Hares,
because
(the
Let
of
the
Babine
Big
adverbs.
Substantives:
and
Sekanais,
(-na-)^
Morice's
add
"bottom
"the
contribute
and
For
foregoing,
to
may
I shall
the
eagerness
and
"
which
to
spelling) iheRe;
my
Father
qualification,
with
Thu-thi,
inadvertently
me
compound?
Dr.
find
not
without
dialects.
(with
say
tha-,
to
is from
Chilcotin, Carrier
Carrier,
the-] to apply
Dene
is consistent
into
I do
authorities,
Western
the; the
cheux,
of
(sqcKs) repeatedly
(the-)."
water
This
Montagnais
the
drag, rub
Athabaskan
meaning
Carrier."
for
know
of the
in northern
"Even
"I
(water),"
"deep
from
from
tha-ltuk, "shallow,"
tho, "water,"
(for
water"
tha-scekcez, "spring
tho, "water,"
and
thil-soskcez,
"water-cold").
Chilcotin
Verbs:
in
put
the
tha-stnan, "I
water,"
etc.
too
"
(water)";
drink
of
verbs
many
Carrier
kind
that
in
tha-s'aih, "I
all dialects
for
enumeration.
Adverbs:
"of
water,"
This
element
meant
to
cases,
it
In
English
done
Chilcotin
sing.
simply
used
the
"I
more
iH
to
occasionally
equivalent
has
the
that
show
of "I
the
action
the
beseech";
I
pray."
lake),"
that
Petitot's
implies
meaning
because
etc.
By
"in
this
for
to
of
the
noun
dictionary,
the
but
first time.
word.
thena-dcestli, it
praying
is
an
several
reduplication;
done
is not
changed
-niz,
uncompounded
as
"twice")
nal,
middle,"
said.
effect
on
course,
somewhat
alters
prayers,
my
say
than
occurs
even
the
the
T have
the
to
relies, of
of
(of
end
only,"
statement
^i'a
(lit."in
water"
further
compounds
Ath.
he
the
contraction
(a
na-
even
signification of
this
For
ihe-tcestliis
is normally
the
on
Sapir's
Valley dialects
frequently
in Carrier
the
Dr.
Etymologically,
those
"in
appears
(p. 768).
it is also
large
controvert
Mackenzie
stem"
In
tha-niz, "at
the
action
Thus
assumes
which
once.
phonetic
value
of
in
in
French
singe,
not
of
the
same
in
Languages
Indian
American
VI
504
137
sub
and
Valley Indian,
heard,
or
stake
reputation
my
willing
revealed
might
give
and
or
But
I have
his No.
ends
should
be
is
is
"there
that
-Wi
"I
-yal.
frequently
expressed
refers
the
by
instances
The
them
paddle
'
Sapir's
(generally
upper
end
of
the
water"
-/) which
the
lake,"
canoe,"
is not
quite
is locative
etc.),
in
in
the
for
exact,
intent
same
final
as
way
kI) by
e.,
have
"to
refers
this
but
dialects
to
desinential
Iha-llat, "at
water";
denotes
recess
from
of
"water,"
which
it has
he
produces
-z
of
some
him.
(t.
right;
is
swimming.
Nay,
to
-ki
the
head
declared
of
me.
several
admits.
that
I had
even
(thul, "in
he
under
idea
the
is quite
-al
-/fe'en,
-*;feV,-yfe'ew,
which
of
almost
his desinence
that
convince
to
he
Kwon,
Sapir
Dr.
Ath.
that
Chipewayan
by
to
-tzi, "heart,"
to
objects
little weight
very
renders
travel
to
"in
letter
of
appeared
canoe,
he
other
some
is
-yal is correct,"
that
show
to
of
tse-
-tze
particles.
7, since
No.
without
Fathers;
support
what
implies, paddling,"
or
Goddard
when
the
suggestion
my
written
element
"ground."
two
think
to
in his
gives absolutely
have
must
Thus
he
have
possible, I
as
Franciscan
"mouth,"
-ze,
evidence
to,
root
against
independently
"water,"
these
on
incline
of
as
speaking
my
brief
as
the
needs
"earth,"
by adopting
plenty
of
work
to
za-
long
yielding
so
be
to
as
be
years* duration
preceding
or
the
yxn,
too
now
such
seems
well
as
would
terminological
thil, etc.,
to
noen,
criticism
quite
not
nen,
tarried
this
by itself,and
is
It
to
na-
see
in
as
tsi, "head",^
to
not
anxious
will
Sapir
"^
water
This
of many
study
dictionary,
stand
exist.
to
tse-
may
words,
cannot
"
dialects,
addressed,
ever
if necessary
which
one
meaning
Mackenzie
this.
you
Petitot's
it
"fire";
ne-
for
other
insist that
element
me.
(the only
book
mere
one
than
anywhere.
book
I
but
saw
positive, and
am
Dene
the
when
capes
more
any
scholar
and
the
never
prefix tha-
Were
words,
some
yet
the
of
reasons
my
in
as
hyphen
He
to
other
alone,
Carrier
of five of them
them
In
laws
morphological
knowledge
her,
uncompounded
used
never
Hupa;
that
to
as
concede)
to
."flot",2 is
the
or
of
one
purpose.
spoke
never
Navajo
have
we
its
of
short
falls
knowledge
here
But
"flot."
voce
the
{thiiz,
Iha-tlaz,etc.).
*
Petitot
in
gives
French
to
this
poetry,
French
as
the
word
be
may
signification
by
seen
the
words
as
times
some-
of
synonymous
"vague."
"A
somewhat
tha-na-tle-le
"I
am
renewed
part."
not
extreme
dees' "ZR.
"
{-le-)doing
(-wo-)
action
1 do
case
not
(-ce/j)with
connected
of
drink
intp
compounding
again
my
with
flat
bent
water
on
body
the
which
ground."
this
(as replaced
(jlha-)wherein
particle
which
by
my
is thus
the
head
hiatus
enters
is
analyzed:
'dees-)a
(-Cse-)takes
505
Appendix
138
locomotion,
the
or
instead
paddle,
So
is it with
en
the
en
on
the
value
has
which
of
Carrier
case.
not
any
be
his
four
the
on
the
-si, "to
letter
remark
that
I know,
than
j'at'anc^
refer
terms
the
to
of oars,
use
is made
be
"thou
(t^a-yi-tna,
of
Speaking
-tlal,but
the
the
by
stems,
his words
in such
up
preceding pronominal
category
same
of
action
for the
laugh,"
should
which
(^'a-7^7-nd),
-t-na
same
instead
crement
his -lal);-t-lo,"to
as
here
cry,"
this
that
-t-lat,for -tlat,root
wrote
issue
at
-se, "to
as
way
process,
same
point
I do
that
sure
the
such
divided
sub-
"abundantly"
he
main
The
he
drinkest").
in
sleeping
for
root
considered
be
-lal must
dental
that
I feel I could, by
now,
not
was
answered.
now
9, which
Were
critic's root
he
is in the
this
statement
is
his No.
with
contrary.
the
Thus
desinence.
of -tlo,and
-tnd
to
cutting
of
which
dialects.
other
the
to
might
that
examples
by
question
informant
the
corrigendum.
of t- in my
belong
to
of
stated
consisted
point
patience,
prove
instead
happens
to
and t'o-lal)
plural {t'i-lal
the
as
be
absent
He
adds
in
"
claims
dialects, he
some
second
the
Were
stem,"
root
-/-
that
because,
singular
persons
part of the
sooth,
for-
there
stem,
be
(p. 769).
found
these
his
me
This
and
references
his
floating (which
would
raft,"
8, I merely
As
reader's
or
whether
shows
for
No.
brief in connection
as
absence
cause,"
radical
and
more
any
All
by paddling, or
under
asked
He
room
"super-abundantly"
is either
and
parts.
by
case
impose
"not
is effected
satisfied.
am
I could
see
proves
the
dialects
paddle,"
criticism
him.
here
into
of
on
whose
LegofT,
D4n^
signification.
perfectly correct,
was
I wish
not
Father
all the
"to
same
Sapir's
to
-lal in
which
I do
from
to
meant
accidentally
regard
the
me
applies
the
misunderstood
not
-pih, "floating
water.
With
have
and
never
which
locomotion
of
action
the
through
water
swimming,
quoted
example
ramant
ramant,
the
on
-thcez,etc.
quite appropriate,
Naviguer
moving
is
of
act
absolutely
May
in the
I ask
first person
not
Carrier
I float
r nwstlat
Sing, j
ninlat
I noellat
we
in any
reason
no
the
its disappearance
for
doctor,
learned
singular, or
find
of the
at
it in these
second
in
firstly,whether
least
persons
dual
and
of the
/ is not
this
plural,of
his verb,
following analogous
ones?
Navajo
Chilcotin
I
forms"
these
am
give
him
nestli
bdnislds'
ninli
banlos
henli
yei'los
horse
507
Appendix
140
The
desinential
negative past
tense
in
with
conformity
verbal
-tlcel of both
roots
are
proximate
Carrier
dual
nothing
else
than
known,
and
invariably observed,
well
same
and
the
way,
cestli,and
desinence
the
general
dressed,"
Thus
root.
it back
words,
"I
am
e-tcene-tnli,etc., and
the
So
is it with
which
the
fain
would
Sapir
verbal
element
genuine
of the
independent
it has
compound
Montagnais,
Here
'
An
I think
few
idiotism,
it worth
of
familiar
with
Dene
the
you
nesh'l, "I
concerning
generally
used
the
The
vowel:
shana'a,
"Your
of
remark
has,
me,"
the
as
"lam
or
killing me;"
the
be
also
double
or
shila
Carrier,
In
drowning."
hke
is
tlok;
receipt
those
of
who
minor
even
'
me,"
connection,
on
for
how,
are
points
dinesh'tl,
to
will
"I
Navaho
the
other
the
of
root
is:
na'ad,
verbal
roots
the
three
at."
look
Your
'ad, which
word
ba'ad,
"my,
is
his
your,
with
beginning
me."
.
the
holds
body
{'kus being
singular
obsolete
now
plural
or
they
manner
killing me,'
to
partly
good
personifying expressions
such
this
preceding
root
sha'ad,
in the
is used
shinilqi,'thirst
dabd'
of
nominal
pro-
dialects:
killed
(written
show
hiatus
at;"
bina'kis
as
In
letter
this
before
parts
described
it
north.
applies
"give
be
tlog, dlog.
Navajo.
to
the
pronoun:
for
in
the
tloh; Nah'ane,
really preserved
the
where
Navaho
in
forms
have
looked
"I
art
will
role of
in all the
"
only
regarding
possessive
occurs
shikhe
However,
Navaho
.
"wife"
the
on
would
one-eyed-man
nel't,
it
it in
Navaho,
word
the
one
in
at;"
hiatus
same
find
writes
to
soezilre, laughter
again
south
the
we
348-49
pages
exactly
with
wife."
of
as
laughing,
he
fills the
noun,
Leopold's
were
of
refers
quite often
regular
tlo
Fr.
or
clothing
idea
unduly
tldr; Sekanais,
find
we
Sapir's paper),
as
for
he
use:
from
again
such
look
it is
singular,
"thou
e-toene-oestli;
tlo,kid, Loucheux,
which
dialects
on
say
remark
for
Na^"aho:
"foot"
meaning
or
"hand."
tqoshinilqi, ""water
as:
dichi
say:
express
in
word
shinilqi, "hunger
high
of hunger
degree
thirst."
Had
my
have
saved
There
is
nesh'l, i.
be
the
of
be
to
radical
of their
quote
Dr.
obtains
tenses:
or
like
to
of
them,
of vision
'half.'
the
morphology,
"What
verbs
dlor; Hare,
instances
while
review
my
in fact
is in
one-is."
i which
This
which
play independently
to
word
man
dlo; Chilcotin,
tlo and
are
the
verb.
noun,
kills
of Carrier
substantively
is said:
believe
us
-t-lo,disassociating therefrom
is
laws
first persons
-tlo,representing the
stem
have
the
used
whenever
dressed"
literally that-wherewith
pe-toene-oetli,
the
-tlat,inflected
stem
nestli, I am."
when
"
-tlal of
"
of Chilcotin
takes
in other
element;
compound
loses
similarly
plural, always
its role of
of
and
morphology.
the
In
copy
futures
scarcely
e.,
understood
been
correspondent
himself
nec'in:
in
the
more
than
Chilcotin
the
familiar
trouble
north.
one
of
or
nis'in,
Thus
giving
two
Dine
dialects
of
translations
me
(,dichifor
words
Nah'ane
"my,
the
with
nes'ih.
thy,
his
his
"hunger"
Carrier
wife"
of the
naes'en)
is said
he
north,
and
which
would
material.
Navajo
future
the
would
pa'
of
not
at, in
508
Languages
Indian
American
VI
141
that
is, "I
sit
"I
(ne'dcesni);tlo dizta,
while
"
dizthi, I laugh
kcenne'doesni, "I
Ho
laughing";
in-conformity-with
literally "laughter
buffoon,"
tlo
of
dying
am
lying down,"
I-say-many-things"
dtjyin, "I
tlo
laughing";
could
Lo
etc.
the
acting
am
stand
laughing";
be
not
of in
thought
this connection.^
With
regard
which
to
for such
root
writes
Sapir again
dialects, which
verb
the
to
of
that
in most
as
its t, here
with
belongs, together
it
idea
an
without
is
Carrier
of the
tense
one
which
verb
is
morphologically identical:
Carrier
Chilcotin
hcessd, I cry
cessi',I
hientsd
tntsV
hcetsd
ntsi'
hetsd
tsintsi'
hatsd
eehtsi'
Rintsi'
qelsd
in
as
for hcessd
Carrier
Chilcotin, becomes
Sapir's Chasta
its other
is
Now
the
tso, tscer
in
employed
si', which
form,
has
exactly
signification.
no
of badness,
sense
in
depreciatively
(not
the
which
so,
same
It
way
is
compounds,
as
making
root
as
/ at
all
its
while
not
is it with
So
under
-dees' aih
ya-tsi'
of
"sleet,"
means
given,
reiser
that
a
assume
tlo.
as
malice, wretchedness,
in
of
fail to
not
bad
are
same
very
it does
course,
us
and
cesscer,^
but, of
Costa;
persons.
"weeping")
not
is
of
liii',both
Dual:
The
bad
am
tsi',
independent
it is also
(see p.
used
of my
570
last
paper).
Chilcotin;
en);
is
I repeat
had
As
to
(Chilcotin
the
in this
use
would
in
boena'koez,
case
concerning
outlines
whenever
to
of
shikhe
(or ci-Ke:
Northern
Dene.
Dr.
and
tcivu
*
This
younger
of
Fr.
who
Leopold,
which,
grammar
to
then
must
numeral
-qces, in
as
is done
that
t when
in
our
of my
may
etc.) must
Chilcotin,
half
"
only
hand
one
Carrier
suffix
developed,
specify that
sla-kcez, "the
say:
"one,"
duly
sceKe) and
Chilcotin
Thus
hands."
European
shila
will
point
later
say:
I ha*d
be
on
is intended,
be
nated
aggluti-
Were
languages,
you
nobody
you.
Goddard
Icwe
etc.
part
singularizing
using the
without
it is necessary
You
the
the
on
French
as
Sapir's criticism.
remark
the
pcenakaez,
or
(last syllable
sani'an
spontaneous
was
is swollen,"
noun.
understand
'
the
Dr.
Chilcotin
than
to
hand
But
published.
this
Carrier
long ago
noted
of
other
none
information
former's
the
ilket, "my
sla
this
told
is
Lower
Simply
that
been
not
shana'a
Navajo
bina'kis
for
duly
transcribes
he
the
gives
us
many
Indians,
Hupa
correlatives
tso.
desinential
-r
generation,
is
say
scarcely audible
tso
instead
at
of tsoer.
all, and
especially among
Appendix
509
142
The
of
part
connection
Dr.
with
Sapir's criticism
syllabification.
disagree with"
what
I wrote
of
instead
their
the
I must
of sheer
paper
of
rejects
with
manner
wrong
it is the
the
and
digraphs
in
initiallyor
otherwise.
the
We
it is
let
teachers
and
in
which
of
the
the
that
I wrote
he
of
from
published
or
when
my
ally"
"emphatic-
less than
no
when
book.
the
nothing
Fathers, and
noted
in
to
of southern
treating
Franciscan
of the
On
have
to
quarters
find,
prominent
as
by
cannot
we
of
dream
of
its sense-giving
scholars
Navajo
question of verbs,
always coupled
are
stand
sessive
pos-
without
the
-tnd.
stem
as
occur
bit-qo; bi-t'd",
more
any
distinct
they
ear.
which
nouns,
three
or
whenever
Navaho
elements
could
two
bi-tqo,not
pronounce
and
not
are
single sound
is noticed
various
of
critic that
of
accuracy
inaccuracy.
His
in connection
time
the
lessons
will
Carrier
or
not
fail
he
his
above
much
as
with
to
his
betrays
reveal.
years
consultations,
that
informant
to
pronomi-
prepare
worked
generally
of
as
on
several
as
phatic
em-
with
am
"was
larly
particuwith
D6n6
monumental
my
destroyed
was
half
be
inexperience
an
To
language, which
sixteen
possibly
cannot
syllabic divisions
plea that
syllabifying" merely
to
years' study
book
to
caution
and
pronouns
as
tell my
me
their
Dictionary
have
ing
grant-
compound.
concerning
careful
to
of the
caution
to
which
adjunction
nalo-substantival
regard
and
dividing syllables,which,
alphabet
represent
{tqo) than
noun
when
Hence
words
me
recourse
of the
this
immediate
point
but
hyphenize
applies
of its
mentioned
the
t'd-yi-tnd;yit-lo
34
crements
North,
following
trigraphs used in
inseparably
as
pronoun
support
part,
distinction
remark
together
the
of
in certain
of the
Dictionary
juxtaposition;
bit'-o",etc.,
This
have
fashion
to
of
disregard
utter
reality pertains
my
Now
way
phatically
em-
of writing thereon
occur
personal
must
notions
Navaho
as
"must
possible:
consonants
not
stems,
that
task
Costa.
peculiar
of the
he
is in
confession:
of consulting
Chasta
his
on
in
make
to
the
much
as
idea
verbal
open
as
The
his
which
imagining
for
thought
on
essay
of its second
ID
page
the
morphological
the
dialects, I
since
hand,
other
that
show
that
part
me
not
criticism
my
of the
nature
declares
to
positive
most
t'-d-yit-nd, for
us
allowed
and
fitted
did
able
Sapir's
claim, entails
do
had
subject
the
on
be
presumption,
personal knowledge,
review
inflective
therefore
language
Dene
mere
he
and
subject, he gives
pronominal
stem.
Out
Here
(p. 771),
me
is the
he
their
to
this
on
where
by
fire, I
it, between
hours'
must
4,500
duration.
VI
510
Languages 2
Indian
American
143
task
in
be
the
which
the
to
"eyes
same
who
conjugation
one
C.
C.
person
one
of my
truth
the
as
way
eventual,
{Cd-yi-lnd) will
tha-Hn-tnai
tha-ro-tnan
tha-u-tnai'
tha-ro-tnan
tha-tsu-tnai'
tha-roh-tnan
tha-uh-tnai'
tha-qu-tnan
tha-Ru-tnaV
pronominal
and
already
the
indicates
and
in its make-up
than
Dr.
to
Sapir's No.
10,
of refers
really used
and
well
-h
evidence
of
complement.
would
that
suggesting
is
while
he
it I cannot
dream
admits
that
stands
it
with
Who,
of
having, for
my
assures
this
it is in
that
me
This
conceive
in intent, but
C. G.
of
Until
-c.
stem
dialects
Chasta
is very
any
plural
form
under
No.
not
of
-t^AC
that
Costa
surprising
this, I accept
is possibly
root
to
his verbal
in all the
singular subjects.
here
in
are,
drinkest," etc.,
-thoss,which
strictlyplural
corresponding
from
el-on?
-thces,which
desinential
with
tha-int-nan, "thou
to
latter
of
is intransitive, because
verb
of
morphology,
plural, he
in connection
deserves
northern
the
to
the
sort
some
that
drink";
etc., which
esd-an, Hare
Montagnais
equivalent
-roil-, -un-
-us-;
from
tha-6-tnai'
-ton, Montagnais
-ros-,
tha-st-nan, "I
instance,
As
full root
so
more
"
the
Hare
crements
clearly differentiated
turn,
ever
glance
C. -tnd, Sekanais
the
his
Carrier
iha-us-nai'
at
verb
very
help opening
tha-ron-tnan
have
process.
contention.
Dual:
C.
of the
we
This
language sufficiently
Chilcotin
Here
who
one!
careful deductive
the
tense,
instructor
preceding
the
Sekanais
Babine,
native
mastered
has
of
Sapir gives
found
position to judge
Perhaps
of
in the
or
Chilcotin,
the
once
never
by thescholar
be done
must
Now
syllabifycorrectly,
could
to
dialects.
Nah'ane
and
of
vocabularies
down
took
I likewise
his
word
the equivalent of
singular -thih,the
I get incontrovertible
coming
to
express
singular concept.
With
regard
"Father
Morice
in this, his
N.
by
on
Dr.
the
B.
"
I take
Sapir, the
Chasta
to
Dr.
Sapir's criticism
is,in my
own
this
statement
opportunity
remark
following misprints
Costa
language:
What,
(p. 722):
he writes
then, is corrigendum
mine?
or
to
11,
that, in addition
occurred
in my
to those
appreciation
pointed
of
his
out
paper
511
Appendix
144
Just
his
This,
fe".'
at
show
to
is
author
not
does
least,
Dr.
always
Sapir
that,
responsible
for
correspond
not
is
real
to
my
especially
the
q,
corrigendum
"
he
as
but,
Editorial
Originally
Reprinted
by
published
in
permission
of
American
the
in
printed
American
is
material
mistakes,
made
am
to
sure,
such
I
say
will
in
as
point
note
imputable
16
to
his
and
of
the
mine,
his
an
fact
the
out
first
printer
that
essay.
alone.
Note
Anthropologist
Anthropological
19,
132-144
Association.
(1917).
and
Corrigenda
[Afterthe publicationof
set of corrigendaand addenda
on
Chasta
Costa
made
Collected
Works
the texts.
The
items
Takelma
based
latter do
not
given
manuscript notes,
of the
corrections
and
in the
should
therefore
before
the
present volume.
native
text
plus gloss,so
be
Morphology
(1914c: 265
with
his Notes
267). The
"
1914
publication,but were
inadvertentlyomitted from Volume
listed in 1914
appear
editorial
as
incorporatedin
the texts
that
(Note
that
"1. 4
are
those
numbers
bound
were
tions
correc-
as
in the
itself,or
text
in Volume
VIII of The
they appear
in
his
Sapir'smanuscript notes
of
own
copy
fullycoincide with the published Corrigenda. The
were
changes
Texts
on
noted
are
Takelma
to
and
to
Texts
Texts
were
below
remainder
Takelma
Phonology
in the
Addenda
in Volume
endnotes.
in volume
Sapir'sline
The
of the
VIII.
following
gloss
lines of
of the
fourth
original.)
-
p. 13, 1. 10
(interlinear):
change "mourning"
to
as
items
appeared
refers to
count
The
VIII, either
VIII, which
is the
(interlinear)"
in the
not
"bereft
Eds.]
of child"
p.
omit
22, 1. 10 (interlinear):
", it is said"
insert quotes
p. 23, 1.2 (interlinear):
p. 25, 1.3
(text):change da-idamak'
"Strings"
deHdamcfk'
fnu'"x-danhi'to mii"'xdcmhi
p. 31, 1. 14 (text):change
p. 46, 1. 1
before
to
to t.'i'lap'igit'gna
(text):change t.'i'ldp'agit'gwa
change he'Tleme'k'wana'
p. 50, 1.2 (text):
p. 60, 11.6, 7
(text):change nagaik'wd
change "with
p. 76, 1. 8 (interlinear):
p. 78, 1.4 (text): change he'dcdd
p. 105, 1. 14
(text): change
'
to
to
p.
127,
6, add:
nagaik'wa
it" to
"thereby"
he'dadd
to
'i't'e'is very
-t'git'
to
he'Tleme'''k'nana'
p.
note
to
dehu"k'i
likelytransformed
to k'ai'ldp'ik.'i
(text):change k'ai'ldp'ak.'i
p. 144, 1. 17
change tlomomdn
to
to
usit.
iter.
p. 229, 1.35:
change
usit. to
p. 230, 1. 21:
change
lia'wi- to
to
u-i'ndk'dl
t.'onionidn
liawi-
Ironi
am
Phonetic
Key
of
Publication^^
to
Edward
Compiled by
Sapir
William
Bright
of The Collected
following list of symbols is based on the planned contents
V and
Works
VI, plus selected
of Edward
Sapir,volumes
monographic
works.
It does not attempt to include
of
value
(such as a
symbols
unambiguous
or
k); or symbols used only in material quoted from other authors; or symbols
used
in standard
transliterations
of familiar
Old
orthographies or Roman
World
languages. Phonetic
symbols proposed in the Report of the Committee
Phonetic
on
Transcription(1916),but not found in Sapir s publications,are also
The
omitted
Part
here.
1 consists
consonants
letters
with
or
consists
Part
or
of diacritic modifications
of vowels
(indicatedby C) or
digraphs of the Roman
without
diacritics.
of miscellaneous
Part
which
with
used
are
the entire
alphabet
3 consists
which
are
of Greek
used
class of
2 consists
of
with
specialvalues,
alphabeticsymbols. Part 4
segmental symbols.
1.
C^
Glottalized
ejective stop
printed as C
or
Also
sonorant.
notation
indicated
weaker
or
affricate; glottalizedspirant or
and
'C.
degree
In
of
earlier
some
work,
in stops
glottalization
this
than
C!
C!
Glottalized
ts! tc!
are
Stop
Syllabicconsonant.
"C
Nasalized
C",C^
Labialized
consonant.
Cy
Palatalized
consonant.
C-
Long
C.C
Non-affricate
or
or
affricate
with
that
strong aspiration.
consonant.
geminated
sequence
^
Note
of
consonant.
consonantal
two
sequence,
independent
e.g.
I.s when
consonants.
consonantal
it represents
echoed
or
consonant,
voiceless
sonorant
or
y^I American
516
in Athabaskan,
Primary stress;
Sapir" Swadesh
Indian Languages 2
1946, stress
Fallingpitchin
Risingpitchin
Intermediate
of
Athabaskan.
Athabaskan.
pitches,see
V
Risingpitchin
Vowel
Takelma
Nasalization
if
Glottalization
v'
Primary stress.
Secondary
Length
of vowel.
stress.
of vowel.
Unusual
(v)
Glide
V. V
Non-diphthongalsequence
syllables.
or
v'^
v-^
Glottal
shortness
contrasted
v'
or
Pawnee.
of vowel.
v:
and
and rising
falling
not necessarily
length;in some
earlywork, close vowel quality,
with length.(See specific
symbols in Part 2, below.)
yv
forms
v'v
value
with
v,
indicates
more
than
between
two
of vowel.
of vowel.
of vowels, e.g. a.i divided
mended
interruptionof vowel; the latter alternative is recomwhen
the post-glottal
portionis weakly articulated.
"Over-long"vowel
with
rearticulation,as
glide-like
in Takelma
and
Sarcee.
X^
vowel) Reduced
prominence of vowel; e.g. murmured
(Superscript
vocalic
of a precedingconsonant.
echoed
o
r
resonance
quality,
Also indicates whispered or voiceless vowels, later written with
small capitals.
or
Xv
(Subscriptvowel)
In
Indo-European, a
reduced
vowel.
Part 2.
a
vowel, as
Open mid-back unrounded
by small capitala or Greek alpha.
in
Phonetic Key
low
back
517
Long
Low
Open
vowel,
front unrounded
low
back
vowel,
rounded
mid
back
unrounded
back
unrounded
for
symbol
In
one
vowel,
which
heard
sounds
voiceless
law.
hat.
Eng.
in Southern
in
Eng.
lenis in most
in
for
Paiutc; in Wishram,
but.
and
Eng. but:
iaryngeaP.
symbol
sometimes
"".
in
a-timbre
"intermediate"
or
in
Eng.
in Takelma
reconstructed
induces
as
a;
as
Indo-European, cover
Voiced
as
as
a,
vowel,
(largecapital)Voiceless
in
as
vowel.
Voiceless
(smallcapital)
in
Chasta
Costa,
Indo-European,
mid
cover
i.e.
a-coloringlaryngeal,
vowel.
adjacent
an
an
refers
"
to
probably
(esp.in Hittite.)
cases
B,
rounded
"Intermediate"
capital)
or
(Capital
small
In Nahuatl
traditional
b above.
"
In Nahuatl
z, i.e.
Eng.
to
earlier tc
In
ch
In Nahuatl
Voiced
or
Voiced
"cerebral"
In Hebrew,
Voiced
D,
Spanish
as
in church,
alent
equiv-
ts.
or
Esperanto,equivalentto
"intermediate"
or
c.
orthography,equivalentto
traditional
b above.
apicalstop; see
retroflex
c.
apicalstop.
spirantd.
interdental
or
(capital
Mexican
s.
affricate,English ch
alveo-palatal
Voiceless
orthography,equivalentto
traditional
small
as
spirant,
Voiced
capital)
in
Englishthis.
or
"intermediate"
apicalslop;
see
b above.
dj,dz
Voiced
or
"intermediate"
Long
open
mid
affricate
alveo-palalal
(see b, above):
by %.
front unrounded
vowel,
as
in French
fete.
518
VI
American
In earlier work,
met;
an
in French
as
quality,
Languages 2
mid
open
Chasta
in Yana,
Indian
front unrounded
Costa, and
Nootka,
Close
mid
front vowel,
as
in French
ete.
Close
mid
front vowel,
as
in French
ete.
In Athabaskan
reconstructions,
'pepet'vowel",
formula
or
"intermediate"
velar stop;
see
g,g,g,g-,gy Voiced
or
"intermediate"
front-velar
stop.
voiced
In Semitic,
(barredg) in Haida,
Voiced
G
velar
reduced
or
"Intermediate"
back-velar
velar stop;
is indicated,
(and stated
stop.
as
"strong aspiration"
opposed
apostrophe;later,h is
In Sanskrit
velar stop.
b, above.
see
consonant
b above.
spirant( 7).
"intermediate"
an
"intermediate"
or
backward
for "the
3.
Voiced
Eng.
of this
G,
long
in
as
vowel
fete.
i.e.
vowel,
the
as
preferredwhenever
opposed
to
to
the
dent
indepen-
an
of
aspiration
stop.
to be in
a voiceless
Semitic),
laryngealspirant;
in Nootka
(and perhaps properly in Semitic), a pharto use
seem
yngealizedh. [Some of Sapirs publications
"laryngeal"
improperly for "pharyngeal"; Lg. 10.276 (1934), fn. 4, is
bewildering.]
h
(with semicircle
hu
In traditional
In Nootka, pharyngealizedh;
(small capital)
In
earlywork,
quality.
High
In
below)
Nahuatl
some
back
unrounded
Tutelo,
"as
In Hittite,a velar
spirant.
orthography,equivalentto
as
in
English it;also
later
a
w.
replacedby
long vowel
h.
of that
vowel.
in French
is "as
in
English /?//").
I
In Nootka,
(Small capital)
in earlywork
quality";
Southern
on
"short
Southern
Paiute, voiceless i.
open
i-vowel
Paiute, an
of rather
"obscure"
unclear
i;later,in
Phonetic Key
In earlywork
(capital)
In earlier work
replacedby
Southern
on
Voiced
R,k,k,k-
Voiceless
front-velar stop.
Voiceless
back-velar
(withunderbar)
ky,ky
Voiceless
(Italic
1)In Yana,
Voiceless
ram,
"obscure"
French
i.
j in jour\later
z.
or
Paiute, an
sibilant,like
alveo-palatal
an
519
"intermediate"
stop,
velar stop.
stop.
spirantof
lateral.
American
"voiceless
as
"intermediate"
an
voiceless
lateral
lateral
=q.
In Tutelo,
front-velar
described
affricate.
alveo-palatal
Indian
languages;in
Wish-
palatallateral".
1, i
Voiceless
In earlywork,
(Smallcapital)
later by 1.
lateral spirant(1),
a voiceless
(Capital)In earlywork, sometimes
sometimes
the correspondingaffricate (equivalent
to tL, tl,or K).
in Welsh
spirantas
unvoiced
//.
voiceless
In Yana,
(italic)
(smallcapital)Unvoiced
In Yana,
(italic)
an
In earlier work,
In earlier work,
back
V"
Nasalization
(superscript)
Velar
Voiceless
(small capital)
apicalnasal.
Voiceless
(smallcapital)
velar nasal.
In earlier work,
an
lateral
bilabial nasal.
labial nasal.
unvoiced
apicalnasal.
replacedby
voll\in
vowel,
Southern
as
in
Eng.
front rounded
Mid
In Nootka,
In
open
Paiute
of
precedingvowel.
vowel,
close mid
Indo-European,
'laryngeal'
7 next to
back
and
Nootka.
as
back
low
rounded
mid
Later
saw.
r).
velar nasal.
with Greek
nasal; varies typographically
an
spirant,
replaced
eta
vowel,
rounded
back
the e-type
low
long
replacedin both
in German
(t|).
as
in German
back
values
by
rouiulcd
o.
schon.
vowel,
roundcci
as
in French
chaud.
|;i].
produced by
vowel.
full-grade
the
Indian Languages 2
American
^f
520
"like
ou
In Takelma,
Open
Low
(with underbar)
Voiceless
qu
In traditional
mid
mid
back
rounded
back
low
or
rounded
uvular
vowel,
In Tutelo,
for shwa
(murmur
final u-vanish''.
but with
symbol
vowel.
as
in German
Gotter.
"intermediate"
an
labial stop.
(back-velar)stop.
Nahuatl
orthography, a
voiceless
labiovelar
stop
(kw,k^).
r
In Yana,
(italic)
Voiced
voiced
uvular
r.
""tindicates
combination
"peculiar
vibrant.
Voiceless
Voiceless
(smallcapital)
Voiceless
In
In Chasta
uvular
r.
sibilant, replacingearlier
alveo-palatal
Esperanto,equivalentto
midway
Tsimshian,
r.
In Yana, the
(superscript)
voiceless-r quality"oft.
""
R,
uvular
r; in
voiceless
between
and
c (i.e.
s),"acoustically
"palatalized"
between
"midway acoustically"
sibilant
In Yana,
Voiceless
(withunderbar) in Tutelo,
tc
In earlier work,
"cerebral"
c".
s-
s.
and Nootka,
Costa
or
c.
and
(i.e.s).
retroflex stop.
voiceless
an
"intermediate"
apicalstop.
affricate;later replaced
alveo-palatal
by ts, c.
tl
In traditional
equivalentto
Nahuatl
tt or
tL, tl
In earlier work,
tl, tj
Equivalentto
ts
In earlier work,
ts-
In Yana.
ts
In earlier work,
in church;
an
orthography,a
voiceless
lateral affricate,
K.
voiceless
voiceless
alveolar
X.
affricate
later
affricate;later replacedby
correspondingto
c.
s-.
voiceless
Phonetic Key
In Chasta
te
Costa
and
other
521
Athabaskan,
voiceless
interdental
affricate.
In traditional
Nahuatl
In
on
voiceless
orthography,a
equivalentto phoneticts.
tz
earlywork
Southern
Paiute,
high back
long open
affricate,
alveolar
rounded
vowel.
High
front
Southern
rounded
In traditional
Nahuatl
equivalentto
In
(capital)
in German
high back
kiihl;in earlywork
unrounded
orthography,a
phoneticW.
Southern
In
(smallcapital)
as
vowel
on
ten
(laterwrit-
i).
as
uh
vowel,
Southern
Paiute,same
voiceless
labiovelar
varietyof
T.
vowel,
semi-
U; elsewhere, voiceless
as
u.
In
earlywork
written
with
on
Southern
Greek
voiced
bilabial
Southern
on
with
later written
Greek
earlywork on Southern
inner rounding".
Paiute,
voiced
Paiute,a
In
In earlywork on Southern
Paiute, a
(capital)
Greek
later replacedby
phi.
^y
In
voiceless
bilabial
Voiceless
(capital)
In Nahuatl
rant;
spi-
spirant"with
voiceless bilabial
Indo-European, systematicequivalentfor
bilabial
phi.
vw
w,
spirant;later
beta.
In earlywork
(italic)
Paiute,
rant;
spi-
u.
bilabial semivowel.
ilant,
siborthography,a voiceless alveo-palatal
velar
in phonetictranscription,
a voiceless
traditional
equivalentto
like German
spirant,
s;
further
back
than
sound.
the German
front-velar
X, X, x'
Voiceless
Voiceless
uvular
"between
ch
ich.
(back-velar)fricative;
of German
ach
and
in Wishram,
Iricative
ich": in llitiite,
ch of (icrnian
velar.
"as in German
ich^.
x'
In Yana,
xy
Voiceless
"C
front-velar fricative, as
in German
ich.
Scuithcrn
.
velar q ".
Paintc.
"weak
Phonetic
Voiceless
(omega)
(o
Part
^
back
4. Other
Low
back
523
fricative, equivalent
rounded
vowel,
in
as
to
x.
law.
Eng.
symbols
(inverted superscript "3^ varies typographically with superscript
Greek
epsilon). In earliest work,
indicates
glottal stop. Later
the
replaced by
^
velar
Key
In Nootka,
then
apostrophe,
^.
by
phar-
("smooth breathing")
as
1938
weak
for
Indo-European),
articulation,
placed
is used.
opposed
only to mark
before
three
In
"true"
(and
sometimes
late
as
indicates
the apostrophe
where,
else-
consonants;
the
glottalization,
'n 'w
(t'st's).
apostrophe is
t' k'), and
(p'
stops
'y),after
In Wishram,
"
Ugaritic, '1
work
glottalizationof
for
('m
affricates
Indian
glottalstop;
to
used
resonants
internallyfor
final vowel.
When
American
the
as
is retained
^
In earlier
denotes
glottalstop
elision
with
of
of
one
vowels.
(prime)
feature
of
"hardening"
which
imparts glottalizationin
Nootka.
^
Glottal
'
("rough breathing")
stop.
sometimes
later work,
the
inexactly stated
"Palatalized
to
be
In Nootka,
("shwa")
"voiced
the
work,
weak
h is used.
voiceless
articulation,
is retained
laryngeal spirant;
h.
In
to
opposed
as
only
to
In Semitic, indicates
mark
aspiration
the Arabic
"uin,
laryngeal spirant".
to
the
voiceless
front-palatal
ich.
pharyngealized
glottal(stop) phoneme
9
aspiration",equivalent
spirant of German
!
earlier
rough breathing
of stops; elsewhere,
'y
In
indicates
weak
mid
glottal stop;
inducing
central
velar
unrounded
or
in
Indo-European,
a-timbrc.
vowel,
like the
in
Eng.
be
nounced
pro-
idea.
+
Extra
Between
length
of
vowels
preceding symbol.
in Wishram,
separately".
denotes
that
they
"are
to
References
Works
in The
appearing
Collected
Works
of
Edward
roman
Aoki,
Haruo
The
1975
Plateau
East
LinguisticDiffusion
Linguistics41, 183-199.
of American
Barrett, Samuel
Area.
designated by
are
of the entry.
InternationalJournal
A.
The
1908
Berman,
Sapir
the end
at
Ethno-Geography
of the Porno
California
of
Publications
University
and Ethnology 6(1), 1-332.
and
Neighboring Indians.
Archaeology
in American
Howard
1983
California
Some
Journal
Penutian
of American
Morphological Elements.
Linguistics49, 400-412.
International
Bibolotti, Benigno
1917
Vocabulary and
University.
Moseteno
Northwestern
Boas,
1890
Treatises.
1898
1904
and
Chicago:
Franz
The
Indians
of
British
Columbia:
Fifth
1891
Evanston
Tsimshian,
Tlingit, Haida,
North-Western
Tribes
of Canada,
Kutonaqa.
Report on
1889.
for the
Report of the Meeting of the British Association
Advancement
of Science, 1890, 797-893.
The
Indians
of British Columbia:
Kwakiutl,
LkungEn, Nootka,
Tribes
of Canada,
Shuswap. Sixth Report on the North-Western
British
the
the
1890.
Association
for the
Meeting of
Report of
Advancement
of Science, 1891, 553-715.
and
Final Report on
the North-Wcstcrn
In
Linguistics. Twelfth
ciation
Tribes of Canada,
1898. Report of the Meeting of the British Asso654-666.
the
Advancement
1898,
of Science,
for
the Chinook
Notes
on
Anthropologist n.s.
Vocabulary. American
6, 118-147.
1910
Kwakiutl
1911
Handbook
Tales.
University Contributions
Columbia
pology
Anthro-
to
2.
American
of American
Ethnology,
Indian
Bulletin
Languages,
40.
1.
Pan
DC:
Washington,
oi
Bureau
ian
Smithson-
Institution.
1912
Tsimshian
Texts, New
Series.
Society 3, 65-284.
1917
Grammatical
University
Notes
of
Publications
on
the
Publications
Leiden:
o\ the
American
nological
Eth-
E. J. Brill.
Language
Pennsylvania, University
8(1), 1-179.
of
the
Museum,
Tlingit
Indians.
cal
Anthropologi-
526
yf
Classification
The
1920
Indian Languages 2
American
of American
pologist
Anthro-
American
Languages.
22, 367-376.
Indian
of American
Languages, Part 2. (Bureau of
ian
Ethnology,Bulletin 40). Washington, D.C.: Smithson-
Handbook
1922
American
Institution.
The
1930
Religionof the
Kwakiiitl
Contributions
of
Boas,
Franz, and
Columbia.
Boas,
Franz, and
Hunt
Texts. Publications
3. Memoirsof
1906
York:
Kwakiutl
Texts
Pacific
American
"
Second
Museum
Pacific
Jesup North
Museum
of Natural
of Natural
Museum
Series. Publications
Expedition 10(1).Memoirs
History 14, 1-269. Leiden
of Natural
History.
Natural
Expedition
History5. Leiden
History.
of the Jesup North
of the American
and
New
Museum
York:
of
American
et al.
Bommelyn, Loren,
The
of the
the American
New
and
to
International
George
Kwakiutl
1902-05
versity
Uni-
Goddard
PlinyE.
Ts'ets'aut, an
1924
Kwakiutl
1966
Indians.
Tolowa
1989
Bright,Jane
O.
The
1964
for
of
Phonology
International
Journal
Smith
River
(Tolowa).
Athapaskan
101-107.
30,
Linguistics
of American
Campbell, Lyle
Middle
1979
American
Languages.
In
and
Campbell
Mithun
(eds.)
1979, 902-1000.
Kaufman
at the Olmecs.
Mithun
Campbell, Lyle,and Marianne
1979
The Languages of Native
Austin
Assessment.
Chapman,
1914
John
Antiquity4, 80-89.
(eds.)
America:
London:
Historical
and
Comparative
Universityof Texas
Press.
Wight
Ten'a
Texts and
American
Cook,
and
American
Tales
Publications
of the
E. J. Brill.
Eung-Do
1971
Vowels
1984
and
Sarcee
Press.
Tones
Grammar
in Sarcee.
527
References
Dallaire, Louise
1984
Edward
Sapir's
Correspondence:An Alphabeticaland Chronological
National
Museum
of Man
97,
Inventory,1910-1925.
Paper
Canadian
Mercury Series,
Ethnology Service, National Museums
of Canada.
Ottawa.
Areal
Linguisticsin
International Journal
Dixon, Roland
Maidu.
1911
Dixon, Roland
1913
America:
of American
Historical
Perspective.
30, 20-28.
Linguistics
B.
Outlines
1909
North
of Wintun
Grammar.
Volume,
461-476.
In Boas
(ed.)1911,
Alfred
B., and
New
York:
G.
Putnam
(ed.),
versary
Anni-
E. Stechert.
679-734.
L. Kroeber
Families
Linguistic
New
In Boas, Franz
in California.
American
Anthropologist
15, 647-655.
LinguisticFamilies of California.
Universityof
1919
in American
and
Archaeology
California
tions
Publica-
Ethnology 16(3),47-118.
Dorsey, J. Owen
1890
The
Gentile
Lore
Dyk,
System oftheSiletz
Tribes.
Folk7owr/ifl/o//lmencfl/i
3, 227-237.
Walter
1933
of Wishram.
Grammar
Ph.D.
Yale University.
dissertation,
Enrico, John
1986
Ferguson, Charles
1964
Baby
International Journal
of
A.
Talk in Six
Anthropologist66, part 2,
Languages. American
103-114.
Frachtenberg,Leo
1913a
J.
Contributions
to
Tutelo
Anthropologist
Vocabulary.American
15, 477-479.
1913b
Coos
Texts. Columbia
UniversityContributions
to
Anthropology
1.
1914a
Coos.
Extract
1914b
Lower
1917
Siuslawan
from
Umpqua
Anthropology 4.
Boas
Texts.
(Lower
(ed.) 1922,
Columbia
Umpqua).
297-429.
University Contributions
Extract
from
Boas
to
(cd.) 1922,
431-629.
1918
Kalapuyan. and
Comparative Studies in Takelma,
A
Preliminary Paper, hitcrnatiotial
Lexicography:
American
1920
Abnormal
American
Linguistics1,
Types
of
Chinookan
Journal
of
175-182.
Speech
in Quileute. International
Linguistics1, 295-299.
Journal
of
528
Franciscan
VI
American
Indian Languages 2
Fathers
1910
An
1912
Freeland,
L. S.
EthnologicDictionaryof the
Navaho
Language.
St. Michaels,
Arizona.
Vocabularyof the
Navaho
Language.
2 volumes.
St. Michaels,
Arizona.
The
1930
Relationshipof Mixe to
Sapir].International
Edward
Family [withnotes by
6,
of American
Linguistics
the Penutian
Journal
28-33.
Freeman,
Murphy D. Smith
A Guide
to Manuscripts Relatingto the American
Indian in the
Library of the American
PhilosophicalSociety.Philadelphia:
American
Philosophical
Society.
John
1966
Goddard,
1905
1907
1909
1912a
1912b
1917
1920
1928
E., and
PlinyEarle
The Morphology of the Hupa Language. Universityof California
Publications
in American
Archaeology and Ethnology 3, 1-344.
The Phonology of the Hupa Language: Part I
The Individual
Sounds.
in American
University of California Publications
and
1-19.
Archaeology
Ethnology 5(1),
Publications
in American
Kato
Texts. Universityof California
and
65-238.
Archaeology
Ethnology 5(3),
Analysis of Cold Lake Dialect, Chipewyan. Anthropological
Museum
of Natural History 10, part 2, 67-170.
Papers,American
Elements
tions
of the Kato Language. Universityof California Publicain American
and
1-176.
Archaeology
Ethnology 11(1),
Beaver
Dialect. AnthropologicalPapers,American
Museum
of
Natural History 10, part 6, 399-546.
Has Tlingit
a Genetic
Relationshipto Athapascan? International
Journal of American
1, 266-279.
Linguistics
Pitch Accent
Publications
in
in Hupa. Universityof California
American
and
333-338.
Archaeology
Ethnology 23,
"
Golla, Victor
1970
1976
1984
1986
Ph.D.
dissertation. Universityof California,
Hupa Grammar.
Berkeley.
Tututni (Oregon Athapaskan). International Journal of American
4, 217-227.
Linguistics
(ed.)The Sapir-KroeberCorrespondence:Letters between Edward
Sapirand A. L. Kroeber, 1905-25. Survey of California and Other
Indian
guistics,
Languages, Report 6. Berkeley: Department of LinUniversityof California.
Classification. In
Sapir,Kroeber, and North American
Linguistic
Cowan,
William, et al. (eds.).New
Perspectivesin Language,
nary
Culture, and Personality:
Proceedingsof the Edward
Sapir Centedam:
17-38. Amster1-3, 1984)
Conference (Ottawa. October
,
Benjamins.
References
529
Greenberg, Joseph
1956
General
Classification
of Central
and
South
American
guages.
Lan-
In Wallace,
Diminutive
Symbolism
In Swanson,
North
in Northern
Earl H.
America,
California: A
(ed.).Languages
86-96.
Pocatello:
and
Idaho
sion.
Study in Diffuern
of WestState University
Cultures
Press.
K.
Haeberlin, Herman
1918
International
nal
Jour-
Haile, Berard
Manual
of Navaho
Grammar.
1926
1941-48
Company.
Learning Navaho. 4 vols.
A stem
vocabularyof the
1950-51
St. Michaels
Hess, Thomas
1966
Santa
Fe:
Santa
Fe
Publishing
Press.
Navaho
Ariz.:
language.St. Michaels,
Press.
M.
Snohomish
Chameleon
Morphology.
32,
Linguistics
American
International
Journal
of
350-356.
Hill-Tout, Charles
1902
Halkome'lEm,
a Division
of
EthnologicalStudies of the Mainland
of
the
British
Association
the Salish of British Columbia.
Report
of Science, EthnologicalSurvey of Canada,
for the Advancement
72, 355-490.
191 1
the
of British
Ethnology of the Okanak-en
Royal AnthropologicalInstitute of Great
Report
on
Journal
of the
Ireland
4\, 130-161.
Hoijer,Harry
1960
Athapaskan Languages of the Pacific Coast. In
(ed.).Culture in History,960-976. New York:
Columbia.
Britain
and
Diamond.
Stanley
C\)lunibia
sity
Univer-
Inicrnaiional
Journal
Press.
1966
Galice
Athapaskan: A
1974
Navajo
Sketch.
guistics
Universityof California Publications in Linof
California
and
Los
Angeles: University
Berkeley
Lexicon.
78.
Press.
Grammatical
Linguistics32, 320-327.
of American
53 1
References
1973
Na-Dene.
In Sebeok,
Volume
A.
(ed.). Current
America,
Trends
in Linguistics,
903-979.
The
Mouton.
Hague:
1979
Thomas
Na-Dene
and
Eskimo-Aleut.
In
Campbell
and
Mithun
(eds.)
1979, 803-901.
1986
Edward
Sapir
Michael
K. Foster
Athabaskan
William,
Linguistics.In Cowan,
in
(eds. ),New Perspectives
and
Culture,
Language,
Personality:Proceedings of the Edward
Sapir Centenary Conference (Ottawa, 1-3 October
1984), 147-190.
Amsterdam
and Philadelphia:Benjamins.
Krauss, Michael
1981
E., and
Northern
Handbook
67-85.
Krauss, Michael
1981
and
and
Victor
Konrad
Koerner
Golla
June
C. (ed.).
Athapaskan
Languages. In Helm,
North
American
Indians, Volume
of
6, Subarctic,
Institution.
Washington, D. C: Smithsonian
E., and
Jeff Leer
Athabaskan,
Eyak,
Center
and
Research
TlingitSonorants.
Papers 5. Fairbanks:
Alaska
Alaska
Native
Native
guage
Language
Lan-
Center.
Kroeber,
Alfred
1907
L.
The
Yokuts
Language of
California
Publications
South
Central
in American
California.University of
Archaeology and Ethnology
2(5), 165-377.
1910
The
Chumash
1911
1984
Kroeber,
1988
Kuipers,
1978
and
Costanoan
Paul
in American
D.
Inceptive Reduplication
American
Linguistics54,
Aert
in Comox.
International
.Journal
1977
H.
Proceedingsof the
Phonological Typology of Proto-Salish.
Paris. 1976,
Forty-second International
Congress of Americanists,
On
the
Erma,
Haida
and
Jeff Leer
Dictionary.Fairbanks:
Alaska
Native
Language
Legoff, Laurent
1889
of
141-167.
4, 607-621.
Lawrence,
Grammaire
de la
langue montagnais.
Montreal.
Center.
532
VI
Indian Languages 2
American
Walter
Lehmann,
ziieinander
Beziehungen
unci Mexiko.
Siid-Amerika
zu
Berlin, D.
zu
in ihren
Reimer.
D.
Levine, Robert
of Haida.
Skidegate Dialect
University.
1977
The
1979
Haida
and
Na-Dene:
Ph.D.
dissertation, Columbia
International
at the Evidence.
Look
New
157-170.
45,
Linguistics
of American
Journal
B.
Lewis, Albert
Valleyand
of the Columbia
Tribes
1906
sowie
fiirVolkerkunde
Museum
Berlin:
Zentral-Amerikas
Sprachen
1. Die
Zentral-Amerika:
1920
of the
Memoirs
Oregon.
American
the Coast
of
Washington
AnthropologicalAssociation
and
1,
part 2, 147-209.
Li, Fang-Kuei
1930
1933
Study of
Sarcee
Mason,
John
of American
International Journal
of American
3-27.
[XIII]
Chipewyan Stems.
7, 122-151.
Linguistics
Linguistics6,
InternationalJournal
Verb-Stems.
List of
A.
Based on the Vocabularyof De
of Costanoan
in American
Publications
California
of
University
Archaeology and Ethnology 11, 399-472.
The
1916
Dialect
Mutsun
la Cuesta.
Mills, Elaine
1981
(ed.)
PapersofJohn Peabody Harringtonin the
The
1907-1957.
and
Language,
N.Y.
Millwood,
Mithun.
1983
Last Tutelo
The
Adrien
The
Annual
Dakota,
South
1889-90
Kraus
to
Culture
of
Smithsonian
Native
American
Alaska/Northwest
tion,
Institutory,
HisCoast.
International.
Marianne
the Third
Morice,
Guide
Later.
Century
Siouan
May 20-22,
1983.
Gabriel
Dene
Languages.
Transactions
of the Canadian
Institute 1,
170-212.
1915a
1915b
1917
phology.
Sapir,Notes on Chasta Costa Phonology and MorAmerican
Anthropologist17, 347-350. VI.
Costa
and the Dene
Chasta
Languages of the North. American
559-572.
VI.
17,
Anthropologist
Dr.
on
MisconceptionsConcerning Dene Morphology: Remarks
Would-be
American
Anthropologist 19,
Sapir's
Corrigenda.
Review
132-144.
1932
of
VI.
The Carrier
Combined.
2 volumes.
St.
Grammar
and
Dictionary
Gabricl-Modling,Austria: Anthropos.
References
Murray, Stephen
and
Wayne Dynes
in Linguistics
and Anthropology.
Sapir'sCoursework
125-129.
1
3,
Historiographia
Linguistica
,
Edward
1986
Newman,
O.
533
Stanley
Yakuts
1944
Publications
in
Nichols, Johanna
Diminutive
1971
Consonant
Symbolism
in Western
North
America.
and
Head-marking
Dependent-markingGrammar.
Language 62,
56-119.
Osgood,
Cornelius
Contributions
1936a
Publications
to the
in
Ethnography of the
Anthropology 14. New
Kutchin.
Haven:
Yale
Yale
University
University
Press.
1936b
The
Distribution
versity
of the Northern Athapaskan Indians. Yale UniPublications
in Anthropology 7. New
Haven:
Yale University
Press. VI.
Petitot, Emile
1876
de la
Dictionnaire
1891
Autour
du
Grand
des Esclaves.
Lac
Paris: A.
Savine.
Pinnow, Heinz-Jiirgen
1966
Grundziige einer
Wiesbaden:
1976
1985a
Geschichte
Historischen
Lautlehre
des
ein
Tlingit:
Versuch.
Harrassowitz.
der Na-Dene
Indiana
10, 25-76.
1985b
1985c
1986a
1986b
im Haida
SprachhistorischeUntersuchung einigerTiernamen
Weichtiere,
Gliederfussc.
u.a.).
(Fische, Stachelhauter,
Abhandlungen der Volkerkundlichen
Arbeitsgemcinschafi39.
Nortorf,West Germany: Volkerkundlichen
Arbeitsgemeinschaft.
Das Haida
als Na-Dene-Sprache: Materialien
den Wortfcldcrn
zu
und zur
kerkundlic
Komparation des Verbs. I-IV. Abhandlungen der Volkerkundlic
VolArbeitsgemeinschaft 43-46. Nortorf:
Arbeitsgemeinschaft.
im sprachvcrglcichcndc Sicht.
Die
Zahlworter
des Haida
47.
Abhandlungen der Volkerkundlichen
Arbeitsgcnicitischaft
Nortorf:
Volkerkundlichen
Arbeitsgemeinschaft.
Materialien
ihrer historischen
zu
Saugetiernamen des Haida und Tlingit:
der
Volkerkundlichen
Erforschung. Abhandlungen
Nortorf:
Volkerkundlichen
50.
Arbeitsgemeinschaft
Arbeitsgemeinschaft
.
Vf
534
American
Verwandtschafts-
Indian
und
Languages 2
andere
Personenbezeichnungen im Tlingit
Haida:
Versuch
ihrer
und
sprachhistorischen Deutung.
Volkerkundlichen
der
Ahhandlungen
Arbeitsgemeinschaft62.
Volkerkundlichen
Nortorf:
Arbeitsgemeinschaft.
Die Na-Dene-Sprachen im Lichte der Greenberg-Klassifikation.
Ahhandlungen der Volkerkundlichen
Arbeitsgemeinschaft54.
Nortorf: Volkerkundlichen
Arbeitsgemeinschaft.
1988
1990
Pitkin, Harvey
Wintu
1984
Grammar.
94.
Powell, John
in Linguistics
Wesley
of America
North
of Mexico.
In
LinguisticFamilies
Seventh
Annual
Ethnology, 1-142.
Report, Bureau of American
D.C.:
Smithsonian
Institution.
Washington,
Indian
1891
Radin, Paul
Ontario.
Myths and Tales of the Ojibwa of Southeastern
48, AnthropologicalSeries 2, GeologicalSurvey,Department
Some
1914
Memoir
of Mines,
On
1916
the
Canada.
Relationship
Ottawa.
of Huave
and
Mixe.
pologist
Anthro-
American
18, 411-421.
Rood,
David
1979
S.
Siouan.
In
and
Campbell
Mithun
(eds.) 1979,
236-298.
Sapir,Edward
1906
The
Rival
Chiefs,
[edited,with
Volume,
1907b
1907c
1907d
1908a
Kwakiutl
synopsis,by
108-136.
New
Story Recorded
Edward
York:
by George
Sapir].In
G.E.
Boas
Hunt
Anniversary
Stechert.
Indians of Southwestern
Notes on the Takelma
Oregon. American
Anthropologistn.s. 9, 251-275. IV.
PreliminaryReport on the Language and Mythology of the Upper
Chinook.
American
Anthropologistn.s. 9, 533-544. IV and VI.
Indians of Southwestern
ReligiousIdeas of the Takelma
Oregon.
Journal of American
Folk-Lore
20, 33-49. IV.
Folk-Lore
Luck-Stones
the Yana: Journal of American
2\,
among
42. IV.
1909c
Takelma
Texts.
lications
Universityof Pennsylvania,AnthropologicalPub-
2(1). 1-263.
1909d
Wishram
Jeremiah
1910d
Corr. /Addenda,
and
edited
Myths collected by
nological
EthSapir.American
Tales and
Edward
by
SocietyPublications 2. Leiden: E. J. Brill. VII.
Song Recitative in Paiute Mythology. Journal of American
Lore
1910h
VIII.
23, 455-472.
Texts.
IV.
Universityof California
Archaeology and Ethnology 9, 1-235.
Yana
Folk-
Publications
in American
References
535
1911c
The
Problem
191 le
Some
V.
13, 250-282.
Anthropologist
of
Nootka
Aspects
Language
of Noun
13, 15-28.
191 Ig
Wishram
Incorporationin
IV
Chinook
and
The
G.
Indians
Brown
[incorporatedin
(ed.),British
The
Takelma
Language
Culture.
Franz
638-645,
of the Province.
In Boam,
Columbia:
and
ican
Languages. Amer-
pologist
Anthro-
American
VI.
American
Boas,
Chinook]. In
650-654.
673-677.
H.
J.
(compiler)and Ashley
History,People, Commerce,
Its
140. London:
"
Boas
VL
of Southwestern
Sells.
Oregon.
from
Extract
Boas
1913h
VIII.
1-296.
(ed.)(1922),
A Girls' Puberty Ceremony among
the Nootka
Indians. Transactions.
Royal Societyof Canada, Third Series,7, 67 80. IV.
A Tutelo Vocabulary.American
297. VI.
15, 295
Anthropologist
thropologi
AnWiyot and Yurok, Algonkin Languages of California. American
1914b
Indian
1913b
"
1913g
"
17, 188-194.
Canada
(eds.),
1914c
V.
Brook
and
Notes
on
In Shortt, Adam
and
Co.
Arthur
G.
346. Toronto:
"
Doughty
Glasgow,
IV.
Chasta
Costa
1915a
VI.
1915c
Corrigenda to
Father Morice's
of the North."
191 5d
The
191 5f
Noun
Na-dene
American
"Chasta
Costa
17, 765
Anthropologist
"
17, 534-558.
Languages
773. VI.
ogist
.Anthropol-
VI.
Island.
in Comox,
a Salish Language of Vancouver
Reduplication
Memoir
63, AnthropologicalSeries 6 Geological Survey,Department
,
of Mines, Canada.
191
5g
Sketch
of the
Ottawa.
VI.
The
Social
Organizationof
Societyof Canada,
1915i
Southern
Ottawa.
Paiute and
Second
Americanistes
5j
Canada.
Mines,
Series,9, 355
Nahuatl.
Study
Nootka
"
Tribes. Transactions.
374. IV.
in Uto-Aztekan.
306-328;
Roval
Journal
Part
II. American
de la Societe
des
V.
1919).443-488.
Report of the Geological Survey. Department of
the Calendar
177. Ottawa.
1916c
Coast
the West
de Paris 11 (1914-
Summary
for
GeologicalSurvey,Department
IV.
Anthropologist17, 98"120,
191
Year
AnthropologicalDivision.
1915.
168
"
IV.
the Northwest
Coast
Boas,
of America.
XII.
Franz
cabularies
(ed.).Vo-
ican
Proceedings.Amer-
^^
536
1916g
of
Terms
The
of
Position
in the Hokan
Yana
of C. C. Uhlenbeck,
Review
of
transitivum
van
19171
flexiein talen
of
Review
in talen
het verbum
van
Noord-Amerika.
van
Linguistics1, 82
of American
86. V.
"
Noord-Amerika.
van
Linguistics1, 86-90.
191 8e
actionis
of C. C. Uhlenbeck, Het
Review
Universityof California
Ethnology 13, 1 "34. V.
passieve karakter
Het
het verbum
International Journal
Stock.
Archaeology and
Publications in American
1917k
18,
Anthropologist
American
IV.
327-337.
1917e
Indian tankages 2
American
of American
V.
Benigno Bibolotti,Moseteno
Vocabularyand
184.
Journcd of American
1, 183
Linguistics
"
Treatises. Internation
VI.
19181
Tom.
191
Publications in
of
173. IV.
American
Archaeology and Ethnology 13, 153
A Flood Legend of the Nootka
Indians of Vancouver
Island. Journal
IV.
Folk-Lore 32, 351-355.
of American
The Hokan
and Coahuiltecan
Languages. International Journal of
8j
Canadian
Yana
(December 7),7.
Courier
IV.
of California
Relationship.
University
Terms
"
1919e
1920b
Linguistics1, 280
American
1920c
River
Nass
261-271.
1921a
1921b
of
Terms
290. V.
"
Relationship.American
Anthropologist22,
IV.
View of American
Bird's-eye
of Mexico.
Languages North
Science
54, 408. V.
Characteristic
Haida
Kinship Term
23, 233-234.
1921d
Language:
The
1921o
1922d
of
67. VI.
"
the Tsimshian.
among
Introduction
An
Life of
to
American
Anhropologist
the
Study of Speech.New
York:
Har-
Co. II.
Nootka
Indian.
351-367.
1922a
International Journal
IV.
Brace and
court,
1921e
of Stem.
Form
2, 58
Linguistics
American
1921c
Penutian
[Alsopublishedas
Supplementary Note on Salinan and Washo.
of American
2, 68
Linguistics
Athabaskan
Tone.
"
International Journal
72. V.
391. VI.
24, 390
Anthropologist
The Fundamental
of California
Elements of Northern Yana. University
Publications in American
234.
Archaeology and Ethnology 13, 215
American
"
"
IX.
1922y
a Nootka
Sayach'apis,
Indian Life.297
"
323. New
York:
B. W.
Huebsch.
American
(ed.),
[Alsopublishedas
1921e].IV.
1922aa
Vancouver
Island Indians. In
Hastings,James
12. 591"595.
(ed.).Encyclopaediaof
New
York:
C. Scribner's
Sons. IV.
1923c
1923d
The
Note
on
Sarcee
Phonetics
2. 143-159.
American
Pottery.
of Haida.
VI.
253. IV.
25, 247
Anthropologist
American
Linguistics
of
International Journal
"
537
References
1923m
Text
Analyses of
Publications
Three
Dialects.
Yana
in American
Archaeology and
University of
Ethnology 20,
California
263
"
294.
IX.
1923n
of Athabaskan
Type
Linguistics2, 1361924d
Personal
Names
26, 108-119.
1924g
the Sarcee
among
The
Rival
and
Grammatical
The
Whalers,
Hokan
Nitinat
1925f
Pitch Accent
Indians. American
Story (Nootka
Analysis).International
Legends
Subtiaba
491-527.
27, 402-435,
Indian
from
in
Vancouver
in Sarcee,an
de Paris
Americanistes
The
Chinookan
of
American
guistics
Lin-
gist
Anthropolo-
9, 142-143.
17, 185
and
nadian
Ca-
IV.
des
205. VI.
"
Indian
VI.
of Berard
Review
Journal
Translation
A^ 105-110.
1926f
with
Text
Nicaragua.American
Athabaskan
of Chinese
Similarity
supplement of
1926a
Anthropologist
V.
1925o
American
\02. VI.
Affinityof
1925c
of
IV.
3, 161925b
142. VI.
Haile, A
Journal
Mcmual
of
Navaho
Grammar.
American
511. VI.
of Sociology32,
Expeditionto Ancient
The
1927b
An
1928i
of 1927.
the Hupa, Summer
Summary Report of Field Work among
361. VI.
American
30, 359
Anthropologist
The Unconscious
Patterningof Behavior in Society.In Child, C. M.,
York:
142. New
The Unconscious, A Symposium, 114
et al. (eds.),
Knopf. III.
American
Britannica.
Central and North
Languages. Encyclopaedia
20, 10-12.
America.
azine
Universityof Chicago Mag-
IV.
"
1928J
"
1929a
1929c
1929d
1929e
York.
V.
VI.
Study
The
in Phonetic
Two
Psvchoiogy
Symbolism.Journal oJ L.\pcrimciii(d
I.
Concept of Phonetic
Leonard
1932d
New
the Navaho
GallupIndependent
Linguistic
Trip among
IV.
1-2.
Edifion,
23,
N.M.),
Gallup,
(Ceremonial
August
St. W. J.
In Teeuwen,
Forms
of Speech in Yana.
Male and Female
N. v. Dckkcr
Natalicium
Nijmegen-Utrcchl:
Schrijnen.
(ed.),Donum
" vande
Vegt,79-85. V
Linguistics5.
Nootka
Baby Words. International Journal oj American
A
12, 225-239.
1931b
and
Indians. The
118-119.
1929m
London
Edition, 5, 138-141.
Fourteenth
Bloomfield.
Case
Navaho
Book. 297
Puns.
Law
as
Tested
In Rice, Stuart
"
306.
A.
in Primitive
(cd.).Methods
Languages by
ence:
in Social Sci-
Language 8, 217-219.
VI.
539
References
Seaburg, William
Guide
1982
PacificNorthwest
to
Jacobs
Materials
Native American
in the Melville
1957
International Journal
of American
guistics
Lin-
\^A2-\9.
Note
Shipley,William
Linguistics23,
1 16
Sino-Tibetan.
International Journal
of
1 1 7.
"
F.
Penutian
1980
Athapaskan and
on
American
Annual
the Ruins: A
among
Personal
Assessment.
Proceedingsof the
437
"
441.
Silverstein,Michael
1977
in Chinook:
Analogy. Proceedingsof
156.
Society3, 143
the Annual
"
Penutian:
1979
An
Mithun
Campbell and
In
Assessment.
(eds.) 1979.
650-691.
Simeon,
Remi
Swadesh,
1933
de la
Dictionnuire
Mary
A
Haas, and
Swadesh
Morris
World,
Linguistics7, 195
American
Nitinat Text.
International Journal
of
208.
"
Swadesh, Morris
1949
W.
In Smith, Marian
Linguistic
Approach to Salish Prehistory.
Columbia
York:
173. New
(ed.),Indians of the Urban Northwest, 161
VI.
Press.
University
tional
Discussion of Robert Shafer, Athapaskan and Sino-Tibelan. Interna181.
Journal of American
Linguistics18, 178
Common
of Remote
Mosan
I: A Problem
Origin.International Journal
The
1952
"
1953
of American
1954
On
Linguistics19,
1964
1900
44.
1 23
American
1 33.
"
{Ci.\.),
Comparative Penutian Glosses of Sapir. In Bright.Wilham
of California Publications
Studies in Californian
(University
Linguistics
Los
and
in Linguistics
Angeles:Universityo\~
Berkeley
34), 182-191.
California
Swanton,
"
the Penutian
Linguistics20,
26
Press. VI.
.John R.
Verb.
American
n.s.
Anthropologist
2.
199-237.
1908
Social Condition,
Indians.
Beliefs, and
Twenty-sixthAnnual
^f
540
the
nologyfor
391 -485.
1904-1905,
Years
Languages
Indian
American
D.C.:
Washington,
sonian
Smith-
Institution.
Haida.
1911
Thalbitzer.
William
1904
Phonetical
31,
(ed.) 1911,205-282.
Boas
In
of the Eskimo
Study
Meddelelser
Language.
Gronland
am
1-405.
Barre
Toelken,
in Navaho
Voegelin,
Charles
Coyote
Tales.
2, 211
Genre
Genre,
and
Mode,
Texture
"235.
F.
Internal
1941
of Yellowman:
"Pretty Language(s)"
The
1969
Relationships
of Siouan
Anthropologist
American
Languages.
43, 246-249.
Kenneth
Whistler,
W.
Winlun
1977
Prehistory: An
of
of
Meeting
Whorf,
Benjamin
1935
The
and
Plant
the
Interpretation Based
Animal
tion
Linguistic Reconstruc-
on
Nomenclature.
Proceedings of
157
"
the
Annual
174.
L.
Comparative
Linguisticsof
Anthropologist
American
Uto-Aztecan.
37, 600-608.
References
Haas,
Mary
R., and
of
1933
John
1935-55
Linguistics,University
Mary
of California,
R.
Haas,
Berkeley.
P.
[Lower
Rogue
Institution.
Jacobs,
of Prof.
possession
Personal
file.]
stem
Department
Harrington,
GoUa
Victor
[Kutchin
1962
Materials
Archival
Unpublished
to
See
River
Mills
Athabaskan
1981:
field
notes.]
Smithsonian
69-76.
Melville
[Galice
field
Libraries,
notes.]
University
Melville
of
Jacobs
Washington,
Collection,
Seattle.
See
University
Seaburg
1982.
541
References
Sapir,Edward
1905
Society Library,497.3
108, item
Collection, American
B63c
Pn4a.l().
Society Library.See
1915
3836.
[Comparative
Na-Dene
1, 3, 4. See
Paul
[Letterto
1918
National
Kendall
Radin,
Collection,
Freeman
and
17
1982:
28, item
July 1918.]Canadian
169, item
1984:
Society
Library, 497.3
28, item
1982:
[Kutchinand
1926,
[Navajo texts,
1929
ican
field notes.
field notes,
74, item
of
and
word
Boas
lists.]
Berard
and
80, item
Na31.5.
Amer-
See
dall
Ken-
American
ical
Philosoph-
Kendall
See
1982:
56,
Archives,
and
Na.
1 See
American
Freeman
and
428.
Haile
Berard
University of Arizona,
Alfred
Collection,
Haile
[Correspondence.]
University
Collection,
Tucson.
L. Kroeber
[Correspondence.]
1925-38
osophical
Phildall
Ken-
4574.
in
1966:
Smith
Sapir,Edward,
Collection,
B63c
Athapaskan Linguistics.Boas
PhilosophicalSociety Library,497.3 B63c
1929-38
American
vol. 2. See
4369.
Problems
Sapir,Edward,
1986:
possession
Linquistics,University of
Boas
Collection,
slipfile.]
Society Library,497.3 B63c Na20.a.4.
item
in Krauss
notebooks.]Personal
and
texts
Cited
Na20a.3,
PhilosophicalSociety Library,479.3
1982:
1932
216, item
4115.
Anvik
[Hupa
osophical
Phil-
Ethnology Service,
Collection,
B63c
of Prof.
1927
1966:
263.
Boas
[Sino-Dene comparative ledger.]
1923
American
Smith
4115.
of Civilization, Ottawa.
Museum
156; Dallaire
1920
1982:
American
vols.
Kendall
4907.
1911
See
sophical
Philo-
Bancroft
Berkeley.
Morris
Swadesh,
Wakashan
1950-51
items
Thomas,
Collection.
and
Smith
American
1966:
380,
3837-3838.
Alex
1910-1920
Boas
[Nootka texts.]
See
Freeman
Library.
Collection,
and
Smith
American
1966:
PhilosophicalSociety
257, item
2410.
Index
Abenaki,
V.452, 458-482,
493-528,
American
of Science. V23
535-537
V.449
Aberle, David,
Achomawi
American
(= Achumawi),
passim;
VI.
153;
see
Anglo-Saxon,
Aht
dialect),VI.466
Anvik,
129, 166, 199,
Alberni
Alberta
VI.
(province),
Ingalik
VI. 379
VI.41,
209-220
VI.189
Apachean,
Islands, V.95
84-85,
75-76,
79-81,
93-94,
(Athabaskan).
VI. 38,
93-94
47-48,
VI.
13,
passim.
451, 457-482
-449,
V.447
Arapaho,
484-529,
553-557;
Applegate Creek
377
90-91,
493-528
passim. 535-538,
542
133, 313
Arawak,
Arctic, V.104
535
90,
Armenian,
V. 143
also Yakonan
AnthropologicalAssociation.
177; VI.22
Arkansas.
Algonkin-Wiyot-Yurok, V.93
Algonquian, see Algonkian
V.95
Allegheny Mountains.
Alsea, V.67, 81, 105; VI. 225, 227;
V.96
Ankara,
Algonkin-Ritwan, V.90-91, 97
Algonkin-Wakashan, V.81, 84-86,
V.149,
also
see
101-102,
169
Algic,V.490
Algonkian {" Algonkin, Algonquian)
70, 73,
V.13, 15, 58, 62-63,
(family),
American
96-102
15, 23-24,
Antonio
passim,
passim. 142, 149, 196. 199.
Aoki, Haruo,
Albanian, V.133
also San
see
VI.24-25,
106-129
201;
201
Aleutian
Salinan
VI. 353
VI.
Sahnan,
VI.221
Aleut,
Anthony Seqaqkind.
Antilles, V.105
Antoniano
(Nootka). V.llO;
Ahtena,
Societies,
V.493, 503
Cupeiio), V.352
(Nootka
of Learned
V.128
Rev.
Anthony,
Aguacatec, V.102
Ahousaht
24, 345
V.102
Amusgo,
languages,V.5
(=
Council
"
VI.206
Caliente
Agua
V.86, 98,
189-229,
232-242,
African
Association
Arroyo de la Cucsla.
Felipe.
Vl.271-272
Aryan. V.549
pcan;
"
550;
Indo-Germanic
see
also Indo-Hurii-
544
VI
Indian
American
see
Athabaskan
can.
Athapas25,
21-149,
314,
481
51 1 ;
258, 266
Hat
333
passim; see
sim,
pas-
also
Aztek-Tanoan). V.84.
21-22,
56-58,
61
-63,
118,
156-157,
Nahuatl), V.102
17,
Aztek(=
V. 131, 452
Aztec-Tanoan
493-528
VI. 169
Atakapa), V.223
447,
25-26,
Attacapan (
passim, 487,
Bloomfield, Leonard,
Creek
Avestan,
177. 185-186,
"
Biloxi, VI.474
passim, 535-536;
190-221
VI. 382
Bill,Tommy,
451, 457-482
Atsugewi.V.105.
also Dene
see
335
VI. 225
Howard,
Berman,
Stoney
Athabascan.
Languages
Baja CaUfornia,
Lower
see
California
356, 358,
386, 465,467
366, 382-383,
Bolivia, VI.475-477
Baltic, V.144
(Massachusetts),V.345
Boston
Bankalachi, V.352
V.352
Bannock,
"
"
443 passim
Bright.Jane. VI.94
Bright.William. V.13.
443 passim
Bantu, VI.173
512, 521-522,
Barbeau, Charles
Barkley Sound
559
301
Lake
British Columbia,
VI.221
213, 217-219,
(Salishan),V.96;
426. 467
of American
103
61
Ethnology,
-68,
Johann
V.346, 351-353
Bushman,
Brown,
Bureau
-22,
V.102-
VI. 195
Sam,
Buschmann,
221
199
V.21
VI. 367
Byington,Cyrus, V.63
VI.
382,
Cacaopera, V.102
Bengali.V.487
Berendt.
503, 545
British Honduras.
Barrett. Samuel
Beothuk,
Brinton, Daniel
351, 380,493,
373-374
Bear
VI. 13
Loren, VI.94
Bommelyn,
V.177
Bahimore,
Cacouna
(Micmac
V.494
dialect),
332
545
Index
Cahita, \.?"S2-A^7"
Chemehuevi,
passim
Cakchiquel,V.102
Calgary (Alberta),VI.
California, V.15-16,
Cherokee,
passim
V.62, 95
Chetco-Tolowa,
169
VI. 94
185,
486-487,
Chiapanec, V.102,
Chiapas, V.102
354, 448-449,
453-482,
Chibchan,
514, 524-525,
528, 553-561;
VI.
485-492,
263-265,
267-272,
273
VI. 16,
V.447, 477
(THngit),VI.
114
492,
Cape Cook,
96-97,
VI.353
231
Carib, V.103
School, V.345
passim. 95-103,
207-208,
V.72
Cayuga,
VI.471
95-104,
Chapman,
John
231-261,
263-265,
267, 275-280,
283-288,
293-296,
299-315,
365,
368, 376
487
299
Wight, VI.96-103,
Chipewyan,
V.144;
96-103,
106-129
VI.35-94
182-183,
193, 199-201.
21 1
/j^/.v.v//?/.
135, 141,
.
172-173.
169-170.
205-206,
-
505;
see
Montagnais
Chiricahua
Apache.
Chiriqui,V.102
Chitimacha.
passim
143-149,
also
also Chimakuan
Jargon,
Chinook(an), V.15, 28, 59. 62, 71-73,
491, 557-558;
182-183,
VI. 246
95-103,
173, 191
153-154,
133-138,
105, 134-135,
27-94,
V.102
passim. 221,
98
180-181,
249,
77-79,
481-511
Catawba,
passim,
Chinook
444
\^9 -229
VI. 25
/Jfl.v.v//;/;
Chinantec,
264-333
Carochi, Father
also Chemakum
see
185-187,
Flattery,VI.353, 439
Carlisle Indian
105, 533;
Chimariko, V.75-76,
435
Island. V.95
Breton
V.96-98,
Chasta
Chimakuan,
V.269
Canixana,
Central
Chilcat
499-511
Canada,
Cape
Chihuahua,
288-289
Cape
V.103
195
VI. 225,
559
195
15-16,
California
458,
Chocho,
Choctaw.
V.102
V.63. 332
99, 105.
547
Index
245-247,
223, 231-232,
264-265,
160; VI.28
O., V.62-63,
299
VI. 262
John
Freeman,
VI. 351
Dynes, Wayne,
Dyk, Walter,
VI.227, 263-265,
309, 311, 321, 474
Dunn,
221
531-533,
486-487,493-528,
535-536,
Fox, V58,
261,
East
351-352,
159-160,
138-140,
487,
354-355,
489
528
GabrieHno,
V.5
Edgerton, Franklin,
Galice
V.352
Creek
Eliot,John, V.451
33, 57-58,
English,V.30-31,
138-140,
111, 134-136,
85, 100,
151-169
Manuel, VI.283
Gamio,
72, 190.
351-352,
231, 233
356-357,
/"a.s.s7""
(Athabaskan),VI.27-28,
Gatschet, Albert
443
GeologicalSurvey
of Canada,
pological
Anthro-
564
Division, 319
VI. 166
Enrico, John,
Eskimo,
see
Eskimoan, V.95
Europe,
V.133
VI.
passim
VI. 173
V.352
442 passim
"
Gifford, Edward
232-233,
"
63
sim,
pas-
492, 494-495,
497,
507-509,
550
(Athabaskan), VI.28, 94
Creek
Euchre
Eyak,
357,
152-165
388-390,486,
Giamina,
233-242,
German,
Germanic,
99, 177,
Georgia, V.96
Georgian, V.105
Kitanemuk), 352
Gitanemuk(=
"
442
passim
Ferguson, Charles
Fernandeiio, V.352
Finck, Franz
"
Nikolaus, V.351
Finnish, V.134,
486
Gitkshan,
VI. 171
Goddard,
Ives, V.580
Goddard,
PUny
Finno-Ugrian, V.172
96-103,
V.64
141, 143-149,
Florida, V95-96,
103
Cree, V561
Foucaux,
V.83;
VI.23
1 77
passim.
LVS,
Fletcher, Alice C,
Fort Totten
62, 82.
346. 448
508
149,
-
449;
VI
548
22-23,
Indian
American
Han,
Canyon, V.135
Great
Great
Bear
Great
Central
Great
Lakes, V.95
Great
Plains, VL169,
Harrington.John
218, 220
133,
372;
"
see
Hewitt. John
(Mexico), V.102
"
103,
Gulf
of Mexico,
also Swadesh,
Herman
62-63,
71-72,
105-106,
VI.
14, 16-17,21,
130-131,
105-129.
Haile. Father
VI.24-26.
Haisla
305. 313
90-91,93,97-98,
251-255
133-138,
151-167,
170,
Berard.
(Kwakiutlan).
Xaisla
VI. 353;
see
Homeric
H'laam
193
VI. 16
V.102-
Hopi. V.96.
141;
101-104,
Honduras,
V.109.
VI. 16
331-333;
177-341;
VI.15-16,
Hokan-Siouan.
101-104.
93,97-98,
231-242,
171
Haida.
V. 13, 15-16,
Hokan-Coahuiltecan,
VI. 17.
94, 210
286-287.
Haas
Haeberlin.
James, V.63
Walter
24-26,
Hokan,
Mary
127. 131
Hockett. Charles
Hoffman,
264
languages,V.94
V.103
passim
Hittite.V.126-
V.102; VI.228
Gulf
(Mexico),
state
Guatajiguala,V.264
state
Hidalgo
Hidatsa, V.72
"
Brinton. V.62.
Napoleon
535-536
493-528/;a.v.v/m,
24
Hess, Thomas
VI. 370
Guerrero
V.355
also Eskimo
Guatemala.
Atsugewi
V.172
Fortunato.
Hernandez.
V.95
(Eskimo),
also
see
Heiltsuk
477
Creek, V.232;
Heepe, Martin,
P., VI. 94
V.447
University,
Harvard
Hat
sim,
pas-
210-221
205-206,
Gros
passim, 96-103
136, \43-
Greenlandic
Hanis
Antilles, V.103
Greenland,
205, 221
VI.
Lake, VI.375
Greenberg.Joseph
KwantlEn
see
Hare, VI.27-92
Lake, V.96
Green
V.138
Greater
Haka,
Halkomelem,
Grand
Languages
354-441
103; VI.228
passim
also
Huastec, V.102
sim
pas-
Index
Huave,
VI.228,
288-289
Hudson's
Ishi (Yahi
Iskoman,
speaker),V.177,
V.177-
183, 190
178
199
Italic,V.131
passim
Bay, V.453
Jabo
Hungarian, V.133
VI. 319, 323-352,
George,
Hunt,
549
366
27-94,
2\\ -220
106-129
96-103,
passim, 133-138,
169, 172-173,
141 -149,
154,
191, 195-201,
205,
Janambre,
V.96, 355
V.102
Jaschke, Heinrich
Jenness, Diamond,
V.172
(Liberia), VI.207
379
V.96
Iluano, V.91
Jiquilapa(Nicaragua), V.264
Indie. V.131
Joel,Janet,
Indo-Chinese,
133
"
138;
135,
205, 219-220
see
474,
493, 531
also Sino-Tibetan
VI. 25
85,
Joshuas, VI.28
Juaneiio, V.352
"
441
passim; see
also
Netela
477-478,
542,
also
see
Kaibab
see
see
also An-
vik
see
Phonetic
Kamia,
V.174
Kansas,
V.96
Karankawa,
267, 286.
99, 223,
Karesau-Papua
Association,
V.149
dialect),
passim
Iranian, V.131
sim
pas-
V.35-36,
Iroquoian(Iroquois),
Iroquois-Caddoan,V.91 -93
VI. 153
177-178,
189-221
passim. 223.
225-229,
231-242
passim. 258.
Kaska.
52,
264-333
(New
Karlgren. Bcrnhard,
Karok,
105, 553,
also Eskimo
96-98.
231-242
Innuit, V.64;
55-58,
V.38
(Southern Paiute dialect),
293
Ingalik,V.17; VI.24-25,
Philip,VI. 262
Kahclamat,
Aryan; Indo-Germanic
558
/w.v.v//?/,
Kathlamet,
Kalo.
261
VI.27-94.
96
103, 106-129
VI
550
Indian
American
Kuipers,Aert H.,
V.102
Kekchi,
Kendall,
V.232;
Kutchan,
Kelly.Peter
Languages
also Yuma
see
197
VI.433
VI.
13, 15,
199,
Kentucky, V.96
17, 24-25,
River
(California),V.354
Kess, Anita
VI. 466
Kern
Kess,
Copeland,
passim, 221;
Kutenai,
Kiliwa
280
99,
Apache,
Kitamat,
VI. 169,
see
also Gabrielino
River
(Oregon),
Kootenay
(=
Koso,
V.120,
(Kwakiutl dialect),
see
124
Koyukukhotana,
Krauss, Michael
139, 141-142,
Kroeber, Alfred
27-59,
26, 130,
533
Greek, V.128
Lake
Erie, V.95
Lake
Ontario, V.95
Langdon,
Margaret, V.335
131,
551
181,
264-265,
166
170-171,
193, 505
Leon
(Nicaragua),V.263
499-501,
504-505,
508-510,
513, 520,
541-557,
559-562;
VI.
16, 21-23,
Lehmann,
444, 548-562;
220, 225-229,
Leer, Jeff,VL130,
263-331
231-233,
VI. 166
Erma,
141, 143-149,
269-270,
Lacombe,
passim. 447-449,
V.95
Lawrence,
VI. 205
25, 133-138,
Halkomelem?),
Ten'a
see
Labrador,
452, 486-487,
Shikavayam
Koyukon,
(Salishan,
Lassik, VL205
VI.205, 213
V.453
R, V.162
Samuel
Kleinschmidt,
Konomihu
442-443,
Laconian
VI.225
Klamath-Modoc,
Klamath
493, 521-524,
90-91,
372-373,
Gitanemuk
(language),V.62-63, 69,
Klamath
366-368,
VI.388, 396
see
Kizh, V.354;
353-356,
KwantlEn
205, 219-220
V.llO
Kitanemuk,
323-351,
319-321,
Kwalhiokwa,
VI.107-108,
276,
29-30,
559
Kiliwi),V.190, 226,
(=
232-242
Loucheux
Kootenay
see
Kwakiutl, V.24-25,
also
see
263,
Levine. Robert,
VI.
Levy-Bruhl, Lucien,
130, 166
V.78
551
Index
Liebe-Harkort,
VI.427-432,
(Salishan),
Lillooet
VI.
Lipan Apache,
M \ 35 -9A
Loucheux,
106-129
467
sim,
pas-
also
see
Kutchin
Baja California),
V.96, 102-103
Chinook,
VL225,
231-242,
247,
V.64; VL225,
Umpqua,
311; see
passim. 492
94,
101,
528
passim,
Mexican
Penutian, V.98
101-104,
231, 264-265,
V.63
465-466,
477, 485-489,
531-532,
Michoacan
553,
state
V.457
(Mexico), V.102"
Middle
232-242
passim
257-261,
America
247
"
249,
306, 310,
(state),V.96
Mississippi
V.95-96
River,
Mississippi
Missouri
River, V.95
V.37, 44
Marianne,
Miwok,
V.78, 90-91,
VI.22-28,
(Haida dialect),
passim. 1 52,
213-214,
1 63
1 64, 166
103
448, 556-558;
105, 299,
96-98,
VI.153, 225,
263-265,
293-296,
301
Miwok-Costanoan,
218
301
Mithun,
Mattolc, VL25,
538, 559
Meso-America),
Matagalpa, V.102-
103
"
493, 513,
558-561
422-426,
1 29
64, 70,
"
447-449,
223,
316-317,
106
102
178-181,
Misteli, Franz,
Masset
America
"
VI. 136
Miluk
see
languages,V.lOl
V.236, 271
Maricopa, V.190,
Mason,
205, 210-220
Maribio, V.263
John
VI.
Middle
David, V.181
Maratino,
Apache,
Mexican
493
passim
Mandelbaum,
Mangue,
Meso-America,
Micmac,
293-296
V.llO; VI.435
VI.372-373
Michelson, Truman,
96-98
268-269,
Menomini,
Miao,
VI.433
V.90-91,
Mackenzie
H., V.397
355, 545
Carl, V.353
Lushootseed,
Makah,
Melanesia,
V.78
95-97,
Maidu,
WilHam
also Siuslaw
Lutuami,
Pete,
John, V.232
VI. 352
Mechhng,
Mescalero
249, 275-280
Lower
William
McGuff,
Mengarini,Gregory, V.63
California
Lower
Jane, V.14, VL 15
Melanesians,
Louisiana, V.96
Lower
McGary,
McGee,
passim, 96"103,
Mazatec,
Mixe,
V.90, 97
V 1.228, 283-288,
98
299
102
103; V1.228
552
VI
American
Indian
Languages
Nabesna,
VI.221
Na-Dene,
V.
Mixtec-Zapotec-Otomi,V.91, 102-103
Modoc,
Mohave
(=
228, 232
"
VI.13, 15-17,
130-131,
242 passim,
"
266-333
Mohawk,
Mohican,
Mojave,
441 passim
"
V.352
Mono,
"
V.354
Mono-Paviotso,
V.354
143-149,
170;
River
(Tsimshian dialect),V.14,
94
"
also
Chipewyan
passim;
VI. 170
372
V.558
(=
135-141
17, 24-26,41,
Morgan,
Lewis
1 06
VI.21
V.504
Adrian
Gabriel, V.16;
23, 29
92 passim, 95
(=
Chumano,
Chomane),
Mukne
(Athabaskan group),
VI. 221
(Costanoan), VI.288
Delaware,
(=
see
V.96, 135
Guinea,
VI. 368
New
Mexico,
StanleyS., V.17,
VI. 351
Muskhogean,
263-332,
Musko-
355;
Nichols, Johanna,
Nicola, VI.221
VI.286
VI. 271
180,
VI. 16
also Juaneiio
New
207, 209-220,
292
V.493, 496
199-201,
V.96
Newman,
205-206,
Netela, V.354;
Nevada,
(Melanesian), VI.372-373
Mountain
passim.
Nebraska,
VI.475-477
Mota
133"138
Moseteno
89, 96-103,
passim,
203-204,
207-208,481-511
Mosan,
1 29
143-149,
103,
171,205,
"
133,
Mooney,
Henry,
passim.
487, 559-560
24-25,
Morice, Father
Navaho
V.96
Monterey Costanoan,
Montagnais (Algonkian),V.458-482
passim. 493-528
(Salishan),VI.426-431
515
Nass
108-129,
see
371, 377
Montagnais (Athabaskan),
passim, 96-103,
542-543,
441 passim
Mono-Bannock,
Montana,
Nanaima
Molale-Cayuse, VI.225
351-444,
(=
V.263
VI.483
Mohave
sec
V.352
Mohineyam,
Molala
Nahani,
V.536
105-129,
VI. 136
Nagrando,
22-28,
133-138,
163, 169-170,
Naga,
V.52; VI.151-152
190-221
Mojave), V.86,
passim, 225
13, 15-
Niskwalli, V.62
553
Index
Nisqa, VI.228
(Southern Nootka), V.llO;
Nitinat
VI.
353, 374-375.
319-321,
442, 450,
435,
Otomi,
134-141,
143, 162-163,
287, 293
Otomian,
76-79,
90-91.
VI. 289
Otomanguean,
453
Nootka,
221-222
Ottawa
V.17;
(city),
Ottawa
(language),V.496,
319
VI.24-25,
513
381-382,435-461,
465-466,
467-468;
also Nitinat
see
America,
North
Carolina, V.95
North
Dakota,
North
Fork
VI.13, \5A\
V.352
Mono,
441
"
passim
145
VI. 475
University,
Northwestern
V.172;
VI.228
Panini, V.345
VI.477
Passamaquoddy,
Paviotso
354
528 passim,
559-561;
555-556,
535-536,
Okanagan (Salishan),VI.426-431
Chinese, VI. 134 -138
Old
Church
Old
Omaha,
Oneida, V.52-
96-103,
103, 135,
Penutian,
V.90
-91,
93, 98;
101
299-315
503
555
passim.
170,
504
V.263
Orton, Wolverton,
279, 283-288,
V.345
Philadelphia.
VI. 94
Orotina,
263-272,
Petitot,Emile, y\.25-9A
54
Opata, V.355
Oregon
(Algonkian),V.477,
Peoria
Oregon Athabaskan,
93, 97-98,
291-296,
passim, 538
15-16,
VI.288
V.62
100, 543
V.477, 493-528
Penobscot,
180-181,
(Tamaulipas),V.102
Andres
Paiute),V.38,
57-58,
V.35-36,
Pawnee,
V.353
V.538
Slavic, V.128
Olmos,
Edward,
Northern
(=
Pentlatch
Old
Olmecs,
passim
Olive
Paiute
also Coahuiltecan
see
457
also Kaibab;
Paris,V.346
199,
V.103
Panama,
Panoan,
Oaxaca,
see
Paviotso; Southern
Pakawan,
Northwest
VI.94.
Athabaskan.
V.96
Hokan,
Pacific Coast
205
V.81, 95-104
North
Northern
V.102, 352-355;
also Sonoran
Pimentel, Francisco.
V.353
passim
see
555
Index
Juan
Capistrano, see
San
Luis
Obispo Chumash,
passim, 225
228
"
V.190-221
265, 321
passim,
San
Luis Potosi
(Mexico), V.102
San
state
see
also
Chumash,
Barbara
242 passim,
"
Catalina
232-242
Cruz
233-242
264
231;
also Shastan
see
see
also Shasta-Achomawi
(Island)Chumash,
Shikaviyam (= Koso?),
passim. 226-228,
V.190-221
Chumash,
225
228, 233
"
sim,
pas-
242 passim
"
199-201,
206,
VI.319-320,
435
Wilhelm,
V.158;
(Salishan),VI.
151
Sechelt
Sicatl,see
R., V.353
Mountains,
Sekani
500
"
51 1 passim
Selish, V.543;
see
also Salish
Silverstein, Michael,
Simeon,
Remi,
Sino-Dene,
VI.23-24,
Sino-Tibetan,
223, 226-228,
VI.225,
273. 281
VI. 364
133-138
V.17; VI.22-24;
see
also
Indo-Chinese
Siouan,
377
V. 180
Sigua, V.102
Siletz,VI. 27, 98
Seaburg, William,
152,
Sechell (=
467
Sierra Nevada
Schoolcraft, Henry
passim, 449,
Siberia, V.95
426-431,
Saxon, V.487
Sayach'apis,Tom,
(=
Shuswap
River, V.95
Saskatchewan
F., VI.225
Shoshoni-Comanche,
passim, 221
2\\ -220
Shoshone
Shoshonean,
Sioux, V.63
V.352 -441
passim
Shipley,William
passim, 270
Ynez
V.535
V.226,
Yuman,
189,
233-242
Schmidt,
passim.
333 passim
"
passim, 279
V.190-221
Santee
passim
Shawnee,
321
Santa
441
"
Shafer, Robert,
232-242
V.190-221
Santa
Serrano, V.352
VI. 360
Santa
333 passim
"
Shasta-Achomawi,
352
Santa
264
225-228,
Migueleiio
Sandoval,
233-242
Juaneno
San
76, 78,
V.82
VI
556
Indian
American
Stevenson, Matilda
Siouan-Yuchi-Muskogian, V.93
Sioux, V.63, 78, 86, 95, 293;
see
also
105;
301, 311;
see
(Ontario), V.471,
Reserve
Six Nations
474, 493
(Tsimshian dialect),
River
180
103
V.102-
Survey of California
Umpqua
also Lower
VI. 16
263-333;
Subtiaba-Tlappanec,V.91-92,
Sumo,
272, 291-296,
263-267,
VI.227,
Indian
Languages,
V.490
Swabian.
V.487
Swadesh,
Mary
Haas, V.173;
see
also
Haas, Mary
VI. 372
Skidegate(Haida dialect),V.62;
VI.
152,
Swadesh,
W., VI.468
V.14, 21,
Institution,
151-166,
61-68
VI. 433
Snohomish,
Catherine, VI.466
Somass
Sonora
state
Tabasco
Sonoran,.V.102,
passim;
see
also
America,
37-38,
349. 351-443;
VI.
320, 364-365,
367-368,
Southern
79, 105,
135-141
371, 383
United
423. 443
Sprague. Andrew,
Sproat Lake,
V.14-
105, 135-141
192, 261,
178, 225-229,
153-154,
263-265,
291-296,
TamauHpas
(Mexico). V.102
state
Tanaina, VI.205
524; VI.209-220
401-402.
Tacanan,
299-315,
Ute, V.407
Southwest
VI.477
36, 49-51,
V.95, 102-103
(Mexico), V.102
state
Takelma,
Piman-Sonoran
Southern
179,
John
Swanton,
VI. 173
299-301,
356,467-468
319-321,
Smithsonian
291-296,
206, 227-229,
Marian
133-141,
166
163-164,
South
180-181,
251,258
199-200,
Snow,
V.64
V.197,
Buenaventura,
Father
Sitjar.
Smith,
C,
Dakota
Skeena
Languages
504
VI.205, 221
Tanoan,
Taos.
V.105
Tapachuhec.
352
VI. 375
301
Tanoan-Kiowa,
Tarahumare
VI. 471
Tanana,
"
(=
441
Tarascan.
V.102
Tarahumara), V.104,
passim
557
Index
VI.428-431
Tcil'Qeuk(Salishan),
Ten'a (= Koyukon), VI. 100, 136-137,
Tonkawa,
231-242
passim. 265
196, 219
Tonto
430, 433-435,
422-428,
Tepehuane,
V.104, 352-441
passim
see
also
231
also Chontal;
(Yuman),
226, 232-242
passim.
passim, 273-274
Totonac,
VI. 17
V.181;
TrinityRiver (California),
VI. 195
Trique,V.102,
287
Sioux, V.63
Tewa,
V.59, 64, 81
Tsetsaut),VI.
Ts'ets'aut (=
202, 217,
221
also Siamese
511
508-509,
491, 500-501,
V.63, 458,
Hammond,
James
Trumbull,
Teton
Ts'otsMl,V.172
V.14, 36, 58, 63, 71-72,
Tsimshian,
(Oregon),V.135
Dalles
V. 190 -221
Tequisisteco
The
333 passim
"
75,
Thomas,
VI. 14,
369-370,
225, 227-229,
107, 151-167,
Cyrus, V.64,
Thomas,
River
Thompson
355
(Salishan),
300-303,
V.119;
(Nootka dialect),
Tsisha'ath
133-138,
VI.435, 465-466
Tiibatulabal,V.172, 352-441
VI. 136, 138
Tibeto-Burman,
241
V.232
242 passim
Tiwa, V.59
180, 263-264,
102-103,
Tlatskanai, VI.205
THngit,V.16, 62-64,
557; VI. 16, 21-28,
105-129,
133-138,
V.354
Tusayan,
Tutchone, VI.22
100, 105-106,
97-98,
passim
Tulkepaya (Yavapai,Yuman),
293,
467
426-432,
VI.151-152,
264-265,
158 ;?a.v.s7m.
Tututni, VI.94
Mark,
Tyee, Bob,
V.485
VI. 375
VI.22
V.126, 129
Frascr, V.63
Ucluelcl
VI. 373
(Nootka
VI. 369
Uhlenbeck,
Christianus
VI. 94
(Nootka
Uchucklcsil.
492; V1.15
Cornelius,
447. 457-460.
V. 15.
472.
558
VI
Indian
American
252-255,
(Ute dialect),V.347
Uintah
Languages
264-333
257-261,
sim
pas-
Ulua, V.102
Waterman,
Upernavik, VI.370-371
VI.231
Upper Chinook,
Upper Coquille,VI.27-28,
VI.27-28,
Upper Umpqua,
Thomas
Watts, Dan,
94
94,
Westermann.
362, 400,
Whistler, Kenneth
W., VI.225
407
Ute-Chemehuevi,
V.347,
353-354,
394,
Wikchamni
VI.292
(Yokuts dialect),
416
Uto-Aztecan
(= Uto-Aztekan), V.13,
15,24,44,
351-441
passim,
545. 549-550;
VI.225, 263-265,
Island, V.14, 135; VI. 13, 353
Vancouver
Vedic
Cruz
(Mexico), V.102-
state
285-288,
Wishosk
Sanskrit. V.129
103
Voegeiin.Charles
291-296,
313
301-302,
Wishram,
passim,
15, 225-226,
231-261,
VI.
267,275-280,
320, 376
Voegeiin,Erminie
Wiyot, V.13,
Wheeler, V.94
97-98,
V.102-
93,
453-482,
447-449,
477-498,
Waicuri,
332;
267-269,
(Wiyot),V.453
184,486;
V.95
Virginia,
VI.363
97-98,
314, 364-365
Vera
369
West
356-357,
VI.359-360,
V.453
Weitspekan (Yurok dialect),
205
351. 353-354,
498, 506
-242
VI. 13,
553-561;
15;
see
103
also Wishosk
Waiilatpuan,V.90-91, 94
V.94,
Waiilatpuan-Lutuami-Sahaptin,
Wobonuch.
V.352
"
441
passim
V.160
Wyandot,
97-98
205
93. 97-98.
118-119,
101. 110-113,
90,
116,
Wakashan-Salish,
1 90
passim, 261,
Wasco.
Washo,
Yahi.
V.90, 93
266
"
242
267;
see
VI.263-265,
V.90. 97-98;
also Alsea
V.17,
University,
222, 321
223, 225-228,
VI.231, 250-252
Yakonan.
Yale
(state),V.63; VI.435
V.79, 90-91,
V.177.
Yakima,
22 1 passim. 232
178-181,
also
V.293, 557
Washington
see
Wappo,
353;
Haisla
Walapai, V.
(Kwakiutlan),VI.
Xaisla
249,
Yana,
105, 135-141,
177-183,
55,
559
Index
186,
189-222,
249,
251,
15,
532;
306,
320,
365
Yawelmani
279;
Tulkepaya
also
see
VI.292
dialect),
(Yokuts
177,
105-107,
134,
137,
228,
263-265,
291-296,
283-288,
269-270,
301,
125,
311
V.82,
560-561
V.13,
82,
223,
90,
293,
93,
332,
266;
209
VI.
81,90-91,93,
15,
105,
477-478.
447-449,
VI.
553-561;
453-528,
V.91,
Zapotec,
V.102-
Zoque-Mixe,
332
91,93,99,
V.75-78,
178-179,
Yungas,
Zoque,
V.102
Zuni,
99,
557,
105,
104,
102,
231-233.
226,
260-261,
Zeisberger,
V.263
Yuchi,
97-99,
223,
13,
15,
225-227,
VI.207,
561;
see
90-92,
189,
passim.
Kutchan
also
VI.475
97-98,
97-98,
V.59,
Yucatan,
179,
Yurok,
VI.221
Yellowknife,
Yokuts,
passim;
V.64,
Yuman,
253-254,
V.226,
Yavapai,
333
177,
V.355
Yaqui,
I'il-lAl
V.190-221,
266
"
153-154,
108,
358-359,
Yuki,
449,
129
VI.
Yukon,
Yuma,
335-341,
passim,
VI.14,
231-242,
257-261,
254-255,
264-333
Yopi,
225-229,
V.82,
102,
David,
287,
293,
513
V.493,
103;
VI.228,
V.82
91-92,
94,
299
99
283
25